f.ife^ 


m 


f' 


m 


ill 


'I': 


PRINCETON,     W.     J 


...PJ4.5G.4 


SAe//:. 


Division . 

Si'ction  ....%.. 

Nwnber iD.fo.lO. 


GEAMMAE 


OF    THE 


HEBREW  LANGUAGE. 


WILLIAM  HENRY  GREEN, 

PEOFESSOa    IN    THK   THEOLOGICAL    SEMINARY    AT    PRINCETON,    N.    J. 


THIRD  EDITION, 


NEW  YORK: 
JOHlSr       WILEY, 

1865. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  of  1861,  by 

JOHN  WILEY, 

in  the  Clerk's  Oflice  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


JOH!I  p.  TROW 

PKII7TCR,  8TEBE0TVPER,   AND   ELFCTEOTVTEK, 

46,  iS  &  50  Greene  Street, 
New  York. 


PREFACE. 


This  work  was  begun  at  tlie  instance  of  my  friend, 
preceptor,  and  colleague.  Dr.  J.  Addison  Alexander.  The 
aid  of  his  counsels  and  suggestions  was  freely  promised  in 
the  undertaking ;  and  he  was  to  give  to  it  the  sanction  of 
his  name  before  the  pubHc.  It  appears  shorn  of  these  ad- 
vantages. A  fev/  consultations  respecting  the  general  plan 
of  the  book  and  the  method  to  be  observed  in  its  prepara- 
tion, were  all  that  could  be  had  before  this  greatest  of 
American  orientalists  and  scholars  was  taken  from  us.  De- 
prived thus  early  of  his  invaluable  assistance,  I  have  yet 
found  a  melancholy  satisfaction  in  the  prosecution  of  a  task 
begun  under  such  auspices,  and  w^hich  seemed  still  to  link 
me  to  one  with  whom  I  count  it  one  of  the  greatest  blessings 
of  my  life  to  have  been  associated. 

The  grammatical  system  of  Gesenius  has,  from  causes 
which  can  readily  be  explained,  had  a  predominance  in  this 
country  to  which  it  is  not  justly  entitled.  The  grammar  of 
Prof.  Stuart,  for  a  long  time  the  text-book  in  most  common 
use,  was  substantially  a  reproduction  of  that  of  Gesenius. 
Nordheimer  was  an  adherent  of  the  same  system  in  its  essen- 
tial features,  though  he  illustrated  it  with  wonderful  clearness 
and  philosophical  tact.  And  finally,  the  smaller  grammar  of 
Gesenius  became  current  in  the  excellent  translation  of  Prof. 
Conant.  Now,  while  Gesenius  is  unquestionably  the  prince 
of  Hebrew  lexicographers,  Ewald  is  as  certainly  entitled  to 


iv  PREFACE. 

the  precedence  among  grammarians ;  and  the  latter  cannot 
be  ignored  by  him  who  would  appreciate  correctly  the  exist- 
ing state  of  oriental  learning. 

The  present  work  is  mainly  based  upon  the  three  leading 
grammars  of  Gesenius,  Ewald,  and  Nordheimer,  and  the  at- 
tempt has  been  made  to  combine  whatever  is  valuable  in 
each.     For  the  sake  of  a  more  complete  survey  of  the  history 
of  opinion,  the  grammars  of  R.  Chayug,  R.  Kimchi,  Reuch- 
lin,   Buxtorf,    Schultens,    Simonis,    Robertson,   Lee,    Stier, 
Hupfeld,  Preytag,  Nagelsbach,  and  Stuart,  besides  others  of 
less  consequence  from  Jewish  or  Christian  sources,  have  also 
been  consulted  to  a  greater   or   less   extent.     The   author 
has  not,  however,  contented  himself  with  an  indolent  com- 
pilation ;   but,  while  availing  himself  freely  of  the  labours 
of  his  predecessors,  he  has  sought  to  maintain  an  independ- 
ent position  by  investigating  the  whole  subject  freshly  and 
thoroughly  for  himself.     His  design  in  the  following  pages 
has  been  to  reflect  the  phenomena  of  the  language  precisely 
as  they  are  exhibited  in  the  Hebrew  Bible ;  and  it  is  be- 
lieved that  this  is  more  exactly  accomphshed  than  it  has  been 
in  any  preceding  grammar.     The  rule  was  adopted  at  the 
-  outset,  and    rigorously  adhered  to,  that   no  supposititious 
forms  should  be  admitted,  that  no  example  should  be  al- 
leged which  is  not  found  in  actual  use,  that  no  statement 
should  be  made  and  no  rule  given  the  evidence  of  which  had 
not  personally  been  subjected  to  careful  scrutiny.     Thus,  for 
example,  before  treating  of  any  class  of  verbs,  perfect  or  im- 
perfect, every  verb  of  that  description  in  the  language  was 
separately  traced  through  all  its  forms  as  shown  by  a  con- 
cordance ;  the  facts  were  thus  absolutely  ascertained  in  the 
first  instance  before  a  single  paradigm  was  prepared  or  a 
word  of  explanation  written. 

Some  may  be  disposed,  at  first,  to  look  suspiciously 
upon  the  triple  division  of  the  Hebrew  vowels,  adopted 


PREFACE. 


from  Evvald,  as  an  innovation:  further  reflection,  however, 
will  show  that  it  is  the  only  division  consistent  with  ac- 
curacy, and  it  is  really  more  ancient  than  the  one  which 
commonly  prevails. 

The  importance  of  the  accent,  especially  to  the  proper 
understandino-  of  the  vowels  of  a  word  and  the  laws  of 
vowel-chancres,  is  such  that  the  example  of  Ewald  has  been 
followed  in  constantly  marking  its  position  by  an  appropriate 
sign.  He  uses  a  Methegh  for  this  purpose,  which  is  objec- 
tionable on  account  of  the  liability  to  error  and  confusion 
when  the  same  sign  is  used  for  distinct  purposes.  The  use 
of  any  one  of  the  many  Hebrew  accents  would  also  be  liable 
to  objection,  since  they  not  only  indicate  the  tone-syllable, 
but  have  besides  a  conjunctive  or  disjunctive  force,  which  it 
would  be  out  of  place  to  suggest.  Accordingly,  a  special 
symbol  has  been  employed,  analogous  to  that  which  is  in  use 
in  our  own  and  other  languages,  thus  -b)?  hataV . 

The  remarks  upon  the  consecution  of  poetic  accents 
were  in  type  before  the  appearance  of  the  able  discussion  of 
that  subject  by  Baer,  in  an  appendix  to  the  Commentary  of 
Delitzsch  upon  the  Psalms.  The  rules  of  Baer,  however, 
depend  for  their  justification  upon  the  assumption  of  the 
accurate  accentuation  of  his  own  recent  edition  of  the  He- 
brew Psalter,  which  departs  in  numerous  instances  from  the 
current  editions  as  they  do  in  fact  from  one  another.  Inas- 
much as  this  is  a  question  which  can  only  be  settled  by 
manuscripts  that  arc  not  accessible  in  this  country,  it  seems 
best  to  wait  until  it  has  been  tested  and  pronounced  upon 
by  those  who  are  capable  of  doing  so.  What  has  here  been 
■  written  on  that  subject,  has  accordingly  been  suffered  to  re- 
main, imperfect  and  unsatisfactory  as  it  is. 

The  laws  which  regulate  the  formation  of  nouns  have 
been  derived  from  Ewald,  with  a  few  modifications  chiefly 
tending  to  simplify  them. 


VI  PREFACE. 

The  declensions  of  nouns,  as  made  out  by  Gesenius,  are 
purely  artificial.  Cumbrous  as  they  are,  they  are  not  ex- 
haustive, and  the  student  often  finds  no  little  difficulty  in 
deciding  to  which  declension  certain  nouns  of  frequent  oc- 
currence are  to  be  referred.  For  these  reasons  they  were 
abandoned  by  Nordheimer,  who  substituted  a  different  sys- 
tem, which  is  itself,  however,  more  perplexing  than  service- 
able. The  fact  is,  that  there  are  no  declensions,  properly 
speaking,  in  Hebrew;  and  the  attempt  to  foist  upon  the 
language  what  is  alien  to  its  nature,  embarrasses  the  subject 
instead  of  relieving  it.  A  few  general  rules  respecting  the 
vowel-changes,  which  are  liable  to  occur  in  different  kinds 
of  syllables,  solve  the  whole  mystery,  and  are  all  that  the 
case  requires  or  even  admits. 

In  the  syntax  the  aim  has  been  to  develop  not  so  much 
what  is  common  to  the  Hebrew  with  other  languages,  as 
what  is  characteristic  and  distinctive  of  the  former,  those 
points  being  particularly  dwelt  upon  which  are  of  chief  im- 
portance to  the  interpreter. 

In  the  entire  work  special  reference  has  been  had  to  the 
wants  of  theological  students.  The  author  has  endeavoured 
to  make  it  at  once  elementary  and  thorough,  so  that  it  might 
both  serve  as  a  manual  for  beginners  and  yet  possess  all  that 
completeness  which  is  demanded  by  riper  scholars.  The 
parts  of  most  immediate  importance  to  those  commencing 
the  study  of  the  language  are  distinguished  by  being  printed 
in  large  type. 

Princeton,  August  22(f,  1861. 


COISTTEI^TS. 


PAET  I.— OETHOGRAPHY. 
Divisions  of  Grammar,  §1. 

OEXnOGEAPniO     SYMBOLS. 

The  Letters. — Alphabet,  §2;    Sounds,  §3;    Double  forms,  §4;    Names, 
§  5  ;     Order,  §  6  ;     Classification,  §  7 ;     Words  never  divided,  §  8 ; 
Abbreviations  and  Signs  of  Number,  §  9. 
The  Vowels. — Masoretic  Points,  §10;    Vowel  Letters,  §11;    Signs  for  the 
Vowels,  §12;   Mutual  Relation  of  this  twofold  Notation,  §§13,  14; 
Pure  and  Diphthongal  Vo\vels,  §  15. 
Sh'va,  silent  and  vocal,  simple  and  compound,  §  IG. 
Pattahh  Furtive,  §  17. 
Syllables,  §  18. 

Ambiguous  Signs. — Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  §19.1;   Kamets  and 
Ivamets-Hhatuph,  §  19.  2 ;    Silent  and  Vocal  Sh'va,  §20. 
Points  affectixg  Consonants  : — Daghesh-lene,  §§  21,  22. 

Daghesh-forte,  §  23 ;  diifcrent  kinds,  §  24 ;  omission  of,  §  25. 
Mappik,  §26. 
Raphe,  §  27. 
Points  attached    to   Words. — Accents,   their  design,   §  28 ;    forms  and 
classes,  §29;    like  forms  distinguished,  §30;   poetic  accents,  §31; 
position  as  determined  by  the  character  of  the  syllables,  §  32. 1 ;  in 
uninflected  words,  §  32.  2.  3 ;  with  affixes,  suffixes  and  prefixes,  §  33 ; 
'use  in  distinguishing  words,  §34;  shifted  in  special  cases,  §35. 
Consecution  of  the  Accents  in  Prose. — Clauses  and  their  subdivisions, 
§  36 ;  tabular  view,  §  37 ;  explanation  of  the  table,  §  38 ;  adaptation  of 
the  trains  of  accents  to  sentences,  §  39. 


Vm  CONTENTS. 

Poetic  Consecution. — Clauses  and  their  subdivisions,  §40;  tabular  view 
and  explanation,  §41 ;  adaptation  of  the  trains  of  accents  to  sen- 
tences, §42. 

Makkeph,  §43. 

Methegh,  its  form  and  position,  §  44 ;  special  rules,  §  45 ;  K'ri  and 
K'thibh,  meaning  of  the  terms,  §46 ;  constant  Iv'ris  not  noted  in  the 
margin,  §  47 ;  their  design  and  value,  §  48. 

Accuracy  of  the  points,  §  49. 

ORTnOGRAPniO     CHANGES. 

Significant  mutations  belong  to  the  domain  of  the  lexicon,  §§  50,  51 ;  eu' 
phonic  mutations  to  the  domain  of  grammar,  §52. 

Mutations  of  Consonants  at  the  beginning  of  syllables,  §53;  at  the  closa 
of  syllables,  §54;  at  the  end  of  words,  §55  ;  special  rules,  §56. 

Changes  of  Coxsonants  to  Vowels  in  reduplicated  syllables  and  letters 
and  in  quiescents,  §  57. 

Mutations  of  Vowels,  significant  and  euphonic,  §58;  due  to  syllabic 
changes,  §  59 ;  to  contiguous  gutturals,  §  60 ;  to  concurrent  conso- 
nants, §  61 ;  concurring  vowels,  §  62 ;  proximity  of  vowels,  §  63  ;  the 
accent,  §  64 ;  pause  accents,  §  65 ;  shortening  or  lengthening  of 
words,  §66. 


PAET  II.— ETYMOLOGY. 

Roots  of  Wonos.p-Design  of  Etymology,  three  stages  in  the  growth  of 

words,  §67;    pronominal  and  verbal  roots,  §68;    formation  and 

inflection  of  words  by  external  and  internal  changes,  §  69 ;  parts  of 

speech,  §70. 

Peonouns  personal,  §  71 ;    pronominal  suffixes,  §  72 ;   demonstrative,  §  73 ; 

relative,  §  74 ;  interrogative  and  indefinite,  §  75. 
Veebs,  the  species  and  their  signification,  §§  76-80. 

Peefect  Verbs,  §  81 ;    formation  of  the  species,  §§  82,  83 ;  their  inflection, 
§§84,  85.  1 ;    paradigm  of  bifr,  §85.  2. 
liCmarJcs  on  the  Perfect  Verts. — Kal  preterite,  §  86 ;    Infinitive,  §  87 ; 
Future,  §  88  ;  Imperative,  §  89 ;  Participles,  §  90 ;  Niphal,  §  91 ;  Piel, 
§92;  Pual,  §93;  Iliphil,  §94;  Ilophal,  §95;  Ilithpael,  §  96. 
Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future,  §  97 ;  and  Imperative,  §  93. 
Vav  Conversive  with  the  Future,  §99  ;  with  the  Preterite,  §  100. 
Verbs  with  suffixes,  §§  101,  102 ;  paradigm,  §  103  ;  Remarks  on  the  Per- 
fect Verbs  with  suflixes.  Preterite,  §  104 ;    Future,  §105;    Infinitive 
and  Imperative,  §  100, 
Imperfect  Verbs,  classified,  §  107. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§108,  109;    paradigm,  §110; 
Remarks,  §§111-115. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Ayin  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §116;  paradigm,  §117;  Ee- 
mar  lis,  §§118-122. 

Lamedli  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §123;  paradigm,  §124; 
Remarks,  §§  125-128. 

Pe  Nun  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  129  ;  paradigm,  §  130  ;  Remarks, 
§§131,  132. 

Ayiu  Doubled  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§133-137;  paradigm,  §138; 
Remarks,  §§  139-142. 

Pe  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  143-145  ;  paradigm,  §  146 ;  Re- 
marks, §§147-151. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayln  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  152-154  ;  para- 
digm, §155  ;  Remarks,  §§  156-161. 

Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §162;  paradigm,  §163;  Re- 
marks, §§164^167. 

Lamedh  He  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§168,  169;  paradigm,  §170; 
shortened  future  and  imperative,  §  171 ;  Remarks,  §§172-177. 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs,  §178. 

Defective  Verbs,  §  179. 

Quadriliteral  Verbs,  §  180. 
NoTJNs,  their  formation,  §181;    Class  I.  §§182-186;  Class  11.  §§  187,  188 ; 
Class  III.  §§189-192;  Class  IV.  §§193,  194;  Multiliterals,  §195. 

Gender  and  Number. — Feminine  endings,  §  196  ;  anomalies  in  the  use  of, 
§197;  employment  in  the  formation  of  words,  §198;  i^lural  end- 
ings, §  199  ;  anomalies,  §  200  ;  nouns  confined  to  one  number,  §  201 ; 
Dual  ending,  §202;  usage  of  the  dual,  §203;  changes  consequent 
upon  affixing  the  endings  for  gender  and  number,  §§206-211. 

The  Construct  State,  its  meaning  and  formation,  §§212-216. 

Declension  of  Nouns,  paradigm,  §217. 

Paragogic  Vowels  added  to  Nouns,  §§218,  219, 

Nouns  with  suffixes,  §§  220,  221  ;  imradigm,  §  222. 
Numerals. — Cardinal  numbers,  §§223-226;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §227. 
Prefixed    Particles,  §228;    the  Article,  §229:    the  Interrogative,  §230; 

Inseparable  prepositions,  §§  231-233 ;    Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234. 
Separate  Particles. — Adverbs,  §235 ;    with  suffixes,  §236;   Prepositions, 
§  237 ;  with  suffixes,  §  233 ;  Conjunctions,  §  239 ;  Interjections,  §  240. 


PART  III.— SYNTAX. 


Office  of  Syntax,  §  241.  1 ;  Elements  of  the  sentence,  §241.  2. 

The  Subject,  a  noun  or  pronoun,  §  242  ;  when  omitted,  §  243  ;  its  exten- 
sion, §244. 

The  Article,  when  used,  §  245  ;  nouns  definite  without  it,  §  246 ;  omitted 
in  poetry,  §  247 ;  indefinite  nouns,  §  248. 

Adjectives  and  Demonstratives  qualifying  a  noun,  §  249. 


X  CONTENTS. 

Numerals. — Cardinal  numbers,  §§250,  251 ;  Qrdinals,  etc.,  §252. 

Apposition,  §253. 

The  Construct  state  and  Suffixes,  §§  254^256 ;  resolved  by  the  preposition  b 
§257. 

The  Peedicate,  Copula,  §  258  ;  Nouns,  adjectives,  and  demonstratives,  §  259. 

Comparison  of  adjectives,  §260. 

Verbs. — Hebrew  conception  of  time,  §  261 ;  the  primary  tenses :  use  of  the 
preterite,  §  262 ;  the  future,  §  263  ;  paragogic  and  apocopated  future, 
§264;  the  secondary  tenses,  §265;  participles,  §266;  Infinitive, 
§§267-269. 

Ohject  of  Veris. — The  direct  object  of  transitive  verbs,  §  270  ;  transitive  con- 
struction of  intransitive  verbs,  §271 ;  indirect  object  of  verbs,  §272; 
verbs  vrith  more  than  one  object,  §  273. 

Adverbs  and  adverbial  expressions,  §  274. 

Neglect  of  agreement,  §275;  compound  subject,  §276;  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct, §277;  dual  nouns,  §278;  changes  of  person,  §279. 

Repetition  of  nouns,  §280  ;  pronouns,  §281 ;   verbs,  §282. 

Inteeeogative  Sentences,  §§283,  284. 

Compound  Sentences. — Relative  pronoun,  §  285  ;  poetic  use  of  the  de- 
monstrative, §  286 ;  conjunctions,  §  287. 

Gbammatioal  Analysis,  .....  page  315 

Index  I.     Subjects,  ......"    823 

Index  II.    Texts  of  Scripture,  ....  "331 

Index  III.  Hebrew  Words, "343 

Index  IV.  Hebrew  Grammatical  Terms,         .  .  .         .     "    399 


PART  FIRST. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

§1 .  Language  is  the  communication  of  thought  by  means 
of  spoken  or  written  sounds.  The  utterance  of  a  single  thought 
constitutes  a  sentence.  Each  sentence  is  composed  of  words 
expressing  individual  conceptions  or  their  relations.  And 
words  are  made  up  of  sounds  produced  by  the  organs  of 
speech  and  represented  by  written  signs.  It  is  the  province 
of  grammar  as  the  science  of  language  to  investigate  these 
several  elements.  It  hence  consists  of  tlnree  parts.  First, 
Orthography,  which  treats  of  the  sounds  employed  and  the 
mode  of  representing  them.  Second,  Etymology,  which  treats 
of  the  different  kinds  of  words,  their  formation,  and  the 
changes  which  they  undergo.  Third,  Syntax,  which  treats  of 
sentences,  or  the  manner  in  which  words  arc  joined  together 
to  express  ideas.  The  task  of  the  Hebrew  grammarian  is  to 
fmiiish  a  complete  exhibition  of  the  phenomena  of  this  partic- 
ular language,  carefully  digested  and  referred  as  far  as  practi- 
cable to  their  appropriate  causes  in  the  organs  of  speech  and 
the  operations  of  the  mind. 

The  Letters. 

§2.  The  Hebrew  being  no  longer  a  spoken  tongue,  is 
only  known  as  the  language  of  books,  and  particularly  of  the 
Old  Testament,  which  is  the  most  interesting  and  important 
as  well  as  the  only  pure  monument  of  it.     The  first  step 


2  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^2 

towards  its  investigation  must  accordingly  be  to  ascertain  the 
meaning  of  the  symbols  in  which  it  is  recorded.  Then 
having  learned  its  sounds,  as  they  are  thus  represented,  it 
will  be  possible  to  advance  one  step  further,  and  inquire  into 
the  laws  by  which  these  are  governed  in  then-  employment 
and  mutations. 

The  symbols  used  in  writing  Hebrew  are  of  two  sorts, 
viz.  letters  (ni'^nii^)  and  points  (ail^p?).  The  number  of  the 
letters  is  twenty -two ;  these  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and 
are  exclusively  consonants.  The  following  alphabetical  table 
exhibits  their  forms,  English  equivalents,  names,  and  numeri- 
cal values,  together  with  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  Kab- 
binical  character  employed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the 
commentaries  and  other  writings  of  the  modern  Jews. 


^3 


LETTERS. 


Order. 

Forms  and  Equivalents. 

Names. 

Itnbbinical 
Alphiibfct. 

Numerical 
values. 

1 

^( 

^^ 

Aleph 

^ 

1 

2 

n 

Bh,  B 

^"13 

Beth 

3 

2 

3 

a 

Gh,  G 

^^''a 

Gl'-mel 

J 

3 

4 

^ 

Dh,  D 

J^^-? 

Da'-leth 

7 

4 

5 

n 

H 

^r? 

He 

Xi 

5 

6 

1 

V 

11 

T 

Vav 

1 

6 

7 

T 

z 

rt 

Zciyin 

» 

7 

8 

n 

Hh 

n'ln 

Hheth 

P 

8 

9 

12 

T 

nip 

Teth 

U 

9 

10 

•) 

Y 

"li"' 

Yodh 

» 

10 

11 

3    1 

Kh,  K 

?^? 

Kaph 

1  = 

20 

12 

b 

L 

ni2b' 

La'-meclli 

i 

80 

13 

12  d 

M 

n^ 

Mem 

r 

40 

14 

=   1 

N 

113 

Ni'in 

i^ 

50 

15 

0 

S 

^^9 

Sa'-mekh 

P 

60 

16 

3^ 

r^ 

Ayin 

:? 

70 

17 

t>  SI 

Pli,  P 

x& 

Pe 

c]r) 

80 

18 

^r 

Ts 

I'ji 

Tsa'-dhe 

|i 

90 

19 

p 

K 

J^ip 

Koph 

? 

100 

20 

n 

R 

;S"Tn 

Kesh 

•5 

200 

21 

TJ? 

Sh,  S 

VT2 

Shin 

C 

300 

22 

n 

Th,  T 

in 

Tav 

P 

400 

§3.  There  is  always  more  or  less  difficulty  in  represent- 
ing the  sounds  of  one  language  by  those  of  another.  But 
this  is  in  the  case  of  the  Hebrew  greatly  aggravated  by  its 
having  been  for  ages  a  dead  language,  so  that  some  of  its 


4  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §3 

sounds  cannot  now  be  accurately  determined,  and  also  by  its 
belonging  to  a  different  family  or  group  of  tongues  from  our 
own,  possessing  sounds  entirely  foreign  to  the  English,  for 
which  it  consequently  affords  no  equivalent,  and  which  are  in 
fact  incapable  of  being  pronounced  by  our  organs.  The 
equivalents  of  the  foregoing  table  are  not  therefore  to  be  re- 
garded as  in  every  instance  exact  representations  of  the  proper 
powers  of  the  letters.  They  are  simply  approximations  suffi- 
ciently near  the  truth  for  every  practical  purpose,  the  best 
which  can  now  be  proposed,  and  sanctioned  by  tradition  and 
the  conventional  usage  of  the  best  Hebraists. 

1.  It  will  be  observed  that  a  double  pronunciation  has 
been  assigned  to  seven  of  the  letters.  A  native  Hebrew  would 
readily  decide  without  assistance  which  of  these  was  to  be 
adopted  in  any  given  case,  just  as  we  are  sensible  of  no  in- 
convenience from  the  various  sounds  of  the  English  letters 
which  are  so  embarrassing  to  foreigners  learning  our  language. 
The  ambiguity  is  in  every  case  removed,  however,  by  the  ad- 
dition of  a  dot  or  point  indicating  which  sound  they  are  to 
receive.  Thus  a  with  a  point  in  its  bosom  has  the  sound  of 
b,  a  unpointed  that  of  the  corresponding  v,  or  as  it  is  com- 
monly represented  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  in  notation,  hh  ;  a 
is  pronounced  as  g,  ^  unpointed  had  an  aspirated  sound  which 
may  accordingly  be  represented  byy/^,  but  as  it  is  difficult  to 
produce  it,  or  even  to  determine  with  exactness  what  it  was, 
and  as  there  is  no  corresponding  sound  in  English,  the  aspira- 
tion is  mostly  neglected,  and  the  letter,  whether  pointed  or  not, 
sounded  indifferently  as  y ;  1  is  d,  ^i  unpointed  is  the  aspirate 
dliy  equivalent  to  tli  in  the ;  3  is  h,  3  unpointed  its  aspirate  Jch, 
perhaps  resembling  the  German  cli  in  ich,  though  its  aspira- 
tion, like  that  of  :^,  is  commonly  neglected  in  modern  reading  ; 
&  is  J??,  S  unpointed  is  jfj/^  or/;  X\'\%  t,T^  unpointed  ih  in  iUn. 
The  letter  t»  with  a  dot  over  its  right  arm  is  pronounced  like 
sh,  and  called  Shin ;  t)  with  a  dot  over  its  left  arm  is  called 
Sin,  and  pronounced  like  s,  no  attempt  being  made  in  modern 


§3  LETTERS.  5 

usage  to  discriminate  between  its  sound  and  that  of  D 
Samekli.  Although  there  may  anciently  have  been  a  distinc- 
tion between  them,  this  can  no  longer  be  defined  nor  even 
positively  asserted ;  it  has  therefore  been  thought  unneces- 
sary to  preserve  the  individuality  of  these  letters  in  the 
notation,  and  both  of  them  will  accordingly  be  represented 
by  s. 

a.  Tlie  double  sound  of  the  first  six  of  the  letters  just  named  is  purely 
euphonic,  and  has  no  effect  whatever  upon  the  meaning  of  the  words  in 
which  they  stand.  The  case  of  D  is  different.  Its  primary  sound  was  that 
of  sh,  as  is  evident  from  the  contrast  in  Judg.  12  :  6  of  n^M'i  shibboleth 
with  nb2p  sibbulelh.  In  certain  words,  however,  and  sometimes  for  the 
sake  of  creating  a  distinction  between  different  words  of  like  orthography, 
it  received  the  sound  of  s,  thus  almost  assuming  the  character  of  a  distinct 
letter,  e.  g.  -6^  to  break,  ^ib  to  hope.  That  Sin  and  Samekh  were  dis- 
tinguishable to  the  ear,  appears  probable  from  the  fact  that  there  are  words 
of  separate  significations  which  differ  only  in  the  use  of  one  or  the  other 
of  these  letters,  and  in  which  they  are  never  interchanged,  e,  g.  bid  to  be 
bereaved,  bib  to  be  ivise.  bio  to  be  foolish;  -si'di  to  be  drunken,  lib  to  hire, 
^?0  to  shut  up;  nva  to  look,  -iTJ  to  r2ile,  '\^'o' to  turn  back;  ^^-Q  a  lip, 
nSD  to  destroy.  The  close  affinity  between  the  sounds  which  they  repre- 
sent is,  however,  shown  bythe  flxct  that  0  is  in  a  \&w  instances  written  for 
b,  e.  g.  noi  Ps.  4 :  7  from  Nu:; ,  n^Bsb  Eccles.  1 :  17  for  m^ro  .  The  original 
identity  of  b  and  b  is  apparent  from  the  etymological  connection  between 
^xb  haven  and  n-ixba  a  vessel  in  which  bread  is  leavened;  is'b  to  shudder, 
niin^Jb  horrible,  causing  a  shudder.  In  Arabic  the  division  of  s'ingle  letters 
into  two  distinguished  by  diacritical  points  is  carried  to  a  much  greater 
length,  the  alphabet  of  that  language  being  by  this  means  enlarged  from 
twenty-two  to  twenty-eight  letters. 

2.  In  their  original  power  tj  i  differed  from  nt,  and  5  Z- 
from  p  /c,  for  these  letters  are  not  confused  nor  liable  to  inter- 
change, and  the  distinction  is  preserved  to  this  day  in  the 
cognate  Arabic;  yet  it  is  not  easy  to  state  intelligibly  where- 
in the  difference  consisted.  They  are  cm-rently  pronounced 
precisely  alike. 

3.  The  letter  n  has  a  stronger  sound  than  n  the  simple 
//,  and  is  accordingly  represented  by  M ;  n  is  represented  by 
r,  although  it  had  some  peculiarity  of  sound  which  we  can- 
not at  this  day  attempt  to  reproduce,  by  which  it  was  aUied 
to  the  gutturals. 


6  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §4 

4.  Per  two  letters,  i?  and  y,  no  equivalent  has  been  given 
in  the  table,  and  they  are  commonly  altogether  neglected  in 
pronunciation.  i5  is  the  weakest  of  the  letters,  and  was  prob- 
ably always  inaudible.  It  stands  for  the  slight  and  involun- 
tary emission  of  breath  necessary  to  the  utterance  of  a  vowel 
unattended  by  a  more  distinct  consonant  sound.  It  there- 
fore merely  serves  to  mark  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  the 
syllable  of  which  it  is  a  part,  while  to  the  ear  it  is  entirely 
lost  in  the  accompanying  or  preceding  vowel.  Its  power  has 
been  likened  to  that  of  the  smooth  breathing  (')  of  the 
Greeks  or  the  English  silent  h  in  hour.  On  the  other  hand 
"S  had  a  deep  guttural  sound  which  was  always  heard,  but 
like  that  of  the  corresponding  letter  among  the  Arabs  is  very 
difficult  of  utterance  by  occidental  organs ;  consequently  no 
attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.  In  the  Septuagint  it  is  some- 
times represented  by  /,  sometimes  by  the  rough  and  some- 
times by  the  smooth  breathing ;  thus  '^^'^X  Fo^ioQ^a,  ''^3? 
'Hli,  'p^'^t  ^A/.iaXr]?i.  Some  of  the  modern  Jews  give  it  the 
sound  of  wy  or  of  the  French  (^n  in  camjpagne,  either  wherever 
it  occm^s  or  only  at  the  end  of  words,  e.  g.  :?'52T1C  SKmang,  Ta? 
gnamodh. 

§4.  The  forms  of  the  letters  exhibited  in  the  preceding 
table,  though  found  without  important  variation  in  all  existing 
manuscripts,  are  not  the  original  ones.  An  older  character 
is  preserved  upon  the  Jewish  coins  stmck  in  the  age  of  the 
Maccabees,  which  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  the 
Samaritan  and  still  more  to  the  Phenician.  Some  of  the 
steps  in  the  transition  from  one  to  the  other  can  still  be  traced 
upon  extant  monuments.  There  was  first  a  cursive  tendency, 
disposing  to  unite  the  different  letters  of  the  same  word, 
which  is  the  established  practice  in  Syriac  and  Arabic.  This 
was  followed  by  a  predominance  of  the  calligraphic  principle, 
which  again  separated  the  letters  and  reduced  them  to  their 
present  rectangular  forms  and  nearly  uniform  size.  The 
cursive  stage  has,  however,  left  its  traces  upon  the  five  letters 


§5  LETTERS.  7 

which  appear  in  the  table  with  double  forms ;  D  'a  i  s  2  when 
standing  at  the  beginning  or  in  the  middle  of  words  termi- 
nate in  a  bottom  horizontal  stroke,  which  is  the  remnant  of 
the  connecting  link  with  the  following  letter;  at  the  end  of 
words  no  such  link  was  needed,  and  the  letter  was  contiiuied 
vertically  downward  in  a  sort  of  terminal  flourish  thus,  1)^Y, 
or  closed  up  by  joining  its  last  with  its  initial  stroke,  thus  D . 

a.  The  few  instances  in  which  final  letters  are  found  in  the  middle  of 
words,  as  ns'inb  Isa.  9:  6,  or  their  ordinary  forms  at  the  end,  as  "cn  Neh. 
2:  13,  i'O  Job  38:  1,  are  probably  due  to  the  inadvertence  of  early  tran- 
scribers which  has  been  faithfully  perpetuated  since,  or  if  intentional  they 
may  have  had  a  connection  now  unknown  Avith  the  enumeration  of  letters 
or  the  signification  of  words.  The  same  may  be  said  of  letters  larger  than 
usual,  as  nsDl  Ps.  80  :  16,  or  smaller,  as  DJjJ'ia^a  Gen.  2:4,  or  above  the 
line,  as  "i?^^  Ps.  SO  :  14,  or  inverted,  as  ?b:2  Num.  10 :  35,  (in  manuscripts 
and  the  older  editions,  e.  g.  thatof  Stephanus  in  1541),  or  with  extraordinary 
points,  as  iinj?;^'^]  Gen.  33 :  4,  iCi^'S  Ps.  27  :  13,  in  all  which  the  Rabbins  find 
concealed  meanings  of  the  most  fanciful  and  absurd  character.  Thus  in 
theif  opinion  the  suspended  3  in  nvij^Ta  Judg.  18  :  30  suggests  that  the  idola- 
ters described  were  descended  from  Moses  but  had  the  character  of  Ma- 
nasseh.  In  'jViS  Lev.  11 :42  the  Vav,  which  is  of  unusual  size,  is  the  middle 
letter  of  the  Pentateuch;  ^p?.'':^!  Gen.  16:  5  with  an  extraordinary  point 
over  the  second  Yodh,  is  the  only  instance  in  which  the  word  is  written  with 
that  letter ;  the  large  letters  in  Deut.  6 :  4  emphasize  the  capital  article  of 
the  Jewish  faith.  All  such  anomalous  forms  or  marks,  with  the  conceits  of 
the  Rabbins  respecting  them,  are  reviewed  in  detail  in  Buxtorf's  Tiberias, 
pp.  152  etc. 

§5.  All  the  names  of  the  letters  were  probably  significant 
at  first,  although  the  meanings  of  some  of  them  are  now  doubt- 
ful or  obscure.  It  is  commonly  supposed  that  these  describe 
the  objects  to  which  their  forms  originally  bore  a  rude  resem- 
blance. If  this  be  so,  however,  the  mutations  which  they 
have  since  undergone  are  such,  that  the  relation  is  no  longer 
traceable,  unless  it  be  faintly  in  a  few.  The  power  of  the 
letter  is  in  every  instance  the  initial  sound  of  its  name. 

a.  The  opinion  advocated  by  Schultens,  Fundamenta  Ling.  Heb.  p.  10, 
that  the  invention  of  the  letters  was  long  anterior  to  that  of  their  names, 
and  that  the  latter  was  a  pedagogical  expedient  to  flicilitate  the  learning  of 
the  letters  by  associating  their  forms  and  sounds  with  fiimiliar  objects,  has 
met  with  little  favour  and  possesses  little  intrinsic  probability.    An  interest- 


8  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §6 

ing  corroboration  of  the  antiquity  of  these  names  is  found  in  their  preserva 
tion  in  the  Greek  alphabet,  though  destitute  of  meaning  in  tliat  language, 
the  Greeks  having  borrowed  their  letters  at  an  early  period  from  tlie  Phe- 
nicians,  and  hence  the  appended  a  of  "AXcjia,  etc.,  which  points  to  the  Ara- 
raaeic  form  XB^x . 

h.  The  Sernitic  derivation  of  the  names  proves  incontestably  that  the 
alphabet  had  its  origin  among  a  people  speaking  a  language  kindred  to 
the  Hebrew.  Their  most  probable  meanings,  so  far  as  they  are  still  ex- 
plicable, are  as  follows,  viz:  Aleph,  an  ox;  Beth,  a  house;  Gimel,  a  camel; 
Daleth,  a  door;  He,  doubtful,  possibly  a  window;  Vav,  a  hook  ;  Zayin,  a 
weapon;  Hheth,  probably  a  fence;  Teth,  probably  a  snake  ;  Yodh,  a  hand; 
Kaph,  the  palm  of  the  hand;  Lamedh,  an  ox-goad;  Mem,  water;  Nun,  a 
fish;  Samekh,  a  prop  ;  Ayin,  an  eye;  Pe,amouth;  Tsadhe,  afsh-hook  or 
a  hunter''s  dart ;  Koph,  perhaps  the  hack  of  the  head;  Resh,  a  head;  Shin, 
a  tooth  ;  Tav,  a  cross  mark. 

§6.  The  order  of  the  letters  appears  to  be  entirely  arbi- 
trary, though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  three  middle 
mutes  S  ;^  "  succeed  each  other,  as  in  like  manner  the  three 
Hquids  b  tt  2 .  The  juxtaposition  of  a  few  of  the  letters  may 
perhaps  be  owing  to  the  kindred  signification  of  their  names,. 
e.  g.  Yodh  and  Kaph  t/ie  hand,  Mem  tvater  and  Nun  a  fish, 
Resh  the  head  and  Shin  a  tooth.  The  antiquity  of  the  existing 
arrangement  of  the  alphabet  is  shown,  1.  by  psalms  and  other 
portions  of  the  Old  Testament  in  which  successive  clauses  or 
verses  begin  with  the  letters  disposed  in  regular  order,  viz. 
Ps.  25  (p  omitted),  34,  37  (alternate  verses,  ^  omitted).  111 
(every  clause),  112  (every  clause),  119  (each  letter  eight 
times),  145  (=  omitted),  Prov.  31 :  10-31,  Lam.  ch.  1,  2,  3 
(each  letter  three  times),  4.  In  the  first  chapter  of  Lamenta- 
tions the  order  is  exactly  preserved,  but  in  the  remaining 
three  chapters  2?  and  S  are  transposed.  2.  By  the  corres- 
pondence of  the  Greek  and  Roman ,  alphabets,  which  have 
sprung  from  the  same  origin  with  the  Hebrew. 

a.  The  most  ingenious  attempt  to  discover  a  regular  structure  in  the 
Hebrew  alphabet  is  that  of  I<epsius,  in  an  essay  upon  this  subject  published 
in  1836.  Omitting  the  sibilants  and  Resh,  he  finds  the  following  triple 
correspondence  of  a  breathing  succeeded  by  the  same  three  mutes  carried 
through  each  of  the  three  orders,  the  second  rank  being  enlarged  by  the 
addition  of  the  liquids. 


^7 


LETTERS. 


Breathings.                      Mutes. 

1 

Liquids.            1 

.  Middle 
Smooth 
Rough 

n 

3    5    1 

3  p  n 

(^=) 

btj3 

Curious  as  this  result  certainly  is.  it  must  he  confessed  that  the  alleged 
correspondence  is  in  part  imaginary,  and  the  method  by  which  it  is  reached 
is  too  arbitrary  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  this  scheme  was  really  in 
the  mind  of  the  author  of  the  alphabet,  much  less  to  sustain  the  further 
speculations  built  upon  it,  reducing  the  original  number  and  modifying  the 
powers  of  the  letters. 

b.  It  is  curious  to  see  how,  in  the  adaptation  of  the  alphabet  to  different 
languages,  the  sounds  of  the  letters  have  been  modified,  needless  ones 
dropped,  and  others  found  necessary  added  at  the  end,  without  disturbing 
the  arrangement  of  the  original  stock.  Thus  the  Greeks  dropped  1  and  p, 
only  retaining  them  as  numerical  signs,  while  the  Roman  alphabet  has  F 
and  Q,;  on  the  other  hand  the  Romans  found  13  and  t3  superfluous,  while 
the  Greeks  made  of  them  S-  and  ^;  5  and  t ,  in  Greek  <y  and  ^,  become  in 
Latin  G  and  G,  while  ri,  in  Latin  H,  is  in  Greek  converted  like  the  rest  of 
the  gutturals  into  a  vowel  rj. 

§  7.  The  letters  may  be  variously  divided : 

1.  First,  with  respect  to  the  organs  by  which  they  are 
pronounced. 


Gutturals 

5? 

n    n    y 

Palatals 

S 

^     2    P 

Linguals 

n 

t3      b       D 

Dentals 

T 

D    2s    ia 

Labials 

n 

1    ■□     s 

T  has  been  differently  classed,  but  as  its  peculiarities  are 
those  of  the  gutturals,  it  is  usually  reckoned  with  them. 

2.  Secondly,  according  to  their  respective  strength,  into 
three  classes,  which  may  be  denominated  weak,  medium,  and 
strong.  The  strong  consonants  offer  the  greatest  resistance 
to  change,  and  are  capable  of  entering  into  any  combinations 
which  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words  may  require.  The 
weak  have  not  this  capacity,  but  when  analogy  would  bring 
them  into  combinations  foreign  to  their  nature,  they  are  either 


10  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  7 

liable  to  mutation  themselves  or  occasion  changes  in  the  rest 
of  the  word.  Those  of  medimn  strength  have  neither  the 
absolute  stability  of  the  former  nor  the  feeble  and  fluctuating 
character  of  the  latter. 

.^^    ,         j  N   n   1   1     Vowel-Letters, 
^^^^'       |s  n  n  :?     Gutturals. 

Medium,    [,l    '^^    Ibiknts. 

Strong,      -j  ^   D  p       V  Aspirates  and  Mutes. 

(/I  n  t:      ) 

The  special  characteristics  of  these  several  classes  and  the 
influence  which  they  exert  upon  the  constitution  of  words 
will  be  considered  hereafter.  It  is  suflicient  to  remark  here 
that  the  vowel-letters  are  so  called  because  they  sometimes 
represent  not  consonant  but  vowel-sounds. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  while  the  p,  k,  and  ^mutes  agree  in  having 
smooth  S  3  n  and  middle  forms  3  J  1,  which  may  be  either  aspirated  or 
nnaspirated,  the  two  last  have  each  an  additional  representative  p  12  which 
is  lacking  to  the  first.  This,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  two  of  the  alpha- 
betic Psalms,  Ps.  25,  34,  repeat  S  as  the  initial  of  the  closing  verse,  has 
given  rise  to  the  conjecture  that  the  missing  p  mute  was  supplied  by  this 
letter,  having  a  double  sound  and  a  double  place  in  the  alphabet.  In  curi- 
ous coincidence  with  this  ingenious  but  unsustained  hypothesis,  the  Ethio- 
pic  alphabet  has  an  additional  p,  and  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets 
agree  one  step  and  only  one  beyond  the  letter  T,  viz.  in  adding  next  a 
labial,  which  in  Greek  is  divided  into  v  and  (jy,  and  in  Latin  into  U  and  V, 
as  "^  into  I  and  J. 

3.  Thirdly,  The  letters  may  be  divided,  with  respect  to 
their  function  in  the  formation  of  words,  into  radicals  and 
serviles.  The  former,  which  comprise  just  one  half  of  the 
alphabet,  are  never  employed  except  in  the  roots  or  radical 
portions  of  words.  The  latter  may  also  enter  into  the  con- 
stitution of  roots,  but  they  are  likewise  put  to  the  less  inde- 
pendent use  of  the  formation  of  derivatives  and  inflections, 
of  prefixes  and  suffixes.      The  serviles  are  embraced  in  the 


§  8  LETTERS.  11 

memorial  words  nbpi  miJw  "jn^*  (Ethan  Moses  and  Caleb) ;  of 
these,  besides  other  uses,  'jn'^N  are  prefixed  to  form  the  futm-e 
of  verbs,  and  the  remainder  are  prefixed  as  particles  to  nouns. 
The  letters  1''ri3'asn  are  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns  from 
their  roots.  The  only  exception  to  the  division  now  stated 
is  the  substitution  of  t:  for  servile  ^  in  a  certain  class  of  cases, 
as  explained  §  54.  4. 

a.  Kimchi  in  his  Mikhlol  (bi^D^a)  fol.  46,  gives  several  additional  ana- 
grams of  the  serviles  made  out  by  different  grammarians  as  aids  to  the 
memory,  e.  g.  ns'^a  iri2Xb?iD/or  his  work  is  understanding;  rnabu:  "i3S 
nni3  /  Solomon  am  icriling ;  tiJ^n  -]Jt  i^s-ibo  07ily  build  thou  my  peace  ; 
•jl^n  2X  bTiUD  like  a  branch  of  the  father  of  midlitude ;  "li^ha  2nD  na^ 
Moses  has  xcriiten  to  us.  To  which  Nordheimer  has  added  i3n3^  'pn  bS'^J 
consult  the  riches  of  my  book. 

§  8.  In  Hebrew  writing  and  printing,  words  are  never 
divided.  Hence  various  expedients  are  resorted  to  upon 
occasion,  in  manuscripts  and  old  printed  editions,  to  fill  out 
the  lines,  such  as  giving  a  broad  form  to  certain  letters,  >^  " 
S  s  !~i ,  occupying  the  vacant  space  with  some  letter,  as  p, 
repeated  as  often  as  may  be  necessary,  or  with  the  first  letters 
of  the  next  word,  which  were  not,  however,  accounted  part 
of  the  text,  as  they  were  left  without  vowels,  and  the  word 
was  written  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  line. 
The  same  end  is  accomplished  more  neatly  in  modern  print- 
ing by  judicious  spacing. 

§9.1.  The  later  Jews  make  frequent  use  of  abbreviations. 
There  are  none,  however,  in  the  text  of  the  Hebrew  Bible ; 
such  as  are  found  in  the  margin  are  explained  in  a  special 
lexicon  at  the  back  of  the  editions  in  most  common  use,  e.  g. 
"ijil  for  "i^iJii  et  compUtio  =.  etc. 

2.  The  numerical  employment  of  the  letters,  common  to 
the  Hebrews  with  the  Greeks,  is  indicated  in  the  table  of  the 
alphabet.  The  hundreds  from  500  to  900  are  represented 
either  by  the  five  final  letters  or  by  the  combination  of  n  with 
the  letters  immediately  preceding ;  thus  T  or  pn  500,  D  or  "^r 
600,  1  TSn  or  pnn  700,  q  or  nn  800,  T  or  pnn  900.     Thou- 


12  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  10 

sands  are  represented  by  nnits  witli  two  dots  placed  over  them, 
thus  i5  1000,  etc.  Compound  numbers  are  formed  by  joining 
the  appropriate  units  to  the  tens  and  hundreds,  thus  iisn  421. 
Fifteen  is,  however,  made  not  by  n"" ,  which  are  the  initial 
letters  of  the  divine  name  Jehovah,  nirri,  but  by  TJ  9+6. 

This  use  of  the  letters  is  found  in  the  accessories  of  the 
Hebrew  text,  e.  g.  in  the  numeration  of  the  chapters  and  verses, 
and  in  the  Masoretic  notes,  but  not  in  the  text  itself.  Whether 
these  or  any  other  signs  of  number  were  ever  employed  by 
the  original  writers  of  Scripture,  or  by  the  scribes  in  copying 
it,  may  be  a  doubtful  matter.  It  has  been  ingeniously  con- 
jectured, and  with  a  show  of  plausibility,  that  some  of  the 
discrepancies  of  numbers  in  the  Old  Testament  may  be 
accounted  for  by  assuming  the  existence  of  such  a  system  of 
symbols,  in  which  errors  might  more  easily  arise  than  in  fully 
written  words. 

The   Vowels. 

§  10.  The  letters  now  explained  constitute  the  body  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  These  are  all  that  belonged  to  it  in  its 
original  form,  and  so  long  as  the  language  was  a  living  one 
nothing  more  was  necessary,  for  the  reader  could  mentally 
supply  the  deficiencies  of  the  notation  from  his  familiarity 
with  his  native  tongue.  But  when  Hebrew  ceased  to  be 
spoken  the  case  was  different ;  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
pronunciation  could  no  longer  be  presumed,  and  difficulties 
would  arise  from  the  ambiguity  of  individual  words  and  their 
doubtful  relation  to  one  another.  Tt  is  the  design  of  the 
Masoretic  points  ( sinica  traditioii)  to  remedy  or  obviate  these 
inconveniences  by  supplying  what  was  lacking  in  this  mode 
of  writing.  The  authors  of  this  system  did  not  venture  to 
make  any  change  in  the  letters  of  the  sacred  text.  The  signs 
which  they  introdaced  were  entirely  supplementary,  consist- 
ing of  dots  and  marks  about  the  te.xt  fixing  its  true  pronnn- 


§11  VOWELS.  13 

ciation  and  auxiliary  to  its  proper  interpretation.  This  has 
been  done  with  the  utmost  nicety  and  minuteness,  and  with 
such  evident  accuracy  and  care  as  to  make  them  rehable  and 
efficient  if  not  indispensable  helps.  These  points  or  signs  are 
of  three  kinds,  1.  those  representing  the  vowels,  2.  those 
affecting  the  consonants,  3.  those  attached  to  words. 

a.  As  illustrations  of  tlie  ambiguity  both  as  to  sound  and  sense  of  indi- 
vidual words,  when  written  by  the  letters  only,  it  may  be  stated  that  "i::i 
is  in  Gen.  12:  4  "I's'n  he  spake,  in  Ex.  6:  29  nii'n  speak  and  "ii=n  speak- 
ing, in  Prov.  25 :  1 1  na'n  spoken,  in  Gen.  37  :  14  ia^  word,  in  1  Kin.  6 :  16  "li'^ 
the  oracle  or  most  holy  place  of  the  temple,  in  Ex.  9 :  3  "i^n  peslilence.  So 
plT"'!  is  in  Gen.  29:  10  p'w-il  and  he  watered,  and  in  the  next  verse  p"i"^T 
and  he  kissed;  NS'^I  occurs  twice  in  Gen.  29 :  23,  the  first  time  it  is  xi*]  and 
he  brought,  the  second  ikh^l  and  he  came;  D">n3'::ni  is  in  Jer.  32  :  37  first 
c^rh'^n;;  and  I  will  bring  them  again,  and  then  n'^rirrn'i  and  I  will  cause 
them  to  dwell;  Qi^O  is  in  Gen.  14  :  19  n';i'b^  heaven,  and  in  Isa.  5  :  20  C^r'^ 
putting.  This  ambiguity  is,  however,  in  most  cases  removed  by  the  con- 
nection in  which  the  words  are  found,  so  that  there  is  little  practical  diffi- 
culty for  one  who  is  well  acquainted  with  the  language.  Modern  Hebrew 
is  commonly  written  and  read  without  the  points:  and  the  same  is  true  of 
its  kindred  tongues  the  Syriac  and  Arabic,  though  each  of  these  has  a 
system  of  points  additional  to  the  letters. 

^11.  1.  The  alphabet,  as  has  been  seen,  consisted  exclu- 
sively of  consonants,  since  these  were  regarded  as  a  sufficiently 
exact  representation  of  the  syllables  into  which  in  Hebrew 
they  invariably  enter.  And  the  omission  of  the  vowels  occa- 
sioned less  embarrassment,  because  in  the  Semitic  family  of 
languages  generally,  unlike  the  Indo-European,  they  form  no 
part,  properly  speaking,  of  the  radical  structure  of  the  word, 
and  consequently  do  not  aid  in  expressing  its  essential  mean- 
ing, but  only  its  nicer  shades  and  modifications.  Still  some 
notation  of  vowels  was  always  necessary,  and  this  was  furnish- 
ed in  a  scanty  measure  by  the  vowel-letters,  or,  as  they  are 
also  called,  quiescents,  or  w^a^re^  ledionis  (guides  in  reading). 
The  weakest  of  the  palatals  "^  was  taken  as  the  representative 
of  the  vowels  i  and  e  of  the  same  organ  to  which  in  sound 
it  bears  a  close  affinity ;  the  weakest  of  the  labials  ^  was  in 
like  manner  made  to  represent  its  cognates  a  and  u ;  and  the 


14  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §11 

two  weak  guttm-als  i5  and  <i  were  written  for  the  guttural 
vowel  a,  as  well  as  for  the  compound  vowels  E  and  o  of  which 
a  is  one  of  the  elements.  Letters  were  more  rarely  employed 
to  represent  short  vowels ;  n  or  "^  for  c  is  the  most  frequent 
case  ;  others  are  exceptional, 

a.  Medial  a  when  written  at  all,  as  it  very  rarely  is,  is  denoted  by  X ,  e.  g. 
osb  lat  Judg.  4  :  21,  5XT  dag  Neh.  13 :  16  K'thibh,  DXp  kdm  Hos.  10  :  14, 
i)TXT3  "zazel  Lev.  16:  8,  UJXt  rash  Prov.  10:  4  and  in  a  few  other  passages, 
maXT  sometimes  for  ramoth,  "^SI^S  tsavvar,  "jXDxrjx  Hos.  4 :  6  if  not  an 
error  in  the  text  perhaps  for  einasak  ;  final  d,,  which  is  much  more  frequent- 
ly written,  is  denoted  by  n ,  e.  g.  nbs  grda,  tispa  malko,,  MHX  altn.  rarely 
and  only  as  an  Aramssism  by  X ,  e.  g.  X5n  hJiogga  Isa.  19  :  17,  xnnp  korhhd 
Ezek.  27 :  31  K'thibh,  sn^j  gabKha  Ezek.  31 :  5  K'thibh.  The  writing  of 
e  and  I,  6  and  m  is  optional  in  the  middle  of  words  but  necessary  at  the  end, 
6.  g.  5nii:i  or  n'^n'^iii  tsiovllhlm,  "^n"'!::  tsivvllhl ;  'Z'C  or  lUlU  shubhu.  In 
the  former  position  "^  stands  for  the  first  pair  of  vowels,  and  1  for  the  second, 
e.  g.  nip"'3'ia  menikolh,  TiJiOS  ii'sughoUil ;  X  for  e  and  5  so  situated  is  rare 
and  exceptional,  e.  g.  "i'Xi  resh  Prov.  6  :  11,  30 :  S,  and  perhaps  yXD""  yanels 
Eccles.  12:5  ;  nXT  zolh,  nx-.S  porolh  Ezek.  31  :  8,  InXliJa  bilstsOthav  Ezek. 
47:  11.  At  the  end  of  words  e  is  commonly  expressed  by  ">,  and  o  by  I, 
though  n  is  frequently  and  N  rarely  employed  for  the  same  purpose,  e.  g. 
i3ba  malkhe,  isba  malkO;  rT>n  /t^T/e,  ns-iS  ;3ar5;  xb  /o.  Final  e  is  re- 
presented by  n,  medial  e  if  written  at  all  by  i,  e.  g.  fT^n^  yik'^ye,  H3''"inn  or 
nsTin  tiWyena. 

b.  The  employment  of  the  vowel-letters  in  conformity  with  the  scale 
just  given,  is  further  governed,  (1.)  By  usage,  which  is  in  many  words  and 
ibrms  almost  or  quite  invariable;  in  others  it  fluctuates,  thus  sobhebh  is 
commonly  SDO  or  SilD,  only  once  S'^20  2  Kin.  8:21;  ycfkobh  is  2p5i  ex- 
cept in  Jer.  33:26  where  it  is  iip^"";  thease  is  nayn,  but  in  Ex.  25:  31 
nc-Ti ;  etham  according  to  the  analogy  of  similar  grammatical  forms  would 
be  nns,  but  in  Ps.  19:  14  it  is  cn-'S  ;  hennr  is  in  Jer.  2  :  11  written  in  both 
the  usual  and  an  unusual  way,  "i^^rt  and  "i^a"!"! ;  mUaklnm  is  D'^aba  except 
in  2  Sam.  11:  1,  where  it  is  cssbtt;  g^bhfdoth  is  in  Deut.  32:8  nb=3,  in 
Isa.  10:  13  nbi:a ,  in  Ps.  74:17  n"bi:;5;  lo  meaning  not  is  sb,  meaning  to 
him  is  lb.  though  these  are  occasionally  interchanged  ;  zo  is  written  both 
t^7  and  IT;  and  p6  MEJ,  ns  and  SS.  (2.)  The  indisposition  to  multiply  the 
vowel-letters  unduly  in  the  same  word,  e.g.  'lu'h  mbx,  'lohlm  DTibx ; 
ndthun  'prJ,  n'thunlm  ti-iri  or  C3in3 .  (3.)  The  increased  tendency  to  their 
employment  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible,  e.  g.  ril3  ko'hh  Dan.  11:6, 
always  elsewhere  HD  ;  Clip  kodhesh  Dan.  11 :  30,  for  U3lp  ;  ^ilT  ddv'idh  in 
the  books  of  Chronicles,  Ezra,  Nehemiah  and  Zechariah,  elsewhere  com- 
monly T;*i  .  This  must,  however,  be  taken  with  considerable  abatement, 
as  is  shown  by  such  examples  as  add'irlm  Qil'^IX  Ex.  15: 10,  n"i1X  Ezek. 
32:  IS. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  those  cases  in  which  X  is  used  to  record 
vowels  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  those  in  which  it  properly 


§12 


VOWELS. 


15 


belongs  to  the  consonantal  structure  of  the  word,  though  from  its  weak- 
ness it  may  have  lost  its  sound,  as  KSO  matsa,  'jTiTXi  rishon.  §  57,  2. 

2.  When  used  to  represent  the  Hebrew  vowels,  a  ia 
sounded  as  in  father,  a  as  in  fat,  8  as  in  t/iere,  c  as  in  met, 
I  as  in  machine,  i  as  in  pin,  o  as  in  note,  u  as  in  not,  it  as  in 
rule,  and  it  as  in  full.  The  quantity  will  be  marked  when 
the  vowels  are  long,  but  not  when  they  are  short. 

§  12.  There  are  nine  points  or  masoretic  signs  represent- 
ing vowels  (niS'^Dn  motions,  viz.,  by  which  consonants  are 
moved  or  pronounced) ;  of  these  three  are  long,  three  short, 
and  three  doubtful.  They  are  shown  in  the  following  table, 
the  horizontal  stroke  indicating  their  position  with  reference 
to  the  letters  of  the  text. 


Zon^  Vowels. 
T^]5  Ka'-mets     a 
"inis  Tse'-rc        8 
D^in  Hho'-lem    o 


Sho7't  Voioels. 
nn|  Pat-tahh  a 

bi:\D  Se'-ghol  t 

q^bn  Y'q^^  Ka'-mets  Hha-tuph'  o 


Doubtful  Vowels. 
pn^ri     Hhl'-rik        ~^        I  ov  t 
pn^iij     Shu'-rek 
■pap     Kib'-buts 


u  or  u 


All  these  vowel-points  are  written  under  the  letter  after 
which  they  are  pronounced  except  two,  viz.,  Hholem  and 
Shurek.  liholem  is  placed  over  the  left  edge  of  the  letter 
to  which  it  belongs,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  the 
accent  R'bhi'',  which  is  a  dot  over  its  centre.  When  fol- 
lowed by  tj  or  preceded  by  ii:  it  coincides  with  the  diacritical 
point  over  the  letter,  e.  g.  nizjy  moshe,  ^^p  sunt;  when  it 
follows  "iiJ  or  precedes  to  it  is  written  over  its  opposite  arm, 


16  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §12 

e.  g.  "Tais  shomEr,  'ijh'^T\  tixpOs.  Its  presence  in  these  cases 
must  accordingly  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If 
preceded  by  a  letter  without  a  vowel-sign,  tJ  Avill  be  os/i  and 
ilj  05  /  if  it  have  itself  no  vowel-sign,  UJ  will  be  so  and  izJ  s/io, 
except  at  the  end  of  words.  Shurek  is  a  dot  in  the 
bosom  of  the  letter  Vav,  thus  ^.  It  will  be  observed  that 
there  is  a  double  notation  of  the  vowel  u.  When  there  is  a 
1  in  the  text  this  vowel,  whether  long  or  short,  is  indicated 
by  a  single  dot  Avithin  it,  and  called  Shurek ;  in  the  absence 
of  1  it  is  indicated  by  three  dots  placed  obliquely  beneath 
the  letter  to  which  it  belongs,  and  called  Kibbuts, 

a.  The  division  of  the  vowels  given  above  diflfers  from  the  common 
one  into  five  long  and  five  short,  according  to  which  Hhirik  is  counted  as 
two,  viz.,  Hhirik  magnum  i.  =  ?,  and  Hhirik  parvum  -r  =  z;  and  Shurek 
is  reckoned  a  distinct  vowel  from  Kibbuts,  the  former  being  u  and  the  latter 
a.  To  this  there  are  two  objections.  (1.)  It  confuses  the  masoretic  signs 
with  the  letters  of  the  text,  as  though  they  were  coeval  with  them  and 
formed  part  of  the  same  primitive  mode  of  writing,  instead  of  being  quite 
distinct  in  origin  and  character.  The  masoretic  vowel-sign  is  not  "^ .  but 
-7-.  The  punctuators  never  introduced  the  letter  *>  into  the  text;  they 
found  it  already  written  precisely  where  it  is  at  present,  and  all  that  they 
did  was  to  add  the  point.  And  instead  of  using  two  signs  for  i,  as  they 
bad  done  in  the  case  of  a,  e.  and  0,  they  used  but  one,  viz.,  a  dot  beneath 
the  letter,  whether  i  was  long  or  short.  The  confusion  of  things  thus  sep- 
arate in  their  nature  was  pardonable  at  a  time  when  the  points  were  sup- 
posed to  be  an  original  constituent  of  the  sacred  text,  but  not  now  when 
their  more  recent  origin  is  universally  admitted.  (2.)  It  is  inaccurate. 
The  distinction  between  "^ .  and  -7-,  ^  and  "T",  is  not  one  of  quantity,  for  i 
and  u  are  expressed  indifferently  with  or  without  Yodh  and  Vav. 

Gesenius,  in  his  Lehrgebaude.  while  he  retains  the  division  of  the 
vowels  into  five  long  and  five  short,  admits  that  it  is  erroneous  and  calcu- 
lated to  mislead ;  and  it  has  been  discarded  by  Rodiger  in  the  latest  edi- 
tions of  his  smaller  grammar.  Tliat  which  was  proposed  by  Gesenius, 
however,  as  a  substitute,  is  perplexed  and  oh.scure,  and  lor  this  reason,  if 
there  were  no  others,  is  unfitted  for  the  wants  of  pupils  in  the  early  stage 
of  their  progress;.  On  the  other  hand,  the  triple  arrangement  here 
adopted  after  the  example  of  Ewald,  has  the  recommendation  not  only  of 
clearness  and  correctness,  but  of  being,  instead  of  an  innovation,  a  return  to 
old  opinions.  The  scheme  of  five,  long  and  five  short  vowels  originated 
with  Moses  and  David  Kimchi,  who  were  led  to  it  by  a  comparison  of  the 
Latin  and  its  derivatives.  From  them  it  was  adopted  by  Reuchlin  in  his 
Rudimenta  Hebraica,  and  thus  became  current  among  Christians.  The 
Jewish  grammarians,  before  the  Kimchis,  however,  reckoned  Kibbuts  and 
Shurek  as  one  vowel,  Hhirik  as  one,  and   even  Kamets  and  Kamets- 


§13  VOWELS.  17 

Hhatuph  as  one  on  account  of  the  identity  of  the  symbol  employed  to 
represent  them.  They  thus  made  out  seven  vowels,  the  same  number  as 
in  Greek,  where  the  distinction  into  long,  short  and  doubtful  also  pre- 
vails. That  the  literary  impulses  of  the  Orientals  were  chiefly  received 
from  the  Greeks  is  well  known ;  that  the  suggestion  of  a  vowel-system 
came  to  the  Syrians  from  this  quarter  is  certain,  both  from  direct  testi- 
mony to  this  eflTect  and  from  the  shapes  of  their  vowels,  which  still  betray 
their  origin.  May  not  the  Hebrews  have  learned  something  from  the 
same  school  ? 

b.  The  names  of  the  vowels,  with  the  exception  of  Kamets-Hhatuph, 
contain  the  sounds  of  the  vowels  which  they  are  intended  to  represent, 
Kibbuts  in  the  last,  the  others  in  their  first  syllable.  Their  signification 
is  indicative  either  of  the  figure  of  the  vowel  or  the  mode  of  pronouncing 
it.  Kamets  and  Kibbuts,  contraction^  i.  e.  of  the  mouth ;  Pattahh,  open- 
ing j  Tsere,  Imrsting  forth;  Seghol,  chister  of  grapes  ;  Hhirik,  gJiashiiig  ; 
Hholem,  strength;  Kamets-Hhatuph,  hurried  Kamets;  Shurek, whistling. 
It  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  notwithstanding  the  diversity  of  the 
vowel-systems  in  the  Syriac,  Arabic,  and  Hebrew,  the  name  Pattahh  is 
common  to  them  all. 


§13.  This  later  and  more  complete  method  of  noting 
the  vowels  does  not  displace  but  is  superinduced  upon  the 
scanty  one  previously  described.  Hence  it  comes  to  pass 
that  such  vowels  as  were  indicated  by  letters  in  the  first  in- 
stance are  now  doubly  written,  i.  e.  both  by  letters  and 
points.  By  this  combination  each  of  the  two  methods  serves 
to  illustrate  and  explain  the  other.  Thus  the  added  signs 
determine  whether  the  letters  "^inb?  (which  have  been  formed 
into  the  technical  word  '^^rn^^  Eh^vT)  are  in  any  given  case  to 
be  regarded  as  vowels  or  as  consonants.  If  these  letters  are 
themselves  followed  by  a  vowel  or  a  Sh'va,  §1G,  or  have  a 
Daghesh  forte,  §23,  they  retain  their  consonant  sound;  for 
two  vowels  never  come  together  in  Hebrew,  and  Sh'va  and 
Daghesh  forte  belong  only  to  consonants  :  thus  ^"^ip  hoveled, 
mis'a  mifsvoth  (where  2  being  provided  with  a  separate  point, 
the  Hholem  must  belong  after  1),  n^ni  vhCujCi  a!p  Iii^/jjam. 
Otherwise  they  quiesce  in  a  preceding  or  accompanying 
vowel-sign,  provided  it  is  homogeneous  with  themselves;, 
that  is  to  say,  they  have  the  sound  indicated  by  it,  the  vowel- 
sign  merely  interpreting  what  was  originally  denoted  by  the 


18  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §14 

letter.  E  and  i  are  liomogeneous  to  "^ ,  o  and  u\o^^  and 
these  being  the  only  vowels  which  they  were  ever  employed 
to  represent,  they  can  quiesce  in  no  others ;  thus  ""31  bi,  *''» 
lit,  S'^a  ^c,  ia  ho,  ^b  lu,  but  "^"bi?  sdray,  ''ia  gby,  ''^ba  ff(iluy, 
in  ^a^;,  i^'i?  shdlEv,  IT  ^^z; ;  the  combination  1"^^  is  pronounced 
uv,  ^'^')V  and  liy  f7?2(7!;,  T'rio  ^^d  "^^9  sthdv.  A,  e,  and  o 
are  homogeneous  to  155  and  n .  These  letters  deviate  so  far 
from  the  rule  just  given  that  S5  from  its  extreme  weakness 
not  only  quiesces  when  it  is  properly  a  vowel-letter,  but  may 
give  up  its  consonant  sound  and  character  after  any  vowel 
whatever,  e.  g.  sb^t:  ttfe,  "jiuJsi  nshon,  nnss  purd ;  n  is 
never  used  as  a  vowel-letter  except  at  the  end  of  words,  and 
there  it  always  quiesces  unless  it  receives  a  Mappik,  §26. 

a.  As  a  letter  was  scarcely  ever  used  to  express  o,  the  quiescence  of  1 
In  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  very  rare,  and  where  it  does  occur  the  margin 
always  substitutes  a  reading  without  the  1,  e.  g.  ■"'^'ID'^  Jer.  27:20, 
C^irin  Ezek.  27:15, -lii"''!-:;^^  Ps.  30 :  4,  ili-niat?':  Isa.  44  :  17,  "blsb  Jer. 
33:8.V3-^Tn5!l  Nah.  1:3.  \n  ni'?l»<  2  Chron.  8:18,  and  ''Dijaa  Deut. 
32: 13,  1  represents  or  quiesces  in  the  still  briefer  6  of  Hhateph-Kamets, 
§  16.  3. 

6.  In  a  ^evf  proper  names  medial  H  quiesces  at  the  end  of  the  first 
member  of  the  compound,  e.  g.  nJikiTis  Num.  1 :10,  ^ky^'iys_  2  Sam.  2: 19, 
also  written  bit-n\uy  1  Chron.  2  :  16.  In  such  words  as  -^Sij^lS  Jer.  22 : 6, 
nisd  Deut.  21  :  7,  n  does  not  quiesce  in  Kibbuts,  for  the  points  belong  to 
the  marginal  readings  121U13 ,  l3Eli3  §  46. 


§14.  On  the  other  hand  the  vowel-letters  shed  light 
upon  the  stability  of  the  vowels  and  the  quantity  of  the 
doubtful  signs.  1.  As  z  was  scarcely  ever  and  ii  seldom 
represented  by  a  vowel-letter,  Hhiiik  with  Yodh  C^.)  is  almost 
invariably  long  and  Shurek  (^)  commonly  so.  2.  The  occa- 
sional absence  in  individual  cases  of  the  vowel-letters,  does 
not  determine  the  quantity  of  the  signs  for  i  and  u ;  but 
their  uniform  absence  in  any  particular  words  or  forms  makes 
it  almost  certain  that  the  vowel  is  short.  3.  The  occasional 
presence  of  1  and  ■<  to  represent  one  of  their  homogeneous 
'ong  vowels  proves  nothing  as  to  its  character ;  but  if  in  any 


^15,  16  VOWELS.  19 

word  or  form  these  letters  are  regularly  written,  the  vowel  is, 
as  a  general  rule,  immutable.  When  1  and  "^  stand  for  their 
long  homogeneous  vowels,  these  latter  are  said  to  be  written 
fully,  e.  g.  ^ip  kol,  "i"'?  7iir,  rrra  muth ;  without  these  quies- 
cent letters  they  are  said  to  be  written  defectively,  e.  g. 
in^pn  h'^klmdthi,  cias  kdmus. 

a.  Hhirik  with  Yodh  is  short  in  I'^^'^ani  vah'miUlv  1  Sam.  17:35, 
^ini-^;3"i3  biklc'rolhekha  Ps.  45:10,  -nr!;5-'i  likk'hath  Prov.  30:17.  In 
5^p''a  i  Chron.  12 :  1,  20,  i  is  probably  long,  although  the  word  is  always 
elsewhere  written  without  the  Yodh;  as  it  sometimes  has  a  secondary 
accent  on  the  first  syllable  and  sometimes  not  (see  1  Sam.  30:  1),  it  may 
have  had  a  twofold  pronunciation  tslkHag;  and  tsiklag.  Shurek  as  u  is 
of  much  more  frequent  occurrence,  e.  g.  "'fsin  hhukke,  a'^r^xb  Vummlm, 
nsw  hhukka  Ps.  102 :  5,  n-^ffll^i^x  2  Chron.  2  ;7,  n'jlT  Ezek.  16 :  34. 

^15.  The  vowels  may  be  further  distinguished  into  pure, 
a,  i,  u,  and  diphthongal,  e,  o  ;  e  being  a  combination  of  a  and 
i,  or  intermediate  between  them,  and  o  holding  the  same  re- 
lation to  a  and  u. 


Sh'va. 

§16.  1.  The  absence  of  a  vowel  is  indicated  by  —  Sh'va 
(«)©  emptiness,  or  as  written  by  Chayug,  the  oldest  of  Jew- 
ish grammarians,  i^nis),  which  serves  to  assure  the  reader  that 
one  has  not  been  inadvertently  omitted.  It  is  accordingly 
placed  under  all  vowelless  consonants  except  at  the  end  of 
words,  where  it  is  regarded  as  unnecessary,  the  absence  of  a 
vowel  being  there  a  matter  of  course.  If,  however,  the  last 
letter  of  a  word  be  T ,  or  if  it  be  immediately  preceded  by 
another  vowelless  letter,  or  be  doubled  by  the  point  called 
Daghesh-forte,  §  23,  ShVa  is  written  to  preclude  the  doubt 
which  is  possible  in  these  cases,  e.  g.  DD'i'aTS'a,  tfs'?''?,  tptjp, 
n'l'HN,  Pi?,  nnp.  Sh'va  is  not  given  to  a  quiescent  letter, 
since  it  represents  not  a  consonant  but  a  vowel,  e.  g,  npii'^n , 
nor  as  a  general  rule  to  a  final   consonant  preceded  by  a 


20  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  16 

quiescent ;  thus  ti^ran ,  nxni  Ruth  3:4;  ti'^^ni  Isa.  62:3, 
though  in  this  case  it  is  sometimes  written,  e.  g.  Jii^i'i  2  Sam. 
14  :  3;  n^^ni  2  Sam.  14  :  2;  n^nnn  Judg.  13  :  3;  risiin 
1  Kin.  11:13.  X  at  the  end  of  a  Avord,  preceded  either  by 
a  vowelless  letter  or  a  quiescent,  is  termed  otiant,  and  is  left 
impointed,  e.  g.  Kipn  xnH  Kiin  i^^n . 

a.  Final  "]  may  receive  Sh'va  for  the  sake  of  distinction  not  only  from 
'7\ ,  as  already  suggested,  but  also  from  1  with  which  it  n)ight  be  in  danger 
of  being  confounded  in  manuscripts;  Freytag  conjectures  that  it  is  prop- 
erly a  part  of  the  letter,  like  the  stroke  in  the  corresponding  final  fc^in 
Arabic.  In  such  forms  as  I'^Bj'n  Sh'va  is  omitted  with  the  closing  letters 
because  the  "^  is  not  sounded. 

2.  Sh'va  may  be  either  silent  (ns  quiescens),  or  vocal 
(y?  mobile).  At  the  close  of  syllables  it  is  silent.  But  at  the 
beginning  of  a  syllable  the  Hebrev/s  always  facilitated  the 
pronunciation  of  concurrent  consonants  by  the  introduction 
of  a  hiatus  or  slight  breathing  between  them ;  a  Sh'va  so 
situated  is  consequently  said  to  be  vocal,  and  has  a  sound 
approaching  that  of  a  hastily  uttered  e,  as  in  given.  This 
will  be  represented  by  an  apostrophe,  thus,  "13^^^  b'midhbar, 
Dri^ps  pkadMem, 

a.  According  to  Kimchi  (Mikhlol  fol.  189)  Sh'va  was  pronounced  in 
three  different  ways,  according  to  circumstances.  (1.)  Before  a  guttural 
it  inclined  to  the  sound  of  the  following  vowel,  e.  g.  13X';'  y'abbedh,  nsij 
s'eth,  ^i"^  d"u,  and  if  accompanied  by  Methegh,  §44,  it  had  the  full  sound 
of  that  vowel,  e.  g.  ^ixb  &-uu,  Tin  WiJn.  c^ii"^  loolain.  (2.)  Before  Yodh 
it  inclined  to  ?',  e.  g.  ^p?.;"'3  b'ya"kchh,  Di">S>  k'yoiu,  and  with  Methegh  was 
sounded  as  Hhirik,  e.  g.  n"a  hiyadh.  (3.)  Before  any  other  letter  it  in- 
clined to  G,  e.  g.  i^-^na  frakha,  D"'^"'^a  g''ltllm,  and  with  Methegh  was 
pronounced  as  Pattahh  ni^npToa  baniakhelqlh. 

3:  Sh'va  may,  again,  be  simple  or  compound.  Some- 
times, particularly  when  the  first  ■  consonant  is  a  guttural, 
which  from  its  weakness  is  in  danger  of  not  being  distinctly 
heard,  the  hiatus  becomes  still  more  audible,  and  is  assimi- 
lated in  sound  to  the  short  guttural  vowel  u,  or  the  diph- 
thongal V  or  o,  into  which  it  enters.   This  assimilation  is  rep- 


§17  VOWET.S.  21 

resented  by  combining  the  sign  for  Sli'va  with  those  for  the 
short  vowels,  thus  forming  what  are  called  the  compound 
Sh'vas  in  distinction  from  the  simple  Sh'va  previously  ex- 
plained. 

These  are, 

Hhatcph-Pattahh      — ;      thus,  "^t  '^mbdh. 
Hhatcph-Seghol        ^;      thus,  "ibii  ^mbr. 
Hhateph-Kamets      it;      thus,    "^bn  hUHl. 

a.  Hhateph  (tji^H  snatching)  denotes  the  rapidity  of  utterance  or  the 
hurried  character  of  the  sounds  represented  by  these  symbols. 

b.  The  compound  Sh'vas,  though  for  the  most  part  restricted  to  the 
gutturals,  are  occasionally  written  under  other  consonants  in  place  of  sim- 
ple Sh'va,  to  indicate  more  distinctly  that  it  is  vocal:  thus,  Hhateph- 
Pattahh  2n.n  Gen.  2:12,  i^='^2i^  Gen.  27:38;  Hhateph-Kamets  nnpb 
Gen.  2:23,  nsinqx  Jer.  31:33;  but  never  Hhateph-Seghol  except 
C^abs  2  Sam.  6:5  in  some  editions,  e.  g.  that  of  Stephanus.  This  la 
done  with  so  little  uniformity  that  the  same  word  is  differently  written  in 
this  respect,  e.  g.  fr^l??  ^  ^^^"-  2  : 1,  •^'^^^i?  ver.  11. 

Pattahh   Furtive. 

§17.  A  similar  hiatus  or  slight  transition  sound  was 
used  at  the  end  of  words  in  connection  with  the  gutturals. 
When  y ,  n ,  or  the  consonantal  fi  at  the  end  of  words  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  another  than  a), 
or  is  followed  by  another  vowelless  consonant,  it  receives  a 
Pattahh  furtive  — ,  which  resembles  in  sound  an  extremely 
short  a,  and  is  pronounced  before  the  letter  under  which  it 
is  written,  e.  g.  in^n  rW/i//,,  ^r(0  shdmb"' ,  ^'^k^p^  macjlih'fh, 
n^'biD  shama^t,  "^r]^  yi%M. 

a.  Some  grammarians  deny  that  Pattahh  furtive  can  be  found  under  a 
penultimate  guttural,  contending  that  the  vovvel-sign  is  in  such  cases  a 
proper  Pattahh.  and  that  riS??iU  should  accordingly  be  read  shamaat^  and 
l\Ty  yihhad.  But  both  the  Sh'va  under  the  final  letter,  §16,  and  the 
Daghesh-lene  in  it,  §  21,  show  that  the  guttural  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 
The  sign  beneath  it  must  consequently  be  Pattahh  furtive,  and  represent 
an  antecedent  vowel-sound.  In  some  manuscripts  Pattahh  furtive  is  writ- 
ten as  Hhateph- Pattahh,  or  even  as  simple  Sh'va ;  thus,  ipr?^  or  ^"■'i^'^  for 


?2  orthoguapht.  §18 

Syllables. 

§18.  1,  Syllables  are  formed  by  the  combination  of 
consonants  and  vowels.  As  two  vowels  never  come  togetbei 
in  the  same  word  in  Hebrew  without  an  intervening  conso- 
nant, there  can  never  be  more  than  one  vowel  in  the  same 
syllable ;  and  with  the  single  exception  of  l  occurring  at  the 
beginning  of  words,  no  syllable  ever  consists  of  a  vowel 
alone.  Every  syllable,  with  the  exception  just  stated,  must 
begin  with  a  consonant,  and  may  begin  with  two,  but  never 
with  more  than  two.  Syllables  ending  with  a  vowel,  whether 
represented  by  a  quiescent  letter  or  not,  are  called  simple, 
e.  g.  iTjb  VMu,  r.biy  o4a.  (The  first  syllable  of  this  second 
example  begins,  it  will  be  perceived,  with  the  consonant  V , 
though  this  disappears  in  the  notation  given  of  its  sound.) 
Syllables  ending  with  a  consonant,  or,  as  is  possible  at  the 
close  of  a  word,  with  two  consonants,  are  said  to  be  mixed ; 
thus  rty2'p_  kam-tem,  nD^n  hu-laJchf.  As  the  vocal  Sh'vas, 
whether  simple  or  compound,  are  not  vowels  properly  speak- 
ing, but  simply  involuntary  transition  sounds,  they,  with  the 
consonants  under  which  they  stand,  cannot  form  distinct 
syllables,  but  are  attached  to  that  of  the  following  vowel. 
Pattahh  furtive  in  like  manner  belongs  to  the  syllable  formed 
by  the  preceding  vowel.  Thus  ?iiT  zro",  "lix  "nl  are  mono- 
syllables. 

2.  Long  vowels  always  stand  in  simple  syllables,  and 
short  vowels  in  mixed  syllables,  unless  they  be  accented. 
But  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or  mixed,  may  con- 
tain indifferently  a  long  or  a  short  vowel. 

a.   The  following  may  serve  as  a  specimen  of  the  division  of  Hebrew 
words  into  their  proper  syllables  ;  thus. 

DHX        D"ik^x    x-is       Bin 3        D-ix        nHbin  •nsfc        nt 

&-dha'm      "lo-hi'm   b'ro'       b'yo'm     a-dha'm  tO-1'dho'th     se'-pher      ze' 
Gen.  5 : 1.    irk      nps      o'^ihsN       nsiriia 

o-tho'     a-sa'    'lo-hl'm    bidh-mfl'tb 


§19  SYLLABLES.  28 

b.  The  reason  of  the  ruic  for  the  quantity  of  syllables  appears  to  be 
this.  In  consequence  of  their  brevity,  the  short  vowels  required  the  ad- 
dition of  a  following  consonant  to  make  the  utterance  full  and  complete, 
unless  the  want  of  this  was  compensated  by  the  greater  energy  of  pronun- 
ciation due  to  the  accent.  The  long  vowels  were  sufficiently  complete 
without  any  such  addition,  though  they  were  capable  of  receiving  it  under 
the  new  energy  imparted  by  the  accent.  This  pervading  regularity, 
which  is  so  striking  a  feature  of  the  Hebrew  language,  was  the  foundation 
of  the  syslema  morarum  advocated  by  some  of  the  older  grammarians  of 
Holland  and  Germany.  The  idea  of  this  was,  that  each  syllable  was 
equal  to  three  morae,  that  is,  three  rests,  or  a  bar  of  three  beats ;  a  long 
vowel  being  equivalent  to  two  morae,  or  two  beats,  a  short  vowel  to  one, 
and  the  initial  or  final  consonant  or  consonants  also  to  one :  thus  Fi^tJi^ 
k  (1)  +  a  (2)  =  3,  t  (1)  +  a  (1)  +  It  (1)  =  3.  An  accented  syllable 
might  have  one  mora  or  beat  either  more  or  less  than  the  normal  quan- 
tity. This  system  was  not  only  proposed  by  way  of  grammatical  explana- 
tion, but  also  made  the  basis  of  a  peculiar  theory  of  Hebrew  prosody.  See 
Gesenius,  Geschichte  d.  Heb.  Sprache,  p.  123. 

c.  The  cases  in  which  short  vowels  occur  in  unaccented  simple  sylla- 
bles, are  all  due  to  the  disturbing  influence  exerted  by  the  weak  letters 
upon  the  normal  forms  of  words ;  thus,  nsn  hd-eth  is  for  rs;ri,  and  Ninrt 
ha-hu  for  hdh-hu  :  .such  words  as  Ntin ,  N"!B,  N^c,  f^?.!l,  f^2t]^  are  formed 
after  the  analogy  of  T)^^.  A  long  vowel  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable 
is  found  in  but  one  word,  and  that  of  foreign  origin,  "-iNdaba  bel-Vshdts- 
tsar ;  though  here,  as  in  the  majority  of  instances  falling  under  the  previ- 
ous remark,  the  syllable  receives,  if  not  the  primary,  yet  the  secondary 
accent,  e.  g.  'irn"i"':.|ri,  fi'^nnfi,  iJDJ'.n.  The  same  is  the  case  when  a  long 
vowel  is  retained  before  Makkeph,  e.  g.  "^"^'nd.  In  the  Arabic,  which  is 
exceedingly  rich  in  vowels,  there  are  comparatively  few  mixed  syllables; 
nearly  every  consonant  has  its  own  vowel,  and  this  more  frequently  short 
than  long.  The  Chaldee,  which  is  more  sparing  in  its  use  of  vowels  than 
the  Hebrew,  observes  in  general  the  same  rule  with  respect  to  the  quan- 
tity of  syllables,  though  not  with  the  same  inflexible  consistency. 


Ambiguous  Signs. 

§19.  It  will  now  be  possible,  by  aid  of  the  principles 
already  recited,  to  determine  tlie  quantity  of  the  doubtful 
vowels,  and  to  remove  the  ambiguity  which  appears  to  exist 
in  certain  vowel-signs. 

1.  Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  in  unaccented  simple 
syllables,  must  be  long,  and  in  unaccented  mixed  syllables, 
short,  e.  g.  tJ'bV  or  tjni.  p-rash,  '^^''}  yihh-nu,  i^^a5  or  iSna 
ghltu-lb,    ^f:_  or  "i^r^  yuUaclli,   D^3   or  D313  kul-lam,  ^j^S'n 


24  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §]  9 

or  ''•'T^J'a  mdiizzl.  In  accented  syllables,  wlietlier  simple  or 
mixed,  they  are  always  long,  e.  g.  Dnib  or  Q'^niia  si-hlm,  ""^  U, 
5ia  or  b^Sii  (fhliiil,  ^"irn^  or  ^n^nn  d'rd-shu-hu,  the  only  ex- 
ception being  that  llhirik  is  short  in  the  monosyllabic  parti- 
cles Ci? ,  ilJN ,  DS' ,  ■j'a ,  and  in  some  abbreviated  verbal  forms 
of  the  class  called  Lamedh-He,  e.  g.  T^^,  :a©'^n,  nv. 

The  only  cases  of  remaining  doubt  are  those  in  which 
these  vowels  are  followed  by  a  letter  with  Sh'va,  either  sim- 
ple or  compound.  If  the  former,  it  might  be  a  question 
whether  it  was  silent  or  vocal,  and  consequently  whether  the 
syllable  was  simple  or  mixed.  If  the  latter,  though  the  syl- 
lable is  of  course  simple,  the  weak  letter  which  follows  may 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  the  law.  Here  the  etymology 
must  decide.  The  vowel  is  long  or  short  as  the  grammatical 
form  may  require ;  thus  in  nVi^,  ^^"^  ^  'i^""^*!?  Gen.  22  :  8, 
which  follow  the  analogy  of  biijp'i ,  and  in  ''ino  Isa.  10 :  34, 
iS'QjP  the  first  vowel  is  short ;  in  cSbna ,  ij'airi^  the  first  vowel 
is  long.  In  a  few  instances  the  grammatical  form  in  which 
Hhirik  is  employed  is  itself  doubtful ;  the  distinction  is  then 
made  by  means  of  Methegh,  §44,  which  is  added  to  the  vowel- 
sign  if  it  is  long,  but  not  if  it  is  short ;  thus,  ^i^'^i,';'  yi-ru,  from 
^^T  ^0  f(^o:''y  aiid  ^vd^,  1/i-sJinu  from  ]i?J^  to  sleep ;  but  ^S'l': 
yir-ii  from  nsjn  to  see,  and  V:©;'  yish-nil  from  n':t^  to  do  a 
second  time. 

2.  Kamets  a  and  Kamets-Hhatuph  o  are  both  repre- 
sented by  the  same  sign  (  t  ),  but  may  be  distinguished  by 
rules  similar  to  those  just  given.  In  an  unaccented  simple 
syllable  it  is  Kamets ;  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syUable  it  is 
Kamets-Hhatuph ;  in  an  accented  syllable,  whether  simple 
or  mixed  it  is  Kamets,  e.  g.  ^i'l  dd-bhar,  ^icsn  Miojjh-sJil, 
fil'a  md-veth,  mIG^  Idm-md,  D^P3  hot-tim.  Before  a  letter  with 
simple  Sh'va,  the  distinction  is  mostly  made  by  Methegh, 
§44 ;  without  Methegh  it  is  always  Kamets-Hhatuph,  with 
it  commonly  Kamets,  e.  g.  Mosn  hliolxli-md,  H'bsn  JiM-kJimd. 
Before  a  guttural  with  Hhateph-Kamets  or  Kamets-Hhatuph 


§19  AMBIGUOUS    SIGNS.  25 

it  is  frequently  o,  tliougli  standing  in  a  simple  syllable  and 
accompanied  by  Methegli,  e.  g.  '''nria  bo-/i/i°rt,  O'lnrn  to- 
obMUtm.  The  surest  criterion,  however,  and  in  many  cases 
the  only  decisive  one,  is  found  in  the  etymology.  If  the 
vowel  be  derived  from  Hholem,  or  the  grammatical  form  re- 
quires an  0  or  a  short  vowel,  it  is  Kamets-Hhatupli ;  but  if 
it  be  derived  from  Pattahh,  or  the  form  requires  an  a  or  a 
long  vowel,  it  is  Kamets :  thus  s^'i^?^;]  with  the  prefixed  con- 
junction vo'^niyyoth,  ^^t?^*^  with  the  article  hd''m?/>/d  ;  "Tas?;;  in 
the  Hophal  ijo'madh,  ^^^^^^^^  Isa.  44 :  13  in  the  Piel  ytlia''' 
I'Ehd.  The  first  vowel  is  u  in  D^in?  fro^^^  "^r^^,  Q"^'«?7S  from 
H^"^,  D'lffiTiJ  from  t-k,  ''r";?T232J  Isa.  38  :  14,  ''IJ-nn^  Num.  22  : 
11,  "i^-nni?  Num.  23  :  7  and  the  like,  and  the  first  two  vow- 
els in  such  Avords  as  tsbbl^s  from  -?s,  nibcbjia  Isa.  30  :  12  from 
Di5^,  obn'^i^  Deut.  20  :  2,  ^nt:;^  PIos.  13  :  14,  i-u]^  2  Chron. 
10:10,  I2i?"^3j;3  2  Kin.  15:10,  because  they  are  shortened 
from  Hholem.  On  the  other  hand  the  first  vowel  is  d  in 
'''into  Job  16:19  from  "into,  d^irnn  from  to"nn,  ^nm  from 
niaa,  and  in  V}^k^,  P>^^^  and  the  like,  because  it  is  originally 
and  properly  Kamets.  The  word  5"0''?''fT  is  in  Ps.  86  :  2  the 
imperative  shomrd,  in  Job  10:12  the  preterite  sham  r a. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  Karaets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  a  syllable 
bearing  a  conjunctive  accent,  viz.:  ''S'li  Ps.  38:21,  bs  Ps.  35:10,  also 
Prov.  19:  7  (in  some  copies),  and  in  the  judgment  of  Ewald  ^?0  Judg. 
19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8  and  2S  Ezek.  41 :  25  ;  in  Dan.  11:12  z.^yi  the  points 
belong  to  the  marginal  reading  cm,  and  the  vowel  is  consequently  Ka- 
mets. Tliere  are  also  a  lew  cases  in  Avhich  Kamets  remains  in  a  mixed 
syllable,  deprived  of  its  accent  by  Makkeph,  §43,  without  receiving 
Methegh,  viz. :  -P5T2  Ps.  16  :  5,  -y\p_  Ps.  55:  19,  22,  --=5  Ps.  74:5;  and  a 
final  unaccented  Kamets  is  not  affected  by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive,  §24,  in  the  initial  letter  of  the  following  word,  e.  g.  c'i^  Pin*^^ 
Gen.  31:13.  When  an  accent  takes  the  place  of  Methegh,  it  serves 
equally  to  distinguish  rZ  from  6,  e.  g.  ^s^ri  Ex.  21:22  v'nagh''plin,  ^"3^^ 
Ex.  21 :  35  umaWru.  §45.  5. 

b.  Inasmuch  as  rnriTS  is  derived  from  "in^  mnJihar,  its  first  vowel 
might  be  suspected  to  be  u ;  but  as  it  is  so  constantly  written  with 
Hhateph-Kamets,  the  preceding  vowel  is  probably  conformed  to  it.  It  is 
consequently  regarded  and  pronounced  as  6.  Kimchi  (Alikhlol,  fol.  ISS) 
declares  that  the  first  vowel  in  )h'y^  1  Sam.  13:  21.  ""iTan^  Eccles.  12:11 


26  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  20 

and  I'^bjj  Num.  24  :  7  was  universally  held  to  be  Kamets,  and  that  with  the 
exception  of  Rabbi  Jonah  ben  Gannach,  who  was  of  a  contrary  mind,  the 
same  unanimity  prevailed  in  regard  to  the  first  vowel  of  '(^'^5  Ezek.  40: 
43,  As,  however,  this  last  word  is  in  every  other  place  written  without 
the  Methegh,  and  there  is  no  analogy  for  such  words  as  those  mentioned 
above  having  a  in  their  initial  syllable,  the  best  authorities  are  now  agreed 
that  the  vowel  is  d.  and  the  words  are  accordingly  read  dorbhQn,  etc.  In 
iiZip^  jiisper,  and  rj?"i3  emerald,  Ezek.  28:13,  which  are  mentioned  by 
Kimchi  in  the  same  connection,  the  first  vowel  is  Kamets. 

c.  In  some  manuscripts  and  a  few  of  the  older  printed  books,  e.  g.  Ste- 
phanus'  Hebrew  Bible  and  Reuchlin's  Rudimenta  Hebraica,  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  is  denoted  by  (  t;  ).  It  then  differs  from  Kamets,  but  is  liable  to 
be  confounded  with  Hhateph-Kamets.  It  can,  however,  be  distinguished 
from  it  by  the  circumstance  that  Kamets-Khatuph  is  always  followed 
either  by  simple  Sh'va,  Daghesh-forte,  or  Methegh  ;  none  of  which  ever 
immediately  succeed  Hhateph-Kamets.  Such  a  form  as  i^sip  Ezek.  26:  9 
in  the  editions  of  Michaelis  and  Van  der  Hooght  is  an  impossible  one  if  (  t:  ) 
have  its  ordinary  meaning. 

d.  It  is  surprising  that  in  so  minute  and  careful  a  system  of  orthogra- 
phy as  that  of  tile  Masorites,  there  should  be  no  symbol  for  6  distinct  from 
that  for  a;  and  some  have  felt  constrained  in  consequence  to  suppose  that 
the  signs  for  these  two  vowels  were  originally  different,  but  became 
assimilated  in  the  course  of  transcription.  This  seems  unlikely,  however. 
The  probability  is  that  a  and  6,  whose  resemblance  even  we  can  perceive, 
were  so  closely  allied  in  the  genuine  Hebrew  pronunciation,  that  one  sign 
was  thought  sufficient  to  represent  them,  especially  as  the  Masorites  were 
intent  simply  on  indicaLing  sounds  without  concerning  themselves  with 
grammatical  relations. 


§  20.  1.  As  simple  Sh'va  is  vocal  at  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  and  silent  at  its  close,  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  its 
character  when  it  stands  under  initial  or  final  letters.  Pre- 
ceding the  first  vowel  of  a  word  it  must  of  course  be  vocal, 
and  following  the  last  vowel  it  must  be  silent,  ori'^ST  z'Martam, 
tHdi  zaklLcirt.  In  the  middle  of  a  word,  the  question  whether 
it  belongs  to  the  syllable  of  the  preceding  or  the  following 
vowel  must  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If  a  com- 
plete syllable  precedes,  that  is,  either  an  unaccented  long 
vowel  or  a  vowelless  consonant  serving  as  the  complement 
of  a  previous  short  vowel,  it  is  vocal.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
a  short  vowel  which  cannot  make  a  complete  syllable  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  following  consonant,  or  by  a  long  accented 


§  21  DAGHESH-LENE.  27 

vowel,  it  is  silent :  '•'b^T  zo-kJirB,  T0]T\  tiz-Jcru,  TOI  zikh-ruy 
rDbii)5n  Uktol-nd.  Sh'va  under  a  letter  doubled  by  Daghesh- 
forte,  §  23,  is  vocal,  sucli  a  letter  being  equivalent  to  two, 
the  first  of  which  completes  the  previous  syllable,  and  the 
second  begins  the  syllable  which  follows :  D'^'^^'n  =  D'^nDTTn 
haz-zkhdnm. 

2.  In  addition  to  this  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  Sh'va  is 
vocal  after  what  may  be  called  intermediate  syllables ;  that 
is  to  say,  when  the  consonant  under  which  it  stands  per- 
forms, as  it  occasionally  does,  the  double  office  of  completing 
one  syllable  and  beginning  the  next.  Thus,  when  it  follows 
a  consonant  from  which  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted, 
^©fpn^l  vayhliah'shii  for  vay-yhliak-k'sliii,  or  the  first  of  two 
similar  letters,  in  order  that  the  reduplication  may  be  made 
more  distinct,  ^Hbn  haVlu,  n^^p  kiVIath,  i^^s  tsiTlo,  "^'ibs? 
aVlay,  ""pipn  hhik'kt,  and  in  several  other  cases,  which  will  be 
more  particularly  described  in  §  22. 

a.  The  same  double  office  is  performed  by  gutturals  beginning  one 
syllable  and  yet  inclining  to  complete  the  one  before  it.  §  IS.  2.  c.  In 
n?n,  ibr  example.  5  belongs  in  a  measure  to  both  syllables.  It  properly 
begins  the  second,  and  yet  it  is  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  just  as  if  il 
ended  the  first,  which  is  accordingly  to  be  reckoned  an  intermediate  sylla- 
ble, being  in  strictness  neither  simple  nor  mixed,  but  partaking  of  the 
nature  of  both. 


Daghesh-Lene. 

§  21.  The  second  class  of  signs  added  to  the  Hebrew 
text  are  those  which  are  designed  to  guide  in  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  consonants.  These  are  the  diacritical  point  over 
Shin,  Daghesh-lene,  Daghesh-forte,  Mappik,  and  Raphe. 
The  use  of  the  first  of  these  has  already  been  sufficiently 
explained,  ^3.  1. 

1.  Daghesh-lene  (bj?  tJ-^"!)  is  a  point  inserted  in  the  six 
letters  n  s  D  'i  :;  n  (technically  called  B'yhadh  K'j^lf-CLtli)^ 
to  indicate  the  loss  of  their  aspiration,  e.  g.  n  hh,  3  h,  etc. 


28  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^21 

As  these  letters  are  always  aspirated  after  a  vowel-sound, 
however  slight,  and  never  as  an  initial  utterance  or  when  fol- 
lowing a  consonant,  they  invariably  require  Daghesh-lene 
whenever  they  are  not  immediately  preceded  by  a  vowel  or 
a  vocal  Sh'va.  It  is  consequently  inserted  in  the  initial 
aspirate  of  a  word  which  begins  a  verse,  ri''t?«na  Gen.  1:1, 
or  which  follows  a  word  bearing  a  disjunctive  accent  (inas- 
much as  this  represents  a  pause  of  longer  or  shorter  dura- 
tion), ^sa  in^n^  Ex.  1 : 1,  13  1  nn:?  Gen.  3  :  22,  or  ending  in  a 
consonant,  ^?n-5i5,  ^sn^  n'^sia  Gen.  24  :  42  ;  but  not  if  it  fol- 
lows a  word  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having  a  conjunctive 
accent,  ninri  15s,  "^rri  r.n'^n  Gen,  1:2.  The  sacred  name 
nHn^  is  foIloAved  by  Daghesh-lene,  even  though  it  may  have  a 
conjunctive  accent.  Num.  10  :  29,  Deut.  3  :  26,  Josh.  10  :  30, 
11 :  8,  Ps.  18  :  21,  because  in  reading  the  Jews  always  sub- 
stitute for  it  the  word  ''p^,,  which  ends  in  a  consonant.  In 
a  very  few  cases,  however,  e.  g.  D3  ''i^s?  Ps.  68  :  18,  iriri"l)5. 
Isa.  34 :  11,  J^n  ^b;y  Ezek.  23 :  42,  Daghesh-lene  is  not  in- 
serted after  a  vowel-letter,  which  retains  its  consonant  sound. 
2.  Daghesh-lene  is  inserted  in  a  medial  or  final  aspirate 
preceded  by  a  vowelless  consonant,  whether  this  be  accom- 
panied by  silent  Sh'va  or  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  ri*;ir)C?,  f!^2?"bTiJ; 
but  not  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  vowel  or  vocal  Sh'va,  whether 
simple  or  compound,  e.  g.  fT'i^^,  Q^'7^? . 


a.  The  primary  signification  of  the  name  Daghesh  is  commonly  ex- 

y 

plained  from  the  Syriac  "-^-^  ?  (^'?'^)»  to  which  Castellus  in  his  lexicon 
gives  the  sense  o^  piercing.  This  is  by  some  applied  to  the  puncture  or 
point  which  is  its  written  sign,  by  others  to  its  power  of  sharpening  the 
sound  of  letters  by  removing  their  aspiration  "or  doubling  them.  Bnxtorf, 
however,  in  his  Chalclee  Lexicon,  disputes  the  existence  of  such  a  root  in 
either  Syriac  or  Chaldee,  alleging  that  in  Prov.  12 :  IS,  the  passage  quoted 
to  prove  the  word,  the  true  reading  is  i-^9  (itT^5"i).  The  six  letters  which 
receive  Daghesh-lene  in  Hebrew  have  the  same  twofold  pronunciation  in 
Syriac,  a  red  dot  called  Rukhokh  (^scb  soflness),  being  written  beneath 
them  when  they  were  to  be  aspirated,  and  another  called  Kushoi  (»-Ajk.aj 
hardness),  being  written  above  them  when  they  were  not. 


§  22  DAGHESH-LENE.  29 

b.  Grammarians  are  not  agreed  whether  the  aspirated  or  unaspirated 
eound  of  these  consonants  was  the  original  one.  There  being  no  data  for 
the  settlement  of  the  question,  each  decides  it  by  his  own  tlieory  of  pho- 
netic changes.  The  correctness  of  the  Masoretic  punctuation  has  some- 
times been  questioned  in  regard  to  this  matter,  on  the  ground  of  the  im- 
probability of  such  fluctuation  in  the  sound  of  these  letters  in  the  samts 
word.  But  besides  the  Syriac  analogy  just  referred  to,  tlie  Sanskrit  lan- 
guage shows  the  almost  unlimited  exient  to  which  euphonic  changes  may 
be  carried  by  a  people  possessing  a  sensitive  and  discriminating  ear.  The 
Sanskrit  aspirates,  besides  being  subjected  to  other  mutations  which  can- 
not here  be  detailed,  regularly  lose  their  aspiration  when  finals,  and  under 
certain  conditions  when  medials,  throwing  it  back,  where  this  is  possible, 
upon  a  previous  letter.  Bopp  Kritische  Grammatik,  pp.  30.  42.  Similar 
laws  prevail  to  some  extent  in  Greek,  e.  g.  Bpi^,  rpi^os;  rpe'c^w,  Opeipoi-^  6vu), 
Irvdrjv ;  ovk  e)(M,  ov^  e'tw  5  //.e^'  vfxlv. 


§  22.  The  absence  of  Dagliesli-lene  in  an  aspirate  some- 
times shows  a  preceding  simple  Sh'va  to  be  vocal  when  this 
would  not  otherwise  have  been  known.  In  most  of  the  cases 
referred  to,  a  letter  originally  belonging  to  the  succeeding 
syllable  is  by  the  prefixing  of  a  short  vowel  drawn  back  to 
complete  the  syllable  before  it ;  instead,  however,  of  giving 
up  its  previous  connection  altogether,  it  forms  an  interme- 
diate syllable,  §  20.  2,  the  Sh'va  remaining  vocal  though  the 
antecedent  vowel  is  short ;  'thus,  snb  VhluibU  with  the  prefix 
a  becomes  snba  hiVhliahh,  not  snba  hil-habh. 

a.  The  particular  instances  in  which  this  may  occur  are  the  following, 
viz. :  (1)  The  Kal  imperative  of  verbs  and  the  Kal  infinitive  with  suffixes, 
e.  g.  ^133,  ii3^,  Cnn^,  ^snay  from  13?.;  yet  with  occasional  exceptions,  aa 
D23pX2  Lev.' 23  :  39.'  (2)  Those  forms  of  Pe  Guttural  verbs  in  which  the 
first  radical  assumes  a  short  vowel  in  place  of  the  silent  Sh'va  in  the  reg- 
ular inflexion,  e.  g.  ^"13?;;,  ^'il^^v?  '^'^^  ^"'r^'?)  ^I^^'!?-  (3)  The  construct 
plural  of  nouns  ■'Tn?  from  C^n^?.,  nisrS  from  m'srs,  ni^in  from  n'iz'in, 
though  with  occasional  exceptions,  as  "'B^"^  Cant.  8  :  6,  but  "^SUJ"]  Ps.  76:4, 
•i^^a  Isa.  5  :  10,  risnn  Ps.  69  :  10,  -^Sia  Ge'n.  50 :  23,  but  nni3-i3  .Tudg.  7:6; 
•injs,  "ixa  from  153  are  peculiar  in  omitting  Daghesh  in  the  singular  with 
suffixes.  (4)  Three  feminine  nouns  ending  in  ri,  ri^b^  from  7)^52,  mb^ 
^rom'^;?7,  ri"3y  (only  occurring  with  suffixes)  from  "i^y,  but  not  nl'^i'i'O 
Also  a  few  other  nouns  of  different  forms,  viz.:  D''ri3"^V  but  T}^"^!?)  "^t^'"^) 
•inns,  'J^'anir,  c'^^s'n^,  -(^Si*,  bsnp;;  Josh.  15:3S,  ci-np^  Josh.  15:56. 
(5)  After  prefixes,  as  He  interrogative,  e.g.  ct^^n'jn  Gen.  29:5  from 
^P]?']'?,  and  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  "I'^S'ib  from  l''3^l ,  nsna  from  r;"n, 
"li'is  from  '13'n.   Usage  is  not  uniform  in  the  case  of  Kal  infinitives  follow- 


30  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^23 

ing  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  ainsb,  sinsa;  Vsja,  Vsi's,  Vssb;  i<a2b 
Isa.  31 : 4,  n'i^})  Num.  4:  23,  8:  24;  n4sb,  n's^i?.  (6)  Tlie' suffixes  of  the 
second  person  ^,  03,  "(3  never  receive  Daghesh-lene,  ?(33,  Di/nj^a. 

These  rules  are  sometimes  of  importance  in  etymology;  thus,  Tj'^aiaTS 
Ezek.  27:12  must  have  as  its  ground  form  '(i^J^i  not  V'^l^j  &nd  oanx 
Hos.  7  :6,  cann  Ps.  90  :  10  cannot  be  infinitives  with  suffixes,  but  must  be 
from  the  segholates  an'x,  ainS. 

b.  The  omission  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  letter  of  riDitn  Prov.  30:  6, 
abbreviated  from  Ci"iDiSn  or  SlOiPi,  is  exceptional.  The  Daghesh  occasion- 
ally occurring  in  initial  aspirates  after  words  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having 
a  conjunctive  accent,  is  best  explained  not  as  an  exception  to  the  ordinary 
rules,  but  as  Daghesh  forte  conjunctive,  §  24,  e.  g.  *|^33  i^^'^N  Gen.  11:31 
and  elsewhere,  yvi  nsnx  Gen.  46:  28,  nxs  nka  Ex.  15:  l.'2i,  tibijj  >1T  Ex. 
15:  13,  ntos  n-'t^n  Deut.'^lG:  1  (comp.  ^^3  r\^v;j  Gen.  20:9),  Da'nn''5XT 
Deut.  31:28'(c;omp.  "'h  nn-iSXl  Isa.  8:2),'ni^D3  "'ri'^l  Josh.  8:24',  lo':20, 
fiQ  "0^^  Clen.  35:29,  ia  nairj'lsa.  40:7.  See 'also' Gen.  39:12,  Ex.  14: 
4.'l7,  Isa'.  10:9,  Job  9:2.  Ex.'"l5:  11.  16,  Ps.  35: 10,  Isa.  54:  12,  Jer.  20:  9, 
Dan.  3:3.  5:11.  The  old  strife  as  to  the  Daghesh  in  the  word  Df'T'^  ^'^o 
is  not  yet  settled.  Kimchi  explained  it  as  Daghesh-lene  upon  the  suppo- 
sition that  the  word  was  abridged  from  D'^BTIJK  ;  Schultens  as  Daghesh- 
forte  arising  from  an  assimilated  3,  contending  that  it  was  for  D'^nttJ  from 
C^n^TlJ ;  Nordheimer  as  an  anomalous  Daghesh-lene,  introduced  as  a 
euphonic  expedient  to  prevent  the  combination  of  an  aspirated  n  with  a 
Bibilant,  such  as  is  obviated  in  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  by  a  transposition 
that  would  here  be  inadmissible.  The  puzzle  is  still  further  perplexed  by 
the  circumstance  that  it  once  appears  with  the  preposition  "jTa  without  the 
Daghesh,  ''r^^  Judg.  16  :  28,  and  again  with  the  same  preposition  with  it, 
cnia^  Jon.  4:  11,  the  Methegh  showing  the  Sh'va  to  be  vocal,  as  might 
also  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  Daghesh-fbrte  has  been  omitted. 


Daghesh-Fgrte. 

^23.  1.  When  the  same  consonant  was  repeated  with  a 
vowel  or  even  the  sHghtest  hiatus  intervening,  so  that  suc- 
cessive movements  of  the  organs  of  speech  were  required  in 
the  pronunciation,  the  Hebrews  invariably  wrote  the  letter 
twice.  When,  however,  there  was  no  interval  between  the 
reduplicated  consonants,  and  the  only  audible  result  was  a 
more  protracted  or  vehement  utterance  of  the  same  sound 
effected  by  a  single  effort  of  the  organs,  the  letter  was  written 
but  once.  This  fact  the  Masoretic  punctuators  have  indi- 
cated by  placing  a  point  called  Daghesh-forte  (pjn  tyi)  in 
the  bosom  of  a  letter  so  affected,  to  show  that  it  is  to  be 


§24  DAGHESH-rORTE.  3] 

doubled  in  the  pronunciation ;  thus,  bb'}^  vayyimmal.  Da- 
ghesh-forte  may  be  found  in  any  letter  with  the  exception 
of  the  gutturals  N  n  n  y,  which  on  account  of  their  weak 
ness  do  not  admit  of  reduplication.  The  letter  "i,  par- 
taking of  this  with  other  peculiarities  of  the  gutturals,  re- 
ceives it  only  in  a  very  few  exceptional  cases,  e.  g.  ''icii'^Tj^ , 

2.  The  aspirates,  when  doubled,  always  at  the  same  time 
lose  their  aspiration ;  thus,  Ips^'  yijppdhtdli.  Daghesh-forte 
in  these  letters  is  readily  distinguishable  from  Daghesh-lene 
by  the  consideration  that  a  consonant  cannot  be  pronounced 
double  except  after  a  vowel.  A  point  in  one  of  the  aspirates 
is,  therefore,  Daghesh-forte  if  a  vowel  precedes,  otherwise  it 
is  Daghesh-lene. 

3.  Daghesh-forte  in  1  may  be  distinguished  from  Shurek 
in  the  same  way.  Inasmuch  as  two  vowels  cannot  come  to- 
gether in  the  same  word,  if  a  vowel  precedes  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte,  if  not  it  is  Shurek. 

a.  Some  Grammarians  speak  of  Daghesh-forte  iinplicilum  in  the  gut- 
turals, by  which  they  mean  that  these  letters  appear  in  certain  cases  tc 
complete  a  foregoing  syllable  as  well  as  to  begin  that  in  which  they  prop- 
erly stand,  in  spite  of  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  which  analogy  would  re- 
quire them  to  receive.  As  these  are  included  under  what  have  already, 
§  20.  2.  a,  been  explained  as  intermediate  syllables,  it  is  not  thought  neces- 
sary to  employ  an  additional  terra. 

b.  The  Arabs  have  a  sign  of  reduplication,  Teshdid  (  >-  ),  which  is 
written  above  the  doubled  letter.  The  Syrians  have  no  written  sign  for 
this  purpose,  and  it  is  disputed  whether  their  letters  were  ever  doubled  in 
pronunciation.  According  to  Asseman  Biblioth.  Orient.  III.  2.  p.  379,  the 
Western  differed  from  the  Eastern  Syrians  in  this  respect,  "  Occidentales 
nullibi  literas  areminant." 


§  24.  Different  epithets  have  been  applied  to  Daghesh- 
forte  to  describe  its  various  uses  or  the  occasions  of  its  em- 
ployment. 1.  When  se,parate  letters,  whether  originally 
alike,  or  made  so  by  assimilation,  are  by  the  inflection  or 
formation  of  words  brought  into  juxtaposition,  the  Daghesh- 


32  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  24 

forte  which  represents  such  a  doubling  is  called  compensa- 
tive; e.  g.  ''n^s,  formed  by  appending  the  syllable  ^r\  to  the 
root  m'bl ;  ^nns  composed  of  the  same  syllable  and  the  root 
•jns ,  whose  last  letter  is  changed  to  n  to  conform  with  that 
which  follows  ;  ''SO  from  nno.  2.  When  the  reduphcation  is 
indicative  of  a  particular  grammatical  form  the  Daghesh- 
forte  is  called  characteristic,  e.  g.  in  the  Piel,  Pual,  and 
Hithpael  of  verbs ;  as,  ^fn,  tjjnrin,  and  certain  forms  of  nouns, 
as,  "lis^ .  3.  When  it  has  arisen  from  the  necessity  of  con- 
verting a  previous  simple  syllable  into  a  mixed  one  in  order 
to  preserve  the  quantity  of  a  short  vowel  which  it  contains, 
it  is  Daghesh-forte  conservative;  e.  g.  S5^  for  dD'^.  4.  When 
the  initial  letter  of  a  word  is  doubled  under  the  influence  of 
the  final  vowel  of  the  word  preceding,  it  is  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive;  e.  g.  l^^'f^'Q,  ^Y^--^'^ >  '^^  "^^^P-  ^-  When  the 
last  letter  of  an  intermediate  syllable  is  doubled  in  order  to 
make  the  following  hiatus  or  vocal  Sh'va  more  distinct,  it  is 
Daghesh-forte  dirimens  or  separative,  because  the  letter  which 
receives  it  is  thus  separated  in  part  from  the  syllable  to  which 
it  belongs ;  e.  g.  ^is:?  innhM  for  "^^^y.  inbJiB.  6.  When  the 
first  letter  of  a  final  syllable  is  doubled  under  the  influence 
of  a  previous  vowel  bearing  the  accent  (mostly  a  pause  ac- 
cent, §  36.  2.  6f.),  for  the  sake  of  increased  fullness  and  force 
of  pronunciation,  it  is  Daghesh-forte  emphatic ;  e.  g.  ^^^nn  for 
^b'ln .  In  the  first  three  uses  named  above  Daghesh-forte  is 
said  to  be  essential,  in  the  last  three  it  is  euphonic. 


a.  Daghesh-forte  conjunctive  occurs  regularly  after  the  pronoun  ^52, 
e.  g.  D"'i'3"n^!i  niia  n^  Ps.  133:  1,  and  in  a  multitude  of  cases  after  final  Ka- 
mets  or  Seghol  in  words  accented  on  the  penult  or  followed  by  Makkeph, 
§  43,  e.  g.  rx-rnripb  Gen.  2 :  23,  Ci!<;-nb=X  Deut.  27 :  7,  "hi  nn'^nl  Num.  25 :  13, 
"la-nrss  Gen.  3d:'33;  •'T.nr''^!!  Num.' 34: 6,  7,  9,  njix^'niris  Ex.  13:1 
(where  the  accent  is  on  the  ultimate),  Tjt!"!^??!^  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  edi- 
tions), more  rarely  after  other  vowels,  e.  g.  ^XS  !i-2^p  Gen.  19:14.  S<^  ^'^^'^11 
1  Sam.  8:  19,  once  after  the  hquid  "i,  e.  g.  i<^  "iri^^l  1  Kin.  11:  22.  See 
also  §  22.  b.  In  a  few  instances  words  thus  united  are  written  as  one,  e.  g. 
riTT?  Ex.4:  2  for  n-t  Hts,  so  c=^-q  Isa.  3:15,  nijbrn?  Mai.  1:13,  .1X5X03 


§35 


DAGHESH-rORTE. 


33 


Isa.   27:8,   and  possibly  t3^X"iN  Isa.    33:7.     See    Dr.  Alexander's   Com 
mentary  upon  this  passage. 

b.  Daghesli-forte  separative  occurs  only  in  the  following  examples  : 


nnsx  Hos.  3:2. 
?]"'rn'"ii3-'3  Ps.  45 :  10. 
n'lns-'rn  Am.  5 :  25. 
nnir^Vrn  Gen.  18:21. 
'  Vii^ir]  Gen.  37  :  32. 
■■j=^n  Gen.  17  :  17. 
cn-'ji'nn  l  Sam.    10: 
24,    17  :  25, 
2  Kin.  6: 32. 
cni-iar,  Job  17:2. 
iD'^ESn  Ex.  2 :  3. 
!ins-^n^n  (?)  Judg.20: 
43. 
tnT2S':in  1  Sam.  1  :  6. 
"'^in  Isa.  57:6. 
ir^rip_1  Gen.  49:10. 
rtnjs^b  Prov.30:17. 


•^nis":  1  Sam.  28:10 
np.-'rirss  (?)     Ezek. 
13:20. 
?^nibs3  Isa.  33:1. 
'inna?3ori-in::73Ps. 
89 :  45. 
nin;,52T3  Joel  1: 17. 
^•115312  Job  9:18. 
r^l'ih  Nah.  3:17. 
ir-i'isa  Ex.  15  :  17. 
nn;?^  Deut.  23:11. 
flX33  Job  30  : 8. 
rTJS3  Ps.  141:3. 
n-iJi;  Prov.  4:  13. 
^niiJ^spj  Judg.  20 :  32. 
isino  Jer.  4 :  7. 


ibst)  Isa.  9:3,  10 : 

27. 
''ZIV  Deut.  32:32. 
■'nhS?  2    Sam.   23: 
'  27,  Jer.  29: 27. 
D3'^3Sy  Isa.  58 :  3. 
n3-in-i:iy  Am.  5:21. 
'■'  ^:p5-j(?)  Cant.  1:8. 
n-;3;53  Ps.  89 :  52. 
ti"^nin^a  Ps.  77 :  20. 

ni'2t2Jl|  Prov.  27 :  25. 
•^snnH'i:  Ps.  119;  139. 
•'Dsinns:?  Ps.  88 :  17. 
tninVj?  (?)  Ps.  37: 
15.  Isa.  5: 28. 
■'battJ  Zech.  4 :  12. 
^sibSUJ  Ps.  58 :  9. 


This  list  is  corrected  and  enlarged  from  Gesen.  Lehrg.  pp.  86  ff.  Those 
words  which  are  followed  by  a  note  of  interrogation  (?)  are  found  in  some 
editions  but  not  in  others.  Daghesh  separative  may  be  found  after  He 
interrogative  in  some  instances  not  included  in  the  above  list. 

c.  Daghesh-forte  emphatic  occurs  only  in  ^^"in  Judg.  5  :  7,  1  Sam.  2 :  5 
Hhh'^)  Job  29  :  21  ;  inn;',  or  Wn;;  Job  21:13;  WS";  Isa.  33 :  12,  Jer.  51 :  58 
n-^nb  Ezek.  21:15;  rjipj  Ezek.  6:9;  nn'C^J  Jer.  51:30;  siJrj  Ezek.  27 
igV^^^i^  C?)  Isa.  19  :  6  ;  and  probably  l^n^jn  Job  13  :  9  (not  in  pause). 


§  25.  In  order  to  the  distinct  utterance  of  a  reduplicated 
consonant,  it  must  be  followed  as  well  as  preceded  by  a 
vowel-sound.  Dagliesh-forte  is  consequently  never  written 
in  a  final  vowelless  letter,  witli  the  exception  of  the  two  words 
r\&{ ,  ns^? ,  both  of  which  end  in  aspirates  whose  pronuncia- 
tion would  be  changed  by  the  removal  of  the  Daghesh.  In 
every  other  instance  the  doubling  is  neglected,  even  though 
the  letter  be  an  aspirate,  which  will  for  this  reason  resume 
its  aspiration ;  e.  g.  ^]^ ,  ^?p;  no,  ^3D;  qn^i  abridged  from 
^^T^"}^ ;  ^'^^1  from  nss^i .  In  a  medial  letter  with  Sh'va 
Daghesh  may  be  written,  because  the  Sh'va  being  thus  ren- 
dered vocal  the  reduplication  can  be  made  audible  by  means 
8 


34  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  26,  27 

of  the  hiatus  which  it  represents ;  it  is,  however,  quite  as 
frequently  omitted,  the  Sh'va  commonly  remaining  vocal  as 
if  it  were  inserted,  and  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally 
substituted  for  simple  to  indicate  this  fact,  ^  16.  3.  ^. ;  e.  g. 
DiniS^  for  D"''i!i2?,  is^P?  for  ii^BS,  particularly  after  prefixes,  as 
Vav  conversive,  the  article  and  preposition  1? ,  so  '^n;'] ,  ©^^^H. 
It  is  seldom  omitted  from  a  medial  aspirate  on  account  of  the 
change  in  its  sound  involved :  yet  even  this  is  done  occasion- 
ally, e.  g.  n-'i^n^  Judg.  8  :  2  for  T^223ti,  ^sriP,  Isa.  22 :  10  for 
isnn ,  "jinpr  from  ^ii3T  •  In  a  few  rare  instances  it  is  dropped 
from  a  letter  followed  by  a  vowel,  when  the  laws  of  syllables 
will  permit  and  the  pronunciation  will  not  be  materially 
affected ;  e.  g.  riDayn  Ruth  1:13  for  nah^n . 

Mappik. 

^  26.  Mappik  (P'^s^  hringing  out  or  uttering),  is  a  point 
in  one  of  the  letters  i5  n  1  ^ ,  showing  that  it  represents  a 
consonant  and  not  a  vowel,  or  in  other  words  that  it  does 
not  quiesce  in  the  preceding  vowel-sign.  It  is  unnecessary, 
however,  to  employ  any  notation  for  this  purpose  in  the  case 
of  i5  1  and  "^ ,  for  their  quiescence  can  be  readily  determined 
in  all  cases  by  the  rules  already  given,  §  13.  Although  it  is 
much  more  extensively  used  in  manuscripts,  therefore,  Map- 
pik is  in  modern  editions  of  the  Hebrew  Bible  only  inserted 
in  final  n  when  it  retains  its  consonantal  power ;  e.  g.  f^^ns? 
artsdh,  n:?ni<  artsd,  J^npb  VMhhah,  t^nipb  lak'hhd.  The  point 
four  times  found  in  i5,  ^S^^i^:!  Gen.  43:26,  Ezra  8:18, 
^s^fin  Lev.  23 :  17,  ^s'^  Job  33  :  21,  though  called  aDaghesh 
in  the  Masoretic  notes  in  the  margin,  is  probably  to  be  re- 
garded as  Mappik. 

Raphe. 

§  27.  Raphe  (nsn  weak),  is  a  small  horizontal  stroke 
placed  over  a  letter,  and  denotes  the  opposite  of  Daghesh- 


§  28  ACCENTS.  35 

lene,  Daghesli-forte,  or  Mappik,  as  the  case  may  be.  As  na 
inconvenience  can  arise  from  its  omission,  it  is  only  occa- 
sionally used  in  modern  Bibles,  and  not  with  entire  uni- 
formity in  the  different  editions.  It  is  chiefly  found  where 
a  Mappik  has  been  omitted  in  n ,  which  according  to  analogy 
might  be  expected  to  be  inserted,  e.g.  r"»'79n!^'  Ex.  9:18, 
nnyici  Lev.  13:4,  nijtpna  Num.  15:28,  hb  Num.  32:42, 
h^r^^a  Job  31 :  22  in  some  copies.  In  ^n^'nto^n  Ex.  20 : 4, 
Deut.  5:8,  it  is  the  opposite  of  Daghesh-forte,  and  shows 
that  b  may  either  be  doubled  agreeably  to  the  point  in  its 
bosom  or  not.  In  ninn  ikb  Ex.  20  :  13,  Deut.  5  :  17,  it  is  the 
opposite  of  Daghesh-lene,  and  shows  that  the  ri  may  either 
have  its  unaspirated  sound,  as  the  Daghesh  indicates,  or 
may  be  aspirated.  It  is  often  referred  to  in  the  marginal 
Masoretic  notes  even  where  it  is  no  longer  found  in  the  text, 
e.  g.  Judg.  16:16,  28. 


Accents 

§  28.  The  third  class  of  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text 
are  those  which  relate  to  the  words.  These  are  the  accents, 
Makkeph,  Methegh,  and  the  K'ri.  An  accent  ( Dyb )  is  writ- 
ten upon  every  word  with  a  twofold  design,  1st,  of  m.arking 
its  tone-syllable,  and  2dly,  of  indicating  its  relation  to  other 
words  in  the  sentence.  The  great  number  of  the  accents 
has  respect  entirely  to  this  second  function,  there  being  no 
diff'erence  in  the  quality  of  the  stress  laid  upon  particular 
syllables,  such  for  example  as  is  marked  by  the  Greek  acute, 
grave,  and  circumflex,  but  only  that  difierence  in  its  amount 
which  arises  from  the  unequal  emphasis  naturally  laid  upon 
the  different  members  of  a  clause  or  period.  The  punc- 
tuators have  attempted  not  only  to  indicate  the  pauses  to  be 
made  in  reading,  as  is  done  by  the  stops  in  use  in  other  lan- 
guages, but  to  represent  to  the  eye  the  precise  position  held 


«J6  OUTHOGRAPHT.  ^  29 

by  each  word  in  the  structure  of  the  sentence,  and  the 
various  grades  of  attraction  or  repulsion  arising  from  the  re- 
lations whether  co-ordinate  or  subordinate  which  subsist 
among  them.  Every  sentence  is  fancifully  regarded  as  a  ter- 
ritory, which,  partitioned  into  its  several  clauses,  forms  em- 
pires, kingdoms,  and  principalities,  ruled  by  their  respective 
sovereigns,  each  of  whom  has  his  own  train  of  inferiors  and 
dependants.  The  accents  are  accordingly  divided  into  Dis- 
junctives or  Rulers  (D^'pb'a),  and  Conjunctives  or  Servants 
(D'i'^3?).  The  former  indicate  that  the  word  upon  which 
they  are  placed  is  more  or  less  separated  from  those  that 
follow ;  they  mark  thus  the  end  of  a  clause  or  of  the  section 
of  a  clause  over  which  they  exert  control.  The  latter  indi- 
cate that  the  word  over  or  under  which  they  are  written  is 
connected  with  what  follows  and  belongs  to  the  clause  oi 
section  ruled  by  the  next  succeeding  Disjunctive. 

a.  The  stress  of  voice  denoted  by  the  accent  must  not  be  confounded 
with  quantity.  An  accented  syllable  may  nevertheless  be  short,  the 
energy  with  which  it  is  pronounced  not  necessarily  affecting  its  length. 

b.  The  Jews  made  use  of  the  accents  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantilla- 
tion  of  the  synagogue,  whence  they  are  also  called  nis'^SJ.  In  the  judg- 
ment of  some  this  is  a  part,  and  perhaps  a  leading  part,  of  their  original 
design.  Their  great  variety,  the  frequent  occurrence  of  accents  of  oppo- 
site powers  upon  the  same  word,  and  the  distinct  system  of  poetical 
accents,  favor  this  opinion.  Such  as  are  curious  to  know  the  details  may 
find  the  mode  of  their  employment  for  this  purpose  explained  at  length  in 
Bartoloccii  Bibliotheca  Magna  Rabbinica,  vol.  iv.  pp.  427-444. 

§  29.  The  Disjunctive  accents  may  be  divided  into  four 
classes  of  various  rank  or  power,  as  follows,  viz : 


Class  I.  Emperors. 

*1.    Silluk 

(,) 

:p!i^D 

*2.  Athnahh 

(.) 

i^9 


ACCENTS. 

Class  II.  Kings. 

3.   S'gholta 

C) 

xnV:o    postp. 

4.    Zakeph  Katon 

C) 

V'^Pr  5li?.J 

5.   Zakeph  Gadhol 

.    (') 

^^%  sil^J 

*6.   Tiphhha 

Class  III.  luTces. 

xnsij 

*7.  R'bhi* 

(■) 

?''=';' 

*8.   Shalsheleth 

(') 

rVi'^'iJ 

*9.   Zarka 

(~) 

KI^-iT     pos^p. 

10.   Pashta 

C) 

XwttJa    pos/jj. 

11.   Y'thlbh 

L) 

-^'^'?.    prep. 

12.    T'bhir 

Class  IV.  Counts. 

*13.   Pazer 

C) 

"    T 

14.   KarnePhara 

n 

f^^s  ^S^l^ 

15.  T'lisha  Gh'dhola         (  ) 

n^iia  xttj"'Vipi    prep 

16.   Geresh 

C) 

iij-iik 

17.   G'rashayira 

(") 

equina 

*18.   P'sik 

(') 

ip-'DJS 

37 


The  Conjunctive  accents,  or  Servants,  are  the  following, 


VIZ. 


*19.   Merka 
*20.  Munahh 

21.   Merka  Kh'phula 
•22.   Mahpakh 

23.    Darga 
*24.    Kadhma 
*25.  Yerahh  ben  Yomo     (^) 

26.   T'lisha  K'tanna  ('') 


\  1  / 

8t3"113 

V  J  / 

njiio 

^  J)  ■' 

\<  / 

T\fjm 

M    / 

i«5-i'n 

/  **  \ 

Np"i;5 

•iri-'—.a  nn;; 


n:::p  x'^^'^'P    pos/p. 


38 


ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  30 


a.  Merka  Kh'phula  has  sometimes  been  reckoned  among  the  Disjunc- 
tives, as  by  Gesenius  in  his  Lehrgebaude  ;  but  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  the  word  following  that  on  which  it  stands  in  Ex.  5 :  15,  Ezek. 
14:4,  proves  that  it  is  a  Conjunctive. 

h.  According  to  their  most  probable  significations,  the  names  of  the 
accents  appear  to  be  in  part  borrowed  from  their  forms  and  in  part  from 
their  uses.  Thus  the  Disjunctives:  Silluk,  encZ;  Athnahh,  resi;  Segholta, 
hunch  of  grapes  ;  Zakeph,  small  and  great,  causing  suspension  ;  Tiphhha, 
palm  of  the  hand  J  'R''hhi^,  square  or  reposing  ;  Shalsheleth,  c/ta?'j2;  Zarka, 
dispersion;  Pashta,  e.vpansioii  or  leiling  down  (the  voice);  Y'thibh,  si7- 
ting  still;  T'hhir,  interruption  ;  Pazer,  separator  ;  Karne  Phara,  a /ie//er's 
horns;  T'lisha,  great  and  small,  shield ;  Geresh.,  expidsion ;  G'rashayim, 
double  Geresh ;  P'sik,  cut  off.  Conjunctives:  Merka,  prolonging;  Mu- 
nahh,  (a  trumpet)  at  rest,  i.  e.,  in  its  proper  position ;  Merka  Kh'phula, 
double  Merka ;  Mahpakh,  (a  trumpet)  wt;e;'/e(i;  DavQa,  progress ;  Kadh- 
ma,  beginning ;  Yerahh  ben-Yomo,  moon  a  day  old. 

Other  names  are  given  to  some  of  these  accents,  particularly  where  they 
occur  in  certain  situations  or  combinations;  thus  Tiphhha  is  also  called 
Tarhha  (  xn-,:?  ),  Munahh  with  P'sik  is  called  L'gharmeh  (  nii'isb  ),  etc. 

c.  The  classification  of  the  Disjunctives,  according  to  their  respective 
powers  and  the  laws  of  their  consecution,  has  been  the  work  of  Christian 
writers,  from  whom  all  accurate  investigations  of  the  accentual  system 
have  proceeded.  In  fact,  this  whole  subject  is  treated  by  the  Jewish 
grammarians  in  the  crudest  and  most  perplexed  manner.  Buxtorf  says,  in 
his  Thesaurus  Grammaticus.  p.  45:  Accentuum  ratio  hactenus  nee  a  quo- 
quam  nostrorum  nee  ab  ipsis  etiam  Hebraeis  sufficienter  explicata  est. 
The  division  exhibited  above  is  the  one  now  commonly  adopted.  The 
current  names,  Imperatores,  Reges,  Duces,  Comites,  are  those  used  by 
Wasmuth  in  his  Institutio  Accent.  Heb.  1664.  Others  have  divided  them 
differently.  The  learned  PfeifTer,  author  of  the  Dubia  Vexata,  distin- 
guishes one  Emperor,  one  Archduke,  four  Dukes,  seven  Counts,  and  five 
Barons.  Boston,  the  well-known  author  of  the  Fourfold  State,  in  an  elab- 
orate Latin  treatise  upon  this  subject  left  by  him  in  manuscript  and  pub- 
lished shortly  after  his  death,  distributes  them  into  three  classes  of 
superior  and  one  of  inferior  rank.  Mention  is  made,  in  a  commendatory 
preface  by  Mill,  the  distinguished  critic  of  the  New  Testament,  of  another 
manuscript  in  English,  in  which  Boston  applied  his  views  practically  in  a 
twofold  translation  of  the  first  twenty-three  chapters  of  Genesis,  with 
copious  notes,  both  philological  and  theological.  This,  it  is  believed,  has 
never  been  published.  A  curious  little  book  upon  the  Canon  by  Ferdinand 
Parkhurst,  London,  1660,  makes  six  Regal  and  ten  Principial  Disjunctives, 
Y'thibh  and  P'sik  being  omitted  altogether. 

§  30, 1.  Fourteen  of  the  accents  are  written  over,  and  eleven 
under,  the  words  to  which  they  are  attached.  P'sik,  whose 
only  use  is  to  modify  the  power  of  other  accents,  is  written 
after  the  word  to  which  it  belongs,  and  in  the  same  line 


§30  ACCENTS.  39 

with  it.  The  place  of  the  accents  is  either  over  or  under  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  M^ith  the  exception  of  the 
prepositives  Y'thibh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  which  always  ac- 
company the  initial  letter  of  the  word,  and  the  postpositives 
S'gholta,  Zarka,  Pashta,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna,  which  stand 
upon  the  final  letter.  Y'thibh  is  only  used  when  the  first  is 
the  tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  repeated  if  the  word  on  which 
it  stands  is  accented  on  the  penult,  e.  g.  ^^in  Gen.  1 : 2,  or 
ends  with  two  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  r\th  Ruth  3  :  7,  or  if 
the  last  letter  has  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  'TP  Gen.  33  :  13,  and 
in  some  manuscripts  and  editions  there  is  a  like  repetition  of 
S'gholta  and  Zarka.  When  a  word  bears  the  other  preposi- 
tive or  postpositives,  there  is  nothing  to  mark  its  tone-syllable 
unless  this  may  chance  to  be  the  one  upon  which  the  nature 
of  the  accent  in  question  requires  it  to  be  placed. 

2.  Silluk  has  the  same  form  as  Methegh,  §  44 ;  but  the 
former  invariably  stands  on  the  tone-syllable  of  the  last 
word  in  the  verse,  while  Methegh  is  never  written  under  a 
tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  likewise  distinguished  from  Kadhma 
only  by  its  position  upon  the  last  letter  of  the  word,  and 
after  the  superscribed  vowel,  if  there  be  one,  e.  g.  "^i^x  Gen. 
1 : 7,  ^3i$'?^  Gen.  24 : 7,  while  Kadhma  is  placed  upon  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  e.  g.  '^i?^?  Gen.  2  :  19  :  where 
this  chances  to  be  a  final  letter  the  laws  of  consecution  only 
can  decide ;  thus,  in  'q?'!?  Gen.  26  : 4,  r\t^ii^,  Deut.  16:3,  the 
accent  is  Pashta,  but  in  ^?';iTb;i  Gen.  17  : 8,  7|ns2  1  Sam. 
29 : 6,  it  is  Kadhma.  Y'thibh  is  distinguished  from  Mahpakh 
by  being  written  under  the  first  letter  of  the  word  and  taking 
precedence  of  its  vowel  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  ntoy  Gen. 
1:11,"'?  Gen.  31  -.  6,  Deut.  10:17;  Mahpakh  belongs  under 
the  consonant  which  precedes  the  tone-vowel,  and  after  its 
vowel-sign  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  ^\}}'^  Gen.  2  :  14,  ''I 
Gen.  32  :  33,  Deut.  4  :  7.  When  the  initial  syllable  bears  the 
tone  and  there  is  no  subscribed  vowel,  the  laws  of  consecu- 
tion must  decide ;  thus,  in  x^.n  the  accent  is  Y'thibh  in  Gen. 


40  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  31 

3:15,   44:17;    Deut.    10:17;    but   Mahpakli   in    Josh. 
17:1. 

§  31.  The  accents  akeady  explamed  are  called  the  prosaic 
accents,  and  are  found  in  all  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament 
with  the  exception  of  the  Psalms  (D"'!?rin),  Proverbs  ('^IpT^'a), 
and  the  poetic  portion  of  Job  (^'1''^?),  whose  initials  form  the 
technical  word  frax .  Here  a  different  system  of  accentua- 
tion prevails.  Thirteen  of  the  prosaic  accents,  one-half  of  the 
whole  number,  nowhere  occur  in  the  books  just  named,  viz. : 
S'gholta,  Zakeph-Katon,  and  Zakeph-Gadhol  of  the  Kings, 
Pashta,  Y'thibh,  and  T'bhir  of  the  Dukes,  Karne  Phara, 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  Geresh,  and  G'rashayim,  of  the  Counts, 
Merka  Ivh'phula,  Darga,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna  of  the  Con- 
junctives. Such  as  are  common  to  both  systems  are  in  the 
previous  table  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  The  powers  of 
some  of  these,  however,  are  altered,  so  that  a  new  arrange- 
ment of  them  is  necessary ;  and  they  are  supplemented  by 
additional  signs  formed  by  combining  the  prosaic  accents  or 
assigning  them  unusual  positions.  The  scale  of  the  poetical 
or  metrical  accents  thus  constituted  is  as  follows,  viz. : 


Disjunctive  Accents. 

Class  L 

1. 

Silluk 

(=,) 

:  liasn 

2. 

Athnahh 

(J 

li^sri 

3. 

Merka-Mahpakh 

C) 

'Tinsn 

Claas  II. 

4. 

R'bhi" 

O 

liasn 

6. 

Pazer 

C) 

1133  rt 

6. 

R'bhi*  Geresh 

(■') 

liisn 

7. 

Tiphhha  initial 

(J 

Tizsrn 

prep. 

8. 

Zarka 

D 

■^  "123^1 

posfp. 

9. 

P'sik 

(0 

ni^sn 

poslp. 

$32 


POSITION 

OP   THE    ACCENT, 

OoNjuNOTivE  Accents. 

10. 

Merka 

(.) 

11. 

Merka-Zarka 

C) 

12. 

Mahpakh 

C) 

13. 

Mahpakh-Zarka 

C) 

14. 

Munahh 

L)     ^ 

15. 

Munahh  superior 

(') 

16. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

(v) 

17. 

Kadhma 

C) 

18. 

Tiphhha 

(J 

19. 

Shalsheleth 

(') 

41 


a.  It  will  be  perceived  that  there  are  fewer  Disjunctives  but  more 
Conjunctives  than  are  exhibited  by  the  prosaic  accents.  Merka-Mahpakh 
answers  substantially  to  S'gholta;  E'libi^-Geresh  to  Tiphhha  before  Silluk, 
and  Tiphhha  initial  to  Tiphhha  before  Athnahh.  Tiphhha  and  Shalshe- 
leth are  transferred  from  the  list  of  Disjunctives  to  that  of  the  Conjunc- 
tives, Avhence  it  comes  to  pass  that  if  a  word  bearing  either  of  these 
accents  terminates  in  a  vowel,  Daghesh-lene  will  not  be  inserted  in  a  fol- 
lowing initial  aspirate,  e.  g.  Di'in  "^^'^^^  Ps.  31 :  10,  n-'firs  Ni^^a  Prov.  8:  3, 
niHT522  5ii!3sn":  Ps.  10:2. 

b.  P'sik,  in  the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  is  never  used  alone  but 
always  in  conjunction  with  another  accent.  It  serves  to  strengthen  Dis- 
junctives and  to  reduce  the  power  of  Conjunctives  without  disturbing  the 
order  of  their  consecution.  It  is  thus  used  with  Merka-Mahpakh  Ps.  5:13, 
Pazer  Ps.  10: 14,  Tiphhha  initial  Ps.  31:4,  Mahpakh  Ps.  5:  9,  Munahh 
Prov.  1:22,  Merka  Ps.  10:13,  Kadhma  Ps  10:5,  Shalsheleth  Ps.  7:6. 


Position  of  the  Accent 


§  32.  The  accent  in  Hebrew  may  fall  either  upon  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate  syllable,  but  never  at  a  greater 
remove  from  the  end  of  the  word.  In  the  former  case 
words  are  technically  termed  Milra  {'S^^'Q  from  heloio),  and 
in  the  latter  Milel  ("j^yb^  from  above). 


42  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  33 

1.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  considered  in  rela- 
tion either  to  the  syllabic  or  to  the  etymological  structure 
of  a  word,  that  is  to  say,  as  affected  by  the  nature  of  its  syl- 
lables on  the  one  hand  or  of  the  elements  of  which  it  is  com- 
posed as  a  significant  part  of  speech  on  the  other.  It  is  so 
far  determined  by  the  syllabic  structure  of  words,  that  a 
long  mixed  syllable  or  a  short  simple  syllable,  whether  in  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate,  must  receive  the  accent,  §18.  2. 
thus :  pn2\  npir)?ni ,  n^ir,  n'l': . 

2.  Considered  in  reference  to  their  etymological  structure, 
words  exist  in  two  conditions,  (1.)  their  primary  uninflected 
state,  by  which  their  essential  and  proper  meaning  is  con- 
veyed ;  (2.)  with  added  affixes  and  prefixes,  by  which  that 
meaning  is  variously  modified.  In  their  nude  or  primary 
state  all  words,  whether  primitives  or  derivatives,  are  ac- 
cented upon  the  ultimate,  and  so  continue  to  whatever  flexion, 
involving  no  terminational  appendages,  they  may  be  sub- 
jected.   Thus,  ^j?s ,  "ips ,  ^pb ,  ip3 ,  'ips ,  "ipB^ ,  ^^snn ;  ^insT , 

3.  The  only  exception  is  a  class  of  words  called  Se- 
gholates,  in  which  the  last  vowel  does  not  belong  originally 
or  essentially  to  the  form,  but  is  introduced  for  the  sake  of 
softening  the  pronunciation,  §61.  2;  these  are  accented  on 
the  penidtimate,  as  5jb'b,  nsb,  na?,  n:'3,  ^nn,  nsris,  b.^^,  !3.)i;, 

a.  '^'7'?"?-  T^-  50:  8  is  said  to  be  the  only  instance  of  a  word  accented  on 
the  antepenult.  The  proper  tone-syllable  of  this  word  is  the  ultimate,  but 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent  by  §  35,  the  vowel  next  preceding,  which 
has  arisen  from  ShVa  and  is  unessential  to  the  form,  cannot  receive  it,  so 
that  it  necessarily  falls  upon  the  one  still  further  back. 

§  33.  The  additions  which  words  may  receive  at  the  be- 
ginning or  end  affect  the  accent  in  proportion  to  the  respect- 
ive weight  accorded  to  them.  Additions  to  the  end  of  words 
are  of  two  sorts,  which  may  be  distinguished  as  affixes  and 
suffixes.     Affixes  are  so  welded  to  the  word  or  merged  in  it 


§33  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  43 

that  in  the  popular  consciousness  they  have  become  an  in- 
tegral part  of  it,  and  their  independent  existence  or  separate 
origin  is  no  longer  tliought  of;  such  are  the  personal  inflec- 
tions of  verbs  and  the  terminations  indicating  gender  and 
number  in  nouns  and  adjectives.  Suffixes  are  not  so  inti- 
mately blended  with  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  as 
to  have  lost  their  individual  identity  and  independent  charac- 
ter, and  consequently  are  of  greater  weight  as  respects  the 
accent;  such  are  the  fragmentary  pronouns  appended  to 
verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions. 

1.  If  the  appendage  consists  of  a  vowel  (as  n^,  ri,  ^, 
"^'j  ''.,  ''Jj  ov  begins  with  one  (as  Ti^,  "i.,  v^,  D"".,  ni,  t[^,  tf_,  d^, 
1^,  d;'.,  ?j\),  and  can  consequently  only  be  pronounced  by 
the  aid  of  the  final  consonant  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  at- 
tached, it  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself  or  to  its  initial  vowel 
from  a  noun,  adjective,  participle,  or  preposition,  as  "^^^^ , 
inn"!,  n^na^,  ''nn'n,  i]':';}^'^ ,  I'^^n^  from  na^ ;  Q^ii^vS,  ^'^."72, 
from  tJ'^p .  Such  an  appendage  to  a  verb,  if  a  suffix,  will 
so  far  accord  with  the  rule  just  given  as  to  carry  the  accent 
forward  one  syllable ;  but  the  accent  will  remain  in  its  origi- 
nal position  if  it  be  an  affix,  unless  it  is  either  dissyllabic  or 
causes  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  previously  accented ;  D'^^nn 
with  a  suffix  a^'''?Tin ,  but  with  an  affix  ^'a^^T}^^} ;  ^3^  with  a 
suffix  iin? ,  but  with  an  affix  ^la:? ,  ^"D^ ;  D)? ,  r.^^ ,  ^tz^  -,  bJ3, 
^)P. ,  "^^P. ,  ''ri^ ;  snx ,  nanx ,  tjnari-s} .  It  is  to  be  observed, 
however,  that  a  paragogic  n^  or  n . ,  §  61.  6,  attached  to 
nouns,  pronouns,  and  adverbs,  and  occasionally  a  paragogic 
"',  does  not  disturb  the  position  of  the  accent,  e.  g.  y"^s , 
n^'iS;  ai:,na:;  so  nrn,  n^N,n7si^,  ^rian  Lam.  1:1,  but 
insbii  Isa.  1:21;  neither  does  the  feminine  ending  M^ , 
which  is  a  Segholate  formation,  e.  g.  ia'j''9 ,  ^'}k'^^  ■ 

a,  Paragogic  n^  receives  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  in  DTN  5^;^3 
Gen.  28:2,  5,  6,  7.' 

2.  The   appending  of  a   simple  syllable,  such   as   the 


44  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  33 

suffixes  "I? ,  ^D ,  ^n ,  n ,  i^ ,  or  the  verbal  affixes  n ,  '^n ,  ^3 ,  np, 
will  not  alter  the  position  of  the  accent  provided  it  originally 
stood  upon  the  ultimate ;  if,  however,  its  original  place  was 
the  penult,  or  if  the  syllable  in  question  be  attached  to  the 
word  by  a  union  vowel,  the  accent  must  be  carried  forward 
one  syllable  to  prevent  its  standing  on  the  antepenult,  which 
is  never  admissible:  n©5,  ^,n53,  iiafes,  ''pn©?;  Ci?^,  s?cx^' 
^rncsTa ;  bjj,  ni'jp,  •'nip  .  Suffixes  appended  to  a  word  ending 
with  a  consonant  mostly  require  a  connecting  vowel,  and  con- 
sequently shift  the  position  of  the  accent.  Affixes,  by  reason 
of  the  less  weight  accorded  to  them,  commonly  do  not.  The 
suffix  "^  follows  the  general  rule  when  preceded  by  a  union 
vowel,  but  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  when  it  is  not,  e.  g. 
"li ,  'n^^ ,  '^1^, ,  T'^^  .  A  consonantal  appendage  to  a  long  un- 
accented vowel,  inasmuch  as  it  converts  the  ultimate  into  a 
mixed  syllable,  necessarily  draws  the  accent  upon  it  from  the 
penult,  §  82.  1,  e.  g.  ^noi?^ ,  'T'riCi?^ ,  Q'^nci?'?  ;  ^^^: ,  ^J^^^? . 

3.  A  mixed  syllable,  v/hether  an  affix  as  Dn ,  '^n,  or  suffix 
asD?,  p,  on,  "Jti,  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself,  nn^^O 
from  tjpn ;  Qisbio ,  Qs^Db^ ,  from  f?^ ;  tsnbpq  from  D^'iD  .  In 
the  unusual  form  Qij^s  3  Sam.  23  :  6,  the  accent  stands  upon 
the  union  vowel. 

4.  The  only  prefixes  which  exercise  any  influence  upon 
the  position  of  the  accent,  are  the  Yav  conversive  of  the 
future,  which  draws  back  the  accent  from  a  mixed  ultimate 
to  a  simple  penult,  i'bi?i,  'rdk^^.,  nizj^  m»i;l ;  and  the  Vav  con- 
versive of  the  preterite,  which  throws  it  forward  from  the 
penult  to  a  simple  ultimate,  Trfa^,  ™^^  J??^:,  ^^t??:^ 

a.  Some  languages  invariably  accent  the  same  part  of  the  word  ;  tiuis, 
Bohemian  and  Lettish  the  initial  syllable,  Polish  and  Lazian,  one  of  the 
Caucasian  tongues,  the  penult  of  all  polypyllables.  Others,  in  which 
more  freedom  is  allowed,  have  no  respect  to  the  etymological  structure  of 
words,  but  are  guided  entirely  by  the  character  of  their  syllables.  Thus, 
in  Arabic  and  Latin  words  are  accented  according  to  the  quantity  of  the 
penull ;  the  accent  is  given  to  the  penult  if  it  is  long,  to  the  antepenult 


§  34,  35  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  45 

if  the  penult  is  short.  In  others  still  the  etymological  principle  is  the 
prevailing  one,  and  this  often  has  a  wider  scope  than  in  Hebrew.  Thus, 
in  Greek  the  accent  has  the  range  of  the  last  three  syllables.  In  San- 
scrit it  may  stand  upon  any  syllable  whatever  even  of  the  longest  words. 
In  English  it  is  almost  equally  free,  e.  g.  peremptorily,  inconsiderdtion,  its 
removal  from  its  primary  position  upon  the  radical  portion  of  the  word 
being  conditioned  by  the  respective  weight  of  the  formative  syllables  ap- 
pended, e.  g.  person,  personate,  personally,  personify,  jjersondlity,  per- 
sonificdlion. 


§34.  The  location  of  the  accent  being  thus  influenced 
by  the  etymological  structure  of  words,  it  may  serve  to  dis- 
tinguish words  of  like  appearance  but  different  formation. 
Thus,  nn^  Gen.  30  : 1,  ns3  Gen.  29 :  6,  are  participles,  but 
nnia  Gen.  35  :  18,  nsj^  Gen.  29  :  9,  are  preterites,  the  femi- 
nine affix  receiving  the  accent  in  one  case  but  not  in  the  other, 
§  33.  1.  So  153  thei/  built  from  nbs,  but  13  in  us;  iniy  they 
carried  captive  from  tsy^^ ,  but  l^ia  thei/  returned  from  "y^^ ; 
Thx  he  has  seized,  but  TH^  Job  23  :  9  I  shall  see  from  sntn  ; 
V^':  it  shall  be  evil  from  2??n ,  5)'!^;  he  shall  feed  from  n^n ; 
Th2  he  was  rebellious,  t\-fa  it  was  bitter  ixom.  li? ;  I'ai]?  arise 
thou  (fem.),  ''^ip  mi/  rising  up. 

§  35.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  shifted  from  the 
following  causes,  viz. : 

1 .  A  Conjunctive  is  frequently  removed  from  the  ultimate 
to  the  penult  if  a  Disjunctive  immediately  follows,  whether 
upon  a  monosyllable  or  a  dissyllable  ^accented  on  the  penult, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  unpleasant  concurrence  of  tAvo  ac- 
cented syllables  in  closely  connected  words,  e.  g.  S^^';^^  is'^p^ 
Gen.  1  :  5,  T^  nils  Gen.  4  :  17,  ^:  nbri?  Deut.  32  :  36, 
Xn  l"l3sri^  Ps.  2  :12,  Tjb  nnb  Isa.  36:8.  In  a  few  excep- 
tional cases  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  remains  to  mark 
the  original  tone-syllable,  after  the  principal  accent  has  been 
thrown  back,  ^E  ,"^?5'?  Num.  24  :  22,  T%  ^?.?  Isa.  40  : 7, 
Di?  2>^.Tan  Deut.  4  :  33. 

2.  The  special  emphasis  given  to  the  last  word  of  a 
clause  or  section,  and  represented  by  what  are  called  the 


46  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^86 

pause  accents,  §  3G,  2,  a,  is  sometimes  rendered  more  distinct 
by  a  change  of  the  accented  syllable  from  the  ultimate  to  the 
penult,  e.  g.  "'pbij ,  ipbx ;  nnx ,  nnx ;  rbp_ ,  nn3> ;  ^33 ,  ^bs ;  or 
from  the  penult  to  the  ultimate,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
forms  with  Vav  conversive  of  the  future  tjb^;] ,  "^Ti  \  so 
^??^5  >  ^j?r5 »  i^i^'^1 .  The  accent  is  in  a  few  instances  at- 
tracted to  a  short  final  syllable  ending  in  a  weak  letter,  which 
either  loses  its  sound  entirely,  converting  the  syllable  into  a 
simple  one,  or  requires  considerable  effort  and  energy  of  voice 
to  make  it  distinctly  heard,  e.  g.  X'^;:  Gen.  41  :  33  for  sni) ; 
so  ^-nn  Zech.  9  :  5,  Mic.  7  :  10,  S^iiJn  Ps.  39  :  14  for  S-TCn . 


Consecution  op  Accents  in  Prose* 

^36.  1.  The  second  use  of  the  accents  is  to  point  out 
the  relation  of  words  to  one  another.  The  Disjunctives  in- 
dicate a  greater  or  less  separation  between  the  word  on  which 
they  stand  and  the  following  one  ;  the  Conjunctives  indicate 
a  connection.  The  greatest  separation  of  all  is  effected  by 
Silluk,  which  is  written  under  the  last  word  of  every  verse, 
and  is  followed  invariably  by  two  dots  vertically  placed  ( : ), 
called  Soph  Pasiik  (p^ca  ?|iD  end  of  the  verse).  The  next  in 
power  are  Athnahh  and  S'gholta.  When  a  verse  was  to  be 
divided  into  two  clauses,  Athnahh  was  placed  under  the  last 
word  of  the  first  clause,  Silluk  maintaining  its  position  at 
the  end  of  the  verse.  If  it  was  to  be  divided  into  three 
clauses,  which  is  the  greatest  number  that  any  verse  can 
have,  the  last  word  of  the  first  clause  receives  S'gholta,  the 
last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and  the  last  of  all  Silluk. 
Verses  of  one  clause  range  from  Gen.  26  -.  6,  containing 
three  words,  to  such  as  Jer.  13:13  and  1  Chron.  28  : 1,  con- 
taining more  than  twenty :  the  most  common  division  is  into 
two  clauses,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  : 1  J  V"!)^0  •  •  •  ^"^s? ''^: ;  three  clauses 


^  37       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         47 

are   mucli   less   frequent,    Gen.    1:7  H?  •  ^-'^'2'i?.  •  •  •  ?''P'^\} 
23  :  16,  24  :  30,  26  :  28. 

a.  In  Job  1  :  8  S'gholta  occurs  in  a  verse  of  two  clauses  without  Ath 
nahh,  probably  because  the  accentuation  is  conformed  to  that  of  Job  2  :  3. 

2.  Eacli  of  these  clauses  is  capable  of  subdivision  tc 
whatever  extent  its  length  or  character  may  seem  to  demand 
by  the  Disjunctives  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakepli  Gadhol,  R'bhi'', 
Pazer,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  according  to  the  number  of  sec- 
tions to  be  made  and  the  various  degrees  of  their  completeness. 
Thus,  in  Josh.  1  : 8  the  clause  of  Athnahh  is  divided  intc 
five  sections,  ''a  .  niti^b  . .  n)-^^  . . .  Tj^3^  . . .  t^'a'^ ,  in  2  Kin. 
1  :  6  into  six,  linps^  . . .  tJnib  nbiij  .  bxiia'^s  . .  nirr^  . .  vHs? . 
The  choice  of  the  accent  to  govern  a  particular  section  de- 
pends not  only  upon  its  power,  but  likewise  upon  its  rank, 
the  more  exalted  officer  standing  in  ordinary  cases  nearer 
the  sovereign.  Accordingly  toward  the  beginning  of  a  clause 
an  inferior  Disjunctive  will  be  used,  even  though  the  separa- 
tion is  such  as  would  require  an  accent  of  much  higher 
power  to  indicate  it  in  a  more  advanced  portion  of  the  same 
clause.  These  accents,  moreover,  have  not  a  fixed  value  like 
the  stops  in  other  languages ;  their  power  is  not  absolute  but 
relative,  and  varies  endlessly  with  the  circumstances  of  the 
case.  Athnahh  in  Gen.  1 : 1  marks  the  greatest  division  in  the 
verse,  but  that  is  not  sufficient  to  require  a  comma.  In  the 
next  verse  Zakeph  Katon  is  equal  to  a  semicolon  in  the  first 
clause  and  less  than  a  comma  in  the  second.  In  Gen.  27  :  16 
the  separation  indicated  by  R'bhi*  is  wholly  rhythmical. 

a.  Those  accents  which,  as  above  described,  mark  the  limits  of  clauses 
and  sections,  are  denominated  pause  accents, 

§37.  In  the  sections  thus  created  the  accents  are  dis- 
posed relatively  to  the  Disjunctive  which  marks  its  close. 
Each  ruler  has  his  servant  and  subordinate  officer,  whose 


48 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


§37 


function  it  is  to  wait  upon  him.  In  other  words,  each  Dis- 
junctive is  regularly  preceded  by  a  particular  Conjunctive  and 
inferior  Disjunctive ;  and  the  train  of  accents  in  each  section 
is  formed  by  arranging  the  Disjunctives  in  their  fixed  order 
of  succession  with  or  without  their  regular  Conjunctives  until 
all  its  words  are  supplied.  The  trains  proper  to  the  different 
sections  are  shown  in  the  following  table  : 


■  ■■■ 

Primary 

Sectioks. 

p 

6 
o 

So 

O 

H 
O 

c 
O 

K  1—* 

11 

ft 

H 

O 

D 
O 

O 

13 

ft 

> 

O 

P 

o 
O 

» 

1 

J 

■  I 

1 

.(„.) 

•/ 

.(.)b' 

'(") 

lM.L 

A 

J 

••• 

..L) 

~ 

X)C)' 

Secondary 
Sections. 

' 

J  J 

L) 

<C)\.)' 

:i 

' 

..(,), X) 

H 

'  J  J  J  J 

;> 

TJnpsual 
Sections. 

1 

<\/' 

y  J  J  J  J  J 

§38  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  49 

a.  Accents  of  like  forms  are  readily  distinguishable  in  the  table  by  the 
column  in  which  they  stand.  Where  perspicuity  requires  it  the  distinction 
will  hereafter  be  made  by  appending  their  initial  letters,  thus  :  Kadhma  '' 
Pashta  '^,  Mahpakh  "",  Y'thibh'-". 

§  38.  Explanation  of  the  Tabic. — The  trains  preceding 
the  three  principal  accents  are  exhibited  in  the  horizontal 
lines  of  the  uppermost  division ;  those  of  the  ordinary  de- 
pendent sections  in  the  middle  division,  and  those  of  rare 
occmTence  at  the  bottom. 

1.  Train  of  Sillulc. — If  Silluk  be  immediately  preceded 
by  a  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Merka ;  if  a  Disjunctive  precede 
it  in  the  same  section,  with  or  without  an  intervening  Merka, 
it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  If  there  be  a  Conjunctive 
before  Tiphhha,  it  will  be  Merka,  Gen.  1  : 1 ;  if  two  Con- 
junctives, which  occm^s  but  fourteen  times,  they  will  be 
Merka  Kh'phula  and  Darga,  Gen.  27  :  25,  Lev.  10:1,  2 
Chron.  20  :  30.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Tiphhha,  in 
the  same  section,  will  be  T'bhir,  Gen.  1:4.  If  T'bhir  be  pre- 
ceded by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Darga,  Gen.  1  :  12,  or 
Merka,  Gen.  1  :  26 ;  if  by  two,  the  second  will  be  Kadhma, 
1  Sam.  15  :  33,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  2:4;  and  if  by  three, 
the  third  will  be  T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:19.  The  next 
Disjunctive  before  T'bhir,  in  the  same  section,  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  26  :  11,  27  : 4,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  23  :  4.  If  Geresh 
be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen. 
24  :  7,  or  Munahh,  Isa.  60  :  17 ;  if  by  a  second,  it  will  be 
T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2  :  5,  or  Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen. 
28  :  9 ;  if  by  a  third,  it  will  be  Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34 ;  if 
by  a  fourth,  it  will  also  be  Munahh,  Deut.- 1:19. 

a.  The  parentheses  of  the  table  contain  alternate  accents.  Thus, 
Merka  is  substituted  for  Darga  and  for  Mahpakh  (before  Pashta  in  the 
clause  of  Zakeph  Katon)  if  no  more  than  one  vowel  intervenes  between 
the  Conjunctive  and  the  king  which  it  precedes,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22,  Gen. 
1:  24,  26  ;  Gen.  5:  17,  Deut.  1 :  2,  35.  Munahh  is  also  regularly  substi- 
tuted for  Kadhma,  whenever  the  accent  stands  on  the  initial  letter  of  the 
word,  Gen.  25:8,  Gen.  19:35;  1  Kin.  19:7,  Deut.  1:28;  Gen.  19:12; 
4 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  38 

Eccl.  5  :  7.  G'rashayim  takes  the  place  of  Geresh  provided  the  accent  is 
on  the  ultimate  and  it  is  not  preceded  by  Kadhma  either  on  the  same  or 
the  previous  word,  Ex.  16  :  23,  36  :  3.  When  tv^o  accents  are  included  in  a 
parenthesis  the  meaning  is  that  if  an  additional  accent  is  required,  these 
two  will  take  the  place  of  the  one  before  the  parenthesis.  P'sik  has  no 
separate  place  in  the  consecution,  but  is  joined  with  the  other  accents  to 
modily  their  power.  It  is  constantly  associated  with  the  Disjunctive 
Shalsheleth  to  add  to  its  strength,  and  occasionally  with  the  different 
Conjunctives  to  reduce  their  strength,  but  without  disturbing  the  order 
of  their  consecution,  e.g.  with  Merka  Ex.  16:5,  Munahh  Gen.  46:2, 
Mahpakh  Ex.  30:34,  Kadhma  Lev.  11:32,  Darga  Gen.  42:13,  T'liaha 
K'tanna  1  Sam.  12  :  3. 


2.  Train  of  Ailtnahh. — If  Atlmahh  be  preceded  by  a 
Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:1;  if  by  a  Disjunc- 
tive in  its  own  section,  it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  The 
accents  which  precede  Tiphhha  have  already  been  mentioned 
in  explaining  the  train  of  Silluk. 

3.  Train  of  8'(/Jiolta. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
S'gholta  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  3:3;  if  there  be  two,  the 
second  will  be  Munahh,  Lev.  8  :  31,  or  Merka,  Gen.  3  :  14. 
The  first  Disjunctive  in  its  section  will  be  Zarka,  Gen.  1 :  28; 
and  if  this  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Mu- 
nahh, Gen.  1  :  7,  or  Merka,  1  Chron.  5:18;  if  by  two,  the 
second  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen.  30  :  16,  31 :  32  ;  if  by  three, 
the  second  will  be  Munahh  and  the  third  Kadhma,  Lev. 
4:35.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Zarka  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  24  :  7,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  39  : 3.  The  accents  pre- 
ceding these  have  been  explained  in  1. 

4.  Train  of  Zaheph  Katon. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
Zakeph  Katon  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  2,  the  second  like- 
wise Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  45.  The  first  Disjunctive  will  be 
Pashta,  Gen.  1:2;  or,  if  the  proper  place  of  the  accent  be 
the  first  letter  of  the  word,  Y'thibh,  Gen.  1  :11,  2:11. 
The  first  Conjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be  Mahpakh,  Gen. 
1 : 9,  or  Merka,  Gen.  1:2;  the  second,  Kadhma,  Gen. 
39  :  19,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  1:12;  the  third  will  be  Tlisha 
K'tanna,  Ezr.  3:11.     The  Disjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be 


§  38  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  51 

Geresh,  Gen.  1  :  24,  or  G'rashayim,  Gen.  1:11;  the  further 
consecution  is  explained  in  1. 

a.  In  some  instances  Pashta  is  found  not  in  the  train  ofZakeph  Katon, 
but  seeming  to  govern  an  independent  section,  e.g.  Ex.  29; 20,  Deut. 
9  : 6,  Josh.  iT) :  11,  2  Sam.  14  :  7,  2  Chron.  IS  :  23. 

5.  Zakepli  Gadliol  is  mostly  used  instead  of  Zakeph 
Katon  when  no  other  accent  precedes  it  in  its  own  section, 
whether  upon  the  same  word  or  one  before  it :  "ips  ^^  Gen. 
9  :  4  (in  some  editions),  in  which  it  is  preceded  by  Munahh, 
is  exceptional. 

6.  Train  of  B'bW^. — The  first  Conjunctive  before  R'bhia'' 
will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:9;  the  second,  Munahh  commonly 
with  P'sik,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Darga,  Gen.  6:15;  the  third, 
Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen.  7 :  23,  31 :  29,  or  Merka,  Ex. 
14  :  10.  The  Disjunctive  before  R-'bhi"*  will  be  Geresh,  Ex. 
IG  :  3,  or  G'rashayim,  Deut.  1:11,  which  are  preceded  as 
inl. 

7.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34,  by  two,  Ezek.  9:2,  by  three,  1 
Sam.  14  :  34,  or  by  four,  Isa.  66  :  20. 

8.  Train  of  T'lisha  Gh'dhola. — T'hsha  Gh'dhola  is  the 
weakest  of  the  Disjunctives  which  are  ever  set  to  rule  inde- 
pendent sections.  Its  weakness  is  in  fact  such,  that  it  is 
sometimes  drawn  into  the  section  of  a  stronger  Disjunctive  ; 
thus,  in  Gen.  1  :  12,  Lev.  4  : 7,  1  Sam.  17  :  51,  Isa.  9  :  5, 
Neh.  5  :  18,  it  takes  the  place  of  T'lisha  K'tanna  among  the 
antecedents  of  Pashta,  standing  between  it  and  Geresh  or 
G'rasha}dra ;  in  Gen.  13  : 1,  21  :  14,  Deut.  26  :  12,  it  stands 
similarly  between  T'bhir  and  Geresh  or  G'rashayim.  And 
in  many  cases,  perhaps  in  most,  when  it  rules  a  section  of 
its  own,  this  is  a  mere  subsection,  not  so  much  a  division  of 
one  of  the  principal  clauses  as  a  fragment  broken  off  from 
one  of  the  larger  sections  at  a  point  wdiere  T'lisha  K'tanna 
would  have  stood  had  the  connection  been  sufficiently  close 


52  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  39 

to  require  a  Conjunctive,  e.  g.  Gen.  19  :  2,  1  Kin.  20  :  28. 
That  this  is  not  always  so  appears,  however,  from  examples 
hke  2  Sam.  14  :  32,  Gen.  7  :  7,  Isa.  66  :  19,  Jer.  39  :  5,  and 
particularly  Gen.  31  :  52,  where  nn^"Q5i:^  corresponds  to  the 
preceding  ''pij-Di?.  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  may  be  preceded  by 
one  Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  46,  by  two,  Josh.  2:1,  by  three, 
or  by  four,  1  Kin.  2:5. 

9.  Shalsheleth  occurs  but  seven  times,  viz.,  Gen.  19 :16, 
24  :  12,  39 :  8,  Lev.  8  :  23,  Isa.  13 :  8,  Am.  1  :  2,  Ezr.  5:12, 
and  in  every  instance  stands  upon  the  initial  word  of  the 
verse,  and  is  accompanied  by  P*sik.  It  has  consequently  no 
antecedents. 

10.  Karne  Phara  is  only  used  sixteen  times.  Its  section 
never  contains  less  than  three  words :  its  immediate  prede- 
cessor is  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  to  which  may  be  added 
one  Munahh,  Num.  35:5,  Neh.  5:13,  13:5,  2  Chron. 
24  :  5  ;  two,  2  Kin.  10  :  5,  Jer.  38  :  25,  Est.  7  :  9,  Neh.  1 :  6, 
2  Chron.  35  :  7 ;  three,  Josh.  19  :  51,  2  Sam.  4  :  2,  Jer. 
13:13;  four,  1  Chron.  28  : 1 ;  or  five,  Ezek.  48 :  21. 

§  39.  1.  The  complete  trains  of  the  several  accents  con- 
tain one  Disjunctive  from  each  of  the  inferior  orders,  dis- 
posed in  due  succession  of  rank,  with  one  Conjunctive 
immediately  preceding  the  first  class  of  Disjunctives,  two 
Conjunctives  preceding  the  second  class,  three  the  third  class, 
four  or  more  the  fom-th  class.  These  trains  are  adapted  to 
sections  of  different  length  and  character  by  omitting  such 
of  the  Conjunctives,  and  more  rarely  by  repeating  such  of 
the  Disjunctives,  as  the  mutual  relations  of  the  words  may 
seem  to  require,  and  breaking  off  the  series  as  soon  as  every 
word  in  the  section  is  supplied.  Thus,  while  the  general 
order  of  consecution  is  fixed  and  invariable,  there  is  the 
utmost  liberty  and  variety  in  particular  cases. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  Conjunctives  go  beyond  the  number 
here  assigned.     Thus,  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  two  Munahhs  in  Ex.  3:4, 


§  39       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.        53 

and,  according  to  some  editions,  in  Isa.  48 :  11.  T'bhir  is  preceded  by  four 
Conjunctives,  Josh.  10:  11,  2  Chron.  22:  11,  Isa.  66:20;  Pashta  by  four, 
Ex.  5  :  8.  2  Kin.  5  :  1,  and  even  by  five,  Josh.  19  :  51. 


2.  If  a  section  consists  of  but  a  single  word,  this  will  re- 
ceive the  appropriate  Disjunctive,  the  entire  antecedent  series 
of  the  table  being  then  omitted  as  unnecessary ;  thus,  Silluk 
:  na^"}  Gen.  5:5;  Athnahh  n'as'^l  Gen.  24 :  34 ;  Zakeph 
Katon  nL^Di  Isa.  1  :  30 ;  R'bhi'^  U^tr^)  Gen.  7:19;  Pazer 
n^ii^T  Gen.  22  :  2 ;  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  pn  Gen.  19  :  8.  This, 
as  has  been  already  said,  is  the  regular  length  of  the  sections 
of  Zakeph  Gadhol  and  Shalsheleth;  but  those  of  S'gholta 
are  never  composed  of  less  than  two  words,  and  those  of 
Karne  Phara  never  of  less  than  three. 

3.  In  sections  of  greater  length  there  is  a  disposition 
towards  a  regular  alternation  of  Disjunctives  and  Conjunc- 
tives upon  successive  words,  e.  g.  Gen.  23  :  11  J  ,  ,  ,  ,  .^  , , 
Gen.  24  :  7  .,  "^  '  '^"j  and  consequently  though  two  or  more 
Conjunctives  may  be  allowed  before  a  particular  Disjunctive, 
only  the  first  of  these  is  in  the  majority  of  cases  employed. 
The  actual  relations  of  words  may,  however,  so  interfere  with 
this  regularity  as  on  the  one  hand  to  cause  the  intervening 
Conjunctives  to  be  dropped  entirely,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:22  ,,.,,, 
1  Chron.  15  :  18  ,/''',  or,  on  the  other,  to  introduce 
as  many  Conjunctives  as  the  table  will  admit,  e.  g.  Gen. 
3:14  \,  ,  ",^  '^■\  But  if  either  of  the  three  primarv  sec- 
tions consist  of  but  two  words,  the  first  must  have  a  Dis- 
junctive accent,  however  close  its  relation  may  be  to  the 
second,  e.  g.  '.  Dns  yia^i  Gen.  9  :  20,  D^T?  -'i?!???^  Gen.  3  :  5,, 
'instji  ant?  Gen.  19:4. 


a.  In  Gen.  24 :  15,  where,  however,  editions  differ,  Silluk  is  in  a  section 
of  two  words  immediately  preceded  by  Merka. 

6.  Sometimes  an  excluded  term  of  the  series  will  take  the  place  of  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  §44.  Tiphhha  is  thus  five  times  written  upon 
the  same  word  with  Silluk,   e.g.  Num.  15:21,  and  eleven  times  with 


54  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  40 

Athnahh,  e.  g.  Num.  28  :  26.  Munahh,  Gen.  21 :  17,  for  which  Karlhma  is 
eometimes  substituted,  Gen.  18  :  21,  often  stands  upon  the  same  word  with 
Zakeph  Katon.  Kadhma  is  also  joined  in  this  manner  with  Munalih,  Lev. 
10:12,  Merita,  Judg.  21:21,  Neh.  12:44,  Malapakh,  Lev.  25:46,  and 
Geresh,  Ex.  16 :  15,  21  :  22,  35.    Mahpakh  with  Munahh,  Lam.  4  :  9. 

4.  Occasionally  a  subordinate  Disjunctive  or  its  alternate 
is  repeated  in  the  same  section  with  or  without  its  ante- 
cedents.     Thus,   T'bhir,  Deut.  26:2 ,  ,  '\^  .   '^  so 

Dent.  30  :  20,  1  Sam.  20  :  21,  2  Kin.  17  :  36.  Zaiia,  2  Kin. 
1 :  16  ■■"//■*/,  so  ver.  6,  Gen.  42  :  21,  Jer.  21 :4,  Neh. 
2:12.  Pashta,  Gen.  24:14,  42,  48,  65;  1  Kin.  20:9. 
Pashta,  Pashta  and  Y'thibh,  2  Kin.  10:30,  Ezr.  7:25. 
Geresh  and  G'rashayim,  Gen.  28  :  9. 

a.  There  is  a  double  accentuation  of  part  of  Gen.  35  :  22,  and  of  the 
entire  decalogue,  both  in  Ex.  20 :  2-17,  and  Deut.  5  :  6-21,  which  involves 
a  double  vocalization  in  certain  words,  e.g.  i^bs  Ex.  20:3,  i.e.  either 
:"'3a  or  "^iQ.  Single  words  also  occur  with  alternative  accents,  e.g.  with 
G'rashayim  or  Geresh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  nV  Gen.  5:29.  *i:"ip  Lev. 
10  :  4,  ^=B'  2  Kin.  17  :  13,  t^\ky^  Ezek.  48  :  10,  n&<Y  Zeph.  2:15. 


Poetic  Consecution. 

§40.  1.  The  principle  of  the  consecution  is  the  same  in 
the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  although  there  is  consid- 
erable diversity  in  the  details.  There  is  a  like  division  of 
verses  into  clauses  and  sections  ruled  by  a  Disjunctive  at  the 
end,  which  imposes  upon  them  its  own  special  train  of 
accents.  The  sections  are  fewer,  however,  and  the  trains 
shorter  than  in  prose,  on  account  of  the  greater  brevity  of 
the  sentences  in  poetry  for  the  most  part.  But  this  reduc- 
tion is  more  than  compensated  by  the  new  complexity  arising 
from  the  latitude  allowed  in  the  choice  of  Conjunctives, 
which  it  seems  impossible  to  reduce  to  fixed  rules,  and  is 
probably  to  be  referred  to  their  use  as  musical  notes  for  the 


§  40  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  55 

cantillation  of  the  synagogue.  It  sliould  be  added,  that  the 
embarrassment  arising  from  this  inherent  complexity  of  the 
subject  is  seriously  aggravated  by  the  numerous  discrepancies 
in  the  different  editions  of  the  Bible,  by  which  the  true  ac- 
centuation in  the  three  poetical  books  is  often  involved  in 
doubt  and  uncertainty. 

a.  In  addition  to  availing  himself  of  the  researches  of  others,  particu- 
larly of  Nordheimer  and  Ewald.  in  their  discussions  of  this  subject,  the 
author  has  examined  verse  by  verse  the  entire  book  of  Proverbs  and  the 
first  division  of  the  Psalms  (Ps.  1-41),  as  well  as  other  selected  Psalms 
and  portions  of  Job.  As  the  result,  he  confesses  himself  quite  unable  to 
disentangle  the  m3'stery;  and  as  the  only  contribution  he  can  make 
towards  its  solution  he  has  concluded  to  present  in  detail,  and  in  as  con- 
venient a  form  as  possible,  the  facts  observed,  hoping  that  some  future  ex- 
ploration may  discover  the  principle  of  order,  if  any  such  principle  there 
be,  in  this  apparently  inextricable  confusion. 

2.  Verses  may  consist  of  one,  two,  or  three  clauses,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  three  Disjunctives  of  the  first  class.  If 
the  verse  contain  but  one  clause,  Silluk  will  be  written  upon 
the  last  word,  Ps.  4:1;  if  it  contain  two  clauses,  the  divi- 
sion will  be  made  by  Athnahh,  Ps.  1:4,  or  by  Merka- 
Mahpakh,  Ps.  1  :  2.  3  :  3,  upon  the  last  word  of  the  first 
clause  ;  if  it  contain  three,  the  last  word  of  the  first  will  have 
Merka-Mahpakh,  the  last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and 
the  last  word  of  the  third  Silluk,  Ps.  1  : 1,  Clauses  may 
consist  of  a  single  section  when  no  subdivision  of  them  is 
necessary ;  or  they  may  consist  of  two  or  more  sections, 
wdien  the  subdivision  is  effected  by  R'bhi""  or  Pazer,  e.  g. 

: •  Ps.   18  :  51,  :  , ^ Prov.  1  :  10, '.  '  Ps. 

41:7,,...'  ."  Ps.  7:6,/. •  ..-Ps.  17:14. 


56 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


Ml 


§41.  The  order  of  the  accents  in  the  various  sections 


is  exhibited  in  the  following  table 


Principal 
Sections. 

a 

Conjunctives. 

0 

Conjunctives. 

1 

^c)U.)ic)|T 

J 

•  r 

,;,(>);. 

or  -"a 

«    •  J 

A 

1 
u  J  •    u.  •   i<  J 

<C) 

^  in. 

•h-ih:i 

°'r(:)r'r'(j] 

J 

•i-! 

CO 

Subordinate 
Sections. 

• 

mim 

H 

■\:\HV' 

Explanation  of  the  Table. 

a.  Train  of  Silhtk. — If  Silluk  is  preceded  by  a  single  Conjunctive,  it 
will  be  Munahh,  Prov.  1 :  4,  or  Merka  either  alone  as  Prov.  1:2,  or  com- 
pounded with  Zarka,  Ps.  10:5,  and  P'sik,  Ps.  10  :  3.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
two  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  ^  Ps.  5:5,^^  Ps.  10  :G,^  ^  Prov.  12:  1 
(in  some  editions),  ^  ^  Prov.  25 :  26,  '  _^  Ps.  18  :  7,  ■■  ■"  Ps.  36 :  1,  or  ■"  '  Prov. 


§41  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  57 

8: 13.    If  it  be  preceded  by  three  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^ ,  ^  Ps.  24:6, 

'Ps.  10:2  (or        *Ps.7:6),  Prov.  26:25  (or         "Ps.  28:8or^     ., 

Prov.  29 :  13), ,  .  ''  Ps.  4:8,^^  '  Prov.  3 :  27,  ■"  ■*  .  If  it  be  preceded  by 
four  Conjunctives,  they  virill  be  ^  ^  /  ^  Ps.  89:2,  ^  ^  /  ^' Ps.  32:5,  or 
''  ''  *  Ps.  3  :  3  (in  some  editions  '"'',)■  If  it  be  preceded  by  five  Con- 
junctives, they  will  be  ^  ^  ' ^  ^  Job  32:6,  37:12  (in  this  latter  example 
some  editions  substitute  a  Makkeph  for  Merka). 

If  Silluk  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
R'bhi"-Geresh,  Ps.  1:1,  5:3,  10.  R'bhi''-Geresh  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive, ,  Ps.  5:4  ;  by  two,,  ,  Ps.  8:2,  or,  ^  Ps.  31 :  10,  19;  by  three, 
,  ,  ^  or,  ,,  Ps.  73:4. 

There  are  occasional  deviations  from  the  Conjunctives  of  the  table; 
thus,  R'bhi^-Geresh  is  in  Ps.  34 : 8  preceded  by  ^  "  ^.  In  some  of  these 
cases,  however,  editions  differ  in  their  notation  of  the  accents.  Thus,  in 
Ps.  5:7  some  editions  have  ^  "  before  Silluk,  others  ,  " ;  in  Ps.  18:36, 
Prov.  30: 17,  some  have  ,  ,  others ,  ;  in  Ps.  20:2  some  have  ^  ^ ,  others 
^  . ;  in  Prov.  24 : 8  some  have  ,  ,  ,  others ,  ,  the  two  words  being  joined 
by  Makkeph.  So,  again,  some  editions  have  in  Ps.  9: 11  ^  before  R'bhi"- 
Geresh,  in  Ps.  18:44^,  in  Prov.  27:19,^,  in  Prov.  21:17,^;  while 
other  editions  do  not  depart  in  these  passages  from  the  order  given  in  the 
table.     Similar  discrepancies  exist  in  the  other  sections  likewise. 

6.  Train  of  Athnahh. — Athnahh  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive, 
^  Ps.  5:8  (or  ^^  Prov.  8:30,  34), ,  Ps.  5  :  3  (or  ^ ,  Ps.  33:  21,  /  Ps.  69:2), 
^Prov.  23:3,^  Ps.  14:3,  Prov.  6:3  (or  _  ^  Pro'v.  16: 10);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:8  (or^  _^  Ps.  7:17),  ^  ^  Prov.  28:25,  Ps.  5:2  (in  some  editions  the 
latter  example  has  _  ^  ^  ),  ^  ,  Ps.  14:5, ,  ^  Prov.  11:12,  14:21,,  /  Ps. 
37  : 1, ,  ^  Prov.  8  :  21,  ._  ^  Ps.  2*5  :  16  ;  by  three,  ^  ^  ,  Prov.  24  :  21,  ^  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:6  (or^  ^  /  Ps.  9:10,  or  ^  ^  ^^  Ps.  16:10),  ,  ,  '  Ps.  10:17,  ^  ^  ~  Prov. 
8:13,  ^^  ,^  Ps.  18:50,  ,,  ^  ,,  Ps.  10:13,  •"  \  Prov.  6:27,  ,  "  Vps-72:3; 
by  four,  Prov.  3:12,  Prov.  24:16,  Ps.  34:7,        '    Ps. 

•'  'JJJ  ■'JJ|<  ^JtJ<  'jjj 

32 : 2  (in  some  editions),  ""',,,  Prov.  1:19,,"    *  ''^  Ps.  65 : 2. 

If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
Tiphhha  initial,  Ps.  1 :  6,  26  :  4.  Tiphhha  initial  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,  ^  Ps.  5  : 6  ;  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps.  9 :  19  (or  ^  ^  "  Ps.  14  : 1,  or  ^  ^  Ps. 
16  : 9),  ^  ■■  Ps.  32 :  11,^  ^  Ps.  35 :  14,  15,  ^  /  Prov.  25  :  20 ;  by  three,  [^  ^^ 
Ps.  23:6,  '  Ps.  27:1,      .'     Ps.  12 : 5  (or       '     "  Prov.  27:14),'     ' 

Ps.  9 :  14. 

c.  Train  of  Merka-Mahpakh. — Merka-Mahpakh  maybe  preceded  by 
one  Conjunctive,  which  is  almost  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  Ps.  1 : 1 


58  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  42 

though  occasionally  it  is,  in  some  editions  at  least,  Merka,  Ps.  15  :5,  35: 10, 
or  Mahpakh,  Ps.  24:8,  31:10.  If  it  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its 
own  section,  Zarka  will  be  employed,  Ps.  1 : 1,  Prov.  1:11. 

Zarka  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps.  12:  7  (or  ^^  Prov. 
1 :  22),  ^  Ps.  6  :  3,  _  ^  Ps.  12: 3,  ^ '  Ps.  31  :  12 ;  by  two,  ^  , '  Prov.  30 :  15  (in 
some  editions      '),       Ps.  24  :  10  (or  Ps.  13  :  6),  Ps.  21  :  10,     ' 

Ps.  27 :  2  (or  ,\  "  Ps.  35  ;26),  ^  *  ■■  Ps.  7  ;  10 ;  by  three, ,  ,  \  Ps.  29  :  9, 

'     Ps.  31  :  M.     '     "      Ps.  10:  14:  or  by  four,  *     Ps.  40  :  6. 

d.  Train  of  R'bhi". — R'bhi"  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  ^  Ps. 
5 : 1,  ^  Ps.  8  :  2  (or  /  Ps.  23  :  4,  or  ^  ^  Ps.  6  :  7),^  Prov.  28  :  22,  "■  Ps.  22  :  25, 
*  Ps.  11  :2(or,  '  Ps.  5  :  11);  by  two,  ^  ^  Prov.  8  :  33,  ^  ^  Ps.  28:7  (or  ^ 
Ps.  18:3),  'Ps.  9:7,  "  Ps.  11 :  4,  '  Ps.  26  :  1,  ■"  Ps.  27  :  6  (or  ^  " 
Ps.  5:9),  'Prov.  6:22,  '  Ps.  18:1  (or  '  "  Ps.  7 : 7,  or  '  "  Ps. 
39 :  5),  /  ■■  Job   16:10;  or  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  40 :  7,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  41  :  7  (or 

"     *     Ps.  39:6,  or     '     '     "  Ps.  3 : 8,  or        '     "  Ps.  41:14),  ■*    '      Ps. 
19:  14  (or",  '  /  Ps.  39:  12),  ""^  '  ■"  Ps.  40  :  11, ,     /  '  Prov.  24:31. 

e.  Train  of  Pazer.^Fazer  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  ^  Ps. 
89:20  (or_  ^  Prov.  30:8),'  Ps.  32:5  (or  _  '  Ps.  17:14);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
5  :  10,  Prov.  7  :  23  (or  ^  ,^  Ps.  28  :  5),  /  Ps.  13  :  3  (or  ^  /  Prov.  27  :  10), 

Ps.  90:4,  '  Ps.  7:6,  '  Ps.  39:13,  Ps.  11 :  2,  '  Ps.  5 :  12 :  or 
by  three,  ^\  Ps.  22:35,  23 :  4,  ^  ^  ^  Prov.  23:29  (vi^here  sone  editions 
have         ). 

V   »        ' 

§42.  The  trains  of  these  several  accents  are  adjusted 
to  sections  of  varying  length  by  expedients  similai  to  those 
employed  with  the  prose  accents,  viz. :  1 .  Omitting  the  Con- 
junctives in  whole  or  in  part.  2.  Repeating  the  Disjunc- 
tives, e.  g.  "'  Ps.  14  : 1,  "Ps.  17  :  14,  or  their  equivalents,  e.  g. 
Tiphhha  initial  before  "'  Ps.  7:10,  before  '  Ps.  9:1;  "  before 
■'  Ps.  18:1,  before  '  Ps.  22  :  15  ;  •'  before  Tiphhha  initial  Ps. 
1(3 :  17.  3.  Writing  two  accents  upon  the  same  word, 
amis^'n^  Ps.  5:11,  ^?;]in  Ps.  27:11,  ^i^n^i  Ps.  18:16. 
4.  Uniting  two  or  more  words  by  Makkeph,  so  that  they 
require  but  a  single  accent.  5.  Writing  the  different  parts 
of  a  compound  accent  upon  separate  words;  thus,  Merka- 
Mahpakh  ^:^  b^^x  Ps.  6 : 3,  Merka-Zarka  fsn  ^5  Ps.  22:9, 
Mahpakh-Zarka  tii^n  ^3  Prov.  6:3. 


§43  MAKKEPH.  59 

a.  Sometimes  when  two  accents  are  written  upon  the  same  word,  fine 
is  the  alternate  of  the  other;  thus,  5:^2  Prov.  1 :  19,  may  be  either  J"a2  or 
;y^3  according  as  the  accent  remains  in  its  proper  position  in  the  ultimate, 
or  is  thrown  back  upon  the  penult  in  consequence  of  the  next  word  being 
accented  upon  its  initial  syllable. 


Makkeph. 

§43.  Makkepli  i^y^  joining)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  by 
which  two,  three,  or  even  four  words  may  be  united. 
^fH-^ns^  -^^nto^n-Di?  Gen.  30:31,  bS-^b-ir::  Gen.  33:11, 
iS-iT^s-bs-nb^T  Gen.  13  :  20,  25  :  5,  Ex.  20  :  11,  ^J-cs-in^-bi-b;^ 
Ex.  22  :  8,  yni25-^:a-b3-b:?  Job  41 :  26.  It  belongs  properly 
to  the  accentual  system,  words  which  are  closely  related 
being  often  connected  in  this  manner  in  order  to  obviate 
the  necessity  of  unduly  multiplying  Conjunctive  accents. 
Thus,  the  first  fifteen  words  of  Ex.  22  :  8  are  in  this  manner 
reduced  to  eight.  Monosjdlabic  particles  are  frequently,  and 
some  almost  constantly,  linked  with  the  succeeding  or  pre- 
ceding word,  of  which  they  may  be  regarded  as  in  a  manner 
appendages ;  thus,  bi? ,  b^ ,  ns? ,  bb ,  b« ,  ^s ,  Da ,  xp ,  etc.  Exam- 
ples are  not  wanting,  however,  of  longer  words  similarly 
united,  e.  g.  D-^"^rntjbT^  Deut.  19:15,  "ib^TT^Jsi  1  Kin.  17  :  21, 
nin^-niaiJ  Isa.  31:4.  This  use  of  Makkeph  is  not  to  be  con- 
founded with  that  of  the  hyphen  in  modern  languages  between 
the  members  of  a  compound,  as  self-same,  master-hidlder. 
Words  united  by  Makkeph  are  still  as  separate  as  ever  in  char- 
acter and  signification ;  but  they  are  pronounced  together  and 
are  accented  as  though  they  formed  but  one  word.  Hence, 
whatever  number  of  words  be  thus  joined,  the  last  only  will 
receive  an  accent.  And,  as  a  further  consequence,  if  a  word 
preceding  Makkeph  properly  ends  in  a  long  mixed  syllable, 
this  will,  by  the  loss  of  the  accent,  be  shortened,  ^irt'Tis?, 
v|iy-b3 ,  r}-"tTbnr,n ,  or  failing  this,  will  commonly  receive  the 
secouflary  accent  Methegh,  qoi"!™,  rkn;'-'j^i«. 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  44 

•a.  Tsere  remains  before  Makkeph  in  I?,  ^3,  *!?,  y?  ;  it  sometimes  re- 
mains and  is  sometimes  shortened  in  D'iJ,  "iiV  six,  ns  e.g.  Gen.  16:13 
n'"iri';'-cil^ ,  but  ver.  15  iia-D'a.  It  once  remains  according  to  some  editions 
in-nx'job  41:26,  a  word  which  is  three  times  written  ns  without 
Makkeph,  Ps.  47  :  5,  60 :  2,  Prov.  3  :  12.     Comp.  §  19.  2,  a. 

b.  Makkeph  is  occasionally  found  in  the  middle  of  a  long  word,  which 
has  been  erroneously  divided  into  two,  e.  g.  n^SSTjiS"^  Jer.  46 :  20,  and 
perhaps  nSp-np?a  Isa.  61:  1.  Sometimes  words  are  thus  divided  without 
a  Makkeph  to  unite  the  sundered  parts,  e.g.  ^^'i'J  1^  Lam.  4:  3.  cn-r'n  nna 
2  Chron.  34:  6,  and  probably  siin  ^innx  Hos.  4: 18,  ni^Q  -isnb  Isa.  2  :  20. 
(See  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentary  on  this  passage.)  The  last  two  ex- 
amples are  plainly  intended  by  the  punctuators  to  be  read  as  separate 
words.  This  might  likewise  be  done  in  the  preceding  examples  if  they 
were  pointed  CSi*  "^S  and  oh'^Pia  "ina  . 


Methegh. 

§44.  Methegh  (SJn'a  bridle),  a  small  pei-pendicular  stroke 
under  the  initial  letter  of  the  syllable  to  which  it  belongs, 
is  a  secondary  accent  denoting  a  stress  of  voice  inferior  to 
the  main  accent.  As  this  latter  always  has  its  place  in 
Hebrew  either  upon  the  ultimate  or  the  penult,  distinctness 
was  promoted  and  monotony  relieved,  especially  in  long 
words,  by  giving  prominence  to  one  or  more  of  the  antece- 
dent syllables.  There  is  a  natural  tendency  to  heighten  the 
force  of  the  accent  by  passing  lightly  over  the  immediately 
preceding  syllable,  this  diminished  force  creating  in  its  turn 
a  new  stress  upon  that  next  beyond  it,  and  so  on  in  alternate 
elevations  and  depressions  to  the  beginning  of  the  word. 
Agreeably  to  the  principle  just  stated,  Methegh  regularly 
stands  in  polysyllables  upon  the  second  syllable  before  the 
accent,  and  again  upon  the  fourth  if  the  word  have  so  many, 
e.  e:.  D-isn ,  n6i?"i ,  '«:k-'isii .  ah^na ,  oriiJTinsDia^ ,  niiiD^pn^^ . 
And  so  upon  two  or  more  words  connected  by  Makkeph, 
which  are  pronounced  as  one,  e.  g.  'irnj^^r  ^^i^-  22  :  8, 
Dn^-Qb5-'i3  1  Sam.  21 :  7. 

a.  Sometimes,  however,  particularly  when  the  nature  of  the  syllables 
requires  it,  §32.  1,  Methegh  takes  the  place  of  the  principal  accent  before 


§45  METHEGH.  61 

Makkeph  irrespectiv^e  of  the  position  of  the  accent  upon  the  following 
word,  15— i-^Sttin  Num.  21:35.  "iiran-TiV^.  Num.  21:  33,  bia—^o  Jer.  34:1, 
d!in-nb-b3i  Gen.  30:  32,  ni-xibn'l  Sam.  21 :  12,  '^^-''2  Ex.  19':  5. 

6.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  position  of  Methegh  is  determined  by 
that  of  the  lone-syllable,  not  by  that  of  the  accentual  sign  when  these  are 
not  coincident,  as  frequently  happens  with  prepositives  and  postpositives, 
e.g.  '■'nS-'yri  Deut.  4:26,  sia'^ni-ii'n  Josh.  22:27,  where  the  tone  falls  on 
the  penult,  cp^irrj  Jer.  26  :  21,  where  the  tone  is  upon  the  ultimate. 


§45.  The  secondary  accent  is  liable  to  be  shifted  from 
its  normal  position  for  the  following  reasons,  viz. : 

1.  If  the  syllable  which  should  receive  it  is  mixed,  it 
may  be  given  in  preference  to  an  antecedent  simple  syllable, 
e.g.  f^^^^)^2^!!:J  2  Sam.  22:24,  ?j5nnm  Job  1:7,  nii'nnnn^ 
Ezek.  42  :  5,  tJ^sn-bxttj  Gen.  43  :  7  ;  or  if  none  such  precede, 
it  may  be  omitted  altogether,  e.  g.  DOiJ'Q!'!}  Jer.  33  :  24, 
''?i5?"?|!'n  1  Kin.  21 : 1,  ni^^n-bs-nx  Deut.  6  :  25. 

2.  It  is  always  given  to  simple  syllables  when  followed 
by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  whether  simple  or  compound,  or  a  vowel 
which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va,  the  slight  pronunciation  proper 
to  the  Sh'va  or  its  derivative  giving  new  prominence  to  the 
preceding  vowel,  "m^l ,  n^in^. ,  nio^b,  nin;!5ti3  Gen.  30:38, 
'^'T'T^2 '  sometimes  to  intermediate  syllables,  §  20.  2,  e.  g. 
^b^o  Isa.  9:17,  10:34,  t]^^?  Obad.  ver.  11,  particularly 
after  He  interrogative  or  when  Daghesh-forte  has  been 
omitted  as  after  the  article,  Vav  conversive,  and  the  prepo- 
sition 1^,  e.  g.  bir^n ,  nlirnn ,  ^!:bn ,  nin.33 ,  D^i?^ns^n ,  nb^b, 
■^nt*;! ;  rarely  and  only  as  an  exception  to  a  mixed  syllable 
standing  in  the  first  place  before  the  principal  accent,  e.  g 
xizj'in  Gen.  1:11,  n^rian  Ex.  12  :  7,  Zech.  14 : 2. 


a.  It  hence  appears  how  Methegh  comes  to  be  of  use  in  distinguishing 
the  doubtful  vowels,  §  19,  and  to  what  extent  it  can  be  relied  upon  for  this 
end.  As  it  invariably  accompanies  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable  when 
followed  by  vocal  Sh'va,  it  must  always  be  found  with  a,  I,  and  u  preced- 
ing Sh'va,  inasmuch  as  this  will  necessarily  be  vocal.  Initial  1  -u,  the  un 
emphatic  conjunction,  is  an  exception,  with  which  it  is  commonly  not 
written,  e.  g.  i^'^PA'^  Gen.  6: 19,  Hxbbii  Gen.  31 :  4,  though  it  is  sometimes, 


62  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  45 

e.g.  ^■^^af:^^  Gen.  1 :  18,  tiT^^^i  Judg.  5:12,  The  absence  of  Methegh, 
except  in  the  case  just  mentioned,  is  consequently  conclusive  evidence  of 
the  shortness  of  the  vow^el.  As,  however,  short  v6wels  in  intermediate 
eyllables,  and  in  a  few  rare  instances  even  in  mixed  syllables,  may  receive 
Methegh,  the  presence  of  this  sign  does  not  of  itself  determine  the  vowel 
to  be  long;  the  ultimate  decision  must  in  this  case  depend  on  other  con- 
8iderations. 


3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  preceding  rule  Me- 
thegh comes  to  stand  in  the  first  place  before  the  accent, 
another  Methegh  is  nevertheless  occasionally  found  in  the 
second  place,  the  two  thus  standing  in  immediate  succession, 
e.  g.  ronm  Gen.  32  :  22,  ^^?;:i  Gen.  45  :  25  ;  and  even  three 
occur  upon  successive  syllables,  e.  g.  ■^']')2^^W2^  Isa.  22  :  19. 
But  commonly  where  there  is  more  than  one  Methegh,  their 
position  relatively  to  each  other  is  governed  by  the  same 
rules  as  the  position  of  Methegh  generally  with  relation  to 
the    principal    accent,    e.  g.    ^rp^^TlJib ,    ^'^"^i^} ,    '^'^V^,^'}  > 

4.  Methegh  is  sometimes  written  under  a  letter  with 
Sh'va,  e.  g.  i^rnbTJj  Job  1 :  11,  2  :  5,  isi5n5>^  Job  19  :  6,  nj^ws 
Ps.  2  : 3,  nisn^s  Jer.  49  :  18,  "^^^^  Ruth  1 :  11. 

a.  A  Methegh  so  situated  is  called  Gaya  (s<^>*?'  helloxoivg)  by  Jewish 
grammarians,  and,  according  to  Elias  Levita,  it  occurs  eighty-four  times, 
the  number  yielded  by  its  name  arithmetically  reckoned.  Methegh  upon 
a  short  vowel  before  a  compound  Sh'va  was  called  Ma"rlkh  (  Tf  "^X]?  pro- 
longing), with  a  short  Hhirik  it  was  called  Hhlruk  (P^i"'n  gnashing). 

5.  The  place  of  Methegh  is  frequently  supplied  by  an 
accent  chosen  agreeably  to  the  laws  of  consecution,  §  39. 
3.  b.,  e.  g.  a^^J^5^<  Isa.  66  :  13,  oHvj'^i'iJ?  Deut.  12  :  31, 
tans^cx)  Zech.  7:14,  «3^-b?i  Num.  10:23,  il:r||r5  Josh. 
22:i2. 


a.  The  want  of  consistency  or  of  uniformity,  which  may  be  occasion- 
ally observed,  in  regard  to  the  insertion  or  omission  of  Methegh,  e.  g. 
ninsa  Cant.  1 :  7,  ninxuJ  Cant.  3:1;  onuJ  Cant.  6 :  5.  end  Lam.  4:9; 


^46  k'ri  and  k'thibh.  63 

nid'iy  Num.  31:12,  na'J?  Josh.  4:13,  and  the  discrepancies  between 
different  mavuiscripts  and  editions,  e.  g.  •^s^X  or  nabx  Gen.  45 :  28, 
nn53i-!ixb  or  nn?3T-1xla  Ps.  81  :  3,  if  not  arising  in  the  first  instance  from 
clerical  errors,  are  probably  to  be  attributed  to  the  inferior  importance  of 
the  sign  itself,  whose  place  might  be  presumed  to  be  sufficiently  determined 
even  if  not  written. 


K'ri  and  K'thibh. 

§46.  Various  notes  extracted  from  the  Masora  (n'^ioia 
traditioti),  a  collection  of  remarks  upon  the  text,  are  found 
in  the  margin  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  which  are  explained  in 
the  glossary  at  the  end  of  most  editions.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  are  the  various  readings  known  as  the  K'ri 
(■^"IjP  read),  and  K'thibh  (^■'r?^  toritten).  If  in  any  instance 
traditional  usage  sanctioned  a  reading  different  from  that 
which  was  written  in  the  text  or  the  K'thibh,  the  punctuators 
did  not  venture  to  alter  the  text  itself  for  the  sake  of  making 
the  correction ;  they  went  no  further  than  to  connect  with 
the  letters  of  the  text  the  vowels  of  the  word  to  be  substi- 
tuted for  it  in  reading  or  the  K'ri,  with  a  reference  to  the 
margin  where  the  letters  of  the  substitute  might  be  found. 
Thus,  with  the  word  '\'^'c^'^h  Josh.  6 : 7  is  connected  the 
marginal  note  "^"ip  *i'aii"'l.  The  vowels  here  attached  to  the 
K'thibh  belong  not  to  it  but  to  the  unpointed  word  in  the 
margin,  which  is  accordingly  "^^i^^!] .  The  proper  vowels  for 
the  pronunciation  of  the  K'thibh  are  not  written,  but  must 
be  supplied  from  a  knowledge  of  the  form  indicated  by  the 
letters,  which  in  this  case  is  ^"^'ck;^^  .  Again,  in  ver.  9,  "^^pn 
in  the  text  refers  to  1^  ''5'pri  in  the  margin ;  the  K'ri  is  here 
''l^pn ,  and  the  K'thibh,  whose  vowels  are  left  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  reader,  ^:^n.  Jer.  42:6  has  ^?n*  where  the 
marginal  note  is  "^ip  i;n:i5 ;  the  K'ri  is  accordingly  'i:nDS? , 
and  the  K'thibh  ^is* .  In  order  to  indicate  that  a  given  word 
was  to  be  omitted  in  reading,  it  was  left  unpointed,  and  the 


64  OETHOGRAPHY.  §  47 

note  ''"ip  ifh^  i'^ms ,  written  but  not  read,  placed  in  the  margin, 
e.g.  TS^n  Ezek.  48:16,  X3  2  Kin.  5:18,  inT  Jer.  51:3. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  a  word  was  to  be  supphed,  its  vowels 
were  inserted  in  the  text  and  its  letters  placed  in  the  margin, 
with  the  note  iTiD  xbi  i"ip ,  read  hut  not  loritten,  e.  g.  Judg. 
20:13  in  the  text  ^...  and  in  the  margin  ""in,  to  be  read 
:53 ;  so  Jer.  31 :  38  D'^xa  .  In  1  Kin.  21 :  8  the  first  letter 
of  D'^'iBon  is  left  unpointed  as  superfluous,  and  in  Job  2 : 7 
n?.  is  explained  by  the  margin  to  stand  for  I?"! :  so  Jer.  18 :  23 
n"'n,.'i  for  i^n,^) . 

a.  The  number  of  these  marginal  readings  differs  in  different  editions. 
Elias  Levita  states  that  there  are  848.  Others  have  computed  them  to 
be  1,000 ;  others  still,  1,200. 

§  47.  Sometimes  a  different  reading  from  that  of  the  text 
is  suggested  by  the  points  alone  without  a  marginal  note 
being  added  in  explanation,  as  when  a  particular  word  or 
orthography  is  regularly  substituted  for  another  of  frequent 
occurrence.  These  cases  are  presumed  to  be  so  famihar  to 
the  reader  as  to  require  no  other  index  of  their  existence 
than  the  presence  of  the  appropriate  vowels.  Thus,  the 
divme  name  !iini ,  which  the  Jews  had  a  superstitious  dread 
of  pronouncing,  was  and  still  is  read  by  them  as  if  it  were 
^T^'^,  Lord,  whose  points  it  accordingly  receives,  nih';' ,  unless 
these  two  names  stand  in  immediate  connection,  when,  to 
avoid  repetition,  it  is  read  D'^n'!:^  and  pointed  «Tin;i  Gen. 
15:2,  Hab.  3:19.  The  antiquity  of  this  superstition  is 
attested  by  the  KvpiG<;  of  the  Septuagint,  followed  in  the 
English  as  well  as  in  other  modern  versions  by  the  rendering 
Lord.  The  true  sound  of  the  name  never  having  been 
noted,  is  now  lost ;  the  only  clue  that  is  left  being  its  ety- 
mology and  the  form  which  it  assumes  in  composition, 
§  62.  1,  from  which  the  conclusion  has  been  variously  drawn 
that  it  was  nin;^,  nin;;,  or  nin;^.  The  common  pronunciation 
Jehovah  is  manifestly  founded  upon  the  error  of  combining 


§48  k'ri  and  k'thibh.  65 

the  consonants  of  this  word  with  the  vowels  of  another  and 
an  entirely  different  one.  There  is,  however,  especially  as  it 
is  uncertain  whether  Yahve  or  YaU'va,  or  either  of  these,  was 
its  original  sound,  no  good  reason  for  abandoning  the  pro- 
nunciation familiar  to  the  Christian  world  and  hallowed  by 
the  association  of  constant  usage  for  the  sake  of  adopting 
another  which  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  phonetically  more 
exact,  any  more  than  we  need  be  guilty  of  the  pedantry  of 
preferring  Yeshayalm  to  Isaiah  because  it  approaches  more 
nearly  to  the  original  pronunciation  of  the  prophet's  name. 
Other  standing  K'ris,  unnoted  in  the  margin,  are  .^{'^^,  the 
form  of  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person  feminine  which  is 
used  throughout  the  Pentateuch ;  this  is  designed  to  be  read 
i^'^n ,  though  the  sound  indicated  by  the  letters  is  in  all  proba- 
bihty  X'ln .     So  niwb;'  read  nils': ,  and  D?TD^n;>  read  d:^^t?^"i?  . 

§48.  In  the  absence  of  definite  information  respecting 
the  origin  and  sources  of  these  various  readings,  it  is  difficult 
to  determine  with  absolute  precision  the  weight  to  which 
they  are  respectively  entitled.  The  current  opinion  of  the 
ablest  Hebraists,  based  upon  a  careful  scrutiny  of  their  in- 
ternal character  and  the  relation  which  ordinarily  appears  to 
subsist  between  them,  is  that  while  llie  K'ri  may  perhaps,  in 
a  few  cases,  correct  errors  in  the  K'thibh,  and  so  restore  the 
original  reading,  it  is  in  the  great  majority  of  instances  an 
explanatory  gloss  rather  than  an  emendation.  With  the  rare 
exceptions  already  suggested,  the  K'thibh  is  esteemed  the 
true  reading,  the  object  of  the  K'ri  being  to  remove  ortho- 
graphical anomalies,  secure  grammatical  uniformity,  substi- 
tute usual  for  unusual,  prevailing  for  obsolete  words  and 
forms,  and  occasionally  to  introduce  euphemistic  expressions. 
"While  the  K'ri  is  probably  not  to  be  esteemed  the  original 
reading,  therefore,  it  deserves  attention  as  the  grammatical 
or  exegetical  comment  of  a  steadfast  tradition. 


66  orthography.  §  49 

Accuracy  of  the  Points. 

§49.  1.  All  the  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text  designed 
to  facilitate  its  reading  have  now  been  considered.  The  cor- 
rectness of  the  pronunciation,  which  they  yield,  is  vouched 
for  not  only  by  the  esteem  in  which  they  are  universally 
held  by  the  Jews,  but  by  the  scrupulous  minuteness  of  the 
system,  its  consistency  with  itself  and  with  the  vowel-letters 
of  the  text,  its  affinity  with  and  yet  independence  of  the 
vocalization  of  the  kindred  languages  the  Arabic  and  Syriac, 
and  the  veneration  for  the  already  established  text  which 
evidently  characterized  its  authors,  since  they  did  not  venture 
to  change  the  text  even  in  the  slightest  particular. 

2.  The  only  additional  information  which  has  come  down 
to  us  respecting  the  true  sound  of  Hebrew  words,  is  furnished 
by  the  mode  of  writing  proper  names  in  the  Septuagint 
version,  and  the  few  HebrcAV  words  preserved  by  ancient 
authors,  particularly  Origen  and  Jerome.  These  have  been 
subjected  to  an  elaborate  comparison  with  the  Masoretic 
punctuation,  and  the  result  has  been  to  establish  their  sub- 
stantial agreement  in  the  main,  with,  however,  not  a  few 
remarkable  points  of  divergence.  In  relation  to  this  subject 
it  should  be  observed,  that  the  Hebrew  pronunciation  of  the 
Seventy  is  inferred  entirely  from  their  mode  of  spelling 
proper  names,  not  from  words  in  living  use  in  the  language. 
The  chances  of  inaccuracy,  on  the  part  of  the  translators,  are 
here  peculiarly  great.  Many  names  were  not  familiar  and 
were  of  rare  occurrence ;  and  as  no  system  of  vowel  notation 
then  existed,  they  were  left  entirely  to  their  independent 
knowledge  of  the  sound  of  each  individual  word.  These 
words  were  written  by  them  in  a  foreign  alphabet,  whose 
sounds  did  not  coincide  precisely  with  those  of  the  Hebrew, 
and  in  which  the  proper  equivalents  varied  somewhat  accord- 
ing to  their  combinations.     The  true  sound  was  also  de- 


§49  ACCURACY    OF   THE   POINTS.  67 

parted  from  sometimes  because  the  laws  of  Greek  euphony 
forbade  its  exact  reproduction.  The  neghgence  with  which 
they  are  chargeable  elsewhere  was  also  probably  aggravated 
here,  and  in  fact  there  are  many  instances  in  which  they  not 
merely  deviate  from  the  vowels  but  transpose  or  change  the 
letters.  Leaving  out  of  view,  therefore,  such  incidental  dis- 
crepancies as  are  to  be  accounted  for  in  the  ways  now  sug- 
gested, a  thorough  and  extended  examination  of  the  subject 
reveals,  with  all  the  general  agreement,  a  number  of  regular 
and  systematic  deviations. 

a.  These  are  thus  stated  by  Ewald,  Lehrbuch,  p.  1 16.  (1.)  An  e  or  I  de- 
rived from  a  is  written  f2,  as  nnn  0apa,  C?^2  BaXaa/A.  'pJ-'SS  Ta/Sawv,  ^1')^ 
Mapia/A ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  a  is  sometimes  written  e,  rii33''bf7i< 
0Xt/3e^a,  I?!?  Keve^.  rj  Fe^,  especially  before  n,  as  fr^'p  Kope,  nni  Zape. 
(2.)  e  is  written  for  i  and  6  for  u,  C:"'n3  XcTratot,  "Sn'^j  Teevva,  V^'T? 
TeSewv,  n-:n:iTa  Meo-pai^a,  rWX^  Oxol,a&,  n^.ty  O^ta.  (3.)  for  the  diph- 
thongal e  and  0  their  constituents  at  and  au  are  substituted,  "tpj?  Katvav, 
is?  Na^au.  (4.)  The  vowel  letters  are  softened  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  Si'^p'fl  ovLKpa,  "lai"^!!  oviSafi-qp.  (5.)  Vocal  Sh'va  is  written  as  a 
full  vowel,  commonly  a,  or  if  an  0  follow,  o,  riiX3:£  2a/3aco^,  by;!l?*i  PayorryX, 
CS^liS  Xepov/3t/x.,  mo  SoSofia ;  the  final  vowel  of  Segholates  is  also 
written  6  if  o  precedes,  tj^o  MoXox,  ""22>  yofiop. 

3.  The  regularity  of  these  deviations  seems  to  be  best 
accounted  for  by  the  assumption  that  the  pronunciation 
represented  in  the  Septuagint  is  that  which  prevailed  among 
the  Jews  in  Egypt,  which  would  naturally  be  less  pure  than 
that  of  Palestine  represented  in  the  vowel  points,  and  which, 
moreover,  betrays  in  the  particulars  recited  above  a  strong 
leaning  to  Aramaean  forms  and  sounds.  Accordingly  the 
view  now  commonly  entertained  is  that  the  vowel  notation 
of  the  Masorites  is  correct,  at  least  in  all  essential  particulars, 
and  that  it  is  properly  to  be  put  at  the  basis  of  all  investiga- 
tions into  the  phenomena  of  the  language. 


68  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  50 


Orthographic  Changes. 

§50.  The  signs  thus  far  described  represent  all  the 
sounds  of  the  Hebrew  language.  Its  stock  of  words  is 
formed  by  combining  these  in  various  significant  ways.  The 
laws  of  such  combinations,  and  especially  the  mutations  to 
which  they  are  subject,  or  which  they  occasion,  next  demand 
attention.  When  a  particular  idea  has  been  attached  to  a 
certain  combination  of  sounds,  its  diiferent  modifications 
may  naturally  be  expressed  by  slightly  varying  those  sounds. 
This  may  take  place, 

1.  By  the  substitution  of  one  letter  for  another  of  like 
character,  and  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  organ,  e.  g. : 

iT'tt  to  be,  exist,  n^n  to  live  ;  ^aa  to  pour  forth,  K23  the  same  idea  ap- 
plied to  words,  to  prophesy ;  pjy  to  encircle  the  neck  with  an  ornament, 
pan  to  strangle,  p3!S  applied  to  sounds  uttered  in  strangulation,  to  groan; 
''^T)  to  go  about  as  a  spy,  bD'n  to  go  about  as  a  merchant;  033  to  collect, 
D^tsa  treasures;  ?"'2a  a  cup,  sai3  or  3.'2ip  a  helmet  (of  similar  shape); 
Tp  tender,  delicate,  pT  thin  ;  'iisri  to  make  straight,  'Sn  to  straighten  the 
beam  of  the  balance,  to  weigh  ;  *i33  Jirsl  born,  1132  Jirst  ripe,  "ipa  the  first 
portion  of  the  day,  the  morning  ;  nbn  to  suspend,  nb'^  applied  to  a  bucket, 
to  let  down;  ^1\  to  cut,  "iSi?  to  reap;  aiij  gold.,  shs  yellow;  "i^ata  to  con- 
ceal, *|S"vy  and  "SS  to  hide  away  as  treasures,  "ED  to  cover  with  boards ; 
yrj  to  destroy  by  tearing  down.  ^P3  to  destroy  by  uprooting ;  Piaii  to  slay, 
nat  to  sacrifice ;  iian  to  bind,  i'Sa  to  bound ;  riia  to  break  up,  Jlee,  niQ 
to  break  out,  blossom,  piQ  to  break  in  pieces ;  a^p  to  cut  off,  asn  to  hew 
stone,  aian  to  cut  wood, ;  inS  to  surround,  lu^  to  encircle  the  head  with  a 
crown;  Ti^J  to  pour  out,  "03  to  pour  in  libation  or  in  casting  metals ;  "iHS 
to  shine,  "ina  to  be  pure;  nnn  to  engrave,  lain  to  plough;  "jfia  to  prove, 
ina  to  approve,  choose ;  f^ni^  to  drink,  its  causative  npTZin ;  "inn  to  break 
'through,  "ipn  to  investigate  ;  aS3  to  place,  its  reflexive  as^^nti. 

2.  By  the  transposition  of  letters,  e.  g. : 

yiQ  to  deal  violently,  las  to  urge  ;  iSp  to  cut  with  the  sickle,  reap,  yip 
to  cut  with  the  teeth,  bite;  i^ih  io  blow,  \as3  breath;  033  to  collect,  033 
riches,  ri350ia  storehouses. 

3.  By  the  addition  of  a  letter  : 

Thus,  from  the  letters  liS .  in  which  inheres  the  idea  of  compression, 
are  formed  "i~s  to  bind,  "ilS  to  press  together,  "lax   to  heap   up,  ia^   to  be 


§  51  ORTHOGRAPHIC    CHANGES.  69 

straitened^  1S3  to  guards  besiege,  ^ss  to  restrain,  i^tn  an  enclosure;  from  TJ 
are  formed  nn  to  cut,  tna  /o  t7(<  off,  tsia  ^o  c?i«  Zoose,  go  away,  tta  fo  s/iear, 
bta  fo  ■plunder,  nita  ^ew?z  stone;  TT'^B  ^o  unfold,  make  distinct,  tttino  fo 
spread  out ;  cns  a  vineyard,  bi3"i3  a  garden. 

^51.  Such  literal  changes  as  those  just  recited  not  only 
serve  to  express  new  shades  of  meaning,  but  even  where  the 
meaning  remains  precisely  the  same,  they  may  represent 
diversities  of  other  sorts.     Thus,  the  distinction  may  be, 

1.  In  point  of  currency  or  style :  One  form  of  the  word 
being  in  more  common  and  familiar  use,  the  other  more  rare 
and  savoring,  perhaps,  of  the  elevated  or  poetic  style,  e.  g. : 

*iS3  to  guard,  "1133  poetic ;  TlJiia  cijpress,  ni"i3  once  in  poetry ;  "i50  to 
shut,  rarely  ""^O ;  ir^J'O  storm,  •T^J'b  rare  and  poetic;  TjrD  to  cover,  once 
Tjsio :  Tj?'^  to  be  quenched,  once  T)?t  ;  syn  to  abhor,  once  SXPi ;  bso  to  be 
foolish,  once  bos ;  il^l?  iniquity,  once  nibs . 

2.  Of  antiquity :  The  pronunciation  of  a  word  or  its 
form  may  undergo  changes  in  the  lapse  of  time.  Of  the 
few  instances  of  this  sort,  which  our  imperfect  data  enable 
us  to  fix  upon  with  some  measure  of  confidence,  the  follow- 
ing may  be  taken  as  specimens,  e.  g. : 

To  laugh  in  the  Pentateuch  pHS ,  in  other  books  (Judg.  16:25  ex- 
cepted) pniy ;  to  cry  out  in  the  Pentateuch  prs  ,  only  once  (Ex.  2  :  23) 
p5T  which  is  the  more  frequent  form  in  other  books  ;  3^3  ,  iiabS  a  lamb, 
occur  in  the  Pentateuch  interchangeably  with  b33 ,  niyas ,  which  are  the 
only  forms  found  in  other  books;  a  sceptre  B3a  ,  but  in  the  book  of  Esther 
a'^anO;  Damascus  piaan  ,  in  Chronicles  pbiai'^T ;  how  1  Chron.  13:12. 
Dan.  10  ;  17  TpH  ,  in  earlier  books  Tpx  . 

3.  Of  Dialect :  The  same  word  may  come  to  be  pro- 
nounced differently  by  those  who  speak  distinct  though  re- 
lated languages.  Thus,  the  Aramaean  dialects,  the  Chaldee 
and  Syriac,  in  very  many  words  regularly  substitute  ^5  for  the 
Hebrew  final  n ,  and  the  corresponding  linguals  for  the  He- 
brew sibilants,  S  being  sometimes  still  further  weakened  by 
the  loss  even  of  the  lingual  sound  to  that  of  the  guttural  7 , 
e.g.: 


70  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  52 

Heb.  nstn  to  wander,  Chald.  xi^a ,  Syr.  ]Ll ;  Heb.  arnj  gold,  Chald. 
nn^ ,  Syr.  Icoi? ;  Heb.  n:is  a  rock,  Chald.  ^rj ,  Syr.  \la4 ;  Heb.  ttJbw 
fArcc,  Chald.  n^ri ,  Syr.  h^Z,  Arab,  e?^' J  Heb.  y-is  /Ae  ear/A,  Arab. 

G    t 

jjOjl ,  Chald.  SJnN!,  Syr.  ji^j)  .  Other  consonant  changes:  Heb.  "|3  a  son^ 
Arab.  ^Jf  ,  Chald.  ns ,  Syr.  jl) ;  Heb.  hxi^i  to  kill,  Arab.  JosJ  Heb. 
ibf)-^,  Syr.  ^^04013;  Heb.  NS3  a  /Aro«e,  Chald.  ''D";l3,Syr.  jljffjaa,  Arab. 
iLS-y  Heb.  np^lsn  a  Jield,  Chald.  i<bp5r! ,  Syr.  \lLal ,  Eth.  ih^A.  I  . 

4.  Of  simple  euphony :  An  alternate  form  of  a  word 
may  be  produced  to  facilitate  its  pronunciation  or  make  its 
sound  more  pleasing,  e.  g. : 

■j^Qsnx ,  ',i5"ij<  purple;  ci?b ,  'ab  to  hate;  f^^^ij^  ,  fisui?  chamber, 
*,SS,'n3S  Achan;  ^SSS^isin? ,  -ias'n'iD!i33  Nebuchadnezzar;  JS^,  V^i 
DQeg;^^''yo\^,  D"'M!iS^X  almug  or  algum  trees ;  msn^^,  nis^na  teeth. 

a.  Mere  varieties  of  orthography  must  not  be  mistaken  for  consonantal 
changes,  e.  g.  xb  occasionally  for  ib  and  vice  versd,  probably  Mbsb  for 
r.lbDO,  and  such  permutations  of  gutturals  as  abound  in  the  manuscripts 
of  the  Samaritans,  who,  making  no  distinction  in  the  sounds  of  these 
letters,  perpetually  confounded  them  in  writing,  Gesen.  Sam.  Pent.  p.  52. 
A  like  faulty  pronunciation  has  been  attributed  to  the  Galileans,  to  which 
there  is  a  probable  allusion  in  Matt.  26:73.    Buxtorf  Lex.  Chald.  p.  434. 

§  52.  The  changes  thus  far  described  result  in  the  pro- 
duction of  distinct  words,  and  belong  to  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon  rather  than  of  the  grammar.  The  lexicographer  re- 
gards such  words  as  cognate,  and  traces  them  back  to  their 
common  source ;  but,  in  the  view  of  the  grammarian,  they 
are  totally  distinct.  The  mutations  with  which  the  latter 
concerns  himself  are  such  as  take  place  in  the  direct  deriva- 
tion and  inflection  of  words.  These  are  altogether  euphonic, 
are  more  restricted  in  their  character,  and  take  place  within 
far  narrower  limits,  than  those  heretofore  considered.  When 
words  are  subjected  to  grammatical  changes  their  sounds 
are  brought  into  new  connections,  attended,  it  may  be,  with 


^  53  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  71 

a  difficulty  of  utterance  which  demands  some  measure  of 
rehef,  or  they  pass  readily  and  naturally  into  other  sounds, 
which  are  easier  of  pronunciation  or  more  agreeable  to  the 
ear.  The  mutations  thus  induced  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 
Consonant  Changes,  the  Conversion  of  Consonants  into 
Vowels,  and  Vowel  Changes.  These  will  require  to  be  con- 
sidered separately. 


Consonant  Changes. 

§  53.  The  first  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
affect  the  consonants.  These  mostly  arise  from  the  concur- 
rence of  two  consonants,  creating  a  difficulty  in  the  pronun- 
ciation or  yielding  a  sound  displeasing  to  the  ear.  This  may 
take  place  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  a  syllable. 
Syllables  in  Hebrew  may,  and  often  do,  begin  with  two  con- 
sonants, §18.  1  ;  but  the  necessity  of  this  is  avoided  in 
certain  cases  by  the  following  expedients  : 

1.  In  the  beginning  of  words  the  weak  letter  n  is  some- 
times prefixed  with  a  short  vowel,  thus  creating  a  new  initial 
syllable  to  which  the  first  consonant  may  be  transferred. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  this  are  afforded  by  the  second  and  seventh 
conjugations  of  verbs,  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael,  e.  g.  'I3|3n  =  hh'p^z'n  for 
bb;??;  b-Jj^rn  probably  for  Vlsjrn  §82.  5.  6.  In  d-,-iN  Ezek.  14 :  3  N  is 
prefixed  instead  of  n .  Prosthesis  is  more  common  in  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon,  where  X  is  always  the  letter  used,  e.g.  i'i'iT ,  Si'^'.tx  arm;  biiin, 
Httnx  yesterday.  A  prefixed  N.  is  even  occasionally  employed  to  soften 
the  pronunciation  without  the  necessity  stated  above,  e.  g.  D"'ri33X,  c^SJX , 
n'^ibn'iX^,  O^fstx^.  So  in  Chaldee  B^X  blood,  Heb.  M;  '|5X  garden,  Heb. 
•ja.  In  Arabic  the  concurrence  of  two  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  is  regularly  obviated  by  prefixing  I .     Comp.  Greek  X"^^'*'  ^X^^"*' 

2.  The  first  of  the  concurrent  consonants,  if  it  has  a 
comparatively  feeble  sound,  is  sometimes  dropped. 


72  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  53 

a.  Tlijs  occurs  regularly  in  verbs  whose  first  radical  is  "<  or  3,  and  in 
nouns  derived  from  such  verbs,  e.g.  -5y  for  SUi^ ,  ns'n  for  !^y'^^,  b^ia  for 
inii,  ',n  for  "in?,  ^n  Ezek.  2:10  for  %^3,  bian  Ezek.'i:4  for  H'^^ln?,  and 
perhaps  ^VO  Am.  8:8  for  ^i<^3. 

X  is  thus  dropped  in  sisni  for  13ri;x.,ui  for  "i^N  ;  also  in  a  few  instances  from 
the  beginning  of  the  second  syllable  of  words,  e.  g.  ^jlr.^li  Ezek.  28:16 
for  ^"lasxi^ ;  'c\^  Job  32: 11  for  TINX  ;  D^niion  Eccl.  4: 14  for  D'^'^.^ioxn ; 
D-'5a'in'2  Chron.  22:5  for  Q-^Enxn ;  n-ioa  Ezek.  20:37  for  r-iDNO ;  nVsg 
1  Kin.  5 :  25  with  Daghesh-forte  conservative  for  nbix^ ;  mx  Prov. 
8:17  for  =nxs;  "p'tb  Prov.  17:4  for  t'tn^;  T.nb^  l  Sam.  "1:17  for 
tjnsitllJ .  These  examples  likewise  admit  of  a  different  explanation;  K 
may  give  up  its  consonantal  power,  losing  its  sound  in  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding vowel,  agreeably  to  §57.  2  (2),  after  which  it  may  readily  be 
dropped  altogether. 

»  is  occasionally  dropped  from  the  participles  of  the  Pual  or  fourth 
conjugation,  as  njsb  for  nfsbTa ;  b  in  np  for  n;?b ;  ii  in  nsb  Ex,  3:2  for 
f^r".^;  cn-'-J^  Ex.  7:22  for'cn"'-jri^  Ex.  7:  11;' and  perhaps  3  in  nroo 
Gen.  49 :  11,  which  appears  to  be  for  nhlDS  . 

6.  The  rejection  of  a  consonant  from  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  when 
not  immediately  followed  by  another  consonant,  is  exceptional ;  as  IT 
Judg.  9:11  for  n^;" ;  nnn  2  Sam.  22:41  for  "Finj ;  nn  Ezek.  33:30  for 
nnx;  nisian  Neh.  3:13  for  niadsri;  '^nbnnri  Judg.  9:9  for  •^nb^nnn,  and 
perhaps  aiia  Jer.  42:  10,  which  seems  to  be  lor  Siia^ . 


3.  The  second  consonant  is  sometimes  dropped,  if  it  is  a 
letter  of  feeble  sound. 


a.  This  is  regularly  the  case  with  M  of  the  article  and  of  verbal  pre- 
fixes, and  •<  as  the  final  radical  of  verbs,  e.  g.  fi^sb  for  ri'^anb ;  bap'^  for 
bbisn'; ;  !i^a  for  ^"^'ba . 

It  occurs  besides  in  a  few  sporadic  examples  with  these  same  letters, 
and  more  rarely  still  with  5* ,  i ,  and  S,  e.  g.  if  for  ^'n\ ,  "^s  Ezek.  2 :  10  for 
Tjs,  Dsiai'i  for  asuin^,  'is^ap'^  and  ^nH::p  with  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive for  !in:y-Jp^  and  sinnBa'p  ;  ^n^l  Lani.  3:53  for  ^l^^^l,  "ii^n  Gen. 
3  :  16  for  'ni'i''"}?^  ;  "E^^  Job  35  :  11  for  !|5sbs73  ,  nisn  Ex.  26: 24  for  D"'S!<Fi, 
bn^  Isa.  13  :  20  for  bnx'^ ,  ^intni  2  Sam.  22  :'40  for  ''3'iTNm  ;  "«3  Isa.  3 :  24 
for  ■'•3,  "'S?  for  "ii?. ,  C^n;;  for  CSl"^ ;  "'a  as  a  particle  of  entreaty,  probably 
for  ■'S'a,  npirs  Am.  8:8  (K'thibh)  for  Myp«3?;  ba  the  name  of  a  Baby- 
lonish deity  for  bsa  is  a  foreign  contraction.  The  conjecture  that  "isa 
Mic.  1 :  10  is  for  is^a  in  Accho  is  ingenious  and  favoured  by  the  occurrence 
of  P53  in  Gath  in  the  parallel  clause;  but  it  is  at  variance  with  the  poinie, 
which,  upon  this  hypothesis,  should  be  "iaa. 

b.  In  rare  cases  this  rejection  occurs  even  after  a  mixed  syllable, 
whose  final  consonant  is  thus  drawn  forward,  e.  g.  firx  for  nnrx ,  nan 
Job  29:6  for  nx^n,  asnrn  Ex.  2:4  for  ak^ntn  and  probably  pox  Ps". 
139  :  8  with  Daffhesh-forte  conservative  for  pbox  . 


^54  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  73 

§  54.  When  the  concurrence  takes  place  at  the  close  of 
a  syllable,  whether  the  second  consonant  belongs  to  the  same 
syllable  with  the  first  as  at  the  end  of  words,  or  to  a  differ- 
ent syllable  as  in  the  middle  of  words,  the  following  changes 
may  be  produced. 

1.  An  aspirate  following  another  consonant  loses  its 
aspiration,  §  21 ;  or  if  it  be  brought  into  juxtaposition  with 
its  like  so  as  to  form  a  doubled  letter,  the  aspiration  of  both 
will  be  removed,  §  23.  2,  unless  the  combination  occurs  at 
the  end  of  a  word,  where  the  reduplication  is  not  expressed, 
§  25.  Thus,  n^  for  ntiia ,  aispin  for  Diannn ,  )h^b  for  innnb , 
but  y\  from  nsn,  rriiais  1  Kin.  1 :  15  for  nnnfflia  or  J^f^'^iB^, 
nin^.  Ezek.  4  :  3  for  t^^nhm ,  rht-Q  Mai.  1 :  14  for  minnic^ . 

2.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  in  certain 
cases  assimilated  to  the  second,  the  doubling  thus  occasioned 
being  expressed  as  in  the  case  of  letters  originally  alike  by 
Daghesh-forte,  except  at  the  end  of  words,  ^25,  where 
Daghesh  disappears  or  is  only  virtually  present,  being  re- 
sumed upon  the  addition  of  a  fresh  vowel  or  syllable.  This 
is  most  frequently  the  case  with  the  liquid  3 ,  rarely  with  b 
and  •!  and  only  in  particular  words ;  so  n  of  the  Hithpael 
of  verbs  before  1  and  t: ,  and  in  a  few  instances  before  sibi- 
lants and  other  letters,  and  1  at  the  end  of  a  few  words 
before  n.  Thus,  )k^.  for  "jnr ,  nni?  for  ?(:p3^  ;  n^:'  for  r^'^)^ 
nb  Ezek.  27  :  23  for  nibs  Am.  6:2;  ^f^  for  '^b  ni^x ;  ^ia^'i^^ 
for  ^X3^n?,  xia's'i  for  ^<'i?t:n^  ^M^  for  ^i^rnn,  niaiisn  for 
D"bi©nn ,  liiasn  for  ^sa?nn ,  n&sn  for  nbsriri ;  nb  for  pnb ,  nnx 
for  nnnx . 

a.  So  perhaps  3  in  ne^  according  to  Gesenius  for  "^03^  and  0^  for 
6313 .  Compare  Greek  o-uyyev^s  for  <Tvvyevrj<;,  riTVfXjxai  for  TtTvirfxat,  and 
Eng.  il-logical,  ir-religion,  im-mature  formed  by  the  negative  prefix  in. 

3.  A  few  isolated  cases  occur  of  the  reverse  process  more 
common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  by  which  a  doubled  letter  is 
resolved  into  two  different  consonants  by  the  change  of  the 


74  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  55 

first  or  the  second  member  of  the  i-eduphcation  to  a  liquid 
n  or  2 ,  e.  g.  ^la'i^ia  for  baDT2 ,  pi?^^'^  for  pisis'i ,  ni*:?'?  Isa. 
23  :  11  for  v^i^'a,  ''ipp  Job  18  :  2  in  the  judgment  of  some 
for  '^arp  6';26^6%  though  others  make  the  D  a  radical,  and  give 
the  word  the  sense  of  snares.  The  conjecture  that  ^iiar)  Ps. 
64  :  7,  Lam.  3  :  32  is  for  ^^P)  is  unnecessary  and  unwar- 
ranted. 

4.  When  n  of  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  would  stand  before 
a  sibilant,  it  is  transposed  with  o  and  t5 ,  and  with  2  it  is  in 
addition  changed  to  t3 .  Thus,  inno)?  for  incni2,  nisniy:'  for 
"laffin:! ,  nynis:!  for  i^ton;' ,  pTJ^:  for  Pti?t^? . 

a.  In  MDi^iiittirin  Jer.  49  :  3  the  transposition  does  not  take  place  in  con- 
eequence  of  the  number  of  similar  letters  which  would  thus  be  brought 
into  proximity.  In  the  cognate  languages  n  is  likewise  transposed  with  t 
and  changed  to  i:  thus,  Chald.  Ta^fn  for  'i^Trin;  so,  also,  in  Syriac  and 
Arabic.  The  only  example  of  a  Hebrew  verb  whose  first  letter  is  T  ap- 
pearing in  this  conjugation  is  sistri  Isa.  1:16,  where  n  is  assimilated 
agreeably  to  2.  Compare  with  these  transpositions  the  frequent  Doric 
change  of  ^  {=  So-)  into  crS,  as  crvpLaSoi  for  crvpL^ui. 

§  55.  The  occurrence  of  a  consonant  at  the  end  of  a 
word  may,  inasmuch  as  the  succeeding  word  must  necessarily 
begin  with  one,  be  regarded  as  an  additional  case  of  the  con- 
currence of  consonants.  As  the  contact  is  less  close,  how- 
ever, than  when  they  meet  in  the  same  word,  it  is  less  fruitful 
of  changes  than  in  the  cases  already  considered. 

1.  There  are  three  instances  in  which  it  has  been  doubt- 
fully conjectured  that  a  final  "J  has  been  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing initial  ■»;  viz.  UWti'}  Isa.  35:1  presumed  to  be  for 
•jriifjis;*;  Di^^S  Num.  3  :49  for  Xrn^  Ex.  21 :  30,  Ps.  49  :  9  ; 
d5o  Gen.  28:12. 


a.  Final  consonants  are  in  Sanskrit  perpetually  modified  by  the  initia. 
letter  of  the  following  word.     But  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  this  is  so  in 
Hebrew,  even  in  the  examples  alleged,  as  the  forms  admit  of  a  different 
explanation.     See  in  regard  to  the  first  passage,  Dr.  Alexander's  Com 
mentary. 


§56  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  76 

2.  A  few  cases  occur  of  the  rejection  of  a  letter,  chiefly 
)  and  13 ,  from  the  end  of  a  word. 


a.  1  of  the  verbal  endings  'i^i  and  1'^.  is  almost  always  dropped,  being 
only  retained  as  an  archaeic  or  emphatic  form,  and  chiefly  at  the  end  of  a 
clause,  e.  g.  'ps");^  Deut.  8  :  16,  but  mostly  ^'J~!l;  't^'^^l'^  Gen.  32:20,  com- 
monly lia'in;  T'^?:?  Ruth  3:4,  commonly  ''iustn.  So,  too,  in  some 
proper  nouns,  •|i'naT3  Zech.  12:11,  i'n:^  Josh..  12  :21;  il'''^,  whose  original 
T  is  shown  in  the  derivative  "li'^^ia  and  is  perpetuated  in  the  modern  name 
SeilUn. 

b.  In  like  manner  53  is  rejected  from  the  dual  and  plural  terminations 
of  nouns  upon  their  entering  into  the  close  connection  of  the  construct 
state  with  the  following  word,  "^pTX  from  C^iTX,  "^na  from  D'^na. 

c.  If  the  feminine  endings  ri_  and  fi^  have,  as  is  probable,  a  common 
origin,  this  may  be  best  explained  by  the  assumption  that  n  is  in  many 
cases  rejected  from  the  termination,  leaving  only  the  vowel,  though  it  is 
always  retained  when  any  addition  is  made  to  the  word :  thus,  the  con- 
struct state  n^^ri,  absolute  i^ian,  but  with  a  suffix  in532n ;  n^ap 
(comp.  nbTX  Deut.  32  :  36),  "^inBup.  It  is  to  be  observed  here,  that  thia 
phenomenon  does  not  establish  the  possibility  of  an  interchange  between 
the  consonants  n  and  n,  because  ii  in  this  case  represents  not  A  but  the 
vowel  a. 

§  56.  A  few  other  changes  remain  to  be  mentioned  which 
are  due  to  special  causes. 

1.  Nun   is   often  inserted   in   certain  forms   of  verbal 

suffixes  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  two  vowels,  ir.inn?;^ 

Jcr.  5  :  22,  or   §  53.  3.  a.  'is'in?;]  Isa.  33  :  21  for  ^.nnn?;: , 

^roibiainiit  Ex.  15:2  for  'in^xiinx.     Comp.  Gr.  ai/oo-fo?  and 

English  indefinite  article  an. 

...  • 

2.  Vav  at  the  beginning  of  words  is  changed  to  *> ,  e.g. 

^b':  for  "l?i ,  ^"i:  for  ^bi ,  Vibp;!  for  bbjpi .  The  only  exceptions 
are  the  four  words  ^) ,  ^\^  Prov.  21  :  8,  ^^n  Gen.  11  :  30, 
1)2  2  Sam.  6  :  23  (K'ri),  and  the  prefixes  Vav  Conjunctive 
and  Vav  Conversive. 

3.  Vav,  though  capable  of  being  reduplicated,  e.  g.  'ly^s? 
is  in  most  instances  relieved  from  this  necessity  by  the  sub- 
stitution of  ''j  or  by  doubling  the  following  letter  in  its 
stead,  e.  g.  oiipx  or  uh'^'p^^  for  D^l^s . 


76  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  57 

a.  In  one  instance  after  such  a  change  of  1  to  '',  a  following  "^  suffers 
the  contrary  change  to  1  to  prevent  the  triple  recurrence  of  the  same 
letter,  Ti^jtl^?:  Isa.  6:9  for '^^^'nx^. 

4.  Yodh  before  the  plural  termination  D^.  is  in  a  few 
cases  changed  to  Si  to  prevent  the  conjunction  of  hke 
sounds,  n\s:^bn  Hos.  11  :  7  for  D^^bn  Josh.  10  :  26;  D^sina 
Hos.  11  :  8  for  a^^ha  Gen.  10  :  19 ;  D^sn^n  from  '^l^'^;  D^Kna 
(also  triss:?)  for  w^'iyi ;  ^«ib3  Jer.  38  :  12  for  ^ib3  (or  as  some 
read,  ^T^^)  ver.  11. 


a.  In  like  manner  l  is  changed  to  K  before  rii  in  the  word  PiiSJ  for 
nil?  from  ni3;  it  is  consequently  unnecessary  to  assume,  as  Gesenius  does, 
a  singular  HNJ  which  never  occurs. 


Change  op  Consonants  to  Vowels. 

§  57.  The  second  class  of  changes  is  the  conversion  of 
consonants  into  vowels,  or  the  substitution  of  the  latter  for 
the  former.     This  occurs, 

1.  Occasionally  in  reduplicated  syllables  or  letters,  s5i3 
for  nsn? ;  nistoit:  for  niscB-j;  byz  for  b^ba  Gen.  11:9;  ninba 
2Chron.  35  :  13  from  nn^2  Prov.  19  :  24. 

2.  Much  more  frequently  with  the  quiescents. 

(1)  A  prefixed  )  is  softened  to  its  homogeneous  vowel  u 
before  other  labials  or  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  riii^,  '^y^^^•,  the 
softening  of  an  initial  "^  to  ^  only  occurs  in  "'ic'^i?  1  Chron. 
2  :  13  for  "'«:'  ver.  1 2,  liJfi?  2  Sara.  14  :  19,  Mic.  6  :  10  for  tJ."? . 

(2)  Medial  or  final  quiescents  without  vowels  of  their 
own  often  lose  their  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel. 
This  is  invariably  the  case  with  1  and  ''  following  their  homo- 
geneous vowels,  e.  g.  tH^h  for  ^"n"}!!  §  59,  niirT^a  for  nn^n^a, 
unless  they  are  doubled,  as  ''i;0!''a ,  ti-is ,  and  occasionally  even 


§  57  CHANGE    OF    CONSONANTS    TO   VOWELS.  77 

then,  e.  g.  ^)2^)2  for  '''b^^ .  Final  x  always,  and  medial  S  fre- 
quently, gives  up  its  consonant  sound  after  any  vowel  what- 
ever, e.  g.  in^'a ,  siia ,  nsib  for  ns<ib . 

a.  Medial  X  regularly  loses  its  consonantal  power  in  the  future  Kal  of 
Pe  Aleph  verbs,  e.g.  bix^  ;  in  "ibx  preceded  by  b,  thus  "lasb  ;  in  cn'^JS 
and  certain  forms  of  "(iTN  preceded  by  the  prefixes  3^31,  thus,  cnbxb, 
1n''ii.sb  but  ni^xb;  "'nsb,  t^J'tx^,  ipxb  but  Titx^,  ^ns^, 'is'^inNb.  The 
following  examples  are  of  a  more  individual  character,  e.g.  Mis:  for  n')X3, 
nbsT  1  Kin.  11;39  for  ns^N!! ,  f|OEGxn  Num.  11:4,  D^psTxa  Jer.  40:'l, 
H'lnxsjXbJ  Isa.  14:  23.  In  a  few  cases  this  has  led  to  a  change  of  ortho- 
graphy, the  X  which  is  no  longer  heard  being  dropped,  or  another  vowel 
letter  substituted  for  it,  e.  g.  I^si"'  Ezek.  42:5,  and  b'^iix  Hos.  11 :4  from 
bix,  '("iiai-i  Job  8:8  lor  ylaxn,' din  Deut.  32:32  for  irxn,  and  the  exam- 
ples cited  §53.  2,  a. 

b.  The  consonant  H  never  loses  its  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel 
like  the  rest  of  the  quiescents.  The  letter  n  is  often  used  to  denote  a 
vowel,  but  if  in  any  word  it  properly  expresses  a  consonant  this  is  never 
converted  into  a  vowel,  or  vice  versA.  The  exceptions  are  apparent  not 
real,  as  in  the  frequent  abbreviation  of  the  ending  irrj  in  proper  names  to 
<TJ,  thus  in^pm,  n^pfrt.  The  change  here  does  not  consist  in  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  ^  and  the  softening  of  the  consonant  n,  but  the  syllable 
Irt  is  dropped,  whereupon  final  Kamets  is  written  by  its  appropriate  vowel 
letter,  §  11.  1,  a,  just  as  !|iT^3''73  after  the  rejection  of  ^in^  becomes  •li'^a  . 
So  in  those  rare  cases  in  which  rt  is  substituted  for  the  suffix  n,  e.g. 
nnsb  Lev.  13:4  for  nnsb.  The  proper  name  bxnns  Num.  34:28  is  de- 
rived not  from  tTiS  but  ^13,  a  root  of  kindred  meaning,  of  whose  exist- 
ence, though  otherwise  unattested,  this  word  is  itself  a  sufficient  voucher. 

(3)  Medial  i^  often  gives  its  vowel  to  a  preceding  vowel- 
less  letter  and  rests  in  its  sound;  ^  occasionally  does  the 
same  mth  a  homogeneous  vowel,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel- 
less  prefix. 

a.  Thus,  X:  QiiiJsn  for  oiiuxn,  nxan  for  nkan;  iqaxia  Ezek.  25:6 
from  axia  ver.  15;  iOliij  Ps.  139: 20  for  »x">i)3  .  so  vk6}1  Jer."l0:5;  ''iaisi 
from  '(aix"?;  OX'712  Neh.  6:8for  DX^ia ;  xi'n  Isa.  51:20,  i.sn  Deut.  14:5; 
n-'X-jnl  Sam. '14 : 33  for  D\yjh ; 'niaxa  Isa.  10:13  for  visa;  icrxi 
Zech.  11:5  for  l^USXi;  this  even  occurs  after  mixed  syllables,  e.  g.  iiDxba 
for  nixba  ;  y^y^  for  VX?^;  1^**"!!^^  for  nx^i^b,  particularly  in  proper 
nouns'bxs^ia^  for  bx^^ia-;  /bxjjnn  for  bxsJnn.'  So,  ■':'|inri"'3  Eccles.  2:13 
for  Ti-in-^a;'  n^b-ii  Jer.  25:36  for  nBb":^;  nnpib  Prov.  30:17  for  nnjs-^b. 
There  is  no  instance  of  this  with  1.  on  the  contrary,  nis.ip5  Cant.  5:2,  12. 

(4)  At  the  end  of  words  1  and  "^ ,  when  without  a  vowel 
of  their  own  and  preceded  by  a  vowelless  letter,  invariably 


78 


ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  58 


quiesce  in  their  homogeneous  vowels,  1  in  an  unaccented  m, 
''  in  I,  which  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  and  frequently 
causes  the  dissolution  of  a  previous  syllable  and  the  rejection 
of  its  vowel,  m  for  ^na ,  ^.nnia':  for  inriBJ^ ;  ^n")  for  "^ni ,  ^ns 
for  T}'^ ,  ^h-^  for  '^'Q'l . 

(5)  When  preceded  or  accompanied  by  heterogeneous 
vowels,  1  and  i  are  sometimes  dropped,  or  if  the  vowel  be  a, 
they  not  unfrequently  combine  with  it,  forming  the  diph- 
thongal 0  and  e,  §  62.  1,  e.  g.  pi^n  for  p:k;'n,  Ti%  for  "''^ia,  n^a 
for  ''^a.  Dp  for  n!ip,  D-'pn  for  D^npn,  n^  for  n^i)?;  n^icin  for 
avij^n,  w'r,;  for  ©^7? ,  nitt  construct  state  of  njtt,  tT'i  const, 
of  n^i ,  b^^-^n  for  b^b;'n ,  nb.;;^  for  ^%': . 

a.  Vav  rarely  remains  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel  unless  accompanied 
by  weak  leUers,  by  contrast  with  which  it  becomes  comparatively  strono- 


Vowel  Changes. 

§  58.  1.  The  third  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
take  place  in  the  vowels.  The  primary  office  of  the  vowels 
is  to  aid  in  pronouncing  the  consonants,  to  which  conse- 
quently they  are  quite  subordinate,  merely  occupying,  so  to 
speak,  the  interstices  between  them.  Their  number  and 
variety  being  greater,  however,  than  is  demanded  for  this 
single  purpose,  they  have  besides  to  a  certain  extent  an  in- 
dependent value  and  meaning  of  their  own  in  the  constitu- 
tion of  words.  (1)  Changes  of  vowels,  while  they  cannot 
like  a  difference  of  consonants  create  distinct  verbal  roots,  are 
yet  fruitful  of  those  minor  modifications  of  which  etymology 
takes  cognizance,  such  as  the  formation  of  derivatives  and 
grammatical  inflexions,  e.  g.  bna  to  he  (/reat,  b^a  greatness, 
bina  (;reat;  bbp  he  Hied,  bitip  to  kill,  bup  kill  thou,  bbp 
killing,  b^ip  killed;  D^D  a  horse,  JiDio  a  mare.  (2)  They 
may  indicate  differences  in  the  forms  of  words  which  have 


^58  VOWEL    CHANGES.  79 

arisen  in  the  lapse  of  time;  n?i  in  the  Pentateuch  means  in- 
differently girl  or  hoy,  in  later  books  (jirl  is  n"i?D ;  sin  in  the 
Pentateuch  lie  or  she,  in  other  books  she  is  always  s^n ;  the 
form  of  the  demonstrative  nT^n  is  found  only  in  Genesis, 
T^n  in  Avriters  after  the  time  of  jMoses,  ii?n  in  Ezekiel; 
the  plural  of  the  demonstrative  in  the  Pentateuch  ^i?  or  n^s , 
elsewhere,  with  a  single  exception,  njx  .  The  imperfect  no- 
tation of  the  vowels  in  the  original  mode  of  writing  by  letters 
alone  has,  however,  left  us  without  the  means  of  ascertaining 
to  what  extent  such  changes  may  have  taken  place.  (3)  They 
may  indicate  diversity  of  dialect,  e.  g.  ^lojp  to  kill,  Chald.  ^12(5, 

Syr.  M^  ,  Arab.  Jji" ,  Ethiop.  ^I'A:  . 

2.  The  vowel  changes  with  which  orthography  is  con- 
cerned, on  the  other  hand,  are  purely  euphonic,  being  in 
themselves  void  of  significance,  and  springing  solely  from  the 
natural  preference  for  what  is  easier  of  utterance  or  more 
agreeable  to  the  ear.  Orthographically  considered,  vowels 
are  either  mutable  or  immutable,  the  latter  being  unaffected 
by  those  circumstances  which  occasion  changes  in  the  former. 
A  voAvel  may  be  immutable  by  nature,  or  made  so  by  posi- 
tion. A  short  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  before  the  ac- 
cent is  ordinarily  immutable  by  position,  being  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  common  causes  of  mutation,  e.  g.  "i^'i'a ,  nnsira . 
Long  vowels  are  immutable  by  nature  in  certain  words  or 
classes  of  words ;  but  they  are  only  distinguishable  as  such 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  etymological  forms  which  require 
them.  It  may,  however,  be  observed,  as  a  general  though 
not  an  invariable  rule,  that  the  vowels  of  such  words  and 
forms  as  are  prevailingly  written  with  the  vowel  letters  are 
less  liable  to  mutation  than  those  which  are  prevailingly 
written  without  them.  Mutable  vowels  are  liable  to  changes 
both  of  quantity,  from  long  to  short,  and  the  reverse,  and 
of  quality  from  pure  to  mixed  {it  to  o,  i  to  e,  a  to  c)  and  the 
reverse,  these  changes  being  confined,  except  in  rare  in- 


80  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  59,  60 

stances,  to  the  cognate  forms ;  thus,  i  never  passes  into  u  or 
0,  nor  these  into  a.  Only  as  c  stands  in  relation  to  both  i 
and  (2,  it  serves  to  mediate  the  interval  between  them,  and 
thus  accounts  for  the  occasional  changes  of  i  to  a  or  the  re- 
verse, e.  g.  '^'^^'^'^ ,  P>^t:i?n ;  ^^  for  nsa ,  ^m ;  0"^ ,  ub'q'i  comp. 
T  >  '°^T-  • 

a.  The  exceptional  change  from  u  or  o  to  e  occurs  only  in  the  pro- 
nouns, e.g.  cnbijp,  before  suffixes  !inb::p ;  and  in  the  particle  TN ,  before 
suffixes  PX .  There  are  also  a  few  examples  of  the  change  of  short 
vowels  in  mixed  syllables  before  the  accent,  e.  g.  naanri ,  construct  ra3"i^, 

plural  niasn?:. 

§  59.  The  mutations  of  vowels  are  due  to  one  or  other 
of  the  following  causes,  viz. :  1.  Syllabic  changes.  2.  The 
influence  of  consonants.  3.  The  influence  of  vowels.  4.  The 
accent.  5.  The  shortening  or  lengthening  of  words.  As  the 
vowel  of  unaccented  mixed  syllables  is  always  short,  and  that 
of  simple  syllables  long,  §18.  2,  it  is  evident  that  a  change 
in  the  character  of  a  syllable  will  involve  a  corresponding 
change  in  its  vowel,  unless  the  accent  interfere  to  prevent. 
Accordingly,  when  for  any  cause  a  mixed  syflable  becomes 
simple,  its  short  vowel  will  be  converted  into  a  long  one ; 
and  when  a  simple  syUable  becomes  mixed,  the  reverse 
change  wiU  take  place,  e.  g.  in ,  DiSn ;  n^]b ,  P'a^ .  In 
the  case  of  the  vowels  i  and  u  there  is  frequently  an  addi- 
tional change  of  quality,  viz.,  of  2  to  e  and  ii  to  D,  e.  g.  D^pn 
for  D'''i)?r};  ^313  for  ]iiD  in  place  of  "J^l  §  56.  3. 

a.  Daghesh-forte  is  thus  resolved  by  the  prolongation  of  the  previous 
vowel  in  "iiiiiai:?,  ^rJi^iip ;  d5^Q,  ^s^-'Q;  "'lii^'l,  ''^"'»n  ;  0''5-ti53,  B-'a'^iia; 
■ipn,  -ipiin;  u-^ijp^f\''  Eccies.  9-12  for  Qitb;3^a  §33. 2.  a;  s'lpan.-i  for  !i-ipBnr!; 
!Ti-'3  Lam.  1:8,  if  this  is  for  rrnj  see  ver.  17;  and  if  the  conjecture  of 
Gesenius  (Thesaurus,  p.  483)  be  correct  as  to  the  true  reading  in  1  Chron. 
23:6,  24:3  Bpbni  for  np^n;i. 

§  60.  Contiguous  consonants  may  give  rise  to  vowel 
changes  by  their  individual  peculiarities,  as  is  the  case  with 


§  60  VOWEL    CHANGES.  81 

the  gutturals,  or  by  tlicir  concurrence.     The  pccuharities  of 
the  gutturals  are  fourfold,  viz. : 

1.  A  preference  for  the  vowel  Pattahh  of  the  same  organ, 
into  which,  consequently,  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
is  frequently  converted,  e.  g.  nbi;  for  nV^ ;  D^i  for  d:?^  ;  ^i)': 
for  f^Mro ;  3?^^  for  y^btJ ;  ^n^:©  from  s:i2 . 

a.  The  instances  in  which  this  permutation  occurs  cannot  easily  be 
embraced  under  any  general  rules.  In  some  cases  it  was  optional;  in 
others, usage  decides  for  it  or  against  it  without,  however,  being  absolutely 
uniform.  The  following  statements  embrace  what  is  of  most  importance. 
(1)  The  stability  of  the  vowel  often  depends  upon  the  weight  attached  to 
it  in  the  etymological  form  ;  thus,  yq^  in  the  imperative  but  not  in  the  in- 
finitive for  S'to;  yTSC-i  for  "i^^,  but  riiu  not  :>-q'd  lor  vh'::.  (2)  The 
vowel  preceding  the  guttural  is  more  liable  to  change  than  tliat  which 
succeeds  it,  e.  g.  "^z-q-^  always,  but  bb-c";  and  hi^'^;  n:nn  but  Onn;;;  ^p'Sl_ 
but  >i"i'cy  .  (3)  An  accented  vowel  is  sometimes  retained  where  one  un- 
accented would  suffer  change,  e.  g.  "in]!^  but 'jn^i;  -nffi;  cnp.  (4)  O  and 
u  are  less  subject  to  alteration  than  i  and  e,  e.  g.  ^?3  for  brs  ;  a  which  is 
already  cognate  with  the  gutturals  is  mostly  retained,  though  it  occasion- 
ally becomes  a  before  n.  e.  g.  cns  from  HN,  "'niJ::^  Job  31 :24  (in  most 
copies)  from  nbno,  n'k';  from  nn^i .  (5)  N  in  many  cases  prelers  the 
diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o,  thus  ^iipN,  "'rxirs,  ;iS-^^n,  •■DX";  but  n!i"iD;<;'_; 
K'd;;,  b=i<i.  (6)  "I  partakes  of  this  preference  for  d  to  a  limited  extent, 
e.g.  "ipj]  for  npf]  or  lO'j];  n~i!T  from  n^-i^ . 

2.  The  reception  of  Pattahh  furtive,  §  17,  at  the  end  of  a 
word  after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  any  other  than 
a),  or  before  a  vov/elless  final  consonant,  e.  g.  ?*D ,  '^''i-^l,  TlK 

a.  This  is  necessary  when  the  vowel  preceding  a  final  guttural  cannot 
be  converted  into  Pattahh.  Sometimes  the  form  with  Pattahh  and  that  with 
Pattahh  furtive  occur  interchangeably,  e.g.  l^.^"i?^.  and  r\''s'ch ,  or  wit,h,  a 
slight  distinction,  as  HiiCX,  in  pause  sn^ds;  n^T'O,  construct  ri2TT2 .  In 
a  few  instances  a  guttural  preceding  a  final  vowelless  letter  takes  simple 
Sh'va  instead  of  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  Pinpb  1  Kin.  14  : 3,  and  in  most 
editions  Pit73'4  Jer.  13  :  25.  As  final  X  is  always  either  quiescent  or  otiant, 
it  never  receives  Pattahh  furtive.  The  letter  "i  never  takes  it  unless  it  be 
in  a  single  instance,  and  that  in  a  penultimate  syllable  riT**  Ps.  7:6, 
which  is  probably  to  be  read  rji'rdoph ;  though  it  migiit  be  pronounced 
yiraddoph,  which  some  conceive  to  be  an  anomalous  form  for  "t":^  ,  afler 
the  analogy  of  ~n^|;'  Gen.  21:6,  the  compound  Sh'va  being  lengthened 
into  a  vowel  followed  by  euphonic  Daghesh,  as  in  the  related  words 
6 


82  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  60 

fnian  Isa.  1:6,  and  trn'H  Isa.  53:5,  while  others  adopt  the  explanation 
of  the  old  Jewish  Grammarians,  that  it  is  a  peculiar  combination  of  the 
Kal  t{h-\1  and  the  Piel  Cl^nv 

3.  A  preference  for  compound  rather  than  simple  Sh'va, 
§10.  3,  whether  silent  or  vocal,  inasmuch  as  the  gutturals 
are  more  readily  made  audible  at  the  beginning  than  at  the 
close  of  a  syllable,  and  the  hiatus  accompanying  them  as- 
sumes more  of  the  complexion  of  a  vowel  than  is  usual  with 
stronger  consonants. 

a.  The  gutturals  occasionally  retain  simple  Sh'va  when  silent.  This 
is  regularly  done  by  a  final  radical  n.  n  or  3,  followed  by  a  servile  letter, 
c.  (T.  nnij,  ^y-!']'^,  cnrn^,  cnrruiri.  inns"^^,  with  ftiw  exceptions  as 
r^^h.11  '^^"'^-  ^-^J  '"l"?-^'?  ^^f-  ''^^'  '^^^■'  c^3?i;rin'  2  Sam.  21 :  6.  Other  cases 
have  more  of  a  casual  or  sporadic  character,  and  occur  chiefly  with  the 
stronger  gutturals  n  and  n.  nrin;; .  "Qn:,  n;;nv  banr,  v^n-^rn,  r-rrnia 
but  mi':^^^,  cin/i^  but  lijin^,  nirn:  a  possiission,  but  nbriD  from  br?  a 
brook;  more  rarely  with  X  and  V.  c^?.3  Lev.  4:  13,  N^;"3  1  Kin.  15:  16, 
C^sa  Isa.  11:15,  r^'-op_  Deut.  25:7  but' in  pause  •■•"T^^fJ  l.'^a.  28 :  6,  "^"inxs 
Ex.  15  :  6;  1  has  for  the  most  part  .simple  Sh'va  r'a-i ,  C"i-i:^,  though  in 
a  few  instances  it  has  compound  'isT'.S,  'l'"'?"^?-- 

b.  (l)  Among  the  compound  Sh'vas  the  prelt;rence.  unless  there  is  some 
reason  lor  choosing  another,  is  ordinarily  given  to  Hhateph  Pattahh.  as 
the  simplest  and  most  in  accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  gutturals,  and 
to  this  an  antecedent  Hhirik.  when  unessential  to  the  form,  is  commonly 
made  to  correspond,  e.  g.  la?,  "ia?^;i  for  IBS'? .  Sometimes,  particularly 
with  K  (.«ee  1.  a.  5.)  Hhateph  Segho'l  is  taken  mli^x  .  n;!i?2X  ,  n^jx,  rax, 
-i5Q.>{,  ci-ix.  rn"'"'n,  T^t;^,  n^b,  r\''^v  Joel  2:5,  T)=i'TnN';»  Jer.  13:21,  which 
not  innequenlly  becomes  Hhateph  Pattahh  upon  the  prolongation  of  the 
word  r,-:rx,  "i^s  Prov.  25:7,  irnJN ,  ''pi'iJ^:,  WltriK';'  Judg.  10:2,  or  the 
carryingforward  of  its  accent  Ti-iixn,  "■n-insnn ,  •'nii'nnn,  "'r.^^qni . 

(2)  If,  however,  «  or  6,  characteristic  of  the  (brm,  precede,  this  commonly 
determines  the  Sh'va  to  be  selected,  e.  g.  I^^^-^.  for  l-^^arn,  irr;  for  "iis^, 
•"^rs  lor  ■'^^Q;  thougli  sometimes  Hhateph  Pattahh  is  retained  and  the 
intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2,  resolved  into  a  simple  one  by  prolonging  the 
vowels,  e.  g.  riiipn  Josh.  7  :  7,  n^"H,  l^.^'S  Isa.  1  :  31.  Hhirik  may,  how- 
ever, remain  short,  e.  g.  "^np ,  rijra,  ri'iniy  Job  6:22,  particularly  if  a 
Daghesli-forte  has  been  omitted  from  the  guttural,  e.g.  '"^XJ  Jer.  3:8, 
though  even  in  this  case  the  assimilation  sometimes  ta-kes  place,  e.  g. 
!ian"^.  Gen.  30:39  for  ^^H"',  ^"^"J*  Judg.  5:28  for  ^nPiX.  If  a  vowel  has 
been  rejected  from  the  form,  the  corresponding  Hhateph  is  generally  pre- 
ferred, e.g.  D'^'iisy  fi-om  ">ss»,  C"iunn,  ""itn'ipi  Ezek.  16:33,  "'X^  Gen. 
16  :  13  ;  "in^dn  l  'kin.  13  :  20  from's^'irn  ;  Vi-cn^  Gen.  37  :  22  from  n^irn. 
There  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same  word  being  variously  written 
in  thi.s  respect,  e.g.    "^inx   Ruth  3:15,   'linx  Cant.  2:15;  -innxn-^    and 


^Gl  VOWEL    CHANGES,  83 

nnnxn-^  I.sn.  44:13;  1i^'?«n  Job  IG :  IG  (K'ri  in  Bomo  copicfi),  lianian  Lam. 
1 :  -do' -i-iSPi  lea.  52 :  14,  "i-ixn  1  Sam.  28  :  14. 

c.  Belbn;  another  guttural  the  compound  ShVa  is  frequently  re- 
placed hy  the  corresponding  Kliort  vowel,  e.g.  T\'ii^il}  for  T|r>xrT,  Ti^5n 
for  '^r'l'Vri ,  CD^rxn  for  CZTiNn  ;  and  occaKionally  under  X  by  a  long 
vowel  belbrc  other  Iclterw  an  well  a8  gutturaJK.  or  by  a  hliort  vowel  with 
DiighcKh.  c.  g.  ^'j^^  for  C-pnx,  vnn-ix.  C?=x  for  C^ix,  -i'tx  for  -.rix, 
"tBX  (or  "OX .  This  disposition  to  render  the  gutturals  more  audible  by  ihe 
aid  of  a  vowel  is  further  Bhown  by  their  attracting  to  themselves  the 
vowel  of  another  letter,  parricularly  in  trilileral  rnonof-ylbibleK,  e.  g.  f^t 
CuTV-;i  (rnt),  ran,  :6:,  cro,  ppip  2  Kin.  12:9,  ^'xa  for  txia,  -^xa', 
also  -li^-il^  Ex.  2:Z()  lor  ;xnp  Ruth  1  :  20,  linxn  Prov.  l:2ii'or  'inxn, 
sinpc.xn'job  20:20  for  ^^y=xn,  c-;"DXl  Zech.  7:  14  for  c-^rcxi ,  andby 
their  sometimes  causing  an  antecedent  or  accompanying  vowel  to  be  re- 
tamed  where  analogy  would  require  itn  rejection,  c.  g.  "Xlf'S  for  "^X'^ia 
from  xi-^,  ""ii'-^rt.,  "i^-o .  "c-'-;o  and  "C'"!?,  c-^iina  from  v.na  coriip. 
1,  a.  (Ij,  I'lX^i^":  Deut.  32: 10;  rSria,  rb'rn  '. 

4.  An  incapacity  for  being  doubled,  whence  they  never 
receive  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  previous  syllabic  thus  becom- 
ing a  simple  one,  its  vowel  is  generally  lengthened,  §  59,  ci  to 
a,  I  to  (J,  a  to  b,  e.  g.   )Ki3  for  l^?'-? ,  ]^^^  for  yka ,   tpii;'  for 

a.  Sometimes  an  intermediate  gyllable,  ?20. 2.  ib  formed, and  the  vowel 
remains  short.  (1)  This  is  commonly  the  case  before  n.  frequently  be- 
fore n,  IcKs  often  before  5.  rarely  belbre  X,  never  before  i.  e.g.  cna, 
"nd,  "rrg,  zrn,  yXJ.  (2)  it  is  more  likely  to  occur  in  the  body  of  a  word 
than  after  a  prefix,  e.  g.  T'tr.-  Ps.  119:  43  from  bn^,  but  p^n;;  Job  .38:24 
from  p?n  .  (3)  When  the  guttural  comes  to  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word 
the  short  vowel  is  often  resumed,  e.  g.  ""iriri  Prov.  22 :  24  from  ninrn,  ".'ra 
p8.  141:8  from  fTj^n  but  "^iTT]  Deut.  2:9.  There  are  a  very  fvLvi  in- 
Etances  in  which  Daghesh-forte  is  found  in  n ,  e.  g.  Ti'n^a  rrs  Ezek.  IG :  4, 
r^i?  Prov.  14:  10.  T)'D""i:?,^  Prov.  15:1  (in  some  editions),  "^X"^  Cant. 
5:2,  see  also  §24.  6. 

^01.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  gives  rise  to  the 
following  vowel  changes,  viz,  : 

1.  When  two  vowelless  letters  come  together  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  syllabic  in  contravention  of  the  law  in  ^18,  the 
impossible  combination  is  relieved  by  giving  to  the  first  of 
them  a  short  vowel.  This,  if  there  be  no  reason  for  prefer- 
ring another,  will  be  the  briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  e.  g. 


84  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  61 

'''in'1  for  ^^y^,  -ana  for  1573 ,  "^pir}  for  ^pm.  If  a  vowel  has 
been  omitted  from  the  word,  the  con-esponding  short  vowel 
is  frequently  employed,  e.  g.  ''i'p'a  for  "^3^^  from  tf'p'a  (^^'i); 
iDbia  from  tj'!:^ ;  "'Ipnn  from  bnn ,  ^^n^;  for  ^pn;!  from  "jH^ .  Or 
if  one  of  the  consonants  be  a  guttural,  the  vowel  mostly  con- 
forms to  the  compound  Sh'va,  which  it  has  or  might  have, 
e.  g.  TiT-^.  for  ""l^? ,  ^pm^^  for  ipTn_'] ,  ^"jrh  for  ''bn'^ ,  "ibnb  for 
nbrils ,  !rjb:?3  for  ^bs^s . 

a.  Vav  before  a  guttural  follows  the  rule  just  given;  before  *>,  and 
sometimes  before  !l  or  n  followed  by  *',  it  takes  Hhirik ;  before  other 
vowelless  letters  it  gives  up  its  consonant  sound  and  quiesces  in  its  homo- 
geneous vowel  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (1),  thus  ■in^S]  ,  "^nii ,  qAni  and  rij;ri;! ,  ::i^!|, 
:nn. 

6.  In  triliteral  monosyllables  or  final  syllables  with  the  vowel  Pattahh, 
the  first  letter  sometimes  receives  an  accented  Seghol,  to  which  the  fol- 
lowing Pattahh  is  then  assimilated,  e.  g.  rirs  for  Cins  construct  of  C]P3, 
nDB^^s  for  r3bl3T3  ,  the  Seghols  being  liable  to  be  changed  to  Pattahfis  by 
the  presence  of  a  guttural  rnccTO  for  rnsuJ^a  . 

c.  In  cixiJia  Gen.  33  :  20  for  csXaa  the  vowelless  letters  belong  to 
different  syllables,  and  the  introduction  of  the  new  vowel  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  lengthen  the  one  before  it. 

2.  Although  tAvo  vowelless  letters  are  admissible  at  the 
end  of  a  word,  §18,  the  harshness  of  the  combination  is 
commonly  relieved  by  the  insertion  of  Seghol,  e.  g.  i^"?  fo^ 
a"!"? ,  f^??  for  P3^  .  If  either  letter  is  a  guttm^al,  Pattahh  is 
mostly  used  instead,  e.  g.  nsi ,  b?2,  'jri'J .  If  either  letter  is 
•^ ,  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hhirik  is  used ;  if  the  second  letter 
is  1,  it  will  rest  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4.),  e.  g.  n^S,  i^3,  inin, 
but  n^i-a . 

a.  When  the  penultimate  letter  is  fi  or  n,  it  in  a  few  instances  takes 
Seghol,  as  bnii,  ■,n2  ,  nn^,  cn'-j.  When  the  final  letter  is  X,  it  either 
remains  otiant,  §16,  or  requires  Seghol,  N1U,  X"i*;i ,  K'^tl,  f^'^Q  ;  a  penulti- 
mate t<  either  quiesces  in  the  antecedent  vowel  or  attracts  it  to  itself^ 
§60.  3.  c,  nst5l,  nxb  or  PSb,  ^-J*-!.  The  alternate  mode  of  facilitating 
the  pronunciation  of  gutturals  before  a  vowelless  letter  at  the  end  of  a 
word  by  means  of  Pattahh  furtive,  has  been  explained  §60.  2. 

3.  When  the  same  letter  is  repeated  with  or  without  a 
mutable  vowel  intervening,  there  is  often  a  contraction  into 


§  61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  85 

one  doubled  letter,  and  the  vowel  is  rejected  or  thrown  back 
upon  the  preceding  consonant,  e.  g.  ^2B?  for  ^s^©'!' ,  ab;*  for 
ano;'  (Daghesh-forte  disappearing  at  the  end  of  the  word), 
nb  for  2nb,  ^22^2"^  Job  31  :  15  for  ^sssis;'  (see  4.  below);  if 
another  consonant  innnediately  follow  the  contracted  letters, 
a  diphthongal  vowel  '^..  or  i  may  be  inserted  to  render  the  re- 
duplication more  audible  and  prevent  the  concurrence  of 
three  consonants,  ""riiiio,  ro^^on. 

4.  In  accented  syllables  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o 
are  employed  before  two  consonants  or  a  doubled  consonant 
in  preference  to  the  pure  I  and  li,  e.  g.  ^'^iopi ,  ronrJn ;  D'^p , 
T^ydp;  b^Plpn ,  ™b-jpp ,  so  ■'Son ,  tpiap,  ';f:;^T .  This  is  still  the 
case  Avhen  at  the  end  of  a  word  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or  Pattahh 
has  been  inserted  between  the  letters  (according  to  2.),  e.  g. 
•jsr ,  nso ,  b?3,  np^^'a  from  P^?'*''? ,  or  the  reduplication  of  the 
doubled  letter  is  no  longer  heard  and  the  Daghesh-forte  does 
not  appear,  §  25,  e.  g.  2pn  comp.  b-'ispn . 

a.  The  vowel  e  is  in  like  circumstances  often  reduced  to  one  of  its  con- 
Btituenls  a,  e.  g.  •'nb6pn  from  h-^^pT] ,  ''nbap  fi-om  bap,  nja^n  from  ~^n, 
nSTb'n,  n3~:3tri,  ^2Cn,  and  occasionally  to  its  other  constituent  ?",  e.  g. 
Ctn'w^i^rn  from  irnii^rtn ,  cfnan-i  from  tin;.  The  only  example  of  Shurek 
in  a  Segholate  form  is  n^lbn  Lev.  5  :  21. 

5.  In  unaccented  syllables  i  and  u  are  prefen'ed  to  c  and 
o  before  doubled  letters,  ~t^  ,  "^ns ;  "nn,  "inn;  napn  from 
apn;  iD^,  ^230;';  m-q  comp.  bt2p^,  -pn,  "^pn,  though  such 
forms  as  ''Ssn,  %;?,  Tf^^ ,  n'n'a  likewise  occur. 

6.  A  vowel  is  occasionally  given  to  a  final  consonant  to 
soften  the  termination  of  the  word,  and  make  the  transition 
easier  to  the  initial  consonant  of  that  which  follows ;  thus, 
^':^y  ^)i^;  nnba  for  nSi;  on,  nisn;  bx,  n?X;  ^J*,  n^S;  ^eh, 
•'ifih;  n-^iir*^,  "^n-^a;^)?;  n^n,  ir.?n;  iiass  Ex.  15:10;  ^^^o?;* 
Ex.  15:5. 

a.  These  paragogic  vowels  have  established  themselves  in  the  cur- 
rent forms   of  certain  words,  as  n?"*i,  nan,  ribx ,  "'i^, ,  "'nx,  "'B.     But, 


86  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  62 

with  these  exceptions,  they  are  chiefly  found  in  poetry.  The  vowels  *' , 
and  i  are  mostly  attached  to  words  in  what  is  called  the  construct  state, 
H  ^  to  words  in  the  absolute;  and  ail  of  them  to  the  feminine  ending  n. 
Examples  of  i :  i:a  Num.  23  :  18,  24  :  3,  15,  in":n  several  times,  'irs?:  Pa. 
114:8.  Examples  of  •<.:  "'nnnx  Hos.  10  :  11,  inpis;  Gen.  49 :  11,  133  ibid., 
■'n==5  Gen.  31:39,  ^h-jz^  Ps.  110:4,  ^zth  Ps. 'il4:8,  ^rr-;  Ps.  123:1, 
•'^■'aiiT?  Ps.  113:5,  •'^■'siz^a  ver.  6,  ''^^p,^  vcr.  7,  "'i'^lZfifi  ver.  8,  '^i^'Oia 
ver.  9,  ■^rxb^a  Isa.  1  :21, '•''7.XN3  Ex.  15:6,'  ^^]':!  Zech.  ll':17,  "^pan  Lam! 
1 : 1,  ■'nT.a  ibid.,  •^ir'ii  Deut.  33: 16.  It  is  also  attached  to  the  first  member 
of  the  compound  in  many  proper  names,  e.g.  bs'^'iaa,  pls'^isba,  to  certain 
particles,  as  ^19^3 ,  "T^b^T,  "^STS,  and  perhaps  to  such  participial  forms  as 
■'naa-'  Jer.  22  :  23.  Of  n  ^ :  nni'^N  Ex.  15  :  16,  n:|nwX  Isa.  8 :  23,  Job  34 :  13, 
37  :  12,  nonn  Judg.  14  :  18,  nnr^V  Ps.  3  :  3,  80  :  3',  Jon.  2  :  10,  nb-;^  almost 
constantly,  nnia  Ps.  116:  15,  nbni'  Num.  34:5,  Ps.  124:4,  nr^i?  Ps.  92:16 
(K'ri),  125  :  3,' Ezek.  28  :  15,  Ho's.'  10:  13,  nnVi?  Job  5: 16,  nnnT^  Ps.  44:27, 
63:8,  94: 17,  nns:?  Job  10  :22,  nrirtn  Josl"  19:43,  Judg.  iV:  1,  and  regu- 
larly in  the  third  person  feminine  of  the  preterite  of  iib  verbs.  In 
modern  Persian  i  is  similarly  appended  to  nouns  in  close  connection  with  a 
following  word,  to  remove  the  obstruction  of  the  final  consonant  and  serve 
as  a  uniting  link. 

^  62.  The  changes  due  to  the  influence  of  vowels  may 
arise  from  their  concurrence  or  proximity. 

1.  Concurring  vowels  may  coalesce;  a  uniting  with  a 
forms  a,  uniting  with  i  or  tc  it  forms  the  diphthongal  e  or  o, 
e.  g.  nisirn  Neh.  3:13  from  niBirxn  after  the  rejection  of  i5 
by  §  53.  2.  d ;  T\'^%  after  the  softening  of  "^  to  i  becomes  ti"'? ; 
^nSufp  by  the  rejection  of  n  becomes  iS'jjp ;  in^  prefixed  to 
proper  names  is  from  ^rr;   for  yr\'^. ,  §57.  2  (4). 

2.  One  of  them  may  be  hardened  into  its  corresponding 
semi-vowel ;  «  "^  .  with  i  "^  may  form  ^  "i . ,  or  the  first  I  may 
be  changed  to  i^,  which,  upon  the  reduplication  of  the  ''  to 
preserve  the  brevity  of  the  antecedent  vowel,  §  24.  3,  becomes 
•>? .,  e.  g.  ^^n2?  with  D-^ .  becomes  D^nn:?  or  D^^nny .  So,  V  be- 
fore M^  forms  n^.,  and  before  i,  forms  i^.,  e.  g.  M^i^3^, 
ni^'^n^ ;  in  like  manner  ^  is  changed  before  i  into  uv,  form- 
ing i'l.  ,  which,  by  §  56.  3,  becomes  i''.  ,  e.  g.  niib'a ,  by  the 
substitution  of  tr\  for  ti ,  riibbia .  J  i  followed  by  ii  ^  forms 
Iv,  ^rpnbt:;? ,  rribt?)?;  ^n-'S,  i^S;  rhiir)  for  rh-qry  Josh.  14  :  8. 
U "' ..  before  f  "> .  or  w  ^  is  resolved  into  a?/,  which,  joined  with 
the  appropriate  semi-vowels,  becomes  "^  _  and  1'' ,,  the  virtual 


^  63  VOWEL    CHANGES.  87 

reduplication  of  the  final  consonant  in  the  one  case  preserv- 
ing the  short  vowel,  which  is  lengthened  in  the  other ;  thus 
iD^D  with  "^ .  becomes  "iib^D ,  and  with  ^n ,  116^0 .  The  same 
resolution  of  "' ..  occurs  before  final  ^,  forming  -i;" .,  and  by 
§  Gl.  3  T.  -,  thus  ''^rj^  with  ^  becomes  tj:^n^2?3 . 

a.  Grammarians  have  disputed  whether  in  such  words  as  C-^ia5, 
ri'sb'O  ihe  point  in  "^  is  Daghesli-fi)rtc  or  Mappik,  ^2G,  and  accordingly 
whether  they  are  to  be  read  ■ibhn'i/ifcui,  vialkhwjijolh,  or  ihhnijlm, 
malldiuyoih.  If  the  explanation  given  above  be  correct,  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte  Conservative.   Comp.  C^p,  V^p_ . 

b.  Such  forms  as  ''^'^^.  'i''"'?,  c^na  from  '^*iS  are  only  apparent  excep- 
tions to  the  above  rules.  The  word  is  properly  ^"'Q ,  J^nd  to  this  the  addi- 
tions are  made,  the  auxiliary  Flhirik  being  dropped  with  tjie  cessation  of 
the  cause  from  which  it  originated,  §57.  2.  (4).  In  DiN"'S-i^  2  Ciiron.  17 :  11 
from  "'S'^?  and  C"^    tiie  voAvels  are  kept  separate  by  an  interposed  N. 

c.  In  words  of  nb  formation,  such  as  nu:',  ihv,  W'&J  from  iiiiis  and 
n^,  i,  n"^  ,  it  might  appear  as  though  one  vowel  were  rejected  before 
another.  But  the  correct  explanation  is  that  "^  is  the  true  final  radical, 
and  the  forms  above  given  are  for  n^uJs",  i"iO»,  n^-^i:.;?  (like  C'^is'p)  from 
which  ">  is  rejected  by  §53.  3.  In  the  same  way  Vib^,  T]ii|y,  etc.,  from  "^CS 
are  for  1"'i^?,  ^?*>y^-  In  such  alternate  forms  as  Jtjiq  from  nn's,  the  radi- 
cal "^  is  retained  by  preserving  the  antecedent  vowel,  which,  before 
Daghesh-forte  Conservative,  becomes  Hhirik,  §61.  5. 

§  G3.  The  following  euphonic  changes  are  attributable  to 
the  proximity  of  vowels,  viz.  : 

1 .  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  is  often  changed  to  Seghol 
if  another  a  follows,  and  the  same  change  sometimes  occurs 
after  a  guttural  if  another  a  precedes. 

The  particular  cases  are  the  following : 

a.  When  (.)  stands  before  a  guttural  with  (^)  always  before  n,  e.g. 
jnn  for  :nn,  nn-j::^  Prov.  21:22.  c:!:nn,  -inrnrn  (also  when  n  has 
Hhateph  Kamets,  e.g.  ciinnn ,  "^nb^nn  Judg.  9:9),  often  before  n  and  S, 
particularly  if  it  receives  the  secondary  accent,  e.g.  C'vf^v!  ^o^"  °"'"%ID> 
ninb  but  r~f^\:  'i^^^'l;  '^^^'\!!  f?^^^^  ^"9.^  rarely  before  X  and  1,  nnft 
Gen'.'  U:  10,  niaxs  Neh.  9:  18,  26  but  riin-i^iXD  Ezek.  35: 12. 

6.  When  (_)  before  a  guttural  is  followed  by  another  consonant  with 
(-)  or  (J  ^■^in;;,  =ib;^n';;  but  ^'■^n;',  xinp  but  nsiriJ,  Nin;;,  once  before 
the  liquid  ^ ,  e.  g.  Jj^DN^  Ex.'33:3  ibr  ^^=>i>,  and  once  before  3,  e.g. 
n::nb  for  n::nb .         '  ' 

c.  In  tix-ipxS  1  Sam.  28:15  and  the  combination  1?J  tbis  a  similar 
change  takes  place  after  a  guttural  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  the  vowel 
&;  so  in  niTsn*;!  Ps.  20:4,  and  n:xi  n:i<  after  the  liquid  3. 


88  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  64,  65. 

2.  Pattahh  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  a  following 
Seghol,  or  to  a  preceding  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

a.  The  assimilation  to  (..)  takes  place  regularly  in  what  are  called 
Segholate  forms,  in  which  an  auxiliary  Seghol  has  by  §61.  2  been  intro- 
duced between  two  voweiless  letters,  T^b^  forT|^.o,  ^■?."?.  for  2";'^,  y'^'i^.  for 
yy^i  but  n'i'a,  CTQ  ;  only  before  1,  v/hich  can  combine  with  a  and  not 
with  e,  a  is  retained  and  lengthened  to  (J  by  §59,  "I'^N,  T\.y^.  Rarely  in 
other  cases  CD"};^  for  03*1;^,  where  the  change  is  facilitated  by  the  pre- 
ceding "I. 

h.  The  assimilation  to  (^)  occurs  in  a  ^ew  cases  after  a  guttural  with  rt 
prefixed,  e.  g.  ci'n  for  crn,  i^n  for  "inn,  ynxn  for  fiNn. 

c.  The  assimilation  to  (  )  occurs  in  the  Kal  future  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs 
where  the  alternate  forms  are  SC|^  and  yj^"''] . 

§  04.  The  foUoiving  vowel  changes  are  due  to  the  accent, 
viz. : 

1.  If  a  long  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  be  deprived  of  its 
accent,  it  will  be  shortened,  §18,  e.g.  "i^T^n,  ^n;  io;", 
ao^n;  DTb;!,  Dir^i;  nb^;,  "nT2>,::. 

a.  If  a  vowel  preceding  Makkeph  is  incapable  of  being  shortened,  it 
will  receive  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  agreeably  to  §43. 

2.  The  accent  prefers  to  be  immediately  preceded  by  a 
simple  syllable  and  a  long  vowel.  Accordingly  an  antece- 
dent vowelless  letter  often  receives  what  may  be  called  a  pre- 
tonic  vowel.  This  is  commonly  the  simplest  of  the  long 
vowels  u,  e.  g.  bb^ ,  zhi ,  nn^b ,  ■j^S'iri^ ,  occasionally  B,  e.  g. 
b^.": ,  ni-fa^ ,  i^nbi  ^  i^n^i^n ,  rarely  o,  e.  g.  1^°i"^i?:' .  Such  a 
vowel  is  sometimes  inserted,  even  though  a  pre-existing 
mixed  syllable  is  thereby  destroyed,  e.  g.  in  the  plurals  of 
Segholates  and  of  feminine  nouns  derived  from  them,  O'^ib'a 
from  ^b^,  m'ib^  from  nib^ . 

§65.  The  special  emphasis,  with  which  the  last  word  of 
a  clause  is  dwelt  upon,  gives  rise  to  certain  vowel  changes 
in  connection  with  the  pause  accents,  §86.  2,  c.  These  are 
(1)  lengthening  short  vowels,  viz.,  (.)  and  not  infrequently 
(...)  which  has  arisen  from  (.)  to  (J,  e.  g.  "its,  "I'CN;  ^^^1, 
p\an2;  YlH ,  nS;   "52?  J  "^5^7  and  bringing  back   Kamets 


§  CG  VOWEL    CHANGES.  89 

Hhatupli  shortened  from  Hholem  to  its  original  length  fra^n , 
^'^T^  •  (2)  Restoring  vowels  which  have  been  dropped 
in  the  course  of  inflection,  e.  g.  Ti2^^ ,  l"in^ ;  ^is^ ,  i-in"! ; 
Ti'nv ,  ^lb? .  (3)  Changing  simple  Sh'va  in  trilitcral  sylla- 
bles and  before  the  suffix  ^  to  Seghol,  e.  g.  ^^r^s,  ^^"'5 ;  ""n^, 
^r\2 ;  DDTJ3 ,  DD'^ .  (4)  Changing  compound  Sh'va  to  the  cor- 
responding long  vowel,  e.  g.  ^?n,  i;s5;  ^in  (i^^n),  ^^ri;  ^^n, 

a.  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  without  change,  e.g.  15  Ps.  132:12, 
Pi'nS'n  2  Sum.  2:27,  iisbsa  Jer.  7:10,  "innn  Prov.  1j0:9,  ■'0^3^  Job  34:5, 
: ipo=X  Neh.  5:14.  Seghol  more  frequently,  Ti^ri,  p"!^. ,  c-];^.,  Tji^.  and 
Tp.'^  .  Long  vowels  are  mostly  unaltered ;  only  Tsere  is  in  mixed  syllables 
occasionally  changed  to  Pattahh,  e.g.  !Tnn  Isa.  18:5  lor  Trn,  so  '>'^'^J} 
Isa.  42:22,  I'sn  Gen.  17:14,  bm*5  Gen.  21:8,  Ti^^;?]  Gen.  25:34,  which' 
in  one  word  of  Segholate  formation,  is  converted  to  Seghol.  e.  g.  2?^J!|I, 
SllJV  Where  the  same  word  has  alternate  forms,  one  is  sometimes  se- 
lected as  the  ordinary  and  the  other  as  the  pausal  form,  thus  yiin;^,  ^sn;]; 
lain;;,  C'^n;;;  ^I'vj";,  :i;;;;'l?'?;  "ti^^d,  !"'n^2':3  Gen.  43:14;  "pin  Ec'cl. 
12:11,  •.{n-i'n  I  Sam.  13:21;  VJ,  WJ  Gen.  49:3,  racn ,  na'i;^  Lev. 
26:34,  35;  ^^"5?,  ^isiis";  ,  Sometimes,  instead  of  changing  the  Sh'va  be- 
fore ^  to  Seghol,  its  vowel  is  shifted,  thus  Vja,  "3;  "7,  T)'?",  Tjrx ,  and  in 
Ex.  29:  35  nsrx.  The  position  of  the  pause  accent,  so  far  as  it  differs 
from  that  of  the  ordinary  accent,  has  been  explained  §35.  2. 

h.  Of  the  pause  accents,  or  those  which  mark  the  limits  of  clauses  and 
sections,  the  first  class,  viz.,  Silluk,  Athnahh,  and  Merka  with  Mahpakh, 
almost  always  give  rise  to  the  vowel  changes  which  have  been  described; 
the  second  and  third  classes.  S'crholta.  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol, 
R'bhi"  and  Shalsheleth.  e.g.  >i-n^3l  Isa.  13:8,  do  so  frequently;  the  fourth 
class,  Pazer,  e.g.  2  Kin,  3:25,'Prov.  30:4,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dliola,  e.g. 
Ezek.  20  :  21,  but  seldom.  Pausnl  forms  are  occasionally  found  with  other 
Disjunctives,  thus,  Tiphhha  'i^bn  Deut.  13  :  5,  Pashta  si^Tadn  ibid.,  Geresh 
Saa  Ezek.  40:4,  and  even  with  Conjunctives,  e.g.  "^JX  Isa.  49:  18,  r;V-i?r!| 
Ezek.  17 :  15,  wa  2  Chron.  29 :  31. 

^Q>(S.  1.  The  shortening  and  lengthening  of  words  has  an 
effect  upon  their  vowels.     The  shortening  may  take  pL^ce 
(1)  At  the  end  of  a  word  by  the  rejection  of  a  vowel. 

This  occurs  only  with  („)  or  (..)  in  certain  forms  of  Hib  verbs,  e.  g.'-^n  from 
nlijn,  1471  for  nn^7l,  ^rr^^  1  Sam.  21 :  14  for  nnr^i,  Fic|;l  for  nin'i"^T  .  In 
the  last  two  examples  the  short  vowel  is  lengthened  upon  its  receiving  the 
accent,  comp.  §64.1.  If  the  rejected  vowel  was  preceded  by  two  con- 
sonants, these  will  now  stand  together  at  the  end  of  the  word,  and  be  lia- 
ble to  the  changes  described  §61.  2,  e.  g.  r,"ri  for  <*iE~n  . 


90  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  QQ 

(2)  In  the  body  of  a  word  by  shortening  a  long  vowel  in 
a  mixed  syllable,  which  must,  of  course,  be  the  one  bearing 
the  accent,  §  32. 1,  or  rejecting  a  long  vowel  in  a  simple  syl- 
lable before  the  accent  (the  pretonic  vowel,  ^6*4.  2),  *ii'^, 

W;    ll'i-Q,    1]b)2;    ^^p'^ ;    HJ^j?^ . 

a.  This  is  in  general  the  only  rerluction  possible.  The  vowel  of  a 
mixed  sylhible.  if  short  already,  is  capable  of  no  further  abbreviation;  and 
it  cannot  be  rejected,  or  there  would  be  a  concurrence  of  vowelless  con- 
sonants which  the  language  seeks  1o  avoid  (Tipin  Prov.  30:6  is  an  excep- 
tion). And  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable,  if  short,  must  have  the  accent, 
§32.  1,  which  preserves  it  from  rejection.  The  changes  above  recited  are 
confined  to  the  last  two,  or,  in  case  the  accent  is  upon  the  penult,  the  last 
three  syllables  of  the  word;  for  the  antecedent  portions  of  polysyllables 
are  already  abbreviated  to  the  utmost.  Contractions  due  to  the  peculiari- 
ties of  certain  letters,  as  the  gutturals  and  quiescents,  which  have  been 
before  explained,  are  not  here  taken  into  the  account,  e.g.  ?^*J ,  ^.'SUJ ; 
nin,  ni?3;  d""i;i,  '^'}'^. 

b.  Where  the  last  vowel  cannot  be  shortened,  it  sometimes  experiences 
a  change  of  quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal,  such  as  is  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  two  following  consonants,  §61.4,  e.g.  bi'in;^,  ^t^!!!  ;  ^"'''^'i'"') 
::r;'in;  n-'b'^,  rb'';  r^c-^.  I'ii;  co-o,  ^s^io. 

2.  If  a  word  be  lengthened  by  additions  at  the  end,  its 
vowels  are  liable  to  changes  in  consequence. 

(1)  Such  additions  create  a  tendency  to  shorten  the  pre- 
vious part  of  the  word  in  the  manner  just  described.  For 
the  normal  length  of  words  in  Hebrew  being  dissyllabic,  the 
genius  of  the  language  is  opposed  to  transcending  this  limit 
any  further  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  addition  is 
not  of  sufficient  weight  to  affect  the  position  of  the  accent, 
no  abbreviation  results.  But  if  it  is  of  weight  enough  to 
remove  the  accent,  an  abbreviation  follows  if  it  is  possible  for 
one  to  be  made,  e.g.  in^,  D^^^^,  nD-inn^  for  ni^-i^ni  by 
§61.1. 

(2)  They  produce  changes  in  an  ultimate  mixed  syllable. 
If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  consonant,  the  antecedent 
vowel  will  now  be  succeeded  by  two  consonants  and  be  liable 
to  the  changes  consequent  upon  such  a  position,  §  61. 4,  e.  g. 
npbujpn  from  b-^rippi;  npttj?  from  D^p;  ^P>^)pn  from  b^PpH; 


§66  VOWEL    CHANGES.  91 

''pbtop  from  ^^J? .  If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  vowel,  it 
will  attach  itself  to  the  final  consonant,  which  will  in  conse- 
quence be  drawn  away  from  its  own  syllable  to  begin  the  new 
one.     This  may  occasion  the  following  changes  : 

(a)  If  the  preceding  vowel  is  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or 
Pattahh,  introduced  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation  of  the 
second  of  two  vowelless  consonants,  §  61.  2,  it  Avill  be  rejected, 
inasmuch  as  it  is  no  longer  required  for  this  purpose,  e.  g. 
ii)b^  from  -fb^  ,  innp  from  nno . 

(d)  If  it  be  a  short  vowel,  it  must  either  be  lengthened 
to  adapt  it  to  the  simple  syllable  in  which  it  now  stands,  or 
rejected  on  account  of  the  disposition  to  abbreviate  words 
upon  their  receiving  accessions  at  the  end,  e.  g.  f^Stpj?  and 
n^iij?  from  Vojp .  The  cases  are  very  rare  in  which  a  short 
vowel  remains  unchanged  in  consequence  of  its  having  the 
accent,  §18.  2,  e.  g.  r.w^  1  Kin.  19 :  15  from  wp,  nb^irn 
Ezek.  8  :  ^  from  b-Q^n . 

(c)  If  it  be  a  long  vowel,  it  may  be  rejected,  as  ^^91?? 
from  bibjp;' ,  i^t^  from  uti, ,  or  retained  either  imaltered,  as 
™^pn  from  D''pn,  ^2^t^  from  "jii^^ ,  or  with  a  change  of 
quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal  or  the  reverse,  njj^n'a  from 
pin^ ,  ^T\T!0'i  from  aiop ,  ^s^j?n  from  D^j?n ,  n^bbs  from  ts-'^s . 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  CHARACTER  AND  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  VOWELS 
AND  THE  ORDINARY  LIMITS  OF  EUPHONIC  CHANGES. 


QUANTITY 
Long.  Short. 


Guttural,  .     .      .  2)ure  a 

diplitliongal    e 


Palatal, 


Cdi^ 
(  pt 


pure  I 


C  diphthongal   6 
Labial,    .      •     •  < 

( pure  u 


PART  SECOro. 

ETYMOLOGY. 

Roots  of  Words. 

§  67.  Etymology  treats  of  the  various  kinds  of  words, 
their  formation  and  inflections.  Three  successive  stages  are 
here  to  be  distinguished.  The  first  is  the  root  or  radical 
portion  of  words.  This  embraces  those  fundamental  sounds, 
in  which  the  essential  idea  originally  inheres.  Roots  do 
not  enter,  in  their  nude  or  primitive  form,  into  the  current 
use  of  language,  but  they  constitute  the  basis  upon  which  all 
actually  occurring  words,  with  the  exception  of  the  inorganic 
interjections,  are  constructed.  The  second  stage  is  the  word 
itself  in  its  simple  uninflected  state ;  this  is  formed,  if  a  prim- 
itive, directly  from  the  root,  if  a  derivative,  from  a  pre-existing 
primitive,  by  certain  changes  or  additions,  which  serve  to  con- 
vert the  radical  idea  into  the  precise  conception  intended, 
which  is  as  yet,  however,  expressed  absolutely.  The  third 
and  only  remaining  stage  is  the  word  as  it  appears  in  the  ac- 
tual utterances  of  speech,  so  modified  by  inflections  as  to 
suggest  the  definite  qualifications  of  the  idea,  such  as  the 
tense  of  verbs,  the  gender  and  number  of  nouns,  and  the  de- 
gree of  adjectives,  or  its  relations  whether  of  agreement  or 
subordination,  such  as  the  persons  and  modes  of  verbs  and 
the  cases  of  nouns. 

§  68.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  most  languages,  two 
classes  of  roots,  which  may  be  denominated  respectively  pro- 


^  68  ROOTS    OF    WORDS.  93 

nominal  and  verbal.  Pronominal  roots  form  the  basis  of  such 
words  as  express  the  relations  of  things  to  the  speaker  or  to 
one  another,  viz.,  pronouns  and  certain  prepositions,  adverbs, 
and  other  particles.  From  verbal  roots,  which  arc  by  far 
the  more  numerous,  spring  words  expressive  of  ideas,  viz., 
verbs,  nouns,  and  such  particles  as  are  derived  from  them. 
Verbal  roots  consist  exclusively  of  consonants,  and  are  almost 
invariably  trihteral.  The  introduction  of  a  vowel  or  vowels, 
even  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing  them,  destroys  their  abstract 
radical  character,  and  converts  them  into  specific  words  of 
this  or  that  description.  Nevertheless,  for  reasons  of  conve- 
nience, the  letters  of  the  root  are  usually  pronounced  by  the 
aid  of  the  vowels  belonging  to  them  in  the  simplest  form  of 
the  corresponding  verb,  which  is  mostly  the  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  preterite,  e.  g.  '"^ip ,  ?j^"/2 .  This  must  not  be 
suffered,  however,  to  lead  to  the  confusion  of  identifying 
that  particular  verbal  form  v/ith  the  proper  radical,  nor  of 
supposing  the  verb  to  be  the  radical  part  of  speech  from 
which  nouns  in  all  cases  are  derived :  verbs  and  nouns  are 
rather  to  be  regarded  as  co-ordinate  branches  springing  from 
a  common  root. 

a.  The  few  quadrililerals  and  quinqueliterals  which  occur  arc  mostly 
formed  from  pre-existing  triliterals  by  the  addition  of  a  weak  letter,  or  a 
letter  similar  to  one  of  the  original  radicals,  e.  g.  ConS  to  lay  waste  comp. 
COS;  "r^T  to  burn  comp.  Cii'T ;  nE?"}??  a  branch  comp.  HQ"©  ;  CDsnb 
thoughts  comp.  C^QSb ;  K'^ilO  a  sceptre  comp.  'cy:i ;  "(iNVr  tranquil 
comp.  '\i<.'^',  viins  to  spread  comp.  'CJ'^S  ;  or  by  blending  two  different 
roots,  e.g.  irsun'^o  be  fresh  composed  of  -bn  and  UibtJ ;  "^b^s  «  certain 
one  =  ■'itibx  "li'^a  ;  ^'fi'^SS  a  frog  from  ""£".£  to  leap  >n'^  (in  Arabic)  a 
marsh.  Some,  which  are  not  thus  reducible,  may  perhaps  be  of  foreign 
origin. 

6.  Many  of  the  triliteral  roots  appear  to  be  based  upon  pre-existing 
biliterals.  Thus,  the  cognates  ni5,  bn,  nj,  tin,  nj,  T^a ,  have  in  com- 
mon the  two  letters  U  with  the  associated  idea  of  cutting.  §50.3.  The 
frequent  examples  of  this  description,  together  with  the  fact  of  the  exist- 
ence of  a  few  biliterals,  e.  g.  25<  father,  n.s  brother,  CX  mother,  have 
suggested  the  thought  that  the  ultimate  roots  may  in  all  cases  have  been 
biliterals,  and  that  the  triliterals  were  a  secondary  formation.  Various  in- 
genious but  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  demonstrate  this 


94  ETYMOLOGY.  §  69 

position  by  an  actual  analysis?,  and  to  effect  the  reduction  of  all  roots  to 
two  primitive  letters.  Still  more  extravagant  and  fanciful  is  the  endea- 
vour, which  has  actually  been  made,  to  explain  the  origin  of  roots  from  the 
individual  letters  of  which  they  are  composed,  and  to  deduce  their  mean- 
ings from  the  names,  the  shapes,  or  other  peculiarities  of  those  letters. 
The  existence  of  roots  and  the  meanings  attached  to  them  must  be  ac- 
cepted as  ultimate  facts.  Some  have  arisen,  no  doubt,  from  the  imitation 
of  sounds  in  nature;  but  in  most  cases  no  satisfactory  reason  can  be  given 
why  a  given  combination  of  sounds  has  that  particular  sense,  which  is  in 
fact  connected  with  it. 

^69.  The  formation  of  words  and  their  inflection  are  ac- 
complished partly  by  internal  changes  and  partly  by  external 
additions.  The  internal  changes  are  the  insertion  of  vowels 
and  the  reduplication  of  consonants  in  various  significant 
ways,  e.  g.  ^t:;?,  bh'p ,  biop ,  b'jjb  .  The  external  additions  are 
significant  syllables  welded  to  the  root  or  to  the  word,  either 
at  the  beginning  or  the  end,  e.g.  bib]?,  s^bbj?,  bibjp^,  ^:':Kj;nn. 

a.  The  triliteral  and  exclusively  consonantal  character  of  Semitic 
roots  is  their  most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  distinction  from  those  of  the 
Indo-European  languages  which  are  as  prevailingly  monosyllabic,  the 
vowel  being  an  essential  constituent,  while  the  number  of  consonants  is 
variable.  The  fact  of  the  vowel  being  an  integral  part  of  the  root  in 
these  languages  interferes  with  their  employment  of  internal  changes  for 
purposes  of  derivation  and  inflection,  and  confines  them  almost  entirely  to 
external  additions,  e.  g.  voco,  vocabam,  vocalio,  vocabulum,  vocilo,  etc. 
The  composition  of  words  of  which  such  large  use  is  made  in  the  Indo- 
European  tongues,  e.  g.  ad-voco,  in-voco,  etc.,  is  almost  unknown  in  He- 
brew except  in  the  formation  of  proper  names. 

h.  Different  languages  differ  greatly  in  their  flexibility,  that  is  to  say, 
in  the  variety  of  words  which  may  spring  from  a  common  root,  and  the 
number  of  forms  which  the  same  word  may  assume  to  express  the  various 
relations  into  which  it  enters.  Relations,  which  in  some  languages  are 
expressed  by  flection,  as  the  cases  of  nouns,  tenses  of  verbs,  concord 
of  adjectives,  are  in  others  indicated  by  additional  words,  as  prepo- 
sitions, auxiliary  verbs,  etc.,  or  suggested  by  the  order  of  words  in  the 
sentence. 

c.  Formative  syllables,  added  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  end  of 
words  for  the  sake  of  inflection,  are,  in  the  ordinary  consciousness  of  those 
who  use  the  language,  completely  amalgamated  with  them,  so  that  their 
Beparate  origin  and  signification  is  never  thought  of  They  are  thus  to 
be  distinguished  from  those  words  which,  by  reason  of  their  dependent 
character,  are  attached  to  others  as  prefixes  or  suffixes,  but  yet  preserve 
their  separate  identity  as  prefixed  conjunctions  and  prepositions  and  suf- 
fixed pronouns. 


^70,  71  PRONOUNS.  95 

§70.  The  parts  of  speecli  in  Hebrew  are  either  declina- 
ble as  pronouns,  verbs,  and  nouns  (including  adjectives) ;  or 
indeclinable,  as  the  article,  adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunc- 
tions, and  interjections.  As  most  if  not  all  of  the  s_yllables 
employed  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  verbs  and  nouns 
are  of  pronominal  origin,  it  will  be  necessary  to  consider  the 
pronouns  first. 

a.  The  classification  usual  with  the  Jewish  grammarians  is  into  verb» 
(B'^y^'Q  actions),  nouns  (niaa  names),  and  particles  (c^'a  words). 


Pronouns. 

PERSONAL     PEONOirNS. 

§  71.  The  Hebrew  pronouns  are  personal,  demonstrative, 
relative,  and  interrogative  or  indefinite.  The  personal  pro- 
nouns are  the  following,  viz. : 

SINGULAR.  P  L  U  K  A  L. 

1.     I  "^3:^5,     ■'?^  We      ^in:s^,    ^rn:,  ^:s^ 

f,  j  Thou  m.  nPN  Ye  m.     fiP« 

I  Thou/     nx,    ''rib?  Ye/.      )m,  r^:m 

He  i?^.n  They  m.  on ,    nisn 

She  N^n  They/     in,     n-n 

There  are,  it  will  be  perceived,  distinct  forms  for  singular 
and  plural  in  the  three  persons,  and  for  masculine  and  fem- 
inine in  the  second  and  third.  There  is  no  form  for  the 
neuter,  as  that  gender  is  not  recognized  in  Hebrew. 

a.  (l)  The  alternate  forms  of  the  first  per.=;on  singular  ''=3^*  (in  pause 
••Sbs  with  the  accent  on  the  penult  except  Job  33 :  9),  and  '':n  (in  pause 
••JX)  are  used  interchangeably  and  with  perhaps  equal  Irequency.  It  has 
been  observed,  however,  that  wiiile  the  former  is  the  more  common  in 
the  Pentateuch,  it  never  occurs  in  the  books  of  Chronicles,  and  but  once 
in  Ezeldel,  viz.,  36:28,  a  passage  borrowed  from  tlie  Pentateuch.  The 
usual  plural  of  this  person  is  *:n:x^;  iiini  occurs  but  si.x  time?,  viz..  Gen. 


96  ETYMOLOGY.  §  71 

42 :  11,  Ex.  16  :  7.  8,  Num.  32  :  32,  2  Sam.  17  :  12,  Lam.  3  :  42  ;  ^5N  though 
common  in  later  Hebrew,  occurs  but  once  in  the  Old  Testament,  viz.,  Jer. 
42 :  6  K'thibli,  where  the  K'ri  substitutes  the  usual  form. 

(2)  The  second  person  masc.  sing,  nnx  (in  pause  occasionally  ?iriN  Ps. 
2  :  7,  25  :  27,  40  :  18,  70  :  6,  but  mostly  nnx)  is  in  five  instances  written  PiX 
without  the  final  He,  which  is  however  restored  in  the  K'ri,  viz.,  1  Sam. 
24  ;  19,  Ps.  6  :  4,  Job  1  :  10,  Eccles.  7  :  22,  Neh.  9 :  6.  and  in  three  instances 
PIX  without  the  final  vowel  Num.  11  :  15,  Deut.  5  :  24,  Ezek.  28  :  14.  The 
feminine  Fix  is  occasionally  written  TiX  Judg.  17:2.  1  Kin.  14:2,2  Kin. 
4  :  16.  23,  8  :  1,  Jer.  4  :  30,  Ezek.  36  :  13  •  the  K'ri  invariably  retrenches  the 
superfluous  "',  though  it  is  probable  tJmt  the  original  pronunciation  proper 
to  this  orthography  was  ''nx.  The  feminine  plural  '[PX  occurs  only  Ezek. 
34: 31,  where  a  few  manuscripts  read  "(nx  ;  the  alternate  form  Mfrx  oc- 
curs Gen.  31:6.  Ezek.  13  :  11,  34  :  17  ;  in  Ezek.  13  :  20  most  editions  have 
nsnx . 

(3)  The  third  person  fera.  sing.  X'^ri  occurs  but  eleven  times  in  the 
books  of  Moses,  viz..  Gen.  14 :  2,  20 :  5,  38 :  25,  Lev.  2 :  15  (in  some  editions), 
11 :  39,  13  :  10.  21,  16  :  31,  21  :  9,  Num.  5  :  13,  14.  In  its  stead  is  found  Xin 
a  combination  of  the  letters  of  the  masculine  with  the  vowel  of  the  fem- 
inine. The  explanation  of  this  is  that  Xin  hu  was  at  that  early  period  of 
common  gender  and  used  indifferently  for  both  masculine  and  feminine. 
As  this  primitive  usage  subsequently  became  obsolete,  the  word,  when 
used  for  the  feminine,  was  read  X'ln  hi  according  to  the  uniform  practice 
of  the  later  books,  and  the  punctuators  have  suggested  this  by  giving  it 
the  corresponding  vowel,  §47.  According  to  Kimchi  "fl  Ruth  1:  13  and 
nsn  2  Sam.  4  :  6,  Jer.  50:5,  stand  for  the  masculine  plural;  this  assump- 
tion is  unnecessary,  however,  as  in  the  first  passage  the  feminine  may 
have  the  sense  of  the  neuter  '■'■these  things,'"  and  in  the  last  two  it  is  an 
adverb  of  place,  meaning  here. 

h.  (1)  The  pronoun  "i^bx  unites  the  palatal  found  in  the  nominative 
singular  of  the  first  person  in  Indo-European  languages,  Gr.  eyto,  Lat.  ego, 
Goth,  ik,  with  the  nasal  of  its  other  parts  Gr.  /xe,  vwi,  Lat.  me.  vos^  Goth. 
mik.  The  same  combination  is  found  in  the  Coptic  and  the  Phoenician. 
The  Arabic  and  Syriac  have  retained  only  the  abbreviated  form  in  the 
singular  and  the  prolonged  form  in  the  plural.  The  second  person  HpiX 
is  based  upon  the  lingual  n  as  the  Doric  tv,  Lat.  tu,  Ger.  du^  Eng.  Ihou  ; 
and  the  third  person  X^n  upon  the  guttural  n  as  the  Zend  ho,  Gr.  6, 
Lat.  hie,  Eng.  he. 

(2)  Words  in  such  constant  and  familiar  use  as  the  pronouns  are  sub- 
ject to  more  or  less  irregularity  in  all  languages.  The  original  plural 
termination,  as  will  be  shown  more  fully  hereafter  in  the  case  of  verbs 
and  nouns,  is  C^l .  In  the  first  person  D  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  concur- 
rence of  nasals  in  the  same  syllable,  "^SX  ,  !t3X  ;  the  plural  of  the  prolonged 
Ibrm  seems  to  be  best  explained  by  supposing'  it  to  have  been  originally 
"'SISX  ,  which  was  in  the  singular  softened  to  ^2bx  by  §57. 1,  and  in  the 
plural  by  a  transposition  and  weakening  of  the  palatal  to  a  guttural  (comp. 
Gr.  cyw,  Sans,  ahavi),  became  ^sn'aX.  or  by  §53.2,  isna .  The  plurals  of 
the  second  and  third  persons  were  originally  CMnx,  Cin,  which  are  still 


^72  PRONOUNS.  97 

preserved  in  the  Arabic,  and  have  left  their  traces  in  the  inflections  of 
verbs,  e.  s.  I'l'^m?"',  ■^?"^i^^^r?  •  The  vowel  u.  however,  which  in  the  plu- 
rals of  masculine  nouns  has  been  converted  into  I,  has  in  the  pronouns 
undergone  a  still  further  modification  into  the  diphthongal  e  cn  or  e  Clnx  . 
The  distinction  of  gender  is  indicated  in  the  plural  not  by  affixing  the 
characteristic  termination  of  that  gender  as  in  nouns,  but  by  a  change  of 
the  final  nasal.  An  unaccented  n  ^  is  often  added  by  §61.  6.  to  relieve  the 
harshness  of  the  consonantal  ending. 

c.  In  the  technical  language  of  the  Jewish  grammarians  pronouns  are 
called  C'^^SS  cognomina ;  the  first  person  is  "i?"!^  the  speaker,  the  second 
Nsa?  present,  the  third  *inp3  hidden  or  absent. 

§  72.  When  the  pronoims  are  used  in  their  separate  form 
as  distinct  words  they  have  the  forms  already  given.  When, 
however,  they  stand  in  a  relation  of  dependence  to  verbs, 
nouns,  and  particles,  they  are  appended  to  them  in  the  follow- 
ing abbreviated  forms,  called  the  pronominal  suffixes  : 


1.     Com. 

„  j  Masc. 
^'  \  Fern. 

o   (  Masc. 
'  \  Fern. 


SINGULAR. 

r  LU  R  A  L. 

^.                       ''? 

^3 

^ 

B? 

•  n 

1? 

in 

D 

or? 

n          n 

1 

10 

In  the  first  person  singular  "^ .  is  attached  to  nouns,  and 
•"S  to  verbs.  In  the  second  person  the  palatal  5  is  substituted 
for  the  lingual  M  of  the  separate  pronoun.  Por  a  similar 
change  in  the  first  person  see  §  85.  a.  (i).  The  modifications 
in  the  forms  of  the  suffixes,  occasioned  by  the  endings  of  the 
words  to  which  they  are  attached,  will  be  considered  here- 
after, ^§101,220.  The  third  pkual  forms  DJi,  in  are  used 
with  plural  nouns  ;  D ,  1  with  verbs  and  singular  nouns. 

The  suffixes  of  the  second  and  third  persons  plural  CD , 
•JD ,  on ,  in  are  called  grave,  the  rest  are  li(j1it.  The  former 
being  mixed  syllables,  always  receive  the  accent,  §  33.  3,  and 
tend  more  strongly  to  shorten  the  words  to  which  they  are 
attached  than  the  latter. 
7 


98  ETYMOLOGY.  §  73,  74 


Demonstrative  Pronouns. 
§  73.  1.  The  ordinary  demonstrative  is — 

3fasa.     Fern.  Common. 

Singular,   ^1    f^^T  t/iis        Plural,   ^i?    n^i«  t/iese. 

The  poetic  form  ^T  is  sometimes  a  demonstrative,  Ps. 
12:8,  Hab.  1:11,  but  more  frequently  a  relative  (like  the 
English  t/icd),  in  which  case  it  is  used  without  change  for 
both  genders  and  numbers.  The  feminine  is  occasionally 
written  without  the  final  ri  and  with  a  different  vowel  letter 
nr  or  it .  The  plural,  coming  from  a  different  root,  is  suffi- 
ciently distinguished  without  the  usual  termination ;  b&?  occurs 
eight  times  in  the  books  of  Moses  and  once  in  1  Chron.  20:8; 
in  all  other  places  the  consonantal  termination  is  softened  by 
an  appended  n  .. . 

2.  The  singular  of  this  pronoun  is  in  a  few  instances 
compounded  with  ^  either  without  any  change  of  meaning,  or, 
as  Ewald  and  Nordheimer  follow  Jarchi  in  supposing,  in  the 
sense  of  the  remote  demonstrative  that.  Thus  (with  the 
article  n  prefixed) — 

3Iasc.  Fern.  Com. 

Sing,   this  or  tJiat     nT|n         ^T;^n         i}T\ 

a.  The  first  form  occurs  twice  in  Genesis  (24  :  65,  37: 19),  the  third  si^ 
times  in  the  post-Mosaic  books  as  a  mascuUne  (Judg.  6  :  20,  1  Sam.  14  : 1, 
17:26,  2  Kin.  23:17,  Dan.  8:16,  Zech.  2:8),  and  once  as  a  feminine 
(2  Kin.  4:25),  the  second  once  in  Ezekiel  (36  :  35). 

3.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  i?^.n  is  used 
for  the  remote  demonstrative  that. 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§  74.  The  relative  tvho,  which  is  "iiu^! ,  which  may  be  em- 
ployed as  a  separate  word,  or  may  be  shortened  to  a  prefix  O 


§75  INTERROGATIVE    AND    INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS.  99 

with  Daghesh-forte  compensative  in  the  following  letter, 
unless  it  be  a  guttural  and  consequently  incapable  of  receiv- 
ing it,  §23.  1.  In  a  few  instances  the  prefix  t  takes  the 
vowel  (.)  followed  by  Daghesh-forte,  Judg.  5  :  7,  Cant.  1  : 7, 
Job  19  :  29  ;  once  it  has  (J  before  N  Judg.  G  :  17,  and  twice 
{.)  Eccl.  2  :  22  (in  some  copies),  3:18.  The  relative  suffers 
no  change  for  gender  or  number  either  in  its  separate  or  its 
prefixed  state.  Its  objective  relation  to  verbs  and  particles 
and  its  possessive  relation  to  nouns  are  expressed  without 
changing  the  relative  itself,  or  removing  it  from  its  position 
at  the  beginning  of  its  clause  by  appending  the  appropriate 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing  word,  e.  g.  iVibts  nt'ij:  u-/io 
lie  sent  1dm,  i.  e.  whom  he  sent,  ii^nt  ni^s  ivhicli  its  seed,  i.  e. 
whose  seed.  It  may  also  receive  an  adverbial  sense  from 
being  followed  by  the  pronominal  adverb  DiU  there,  e.  g. 
ut  —  niiJN  toJiere,  niQ©  —  nr«  luJdther,  dtb^  — nisii:  ichence. 

a.  The  prefix  'liJ  occurs  to  the  exclusion  of  the  full  form  of  the  relative 
in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  with  great  frequency  in  another  production 
of  Solomon's,  Ecclesiastes.  There  are  besides  occasional  examples  of  it  in 
other  books,  e.  g.  Judg.  5:  7,  6: 17,  7:  12,  8  :  26,  2  Kin.  6:11,  1  Chron.  5:20, 
Job  19:29,  Ps.  122-124,  129,  133-137,  144,  Lam.  2:15,  16.  The  word 
C5C3  Gen.  6:3  is  in  several  ancient  versions  and  in  the  common  English 
translation  rendered  as  though  it  were  made  up  of  the  preposition  3  ,  the 
relative  "O  and  the  particle  ^i^  for  that  also;  but  the  most  recent  inter- 
preters derive  it  from  the  verb  35^  to  err,  and  translate  in  their  erring. 

b.  nu.;x  or  D  is  also  used  for  the  conjunction  that.     Comp.  Lat.  quod. 

Interrogative  and  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

§75.  1.  The  pronouns  '^'12  lolto  ?  or  ^^y/^o^yer  relating  to 
persons,  and  nia  what?  ov  ivhatever  relating  to  things,  are 
employed  both  as  interrogatives  and  in  an  indefinite  sense. 
They  experience  no  change  for  gender  or  number. 

The  vowel  of  r.'a  is  regulated  by  the  initial  sounds  of 
the  succeeding  word.  Before  a  letter  capable  of  receiving 
Daghesh-forte  it  is  pointed  n^  and  the  following  letter  is 
doubled,  e.  g.  iibTi-n)2  Ex.  3  :  13.     Before  the  stronger  gut- 


100  ETYMOLOGY.  §  76 

turals  n  and  n  it  also  commonly  receives  (.),  e.  g.  i^in-rra 
Ps.  39  :  5,  ^nsan  n^  Gen.  31  :  36.  Before  the  weaker  gut- 
turals i? ,  2?  and  "i ,  it  commonly  takes  (J,  e.  g.  n^5<"™  Zech. 
1 :  9,  ^^3?  51^  2  Kin.  8:13,  nn\s:-i  n^  Judg.  9  :  48.  Before 
n ,  n ,  and  y  with  Kamets,  and  occasionally  before  other  let- 
ters it  takes  (J,  §  63. 1.  a,  e.  g.  iS  n^n-ma  Ex.  32:1,  Tstbn-n^ 
Gen.  20 : 9,  n^ib?-^"^  ib.,  bip  ivi  1  Sam.  4 :  14,  t:Sir^  n^a 
2  Kin.  1 : 7.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  vowel  letter  is 
omitted  and  the  interrogative  is  joined  with  the  following 
word,  e.  g.  ni^  Ex.  4  :  2,  aib^  Isa.  3:15,  n^bn^  Mai.  1 :  13, 
nni?  Ezek.  8  :  6  K'thibh. 

2.  Another  interrogative  is  formed  by  prefixing  the  par- 
ticle "^x  to  the  pronoun  nr ,  ri?T ,  thus  ?1T  i&?  widch?  or  what? 
1  Kin.  13  :  12,Eccles.  11:6,  mb  \v5/or  ivhat?  lohj?  Jer.  5:7. 

3.  The  words  ^ibbx  if'ba  which  are  always  used  in  com- 
bination, or  contracted  into  one  ''ibbs ,  are  in  usage  equivalent 
to  an  indefinite  or  indeterminate  pronoun,  Eng.  a  certain  one, 
Lat.  qiddam,  Gr.  o  helvob ;  they  are,  however,  derived  not  from 
pronominal  but  verbal  roots. 

Verbs. 

THEIK     SPECIES. 

§76.  1.  Hebrew  verbs  have  seven  different  forms  which 
have  been  denominated  species  or  conjugations  (D''5^5^  huild- 
ings).  These  represent  as  many  modifications  of  the  verbal 
idea,  and  are  as  follows,  viz. : 

1.  b|3         Kal  Simple  active. 

2.  b^s?         Niphal  "      passive. 

3.  b?9         Piel  Intensive  active. 

4.  b:?s         Pual  "  passive. 

5.  b^i^sn         Hiphil  Causative  active. 

6.  bysn        Hophal  "  passive. 

7.  bi^snn         Hithpael       Reflexive. 


§77  SPECIES    OF   VERBS.  101 

a.  The  term  conjugations  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin,  and  is  very  gen- 
erally employed  in  Hebrew  grammars  and  in  those  of  tlie  cognate  lan- 
guages. It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  tliat  Hebrew  conjugations 
are  totally  unlike  the  conjugations  of  Latin  and  Greek.  The  latter  denote 
the  various  modes  of  inflection  adopted  by  diflerent  roots.  The  Ibrmer  are 
modifications  of  the  same  root,  which  difl'er  in  meaning  while  their  inflec- 
tions are  substantially  alike.  They  correspond  rather  with  voices  or  with 
derivative  verbs,  such  as  frequentatives  and  causatives,  although  they  not 
infrequently  require  to  be  translated  by  words  radically  distinct.  The 
term  species  proposed  by  Schultens,  though  less  commonly  adopted,  is 
more  descriptive. 

2.  Kal  means  li^/if,  and  denotes  that  species  in  which  no 
other  than  the  three  radical  letters  appear,  and  these  only  in 
then'  single  power.  The  other  species  are  called  /teav?/ 
(D'^nns),  because  burdened  by  the  reduplication  of  the  radi- 
cals or  the  addition  of  other  letters.  Their  names  are  de- 
rived from  ^i'3  to  do,  which  was  the  model  for  inflection,  the 
form  assumed  by  this  verb  in  each  species  serving  as  its 
designation.  Unusual  verbal  forms  are  in  like  manner  de- 
noted by  the  corresponding  forms  imposed  upon  its  radicals. 

3.  Other  technical  expressions,  such  as  the  names  of  the 
various  classes  of  verbs,  are  also  to  be  traced  to  this  source. 
A  verb  whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  a  Nun,  or  a  Yodh,  is 
called  a  Pe  Guttural,  Pe  Nun  (i'e),  or  Pe  Yodh  ("'s)  verb, 
Pe  as  the  initial  of  ^?3  becoming  the  technical  designation 
of  a  first  radical  generally.  So  a  verb  whose  second  radical 
is  Vav  is  called  an  Ayin  Vav  ("b ) ;  one  whose  third  radical 
is  Pie,  a  Lamedh  He  (nb) ;  one  whose  second  and  third  rad- 
icals are  alike  an  Ayin  Doubled  (i'^),  etc. 

§77.  The  general  idea  of  the  several  species  already 
stated  is  liable  to  certain  modifications  in  the  variety  of  cases 
to  which  it  is  applied. 

1.  The  Niphal  is  commonly  the  passive  of  Kal  or  of  the 
simple  idea  of  the  verb,  333  to  steal,  Ni.  to  he  stolen ;  ^ins  to 
write,  Ni.  to  he  written. 

2.  Sometimes,  like  the  Greek  middle  voice  which  coin- 
cides with  the  passive  in  certain  of  its  forms,  it  has  a  reflex- 


102  ETYMOLOGY.  §78 

ive  signification,  li?'^  to  hide,  Ni.  to  hide  ones  self ;  "^^t?  to 
keep,  Ni.  to  keep  one  s  self,  ^vXdrrea-dai;  DHp  Ni.  to  repent, 
lit.  to  grieve  ones  self,  fieratiekecrOaL-,  or  expresses  reciprocal 
action,  f?^  to  counsel,  Ni.  to  take  counsel  together ;  DJi^  Ni.  to 
fight,  fidxeo-Oai,  lit.  to  devour  one  another.  In  some  verbs  it 
lias  both  a  passive  and  a  reflexive  sense,  ^i'a  Ni.  to  be  sold 
and  to  sell  one's  self;  nsk'n  Ni.  to  be  see7i  and  to  let  ones  self 
be  seen,  to  ajJjjear. 

3.  Sometimes  when  the  Kal  is  intransitive  and  does  not 
admit  of  a  proper  passive,  the  Niphal  is  either  identical  with 
it  in  signification,  y^  K.  and  Ni.  to  approach,  or  retains  a 
shade  of  its  original  force  by  representing  the  state  or  condi- 
tion not  absolutely  as  in  Kal,  but  as  something  efiected  and 
involving  a  change  from  another  previous  condition,  i5S)3  to 
be  full,  Ni.  to  be  filed,  rr^n  to  be,  Ni.  to  become. 

§»  78.  1.  The  Piel  gives  new  intensity  to  the  simple  idea 
of  the  verb,  by  which  its  meaning  is  variously  modified  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  case,  "^Ti^  to  be  few,  Pi.  to  be 
very  feio ;  ?l"'^  to  folloiv,V\.  to  foUoto  ardentlg,  to  j^ursue ; 
^ins  to  fear.  Pi.  to  fear  constantly,  to  be  timid ;  ^%ii  to  ask. 
Pi.  to  ask  repeatedly  and  earnestly,  to  beg ;  N'i3  to  create, 
as  God,  Pi.  to  form  with  pains  and  labour,  as  man ; '  iins  to 
write.  Pi.  to  write  much  with  the  implication  that  it  is  to  little 
piu'pose,  to  scribble ;  "^51?  to  bury.  Pi.  to  bury  great  numbers. 

2.  The  energy  resident  in  this  species  displays  itself  by 
signifying  the  producing  or  causing  of  that  which  is  denoted 
by  the  simple  idea  of  the  verb,  thus  quickening  intransitive 
verbs  into  transitives,  and  making  such  as  were  transitive 
before  to  be  doubly  so.  In  this,  which  is  the  more  frequent 
case,  it  becomes  virtually  equivalent  to  a  causative,  "IDJJ  to 
perish,  Pi.  to  make  to  perish,  to  destroy ;  Ta^  to  learn.  Pi.  to 
teach,  i.  e.  cause  to  learn.  Both  these  senses  are  occasionally 
found  united  in  the  same  verb,  S^jp  Pi.  to  be  very  near  and  to 
bring  near ;  rin©  Pi.  to  be  very  corrujjt  and  to  corrupt  or  de- 
stroy. 


§79,80  SPECIES    OF   VERBS.  103 

3.  Pual  is  the  passive  of  Piel,  and  therefore  can  only  exist 
when  the  sense  of  the  latter  is  such  that  a  passive  is  possible. 

§79.  1.  The  Hiphil  denotes  the  causing  or  producing  of 
that  which  is  signified  by  the  simple  form  of  the  verb,  and, 
as  in  the  corresponding  case  of  Piel,  intransitive  verbs  become 
transitive,  and  such  as  admitted  of  one  object  before  are  now 
capable  of  receiving  two :  1"^^  to  det^cend,  Hi.  to  cause  to  de- 
scend, bring  doion  ;  i^ia  to  come.  Hi.  to  bring ;  nij"!  to  see,  Hi. 
to  show. 

2.  In  some  verbs  Hiphil  has  an  intransitive  sense,  but 
in  most  of  these  cases  there  is  either  an  ellipsis  of  the  object 
or  the  idea  of  production  and  causation  can  still  be  obscurely 
traced,  aiCj?  Hi.  to  be  attentive,  prop,  to  make  {one's  ear)  at- 
tend;  pln'Q  Hi.  to  be  sioeef,  prop,  to  cause  siveetness ;  ^3*9  Hi. 
to  be  wise,  prop,  to  act  wisely,  exhibit  loisdom ;  f ^J?  Hi.  to  be 
brave,  prop,  to  act  bravely;  IpJ  Hi.  to  grow  old,  prop,  to  acquire 
age.  In  a  few  instances  both  senses  are  found  united  in  the 
same  verb,  nSs  Hi.  to  cause  to  bud  and  to  2Jiit  forth  buds ; 
tjnsj  Hi.  to  jjroloug  and  to  be  long ;  ^^V  Hi.  to  enrich  and  to 
grow  rich;  Xf^it  Hi.  to  malcefat  and  to  become  fat  (comp. 
^Vi.^.  fatten). 

3.  Hophal  is  the  passive  of  Hiphil. 

a.  When  Kal  has  both  a  transitive  and  an  intransitive  sense,  Hiphil, 
as  the  causative  of  the  latter,  becomes  substantially  identical  with  the 
former,  ria:  K.  to  extend  or  to  bend,  trans,  and  intrans.,  Hi.  id.  trans.  In 
Job  23  :  11,  Ps.  125:5,  Isa.  30  :  11,  where  the  Hiphil  of  this  verb  appears  to 
be  used  intransitively  in  the  sense  of  txmiing  aside,  there  is  an  ellipsis  of 
its  proper  object,  to  bend  {the  steps). 

§80.  1.  The  Hithpael  is  reflexive  or  reciprocal  of  the 
idea  of  the  verb,  mostly  as  tliis  is  expressed  in  the  Piel  spe- 
cies (from  which  it  is  formed,  §  82.  5),  the  particular  shade 
of  meaning  being  modified  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case.  (1)  It  indicates  that  the  subject  is  Hkewise  the 
direct  object  of  the  action,  t:|^  Pi.  to  deliver,  Ilith.  to  escape, 
deliver  one's  self;  pT4  Pi.  to  justify,  Hith.  to  Justify  one's  self; 


104  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  80 

to£n  Pi.  io  seek,  Hith.  to  disguise  ones  self,  prop,  to  let  ones 
self  he  sought  for ;  n"jri  Pi.  to  make  sick,  Hith.  io  make  one's 
self  sick  whether  in  reahty  or  in  the  esteem  of  others,  i.  e.  to 
feign  sickness  ;  osn  Plith.  to  show  ones  self  wise  whether  in 
reality  or  in  his  own  conceit.  (2)  Or  that  he  is  the  indirect 
object  of  the  action,  wliich  is  for  his  benefit,  or  relates  en- 
tirely to  him,  nns  Pi.  to  oj)en,  Hith.  to  open  for  one's  self; 
bn?  Hith.  to  inherit  {for  one's  self) ;  1?n  Pi.  to  make  gracious, 
Hith.  to  implore  favour,  prop,  to  make  to  be  gracious  to  one's 
self  (3)  Or  that  the  action  is  mutual  between  two  or  more 
parties,  i^]?  Pi.  to  hind,  Hith.  to  conspire,  prop,  to  hand  to- 
gether ;  MJ^"^  to  see,  Hith.  to  look  upon  one  another. 

2.  This  species  is  sometimes  a  mere  passive  like  the 
Niphal  riiio  to  forget,  Hith.  to  he  forgotten ;  "122  Pi.  to  atone, 
Hith.  to  he  atoned ;  ^P?  Pi.  to  prepare,  Hith.  to  he  prepared. 
In  a  few  instances  the  reflexive  and  the  passive  senses  are 
found  in  the  same  verb,  i?^  Hith.  to  sell  one's  self  and  to  he 
sold. 

a.  (1)  The  affinity  between  the  Piel  and  Hiphil  species  is  such  as  in 
very  many  verbs  to  render  it  unnecessary  to  retain  them  both,  and  one  or 
the  other  has  been  allowed  to  fall  into  disuse.  Where  both  exist,  they 
are  often  nearly  or  quite  synonymous,  and  are  used  indiscriminately,  ia~|5 
Pi.  and  Hi.  to  sandify,  or  differ  only  in  the  frequency  of  their  employment, 
nSia  Pi.  and  Hi.  (rare)  io  send,  ria  Pi.  (rare)  and  Hi.  io  cause  to  hear. 
In  other  cases  tiiey  are  distinguished  by  adhering  to  those  significations 
of  the  species  in  which  they  depart  palpably  from  one  another,  nas  Pi. 
(intens.)  io  grow  luxuriantly,  Hi.  (caus.)  to  make  io  grow,  h6o  Pi.  (cans.) 
to  make  foolish,  Hi.  (intrans.)  to  act  foolishly  ;  or  by  developing  them  from 
different  significations  of  the  root,  b'b^  Pi.  io  cook  (food),  Hi.  to  ripen 
(fruit);  T('n3  Pi.  io  bless  (prop,  to  kneel  in  worship),  Hi.  to  cause  to  kneel 
(as  a  physical  act),  cis  Pi,  to  break  the  bones  (Qsi;),  Hi.  fo  rent/er 
strong ;  or  by  restricting  them  to  special  applications,  "lUI?  Pi.  to  hum  in- 
cense {io  idols),  Hi.  to  biirn  incense  (to  God);"  CiBn  Hi.  io  change.  Pi.  io 
change  (the  clothes);  MUiS  Hi.  io  strip.  Pi.  io  strip  (the  slain  in  battle). 

(2)  It  is  still  less  common  to  find  both  Niphal  and  Hithpael  in  the  same 
verb.  Where  this  does  occur  they  are  sometimes  used  interchangeably, 
at  others  a  di.^tinction  is  created  or  adhered  to,  T\k^  Ni.  and  Hith.  io  be 
poured  out;  "liii  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  talk  with  one  another;  Tj'^a  Ni.  io  be 
blessed,  Hith.  io  bless  one's  self;  ^^n  Ni.  io  be  ploughed,  Hith.  io  keep  {one's 
self)  quiet;  niyp;  Ni.  to  be  bound,  Hith.  io  conspire. 

(3)  When  in  particular  verbs  two  species  have  substantially  the  same 


Jbrew  iJible,  OoU  appear  in  some  one  species  oniy.  odu  in  ivvo  specius, 
5  in  three.  118  in  four,  70  in  five,  12  in  six,  and  but  7  in  the  entire  num- 
r,  viz.:  yjba  to  cleave  asunder,  n^a  to  uncover,  nHn  to  he  sick,  rn^  to 
ow,  1^;  to  ^ bring  forth,  Ij^Q  to  visit,  Ciin  to  be  high.     The  number  of 


§81  PERFECT   VERBS.  105 

sense,  it  sometimes  happens  that  parts  only  of  each  are  in  use,  one  supple- 
menting tlie  deficiencies  of  the  other,  or  that  one  of  the  active  species, 
losing  its  proper  passive,  is  supplied  by  another  whose  corresponding 
active  is  wanting.  Thus  bb;;  to  be  able  has  a  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  ; 
but  its  future  is  Hophal  (strictly,  to  be  made  able,  but  in  usage  the  equiva- 
lent of  Kul) ;  ri03  to  be  pale,  cia  to  draw  near,  "^3  to  be  poured  out,  have 
their  futures  in  the  Kal  but  their  preterites  in  the  Niphal;  r]6^  to  add  has 
both  a  Kal  and  a  Hiphil  preterite,  which  are  synonymous,  but  only  a 
Hiphil  future.  Again,  in  b'^a  to  separate  and  lr':J  to  destroy,  the  Kal  has 
yielded  to  the  Hiphil  (strictly,  to  cause  separation,  destruction),  but  the 
Niphal  is  retained  as  its  passive  ;  yn-i  to  bathe  and  pt^J  to  sprinkle,  have 
in  the  active  the  Kal  form  and  in  the  passive  the  Pual. 

(4)  All  verbs  arc  found  in  one  or  more  of  these  species  or  conjugations, 
but  very  few  in  the  whole  of  them.  Of  the  1,332  trilileral  verbs  in  the 
Hebrew  Bible,  530  appear  in  some  one  species  only.  360  in  two  species, 
235 
her, 
knot 

species  in  which  a  given  verb  appears,  is  sometimes  limited  by  the  ne- 
cessity of  the  case,  as  when  its  meaning  will  not  admit  of  the  modifica- 
tions denoted  by  all  the  species;  or  by  usage,  as  when  certain  species  are 
dropped  as  unnecessary,  the  ideas  which  they  would  convey  being  ex- 
pressed in  another  manner;  or  by  the  circumstance  that  in  the  small  vol- 
ume of  the  Old  Testament,  examples  may  not  occur  of  all  the  species 
which  actually  were  in  use. 

6.  Instances  occur  in  which  the  active  species,  and  less  frequently  the 
passives,  derive  their  meanings  not  directly  from  the  root,  but  from  some 
noun  which  has  sprung  from  it.  These  are  called  Denominatives.  Thus, 
Jins  K.  to  break  the  neck  {y^p);  "i^  K.  ^o  tithe  {^cv^  ten);  •|i:3  to  make 
bricks  (i^j?^) ;  =?^?  Ni.  to  be  possessed  of  understanding,  or,  according  to 
others,  to  be  devoid  of  understanding  (=3b  heart);  ',n3  Pi.  to  act  as  priest 
(if  ■  .     .        .         ^^  .-1-  --- 

to  ^    ..  ..^ ^  . 

Uo.  to  be' salted  (nb'S);  in^nn  Hith.  to  make  one's  self  a  Jew  (^l^'T;); 
n'L*::n  Hith.  to  supply  one's  self  with  provision  (T:i|).  A  verbal  form  may 
occasionally  arise  even  from  an  adverb,  ntjbn?  Ni.  part,  removed  far  away 
(nxbn),  or  an  interjection,  Dn:)]  Hi.  and  he  stilled  (cn  hush!). 


Perfect  Verbs. 

§  81.  There  is  one  normal  standard  for  the  formation  of 
these  several  species  and  their  further  inflection,  to  which  all 
verbs  conform  unless  prevented  by  the  character  of  their 
radicals.     There  are  no  anomalous  or  irregular  deviations 


106  ETYMOLOGY.  §  82 

from  this  standard,  sucli  as  are  found  in  other  languages,  for 
which  no  explanation  can  be  given  but  the  fact  of  their  oc- 
currence. AVhatever  deviations  do  occur  result  from  the 
presence  of  letters  in  the  root  which  do  not  admit  of  certain 
combinations  and  forms,  and  compel  the  adoption  of  others 
in  their  stead.  Verbs  are  hence  distinguished  into  perfect 
and  imperfect.  They  are  styled  perfect  when  their  radical 
letters  are  capable  of  entering  into  all  those  combinations 
and  exhibiting  all  those  forms  which  conformity  with  the 
standard  requires.  They  are  imperfect  when  the  root  con- 
tains a  weak  letter,  §7.  2,  or  is  otherwise  so  constituted  as 
to  lead  to  a  departure  from  the  standard  inflections. 

§S2.  1.  In  perfect  verbs  the  Kal  is  formed  by  giving 
Pattahh,  or  more  rarely  one  of  its  compounds,  Tsere  or 
Hholem,  to  the  second  radical  as  its  essential  or  characteristic 
vowel,  and  to  the  first  radical  a  pretonic  Kamets,  §  64.  2, 
thus :  bi?;? ,  133 ,  f:3j? . 

a.  The  number  of  verbs,  perfect  and  imperfect,  whose  second  radical 
has  Tsere  or  Hholem,  or  as  they  are  technically  called  middle  e  and  mid- 
dle o,  is  quite  inconsiderable.  They  are  mostly  of  an  intransitive  sig- 
nification. 

(1)  The  Ibllowing  have  Tsere,  viz. : 

)p_l  to  be  old.  lis  (Isa.  24:20  ^23) /o  6e  ■nh  io  die. 

ysn  to  delight.                       heavy.  ^23  to  fade. 

ssn  to  hew.  "liJs  to  be  right.  xia  to  thirst. 

nna  to  be  clean.  'bib  and  "Q^h  to  put  on.  bbp^  (Isa.   33:9  ''?iy^)  to 

^Tzp  to  be  unclean,  Nb?a  trans. or  intrans.(Esth.  wither. 

thr^  to  be  dry.                         7  :  5   N^ri  trans.)  to  xiia  to  hate. 

^tlx  io  f^^^''^-                            fi^  or  befidl.  hhyi  to  be  brought  low. 

(2)  The  following  have  Tsere  in  pause,  §  65.'3.  a,  or  as  a  pretonic  vowel, 
§  64.  2,  before  a  suffix,  but  Pattahh  in  other  cases.  Such  as  only  occur  in 
pause  or  with  suffi.^es  are  printed  with  Tsere. 

sfiX  to  love.  ^"15  to   be   or  become  ^"in  to  cease. 

ct'X  to  be  guilty.  great.  yisn  to  be  leavened. 

p23  to  swell.  p2'n  to  cleave  to.  ?i3n  to  he  profaned. 

12J  to 'prevail.  yt'^  to  grow  fat.  "lOn  to  lack. 


§  82  PERFECT    VERBS.  107 

"isn  to     blush     (distin-  C^5  to  be  strong.  J'5'l^  to  be.  sated. 

guished  from  isri  nb's  to  come    upon,  to  n^b  to  rejoice. 

to  dig).  prosper.  n3'i:3  to  forget. 

t\isi'^  to  be  weary.  cnj?  to  be  holy.  )z'a  to  dwell. 

^'n'l  to  possess.  -"if?  to  come  near.  Caa  to  be  desolate. 

era  to  be  pleasant.  -ST  to  be  hungry.  rnr  to  hear. 

Several  others  are  marked  with  Tsere  in  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius,  in 
which  that  vowel  does  not  occur. 
(3)   The  following  have  Hholem: 

^ii<  to  shine.                     h'D'^  to  be  able.  sn  (Ps.  18  :  15   2n  )  to 

laia  to  be  ashamed.  dp;;  to  snare.  shoot. 

Si:i  to  be  good.                   V^j  (see  §86.  a)  io/oic.  bSa  (Gen.43:14  "inV^d) 

^j"^  to  dread.  'pp^  to  be  small.  to  be  bereaved. 

2.  The  Niplial  is  formed  by  prefixing  ?  to  the  letters  of 
the  root ;  thus,  ^isps ,  which  by  §  61. 1.  becomes  ^bjps . 

3.  The  Piel  and  Pual  are  formed  by  doubhng  the  second 
radical   and  attaching  the  appropriate  vowels;  thus,  bcjp, 

4.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal  are  formed  by  prefixing  n 
with  the  proper  vowels ;  thus,  ^■'"jjpn ,  bispn . 

5.  The  Hithpael  is  formed  by  prefixing  t\T\  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive  of  the  Piel ;  thus,  ^ispriri .  If  the  first  radi- 
cal be  one  of  the  sibilants  D ,  ttj  or  to ,  the  m  of  the  prefixed 
syllable  will  be  transposed  with  it,  ^isricn,  iji^'^r',  5'!ii?ton. 
If  the  first  radical  be  22 ,  the  Ji  will  be  transposed,  and  in 
addition  changed  to  t: ,  e.  g.  PT^i^n  .  If  the  first  radical  be 
one  of  the  Unguals  'T ,  t:  or  ri ,  the  n  will  be  assimilated  or 
united  to  it  by  Daghesh-forte,  pS'in ,  nnion ,  oririn . 

a.  In  one  instance  n3::aiarn  Jer.  49:3  n  remains  before  CJ  without 
transposition,  which  would  bring  three  Unguals  in  close  connection,  and 
once  it  is  assimilated  to  Ty,  Eccl.  7:  16  ctsit:;^,  elsewhere  crs'.nc^;  n  ia 
likewise  assimilated  to  the  sibilant  T  in  the  only  Hithpael  form  in  which 
that  letter  is  the  initial  of  the  root  ^'^'y)  Isa.  1 :  16.  In  one  instance 
CpS'^n^  Judg.  19:22  n  remains  without  assimilation  before  T.  The  n 
may  either  be  assimilated  or  not  to  the  initial  3  of  two  verbs  s::3,  NllJS, 
and  the  initial  3  of  two  '13,  "i£3.  It  is  assimilated  to  the  3  ol'C33.  which 
occurs  but  twice  in  the  Hithpael,  to  the  3  of  ^XS,  which  only  occurs  once, 
and  in  one  instance  to  1,  viz.  caii^  Isa.  33:10  but  oa'in^  Dan.  11:36. 


108  ETYMOLOGY.  §  83 

b.  The  seven  species  may,  agreeably  to  their  formation,  be  reduced  to 
three  with  their  derivatives,  viz.: 


Active 

1.  Kal 

2.  Piel 

3.  Hiphil 

Passive 

Pual 

Hophal 

Middle 

Niphal 

Hithpael 

(1)  The  prefixed  letters  of  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael  3  and  T\  (with  rt 
prosthetic.  §53.  1.  a)  are  probably  in  their  origin  fragmentary  pronouns 
signifying  self;  whether  they  are  referable  to  "'35*  and  tiFiX  of  the  first 
and  second  persons  must  be  left  to  conjecture.  The  idea  primarily  sug- 
gested is  that  of  performing  an  action  upon  one's  self;  but  in  the  Niphal 
usually,  and  in  the  Hilhpael  occasionally,  the  reflexive  signification  has, 
as  in  certain  tenses  of  the  Greek  middle  and  in  the  reciprocal  verbs  of 
some  modern  languages,  given  place  to  the  passive.  In  the  Aramsean 
the  forms  with  a  prefixed  rs  have  not  only  quite  lost  their  original  char- 
acter as  reflexives,  but  have  superseded  all  other  passives. 

(2)  The  idea  of  causation  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal,  if  the  author  may 
venture  to  oflfer  his  own  opinion  upon  this  perplexed  subject,  is  not  due, 
as  in  the  Indo-European  causatives,  to  the  introduction  of  a  syllable 
directly  suggesting  it.  It  appears  to  be  primarily  another  intensive  form, 
with  which  usage  has  ordinarily  connected,  as  it  frequently  has  with  the 
Piel,  the  notion  of  productive  energy  or  the  quickening  of  an  intransitive 
into  a  transitive.  As  in  the  Piel  and  its  derivatives,  the  idea  of  intensity 
is  suggested  by  giving  a  doubled  and  consequently  more  interse  pronun- 
ciation to  the  central  radical ;  so  in  the  Hiphil,  by  a  like  symbolism,  the 
power  of  the  root  is  augmented  by  the  accession  of  a  new  initial  syl- 
lable, whether  the  weak  letter  n  is  merely  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing 
the  vowel,  which  seems  likely  from  the  corresponding  X  in  Aramaean  and 
Arabic,  or  is  itself  significant,  in  which  case  it  must  be  of  pronominal 
origin,  related  possibly  to  St^n  of  the  third  person,  and  having  a  prepo- 
eitional  or  intensive  force. 

(3)  The  distinction  between  active  and  passive  in  the  intensive  and 
causative  species  is  made  by  the  vowels  alone,  and  that  in  a  way  perfectly 
eimple,  and  yet  as  clearly  marked  as  possible.  Of  the  three  pure  vowels 
t  and  u  oft'er  the  most  striking  contrast,  and  these  are  severally  set  in  op- 
posite syllables  in  the  forms  to  be  distinguished;  i  or  its  cognate  e  marks 
the  second  syllable  of  the  actives,  li  or  its  cognate  o  the  first  syllable  of  the 
passives,  the  other  syllable  receiving  in  every  case  the  simplest  and  only 
remaining  vowel :  thus,  h^i:p_r\ ,  bip  —  iiip ,  '^PvJ  •  For  that  a  primarily 
belonged  to  the  first  syllable  of  both  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  apparent  from  its 
retaining  its  place  throughout  these  species  with  the  exception  of  the 
preterite,  and  from  its  preservation  in  the  cognate  languages. 

§83.  If  '"^i?  to  Ml  be  taken  as  the  representative  of  the 
regular  verb,  the  various  species  with  their  significations  will 
be  as  follows,  viz. :  .  i 


§83  PERFECT   VERBS.  109 


1. 

Kal 

bbj^ 

to  nil. 

2. 

Niphal 

^^p3 

to  be  killed. 

3. 

Piel 

'4l? 

to  kill  many  or  to  massacre. 

4. 

Paal 

^^? 

to  he  massacred. 

5. 

Hipliil 

^'''Pi?r' 

to  cause  to  kill. 

G. 

Hophal 

^"^)?o 

to  be  caused  to  kill. 

7. 

Hithpael 

^^l?rir' 

to  kill  one's  self. 

a.  It  is  in  each  case  the  tliird  person  mascuHne  singular  of  the  preterite 
which  is  given  above,  and  the  strict  signification  therefore  is  lie  has  killed, 
etc.  These  being  the  simplest  forms  of  the  various  species,  however,  and 
destitute  of  any  sign  of  tense  or  person,  are  commonly  used  to  represent 
the  species ;  and  in  this  sense  tlie  proper  equivalent  is  the  infinitive,  which 
is  the  form  used  for  designating  verbs  in  English. 

b.  The  verb  ^o;?  is  well  fitted  for  a  model,  and  is  now  generally  so 
employed.  The  consonants,  which  compose  its  root,  have  no  peculiarities 
to  interfere  with  its  inflection,  it  has  a  signification  capable  of  being  car- 
ried through  all  the  species,  and  as  it  exists  likewise  in  the  cognate  lan- 
guages, it  offers  a  good  basis  for  their  comparison.  It  occurs,  indeed,  but 
three  times  in  the  Bible,  Job  13:15,  24:  ]4,  Ps.  139:19,  and  in  but  one 
species;  still  the  very  rarity  of  its  occurrence  only  restricts  it  more  com- 
pletely to  its  use  as  a  representative  or  typical  verb.  The  old  Jewish 
model  ^yS)  §76,2,  is  objectionable  on  account  of  its  weak  letter  5,  and 
on  account  of  the  twofold  sound  of  its  initial  radical  S,  which,  with  its 
Daghesh-lene,  might  prove  perplexing  to  beginners. 

c.  (1)  The  existence  of  other  and  less  usual  species  is  a  needless  as- 
sumption. The  Poel,  Pilel,  Pilpel  and  the  like,  are  not  additional  species 
but  identical  in  character  and  signification  with  those  already  named.  The 
more  copious  Arabic,  with  its  nicer  shades  of  distinction,  has  greatly  mul- 
tiplied the  number  of  its  species  or  conjugations,  incorporating  into  its 
standard  paradigm  forms  corresponding  to  some  of  these  which  the  He- 
brew only  occasionally  employs.  In  the  latter  language,  however,  they 
are  at  the  utmost  alternate  forms  substituted  in  place  of  the  ordinary 
ones,  and  found  for  the  most  part  in  the  imperfect  verbs,  to  the  nature  of 
whose  radicals  they  owe  their  peculiarities  of  structure.  When,  as  is  the 
case  in  a  very  few  instances,  there  is  a  double  form  to  a  particular  species 
in  the  same  verb,  usage  has  mostly  created  an  arbitrary  distinction  be- 
tween them,  e.g.  Pi.  lania  to  uproot  and  ti'Jd  to  take  root;  Pi.  B^p  to 
cause  to  stand,  applied  to  covenants  and  oaths,  to  ratify,  and  O^ip ,  in  a 
physical  sense,  to  raise  up;  Hi.  ti"'5n  to  cause  to  rest,  to  set  down,  and 
ni3n  to  leave,  to  let  alone.  There  is  no  objection  to  the  employment  of 
these  names  as  convenient  designations  of  particular  modes  of  formation, 
provided  it  is  understood  that  they  mean  nothing  more. 

(2)  There  are  very  few  instances  of  what  may  be  called  compound 
species;  thus^  Niphal  of  Pual  ^ii^^^}  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4:14,  to  be  exceed- 


110  ETYMOLOGY.  §84 

ingly  defiled,  stronger  than  the  simple  Niphal  liN53 ;  Niphal  of  Hithpael 
*l"i©55  Ezek.  23:48,  1033  Deut.  21:8,  :  i^W':;?  Prov.27:15. 

§84.  To  eacli  of  these  species  belong  a  preterite  and  fu- 
ture, two  forms  of  the  infinitive,  an  absokite  and  a  construct, 
a  participle,  and,  except  to  the  Pual  and  Hophal  which  as 
pure  passives  cannot  express  a  command,  an  imperative.  The 
Kal  has  both  an  active  and  a  passive  participle,  one  more,  con- 
sequently, than  the  other  species.  The  preterite  of  each 
species  is  the  form  already  described,  §83.  The  remaining 
parts  are  formed  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 

1 .  The  absolute  infinitive  is  formed  by  changing  the  last 
vowel  in  Hiphil  and  Hophal  to  Tsere,  and  in  each  of  the 
other  species  to  Hholem,  observing  likewise  that  Hhirik  in 
the  penult  of  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  to  be  changed  to  Pattahh. 
(See  Paradigm  of  the  Perfect  Verb.)  This  rule  gives  to 
Niphal  the  mfinitive  ^'^'i:^ ,  which  form  actually  occurs,  §91.  ^. 
If,  however,  the  original  Sh'va  be  suffered  to  remain  after 
the  prefixed  5,  §82.  2,  thus,  ^^fp?,  a  prosthetic  H  will  be  re- 
quired in  order  to  its  pronunciation,  §  53. 1.  a,  after  which  3 
will  be  assimilated  to  the  following  letter,  §  54.  2,  and  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §  64.  2,  added  to  the  p  in  order  to  give  full 
effect  to  the  reduplication ;  thus  buj^n ,  which  is  the  form 
written  in  the  paradigm. 

2.  The  construct  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  absolute 
in  the  Kal  by  rejecting  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §82.  1,  in 
Niphal  by  changing  the  last  vowel  to  Tsere,  and  in  the  re- 
maining species  by  making  the  last  vowel  conform  to  the 
corresponding  vowel  of  the  preterite. 

3.  The  future  is  formed  from  the  construct  infinitive  by 
the  appropriate  personal  prefixes ;  if  the  first  letter  of  the 
infinitive  be  n,  it  is  rejected,  §  53.  3,  and  its  vowel  given  to 
the  prefix. 

a.  (1)  Some  verbs  take  Pattahh  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Kal  future 
instead  of  the  Hholem  of  the  construct  infinitive.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  intransitive  verbs.     Such  as  have  Tsere  in  the  preterite  regu- 


§84  PERFECT   VERBS.  Ill 

larly  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  of  the  list  given  §82.  l.cr.  (I)  and  (2) 
but  three  =sn,  ^33,  )h':i  take  Hholem,  and  two  yen  and  urw  take  indif- 
ferently HhoU^m  or  Pattahh.  Of  verbs  with  middle  0  in  tlie  preterite 
three  bT3,  p;^  and  hb':i  take  Pattahh  in  the  future;  the  rest  eilher  do  not 
occur  in  the  future,  or  have  imperfect  letters  in  their  root  which  obscure 
their  true  ibrmation. 

(2)  The  following  verbs  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  Pattahh 
likewise  in  the  Kal  future.  Those  which  do  not  occur  in  the  Kal  preterite, 
or  occur  only  in  forms  which  do  not  reveal  the  character  of  the  vowel  fol- 
lowing the  second  radical,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  Verbs  having 
a  Pattahh  in  the  future,  which  is  due  to  imperfect  letters  in  the  root,  (e.  g. 
Pe  Yodh,  Ayin  Guttural,  Lamedh  Guttural),  are  not  included  in  this  list, 

^^X  to  mourn.  IJJJJ  to  come  near.             y:;n  to  lie  down. 

*?lb5<  to  learn.  ^dj  (intrans.)  to  fall        Tin  to  rage  ov  tremble. 

*  y^x  to  be  strong.  off.  *  z6-\  to  be  wet. 

*C];x  to  be  angry.  *T(ri3  to  be  poured.              33"^  to  ride. 

*^5n  to  become  vain.  pbo  (§86. 6.) foasceJzcZ.  *ts'i  to  spread. 

pvr\  to  be  strong.  )t:/J  to  smoke.  *  tp"^  to  rot. 

can  to  be  wise.  *pt'^  to  be  removed.           nid  to  lie  down. 

T|TUH  to  be  dark.  *P'^^  to  be  righteous.          i:b''j  to  nde. 

*b03  to  be  foolish.  bbj?  to  be   lightly  es-  *c^':3  to  be  complete. 

lab  to  learn.  teemed.  *'i'?i^  to  grow  fat. 

pl^a  to  be  sweet.  *'^'^p  to  be  attentive. 

(3)  The  following  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  both  Pattahh  and 
Hholem  in  the  future. 

153  to  deal  trencher-      thn  to  be  hot.  T|l^5  to  bite. 

ously.  'in  to  be  gracious.  brQ  to  do. 

"in  fut.  C,  to  tear,  fut.  *d'nn  fut.  o,   to  plough,  i:\rQ  to  strip  off. 

a,  to  resolve.  fut.  a,  to  be  silent,  tops  to  use  divination. 

T^t^  (mostly  fut.  e)  iog-o.  tr^::  to  tear.  "1S|5  [\it.o,to  cutoff,i'ut. 
Ci'T  to  curse.                     'ik'j  to  form.  a,  to  be  short. 

*d"n  to  bind.  bi'a  to  trespass.  PiStU  to  rest. 

*\li^n  fut.  o,  to  subdue,      "I'lJ  to  fee.  Crn  to  be  finished. 
fut.  a,  to  be  weak.       *'n3  to  vow. 

b.  Some  imperfect  verbs,  chiefly  Pe  Yodh,  take  Tsere  in  the  second 
syllable  of  the  Kal  future,  e.  g.  2U';; ,  'n^ . 

4.  The  imperative  has  the  same  form  with  the  construct 
infinitive  except  in  Hiphil,  where  the  last  vowel  is  Tsere  as 
in  the  infinitive  absolute. 


113  ETYMOLOGY.  §85 

a.  Where  the  Kal  future  has  Pattahh  or  Tsere  the  imperative  takes 
the  same. 

5.  The  Kal  active  participle  takes  the  form  ^up  and  the 
passive  ^T^:^.  The  participle  of  the  Niphal  lengthens  the 
last  vowel  of  the  preterite  from  Pattahh  to  Kamets ;  those 
of  the  other  species  are  formed  by  prefixing  'a  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  rejecting  n  where  this  is  the  initial  letter, 
§  53.  3,  and  lengthening  the  last  vowel  where  this  is  short. 

§85.  1.  The  preterite  and  future  are  inflected  through 
three  persons,  the  imperative  only  in  the  second  person,  a 
command  presupposing  the  form  of  direct  address.  There 
are  also  distinct  forms  for  the  singular  and  plural  numbers 
and  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  genders.  Verbal  inflec- 
tions are  made  by  means  of  pronominal  fragments  added  to 
the  end  of  the  preterite  and  imperative,  and  for  the  most  part 
prefixed  to  the  future. 

a.  The  following  are  the  fragments  used  for  this  purpose  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb : 

Preterite  ("li?). 

(1)  Singular.  2rd pers.  masc.  The  third  person  alone  has  no  per- 
sonal ending  in  any  of  its  forms;  as  each  of  the  others  has  such  a  termi- 
nation, none  was  needed  for  the  sake  of  distinction.  Nothing  more  was 
required  than  to  indicate  the  gender  and  number.  The  masculine  singu- 
lar is  expressed  by  the  simple  form  of  the  species  with  no  appended  sign 
whatever. 

3 fern.  The  original  feminine  termination  is  n_,  which,  appended  to 
the  masculine,  would  give  rib^iTt,  a  form  used  before  suffixes,  §101.1,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  §86.6.  Commonly,  how- 
ever, in  verbs  as  in  nouns  and  adjectives,  the  final  n  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  c, 
and  the  previous  vowel,  which  thus  comes  to  stand  in  a  simple  syllable,  is 
lengthened,  '"^^^IJJ. 

2  masc.    The  appended  Jn  is  derived  from  iiRS . 

2  fern,    n  from  !ris? . 

1  com.  ''PI  changed  from  ''S  of  "libx  ;  compare  the  similar  relation  of 
the  suffixes  T],  D3  to  the  pronouns  npx ,  Cins  §72.  The  Ethiopic  retains 
tlie  k  unaltered,  katalku. 


^85  PERFECT   VERBS.  113 

Plural.  3  com.  The  oricrinal  plural  termination  §71.  b.  (2)  is  a  nasal 
t3  or  "J  preceded  by  the  vowel  1 .  The  full  ending  )'^  is  still  found  in  a 
very  iew  instances,  §S6.b,  generally  the  "J  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  a. 

2  masc.    ctn  from  cr.x  . 

2fem.     '|P1  from  "ilTiX  . 

1  com.    13  from  13X  . 

Future  (Tn:^). 

(2)  Singular.  3rd  pers.  vinsc.  The  prefixed  "^  is  from  Nin ;  the 
vowel  w,  which  distinguishes  the  masculine  pronoun,  is  changed  to  the 
corresponding  semivowel  T,  and  this  at  the  beginning  of  words  becomes  '', 
§56.2. 

2  fern,     n,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  is  here  prefixed. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  The  prefixed  Fi  is  from  >iPiX,  "^Fix,  from  the  latter 
of  which  is  derived  the  appended  "^ .  of  the  feminine. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  i<.  is  from  "'ix  . 

Plural.  3  masc.  and  2  masc.  The  same  plural  termination  as  in  the 
preterite  is  appended  to  the  corresponding  singular  forms. 

3  fern,  and  2  fern.  The  feminine  plural  is,  as  in  the  pronouns  rtsr: , 
Mjnx ,  denoted  by  na  appended  to  the  singular,  the  2  fem.  sing,  termina- 
tion ''.  being  dropped  as  superfluous. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  3  is  from  1:s. . 

Imperative  C'^^?),  etc. 

(3)  No  designation  of  the  person  is  here  necessary  as  the  second  is  the 
only  one  in  use.  Gender  and  number  are  indicated  by  the  same  termina- 
tions as  in  the  corresponding  person  of  the  future.  The  future  forms  will, 
in  fact,  in  every  case  directly  yield  those  of  the  imperative  by  rejecting' 
the  prefixed  tn ,  the  sign  of  the  second  person,  and  restoring  the  n  in 
those  cases  in  which  it  has  been  suppressed. 

(4)  The  Infinitive  ("IP'S  fojtntain,  whence  other  forms  are  derived)  is 
an  abstract  verbal  noun  commonly  masculine,  but  sometimes  with  a  femi- 
nine termination. 

(5)  The  Participle  ('^ii3*'3  intermediate  between  the  preterite  and  the 
future)  shares  the  inflections  of  nouns  and  adjectives. 

2.  The  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb  in  all  the  species 
are  shown  by  the  paradigm  of  bb]?  upon  the  next  page. 


Paradigm  op 

KAL. 

XIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Pret. 

3??i. 

iei5 

^^P? 

^^P 

^^P 

3/. 

ribt^p 

nbtpp: 

•"•^^P 

nbtpp 

2  m. 

^)^2 

nbtbpp 

nb^p 

nb^p 

2/ 

^)^Pr 

^^^^p3 

ri^^op 

s^ib^p 

1  c. 

^nbtjp 

•  ;   — 'r 

-nbt^pp 

^nbbp 

■^nbbp 

Plur. 

3   c. 

^btip 

:  'it 

^btppp 

Jibtsp 

•ibtfp 

2  m. 

l^pbi^p 

finbtspp 

£3nbt2p 

Dnb^p 

2/ 

■fef^i? 

l^b-jpp 

l^^^P 

I^t'^P 

1   c. 

^2bi:p 

^:bibp3 

^4"^P 

^:^^P 

Infin. 

absol. 

bit^P 

^^pr* 

btop 

blip 

constr. 

btbp 

-"^pn 

^W 

■(%) 

FUT. 

3  m. 

blip: 

^^pr 

^^p; 

b-^P": 

3/ 

bripn 

'Ppn 

^tapn 

bbpri' 

2?ri. 

btbpn 

^^^pn 

btopn 

btopn 

2/. 

'^^i>^ 

^btppn 

^btopn 

^btfpn 

1   c. 

^'^p^'^ 

^^P^ 

^feP^ 

^^P^ 

Plur. 

3  771. 

^^PP: 

iib^p: 

^^^p' 

^^^P? 

3f. 

nsbtipn 

T  :      >:    ' 

ri2bt:pn 

T  :    "It    • 

5^2^t2pin 

n:b^pn 

2  m. 

6t:pn 

^btppn 

^bppn 

^bt2pn 

2/. 

nDbtipn 

n:bt:pn 

T  :    •■)t    • 

njbtopn 

Mjb^pn 

1   c. 

btipp 

^^P? 

^^P? 

b^pD 

Impek. 

2?ra. 

bbp 

'^pn 

^^P 

2/. 

^btpp 

'"p^m  • 

'5^^P 

Plur. 

2  VI. 

^bpp 

^^^pr* 

^b^p 

wanting 

2/ 

njbtip 

n:b^pri . 

nsbtop 

T  :    "1— 

Part. 

ac^ 

^^P 

^tQp52 

pass. 

b^bp 

^^P? 

btsp?^ 

114 


Perfect  Verbs. 


HIPUIL. 


DOPHAL.  HITHPAEL.  KAL  (mid.  e).      KAL  {mid.  v). 


T      •  ':    ■ 

rbt:pn 

T  ;  — ':    • 

Di^ibt^pr; 
■jribtipri 
iiDbtbpn 


bt^i^n 

b-^tbpM 


b"^i^: 
b^tppn 

b-pjDn 

^b'ppn 

b'tppi^ 

iib-bp-' 


n:b' 


^b^tppn 

^.^bibpn 

b'tipl 


b^ 

"b'^l^fj 
^b'^pn 
iTiDbDpn 

bi:p?;: 


bi^i^n 
nbtipn 
nbbpn 
nbtipn 

:   :    — * :    t 


nbt:pr,n 


^mbtspn 

•  :  — ':    T 

^bDpn 

:  ':    T 

D?]bt:pn 
•r)bt:pn 
^Dbiipn 


^bi^Ii^r* 
nbbpnri 

■nbtbpnn 

^ib't^pt^n 


Dnbt^i^rn 
"irib'^j^rri 

■^Dbtbpnn 


bt?i^n     (btopnr!) 


bt:prn 


bt^p"^ 

— ':t 
—  ':    T 

bibpn 
^bt^pn 

bt:p^ 
^bi2p^ 

»^.'bt:|Dn 
^btipn 

n:bDpn 

T  :  — ':    T 


btspn: 
b^pnn 


^b^)2rri 
btspr,!^ 
^btfpn: 

Mjbtopnn 
^btopnn 

nabtopnn 
btapnD 


wantinff 


btbp'?;]. 


btO|2^n 

^btcpnri 
njb^pr.ri 

b'^pn?^ 


T    ;  IT 

:  :  — T 
•  :  —  T 

:  IT 


T 

lis 


bb^ 

T 

nbsii: 

nbjiT 

T  :       T 

nbbuj 

:  ;        T 

^rbb^^ 

•  :       T 

^biir 

;    IT 


biiia 

T 


bl''?: 
b^tn 
bt'ipri 
''bsirn 
biirij^ 
^b?i2J: 
ri^.bsirr 


n:b2iDn 
br^2 


115 


116  ETYMOLOGY.  §  86 

a.  In  order  to  a  better  understanding  of  the  preceding  paradigm,  it 
should  be  observed  that  certain  changes  result  from  attaching  the  per- 
sonal inflections  to  the  verb,  which  are  to  be  explained  by  the  general 
laws  of  sounds  and  syllables. 

(1)  The  prefixes  of  the  future  occasion  no  changes  unless  they  stand 
before  H  which  is  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given  to  the  prefix,  §53.  3,  e.  g. 
"bhpl  for  bapn^,  or  stand  before  a  vov^elless  letter  when  the  Sh'va  of  the 
prefix  becomes  Hhirik,  §61.  1,  thus  forming  a  new  syllable  to  which  the 
initial  radical  is  attached,  e,  g.  ^bp"^  for  '"bp';i.  Where  K  of  the  first  per- 
son singular  would  receive  Hhirik,  it  takes  the  diphthongal  Seghol  in- 
stead, §60. 1.  a  (5),  e.  g.  btij^N,  bqi^X. 

(2)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  vowel,  viz.,  n^  and  "i ,  of  the  femi- 
nine singular  and  1  of  the  plural,  occasion  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  in 
the  ultimate.  §66.  2,  which  is  no  longer  needed,  except  in  theHiphil  whose 
long  ''  .  is  retained  in  the  preterite  and  future,  and  takes  the  place  of  (  ) 
in  the  imperative,  e.g.  Tih'ji]^^  "r'^i^O  but  nbiLJ^H  .  In  the  Kal  impera- 
tive the  rejection  takes  place  although  it  creates  a  necessity  for  the  forma- 
tion of  a  new  syllable,  "^^'^'h',  Vi-Jp  for  •'P'Jp,  =l3'^p  from  b6p,  §61.1. 

(3)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  consonant  fi  or  of  a  simple  syllable 
Fl,  •'Fi.  13,  iia  occasion  no  change,  except  the  compression  of  the  antece- 
dent vowel,  which  nov/  stands  before  two  consonants,  to  (.)  in  the  preterite, 
and  from  "^ .  to  („)  in  the  future,  l^^i^PH  j  '^J^^i^'D  >  §61.4.  But  verbs 
with  middle  o  retain  the  Hholem  in  the  Kal  preterite,  ''P^.^^  . 

(4)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  mixed  syllable  tn,  in  occasion  the 
same  compression  of  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  and  inasmuch  as  they 
always  receive  the  accent,  §33.3,  they  likewise  cause  the  rejection  from 
the  penult  of  the  Kal  preterite  of  the  pretonic  Kamets.  which  owes  its  ex- 
istence to  the  proximity  of  the  tone  syllable,  §82.  1,  crn^ijp  from  ^a]?. 


Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs. 


§86.(7.  Preterite.  Verbs  with  middle  Tsere  exchange  this  for  Pat- 
tahh  upon  the  accession  of  a  personal  affix  beginning  with  a  consonant. 
Those  with  middle  Hholem  retain  this  vowel,  uidess  it  be  deprived  of  the 
accent  when  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  ri"i-''\  '^^"'^^  j  "'^^^l') 
ihbs^T,  I'ribs'^ .  The  second  vowel,  whatever  it  be,  is  regularly  dropped 
before  affixes  beginning  with  a  vowel,  but  here,  as  elsewhere  throughout 
the  paradigm,  is  restored  and  if  need  be  lengthened  on  the  reception  of  a, 
pause  accent,  e.g.  ^"^ps,  i  "^^^n, .  !i?b^ .  The  words  ^p"3  Judg.  5:5, 
:!lbT3  Isa.  63:19.  64  : 2%re  by  Kimchi,  Mikhol  fol.  5,  regarded  as  Kal 
preterites  from  i^TJ  flowed,  in  which  case  the  second  must  be  added  to  the 
list  of  forms  with  Daghesh-forte  emphatic,  §24.  c,  by  Gesenius  as  Niphal 
preterites  from   ^bj  shook,  comp.  "^^^S   Gen.  11:7,  >l"b3  Am.  3:11  from 


^87  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  117 

6.  Sing.  3  fern.  The  old  form  with  n  is  found  constantly  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  occasionally  in  Lamedh  Aleph,  and  in  two  instances  besides, 
rtTN  Deut.  32  :  36  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  of  a  following 
monosyllable,  §35.  i.),  and  r.b.':i  Ezek.  46 :  17  from  -VJ.  The  vowel  letter 
X  is  once  written  in  place  of  n  ,  Nr^sa  Ezek.  31 :  5  K'lhibh,  §  11.  1.  a. 

2  masc.  The  vowel  letter  ti  is  sometimes  appended  as  in  the  pro- 
noun nnx  from  which  the  termination  is  taken,  nriT^S  Mai.  2  :  14,  ritni:72'j 
Jer.  17:4;  so  in  other  .species  besides  Kal,  nriSC33  Gen.  31  :  30,  nn:;"^^ 
Job  38  :  12  KHhibh,  ■'^n^:^r^  Ps.  73  :  27.  In  the  last  example  the  n  of  the 
root  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte  witli  the  n  of  the  personal  affix  ;  this 
union  regularly  occurs  between  roots  ending  with  n  and  affixes  beginning 
with  the  same  letter  •'ri^:^:  Job  23:17,  Pia'rn  Ps.  89:45,  •'tnarrt  Isa. 
16:10,  cnsrrt  Ex.  5:5,  nni  Ezek.  23:8,  't}^  Gen.  19:19,  •'nnrnTi 
Jer.  49:37. 

2 fern.  The  full  termination  ''Pi  of  "^PX  is  frequently  added  in  Jere- 
miah and  Ezekiel  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  "^n^rT  Ezek.  16:22,  and 
repeatedly  in  the  same  chapter,  "'n'l'^^  Ruth  3:3;  so  in  other  species 
Tl-itn  Jer.  3  :  5,  Tl-iiab  Jer.  13  :  21.    '  See  also  Jer.  4  :  19,  22:  23,  46  ;  11. 

1  com.  The  vowel  letter  "^  is,  contrary  to  the  ordinary  rule,  §11.  1.  a, 
omitted  in  four  instances  in  the  K'thibh,  though  it  is  supplied  by  the  K'ri, 
Pis'n;)  Ps.  140  :  13,  Job  42  :  2,  n-'in  1  Kin.  8  :  48,  n-^bi*  Ezek.  16  :  59. 

Plur.  3  com.  The  full  ending  "I  only  occurs  in  "|^3-"7|^  Deut.  8  :  3,  16 
"(II^S  Isa.  26:  16,  and  "(V^p^  Isa.  29:  21  from  'wp^ ,  the  restoration  of  the 
Hholem  before  the  pause  accent  causing  the  rejection  of  the  Kamets, 
which  is  a  pretonic  vowel  and  can  only  remain  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  accent;  the  form  is  thus  sufficiently  explained  without  the  neces- 
sity of  assuming  it  to  be  the  future  of  a  verb  bip  which  nowhere  else 
occurs.  An  otiant  K,  §16. 1,  is  twice  added  to  this  person,  as  is  regularly 
the  case  in  Arabic,  N^ii^n  Josh.  10:24.  X^iflX  Isa.  28:  12.  The  forms  of 
similar  appearance  N^bj  Ps.  139 :  20,  i^\btl  Jer.  10 :  5,  are  in  reality  of 
different  ciiaracter  as  the  X  is  in  these  a  radical,  whose  vowel  has  been 
shifted  to  the  preceding  letter,  §57.  2.  (3).  The  occasional  omission  of  the 
vowel  letter  1  from  the  K'thibh,  e.  g.  "f.^X  1  Sam.  13  :  19,  ^3p  Estii.  9:27, 
nis'J  Deut.  21:7,  n^ri  Josh.  ]8:12.''l4.  19  indicates  a' difference  oF 
reading.  The  words  of  the  text  are  in  the  singular,  and  require  the 
pointing  lax  etc..  f^is^  etc.;  the  K'ri  has  substituted  1^^5<,  13E^  etc. 
for  the  sake  of  a  more  exact  concord  of  the  verbs  with  their  subjects,  §48. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  There  is  no  example  of  a  verb  middle  o  in  the 
second  person  plural ;  the  forms  in  the  paradigm  are  inferred  from 
analogy,  to  indicate  which  they  are  enclosed  in  parentheses.  In  ninabian 
Am.  4:3,  n^  is  added  to  the  2fem.  as  to  the  corresponding  pronoun. 

§87.  Infinitive.  The  Hholem  of  the  construct  is  usually  written  with- 
out 1,  "i:3  Isa,  33  :  1,  though  not  invariably,  'P':i,  and  -pid.  'i'is  and  'Jiis, 
and  before  Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  §64.  1.  "cop  Ezek. 
21  :26,  28.  34.     The  Hliqlem  of  the  absolute  infinitive  is  usually  though 


118  ETYMOLOGY.  §  88 

not  invariably  written  with  1,  e.g.  Tiaa  Isa.  48:8but  Ssia  Lev.  15:24, 
and  is  immutable.  The  construct  infinitive  has  Pattahh  in  place  of  Hho- 
lem  in  siia  1  Kin.  l:2let  passim  and  bsi23  Eccles.  12  :4.  The  feminine 
form  of  tiie  construct  infinitive  occurs  repeatedly  in  imperfect  though  it  is 
of  rare  occurrence  in  perfect  verbs,  e.  g.  nf^S'n  Deut.  11  :  22,  30  :  20,  Josh. 
22:5,  ^iN3b,  ^^r!,^,  ^HT'  ^'k^'!^-  J^"*-  31;12^ny?:n  Ezek.  16:5,  nxrij 
Lev.  15  :  32.  In  Pe  Yodh  and  Lamedh  He  verbs  the  feminine  is  the  cus- 
tomary form. 

§88.  Future.  3  masc.  The  Hholem  is  commonly  written  without  Vav, 
though  often  with  it  T\^^'', ,  -hq"^  and  Sins';!,  and  before  Makkeph  is 
shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  §64.  1,  ~T\^'^'!  Isa.  32: 1,  the  Vav  being  in 
such  cases  rejected  by  the  K'ri  if  found  in  the  K'thibh,  e.  g.'nirisx  Hos. 
8:12;  in  ''^'^:^^':  Josh.  18 :  20  the  Hholem  remains.  The  vowel  of  the  last 
syllable  is  rejected,  as  is  the  case  throughout  the  paradigm,  upon  the  recep- 
tion of  a  vowel  affix,  §  66.  2,  unless  retained  or  restored  by  the  pause  accent, 
§65.2,  !l23T3';i  Prov.  8:  15,  ll^^n  Jer.  10:  12;  twice,  however,  instead  of  re- 
jection Hholem  is  changed  to  Shurek  rjlQ^';  Ex.  18  :  26,  ■'^^is^.n  Ruth  2:8. 
Alike  form  appears  in  the  K'thibh,  Prov.  4  :  16  lbl\i;3"i. 

3 fern.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  is  in  two  instances  added  both  at  the 
beginning  and  the  end  of  the  verb,  viz. :  nnsiin  Deut.  33:16,  Tinsisn 
Job  22:21,  paragogic  fi^  being  appended  to  the  former,  §97.  1,  and  a 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  latter.  A  like  duplication  of  the  sign  of  the 
second  person  feminine  occurs  in  ^^5i^l  1  Sam.  25:34  K'ri,  where  the 
K'thibh  has  the  fuller  ending  Txnn  . 

2  fern,  "i  is  sometimes  added  to  the  long  vowel  with  which  this  person 
ends  ')^p2'7Pi  Ruth  2  :  8,  VU??,n  Ruth  3 : 4,  T^Snt'iri  1  Sam.  1 :  14.  Occa- 
sionally the  feminine  ending  is  omitted  and  the  masculine  form  used  in- 
stead, e.  g.  "nnrn  Isa.  57  :  8. 

1  coin.  pBX  Ps.  139'-  8,  though  by  some  grammarians  referred  to  pDJ, 
is  probably  for  J^''ipi^,  from  T^D,  the  liquid  b  being  excluded,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  conservative  inserted  in  the  previous  letter,  §53.  3. 

Plur.  2  masc.  and  3  masc.  The  full  plural  termination  '^  is  of  more 
frequent  occurrence  here  than  in  the  preterite,  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  being  either  retained  or  rejected,  '(1'^iJp?7  Ruth  2  :  9,  'jn^yn  Josh. 
24:  15,  ■|!i5'nn;;  Ex.  9:29,  I^^NIT':  Josh.  4:6,  iVjpb^,  ',!irab7  Ps.  104:28, 
■jiSttf-)  1  Sam.'  2  :  22,  Josh.  2  :  8.  'j^n^cri  Deut.  ]  1*  22,  '■j'S^n'  Jer.  21:3;  so 
in  other  species,  )^h.r\3-^.  Job  19:23.'  ■(I^S);;':  Job  24:24,  V'^^'-'f?  Gen.  32:20 
and  )^'}^lTr\  Ps.  58:2^  'i''^|5=P  2  Kin.'dTlO,  '■,1-J':3sn  Mic' 2':  8,  :•)  1:1^3 n'^ 
Job  9:6.  It  is  chiefly  Ibund  at  the  end  of  a  clause  or  verse,  the  pausal 
emphasis  delighting  in  lengthened  forms,  or  before  words  beginning  with 
a  weak  letter,  to  separate  the  final  vowel  more  completely  from  that  of  the 
following  initial  syllable.  In  the  judgment  of  Nordheimer  C^ibb';!  Isa. 
35 :  1  preserves  this  ending  in  a  still  older  form  :  Ewald  thinks  the  final  "J 
has  been  assimilated  to  the  initial  53  of  the  following  word,  §55.  1;  in  all 
probability,  however,  D  is  here,  as  it  usually  is,  the  3  plur.  suffix,  and  it  is 


§89  REMARKS    ON    THE   PERFECT  VERBS.  119 

properly  so  rendered  in  the  common  English  version  shall  be  glad  for 
them. 

3  fern.  In  a  verv  few  cases  the  initial  "^  of  the  masculine  form  is  re- 
tained, the  distinction  of  gender  being  sufficiently  marked  by  the  termina- 
tion n-ili?.-^  Dan.  8:22,  nj'^n;]  Gen.  30:38,  njnTa^  1  Sam.  6:12;  or,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  termination  >l  of  the  mascurme  is  retained,  the  gender 
being  sufficiently  indicated  by  tlie  prefixed  Fl ,  :Wjrn  Jer.  49:  11,  '-'i'pj^ 
EzeL  37  ; 7;  sometimes  the  gender  is  neglected  entirely  and  the  masculine  , 
form  used  for  the  feminine,  e.  g.  wbn":  Hos.  14  :  1.  ^  The  assumption  that 
the  3  feni.  pbir.  is  used  for  the  3  fern.  sing,  in  nj^'ni^n  Ex.  1  :  10,  ns'inn 
Job  17  :  16.  njp^nn  Isa.  28  :  3,  njniirn  Isa.  27  :  11.  njnS'aJln  Judg.  5  :  26, 
is  unnecessary  ;1'V  the  first  passage  rrorto  ,  the  subject  of  the  verb,  is 
used  in  a  collective  sense,  wars  shall  occur;  the  others  are  to  be  similarly 
explained  with  the  exception  of  the  last,  where  na  maybe  the  suffix  with 
Nun  epenthetic  in  place  of  the  more  usual  form  nsnbtTn  her  haiid  —  she 
puis  it  forth.     Comp.  Obad.  vcr.  13. 

2  and  3  fern.  The  vowel  letter  n  is  occasionally  in  the  Pentateuch, 
and  more  rarely  in  other  books,  omitted  from  the  termination  n; ,  particu- 
larly when  there  are  other  vowel  letters  in^the  word,  ;Pv}=nl  Gen.  27  :  1, 
;,xrn  Gen.  30:38,  ^asni  Gen.  33:6,  ;Q5jn  Ezek.  3:20,  ;r^.nn  nine 
times  in  the  Pentateuch,  three  times  in  Ezekiel,  and  once  in  1  Samuel. 

When  the  root  of  the  verb  ends  with  T  this  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte 
with  the  affix  na,  §25,  nsisuin  Ezek.  17:23,  nriipn  Ezek.  32  :  16,  or  with- 
out Daghesh,  njni-n  Ruth'l  :  is,  :  n:^sn  Isa.  60  :  4,  nDS-^n  Ps.  71 :  23  in  most 
editions.     So  in  the  fem.  plur.  imperative,  !^2!^(n  Gen.  4  :  23. 

§89.  Imperative.  Sing.  masc.  The  Hholem  of  the  last  syllable,  as  in 
the  future  and  infinitive  construct,  is  mostly  written  without  1,  e.  g.l'pS , 
yet  not  always,  r,sd  and  "iS^J ;  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets 
Hhatuph  'T^hVi  Judg-,  9  :  14.  'it  may  perhaps  be  similarly  shortened  with- 
out Makkeph  in  'iSo'  Judg.  19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8,  §  19.  2.  a,  or  the  vowel  may 
be  Kamets  lengthened  from  Pattahh  by  the  accent,  which  does  occur, 
though  rarely,  with  conjunctives,  §65.  3.  b. 

Fern.  sins,  and  masc.  phir.  The  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  is  com- 
monly Hhirik,  but  under  the  influence  of  the  rejected  Hholem  it  is  occa- 
sionally Kamets  Hhatuph,  §61.1,  ^=b^  Judg.  9:10,  ^z-^-o  Ezek.  32:20 
(but  >lb':5^  Ex.  12:21,  for  the  Methegh  see  §45.2),  ^•I^33  Zeph.  3:14, 
^n^p  Mic.  1 :  16,  and  (with  t  retained  in  the  K'thibh)  ^^•'op^  1  Sam.  28:8, 
Judg.  9 :  12.  Upon  the  restoration  of  the  original  vowel  by  the  pause  ac- 
cent, the  vowel  under  the  first  radical  is  dropped  as  no  longer  necessary, 
rdkm  Zech.  7  :  9,  "tsJ  Nah.  2  :9.  When  the  third  radical  is  an  aspirate 
it  rarely  receives  Dagesh-lcne  in  this  mood  though  preceded  by  Sh'va, 
§22.  a.  (1);  such  cases  as  ^i'qn  Isa.  47:2,  ^i?DX  Jer.  10:17,  are  excep- 
tional. 

Fem.  plur.  The  final  vowel  n^  is  dropped  in  '.r^  Gen.  4:  23,  §90; 
occasionally  n  is  not  written  though  the  vowel  remains,  jXS^  Ruth.  1 :  9. 


120  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  90 

§90.  Participles.  Active.  The  Hliolcin  of  tlie  first  syllable  is  written  in- 
dilTerently  with  or  without  Vav,  i:2  and  l';i3,  mostly  without  when  addi- 
tions are  made  to  the  Avord.  In  nnr^-a  Prov.  25  :  19  Shurek  is  substituted 
for  Hholem,  unless,  as  Evvald  suggests,  it  is  a  Pual  participle  with  53 
omitted;  or,  as  others  propose,  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an  abstract  noun.  The 
Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  is  written  without  "^  except  'ri^'zp  2  Kin.  8 :  21 ; 
it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  in  cbin  Isa.  41  :  7,  upon  the  recession  of  the  ac- 
cent. Tf  ^"in  Ps.  IG:  5  and  :]oii  Isa.  29:  14,  38  :  5,  Eccles.  1 :  18,  liave  been 
improperly  regarded  as  participles  with  Hhirik  in  place  of  Tsere.  The 
former  is  the  Pliph.  fut.  of  the  verb  Tj'?'^ ,  which  is  found  in  Arabic  though 
it  occurs  only  in  this  place  in  Hebrew,  and  means  ihou  loiU  enlarge  ;  the 
latter  is  the  ordinary  Hiphil  future  of  els';,  and  the  construction  is  ellip- 
tical, I  {am  he  who)  will  add,  see  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentaries.  Partici- 
ples are  rarely  formed  from  neuter  verbs,  yet  ^'Zi  fading,  C73a  desolafe, 
verbal  adjectives  of  the  same  form  with  the  preterites  middle  e  and  0 
being  mostly  used  instead,  N^tj  full,  'iI^T  old,  ^^1  afraid. 

Passive.  This,  in  the  few  cases  in  which  it  is  in  use  in  intransi- 
tive verbs,  has  the  sense  of  the  active,  UJi'b  and  t^^h  wearing,  'siu  and 
'!lid  dwelling,  tn^b^  trusting ;  there  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same 
thing  in  transitive  verbs,  "i^2T  remembering,  lW^J  holding.  The  last 
vowel  is  with  few  exceptions  as  cb3  Deut.  32:34,  nrr^D,  Ci<3  written 
with  Vav. 

There  are  a  very  few  instances  in  which  participles  appear  to  be  in- 
flected in  the  different  persons  by  means  of  the  terminations  proper  to  the 
preterite.  This,  ah.hough  common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  occurs  in  He- 
brew only  in  the  following  examples  : 

2fe7n.  sing,  fi")^^  Gen.  16  :  11,  .Tudg.  13  :  5,  7  ;  and  with  the  fuller  end- 
ing "^na'iii,  *inD5p?ri  Jer.  22  :  23,  "'fisiia  Jer.  51  :  13.  The  punctuators  must 
have  regarded  these  terminations  as  personal  inflections,  because  the 
simple  form  of  the  feminine  participle  and  that  which  it  always  has  when 
joined  with  a  noun  of  the  third  person,  is  n'lVi  Gen.  17:19,  and  with  "> 
paragogic  in  the  K'thibh  "^nni^  Ezek.  27  :  3. 

2  masc.  plur.  cri-'inn'r?3  Ezek.  8  :  16,  the  Hithpael  participle  of  nffd. 
There  is,  it  is  true,  an  abruptness  and  difficulty  in  ihe  construction,  theij, 
ye  were  worshipping,  which  can  only  be  explained  upon  the  assumption 
that  after  describing  these  bold  transgressors  in  the  third  person,  Ezekiel 
turns  to  them  and  directly  addresses  them  in  the  second,  or  that  his  mean- 
ing is,  not  only  they  but  ye  too  (the  people)  were  worshipping  in  these 
your  representatives.  But  in  view  of  the  frequent  and  sudden  changes  of 
person  found  in  the  prophets,  and  the  unusual  forms  and  bold  constructions 
which  abound  in  Ezekiel,  almost  any  explanation  seems  preferable  to  an 
unauthorized  change  of  the  text,  with  most  modern  interpreters,  to  the 
ordinary  plural  fi'^iriPjCTa  which  is  contained  in  a  very  few  manuscripts, 
but  not  enough  to  overcome  the  presumption  in  favor  of  the  more  difficult 
reading;  or  the  supposition  of  a  mongrel  word  compounded  of  the  two 
roots  nn':3  to  worship,  and  nno  to  corrupt,  in  order  to  suggest  the  idea  of 
a  corrupt  or  corrupting  service. 


§91  EEMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  121 

3  phtr.  t'^S'^^lpiTO  ihey  are  cursing  me,  Jer.  15:10.  Kimchi  explains 
this  word  as  a  compound  of  the  roots  bb;^  to  curse,  and  nbpj  to  treat  as 
vile;  Gesenius,  as  a  confusing  of  two  distinct  readings,  the  participle 
•'sjpbj^a  and  the  preterite  ''i'l't'^p;  and  Ewald  clianges  the  text  to  ■'??^i?i?^, 
though  his  conjecture  is  unsustained  by  a  single  manuscript,  and  Nun 
epenthetic  never  occurs  with  participles.  Tiie  suggestion  is  here  offered 
that  the  letters  of  the  Avord  may  be  regarded  as  the  phiral  of  the  partici- 
ple inflected  after  the  manner  of  the  preterite,  with  the  added  suffix,  so 
that  the  proper  pointing  would  be  "'S^i'sbiria  ;  the  punctuators,  however,  have 
Bought  here,  as  not  infrequently  elsewhere,  §48,  to  establish  a  more  exact 
agreement  between  the  participle  and  its  subject  ri'^3  by  pointing  the 
former  as  a  singular,  whereupon  the  Vav  must  be  looked  upon  as  epen- 
thetic or  superfluous,  :  ":ibb~a  as  if  for  t'^sbbiria.  In  fact,  a  few  manu- 
scripts omit  the  Vav.  while  others  remark  iliat  it  is  superfluous;  the 
weight  of  authority  is  certainly  in  favor  of  retaining  it,  though  the  other 
reading  may  be  accepted  as  an  explanatory  gloss. 

NIPHAL. 

§91.  a.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  Some  copies  have  3."^i'3  Jer.  50:23 
with  Seghol  under  the  prefixed  Nun  lor  yh;: . 

b.  Infinitive.  The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  examples  of  the 
shorter  form  of  the  absolute  V|b33  Gen.  31:  30,  chb?  Judg.  11 :25,  n'PiJ  1  Sam. 
2:27,  ^^"1)^3  2  Sam.  1:6;  of  the  longer  form  given  in  the  paradigm  'p^^ 
Jer.  32  :  4,  which  once  appears  with  prosthetic  N  in  place  of  n  Ezek.  14  : 3 
Ci'l'^N,  §53.  1.  a.  The  construct  infinitive  usually  has  Tsere  "E^'n  Ezek. 
16:  36.  but  is  in  one  instance  Tf^-f^  Ps.  68  :  3,  formed  as  in  Kal  by  rejecting 
the  prelonic  Kamets  from  the  absolute.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the 
construct  form  used  for  the  absolute  '^j^sn  1  K''i.  20:39,  ^'Ct'ti  Deut. 
4  :  26.  The  prosthetic  n  is  commonly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions 
"jfrQ!".^  which  are  less  closely  connected  with  the  word  than  the  formative 
prefixes  of  the  future;  it  is,  however,  rejected  in  i^'CJsa  Prov.  24:17, 
comp.  ci'dsna  Dan.  11:34.  Tiie  Tsere  of  the  last  syllable  of  the  con-, 
struct  infinitive,  as  well  as  of  the  future  and  imperative  which  are  formed 
from  it,  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing  its  accent.,  "iriCH  Job  34  :  22, 
Dn^n  Judg.  9:  38,  1=^7  Eccles.  7:26,  rarely  to  Pattahh,  =]rn  Job  18:4. 
In  the  Imperative  ""?:"i''"!  the  form  witli  Seghol  is  the  usual  one,  that  with 
Tsere  only  occurring  in  Isa.  7:4.  The  pretonic  Kamets  of  this  species  is 
singular  in  not  being  liable  to  rejection  on  the  shifting  of  the  tone,  e.  g. 
Di-ir'Tn  Ezek.  21  :  29,  '1^737  Ps.  37  :  9, 

c.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  The  prefixed  ^i  occasionally  has  Hhirik, 
KSt-it  Ezek.  20:36,  1  Sam.  12  : 7,  C"i;^x  Ezek.  14  ;  3,  nn:3x  Ex.  14:4,17. 

Vlvr.  feni.  Tsere  rarely  remains  in  the  second  syllable  n:;"ri  Ruth 
1:13,  being,  as  in  the  Piel  preterite,  commonly  changed  to  Pattahh  before 
the  concurring  consonants,  '"iJ^iNn  Jer.  24:2,  so  with  a  pause  accent, 
njaat-n  Isa.  13:  16  K'ri,  ZechVl4:'2  K'ri,  i^JD?.'^?:'  '^^-  '^^-  ^>  ^'^^  first,  as 
the  original  form,  is,  however,  placed  in  the  paradigm. 


122  ETYMOLOGY.  §  92 

d.  Imperative.  Evvald  regards  vij3p3  Isa.  43  r  9,  Joel  4:11,  fil'bD  Jer, 
50 :  5,  as  imperatives  without  the  usual  ri  prosthetic  ;  but  this  assumption 
is  needless,  for  they  can  readily  be  explained  as  preterites. 

e.  Participle.  In  1  Sam.  15:9  rtTa?33  co?2^e)?!pii6?e,  is  in  formaNiphal 
participle  from  the  noun  T\)Z'q  contempt. 

PIEL. 

§92.  a.  The  intensive  species  is  usually  formed  by  doubling  the 
second  radical;  in  bb's3  Ezek.  28:23,  and  the  passive  form  ^b'?Di<  the 
third  radical  is  doubled  instead,  an  expedient  resorted  to  repeatedly  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  and  occasionally  in  Ayin  guttural.  In  "^JtinnfiS  Ps.  88  :  17 
both  radicals  are  doubled;  the  entire  second  syllable  is  repeated  in  "•ifi'nnD 
Ps.  38:11,  ^na'i^n  Lara.  2:  11,  1:20  a  passive  ibrm,  as  shown  by  the 
Hhateph-Kamets,  §82.  5.  h  (3),  and  in  ^2n-::nN  Hos.  4:18,  provided  this 
is  to  be  read  as  one  word,  §43.  h;  if  according  to  the  division  in  the 
Masoretic  text,  I2n  is  a  separate  word,  it  is  tlie  imperative  of  Ifi^  to  give ^ 
though  this  is  always  elsewhere  pointed  !lr:^^  .  In  Pi'^s^S^  Ps.  45:3,  the 
first  syllable  is  repeated,  the  6  under  the  first  letter  indicating  it  to  be  a 
passive  form. 

b.  Intensity  may  likewise  be  denoted  without  a  reduplication  by  insert- 
ing the  long  vowel  Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  root.  This  is  often 
done  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  but  only  in  the  following  instances  in  others, 
pret.  "^n^H^  1  Sam.  21:3,  '.rno  Isa.  40  :  24.  >li'ij  Ps.  77:  18,  iniid  Isa. 
10:]3/«/.  "irb';'  Hos.  13:3.  inf.  abs.  ish  and  i-iH  Isa.  59:  13.  inf.  const, 
ciodia  Am.  5:11,  joar^  ""iasiaTa  Job  9:15,  ^iV'ih-)^  Ps.  101:5  K'thibh. 
These  are  called  Poel  forms  by  many  grammarians,  and  those  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  Pilel,  Pulal,  Pealal,  etc.  They  are  in  reality,  however, 
only  modified  forms  of  the  Piel,  whose  signification  they  share. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  The  original  Pattahh  of  the  first  syllable 
§82.  5.  b  (3)  is  preserved  in  ■'i^'J  Gen.  41 :  51.  The  second  syllable  has 
Seghol  in  "4'=!  (in  pause  ^r^),  nB3,  033  (twice  GS3),  Pattahh  in  13N.  b'na 
(iviJ  in  pause),  p-^n,  533.  TlJ'np,  t^^lJ  (in  pause  J'l^^.^  Isa.  19:  21),  and  before 
Makke'ph  in  "^53b ,  "L2^a  (:  '^\^  in  pause)  ;  a  appears  likewise  in  the  pausal 
form  •^^3p5  Mic.  1 :  7.  The  Tsere  is  always  retained  in  the  infinitive  con- 
struct and  future,  and  with  the  exception  of  3^3  Ps.  55:  10,  in  the  impera- 
tive; though  throughout  the  species  it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing 
the  accent,  T^^^p_  Deut.  30  :  3,  -t':\p_  Ex.  13  :  2,  'C^'C'l  Deut.  7: 10. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  primitive  form  of  the. infinitive  absolute  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  e.  g.  ^S^  Ps.  118:  18,  i(ip_  1  Kin.  19:  10,  NsS  Ex.  21:  19,  Tjiia 
Josh.  24:  10.  Most  commonly  it  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable  like  the 
infinitive  construct,  12N  Jer.  12:  17,  libb  Jer.  32:33,  tt^^  Jer.  39:18,  ykp 
Mic.  2  :  12,  oy^lJ  Ex.  21  :  36;  and  in  one  instance  it  has  Hhirik  in  the  first 
syllable  like  the  preterite  yk^  2  Sam.  12  :  14.  There  is  no  need  of  assum- 
ing a  similar  form  for  the  infinitive  construct  in  yhn  Lev.  14:  43,  which 
can  readily  be  explained  as  a  preterite.  Tsere  of  the  construct  is  short- 
ened to  Seghol  before  Makkeph,  —13^  Isa.  59: 13,  or  on  the  recession  of  the 


^93 


REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  123 


accent,  pns  Gen.  39:  14,  17,  and  in  one  instance  besides,  cn^  Judg.  5:8. 
There  are  a  few  examples  of  the  construct  infinitive  with  a  ieniininc  ter- 
mination, nns^  Lev.  26:18,  trnat  Ps.  147:1,  Dz^d  Isa.  6:13,  rjnp'na 
Ezelt.  16:52.' 

e.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  K  is  commonly  prefixed  with  Hhateph-Pat- 
tahh;  it  has,  however,  the  diphthongal  Hhateph-Scgliol  in  HnTX  Lev. 
26:  33,  §60.  3.  6,  and  draws  to  itself  the  full  vowel  which  has  hence  arisen 
to  a  preceding  1,  in  Bn?^DNl  Zech.  7:  14  for  Dn^DX" ,  §60.  3.  c. 

Plur.  2  and  3  fern.  Tsere  under  the  second  radical  is  eometime.s 
changed  to  Pattahh,  though  not  with  the  same  frequency  as  in  the  Niphal, 
njtti-inn  Isa.  13: 18,  but  i^3'^2'^!^  Job  27:  4,  and  in  pause  Prov.  24  :  2. 

PTTAL. 

§93.  a.  Of  the  vowels  proper  to  the  first  syllable  of  the  passive, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  Pual  ordinarily  has  u,  which  is  preferred  before  a  doubled 
consonant  t.h'ui ,  §61.  5,  and  Hophal  6  before  concurrent  consonants  li^sn. 
This  distinction  is  not  steadfastly  adhered  to.  however,  and  Pual  occasion- 
ally appears  with  Kamets  Hhatuph,  r'ns  Ezek.  16:4,  rrina  Nah.  3:7, 
i&-3  Ps.  72:20,  ^&3  Ps.  80:11,  Prov.  24:  31,  ri-irin-;  Ps.  94 :  20,' c^xri  passzm. 
This  seems  to  furnish  the  best  explanation  of  the  disputed  words  ^ina'^ri  or 
ilhann  Ps.  62:4,  i:6ba  Ps.  101:5  K'ri,  ^npDxri  Job  20:26.  Geseniu's're- 
gards  these  as  Piel  forms  with  (.)  lengthened  to  (^)  on  the  omission  of 
Dagheshforte,  §59.  a;  but  the  absence  of  Methegh,  which  Gesenius  in- 
serts without  authority,  shows  the  vowel  to  be  0  not  a.  Others  think  that 
^nb^Sfi  is  the  Kal  future  for  ^nbrxn,  the  vowel  being  attracted  to  the 
guttural  from  the  previous  letter,  §60.  3.  c.  There  is  no  difficulty,  however, 
in  regarding  them  all  as  Pual  forms,  and  translating  severally  viay  you  be. 
slain,  armed  with  the  tongue  (of  a  slanderer),  shall  be  made  to  consume 
him.  In  Ps.  62:  4  the  reading  of  Ben  Naphtali  inS'^n  is  probably  to  be 
preferred  to  that  of  Ben  Asher,  which  is  found  in  the  common  text;  the 
former  is  a  Piel  and  has  an  active  sense:  (how  long)  icill  ye  slay  or  mur- 
der?    See  Alexander  and  Delitzsch,  iti  loc. 

b.  The  vowel  u  of  the  first  syllable  is  occasionally  written  with  Vav, 
nht  Ezek.  16:34,  '.^h'^^n  Ps.  78:63,  ^^^i  Judg.  18:29,  13:8,  Job  5:7, 
^Jixa  Ezek.  27 :  19,  but  mostly  without  it. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  An  instance  of  paragogic  n_  appended  to 
the  preterite  is  found  in  ^hh^  Ezek.  31: 15. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  form  occurs  in  -t^  Gen.  40: 15;  there  is 
no  example  of  the  construct. 

e.  Participle.  As  '20^,  T)i^"'?'3 ,  ^i^ip':;  in  a  few  instances  the  initial 
a  is  omitted,  n;?^  2  Kin.' 2: 10  for  n;3^T3,  •Tj;^'^  (with  Daghesh-forte 
euphonic)  Ezek! '21:  15,  16,  d-'liJI^!!'!  Eccles.  9:l2  for  D'^ir;?;;^ ,  §59.  a. 
Some  of  the  forms  in  which  this  has  been  alleged  may  however  be  better 
explained  as  preterites. 


124  ETYMOLOGY.  §  94 


§94.  a.  Preterite.  The  first  vowel  is  usually  Hhirik  but  occasionally 
Seghol,  e.g.  c^iiiabrr!  l  Sam.  25:7,  particularly  in  Pe  guttural  and  a  few 
Lamedli  He  verbs.  Once  X  is  prefixed  instead  of  n,  J'^ribNJN  Isa.  63:3; 
in  Isa.  19:  6  ^n'^iT.Ntti  is  not  a  double  Hipliil  with  both  X  and  n  prefixed, 
but  is  a  denominative  from  n:TX,  a  derivative  of  H:t,  which  does  not 
indeed  occur  in  its  simple  form  but  is  justified  by  the  analogy  of  3J3X  from 
at3 .  n  takes  the  place  of  n  in  Tibii-iri  Hos.  11:3;  so  likewise  the  future 
rrnnnn  Jer.  12:5,  and  participle  ■"'tinP'?  J^r.  22:  15,  though  the  corres- 
ponding preterite  is  'T^Dvl  Neh.  3:20. 

Sing.  3  masc.  The  I  of  the  second  syllable  is  almost  always  written 
with  Yodh,  rarely  without  it,  e.  g.  ^'^sn  1  Sam.  12  :  24,  but  in  every  other 
place  h-'T^ri .    So  in  the  participle  cBiig  Job  11 :  3  but  tD-'ps^  Judg.  18  :  7. 

6.  Infinitive.  Absolute.  The  Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  which  be- 
fore Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Seghol  "i?n  Prov.  24  :  23,  28:  21,  is  mostly 
written  without  "i,  thus  Wsn,  nii:n,  tiibn,  bc^n,  'Ion,  cnpn,  rsrn, 
ri^cn,  though  sometimes  with  it'Tiiirn' Am.  9:8  but 'la'rn  Isa.  14:23, 
b-isbn  and  i^St'n,  twice  Ci"'3Cn  ,  nine  times  DSCn,  "i"'a|?n,  'T'r?!^  .  Hhirik 
in  this  syllable  is  rare  and  exceptional,  ^''Qi^S"!  Ezek.  21 :  31,  "'"'i^.v!  Josh. 
7:7.  X  is  prefixed  instead  of  n  in  c*3t;N  Jer.  25 :  3  and  r|'!)2N  Gen.  41 :  43, 
provided  the  latter  is  a  Hebrew  and  not  a  Coptic  word. 

Construct.  The  second  vowel  is  commonly  Hhirik  written  with  ''j 
tt5'''n|5n,  Tp^iir""!  rarely  and  as  an  exception  without  '',  "liil'S  Isa.  23:11, 
or  with  Tsere  tn:n  Deut.  32:8,  ^wh  Deut.  26:12,  Neh.  10:39,  l^bb 
Dan.  11:35.  In  a  few  instances  the  first  vowel  is  Hhirik  as  in  the 
preterite  !^■!^^^:^  Deut.  7:24.  28:48,  Josh.  11:14,  1  Kin.  15:29,  T"ik"il-t 
Jer.  50:  34,'n3i-i'7n  Jer.  51:33,  n'iipn  Lev.  14:43.  The  initial  n 'is 
mostly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions,  though  it  is  sometimes  rejected, 
as  Tr±'oh  Am.  8 :  4  but  rriairn^  Ps.  8:3,  ladb  once  but  I'^^cnb  fifteen 
times. 

c.  Future  Plur.  In  a  very  few  instances  Hhirik  is  rejected  upon  the 
addition  of  the  masculine  plural  termination  ^pa"]!'!  1  Sam.  14:22,  31:2, 
1^'^'7*l  Jer.  9:2.  There  is  no  example  of  this  without  the  presence  of 
Vav  conversive  unless  it  be  'li^nn  Job  19 : 3,  which  may  be  re-garded 
as  Kal. 

d.  Imperative  Sing  viasc.  The  second  syllable  usually  has  Tsere 
without  Yodh  ap'i'n ,  Ti^'rH,  and  before  Makkeph,  Seghol  ""1=0^!  Job 
22:21,  -lan  1  Sam.  23:11,  "'Jan  Isa.  64:8.  There  are  a  very  few  ex- 
amples with  Hhirik  in  pause,  *.  ?"'Sin  Ps.  94: 1,  to  which  some  would  add 
ifsin  Isa.  43:8,  but  see  Alexander,  niiin  Prov.  19:25,  X'^i^J  Jer.  17: 18. 

e.  Participle.  In  N'Jt'ia  Ps.  135:7,  Tsere  is  taken  in  place  of  Hhirik 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent;  *r,p^  Isa.  53:  3  is  not  a  participle  but  a 
noun,  Alexander  in  loc.     lihirik  is,  in  a  few  exceptional  cases  occurring  in 


§95,  96  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  125 

the  later  books,  rejected  in  tlie  plural,  CiibnTg  Zech.  3:7  for  d''3il:nia, 
O'^abnia  Jer.  29:8,  Dinn;a  2  Chron.  28:23,  n^-nrina  1  Chrbn.  15:24  K'ri,' 
2  Cliron.  7:  6  K'ri.     Comp.  Chald.  'pibnig  Dan. 'S:  25. 


H  O  P  H  A  L  . 


§95.  a.  The  first  vowel,  though  mostly  Kamets  Hhatuph  T\?P^  ■,  ^^brn, 
fnrbuJn.  is  occasionally  Kibbuts,  both  vowels  even  appearing  in  the  same 


h.  Preterite.  In  "'Pi^inn  am.  I  obliged  (o  leave?  Judg.  9:9,  11.  13, 
the  characteristic  f^  is  rejected  after  n  interrogative. 

c.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable,  ^nn.l 
Ezek.  16  :  4,  ikn  Josh.  9  :  24.    The  construct  has  Pattahh,  no^n  Ezr.  3:1L 

d.  Imperative.  This  mood  occurs  twice,  til^san  Ezek.  32 :  19,  ISEtl 
Jer.  49 : 8. 

e.  Participle.  In  nijJSprt^  Ezek.  46:22  n  remains  after  the  pre- 
formative  a . 

hithpael. 

§96.  a.  Preterite.  In  two  instances  nx  is  prefixed  instead  of  Tfi, 
viz.,  linrnx  2  Chron.  20 :  35,  fribirv:3i<  Ps.  76 :  6.  In  the  verb  ijrs  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  the  second  radical  and  the  previous  vowel  lengthened, 
§59.  a.  sin-Qrn,  ^npsn-^  Judg.  20:  15,  17,  "ij^^sn^  Judg.  21  :  9,  in  addition 
to  which  the  vowel  of  the  prefixed  syllable  is  6  in  ^nporfi  Num.  1:47, 
2  :  33,  26:  62,  1  Kin.  20  :  27.  In  three  verbs  upon  the  assimilation  of  n  to 
the  first  radical,  the  prefix  takes  u,  §61.  5,  "^;^";!!7  (the  accentuation  is 
unusual)  Isa.  34:6,  ns^:it7  Deut.  24 :  4  (but  in  the  future  always  Nr:a7 
Lev.  21  :  1  and  repeatedly  elsewhere),  D23ri  (^uif.  const.)  Lev.  13:  55.  56. 
These  are  sometimes  called  Hothpaal  and  regarded  as  passives  of  Hith- 
pael. Where  both  forms  exist  in  the  same  verb,  however,  as  in  "lira  and 
ttisii ,  there  appears  to  be  no  distinction  in  their  meaning ;  they  seem 
rather  to  have  arisen  from  a  disposition  to  give  to  the  Hithpael,  where  it 
has  a  passive  signification,  §80.  2,  the  vowels  of  a  proper  passive  species, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  In  vi:s>5rn  Jer.  25: 16,  ^r^sni  Jer.  46:8  (elsewhere  I'i'^^n?), 
and  !  7^<i'a  Isa.  52 :  5,  O  prolonged  from  «,  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
Daghesh-forte,  is  for  a  like  reason  given  to  the  first  radical. 

6.  The  last  vowel  of  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future,  impera- 
tive and  participle,  is  Tsere  written  without  Yodh,  ~snnn ,  P^^n^ , 
ahn"},  ^■li^nn  inf.  const..,  liarn  imper.,  n2?n^ ,  wiiich  before  Makkeph 
is  shortened"  to  Seghol,  -C':j.;^rn  Isa.  30 :  29,' "Ti^nt^n  Gen.  6:9,  'C^Sn-^ 
Job  6  :  16.  Frequently,  however,  Pattahh  is  used,  or,  with  a  pause  accent, 
Kamets,  fiapsnrj  pret.,  p^nnn  prel.  and  impcr.  (but  i7>f.  const,  and  part. 


126  ETYMOLOGY.  §  97' 

with  e,  fut.  a  and  e),  ^ir^,i?nri ,  feBi^n";,  :^!nQnri,  pvj^ra,  i^,^i?n?,  si^l^n?, 
:  iiisbn-: , !  'i^s^eni ,  :  ic;|an7  Ezek.  27  :  oO" :  ''liJ^snn  Mic.  1 :  10  K'ri,  :  fxsa 
Isa.  52  :5.  Pattahh  is  also  sometimes  found  in  the  feminine  phiral  of  the 
future,  fisr^nnsn  Zech.  6:7but  nj^cn^^ri  Lam.  4:1,  where  some  copies 
have  njaeniljpi.  Hhirili  occurs  instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  preterites, 
inb'nsrnV,  "•'niii'ni^rri'i  Ezeli.  38  :  23,  cniii^]?rni  Lev.  11 :  44,  20  : 7,  each  of 
which  has  Vav  conversive,  throwing  the  accent  more  strongly  on  the  final 
syllable. 

c.  There  is  no  example  of  the  infinitive  absolute. 


Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future  and  Imperative. 

§  97.  The  paucity  of  moods  in  Hebrew  is  partially  com- 
pensated by  modifications  of  the  future,  known  as  the  para- 
gogic and  apocopated  futures. 

1.  The  paragogic  or  cohortative  is  formed  from  the  ordi- 
nary future  by  appending  the  termination  n^  to  the  first  person 
singular  or  plural,  and  in  a  very  few  instances  to  the  third 
person  singular,  thus  converting  it  from  a  simple  declaration 
of  futurity  to  an  expression  of  desire  or  determination, 
n^t5i<  /  shall  keep,  '"0'9^^  I  '^^itt  surely  Iceej)  or  let  me  Jceep, 
Ps.  39  :  2 ;  ri)^ri33  let  us  break,  i^^^^ttJ?  let  us  cast  aioay,  Ps. 
2:3;  rm;i  let  Urn  hasten,  Isa.  5:19. 

a.  The  third  person  of  the  paragogic  future  occurs  besides  the  example 
just  given,  in  nxisn  let  it  come  Isa.  5:  19,  iisyp)  he  it  dark  (by  some  ex- 
plained as  a  noun,  darkness)  Job  11 :  17,  n^ia"}'^  may  he  accept  (as  fat),  or, 
according  to  Kimchi,  may  he  reduce  to  ashes,  Ps.  20  :  4,  '^pn  Prov.  1 :  20, 
8  :  3.  and  after  Vav  conversive  nsjrn]  Ezek.  23:  20,  and  ver.  16  K'ri.  It 
has  also  been  suspected  in  nn"ipi  Lev.  21 :  5  K'thibh. 

6.  Instead  of  n  ^ ,  n..  is  appended  in  ni'ipN';  1  Sam.  28:15,  nim-j 
Ps.  20  :  4,  §63.  1.  c;  so  in  the  imperative  ns-l'n  or  fi'syi  Prov.  24  :  14. 

2.  The  apocopated  or  jussive  future  is  an  abbreviation  of 
the  second  or  third  persons  singular  and  expresses  a  wish  or 
command,  or  with  a  negative,  dissuasion  or  prohibition.  In 
the  perfect  verb  it  has  a  separate  fonn  only  in  the  Hiphil 
species,  the  "* .  of  the  ultimate  being  changed  to  (..),  or  before 
Makkeph  to  (..),  p'^k'll  he  will  cause  to  cleave,  pa'^!?  ma?/  he  or 
let  him  cause  to  cleave ;  b'^st'n  tliou  wilt  understand,  b?i2?P) 


^  98  PARAGOGIC    FUTURE,    ETC.  127 

tUou  mayest  understand  or  understand  thou,  Dan.  9  :  25, 
-tsbffiPi-bs  may  it  not  or  let  it  not  rule^  Ps.  119  :  133.  In 
some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs,  as  in  the  Ayin-Vav  and  par- 
ticularly the  Lamedh-He,  it  is  used  in  other  species  still. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  the  abbreviated  future  occurring  in  the  first 
person  are  pinx  Isa.  42:6  and  Nia  Isa.  41:23  K'lliibli,  wlicre  the  K'ri 
has  nxn?. 

h.  The  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures  may  be  regarded  as  mutually 
supplementary,  and  as  forming  together  sometliing  like  a  complete  Opta- 
tive or  Subjunctive  mood.  The  apocopated  future  has,  it  is  true,  no  sep- 
arate form  for  the  second  fern.  sing,  or  the  second  and  third  pers.  phir.,  in 
which  the  verb  has  terminal  inflections,  but  it  may  be  regarded  as  coin- 
ciding in  these  Avith  the  ordinary  future,  except  that  it  never  has  the 
final  "i .  So  in  those  species  in  which  it  is  indistinguishable  from  the 
ordinary  future,  it  may  yet  be  regarded  as  included  under  it.  Neither  the 
apocopated  nor  the  paragogic  futures  occur  in  the  strictly  passive  species, 
viz.,  the  Puiil  and  Hophal,  self-determination  and  command  both  implying 
that  the  subject  is  the  originator  of  the  action.  The  more  flexible  Arabic 
has  three  varieties  of  the  future  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  one.  to  express 
as  many  modifications  or  moods. 

c.  The  apocopated  future  derives  its  name  from  the  apocopation  of  the 
final  letter  by  which  it  is  characterized  in  n'b  verbs;  the  brevity  of  its 
form  is  adapted  to  the  energy  and  rapid  utterance  of  a  command.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  speaker  dwells  upon  the  word  expressive  of  his  own 
desire  or  determination,  thus  giving  rise  to  the  prolonged  form  of  the 
paragogic  future.  The  appended  n^  may  perhaps  be  identical  with  a  like 
termination  added  to  nouns  to  indicate  motion  or  direction,  denoting  as  it 
does  the  direction  of  the  speaker's  will  or  wishes  towards  that  which  the 
verb  expresses. 

§98.  1.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  the 
masculine  singular  of  the  imperative,  softening  the  command 
into  an  earnest  entreaty  or  expression  of  strong  desire,  5''Q'ic 
/lear  (thou),  n^'a©  ok,  hear!  or  pray,  hear!  si'ipn  listen, 
nn^L^pn  pray,  listen!  The  addition  of  this  vowel  to  the  im- 
perative and  to  the  future  causes,  as  in  the  regular  inflections 
of  the  paradigm,  §  85.  2.  a.  (2),  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  of 
the  ultimate  syllable,  except  in  the  Hiphil  where  ^.  remains 
in  the  future  and  is  restored  in  the  imperative.  In  the  Kal 
imperative  this  rejection  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two 
vowelless  consonants,  the  first  of  which  must  accordingly 
take  a  short  voAvel,  §  61.  1 ;  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hho- 


128  ETYMOLOGY.  §99 

lem  this  will  be  Kamets-Hhatuph,  otherwise  it  will  be  the 
briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  nf?,  nit:?  Jer.  49  :  11 ;  n5T, 
nJDT  2  Chron.  6  :  42,  niT» ,  nn^ffi  Gen.  39  :  7.  12. 

a.  In  a  kvf  instances  the  vowel-letter  remains  in  the  K'tiiibh  thouch 


indicate,  however,  the  retention  of  the  lull  vowel  but  only  of  an  audible 
remnant  of  it,  §  13.  a,  which  is  likewise  attested  by  the  occasional  appear- 
ance of  Hhateph  Kamets,  "ni^Tri*  1  Kin.  19:20,  nj^.i^'x;  Dan.  8:  13  (in 
some  copies)  or  Hhateph  Pattahh  riHp.CNT  Ezr.  8:26,  Jer.  32:9,  and  by 
the  fact  that  the  resulting  Sh'va,  even  when  simple,  is  always  vocal, 
§22.  a  (I).  Occasionally  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  the  paragogic  im- 
perative when  the  vowel  of  the  ordinary  imperative  is  Pattahh  ;  thus, 
nnp  Lev.  9:7,  ni-ij^  Ps.  69:  19,  and  on  the  contrary,  nn2T3  Gen.  25:  31, 
ful.  'ri-qi  Ex.  21 :  7,  nnas  (with  Daghesh  separative)  Ps.'l41 :  3. 

2.  As  the  imperative  is  itself  a  shortened  form  there  is 
little  room  for  further  abbreviation ;  it  sometimes,  however, 
suffers  apocopation  of  the  final  n^  of  the  feminine  plural, 
VM.  Gen.  4:23  for  n::?)3T^,  §G1.  2,  Vsnp  Ex.  2:20  for 
Jnpxnjp ,  §  60.  3.  c,  and  in  Lamedh  He  verbs  of  final  n ..  of  the 
masculine  singular,  "^n  2  Kin.  6:18  for  Sisn  Ezek.  6:11, 
ba  Ps.  119  :  18  for  r.?5;  ;qnn  Deut.  9  :  14  for  nsnn  Judg. 
11 :  37,  but  without  any  evident  change  of  meaning. 


Vav  Conversive. 

§99.  1.  The  primary  tenses  are  supplemented  by  two 
others,  formed  in  a  peculiar  manner  by  what  is  called  Vav 
Conversive  (^j^sn  l^).  This  prefix  has  the  remarkable  effect, 
from  which  its  name  is  derived,  of  .converting  the  ordinary 
future  into  a  preterite  and  the  ordinary  preterite  into  a  future. 
The  folloAving  appear  to  be  the  reasons  of  this  singular  phe- 
nomenon. Past  and  future  are  relative  and  depend  for  their 
signification  in  any  given  case  upon  the  point  of  time  from 
which  they  are  reckoned.  This  may  be  the  moment  of  speak- 
ing, when  all  anterior  to  that  moment  will  be  past,  and  all 


^99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  129 

posterior  to  it  future.  Or  by  some  conventional  method 
understood  between  the  speaker  and  his  hearers.,  an  ideal 
present  may  be  fixed  distinct  from  the  real  present  and  tlie 
measurements  of  past  and  future  made  from  the  former. 
Now  Vav  Conversive  placed  before  a  future  indicates  that  its 
tense  is  to  be  reckoned  not  from  the  actual  present  but  from 
the  time  denoted  by  some  previous  word,  whether  verb, 
noun,  or  adverb.  And  when  the  stand'point  is  thus  taken 
in  the  past,  events  may  be  described  as  future  with  reference 
to  it,  though  they  have  actually  taken  place  at  the  time  of 
narration.  Vav  is  properly  the  copula  and ;  when  this  is 
prefixed  to  the  future  for  the  purpose  already  designated,  it 
is  followed  by  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte,  which  give  to  it  the 
force  of  and  then  or  and  so,  indicating  that  wdiat  follows  is 
the  sequel  of  what  precedes.  Consequently  a  narration  be- 
gun in  the  preterite  may  be  continued  in  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  the  opening  words  fixing  the  initial  point  from 
which  all  that  come  after  proceed  in  regular  succession ;  and 
the  future  so  employed  is  converted  into  what  may  be  called 
a  continuativc  preterite.  Thus,  in  the  account  of  the  crea- 
tion in  Gen.  1,  the  original  condition  of  things  is  described 
in  the  preterite,  ver.  2,  the  earth  was  •^t'?v!  without  form  and 
void.  The  subsequent  scene  is  then  surveyed  from  this  point. 
The  next  statement  is  accordingly  made  by  a  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  3,  "i'2S<'^l  and  God  said,  in  its  primitive  im- 
port, and  then  God  sai/s  or  loitl  say,  his  speaking  being  future 
to  the  state  of  things  previously  described.  This  fixes  a  new 
stand-point  from  which  the  next  step  in  the  process  is  a  fresh 
advance ;  it  is  hence  followed  by  another  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  4,  i?7':i  and  he  saw ;  and  so  on,  ^t?^i  and 
he  divided,  ver.  5,  5?'^jP^!!  and  he  called,  etc. 

a.  The,  iialuro  of  this  prefix  would  he  more  precisely  expressed  perhaps 

by  callinfl^  it  Vav  Consecutive,  as  Ewald  and  otJiers  propose.     But  as  Vav 

Conversive  is  the  name  in  common  use,  and  as  this  sulFiciently  characterizes 

its  most  striiiiiig  cfTect,  it  is  here  retained.     There  have  been  various  con- 

9 


130  ETYMOLOGY.  §  99 

jectures  respecting  its  origin.  In  the  judgment  of  some  5  is  an  abbrevia- 
tion of  tiie  verb  n^n  was,  hence  "CX'T  he  uas  or  it  was  (so  that)  he  will 
say  i.  e.  he  was  about  to  say  or  icas  saying,  which  is  then  likened  to  the 
Arabic  combination  of  the  preterite  of  the  substantive  verb  with  the 
future  tense  to  express  past  action;  but  "i  evidently  has  tlie  sense  of  the 
conjunction  and,  ~'?X'T  does  not  mean  he  said,  but  arid  he  said.  Others 
regard  it  as  an  abbreviation  of  n"ni  and  he  was  ;  Evvald  of  "S^  and  then. 
Rodiger  thinks  that  the  vowel  has  no  inherent  significance,  but  is  attached 
to  the  conjunction  on  account  of  the  emphasis  of  its  peculiar  use.  Perhaps 
the  best  suggestion  is  that  of  Schultens,  Instit.  p.  421,  that  "'^X'l  maybe  for 
"ittX-Tin,  by  §  53.  3  ;  fl  prefixed  to  a  noun  is  the  definite  article,  and  points 
it  out  as  one  previously  known  ;  its  use  in  this  particular  case  is  to  define 
the  time  of  the  action  of  the  verb  before  which  it  stands  by  pointing  it  out  as 
known  from  what  preceded.  The  vowel  of  this  prefix  is  upon  this  hypothesis 
analogous  both  in  its  origin  and  its  effects  to  the  augment  e  in  Greek,  or  a 
in  Sanskrit,  by  which  a  preterite  is  formed  from  a  present  or  a  future, 
TUTTTU),  eruTTTor;  Tvij/tj},  eVui/za,  and  which  is  traced  by  Bopp  to  a  pronominal 
root  having  a  demonstrative  sense,  Vergleichende  Grammatik  pp.  786  ff. 
The  fact  that  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  sometimes  substitutes  n  for  1 
conversive  might  seem  to  lend  confirmation  to  this  theory  of  its  derivation. 
But  as  n  stands  with  equal  frequency  for  1  copulative,  and  1  for  the  arti- 
cle n,  it  is  probable  that  these  commutations  are  to  be  classed  with  the 
other  numerous  inaccuracies  of  this  edition. 

2.  This  employment  of  Vav  Conversive  to  alter  the  mean- 
ing of  the  tenses  by  transporting  the  mind  of  the  hearer  or 
reader  to  an  ideal  present  in  the  past  or  future  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  idioms  of  the  Hebrew  language,  and  one 
which  may  appear  to  be  extremely  arbitrary,  as  it  certainly 
is  in  some  of  its  applications,  at  least,  quite  difficult  of  con- 
ception and  foreign  to  our  habits  of  thought.  It  neverthe- 
less imparts  a  beauty  and  a  vividness  to  Hebrew  description 
which  are  altogether  peculiar  and  which  are  incapable  of 
being  adequately  transferred  to  any  other  language.  The 
narrator  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  which  he  records,  and 
watches  its  progress  step  by  step  telling  what  he  sees.  This 
peculiarity  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  may  perhaps  be  illustrated 
by  an  analogous  though  far  more  restricted  usage  in  English, 
by  which  certain  tenses  may  be  transferred  to  another  sphere 
than  that  which  they  describe  if  measured  from  the  time  of 
narration,  without  any  confusion  or  liability  to  mistake  re- 
sulting from  it.     Thus,  the  present  may  be  used  of  past 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  131 

events,  as,  Then  the  devil  tal^eth  him  up  into  an  exceeding 
high  mountain  and  sheiveth  him,  etc.  Or  the  present  and  the 
perfect  may  be  used  of  what  is  still  future,  as,  Whpn  thou 
art  converted  strengthen  thy  brethren ;  When  he  is  come  he 
will  reprove  the  world  of  sin. 

3,  Vav  Conversivc,  it  has  already  been  stated,  is  prefixed 
to  the  future  with  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  the  follow- 
ing letter,  T^jp'^^  "3''?^^,  Tf^.  If  the  first  letter  of  the 
future  be  Yodh  with  Sh'va,  Daghesh  is  commonly  omitted, 
§  25,  but  rarely  if  it  be  2 ,  and  never  if  it  be  n ,  since  its  re- 
moval in  this  case  would  cliange  the  sound  of  the  letter  by  re- 
storing its  asph'ation,  "^T:^. ,  ^so;^^  but  wr^j ,  "iscn  .  Before 
S5  of  the  first  person  singular,  which  caimot  receive  Daghesh, 
§23.1,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets,  §  GO.  4,  ?l!?ST, 
'^k'l^^  .  In  the  liiphil  ■>  .  is,  with  few  exceptions,  e.  g.  ^tjnjin 
Ps.  105  :  28,  compressed  to  (..)  as  in  the  apocopated  future, 
^t'j?!] ,  ^'!i^'r'5 ,  and  before  jMakkeph  it  is  shortened  to  (..) 
""^Hl  •  Ii^  the  first  person  singular,  however,  ""  .  remains  in 
the  Hiphil,  and  a  paragogic  n  ^  is  not  infrequently  appended 
in  all  the  species,  e.  g.  V^"!^.^^ ,  ^"?^'^3  or  !"'?"'?t^N,'; ;  'T'SNi  or 
"iiisi :  "i^-airsi  •  nt2bi3Si ;   ni'^Ni   or   rna'is^  •   paraorodc   n 

•    -  IT    -»  •     :    -  IT   J  T  :     IT    •  rr  -^  ■■   -    -.it  t    ;    -    -mt   -»        1  O      O  t 

also  occurs  though  more  rarely  in  the  first  pers.  plur,  niabns'i 
Gen.  41  :  11,  nia-isi ,  nirpnsi  Ezr.  8  :  23,  M2?cn  ver.  31. 

a.  The  tendency  to  abbreviation  produced  by  Vav  Conversive  is  much 
more  apparent  in  some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs.  Thus,  final  M„is  re- 
jected from  T\h  verbs  as  in  the  apocopated  future  n?'0 .  ^??] ,  "^^i?,  ';>?!; 
the  accent  is  drawn  back  from  a  mixed  ultimate  to  a  simple  penult  in  tiie 
Kal  and  Hiphil  of  Ayin  doubled  verbs  and  of  those  which  have  a  quiescent 
for  their  first  or  second  radical,  in  consequence  of  wliich  tiie  vowel  of  the 
last  syllable,  if  long,  is  shortened,  §64.  1,  -b';,  ro^l;  i;!:xi,  brx'i;  ziii, 
2'r^l;  -■'wi"',  --■''];  C^ip;;,  Cpj^i;  C^p;,  Cp^l.  Tiie  same  drawing  back 
of  the  accent  and  shortening  of  the  ultimate  syllable  occurs  in  tjie  Piel 
of  the  following  verbs,  whose  middle  radical  is  1,  "'^3^1,  '^'?!??j  •  '^"J'^'?! 
but  not  in  Cj^n^]  j  so  in  llii?^  Hab.  3:  6,  and  the  Hithpael  nrsriW  Dan. 
2:1.  It  occurs  also  in  the  Niphal  of  a  few  verbs,  which  form  the  ex- 
ception, however,  not  the  rule,  r.si"],  C"^'!'^,  "^-f!!!  or  r;D^<,:? ,  creni 
but  -n^'i,  1:^"],  Ti^^a^],  •"ip"];,  "St"*;),  etc.  The  first  person  singular 
is  mostly  exempted  I'rom  shortening  or  change  of  accent,  '=J5^,  -^!5<^ ; 


132  ETYMOLOGY.  §  100 

csipXI  or  Cp^iJ ,  l3''h'^,J )  though  it  sometimes  suffers  apocopation  in  ii'h  verbs 
xnNl ,  ''n?!!'^  •  The  prolonged  plural  ending  )'^  is  very  rarely  used  after  Vav 
Conversive ;  it  does,  however,  occur,  e.  g.  ")*i2"ip!7i]  Deut.  1 :  22,  ')1'T??riT 
Deut.  4: 11,  "i^iin,!]  Judg.  11  ;1S. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  Vav  Conversive  takes  Pattahh  before  X,  its 
vowel  being  conformed  to  the  compound  Sh'va,  which  follows,  e.  g.  T25'|iJX|i 
Judg.  6 :  9,  iinnnbsi  2  Sam.  1 :  10,  "srNT.  Ezek.  16 :  10  but  riS3j?^l  ver.  8, 
!^^n7.N.,l  Jo^  30':'26,  !^4^'^.s;L  Ps.  73:  16." 

§100.  1.  Vav  Conversive  prefixed  to  the  preterite  makes 
of  it  a  continuative  future  or  imperative,  by  connecting  with 
it  the  idea  of  futurity  or  command  expressed  in  a  preceding 
verb.  It  is  properly  the  conjunction  )  and,  whose  pointing  it 
takes,  its  pecuhar  force  being  derived  from  its  connecting 
power.  Accordingly,  in  speaking  of  coming  events,  the 
stand-point  is  first  fixed  in  the  future  by  the  opening  words, 
and  the  description  is  then  continued  by  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus,  in  Samuel's  recital,  1  Sam.  10:1-8, 
of  what  was  to  happen  to  Saul,  he  first  refers  the  whole  to 
the  future  by  the  word,  ver.  2,  ^jnDba  upon  thy  depart- 
ing, and  then  proceeds  with  preterites  with  Vav  prefixed, 
Jnsi^n  tliou  slialtfind,  ^'^}^^_  and  they  shall  my,  ver.  3,  JJSbni 
and  thou  shall  pass  on,  etc.  etc.  In  like  manner  injunctions 
begun  in  the  imperative  are  continued  in  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversive.  Thus  the  Lord  directed  Elijah,  1  Kin.  17:3 
?f!?  (imper,)yo,  C""??^  (pret.)  and  turn,  j^nPiODi  (pret.)  and  hide, 
n'Jn'i  (pret.)  and  it  shall  be. 

2.  This  prefix  commonly  has  the  eff'ect  of  removing  the 
accent  to  the  ultimate  in  those  forms  in  which  it  ordinarily 
stands  upon  the  penult ;  and  if  the  penult  be  a  long  mixed 
syllable,  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  of  verbs  with  Hholem,  it  will 
in  consequence  be  shortened,   nbi;' ,   ^^^T}  • 

a.  The  shifting  of  the  accent,  which  served  in  some  measure  to  indicate 
to  the  ear  the  alteration  in  the  sense,  takes  place  chiefly  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

(1)  It  occurs  with  great  regularity  in  the  first  and  second  persons  sin- 
gular of  every  species,  P^Bn  ihoii,  hasl  gone,  t^^bni  and  thou  shall  go, 
inabn^  aiul  I  will  go,  so  p-i3ii.  inhdni,  "'nsVnr''^'!' )  though  ''ri^2;ri|i_ 
Zeph.   1  :  17,  except  in  n"^  and  n'b  verbs,  where  the  accent  usually  re- 


^101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  133 

mains  in  its  original  position  althongh  the  usage  is  not  uniform,  "^niis!! 
Lev.  26  :  9,  "Tisi!!  1  Kin.  18  :  12.  n''2-ini  1  Cliron.  4  :  10,  '^n-'inFidni  1  Sam. 
15 :  30,  •in-'2n;i  'isa.  8  :  17  but  n-^EXl  Lev.  24  :  5,  nX2!l  Gen.  6  :'l8,  '"^n^anni 
■'n-^-nEni  Lev.  26:9,  rxrni  Ex.  2(3':  33.  In  the  first  person  plural  of  all 
verbs  the  accent  generally  remains  upon  the  penult,  iJniti  Ex.  8 :  23, 
nwbnv  iisnpbi  Gen.  34;  17. 

(2)  It  occurs,  thougli  less  constantly,  in  the  third  feminine  singular 
and  third  plural  of  the  Iliphil  of  perfect  verbs,  and  of  the  various  species 
of  Ayin-Vav  and  Ayin-doubled  verbs,  n^i'nann  Ex.  26:33,  nx'^rriT  Lev. 
15:29,  nn;i  Isa.  11:2,  ^'ip_i,  Ji^ini  Hab.'  1:8  'but  ^i^-Bcni  Ezek.  43:24, 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

§101.  Pronouns  are  frequently  suffixed  to  the  verbs  of 
which  they  are  the  object.  The  forms  of  the  suffixes  have 
akeady  been  given  §  72.  It  only  remains  to  consider  the 
changes  resulting  from  their  combination  with  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb. 

1.  The  personal  terminations  of  the  verbs  undergo  the 
following  changes : 

JPreterile. 

Sing.   Sfe?/L     The  old  ending  n. ,  §85.  «  (1),  takes  the 
place  of  n  ^  . 

2  7nasc.  J?  sometimes  shortens  its  final  vowel  be- 
fore the  suffix  "'p  of  the  first  person. 

2  fern.  The  old  ending  "^n ,  §  86.  a,  instead  of  ri . 
Plur.  2  masc.  ^r\  from  the  old  pronominal  ending  D^n , 
§  71.  <5  (2),  takes  the  place  of  an  .  The  fem- 
inine of  this  person  does  not  occur  with 
suffixes. 

Future. 

Plur.  2  and  ^ /em.  The  distinctive  feminine  termina- 
tion is  dropped,  and  that  of  the  mascuhne 
assumed,  ^Vjj^n  for  n:bi:pn . 


134  ETYMOLOGY.  §101 

a.  In  several  of  these  cases  it  would  be  more  correct  to  say  that  it  is 
the  uncompounded  state  of  the  verb  in  which  the  change  has  taken  place, 
and  that  before  suffixes  the  original  form  has  been  preserved,  the  added 
syllable  having  as  it  were  protected  it  from  mutation. 

2.  Changes  in  the  suffixes  :  The  suffixes  are  joined 
directly  to  those  verbal  forms  which  end  in  a  vowel ;  those 
forms  which  end  in  a  consonant  insert  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  second  pers.  plur,  D5 ,  "J? ,  and  the  second  masc.  sing.  ^ ,  a 
vocal  Sh'va,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  a  full  vowel, 
which  in  the  preterite  is  mostly  a  and  in  the  future  and  im- 
perative mostly  e. 

The  3  fem.  sing,  preterite  inserts  a  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  third  pers.  plural,  and  c  before  the  second  fem.  singular ; 
when  it  stands  before  the  third  sing,  suffixes  ^n ,  n ,  there  is 
frequently  an  elision  of  n ,  requiring  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive in  the  verbal  ending  m  to  preserve  the  quantity  of  the 
previous  short  vowel,  in^'Ojp  for  ^"ri^^jp ,  nprjjp  for  O^^^P  > 
see  §57.3.  b. 

When  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  ^n  is  preceded  by  (J, 
the  n  may  be  elided  and  the  vowels  coalesce  into  i ,  i^up  for 
^nSi:j5 ;  when  it  is  preceded  by  '' . ,  Shurek  may  be  hardened 
to  its  corresponding  semi-vowel  1 ,  1"'ri^t:p  for  ^n^nb'jjp  §62. 1. 

When  the  third  fem.  suffix  n  is  preceded  by  (J,  final 
Kamets  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  same 
sound,  f^i^'op  for  n^'Jp. 

When  ^n ,  n  of  the  third  pers.  singular  are  preceded  by 
(..),  the  vowel  of  union  for  the  future,  a  3 ,  called  Nun  Epen- 
thetic, is  sometimes  inserted,  particularly  in  emphatic  and 
pausal  forms,  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  the  two  vowels, 
(..)  being  at  the  same  time  shortened  to  (.,)  -,  H  is  then  com- 
monly elided  and  a  euphonic  Daghesh-forte  inserted  in  the 
Nun,  ^3^^)P?  for  ^npi3jp;> .  The  same  shortening  of  the  (J  and 
insertion  of  Daghesh  may  occur  in  the  first  person  singular 
and  plural  and  the  second  masculine  singular ;  this,  like  the 
preceding,  takes  place  chiefly  at  the  end  of  clauses. 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  135 

a.  The  Nun  Epenthetic  of  the  future  and  the  Preterite  vowel  of 
union  a,  which  is  abbreviated  to  Sli'va  before  T] ,  C3 ,  "jS,  may  be  relics 
of  old  forms  of  the  verb  still  represented  in  the  Arabic,  where  the 
Preterite  ends  in  a,  and  one  mode  of  the  i\iture  has  an  appended  Nun. 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  suffixes  of  the  first  and  second  persons  may  be  ex- 
plained, as  is  usually  done,  by  assuming  the  insertion  and  assimilation  of 
Nun  Epenthetic,  ~(^l^i??  ^bi"  r,:^::^'^ ;  or  it  may  be  Daghesh-forte  emphatic, 
§24.6,  and  tiie  few  cases  in  which  Nun  appears  in  these  persons  may  be 
accounted  for  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesli,  §54.  3,  instead  of  the  Daghesh 
having  arisen  from  the  assimilation  of  Nun,  so  that  rj3b::p^  may  be  for 
^•?^P"?  instead  of  the  reverse. 

b.  The  suffixes,  since  they  do  not  in  strictness  form  a  part  of  the  word 
with  which  they  are  connected,  are  more  loosely  attached  to  it  than  the 
pronominal  fragments  which  make  up  the  inflections;  hence  vowels  of 
union  are  employed  with  the  former  which  serve  to  separate  as  well  as 
to  unite.  Hence  too  the  vocal  Sh'va,  inserted  before  the  suffixes  of  the 
second  person,  does  not  so  completely  draw  the  final  consonant  of  the  verb 
to  the  appended  syllable  as  to  detach  it  from  that  to  which  it  formerly  be- 
longed ;  this  latter  becomes,  therefore,  not  a  simple  but  an  intermediate 
syllable,  §20.  2.  A  like  distinction  exists  between  prefixed  prepositions, 
etc.,  and  the  personal  prefixes  of  the  future.  The  latter  form  part  and 
parcel  of  the  word,  while  the  former  preserve  a  measure  of  their  original 
separateness.  Hence  when  they  form  a  new  initial  syllable  by  the  aid  of 
the  first  consonant  of  the  word,  this  is  properly  a  mixed  syllable  after  a 
personal  prefix  but  intermediate  after  a  preposition,  ^iriD"^  but  2in33, 
§22.  a.  Hence,  too,  a  liability  to  contraction  in  one  case  which  does  not 
exist  in  the  other,  bi^p^-^  but  bispnh.  Vq-;  but  Vd23. 

3.  Changes  in  the  body  of  the  verb  : 

Except  in  the  Kal  preterite  those  forms  which  have  per- 
sonal terminations  experience  no  further  change  from  the 
addition  of  suffixes ;  those  which  are  without  such  termina- 
tions reject  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  before  suffixes  re- 
quiring a  vowel  of  union  and  shorten  it  before  the  remainder, 
'iSipjp:',  ^:^r^'i^\  b'-j^^,  "^^r^IP^  '^rV'I?^;  but  \  of  the  Hiphil 
species  is  almost  always  preserved,  '^?^'^t:p!7 ,  ''??"'P)?-  • 

In  the  Kal  imperative  and  infinitive  the  rejection  of  the 
vowel  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two  voweUess  letters  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  impossible  combination  is 
obviated  by  the  insertion  of  Hhirik  to  form  a  new  syllable ; 
or,  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hholem,  by  the  insertion  of 
Kamets  Hhatuph. 


136  ETYMOLOGY.  §102 

In  the  Kal  preterite,  where  both  vowels  are  liable  to  mu- 
tation, a  distinction  is  made  by  rejecting  the  first  before  suf- 
fixes and  the  second  before  personal  inflections  where  this  is 
possible,  e.  g.  ^t?]?,  nrj]^,  ^3i:]5  but  f^^'Oi?  ^  i's'^jp .  Accordingly 
upon  the  reception  of  a  suffix  the  vowel  of  the  second  rad- 
ical, whether  it  be  «,  e,  or  o,  must  be  restored,  and  if  need 
be  lengthened,  whenever,  in  the  course  of  regular  inflec- 
tion, it  has  been  dropped,  and  the  vowel  of  the  first  rad- 
ical, wherever  it  remains  in  the  regular  inflection,  must  be 
rejected. 

a.  Final  mixed  syllables,  as  shown  in  2  6,  ordinarily  become  interme- 
diate upon  appending  ca,  'S ,  ?j,  and  consequently  take  a  short  vowel 
notwithstanding  the  following  vocal  Sh'va.  This  is  invariably  the  case 
before  D3  and  '|3 ,  unless  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  has  a  long 
immutable  vowel  in  the  ultimate  which  is  of  course  incapable  of  being 
shortened;  it  is  also  usually  the  case  before  V],  the  principal  exception,  so 
far  as  verbal  forms  are  concerned,  being  the  a  and  e  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
a  of  the  Kal  future,  and  i  of  the  Hiphil,  >;]3n3 ,  i]bra ,  Tj^rix  ,  ?]^,5iaN , 
i]5ji3s< ,  rja-iart^  but  Tinaapi ,  i]sap ,  ^,n^x . 

§102.  1.  The  first  and  second  persons  of  the  verb  do 
not  receive  suffixes  of  the  same  person  with  themselves,  for 
when  the  subject  is  at  the  same  time  the  object  of  the  action 
the  Hithpael  species  is  employed  or  a  reciprocal  pronoun  is 
formed  from  the  noun  tJSs  soul,  self,  as  "^isB?  myself.  Suffixes 
of  the  third  person  may,  however,  be  attached  to  the  third 
person  of  verbs,  provided  the  subject  and  object  be  distinct. 

a.  There  is  a  single  example  of  a  verb  in  the  first  person  with  a  suffix 
of  the  first  person,  hut  in  this  case  the  pronoun  expresses  the  indirect 
object  of  the  verb,  "'Sn^b?.  I  have  made  for  me,  Ezek.  29  :  3. 

2.  Neuter  verbs  and  passive  species,  whose  signification 
does  not  admit  of  a  direct  object,  may  yet  receive  suffixes 
expressive  of  indirect  relations,  such  as  would  be  denoted 
by  the  dative  or  ablative  in  occidental,  languages,  "'pri'a:?  i/e 
fasted  for  me  Zech.  7:5,  '^?t?3r\  thou  shalt  be  forgotten  hy  me. 
Isa.  44  :  21. 


§103  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  137 

3.  The  infinitive  may  be  viewed  as  a  noun,  in  which  case 
its  suffix  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  possessive,  and  represents  the 
subject  of  the  action ;  or  it  may  be  viewed  as  a  verb  when 
its  suffix  represents  the  object,  e.  g.  "i^ipjp  my  killing,  i.  e.  that 
which  I  perform,  ''p^uj?  killing  vie.  The  participle  may  also 
receive  the  suffix  either  of  a  verb  or  a  noun,  the  pronoun  in 
either  case  denoting  the  object,  "^sxh  seeini/  me  Isa.  47  :  10, 
*'i?5p  hating  7ne,  Ht.  my  haters,  Ps.  35  :  19. 

a.  The  infinitive  with  a  verbal  suffix  represents  the  subject  in  i:i:!ilU3 
at  my  returning,  Ezek.  47  : 7. 

§  103.  The  paradigm  upon  the  next  page  exhibits  certain 
portions  of  the  regular  verb  ^"0)5  Avith  all  the  suffixes. 

a.  The  parts  ol' the  verb  selected  are  sufficient  representatives  of  all 
the  rest,  and  by  the  aid  of  the  rules  already  given  will  enable  the  student 
to  determine  any  other  required  form  for  himself.  Tlie  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  undergoes  no  change  in  the  body  of 
the  verb,  will  answer  mutatis  mutandis  for  all  the  forms  in  that  species 
ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  third  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite, 
which  suffers  a  change  in  its  last  syllable  only,  will  in  like  manner  answer 
for  all  the  forms  in  that  species  ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  Kal 
preterite  is  given  in  all  the  persons,  both  on  account  of  the  peculiarity 
of  that  tense,  which  suffers  changes  in  both  its  vowels,  and  in  order  to 
exhibit  the  changes  in  the  personal  terminations  Avhich  apply  equally  to 
the  preterites  of  the  other  species.  The  Kal  infinitive  and  imperative 
are  peculiar  in  forming  a  new  initial  syllable  which  echoes  the  rejected 
vowel.  The  third  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future  affords  a  type  of  all 
the  forms  in  that  tense  which  end  with  the  final  radical ;  and  the  third 
plural  of  the  same  tense  is  a  type  of  all  the  future  forms  in  this  and  in 
the  other  species  which  have  personal  terminations  appended.  The  par- 
ticiples undergo  the  same  changes  in  receiving  suffixes  with  nouns  of  like 
formation,  and  are  therefore  not  included  in  this  table. 


Paradigm  of  the  Perfect 


Singular. 
1  com..        2  masc.         2  fern,        8  masG.  2>fem. 


Kal  Preterite. 

smG.  3  masc.    ^D^Dp      ^bt3p  "q^tsp     ^H^t^p )  r^Btip 

zfem.    ^rriS^j^    '^r^^?!?  "^r^^^P  ^^r>'?^p)  nPiBt^p 

2  masc.  "pnbtip )  ^nnbt:p )  ninbtip 

^:nbt:p  [  inbt^p ) 

2 fern.  ^D^nbt^p     ^n^nbtip )  r;"ribt:p 

icom.     ^'r^bt^p  i^'^nb^p    vnbt:p  trtbq^ 

plue.  3  com.    ^:6^p    ^5iyj|5  "qibt^p   in^bt^p  n^bt^p 

2  «2a.sc.  ^a^nbDp     ^mnbt:p  n^nbtsp 

icom.      '^^ib^i?  ^^ibt:p  ^n^ibtip  v^2bt:p 


Infinitive.  "Btip  )      ^btlp         "qbop  ibtpp  ??ibt!p 


Future. 

Sing.  3  onasc.     ^^^^^^  )     ^btip^'  )    ^W.      ^^!?^P?  )      "T^iV^^ 


Plue.  3  masc.    ^i^bpp:      ^^^Spp:      t]^btpp^    V>^b'L2p:'       ^^^V^ 


Imperative. 

Sing.  2  masc.       ^jStOp 

^nbtip 

J7.?PP 

PiEL  Preterite. 
Sing.  3  masc.       '"vbtpp 

^m^ 

^'^^p 

ibtfp 

^^tpp 

HiPHiL  Preterite. 
Sing.  3  masc.  '^DD'^tppJl 

^V?pn 

^^^^pri 

ib^tppn 

Mb-tppri 

138 


Verbs  wite 

[  Suffixes. 

Plural. 

1  COVl. 

2  masc. 

'ifem. 

3  i?wasc. 

3/m. 

si3bt:p 

T  r': 

DiblDJ^ 

|5.f^)? 

Dbt:p 

T  tI; 

I?^l? 

ii3nbt2p 

:  "    t'; 

D^ribtsp 

I^^^Sl? 

Dnbt2p 

—  T  t': 

"P^^I? 

.iisnbtip 

dnbtDp 

i^r^i? 

iirfnb^p 

D^nbi^p 

V^r^i? 

ds'nb-Dp 

■i5^ribt;:p 

Q*nbt:p 

"ribt:p 

^5^bt5p 

Qi^bt2p 

l^^^Sl? 

Dibt:p 

t^\>. 

Ji5^ribt:p 

D^nbt:p 

i^^r^i? 

Qi^sbi^P 

l^^^btip 

D^;bt:p 

l^s^^p 

!i5bt:p 


Dibt2p         isbti'p 


IDbt::p 


ibtip 


^:bt:p^)      G3bt2j^:        "?^^i??        c:5PP?        l?^p? 


^s^btip'^       D^^btip^       'p-b^p^        D^bt:p^        I^Stsp'^ 


ii3bt:p 

Dbt:p 

••    :  It 

Eiib-^p 

15^?P 

C3^^l? 

I'^^P 

^Db-tpn 

DDb^tDpM 

-,Db"t2pri 

Db^tppn 

jv  ap»j 

139 


140  etymology.  §  104 

Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs  with  Suffixes. 


PEETEE ITE. 


§104.  a.  There  are  two  examples  of  (_)  as  the  union  vowel  of  the 
preterite.  ''S^S^  Isa.  8  :  11,  T(^X"J  Judg.  4:20.  Daghesh-forte  euphonic  is 
Bomelimes  inserted  in  the  suffix  ol' the  first  pers.  sing.,  "'I'jS^  Ps.  113:18, 
^■tiX>  Gen.  30  :  6. 

6.  The  suffix  of  the  second  masc.  sing,  is  occasionally  "^  in  pause  :  ""JX^Q 
Isa.  55  :  5,  so  with  the  infinitive.  T|nrTi"n  Deut.  28  :  24.  45 :  and  a  similar 
form  with  the  future  may  perhaps  be  indicated  by  the  K'thibh  in  Hos.  4:6 
■^NCN-^s.  §11.  l.a.  where  the  K'ri  has  'qsxrx .  With  N?  and  rib  verba 
tfiis  form  of  the  suffix  is  of  frequent  occurrence.  !  Ti^J^  Isa.  30:  19.  Jer.  23:37, 
TjXnan  Ezek.  28  :  15.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  a  is  represented  by  the 
vowel  letter  n,  and  the  suffix  is  written  "2.  n:"^^?.|^  1  Kin.  18:44, 
nsns:n  Prov.  2:  11,  n='=-=?  Ps.  145:  10,  n=^:?^;i  Jer.  V  :'"27. 

c.  The  suffix  of  the  second  fern.  sing,  is  commonly  ~^,  T\^^P  Isa.  54:6. 
T)*x.Q  Isa.  60  : 9,  except  after  the  third  fem.  sing,  of  the  verb,  when  it  is 
^|..,  Tjrrnx  Ruth  4:  15.  ""ti""'"'^  Isa.  47  :  10;  sometimes,  especially  in  the 
later  Psalms,  it  has  the  form  "'s  corresponding  to  the  pronoun  TlS^ , 
^=t'=lX  Ps.  137  :  6,  ""nTwrsri  Ps.  103  :  4. 

d.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  sing,  is  written  with  the  vowel  letter  ft 

■I  -I  n 

instead  of  1  in  ^"na  Ex.  32  :  25,  n2;^  A'um.  28:8,  and  in  some  copies  -Tpssj 
1  Sam.  1 :  9.  where  it  would  be  feminine;  this  form  is  more  frequently  ap- 
pended to  nouns  than  to  verbs. 

€.  In  a  few  instances  the  n  of  the  third  fem.  suffix  is  not  pointed  with 
jMappik,  and  consequently  represents  a  vowel  instead  of  a  consonant, 
ri~.r'j  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  followed  by  an  accented 
eyllable)  Am.  1  :  11,  so  with  the  infinitive,  t^nojr;  Ex.  9:  18,  rtr^rn  Jer. 
44:  19,  and  the  future,  .Tnsnr!]  Ex.  2:  3. 

J".  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  plur.  receives  a  paragogic  i  once  in  prose, 
•irnrns  Ex.  23:31,  and  repeatedly  in  poetry,  isxbrn,  i~'i;i"}in  Ex.  15:9; 
once  ^  is  appended,  '"a'CZ^  Ex.  15:5;  on  is  used  but  once  as  a  verbal 
suffix,  cn-iKEN  Deut.  32  :  26. 

g.  The  suffix  of  the  third  fem.  plur.  "j  is  seldom  used,  '■pns'ji  Isa.  48 : 7, 
'(rTi^  Hab.  2:17;  more  frequently  the  masculine  c  is  substituted  for  it, 
C?,ir,0  Gen.  26 :  15,  18.  nv^n:-;;^  Ex.  2: 17,  cnpx;|;_'  1  Sam.  6  :  10.  so  Num. 
17 : 3,  4,  Josh.  4 : 8,  2  Kin.  is':  is,  Hos.  2  :  14,  Provfe  :  21 ;  'n  is  never  used 
with  verbs.  When  attached  to  infinitives  a  paragogic  M^  is  sometimes 
added  to  "j,  '"i^xia  Ruth  1 :  19,  njn'ib  Job  39-:  2. 

h.  Verbs,  which  have  Tsere  for  the  second  vowel  in  the  Kal  preterite,  re- 
tain it  before  suffixes,  '^rvl^-  Deut.  7 :  13,  nrnb  Lev.  16:4,  ".vrij  Deut. 
24:  3,  "n'x^":  Job  37:24.  The  only  example  of  a  suffix  appended  to  a 
preterite  wiiose  second  vowel  is  Hhoiem,  is  T'n^s'i  Ps.  13:  5  from  "'nbi*', 


§105  PERFECT   VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  141 

the  Hholcm  being  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhafuph  by  the  shifting  of  the 
accent.  Tsere  oC  the  Piel  species  is  mostly  shortened  to  Scghol  before 
?|,  CD,  "|3 ,  TiSSp  Deut.  30:3,  '?j^2p';'  ver.  4,  but  occasionally  to  Hhirik, 
cilJSNX  (the  Methegh  in  most  editions  is  explained  by  §45.  2)  Job  16 -..5. 
^iTaoinx  Isa.  25:1,  C-s'i'ni^TS  Ex.  31  :  13,  ci'jns  Isa.  1:15.  Hhirik  of  the 
Hipliil  species  is  retained  belbre  all  suffixes  witli  very  few  exceptions, 
!l3-i;rri  l  Sam.  17:25,  Ps.  65:  10;  in  Tfil":  Deut.  32:7.  the  verb  has  the 
form  of  the  apocopated  future. 

t.  The  third  fem.  preterite  sometimes  takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  in 
its  full  form,  wn^rs  Prov.  31 :  12,  >in~B2N^  Ezek.  15 :  5,  so  in  pause  :  wnans 
1  Sam.  18:28,  i"in,^=i<,  Gen.  37:20,' :  >inr=JSO  Isa.  59:16,  and  sometimes 
contracted  by  the  exclusion  of  n ,  IpH^:,  1  Sam.  1:24.  wib';'  Ruth  4  :  15, 
!inz:5  Job  2]  :  18.  Tlie  third  fem.  suffix  is  always  contracted,  nninx  Jer. 
49:24,  nnibbn  Isa.  34 :  17,  nn6?3  1  Sam.  1  :  0.  The  suffix  of 'the  third 
masc.  plural  is  D_,  not  D^,  with  this  person  of  the  verb,  the  accent 
falling  on  the  penult,  CJ^ija  Gen.  31 :  32,  crxiip  Ex.  18 : 8,  Cn^^D  Ps. 
119:129,  cnsnb  Isa.  47:14.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  before^  TJ  the 
vowel  is  usually  short  in  this  person,  ^n'^^?  Jer.  22:26,  ^ir^r'!^  Ezek. 
28:  18,  though  it  is  sometimes  long.  Vjnban  Cant.  8  :5,  as  it  regularly  is  in 
pause  :  ^pT^"  ibid.;  so  before  "'S  and  ^i:  of  the  first  person,  ■'arbzit  Ps. 
69  :  10,  !  ^inxriia  Num.  20  :  14. 

j.  The  second  masc.  sing,  preterite  usually  takes  Pattahh  before  *'?  ex- 
cept in  pause,  "'Sr.il^n  Ps.  139:  1,  "^innn  Job  7:14,  "^^r:!?.  Ps.  22:2.  It 
takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  either  in  its  full  form.  :!inri"i23  Ezek. 
43:20,  or  contracted,  insox  2  Kin.  5:6.  inrb  Hab.  1:12,  'ir2p_  (accent 
thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  Num.  23:27,  irtjrn^  Ps.  89:  44. 

A:.  The  second  fem.  sing,  preterite  assumes  (.),  commonly  without  Yodh, 
§11.  1.  a,  before  suffixes,  and  is  accordingly  indistinguishable  from  the  first 
person  except  by  the  suffix  which  it  receives,  §  102.  1,  or  by  the  connection 
in  which  it  is  found,  "'IRI^?  Jer.  15:10,  ■':n~S^  Cant.  4:9,  "'?r"'5?"]  1  Sam. 
J9: 17,  'inn-'da  Ex.  2: 10;  once  it  takes  (J,  ^iin"}'!!'!'"  Josh.  2: 18,  and  in  a 
few  instances  the  masculine  form  is  adopted  in  its  stead,  :  >i:ri?3dn  Josh. 
2: 17,  20,  Cant.  5:9,  !i:nnb';  Jer.  2:27  K'ri,  inxrn^  2  Sam.  uVlO.' 

/.  The  plural  endings  of  the  verb  may  be  written  fully  >1  or  defectively 
(.),  thus,  in  the  third  person.  •'I'li::©  Ps.  18:6,  ''Z'i'Z'q  Hos.  12:1;  the 
second  ^:'r.^'4  Zech.  7  :  5,  'Jnibrn  Num.  20:  5,  21 :  5  ;  and  the  first  ^n'fa-yn, 
1  Chron.  13:3. 


FtTTTTEE. 


§105.  a.  The  union  vowel  a  is  sometimes  attached  to  the  future,  thus  ''3., 
•"Si^sin  Gen.  19:19,  '':4nN;:.  Gen.  29:32,  "'ris-i':  Ex.  33:20,  Num.  22:33, 
•'sf^n-:^  Isa.  56:3.  ""SSabV  Job  9:18;  ^13^.  ^^X^l  Isa.  63:16;  1  (for  in  J, 
•iannVHos.  8:3,  inrbn  Ps.  35 : 8,  ■is;?n'i  Eccles.4:  12.  iirn  l  Sam.  21:14, 
60  in  the  K'thibh,  l'  Sam.  18:  1  isnx-'l,  where  the  K'ri  lias  winx^i;  tn^ 
(for  fij.  nn-'Z^l  Gen.  37:33,  J^inpi  2  Chron.  20:7,  nb'^CC:  Isa.  26:5; 
n   ,  Dcabi  Ex.'29:30,  Bttib-"  Deut.  7:15,   cn''3  Num.  21:30,  ci"'3  Ps. 


142  ETYMOLOGY.  §106 

74:  S,  cHnax^  Vs.  118:10;  1^,  irdr  Ex.  2:17.  In  1  Kin.  2:24  the  K'ri 
has  •':s-'irii,  while  the  K'thibh  has  the  vowel  letter  ^  representing  the 
ordinary  e,  '^i''■2''\D^^ . 

b.  The  suffixes  with  Daghesh  inserted  occur  chiefly  in  pause;  thus  i?.., 
^Snn-i  Jer.  50  :  44  ;  ^3 . ,  "^-'i-i^n  Gen.  27 :  19,  !  ^?ny  nn  Job  7  :  14,  9 :  34 ;  JlS .. 
(1st  pkir.),  ^Sp':  Job  31:15;'  r,,  :;q^3;5S:  Isa.  43':  5,  r^y^-^  Isa,  44:2^ 
!  -,;iix  Ps.  30:'l3;  ^3..  (3  masc.  sing.),''!i'3n|rsn,  :  !i3:n:;n"jo'b'7: 18,  siSn^iS": 
Job' 41:  2  K'ri,  ^tk^-Q-}  Hos.  12:5;  ns..,  n'3'^iryn  Ps.'eS:  10,  or  without 
Daghesh,  n:nb'cri  Judg.  5  :  26,  Obad.  ver.  13  ;'  the  unemphalic  form  of  the 
suffix  and  that  with  Daghesh  occur  in  conjunction,  inb'"'S;:3i  nfii"'Ddi  Isa, 
26:  5.  There  are  a  very  few  examples,  ibund  only  in  poetry,  of  3  inserted 
between  the  verb  and  the  suffix  without  further  cliange,  '^3;'i33';i  Ps.  50  :  23, 
•~\^'i^^^.  Jer.  22:24,  irin3r;i  Jer.  5:22,  :^n?2'?='?  Ps.  72 :  IsV^inpS"' Deut. 
32':  io,'  !  w:a53SN^  Ex.'i'5:2. 

c.  The  plural  ending  'i^  is  in  a  few  instances  found  before  suffixes,  chiefly 
in  pause,  i;3Nnp'i,  iri^pid-i ,  iirrs^TC-i  Prov.  1:28,  :?|:^n3r';i  Ps.  63:4, 
SJiiN'vai  Ps.  9i:i2,  r|:iirnii;i  Isa.' (j6:'7,  10, '.^ins-i^:-'  Jer.  '5:22,  inisix::?:'' 
Jer.  2:24;  twice  it  has  the  union  vowel  a,  i32^xsin  Job  19:2,  i3T33"i 
Prov.  5 :  22.  •  -      =  -  =  s  =  :  • 

d.  When  the  second  vowel  of  the  Kal  future  is  o,  it  is  rejected  before 
suffixes  requiring  a  union  vowel,  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally  sub- 
stituted for  it  in  the  place  of  simple,  C!"i&.X  Hos.  10:10.  ^iE'ji.v;]  Num. 
35:20,  insnsN  Isa.  27:3,  :^i^js'^,  Isa.  62 :  2"  ?i5-in';  EzeU.  35:"6,'ns5P3X 
Jer.  31  :  33  ;  once  the  vowel  remains,  but  is  changed  to  Shurek,  iCi^CvlJpi 
Prov.  14:  3 ;  a,  on  the  other  hand,  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel,  §64.  2, 
•'Siyab'i  Job  29:14,  t=ii2^7  Ex.  29:30,  ri3^;3bx  Cant.  5:3,  ''sfesiiri  Gen. 
19:19.  Hholem  is  shortened  before  ?i,  CD,  '3,  though  the  vowel  letter 
1  is  occasionally  written  in  the  K'thibh,  ^"^"isiij;  Jer.  1 :  5. 

e.  The  following  are  examples  of  feminine  plurals  with  suffixes:  2  fern, 
phtr.  ""rNnn  Cant.  1:  6,  3  fern.  plur.  "siajnn  Job  19:  15,  "nDin  Jer.  2:  19. 
The  masculine  form  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  feminine,  •^^'^^'^?7  ,* 
'T^^V! :  Cant.  6:9. 

INFINITIVE    AND    IMPEEATIVE. 

§106  a.  Kal  Injlmtive.  Before  ?; ,  C3 ,  '3,  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Ka- 
mets  Hhatuph,  Vj^DS;^  Gen.  2:  17,  i]")^?;  (Methegh  by  §45.  2)  Obad.  ver. 
11,  I2=b3N^  Gen.  3:5,  CD-iT^N  Mai.  1:7.  Pattahh  remains  in  the  single 
example,  C333n.  Isa.  30  :  18  ;  sometimes  the  vowel  of  the  second  radical 
is  rejected  before  these  as  it  is  before  the  other  suffixes,  and  a  short 
vowel  given  to  the  first  radical,  commonly  Kamets  Hhatuph,  ^|'^3^  Deut. 
29:11,  ?i".^T:3  2  Kin.  22:19,  Cs'iS^  Deut.  27:4,  once  Kibbuts', '  DDniSp 
Lev.  23:  22,  sometimes  Hhirik,  ri^sd  Gen.  19:  33.  35  but  "iisuj  Ruth  3:'4^ 
irjb  Zech.  3:1,  i^ss  2  Sam.  I:i0,  innQ  Neh.  8:5,  and  occasionally 
Pattahh,  ?i?.pT!  Ezek.  25  :  6.  In  the  feminine  form  of  the  infinitive,  as  in 
nouns,  the  old  feminine  ending  n  is  substituted  for  ti,  inr52D  Isa.  30:19, 
'inS'qn  Hos.  7  :  4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  retains  its  pretonic  Kamets  before 
suffixes,  ci-is-rn  Ezek.  21 :  29. 


§  107  IMPERFECT   VERBS.  143 

b.  Kal  Imperative.  The  first  radical  commonly  receives  Kamets  Hhatuph 
upon  tlie  rejection  of  Hholem,  ''3"i2T,  '^'y^'P^  ^^'^-  15"  15,  but  occasionally  it 
takes  Hhirik,  IT^.S?  (with  Daghesh-lbrte  euphonic)  Prov.  4:  13. 


Imperfect  Verbs. 

§107.  Imperfect  verbs  depart  more  or  less  from  the 
standard  already  given,  as  the  nature  of  theii"  radicals  may 
require.     They  are  of  three  classes,  viz. : 

I.  Guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  guttural  letter 
in  the  root. 

II.  Contracted  verbs,  two  of  whose  radicals  are  in  cer- 
tain cases  contracted  into  one. 

III.  Quiescent  verbs,  or  those  v/hicli  have  a  quiescent  or 
vowel  letter  in  the  root. 

These  classes  may  again  be  subdivided  according  to  the 
particular  radical  affected.  Thus  there  are  three  kinds  of 
guttural  verbs : 

1.  Pe  guttural  verbs,  or  those  v/hose  first  radical  is  a 
guttural. 

2.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  radical  is 
a  guttural. 

3.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical 
is  a  guttural. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  contracted  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Nun  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Nun, 
and  is  hable  to  be  contracted  by  assimilation  with  the  second. 

2.  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  and  third 
radicals  are  alike,  and  are  hable  to  be  contracted  into  one. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  quiescent  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Yodh. 


144  ETYMOLOGY.  §108,109 

2.  Ay  in  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose 
second  radical  is  Vav  or  Yodh. 

3.  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical  is 
Aleph. 

4.  Lamedh  He  verbs,  or  those  in  which  He  takes  the 
place  of  the  third  radical. 

The  guttural  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  the  vowels 
only  ;  the  first  division  of  the  contracted  verbs  differ  only  in 
the  consonants ;  the  quiescent  and  the  second  division  of  the 
contracted  verbs  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants. 

a.  The  third  class  of  imperfect  verbs  may  either  be  regarded  as  hav- 
ing a  quiescent  letter  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is  changed  into 
a  vowel,  or  as  having  a  vowel  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is 
changed  into  a  quiescent  letter.  As  the  settlement  of  this  question  is 
purely  a  matter  of  theory,  the  usual  name  of  quiescent  verbs  has  been 
retained  as  sufficiently  descriptive. 

b.  The  origin  of  these  various  technical  names  for  the  different  kinds 
of  imperfect  verbs  is  explained  §76.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§108.  Gutturals  have  the  four  following  peculiarities, 
§60,  viz. : 

1.  They  often  cause  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
to  be  converted  into  Pattahh. 

2.  They  receive  Pattahh  furtive  at  the  end  of  a  word 
after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  or  before  a  vowelless  final 
consonant. 

3.  They  take  compound  in  preference  to  simple  Sh'va. 

4.  They  are  incapable  of  being  doubled,  and  conse- 
quently do  not  receive  Daghesh-forte. 

§109.  Pe  guttural  verbs  are  affected  by  these  peculiari- 
ties as  follows,  viz. : 


§  109  PE  GUTTURAL  VERBS.  145 

1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  preformatives  is  changed  to  Pat- 
tahh  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal  future,  if  the  second 
vowel  be  Hholem,  "iw;^  for  l^iy;' ;  but  if  the  second  radical 
has  Pattahh  this  change  does  not  occur,  because  it  would 
occasion  a  repetition  of  the  same  vowel  in  successive  sylla- 
bles, §63.  1.  5.  In  the  Kal  future  a,  therefore,  in  the  Niphal 
preterite  and  participle,  where  the  vowel  of  the  second  sylla- 
ble is  likewise  a,  and  in  the  Hiphil  preterite,  where  t  is 
characteristic  and  therefore  less  subject  to  change,  Hhirik  is 
compounded  with  Pattahh,  or,  in  other  words,  is  changed  to 
the  diphthongal  Seghol,  prn;; ,  "!)2?)D ,  T^'b^r. .  Seghol  accom- 
panying ^  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future, 
§60.  1.  a  (f)),  and  Kamets  Hhatuph,  characteristic  of  the 
Hophal  species,  suffer  no  change.  The  same  is  true  of 
Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  participle,  Hhirik  of 
the  Piel  preterite,  and  Kibbuts  of  the  Pual  species,  for  the 
double  reason  that  these  vowels  are  characteristic  of  those 
forms,  and  that  their  position  after  the  guttural  renders  them 
less  liable  to  mutation,  §  60. 1.  a  (2) ;  the  second  reason  ap- 
plies likewise  to  the  Hhirik  of  the  feminine  singular  and 
masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  imperative,  which,  as  the  briefest 
of  the  short  vowels,  is  besides  best  adapted  to  the  quick  ut- 
terance of  a  command,  ''i^y  ,  Ti'nv . 

2.  As  the  guttural  does  not  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
there  is  no  occasion  for  applying  the  rule  respecting  Pattahh 
furtive ;  this  consequently  does  not  appear  except  in  '^n?' , 
apocopated  future  of  rrin ,  and  in  one  other  doubtful  exam- 
ple, §114. 

3.  Wherever  the  first  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va 
the  guttm'al  takes  compound  Sh'va  instead ;  this,  if  there  be 
no  reason  for  preferring  another,  and  especially  if  it  be  pre- 
ceded by  the  vowel  Pattahh,  will  be  Hhateph  Pattahh,  whose 
sound  is  most  consonant  with  that  of  the  gutturals ;  this  is 
the  case  in  the  Kal  second  plural  preterite,  construct  infini- 
tive, future  and  imperative  with  Hliolem,  and  in  the  Hiphil, 

10 


146  ETYMOLOGY.  §110 

infinitives,  future,  imperative,  and  participle,  Di^'7^5^ ,  ^^;! . 
If,  however,  tlie  guttural  be  preceded  by  another  vowel  than 
Pattahh  the  compound  Sh'va  will  generally  be  conformed  to 
it ;  thus,  after  Seghol  it  becomes  Hhateph  Seghol  as  in  the 
Kal  future  and  imperative  u,  the  Niphal  preterite  and  par- 
ticiple, and  the  Hiphil  preterite,  V'lT}^^,  'T'^^Oj  ^^^^  ^^^^^ 
Kamets  Hhatuph  it  becomes  Hhateph  Kamets  as  in  the 
Hophal  species,  'i^l-^.  If  this  compound  Sh'va  in  the 
com"se  of  inflection  comes  to  be  followed  by  a  vowelless 
letter,  it  is  changed  to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  §01.1, 
thus,  (J  becomes  (.)  in  the  second  feminine  singular  and  the 
second  and  third  masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  future ;  (.J  be- 
comes (..)  in  the  third  feminine  singular  and  the  third  plural 
of  the  Niphal  preterite;  and  {^)  becomes  (J  in  the  corres- 
ponding persons  of  the  preterite  and  future  Hophal,  '''7'9??!}, 

a.  The  simple  Sh'va  following  a  short  vowel  thus  formed,  remains 
vocal  as  in  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  perfect  verb,  the  new  syllable 
being  not  mixed  but  intermediate,  and  hence  a  succeeding  nspirate  will 
retain  its  aspiration,  thus  ^^^?,^  yaaiii'dhu.  not  I'^si''^  yaamdu,  §22.  a. 
In  like  manner  the  Kal  imperative  has  •''75?3>,  !l-i»S5  not  ''^^S,  'I'^^'^S,  show- 
ing that  even  in  the  perlect  verb  "'r^p?,  ^Cp'^.P.  were  pronounced  kil'll. 
kilUu,  not  killl,  kitlu.  ..  t 

4.  The  reduplication  of  the  first  radical  being  impossible 
in  the  infinitive,  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  the  preceding 
vowel,  wdiich  now  stands  in  a  simple  syllable,  is  lengthened 
in  consequence  from  Hhirik  to  Tsere,  §  60.  4,  "iwr^  for  ^i:yn. 
§110.  1.  The  verb  ""^V  to  stand,  whose  inflections  are  shown 
in  the  following  paradigm,  may  serve  as  a  representative  of 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael  are  omit- 
ted, as  they  present  no  deviation  from  the  regular  verbs. 
The  Niphal  of  "Tiys  is  not  in  use,  but  is  here  formed  from 
analogy  for  the  sake  of  giving  completeness  to  the  paradigm. 


Paradigm  of 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

1 

KAL. 

NIPIIAL. 

IHPIIIL. 

IIOPHAL. 

Pjret 

3  m. 

'r>2V 

—  T 

^i2T. 

i^/bs^n 

'-^*iT 

3/. 

rn'2::> 

T    :  IT 

rrr2^2 

n7"b^;v} 

r;i3"n 

2  m. 

m)2y 

T  :   —  r 

nn:j3>D 

ni/jyii 

rrrcyn 

T   :    —  t;   IT 

2/ 

m:^:? 

rn-b^D 

m-byn 

riTbrn 

Ic. 

^mhv 

^nTb3>2 

'm2vn 

^ni:::yn 

PIUT. 

3  c. 

:  IT 

^T^"D 

r]^i2'jti 

^M/^yn 

2  w. 

Drii:23> 

DnT:::?D 

Dn"53>'n 

Drn-;::'n 

2/ 

1^7'^? 

1^7'® 

■s^^'-i^vi 

"(n-^^rn 

Ic. 

r^-i/bij? 

^"■■=?? 

^j7"^?v 

:  —  ':  IT 

Infix 

.  yl&soZ. 

-i^b 

T    1" 

1)2yTi 

-/b^M 

Consir. 

n'l:? 

^rtyr] 

n:b^'n 

— -i:   IT 

FUT. 

3  m. 

^^?r. 

1)2T 

l^tT 

—  t:it 

3/ 

n!a:'n 

ib^'n 

Tbz^n 

i/b3?n 

—  t;  it 

2  TO. 

ia:'n 

•■  T    1" 

T/j5n 

ii2:^r\ 

—  t:  it 

2/ 

^T^jj'n 

^T^!?n 

^T'QVr] 

''7"9?n 

Ic. 

I'layj^ 

t!:>'x 

T)2>^ 

—  t:  it 

Plur. 

3  m 

^^5:3?-' 

r\->2V^ 

TrcT 

ru2T 

:  TIT 

3/. 

T  :        -:  r 

n3Tb:'"n 

T  :    ■•  —.  1- 

nj77:jn 

2  TO. 

^^:jyn 

^t:2:yi 

r-r'2sr\ 

T'2yr\ 

:  T  IT 

2/. 

T  ;        -:  1- 

r  :    ••  T  !•• 

Hj""b?n 

n:":b^;n 

1  c. 

^^??. 

••  Tl" 

■7"';?? 

Tb^'5 

—  t:  it 

LVTER. 

2  TO. 

^■■a? 

Tbyn 

2/ 

^T^:? 

•    :  IT  •• 

^T/b?ir; 

wanting 

riur. 

2  TO. 

^"i^? 

in!a:?n 

^"i^'-r^D 

2/ 

r  ;       -: 

n5i7b:?n 

T  :   ••  T  1" 

•^57"^^10 

Part. 

^c«. 

Tb5 

^^'b?'^ 

Paws. 

T 

T  V.IV 

1/2^ '2 

T  t:  it 

147 


148  ETYMOLOGY.  ^111 

2.  The  Kal  imperative  and  future  of  those  verbs  which 
have  Pattahh  in  the  second  syllable  may  be  represented  by 
PIT}  to  he  stroll (/. 

Imperative. 

Singular.  Plural. 

masc.  fern.  ■  masc.  fern. 

pit]        'PJv  ^p'^  ■     "jj^iri 

Future. 

3  masc.  Sfem.  2  masc.  2  fern.  1  com. 

Sing.        pvr^_        pTTT]        pinn       ^j^tnn     piris^. 
pltte.       ^pTn^.     njpTrin       ^ptnn     ^i^pvrT]      pm 

3.  Certain  verbs,  whose  first  radical  is  i? ,  receive  Hholem 
in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  future  after  the  following, 
which  is  distinctively  called  the  Pe  Alepli  (i5S)  mode. 

Puture  of  Pe  Aleph  Verbs. 

3  masc.  Sfem.  2  masc.  2  fern.  1  com. 

Sing.         biu^"^        bi^^n        bbm       ^bss^n       bbi^ 
pltje.       65k^     rabbin      ^S'DikT]     nibi^^n      bb^D 

:       I  T :  -  :         I  t:  - 

Pive  verbs  uniformly  adopt  this  mode  of  inflection,  viz. : 
^nx  to  perish,  MiiJ  to  he  imlling,  bis  to  eat,  'Tai?  to  say,  tnss 
to  hake ;  a  few  others  indifferently  follow  this  or  the  ordinary 
Pe  guttural  mode,  sn«  to  love,  Tnsj  to  take  hold,  tp.^  to 
(gather. 

Remarks  on  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  in.  L  The  preformative  of  the  Kal  future  a  has  (.)  in  one  instance, 
ibni  Ezek.  23  :  5.  That  of  the  Kal  future  o  has  (..)  in  Ti^in;  Prov.  10:3, 
CjUn;;  Ps.  29:9.     Three  verbs  with  future  o,  D^n,  Dnn ,  lin  have  Pat- 


§111  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL   VERBS.  149 

tahh  in  the  first  syllable  when  the  Hholem  appears,  but  Seghol  in  those 
forms  in  which  the  Hholem  is  dropped.  Oinn.^_  Job  12  :  14,  'iO'iti'^^  2  Kin. 
3:25  but  iionn;]  Ex.  19:21,  24;  so  vvitli  suffixes,  "'?^^n;;  Ps!  141:5, 
J^Din;;  Isa.  22Vi'9,  •ini'ari?.  Isa.  53  :  2.    ieh  has  ^i-isn'^  but  i'"iEn;;. 

2.  a.  If  the  first  radical  be  X,  which  has  a  strong  preference  for  the 
diphthongal  vowels,  §60.  1.  a  (5),  the  preformative  takes  Seghol  in  most 
verbs  in  the  Kal  future,  whether  a  or  0,  pi^^,,  tl05<,!l)  "'-'^'Ji  '"^??'j}  ^s  well 
as  ^'O-?,;:,  Cl?x;^,  ^i^?n,  ^i?^!:^  ;  in  a  few  with  future  a,  §110.  3,  it  takes  the 
other  compound  vowel  Hholem  when  to  complete  the  diphthongal  charac- 
ter of  the  word  the  (.)  of  the  second  syllable  usually  becomes  (  )  in  pause, 
and  in  a  few  instances  without  a  pause  accent,  13X^,  '^J.^"' )  ''"'7.^"')  'H]'*'^) 
and  in  two  verbs  it  becomes  (..)  after  Vav  conversive,  "i^.i<'] ,  'HX'T . 

6.  As  K  is  always  quiescent  after  Hholem  in  this  latter  form  of  the 
future,  §57.  2.  (2)  a,  Pe  Aleph  verbs  might  be  classed  among  quiescent 
verbs,  and  this  is  in  fact  done  by  some  grammarians.  But  as  N  has  the 
double  character  of  a  guttural  and  a  quiescent  in  different  forms  sprung 
from  the  same  root,  and  as  its  quiescence  is  confined  almost  entirely  to  a 
single  tense  of  a  single  species,  it  seems  better  to  avoid  sundering  what 
really  belongs  together,  by  considering  the  Pe  Aleph  as  a  variety  of  the 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  In  a  few  instances  S  gives  up  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter after  (..)  which  is  then  lengthened  to  (J,  nnstn  Mic.  4 :  8.  When 
thus  quiescent  after  either  Tsere  or  Hholem,  X  is  always  omitted  in  the 
first  person  singular  after  the  preformative  it,  "inx  Gen.  32:5  for  "^n-*^, 
snx  Prov.  8:  17  for  -f^^x,  bi'H  Gen.  24:33  for  ^ixx,  and  occasionally 
in  other  persons,  i^Tn'^Jer.  2 :  36  for  ''^TNn  ;  so  6<n;;  Deut.  33  :  21,  i<itn 
Prov.  1:10,  qibn  Ps.'"l04:29,  >in:s"n  2  Sam.  19:14,  THPi]  2  Sam.  20:9, 
iins'tnl  1  Sam,  28  :  24  ;  in  a  few  instances  the  vowel  letter  1  is  substituted 
for'it,  fiPDi;'  Ezek.  42  :  5  for  ^i^^x;',  "liix  Neh.  2  :  7,  Ps.  42:  10. 

c.  A  like  quiescence  or  omission  of  N  occurs  in  ^SX*i  Num.  11:25  Hi. 
fut.  for  bix^?,  Y^^  ^^^'^'-  21  :  33  Hi.  inf.  for  ^^=Nn ,'  -pix  Job  32:  11  Hi. 
fut.  for  •('^iwX;i ,  -pta  Prov.  17:4  Hi.  part,  for  '("'ix^',  §53.  2.  a,  ^ihh-q  Job 
35:  11  Pi.  part,  for  >i30^xri ,  §53.  3,  ''n'rn  2  Sam.  22:  40  Pi.  fut.  for  "^i'b'XP, 
n*!';:;  1  Sam.  15  :  5  Hi.  i'ut!  for  nnx^^l ,  ti^rn  Isa.  21  :  14  Hi.  pret.  for  ^"^rNri, 
bf22  Isa.  13  :  20  Pi.  iut.  for  brtx-^ ,  and  after  prefixes  niix^  for  ^Toxb  ,  the 
Kal  infinitive  of  "ihii  with  the  preposition  b,  ^i^SJO  Ezek.  28:  16  Pi.  fut. 
with  Vav  conversive  for  'rjiaNNl  .  ^^'JH^  Zech.  11 :  5  Hi.  fut,  with  Vav 
conjunctive  for  "4"^'''*'?)  c^^on  Eccles.  4:14  Kal  pass.  part,  with  the 
article  for  c-'nioxn.' 

■;  IT 

d.  The  diphthongal  Hholem  is  further  assumed  by  Pe  Aleph  roots 
once  in  the  Niphal  preterite,  fiinxp  Num.  32  :  30  for  ^THNS  ,  and  five  times 
in  the  Hiphil  future,  t^'^'^iii  Jer.  46 :  8  for  rTi'^2X>^ ,  b-'ii'x  Hos.  11:4  for 
biixx.  nn^l.s;  Neh.  13:^3  for  ?Tn'i:£i<.5< ,  bx'W  Sam.  14:24  abbreviated 
from  '."i^i<*T  for  n^N:*!! ,  "ini'T  2  Sam.  20":  5  K'ri  for  'in>i^i . 

e.  5t  draws  the  vowel  to  itself  from  the  preformative  in  inn^Nn  Prov. 
1 :  22  Kal  fut.  for  >innxn  in  pause  ^:i^?<n  Zech.  8  :  17,  Ps.  I  :  3,  §6D.  3.  c. 
Some   so   explain  ^-^Vxn   Job  20  :  26^' rrganling   it  as  a    Kal   future  for 


150  ETYMOLOGY.  §112 

!lti!^3SF\  with  the  vowel  attracted  to  the  X  from  the  preformative  ;  it  is 
simpler,  however,  to  regard  it  as  a  Pual  future  with  Kamets  Hhatuph  in- 
stead of  Kibbuts,  as  C'nsja  Nah.  2  : 4,  ^'':^'r^1  Ps.  94  :  20. 

3.  a.  Kamets  Hhatuph  for  the  most  part  remains  in  the  Kal  infinitive 
and  imperative  with  suffixes,  as  "^"25,  T)ii3 , ''"i^S ,  being  rarely  changed 
to  Pattahh,  as  in  in^nn  Prov.  20:  16,'  or  Seghol,'  'as  "HSOJl  Num.  11 :  16, 
1^^'!'?  Job  33  :  5.  In  the  inflected  imperative  Seghol  occurs  once  instead 
of  Hhiriif,  ""^Sbn  Isa.  47:  2,  and  Kamets  Hhatuph  twice  in  compensation 
for  the  omitted  Hholem,  "^Tby  Zeph.  3 :  14  but  ^libsJ  Ps.  68 :  5,  ^linn  Jer. 
2 :  12  but  ^i"in  Jer.  50 :  27,  though  the  o  sound  is  once  retained  in  the 
compound  Sh'va  of  a  pausal  form,  "'^^n  Isa.  44:27,  Ewald  explains 
Dnasm  Ex.  20  :  5,  23  :  24,  Deut.  5  :  9,  and^onas-'J  Deut.  13  :  3  as  Kal  futures, 
the  excluded  Hholem  giving  character  to  the  preceding  vowels;  the  forms, 
however,  are  properly  Hophal  futures,  and  there  is  no  renson  why  the 
words  may  not  be  translated  accordingly  be  induced  to  serve.  In  a  few  Kal 
infinitives  with  a  feminine  termination  n  has  (. ),  n^^n  Ezek.  16:5, 
"irisTsn  Hos.  7:4. 

6.  In  a  very  kw  instances  Pattahh  is  found  in  the  first  syllable  of  the 
Niphal  and  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  y^t',^  Ps.  89  :  8,  cn^nn  Judg.  8  :  19. 

§112.  1.  The  guttural  invariably  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  place  of 
simple,  where  this  is  vocal  in  the  perfect  verb ;  and  as  in  these  cases  it 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  it  is  more  at  liberty  to  follow  its  na- 
tive prelerences,  and  therefore  usually  takes  (..).  In  cni'^."!  2  plur.  pret., 
riiirt  inf,  n^ii  imper.  of  trrn ,  the  initial  n  has  ( .)  under  the  influence  of 
the  following  "^ ;  N  receives  (..)  in  the  second  plural  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
and  in  the  feminine  and  plural  of  the  passive  participle,  Cn"]::x.,  cnbsx, 
D'^biax ,  but  commonly  (.)  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive,  §60.  3.  6,  bbx 
imper.,  iisx  and  Vz^.  inf,  thx  and  ths^  inf,  yix  imper.,  lax  inf  and 
imper.  (but  "^72Nri  Job  34:  IS  with  i"}.  interrogative),  pbx ,  :]bs  (with  n^ 
paragogic  nsON),  and  in  a  very  few  instances  the  long  vowel  (..).  §60. 3,  c, 
51SX  Ex.  16:  23  for  >IEN,  si^nx  Isa.  21  :  12. 

2.  Where  the  first  radical  in  perfect  verbs  stands  after  a  short  vowel 
and  completes  its  syllable,  the  guttural  does  the  same,  but  mostly  admits 
an  echo  of  the  preceding  vowel  after  it,  inclining  it  likewise  to  begin  the 
syllable  which  follows.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  thus  formed,  §20.  2, 
the  vowel  remains  short,  only  being  modified  agreeably  to  the  rules 
already  given  by  the  proximity  of  the  guttural,  which  itself  receives  the 
corresponding  Hhateph.  The  succession  is,  therefore,  usually  (..,.),  (,,  ,..)  or 
(,.  ).  In  a  very  few  instances  this  correspondence  is  neglected;  thus,  in 
Tj^nn  3  fern.  fut.  of  Tj^n  to  go  (comp.  pn^|;i  from  pns  to  laugh)  the  Hhirik 
of  the  preformative  remains  and  the  guttural  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh ;  in 
^'i^-.\l  (once,  viz.,  Hab.  1 :  15  for  t^^^!")  and  tiBy/n  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
preterites  of  n^:^  to  go  tip,  and  Pi"ii?f7.  (once,' viz..  Josh.  7:7  for  tn"i2rri) 
Hi.  pret.  of  "lis  to  pass  over,  the  guttural  is  entirely  transferred  to  the 
second  syllable,  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  lengthened.  The  forms  f^i"?]^ , 
n^n";! ,  Bni'inv  n^na  from  n';;n  to  be,  and  n^n;^  from  n^n  to  liveware  pecu- 
liar in  having  simple  vocal  Sh'va. 


§112  REMARKS    ON    TE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  151 

3.  Where  (J  or  (._  _..)  are  proper  to  the  form  these  are  frequently- 
changed  to  (..)  or  (..__)  upon  the  prolongation  of  the  word  or  the  removal 
of  its  accent  forward.  Thus,  in  the  Kal  future,  tpii'^^  2  Kin.  5 :  .3,  ^iedk^ 
Ex.  4  :  29.  "^^EOn;  Ps.  27  :  10.  ''DDiin  Josh.  2  :  18  ;  li^'x;:  Isa.  59:  5,  "^i-^Wn 
Judg.  16:13;  the  Niphal,  c^?5  i  Kin.  10:3,  nab?3*  Nah.  3:11,  o-sVJ'S 
Ps.  26:4;  and  especially  in  the   Hiphil  preterite   with  Vav  conversive, 


17:4;  -fTSn  Ueut.  1 :  4o,  nsiNnn  Ex.  lo:26,  "^PiPinri'i  Jer.  49:37;  after 
Vav  conjunctive,  however,  the  vowels  remain  unchanged,  "PipTnn')  1  Sam. 

17:35,  "^n^'-inni  Ps.  50:21.      The  change  from  ( )  to  (.^j' 'after  Vav 

conversive  occurs  once  in  the  third  person  of  the  Hijihil  preterite,  "pTXinT 
Ps.  77  :  2,  but  is  not  usual,  e.  g.  r\''yt,\}.)  ■  ■  .  'i'l''':::^]!  Lev.  27  :  8.  TJiere 
is  one  instance  of  (...)  instead  of(..  .)in  the  HipJiil  infinitive,  ■'p'^Tnn 
Jer.  31:32. 

4.  A  vowel  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  in  consequence  of  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  of  a  following  consonant,  will  be  dropped  in  guttural  -as 
in  perfect  verbs  upon  the  latter  vowel  being  restored  by  a  pause  accent, 

5.  Sometimes  the  silent  Sh'va  of  the  perfect  verb  is  retained  by  the 
guttural  instead  of  being,  replaced  by  a  compound  Sh'va  or  a  subsidiary 
vowel  which  has  arisen  from  it.  This  is  most  frecpient  in  the  Kal  future, 
though  it  occurs  likewise  in  the  Kal  infinitive  ailer  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, in  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  in  the  Hiphil  species,  and 
also  though  rarely  in  the  Hophal.  There  are  examples  of  it  with  all  the 
gutturals,  though  these  are  most  numerous  in  the  case  of  n,  which  is  the 
strongest  of  that  class  of  letters.  In  the  majority  of  roots  and  forms  there 
is  a  fixed  or  at  least  a  prevailing  usage  in  iavour  either  of  the  simple  or 
of  the  compound  Sh'va;  in  some,  however,  the  use  of  one  or  the  other  ap- 
pears to  be  discretionary. 

a.  The  following  verbs  always  take  simple  Sh'va  under  the  first  radical 
in  the  species,  whose  initial  letters  are  annexed  to  the  root,  viz. : 

CTS<  Hi.  to  be  red.  iin  K.  Hi.  to  be  vain.  "isn  K.  to  gird. 

"rts  Ni.  Hi.  to  be  illus-  nin  K.  Hi,  to  meditate,  bnn  K.    (not    Ho.)    to 

trioiis.  Cl'jrt  K.  to  thrust.  cease. 

cix  Hi.  to  close.  I'ln  K.  Ni.  to  honour.  I'^n  K.  to  cut. 

*-6jf.  Is.,  to  shut.  n;n  K.  Ni.  <o  &e.  ^^^^  K-    ("^^    Hi.)     to 

Cl^X  K.  to  learn.  *'^^^  K.toivjure.wound.  live. 

12X  K,  to  gird  on.  a'zn  Ni.Hi.Ho.  to  hide.  Cqn  K.  Hi.  to  be  wise. 

D'lJij  K.  Ni.  (not  Hi.)  x:in  K.  to  beat  of .         *-^'^ri  K,  meaning  doubt- 

to  be  guilty.  "i2n  Hi.  to  join  together.  Hal, 

*  oTTaJ  MySjxevov. 


152  ETYMOLOGY.  ^112 

•nan  K.  Ni.  to  desire.  "^Sfi  K.  to  dig.  MnS  K.  to  jput  on  as  an 

isn  K.  to  spare.  "lEH  K.  Hi.  to  blush.  ornament. 

fean  K,  Ni.  to   do  vio-    tosn  K.  Ni  to  search.      ?i"i:^  Hi.to gather  much. 

lence  to.  2^n  K.  (notHi.)<o^eip.  "in^  N'l.  to  be  wanting, 
yhn  K.  fo  6e  leavened,  f'p'v  K.  Ni.  ^o  investi-  "lis  K.  Ni.  /o  trouble. 
■in?i  K.  to  ferment.  gate.  bs^  Hi.  fo  ie  presump- 

Tjin  K.  /o  dedicate.        *  i'nn  K.  ^  tremble.  tiioiis. 

hen  K.  ^0  devour.  Mnn  K.  ^o  ZaA:e  j^p.  rf;y  K.  Ni.  to  pervert. 

DGn  K.  /o  muzzle.  Tj^n  Ni.  /o  6e  destined,    "ibs  K.  Hi.  ^o  tithe. 

lin  K.  Hi.  ifo  lack.  bnn  Ho.^o6esioaf/rf/e(/.  *Drr  Ni.  /o  be  burnt  up. 

nsn  Ni.  to  cover.  Drn  K.  Ni.  Hi.  to  seal,    prs'  K.    Hi.    to    be  re- 
Tsn  K.  Ni.  to  be  panic-  t\T\T\  K.  to  seize.  moved. 

struck.  "hn  }^.  to  break  through. '\T'_'J  K.  Ni.  Hi.   to  en- 

y'sn  K.  to  delight.  'zyJ  K.  to  love,  dote.  treat. 

b.  The  following  are  used  with  both  simple  and  compound  Sh'va,  either 
in  the  same  form  or  in  different  forms,  viz. : 

10X  to  bind.  non  to  trust.  nay  to  wear. 

TjSti  to  turn.  TjiyfJ  to  withhold.  ^iy$  to  encircle. 
isn  to  take  in  pledge.     Cl^^n  to  uncover.              '  C?3'  to  conceal. 

t5an  to  bind.  ^iiJn  to  think.  *i:|S  to  shut  7tp,  restrain. 

pTn  to  be  strong.  M^'"  ^^  ^^  fZar/c  "j?^  to  supplant. 

nbn  ^0  6e  sick.  "i2a  io  poss  o(;er.  yiys^  to  smoke. 

pBn  io  divide.  "^yJ  to  help.  "ic^  to  be  rich. 

c.  The  following  have  simple  Sh'va  only  in  the  passages  or  parts  al- 
leged, but  elsewhere  always  compound  Sh'va,  viz.  : 

rns  2  Chr.  19  :  2,  Pr.  15  :  9,  fo  love,  "i-nn  Ezek.  26 :  18,  to  tremble. 

*its  Ps.  65  :  7,  to  gird.  irrn  Hi.  part,  to  be  silent. 

ClDX  Ps.  47  :  10.  to  gather.  rrn  Jer.  49  :  37,  to  be  dismayed, 

r^n  Ps.  109  :  23,  to  go.  'liry  Eccl.  5:8,  to  serve. 
C^n  Job  39  :  4,  Jer.  29  :S,  to  dream.      1^'J  Jer.  15  :  17,  Ps.  149:5,  and 

Cj^n  Job  20  :  24,  to  change,  pierce.  y^^'  Ps.  5  :  12,  to  eondt. 

All  other  Pe  guttural  verbs,  if  they  occur  m  forms  requiring  a  Sh'va 
under  the  first  radical,  have  invariably  comijound  Sh'va. 

The  use  or  disuse  of  simple  Sh'va  is  so  uniform  and  pervading  in  cer- 
tain verbs,  that  it  must  in  all  probability  be  traced  to  the  fixed  usage  of 
actual  speech.  This  need  not  be  so  in  all  cases,  however,  as  in  other  and 
less  common  words  its  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  may  be  fortuitous; 
additional  examples  might  have  been  pointed  differently. 

*  offtts  \ey6fMevov.  f  Except  Ps.  44 :  22. 


§113-110  AYIN    GUTTURAL   VERBS.  153 

§113.  1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  prefix  is  in  the  Niphal  future,  imperative 
and  participle,  almost  invariably  lengthened  to  Tsere  upon  the  omission 
of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  "lOn;.,  -\ki<^_  Isa.  23  :  18,  '^^h^  (the  re- 
trocession of  the  accent  by  §35.1)  Isa.  28:27,  p\ni  Job  38:24,  y^nz 
Num.  32  :  17,  P^n^l  ^  Sam.  17  :  23,  which  is  in  one  instance  expressed  by 
the  vowel  letter  "^ ,  Miv!^''^f!l  Ex.  25  :  31.  The  only  exception  is  5];i!is  (two 
accents  explained  by  §42.  a)  Ezek.  26:  15  for  SptinS ,  where  tiie  vowel 
remains  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  only  being  changed  to 
Seghol  before  the  guttural  as  in  the  Niphal  and  Hiphil  preterites.  Ac- 
cording to  some  copies,  which  differ  in  this  from  the  received  text,  the 
vowel  likewise  remains  sliort  in  n^^'X  Job  19:7,  inib::"!^  Ezek.  43:18, 
^i?J^^^.1  iChron.  24:3,  Cj-Jra  Lam.Vr^ll. 

2.  The  initial  n  of  the  Hiphil  infinitive  is,  as  in  perfect  verbs,  rarely 
rejected  after  prefixed  prepositions,  as  ppnb  Jer,  37: 12  for  ppnnb ,  X'^t^nb 
Eccles.  5:5,  n-'^yb  2  Sam.  19:19,  -iurb  Deut.  26:12,  -.tra  Neh.  10:39^ 
lifi'b  2  Sam.  18  :  3  K'thibh;  and  still  more  rarely  that  of  the  Niphal  infin- 
itive, Cia>a  Lam.  2:11  for  Clii^'i^a,  Snna  Ezek.  26  :  15. 

§114.  The  letter  "i  resembles  the  other  gutturals  in  not  admitting 
Daghesh-forte,  and  in  requiring  the  previous  vowel  to  be  lengthened  in- 
stead, t,'y^^']  Jon,  1:5,  133|^^;!  Ps.  106:25.  In  other  cases,  however,  it 
causes  no  change  in  an  antecedent  Hhirik,  ti'n^^  Deut.  19  :  6,  T^"'^  2  Sam. 
T :  10,  ri32"ii7  Ps.  66:12,  except  in  certain  forms  of  the  verb  nxn  to  see, 
viz..  if^^T  Kal  future  with  Vav  conversive,  shortened  from  MN"i'^ ,  •"i5<"ifi 
which  alternates  with  nx^n  as  Hiphil  preterite,  and  once  with  Vav  con- 
versive preterite.  Ti'^Xirt '  Nah.  3:5.  It  is  in  two  instances  preceded  by 
Hhirik  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  5"k"in,  Ppn  Jer.  50:34.  In  the  Hophal 
species  the  participles  Ci'^ip  Isa.  14  : 6,  rsa'na  Lev.  6: 14  take  Kibbuts  in 
the  first  syllable,  but  i^X"^ .  H'"^  have  the  ordinary  Kamets  Hhatuph. 
Resh  always  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  perfect  verbs  whether  silent  or 
vocal,  tp"}  Gen.  44  : 4,  "'J^S'i")  Ps.  129  ;  86,  except  in  one  instance,  vi^'i]] 
Ps.  7  :  6,  where  it  appears  to  receive  Pattahh  furtive  contrary  to  the  ordi- 
nary rule  which  restricts  it  to  the  end  of  the  word,  §60.  2.  a. 

§115.  The  verb  h'Oii  reduplicates  its  last  instead  of  its  second  radical 
in  the  Pual,  b^i:s  ;  "iTin  reduplicates  its  last  syllable,  sinTsn?:!!  Lam.  2  :  11, 
§92.  a.  ''fibs'in  Hos.  11:3  has  the  appearance  of  a  Hiphil  preterite  with 
t\  prefixed  instead  of  ii. 

bnn  is  a  secondary  root,  based  upon  the  Hiphil  of  b^n.     See  V^  verbs. 
For  the  peculiar  forms  of  r;D5<  and  T^!"^  see  the  "2  verbs,  CjD];  and  Tjr  ij  • 


Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

^110.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  wliicli  have  a  gut- 
tural for  their  second  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiarities 
of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 


154  ETYMOLOGY.  ^117 

1.  The  influence  of  the  guttural  upon  a  following  vowel 
being  comparatively  slight,  this  latter  is  only  converted  into 
Pattahh  in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  the  feminine 
plural  of  the  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  Piel,  and  Hith- 
pael,  where  the  like  change  sometimes  occurs  even  without 
the  presence  of  a  guttural,  bi?-)?  for  bs;^^ ;  robsisn  for  robissn . 

2.  No  forms  occur  which  could  give  rise  to  Pattahh 
furtive. 

3.  When  the  second  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va, 
it  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh  instead  as  the  compound  Sh'va 
best  suited  to  its  nature ;  and  to  this  the  new  vowel,  formed 
from  Sh'va  in  the  feminine  singular  and  masculine  plural  of 
the  Kal  imperative,  is  assimilated,  ''?i55  for  ''3si;a . 

4.  Daghesh-forte  is  always  omitted  from  the  second  radi- 
cal in  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  in  which  case  the  preceding 
vowel  may  either  remain  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable, 
or  Hhirik  may  be  lengthened  to  Tsere,  Pattahh  to  Kamets, 
and  Kibbuts  to  Hholem,  §  CO.  4,  ^ns ,  bh . 

§117.  Tlie  inflections  of  Ayin  guttural  verbs  may  be 
shown  by  the  example  of  b5?5 ,  which  in  some  species  means 
to  redeem,  and  in  others  to  pollute.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
are  omitted,  as  the  former  agrees  precisely  with  that  of  per- 
fect verbs,  and  the  latter  diff'ers  only  in  the  substitution  of 
compound  for  simple  Sh'va  in  a  manner  sufficiently  illus- 
trated by  the  foregoing  species. 

a.  The  Pual  infinitive  is  omitted  from  tiie  paradigm  as  it  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  there  is  no  example  of  it  in  this  class  of  verbs.  As  the 
absolute  infinitive  Piel  mostly  gives  up  its  distinctive  form  and  adopts  that 
of  the  construct,  §92.  d,  it  is  printed  with  Tsere  in  this  and  the  following 
paradigms. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

Guttural  Verbs 

KAL. 

NIPIIAL. 

riEL. 

PUAL. 

IIITIIPAEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

bsr* 

""  T 

b^i^f? 

b^3 

bj^b 

bj<r;r- 

3/ 

nb.s5 

f^bj^f? 

•^b.N^a 

T  -;  1 

Mbu^r«r.M 

2  TO, 

^^^? 

^b^'*? 

nbw^r. 

nb5<b 

nb^r»rr; 

T  :  —  r    :     • 

2/ 

Ipb^? 

^^^f? 

^bsk^ 

nb^^a 

rbi^snM 

Ic. 

^ribi<^ 

'^^^f? 

'i^^bxr, 

^nbi^ii 

Tb&^ariri 

PZwr.  3  c. 

~;iT 

^b5^;o 

^by55 

^bjssr, 

•ib^ann 

2  TO. 

nnbv^ri 

sJ;?bvS:o 

Dr}b^,5 

Dr:j5<b 

Dnb!J5rtrn 

2/ 

l^^^^f 

l^f^"'? 

1JD^^^,5 

■j^bi^ri 

■nb.^r.nn 

1  c. 

^Jb^53 

^2b^?;o 

^^b^^) 

^w^^^'n 

^-.bs^arr; 

Infin.  ^&so^ 

bik^ 

biisn 

b>53 

••  r 

Consty 

bi^s 

b^r.n 

••  T      • 

bk^ 

bJi^i'i?^ 

FUT.    3  TO. 

bJ?5:c 

*■  T  • 

bkT 

"  T  ; 

bi<r 

bkan^ 

3/ 

b;k:»n 

bkjr\ 

bi^bn 

bkann 

2  «j. 

b^^ri 

b.<5sn 

•*  T      • 

b^5:<n 

bvS3i;i 

bkr.r.r. 

2/ 

^?^^'^ 

"bis:r.ri 

^b^.-^ 

-^bxr^ri 

^b.^ann 

Ic. 

b^^;»^? 

•■  T     V 

b^b^ 

bJi^r.r.^ 

PZur.  3  TO. 

^b.s;c 

^bsr 

^bis;:r 

^by?;»' 

^bNian;^ 

3/. 

nDbs^^n 

nDbiksn 

T  ;  — T    ; 

nwb.s^n 

Hjb^ann 

2  TO. 

^b.sr^n 

^byisn 

^b.s3ri 

^bs:.ri 

^b>5arri 

2/ 

nDbv^jFl 

n;b^5r>n 

T  ;   —  T    • 

nJb^5:rl 

riwbj^^ri 

Hjbjisnn 

Ic. 

^^f? 

b.^ro 

bskro 

••r: 

bk:o 

bJ^i'fi? 

ImPEE.  2  TO. 

bk-^ 

bk-^n 

"  T      • 

bx5 

b^^arin 

••  T    ;     • 

2/ 

^^ 

'??5n 

^b^^' 

wanting 

^b^.yrrj 

P?Mr.  2  TO. 

^bN!5 

^bxsri 

^b!S!3 

^b.^ann 

2/. 

•^jb^^ 

rijbi^sn 

T  :  — T   • 

n^b^a 

T  :  — T 

Mjbsrinri 

T  :  —  r    ;     • 

Part.  ^c«. 

b^^ 

bj!<"J 

bkan-j 

Pass. 

T 

b.<5:o 

T  ;  • 

bsro 

r       : 

155 


156  etymology.  &  118,  119 

Remarks  on  Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§118.  1.  If  the   second  radical    is   i,    the  Kal  future  and  imperative 


pieces. 
to  he  silent  has  fut.  a. 

2.  With  any  other  guttural  for  the  second  radical  the  Kal  future  and 
imperative  have  Pattahh ;  only  cfi;  to  roar,  and  cnn  to  love,  have  Hho- 
lem ;  o?T  to  curse,  hb'o  to  trespass,  and  bvB  to  do,  have  either  Pattahh 
or  Hiiolem ;  the  future  of  inx  to  grasp,  is  i'n^^  ^^  'T]**'^  • 

3.  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  is  as  in  perfect  verbs  commonly  prolonged 
to  Kamets  before  suffixes,  where  Hholem  would  be  rejected,  rj^ni<  Prov. 
4:6,  nrjnd^  2  Kin.  10:14,  oj^nm  2  Sam.  22:43,  •'Sii^NTU  lsa."45:ll, 
'«3ins:j  Ge'n.'29:32. 

4.  The  feminine  plurals  of  the  Niphal  and  Piel  futures  have  Pattahh 
with  the  second  radical  whether  this  be  i  or  another  guttural,  i^J^natn 
Ezek.7  :  27,  njsnian  Prov.  6 :  27,  nD:nnn  Ezek.  16  :  6,  :  fiJSNjFi  Hos.  4  :  13, 
but  Tsere  occasionally  in  pause,  njnnTan  Jer.  9  :  17. 

§119.  1.  With  these  exceptions  the  vowel  accompanying  the  guttural 
is  the  same  as  in  the  perfect  verb;  thus  the  Kal  preterite  mid.  e  !  2nj« 
Gen.  27  :  9,  tj^nx  Deut.  15  :  16;  infinitive  pn  1  Sam.  7  :  8,  sho  Jer.  15:3, 
with  Makkepiir  "n";3  1  Kin.  5:20;  Nipharinfinitive,  nn^n  Ex.  17:10, 
with  suffixes,  'f^JS^H  2  Chron.  16:  7,  8,  with  prefixed  3,  nnb:  Judg.  11  :25, 
bxiyj  1  Sam.  20  :  6,  28,  and  once  anomalously  with  prefixed  X ,  ^"ivN  Ezek. 
14:  3  (a  like  substitution  of  X  for  n  occurring  once  in  the  Hiphil  preterite, 
:  "inbKSX  Isa.  63 : 3)  ;  future  nnib'^  Ex.  14  :  14,  with  Vav  conversive, 
jOsa^l'job  7:5,  bn;5'f1  Ex.  32 :l',  pi:j*i  Judg.  6:34,  inxtni  Ex.  9:15, 
vn^ni  Num.  22 :  25,  or  with  the  accent  on  the  penult,  cn^^i  Ex.  17 : 8, 
nycriT  Gen.  41:8;  imperative,  Dn^n  1  Sam.  18:17,  or  with  the  accent 
thrown  back,  inQn  Gen.  13:9;  Hiphil  infinitive,  ttJxnn  1  Sam.  27:12, 
pn-in  Gen.  21:16,  n^nri  Deut.  7:2,  apocopated  future,  t;i;-i^  1  Sam. 
2 :  10,  ^.^p::  1  Kin.  8  :  1  (in  the  parallel  passage,  2  Chron.  5  :  2,  i'-'iip:), 
nnaJn  Deiit.  9 :  26,  nns'^  Ps.  12  :  4,  with  Vav  conversive,  Dy^:^  1  Kin.  22  :  54, 
nnsNi  Zech.  11:8;  imperative,  nnpn  Ex.  28  : 1,  with  Maklieph,  '^ri-jn  Ps. 
81 :  11,  "P?!^!  2  Sara.  20  :  4,  "bnpn  Deut.  4  :  10,  with  a  pause  accent  the 
last  vowelsometimes  becomes  Pattahh,  pn-in  Job  13  :  21,  :  Ti'^r!  Ps.69:24, 
though  not  always,  hripf]  Lev.  8  :  3.  Hophal  infinitive,  a"!""  2  Kin.  3: 23. 
Tsere  is  commonly  retained  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Piel  and  Hithpael, 
which  upon  the  retrocession  or  loss  of  the  accent  is  shortened  to  Seghol, 


form  for  Tjnnynio,  §01.  5)1  Sam.  16:  15  but  CDTsnnb  Isa.  30:  18,  cannuJ 


^120,121    REMARKS    ON    AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  157 

Ezek.  5  :  16;  in  a  few  instances,  however,  as  in  the  perfect  verb,  Pattahh 
is  taken  instead,  thus  in  the  preterite,  anb  Mai.  3:  19,  cni  Ps.  103:  13, 
pnn  Isa.  6 :  12,  Uinx  Deut.  20  : 7,  TQTi  Gen.  24 :  1  (Tp?  rarely  occurs  ex- 
cept in  pause),  UinD  Isa.  25:11,  and  more  rarely  still  in  the  imperative, 
nnf?  Ezek.  37  :  17,  and  future  ^l^r^-!  Prov.  14:  10,  i=^5^n7,  ibssn")  Dan.  1  :  8. 

2.  bxd,  which  has  Kamets  in  pause,  bsC,  'ibx'J,  but  most  commonly 
Tsere  before  suffixes,  ^|bi5;Uj ,  ^3!iPNd,  exhihits  tiie  peculiar  forms,  cnbyia 
1  Sam.  12:13,  tvnbNii' l' Sam.  l':  20,  ^n-^nbxq  Judg.  13:6,  ^n-'rbN'in 
1  Sam.  1 :  28. 

3.  Kamets  Hhatuph  sometimes  remains  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal 
imperative  and  infinitive  with  suffixes  or  appended  n  ,  B^nx  Hos.  9:10, 
ri^NJ  Ruth  3:  13,  c6x-Q  Am.  2:4,  nioN^  (by  §61.  1)  IsaVyO:  12,  C=2';5 
Deut.  20  :  2  (the  altermtte  form  being  cz^^'O  Josh.  22 :  16),  nin^  Ex.  30 :'  18, 
nj^nii  Ezek.  8:6.  and  sometimes  is  changed  to  Pattahh,  T\p.?.}.  Isa.  57  :  13, 
Df?^73  Ezek.  20:27,  trjtia  Hos.  5:2,  n^n^  Deut.  10:15,  nix^  Jer.  31 :  12, 
or  with  simple  Sh'va  under  the  guttural,  Ti^rw:^  Ps.  68:8,  i2"T  2  Chron. 
26:19.  In  nirj  Num.  23:7,  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  lengthened  to  Hholem 
in  the  simple  syllable.  Once  the  paragogic  imperative  takes  the  form 
nbxo  Isa.  7:  11,  comp.  i^rib'p,  ^^^'C^.   Dan.  9 :  19,  nxsn  Ps.  41 :  5. 

4.  Hhirik  of  the  inflected  Kal  imperative  is  retained  before  "i,  'in'iS 
Josh.  9:6,  and  once  before  n,  >l'iriT!J  Job  6:  22;  when  the  first  radical  is  X 
it  becomes  Seghol,  ^il^x  Ps.  31 :  24,  "^TPiN  Cant.  2:  15  ;  in  other  cases  it 
is  changed  to  Pattahh,  ""^iryt_  Isa.  14:  31,  :iprT_  Judg.  10: 14. 

§  120.  1.  The  compound  Sh'va  after  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  (^.),  after 
Seghol  ( .),  in  other  cases  (..),  as  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  examples 
already  adduced.  Exceptions  are  rare,  "'inJ*  Ruth  3:  15,  '''7n'rn  Ezek. 
16:  33.  lM;^^!n'?  i/tha'rehu  Isa.  44: 13. 

2.  The  letter  before  the  guttural  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  pn^l^ 
Gen.  21:6;  in  "iNiri.sa  Ezek.  9:8,  this  leads  to  the  prolongation  of  the 
preceding  vowel  and  its  expression  by  the  vowel  letter  N,  §  11.  1.  a.  This 
latter  form,  though  without  an  exact  parallel,  is  thus  susceptible  of  ready 
explanation,  and  there  is  no  need  of  resorting  to  the  hypothesis  of  an  error 
in  the  text  or  a  confusion  of  two  distinct  readings,  "i!Sw"3  and  "Ni^N. 

3.  Resh  commonly  receives  simple  Sh'va,  though  it  has  compound  in 
some  forms  of  Ti^a,  e.g.  I3"^api  Num.  6 :  23,  ia^a  Gen.  27:27. 

§121.  1.  Upon  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the  second  radical 
the  previous  vowel  is  always  lengthened  before  ^,  almost  always  before 
N,  and  prevailingly  before  V,  but  rarely  before  rt  or  H.  The  previous 
vowel  remains  short  in  Piya  to  terrify,  0^3  to  provoke,  '^V"^  to  he  few,  "i53 
to  shake,  and  pi'S  to  cry.  It  is  sometimes  lengthened,  though  not  always, 
in  "1X3  to  make  plain,  tlXJ  to  commit  adultery,  "j^x;  to  despise,  "iX;  tn  re- 
ject, bxu  to  ask;  i?a  to  consume,  *i?b  to  sweep  away  by  a  tempest,  32.*n  to 
abhor ;  bna  to  affright,  Jirta  to  be  dim,  bnj  to  lead.  It  is  also  lengthened 
in  nnp  to  be  dull,  which  only  occurs  Eccl.  10 :  10.     The  only  instances  of 


158  ETYMOLOGY.  §122,123 

the  prolongation  of  the  vowel  before  n  are  tnb  Pi.  inf.  Judg.  5:  8,  'na  Pu. 
pret.  Ezek.  21:18,  sinn  Pu.  pret.  Ps.36:  13,  iniiH'inn  Job  9:  30,  the  first  two 
of  which  may,  however,  be  regarded  as  nouns.  Daghesh-fbrte  is  retained 
and  the  vowel  consequently  remains  short  in  n'ns  Ezek.  16:4,  JiiKi  Job 
33:21,  unless  the  point  in  the  latter  example  is  to  be  regarded  as  Mappik,  §26. 

2.  When  not  lengthened,  Hhirik  of  the  Piel  preterite  commonly  re- 
mains unaltered  before  the  guttural,  sinns  .Tob  15:18,  ^nnili  Jer.  12:10, 
though  it  is  in  two  instances  changed  to  'Seghol,  ^Tri5<  Judg,  5:  28,  •'rnin'' 
Ps.  51:7. 

3.  When  under  the  influence  of  a  pause  accent  the  gultural  receives 
Kamets,  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  converted  to  Seghol,  §63. 1.  a,  ipirriin 
Ezek.  5:  13,  cn;n^  Num.  23:  19,  !!nni:n  Num.  8:7. 

§122.  1.  '|5yp  and  l???.^  are  Piel  forms  with  the  third  radical  redupli- 
cated in  place  of  the  second ;  "n^iriP  doubles  the  second  syllable  ;  and  l^fiX 
lart  Hos.  4 :  18,  is  by  the  ablest  Hebraists  regarded  as  one  word,  the  last 
two  radicals  being  reduplicated  together  with  the  personal  ending,  §92.  a. 

2.  ty:i  and  ^?D  have  two  forms  of  the  Piel,  ^na  and  t"^'^ ,  ^io  and 
lib,  §92.' 6.;  and  UJsa  two  forms  of  the  Hithpael,  >ii:;?4'!7':,  lirr^Jn^  Jer. 
40:7,8;  !  y^bp  Isa.  52:5,  follows  the  analogy  of  the  latter;  yxS^  Eccl. 
12 :  5,  is  sometimes  derived  from  ^'X3  to  despise,  as  if  it  were  for  y^i^^"^, ; 
such  a  form  would  however  be  unexampled.  The  vowels  show  it  to  be 
the  Hiphil  future  of  y^'i  or  rather  ^^^3  to  flourish  or  blossom,  the  N  being 
inserted  as  a  vowel  letter,  §11.  1.  a.  ^bN53  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4:  14  is  a 
Niphal  formed  upon  the  basis  of  a  Pual,  §83.  c.  (2).  uil'f-i'n  Ezra  10:  16 
is  an  anomalous  infinitive  from  Ui'^T ,  which  some  regard  as  Kal,  others 
as  Piel. 


Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§123.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  tliose  which  have  a 
guttural  for  their  third  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiari- 
ties of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 

1 .  The  vowel  preceding  the  third  radical  becomes  Pat- 
tahh in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  in  the  feminine 
plurals  of  the  future  and  imperative  Piel,  Pliphil,  and  Hith- 
pael, n^TCV 

2.  Tsere  preceding  the  third  radical,  as  in  the  Piel  and 
Hithpael  and  in  some  forms  of  the  other  species,  may  either 
be  changed  to  Pattahh  or  retained ;  in  the  latter  case  the 
guttural  takes  Pattahh-furtive,  §17,  after  the  long  heteroge- 
neous vowel,  e.  g.  M'iiiJ^  or  J^^^?!' . 


§124  LAMEDH    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  159 

3.  Hhirik  of  the  Hiphil  species,  Illiolem  of  tlic  Kal  and 
Niplial  infinitives,  and  Shurek  of  the  Kal  passive  participle, 
suffer  no  change  before  the  final  guttural,  which  receives  a 
Pattahh-furtive,  n^^irn  ,  n"':© . 

4.  The  guttural  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  the  perfect 
verb  before  all  afformatives  beginning  with  a  consonant, 
though  compound  Sh'va  is  substituted  for  it  before  suffixes, 
which  are  less  closely  attached  to  the  verb,  nnS-iy  ^  ^inbio  . 

5.  When,  however,  a  personal  afformative  consists  of  a 
single  vowelless  letter,  as  in  the  second  feminine  singular  of 
the  preterite,  the  guttural  receives  a  Pattahh-furtive  to  aid  in 
its  pronunciation  without  sundering  it  from  the  affixed  ter- 
mination, PinSi^  . 

a.  Some  grammarians  regard  this  as  a  Pattahh  inserted  between  the 
guttural  and  tiie  final  vowelless  consonant  by  §61.  2,  and  accordingly  pro- 
nounce PinBo  shulahhnt  instead  of  shdhiffihl.  But  as  these  verbs  do 
not  sufler  even  a  compound  Sh'va  to  be  inserted  before  the  affixed  per- 
Eonal  termination,  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  a  full  vowel  would  be  ad- 
mitted. And  the  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  Tav  and  the  Sh'va  under  it 
show  that  the  preceding  vowel  sign  is  not  Pattahh  but  Pattahh-furtive, 
§  17.  a. 

6.  There  is  no  occasion  in  these  verbs  for  the  application 
of  the  rule  requiring  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the 
gutturals. 

§124.  The  inflections  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs  may  be 
represented  by  nr,a  to  send.  The  Pual  and  liophal,  which 
agree  with  perfect  verbs  except  in  the  Pattahh-furtive  of  the 
second  feminine  preterite  and  of  the  absolute  infinitive,  are 
omitted  from  the  paradigm.  The  Hithpael  of  this  verb  does 
not  occur,  but  is  here  formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sib- 
ilant being  transposed  with  n  of  the  prefix,  according  to 
§82.5. 

a.  Instead  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  with  prefixed  n,  which 
does  not  happen  to  occur  in  any  verb  of  this  class,  the  allernale  for.nn  with 
prefixed  3,  §91.  6,  is  given  in  the  paradigm,  n'^ir?  being  in  actual  use. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

HipniL. 

niTnPAEL. 

Peet,  3  m. 

nb-d 

nbu:2 

r^t 

rrbOT 

nbr-uin 

3/. 

T  :    IT 

T  :    :  • 

nrpb'iiin 

T     •     :    • 

H^nbn'irn 

2  m. 

nnbd 

nnb'jJD 

T  :  -    :  • 

r.Mb'jin 

nn'!3na:Ti 

2/ 

nn3u3 

nnbirp 

nnbd 

rinb'irn 

i^M>n"d»i 

\c. 

■^nnb^ 

^FinS^rs 

''riMi^iT 

^nrib'^rn 

Tinb'nirn 

Plur.  3  c. 

:   IT 

^.nb-^D 

^ihbu3 

^"^b^IJn 

^nbn-iTn 

2  m. 

DnnVij 

Dnnb'^rp 

Drmbii: 

Qnrib-i^n 

Drinbri'^rn 

2/ 

■p"bu;' 

"(^"b"^? 

li?"V^ 

■jrinb^in 

"jriMbnirn 

Ic. 

^:ribt2pp 

^2-5^ 

^Dnb-^n 

^:nbm'r; 

T 

n5^ 

"      T     . 

nb'ijn 

inbnu3'ri 

FcjT.  3  m. 

nbia^ 

nbi^^ 

nbiT^ 

n^bnj''' 

niniij-' 

3/ 

nS'isn 

nbTSn 

n^ujn 

n^b'u^n 

n^r.irn 

2  m. 

np'jp'n 

n5isn 

ri3Tj5n 

n^b'^rn 

nten 

2/ 

^nbujn 

"fibiiiin 

^iibirin 

^n^bujn 

^nbn^'n 

1<J. 

nbiri^ 

nbt^u^ 

n^i^^ 

^'b"^« 

r"ibn^j^5 

PZwr.  3  m. 

^nbip: 

^rbt^ 

^nV^'!' 

^-^b'lJ: 

iinbnii:^ 

3/ 

renbtn 

n^ribisn 

nsri'iujn 

n:nb";i:'n 

M*n5n"djn 

2  w. 

^nb^n 

^nbian 

i-h-m 

^n^b^n 

^nbnirn 

2/ 

nirib^rn 

r;:ribisn 

n^M^ir'n 

M^nBirn 

n^nbntin 

1  c. 

T6m 

-      T  • 

nVjpp 

ri^Sirp 

nlri'^p 

ImPEE.  2  OT. 

nb'ij 

nbi^n 

nb'id 

rib"j:n 

nbri'iDn 

2/ 

^nbu: 

•^nbirri 

"^rhm 

T^'^'ii^^r] 

^nbnirn 

PZwr.  2  m. 

iihbuj 

^nb^n 

^nb'iD 

^M^birn 

^fibri'irn 

2/ 

T   :  -    : 

T   :  -    T    • 

T   : 

T   :  "    :    - 

nDribnirn 

Part.  ^ci. 

nb'ir 

rSwa 

ri^b'u:-:) 

nbniiJTj 

Pass. 

mbir 

T    :  • 

160 


§125,126     REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    GUTTURAL  VERBS.         IGi 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  125.  1.  The  Kal  llituro  ami  imperative  liave  Pattahli  without  exception ; 
in  one  instance  the  K'thibh  inserts  l,  mbox  Jer.  5  :  7,  where  the  K'ri  is 
■nbos  .  The  vowel  a  is  retained  be(()re  suffixes,  remaining  short  in  nria 
Am.  9:1,  but  usually  lengthened  to  Kamets,  !n!iy|:53';'  2  Chron.  21:17, 
i;sr"^  Gen.  23:11.  In  the  paragogic  imperative  a  may  be  retained, 
nnb'p  ,  t^vh-:^  Dan.  9:  19,  or  rejected,  and  Hhirik  given  to  the  first  radical, 
-nVriy  Job'32  :  10,  nnbtJ  Gen.  43  :  S.  Hliirik  appears  in  rrnari  Gen.  25 :  31, 
but  verbs  whose  last  radical  is  "1  commonly  take  Kamets  Hiiatuph  like 
perfect  verbs  both  before  paragogic  n^,  and  suffixes,  "ITirid  1  Chron. 
29 :  18,  nndl?  Prov.  3:3. 

2.  The  Kal  infinitive  construct  mostly  has  0,  S'bz?  Jon.  2:1,  :  "i?^ 
Num.  17:28,  "lya  Isa.  54:9,  rarely  a,  n^d  Isa.  58:9,  rir>  Num.  20:  3, 
?]nd^3  1  Sam.  15:  1.  With  a  feminine  ending,  the  first  syllable  takes 
Kamets  Hhatuph.  S^i^^a  Zeph.  3:11;  so  sometimes  before  suffixes,  innj 
2  Sam.  15 :  12,  "i'^'d  iVeh.  1 :  4,  Crrra  Josh.  6 : 5,  but  more  commonly 
Hhirik.  tj'pa  Ara.'l':  13,  1^53  Num.'  35:  19,  inra  Neh.  8:5,  rarely  Pat- 
tahh,  T|?^pV  Ezek.  25:6. 

3.  Most  verbs  with  final  "1  haveHholem  in  the  Kal  future  and  impera- 
tive. But  such  as  have  middle  e  in  the  preterite  take  Pattahh,  §82. 1.  a; 
and  in  addition  the  following,  viz. :  "^^  to  shut,  "irs  to  say,  n'ln  to  honour, 
*Tjn  to  grow  pale,  "irij  to  shake,  "lUJi'  to  be  rich,  ^tH^  to  entreat,  ^'OQ  to  slip 
away,  ISQ  to  press,  "^zO  to  drink  or  he  drunken.  The  following  have 
Pattahh  or  Hholem,  "ITS  to  decree,  "i"]?  to  vow,  "i^i5  fut.  0,  to  reuj'),  fut.  a, 
to  be  short. 

§  126.  1.  Tsere  is  almost  always  changed  to  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 
in  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative;  but  it  is  re- 
tained and  Pattahh-furtive  given  to  the  guttural  in  pause,  and  in  the  in- 
finitive absolute  and  participle  which  partake  of  the  character  of  nouns 
and  prefer  lengthened  forms.  Thus,  Niphal :  infin.  constr.,  S'^^V^Ti  Esth. 
2  :  8,  nrsn  Isa.  51 :  14,  future,  r>-:-&^^  Ps.  9:19,  ;  ?i?n';i  Job  17  :  3,  impera- 
tive, even  in  pause,  ^I:^{f^.  Picl:  preterite,  n^a  Lev.  14:8,  ^'^a  2  Chron. 
34:4,  infin.  constr.,  y'iaHab.  1  :  13,  sba  Lam.  2  :  8,  future,  n^E^  .lob  16:  13, 
iSl^rn  2  Kin.  8:  12,  'p"^}?}  Deut.  7  : 5,"  imperative,  n^c3  Ex.  4:23.  Hiphil : 
apocopated  future,  ni:2'^  2  Kin.  18:30,  fut.  with  Vav  conversive,  y?^!'] 
Judg.  4:23,  fern,  plur..'  n:"?n  Ps.  119:171,  imperative,  rein  Ps.  S6:'a 
and  even  in  pause,  n^'^n  1  Kin.  22 :  12.  Hithpael:  S'^ir^H  Prov.  17:14, 
•^^ir"?  Dan.  11:40,  nipi'i'n  Ps.  106:47;  this  species  sometimes  has 
Kamets  in  its  pausal  forms,'  ^"ip^snii  Josh.  9:13,  :"^?rn  Ps.  107  :  27.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  absolute  infinitives:  Piel.  n^d  Deut.  22:7.  Hiphil, 
wian  Isa.  7:11,  Hophal,  n^tS^n  Ezek.  16:4.  Participles:  Kal.  ni;3  Deut. 
28:  52,  but  occasionally  in  the  construct  state  with  Pattahh,  rtii!  Ps.  94:  9, 
ran  Isa.  51:15,  ypn  Isa.  42:5,  rb'j  Lev.  11:7,  Piel,  tjiiT^  1  Kin.  3:3, 
Hithpael,  yaFi\ri3  1  Sam.  21  :  15.  Tsere  is  retained  before  suffixes  of  the 
second  person  instead  of  being  either  changed  to  Pattahh  or  as  in  perfect 
11 


162  ETYMOLOGY.  §127,128 

verbs  shortened  to  Seghol,  Pi.  inf.  const.  i^OiitJ  Deut  15  :  18,  fut.  Vjn^'ix 
Gen.  31 :  ^7.  There  is  one  instance  of  Pattahh  in  the  Hiphil  inf  const., 
nsin  Job  6  :  26. 

2.  In  verbs  with  final  "i  Pattahh  takes  tlie  place  of  Tsere  for  the  most 
part  in  the  Piel  preterite  (in  pause  Tsere),  and  frequently  in  the  Hithpael 
(in  pause  Kamets) ;  but  Tsere  (in  pause  Tsere  or  Pattahh.  §65.  a)  is  com- 
monly retained  elsewhere,  "i2ir  Ps.  76:4,  :"i2Td  Ex.  9 :  25,  ""^"rri  Prov. 
25  :  6,  "'j;"<~n  Ps.  93:  1,  ^bw^^.  Gen.  22  :  14,  "ibjj:;  Gen.  10  :  19,  ;  -ijjsrn  Zeph. 
2  :  4.  Two  verbs  have  Seghol  in  the  Piel  preterite,  'ni'n  (in  pause,  "iS'n) 
and  "1E3. 

§  127.  1.  The  guttural  almost  always  has  Pattahh-furtive  in  the  second 
fem.  eing.  of  the  preterite,  nr^\::  Ruth  2:8,  !P?=b  Ezek.  16:28,  T\y'iri 
Esth.  4  :  14.  nn^'sn  Ezek.  16  :  4,  scarcely  ever  simple  Sh'va,  f}n;^b  1  Kin. 
14:3,  rinaO  Jer.  13:  5,  and  never  Patlahh  (which  might  arise  from  the 
concurrence  of  consonants  at  the  end  of  a  word,  §61.2),  unless  in  rr.jbb 
Gen.  30:  5,  and  snriDb  Gen.  20: 16,  the  former  of  which  admits  of  ready 
explanation  as  a  construct  infinitive,  and  the  latter  may  be  a  Niphal  par- 
ticiple in  the  feminine  singular,  whether  it  be  understood  as  in  the  common 
English  version  "s/ie  uus  reproved.^'  or  it  is  adjudged  {\.  e.  justly  due 
as  a  compensation)  to  thee  ;  the  latest  authorities,  however,  prefer  to 
render  it  Uiou  art  judged,  i.  e.  justice  is  done  thee  by  this  indemnification. 
Pattahh  is  once  inserted  before  the  abbreviated  termination  of  the  feminine 
plural  imperative,  '{sjyo  Gen.  4  :  23  for  njsrd  . 

• 

2.  The  guttural  takes  compound  instead  of  simple  Sh'va  before  suf- 
fixes, not  only  when  it  stands  at  the  end  of  the  verb,  ^t^^  Num.  24:  11, 
'r^S'Sb'^  Prov.  25:  17,  but  also  in  the  first  plural  of  the  preterite,  r,!!:n|5^ 
Ps.'^44  :  IS  (^:ni'j  ver.  21),  C!i3?i7  Isa.  59:  12,  *in!i:yr2  Ps.  35:  25,  wi^^i^iri 
2  Sam.  21:6,  h^r'r^':;  P.s.  132:6;  i  retains  simple  Sh'va  before  all  per- 
sonal terminations  and  suffixes,  nn:^X  Judg.4:20,  ci-i^H  Mai.  1:7,  t:2'?35 
Josh.  4:23. 

3.  In  a  few  exceptional  cases  tbe  letter  before  the  guttural  receives 
compound  Sh'va,  ni'bss  Isa.  27:4,  "t^ni^b  Gen.  2:23. 

§128.  The  Hipbil  infinitive  construct  once  has  the  feminine  ending  n^l, 
wirrrn  Ezek.  24:26;  ns'najpi  Ezek.  16:50  for  n;n2:pi  perhiips  owes 
its  anomalous  form  to  its  being  assimilated  in  termination  to  the  following 
word,  which  is  a  Lamedh  He  verb.  In  ^p'^1  Am.  S :  8  K'thibh  for  ni'pcs 
the  guttural  ^  is  elided,  §53.  3. 


Pe  Nun  (fs)  Verbs. 

§129.  Nun,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs,  lias  two  penu- 
liarities,  viz. : 

1.  At  the  end  of  a  syllable  it  is  assimilated  to  the  fol- 


§130  PE    NUN    VERBS.  163 

lowing  consonant,  the  two  letters  being  written  as  one,  and 
the  doubling  indicated  by  Daghesh-forte.  This  occurs  in  the 
Kal  future,  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  and  in  the  Hiphil 
and  Ilophal  species  throughout ;  thus,  liJ-iS'^  becomes  tii^"^ , 
written  ^'k'! ,  so  tJb  for  t5D? ,  mn  for  to'^k-^.  In  the 
Hophal,  Kamets  lihatuph  becomes  Kibbuts  before  the 
doubled  letter,  §61.  5,  TiJ.^n  for  tJ5:n. 

2.  In  the  Kal  imperative  with  Pattahh  it  is  frequently 
dropped,  its  sound  being  easily  lost  from  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  when  it;  is  without  a  vowel,  TZ;^  for  ©53,  §53.2.  A 
like  rejection  occurs  in  the  Kal  infinitive  construct  of  a  few 
verbs,  the  abbreviation  being  in  this  case  compensated  by 
adding  the  feminine  termination  n ;  thus,  tri^^  for  T^'^k  (by 
§  63.  2.  «),  the  primary  form  being  TlJi? . 

a.  In  the  Indo-European  languages  likewise,  n  is  frequently  conformed 
lo  or  affected  by  a  ibllowing  consonant,  and  in  certain  circumstances  it  is 
liable  to  rejection,  e.  g.  cyypatjbo),  ifxjSdXXw,  crucrTpe^M. 

•  §  130.  1.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  maybe  repre- 
sented by  tjip  to  approach.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael, 
they  do  not  differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  last  column  of 
the  paradigm  is  occupied  by  the  Kal  species  of  "jr?  to  (jive, 
which  is  peculiar  in  assimilating  its  last  as  well  as  its  first 
radical,  and  in  having  Tsere  in  the  future. 

a.  The  Kal  of  D53  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative, 
the  preterite  and  participle  being  supplied  by  the  Niphal,  which  has  sub- 
stantially the  same  sense:  the  missing  parts  are  in  the  paradigm  supplied 
from  analogy. 

6.  The  future  of  '(W  has  Pattahh  in  one  instance  before  Makkeph, 
"(W  Judg.  16  :  5. 


Paradigm  of  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

IllPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

.       KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

Di3 

—  T 

id' 53 

t^in 

ojiiri 

1^3 

of. 

T  ;  IT 

T  ;  • 

T        •      • 

najsn 

nina 

T   :  IT 

2  m. 

T    ;  — T 

r    :  — • 

ribsr; 

n^D'sr; 

nnj 

2/ 

n-^rro 

nip  55 

nuJiiH 

PuJSm 

nf^5 

;    — r 

Ic. 

^nuJru 

^n"^'|3 

-nibsn 

^nu:'in 

■^nih^ 

Flur.  3  c. 

:  IT 

^b"5? 

^'iT'^sri 

vio'sn 

^in: 

2  m. 

mt:ci 

Dfl'i'^D 

Dntr,n 

DPI  id' "in 

nnriD 

2/ 

]T\'oy: 

"|P)"^1»5 

■,ri"or;n 

■t;)"^'3n 

1^^? 

1  c. 

;  — r 

^j"d5? 

^I'l^iri 

^r^'^n 

—  T 

Infix.  Absol. 

Hiiro 

T 

u3  TtiM 

■Sr;!! 

linD 

Constr. 

^"^1 

■•T      • 

vj^t^ri 

rn 

FuT.  3  m. 

t.r 

iD^rp 

— ••. 

1^: 

3/ 

issn 

•uj-^Bn 

iTsn 

]ti^ 

2  W2, 

issri 

u;':>sn 

.  1 

'izjsri 

1^^ 

2/ 

^'^sn 

^bron 

^'uj^hr\ 

^'^■sn 

^5r.n 

1  c. 

■i2J3« 

••T    V 

•0^-^^ 

^b>^ 

1^^ 

PZz^r.  3  m. 

^iiiB-: 

ii'^.-r 

r^^^l 

^^T  \ 

•on^ 

of. 

nsup^n 

in""kp"<sri 

MjiT'sn 

.  1 

(5^2PiJ^) 

2  ??i. 

^"ijr^n 

^"a::*2n 

^^^m 

^•b"3n 

.^snn 

2/ 

Mjpiiri 

T     :    -T    • 

HJptjn 

ujpBri 

(n^nn) 

1  c. 

■^'5? 

••T  • 

12'' 10 

u35D 

in^ 

Impee.  2  m. 

'irh 

HJr^sn 

■^"5u 

■^ 

2/ 

"■^'3 

^ir'r^sn 

^^"sn 

wanting 

^i^ 

PZijr.  2  7?i. 

^iu'r. 

;  IT   • 

^'d^itj 

^Dn 

2/ 

T    :  — 

T     ;   "T    • 

rij^'sn 

(-?'^) 
1^'^ 

Paet.  Act. 

'd:^ 

■u:'^37j 

Pass. 

T 

T    • 

T     •-, 

1^^; 

164 


§131,132  REMARKS    ON    PE    NUN    VERBS.  165 


Remarks  on  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

§  131.  1.  If  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural  or  a  vowel  letter,  Nun  be- 
comes strong  by  contrast  and  is  not  liable  to  rejection  or  assimilation, 
Vri?  Num.  34:18,  sns  2  Kin.  4:24,  ''insin  Gen.  24:48,  sinisx  Ex.  15:2. 
It  i.s,  however,  always  assimilated  in  en:  the  Niphal  preterite  ol"  cns  to 
repent,  and  occasionally  in  rnj  1o  descend,  e.  g.  nn;^  Jer.  21 :  13,  nnri 
Prov.  17:  10,  wnp.  Ps.  38:  3  but  rn:n  ibid-.nnjn  Joel  4 :  11. 

2.  Before  other  consonants  the  rule  for  assimilation  is  observed  with 
rare  exceptions,  viz. :  :  ^liii-nrn  Isa.  58 :  3,  r,^2!n  Ps.  (iS :  3,  ^■it:?7  Jer.  3 : 5, 


20:31. 


3.  Nun  is  commonly  rejected  from  the  K;il  imperative  with  a,  t'J 
2  Sam.  1 :  15  (once  before  Makkeph,  "Ui^  Gen.  I'J:  9,  in  plural  sibs  1  Kin. 
18  :  30  and  VJa  Josh.  3  :  9),  -hw  Ex.  3 :  5,  S5  Job  1:  11,  ^i'D  Deu't.  2:  24, 
""ns  Ezek.  37:9,  """i^t'ii  Gen.  27 :  26,  though  it  is  occasionally  retained, 
siSBJ  2  Kin.  19:29,  Nii":  Ps.  10 :  12,  or  by  a  variant  orthography,  nc?  Ps. 
4 :  7  but  always  elsewhere  Nb .  In  imperatives  with  o,  and  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  which  have  e  in  the  imperative,  Nun  is  invariably  retained,  dibs 
Prov.  17:  14,  "lis?  Ps.  24:14,  cp?  Num.  31:2,  |'n?  Ps.  58:7,  nip3  Gen. 
30:27,  naa  Ex.  8: 1. 

4.  The  rejection  of  Nun  from  the  Ival  construct  infinitive  occurs  in  but 
few  verbs;  viz.:  rcs  (with  sulFix,  iriwj)  from  V^:,  r.ns  from  riDJ ,  nsa 
(twice)  and  vi}  from  rj] ,  TVh  (once)  and  ri?  from  "'J: ,  xaj  has  nx'l) 
(by  §60.  3.  c),  with  the  preposition  ?,  r.sib  by  §57.  2.  (3),  once  na 
(§53.  3)  Job  41:17,  once  without  the  feminine  ending,  xvi  Ps.  89:  10,  and 
twice  S^b'3  :  "i^j  has  commonly  nn  (for  n:ri).  with  suffixes  Tiri,  but  "h: 
Num.  20  :'21,  and  -)r3  Gen.  38  :  9.  ' 

5.  The  absolute  infinitive  Niphal  appears  in  the  three  forms  )htri  Jer. 
32  :  4,  r,^:n  Ps.  68  :  3,  and  r,ib  Judg.  20  :  39. 

6.  The  n  of  the  prefix  in  the  Hithpael  species  is  in  a  few  instances 
assimilated  to  the  first  radical,  §82.  5.  r/,,  "ri'onsn  Ezek.  5:13,  "^nxsin 
Ezek.  37:  10,  Jer.  23:  13,  H'iiT}  Num.  21 :  7,  Dan.'^ll:  14,  t^NS^  Isa.  52:5. 

§132.  1.  The  last  radical  of  'riJ  is  assimilated  in  the  Niphal  as  well  as 
in  the  Kal  species,  Drns  Lev.  26:25.  The  final  Nun  of  other  verbs  re- 
mains without  assimilation,  ^'-h^ ,  Pi:z;c,  nt^:3.  In  2  Sam.  22:41  nnn  is 
for  f^Pro  which  is  found  in  the  parallel  passage  Ps.  18:41.  'Fin  1  Kin. 
6:19,17:14  K'thibh,  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Ewald,  the  Kal  con- 
struct infinitive  without  the  feminine  ending  (in)  prolonged  by  reduplica- 
tion, which  is  the  case  with  some  other  short  words,  e.  g.  I'^U  from  "a. 
"^"D^TZ  for  •'a ;  others  regard  it  as  the  infinitive  nn  with  the  3  fern.  plur.  suffix 
or  with  •  paragogic  ;  Gescnius  takes  it  to  be.  as  always  elsewhere,  the 


166  ETYMOLOGY.  §133,134. 

2  masc.  sing,  of  the  Kal  future.  nJPi  Ps.  8:2,  is  the  Kal  infin.,  comp. 
•Tin  Gen.  46  :  3,  not  the  3  fem.  sing.  pret.  for  nsns  (Nordheimer),  nor  the 
imperative  with  paragogic  n^,  as  nin  is  always  to  be  explained  elsewhere. 

2.  The  peculiarities  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  are  shared  by  nj^^  to  take,  whose 
first  radical  is  assimilated  or  rejected  in  the  same  manner  as  3,  Kal  inf 
const,  nnp  (with  prep.  i>,  J^Hirb,  to  be  distinguished  fi-om  PHj^b  2  fem. 
eing.  pret.),  once  THp  (by  §6U.  3.  c)  2  Kin.  12:9,  with  suffixes  •^Pn;?, 
fut.  n^":,  imper.  np,  -^nps  rarely  n^b,  "^ripb ,  Hoph.  fut.  n;?"; ,  but  Niph. 
pret.  ni^bj.  In  Hos.  11:3  cnp3  is  the  masculine  infinitive  with  the  suffix 
for  Bnnp  ;  the  same  form  occurs  without  a  suffix,  np?  Ezek.  17:  5,  or  this 
may  be  explained  with  Gesenius  as  a  preterite  for  n|r|b  . 

3.  In  Isa.  64:  5  bsfl  has  the  form  of  a  Hiphil  future  from  ^b'a,  but  the 
sense  shows  it  to  be  from  b23  for  biJl ,  Daghesh-forte  being  omitted  and 
the  previous  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  §59.  a. 


Ayin  Doubled  {W)  Verbs. 

§138.  The  imperfect  verbs,  thus  far  considered,  differ 
from  the  perfect  verbs  either  in  the  vowels  alone  or  in  the 
consonants  alone ;  those  which  follow,  difPer  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants,  §107,  and  consequently  depart  much  more 
seriously  from  the  standard  paradigm.  The  widest  diver- 
gence of  all  is  found  in  the  Ayin  doubled  and  Ayin  Vav 
verbs,  in  both  of  which  the  root  gives  up  its  dissyllabic 
character  and  is  converted  into  a  monosyllable ;  a  common 
feature,  which  gives  rise  to  many  striking  resemblances  and 
even  to  an  occasional  interchan2;e  of  forms. 

§134.  1.  In  explaining  the  inflections  peculiar  to  Ayin 
doubled  verbs,  it  will  be  most  convenient  to  separate  the  in- 
tensive species  Piel  and  Pual  with  their  derivative  the  Hith- 
pael  from  the  other  four.  That  which  gives  rise  to  all  their 
peculiar  forms  in  the  Kal,  Niphal,  Hiphil,  and  Tlophal 
species,  is  the  disposition  to  avoid  the  repetition  of  the  same 
sound  by  uniting  the  two  similar  radicals  and  giving  the  in- 
tervening vowel  to  the  previous  letter,  thus,  no  for  S39> 
DO  for  nnD§61.3. 

2.  In  the  Kal  species  this  contraction  is  optional  in  the 
preterite ;  it  is  rare  in  the  infinitive  absolute  though  usual  in 


§135  AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  1G7 

the  construct,  and  it  never  occurs  in  tlie  participles.  With 
these  exceptions,  it  is  universal  in  the  species  already  named. 
§135.  This  contraction  produces  certain  changes  both  in 
the  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back,  and  in  that  of  the  preced- 
ing syllable. 

1.  When  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel  (pretonic  Kamets, 
§  82. 1),  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  absolute,  and 
in  the  Niphal  infinitive,  future  and  imperative,  this  is  simply 
displaced  by  the  vowel  thrown  back  from  the  second  radical, 
thus  320 ,  n6 ,  niio ,  so ;  nii^n ,  nion ;  nnsn ,  n6n . 

2.  When  the  first  radical  ends- a  mixed  syllable  as  in  the 
Kal  future,  the  Niphal  preterite,  and  throughout  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal,  this  will  be  converted  into  a  simple  syllable  by 
the  shifting  of  the  vowel  from  the  second  radical  to  the  first, 
whence  arise  the  followiuGf  mutations  : 

In  the  Kal  future  SM97  becomes  26;^  with  /  in  a  simple 
syllable,  contrary  to  §18.2.  This  may,  however,  be  con- 
verted into  a  mixed  syllable  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte,  and 
the  short  vowel  be  retained,  thus  ^^'! ;  or  the  syllable  may 
remain  simple  and  the  vowel  be  lengthened  from  Hhirik  to 
Tsere,  §59,  thus,  in  verbs  fut.  a,  "^"i"!  for  'T^'o'^ ;  or  as  the 
Hhirik  of  this  tense  is  not  an  original  vowel  but  has  arisen 
from  Sh'va,  §  8  5. 2. «  (1),  it  may  be  neglected  and  a,  the  simplest 
of  the  long  vowels,  given  to  the  preformative,  which  is  the 
most  common  expedient,  thus  mo^ .  The  three  possible 
forms  of  this  tense  are  consequently  20;; ,  yo"^  and  "ca^ . 

In  the  Niphal  preterite  sacs  becomes  by  contraction  365 . 
In  a  few  verbs  beginning  with  n  the  short  voAvel  is  retained 
in  an  intermediate  syllable,  thus  "lil?  for  Tin: ;  in  other  cases 
Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  "jn?  for  lifiD ,  or  as  the  Hhirik 
is  not  essential  to  the  form  but  has  arisen  from  Sh'va, 
§  82.  2,  it  is  more  frequently  neglected,  and  Kamets,  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels,  substituted  in  its  place,  thus  3D3 . 
The  forms  of  this  tense  are,  therefore,  2D3 ,  "jJiD ,  nnp . 

In  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species  the  vowels  of  the  pre- 


168  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  136 

fixed  n  are  characteristic  and  essential.  They  must,  there- 
fore, either  be  retained  by  inserting  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical,  or  be  simply  lengthened ;  no  other  vowel  can  be  sub- 
stituted for  them,  non  for  n-^ion ,  ss^  or  np;'  for  n^^io^ ,  non 
(Kibbuts  before  the  doubled  letter  by  §G1.  5)  or  no^n  for 
aion. 

3.  The  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back  from  the  second  radi- 
cal to  the  first,  stands  no  longer  before  a  single  consonant,  but 
before  one  which,  though  single  in  appearance,  is  in  reality 
equivalent  to  two.  It  is  consequently  subjected  to  the  com- 
pression which  afiects  vow^els  so  situated,  §61.  4.  Thus,  in 
the  Niphal  future  and  imperative  Tsere  is  compressed  to 
Pattahh,  ais:^ ,  :£'} ;  ndsn ,  nsn  (comp.  bisp ,  nbcip )  though  it 
remains  in  the  infinitive  which,  partaking  of  the  character  of 
a  noun,  prefers  longer  forms.  So  in  the  Hiphil  long  Hhirik 
is  compressed  to  Tsere,  a^icrs  ^s^i  (comp.  b^tbjp;!,  npbtijpn). 

§136.  Although  the  letter,  into  which  the  second  and 
third  radicals  have  been  contracted,  represents  two  con- 
sonants, the  doubling  cannot  be  made  to  appear  at  the  end 
of  the  word.     But 

1 .  When  in  the  course  of  inflection  a  vowel  is  added,  the 
letter  receives  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  preceding  vowel,  even 
where  it  would  be  dropped  in  perfect  verbs,  is  retained  to 
make  the  doubling  possible,  and  hence  preserves  its  accent, 
§33.1,  nap,  ^ao;'. 

2.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  personal  ending  which  begins 
with  a  consonant,  the  utterance  of  the  doubled  letter  is  aided 
by  inserting  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels,  o  (i)  in  the 
preterite,  and  e  ( ''..)  in  the  future.  By  the  dissyllabic  append- 
age thus  formed  the  accent  is  carried  forward,  §32,  and 
the  previous  part  of  the  word  is  shortened  in  consequence 
as  much  as  possible,  apn ,  t^rdm ;  ao;' ,  np^Dpi . 

3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  rules  already  given, 
§135.  2,  the  first  radical  has  been  doubled,  the  reduplica- 
tion of  the  last   radical  is  frequently  omitted  in  order  to 


§137,138  AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  1G9 

relieve  the  word  of  too  many  doubled  letters.  In  this  case 
the  retention  of  the  vowel  before  the  last  radical,  contrary  to 
the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs,  and  the  insertion  of  a  vowel 
after  it,  are  alike  unnecessary,  and  the  accent  takes  its  accus- 
tomed position,  ^D'!' ,  rcssn . 

§137.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Ilithpael  sometimes  preserve 
the  regular  form,  as  b^n ,  b|n ,  b'innn  .  The  triple  repetition 
of  the  same  letter  thus  caused  is  in  a  few  instances  avoided, 
however,  by  reduplicating  the  contracted  root  Avith  appro- 
priate vowels,  as  1\h'20 ,  'ji^'^prin .  Or  more  commonly,  the 
reduplication  is  given  up  and  the  idea  of  intensity  conveyed 
by  the  simple  prolongation  of  the  root,  tlic  long  vowel 
Hholem  being  inserted  after  the  first  radical  for  this  purpose, 
as  sdiD ,  bSiinn . 

§  138.  In  the  following  paradigm  the  inflections  of  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  are  shown  by  the  example  of  3?D  to  surround. 
The  Pual  is  omitted,  as  this  species  almost  invariably  follows 
the  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb;  certain  persons  of  the 
Hophal,  of  which  there  is  no  example,  are  likewise  omitted. 
An  instance  of  Piel,  with  the  radical  syllable  reduplicated,  is 
given  in  tjosp  to  excite. 

a.  The  Hithpael  of  r::0  does  not  actually  occur ;  but  it  is  in  the  para- 
digm formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sibilant  being  transposed  with  the  n 
of  the  prefix,  agreeably  to  §82.  5. 

h.  In  his  Manual  Lexicon,  Gesenius  gives  to  TiOtP  t'^e  meaning  to 
arm,  but  the  best  authorities  prefer  the  definition  subsequently  introduced 
by  him  into  his  Thesaurus,  to  excite. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

Peet.  3  TO. 

niD 

—  T 

1 

nbs 

— T 

nnio 

of. 

nnno 

T    ;  IT 

nnb 

T   — 

nncD 

T  — r 

nnnio 

T  :     1 

2  TO. 

(^???) 

T             — 

nines 

T        — : 

nnnio 

2/ 

(^???) 

nino 

ninoD 

ri^nio 

Ic. 

'J^?^? 

^nino 

"inincp 

^nnnio 

PZwr.  3  c. 

^ino 

^nb 

^nb3 

— T 

^nnio 

:      1 

2  «i. 

(Dmnc) 

Dnino 

nninoD 

Dnnnio 

2/ 

{'km 

■jfiinD 

■ninos 

"i^^^'ip 

1  c. 

iijnno 

;  —  T 

^;ino 

^wincp 

^snnio 

Infik.  Absol. 

T 

no 

nibn 

nnio 

Constr. 

.1 

.1 
no 

^bri 

nniO' 

FUT.    3  TO. 

T 

nb'^. 

nb^ 

nnio"; 

3/. 

nin 

T 

nbn 

nbn 

nnicn 

2  TO. 

ncn 

T 

nbn 

nbn 

nnion 

2/. 

T 

^non 

^nbn 

^nnicn 

1  c. 

nb5< 

T 

nb^ 

^bi$ 

^^'icyj 

PZur.  3  TO. 

T 

^no'; 

iinb: 

^nnio^ 

•     ■  • 

3/ 

Hj'icn 

riDnbn 

T    ;         * 

nsnbn 

nrnnicn 

T  :  ■•         : 

2  TO. 

iiinbr, 

iinon 

^nbn 

^nnicn 

2/ 

nj^icn 

ninbn 

T    ; 

njnbn 

Jijnnicn 

1  c. 

n'DD 

T 

nb? 

nb? 

^;iib3 

Imper,  2  TO. 

no 

nbr; 

nnio 

2/ 

^nb 

^nbr; 

^nnio 

•   :     i 

Plur.  2  TO. 

^nb 

^nbr; 

sinnio 

2/ 

T        V   \ 

ranbn 

T   :  —   • 

nsnnio 

T    ;    •• 

Paht.  Act. 

nib 

nnio^'j 

Pass. 

n^iiD 

r 

nbu 

TT 

170 


Doubled  Verbs. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

HITHPAEL. 

PIEL. 

=icn 

ncTi 

-i^'^v^t 

tjcrp 

nncn 

T  — 

ninincn 

T   :      1    :    • 

.      1 

T   ;    ;    • 

tniiiDn 

nniircn 

^'???P 

ninctj 

nnnincn 

n::€5c 

^minon 

^riDnincn 

TP?r? 

^^cr^ 

iQD^n 

:      1   :    • 

^icsp 

Dhiscn 

Dnnnincn 

Dnsc^D 

i^i^^a 

",nnnir,sr; 

"i^-??? 

^3^::icq 

^^niircri 

-tn 

rippD 

-en 

niincn 

^C^D 

-^: 

SC^"* 

^^'iJ^?: 

^^t'?: 

^cn 

no^n 

niipicn 

tjcDcn 

ncn 

nc^n 

niincn 

tjc^cn 

^^cn 

^iD^n 

•    :       1   :    • 

^^v??ri 

^m 

nc^ix 

^^■iJ^c^ 

=1???^ 

"i^t: 

Sl^Dil^ 

^i^inc"' 

^3C^C^ 

j^r^^n 

riDnninDn 

nr-c^'cn 

^ncn 

^no^n 

iiinip.cn 

'^ip^cri 

^r^^i^ 

nDniincn 

T   :  ••         :    • 

n'SCSCn 

^0? 

n&^!3 

nninp? 

TjC.Cp 

::6n 

niiirDn 

^CDp 

■wanting 

^nnincn 

•    :       1   :    • 

^inircn 

^r^^a 

nsnnincn 

T   ;   *•          ;    • 

^?t^t5 

^m 

T 

nnir.p"J 

171 


172  ETYMOLOGY.  §139,140 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Doubled  Verbs. 

§  139.  1.  The  uncontracted  and  the  contracted  forms  of  the  Kal  preter- 
ite are  used  with  perhaps  equal  frequency  in  the  third  person;  the  ibrmer 
is  rare  in  the  first  person,  ^'n'oh  Zech.  8 :  14.  15,  wb  Deut.  2 :  35,  and 
there  are  no  examples  of  it  in' the  second;  sis'A  Gen.  49:23  and  lan  Job 
24  :  24  are  preterites  with  Hliolem,  §82. 1.  In  Ps.  118:11,  "'S^nno-D?  ^:=120 
the  uncontracted  is  added  to  the  contracted  form  for  the  sake  of  greater 
emphasis.  Compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  used  with  these  verbs  instead 
of  simple  to  make  its  vocal  character  more  distinct,  §16.  1.  b,  ^p'sw  Gen. 
29  :  3,  8,  sib'brj  Ex.  15  :  10,  Vi^^^n  Isa.  C4:  10,  ■'?:s  Gen.  9 :  14,  ^3=p5n  Num. 
23:25. 

2.  The  following  are  examples  of  the  contracted  infinitive  absolute, 
Sp  Num.  23:25,  b-3  Ruth  2:16,  nie  Isa.  24:19,  ni;S  (with  a  para- 
gogic  termination)  ibid.;  of  tlie  uncontracted,  pi"'*,  'p:.;' .  "i^"",  ^^'^^  j 
nifs,  nins,  ni'iir;  of  the  infinitive  construct,  I'ta  and  IS,  spo  and  rb, 
OdV,  ^^'^,  13,  t^f^;  once  with  u  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  -ma  Eocles.  9: 1, 
and  occasionally  with  a,  "Ti  Isa.  45 : 1,  T^a  Jer.  5 :  26,  cnn  (with  3  plur. 
suf )  Eccl.  3  :  18,  ni:3n^  Isa.  30 :  18  (njDn  Ps.^  102  :  14);  canb  Isa.  17  :  14, 
though  sometimes  explained  as  the  noun  cn^  with  the  suffix  their  bread, 
is  the  infinitive  of  obn  to  grow  rearm;  DSira  Gen.  6  :  3  Eng.  ver.  for  that 
also,  as  if  compounded  of  the  prep.  3,  the  abbreviated  relative  and  Ca,  is 
by  the  latest  authorities  regarded  as  the  infinitive  of  J^a  in  their  erring; 
isn  Job  29:  3  has  Hhirik  before  the  suffix.  The  feminine  termination  ni 
is  appended  to  the  following  infinitives,  niin  Ps.  77  :  10,  Job  19:  17,  nia^ 
Ezek.  36  :  3,  ■'raT  Ps.  17  :  3.  The  imperative,  which  is  always  contracted, 
has  mostly  Hholem,  ro,  ni^  and  c'i  but  sometimes  Pattahh,  hi  Ps.  119:22 
(elsewhere  P5),  nb  Ps.  80:16.  Fiirst  regards  rn  as  a  contracted  par- 
ticiple from  nnn  ,  analagous  to  the  Ayin  Vav  form  cj?  . 

3.  The  following  uncontracted  forms  occur  in  the  Kal  future,  'iri^  ^^' 
5:15,  li^:  and  i^T\  from  "in; ;  in  the  Niphal,  22^"^  Job  11:12;  Hiphil, 
DBBn  Mic.  6:13,  n-^icia  Ezek.  3:  15,  "'riPinni  Jer.  49:37,  and  constantly 
in  ')3n  and  hi'^ ;  Hophal,  Tn^  Job  20 : 8  from  inj .  In  a  few  instances 
the  repetition  of  the  same  letter  is  avoided  by  the  substitution  of  it  for 
the  second  radical,  Jibxa"^  =  ^DDTS^  Ps.  58:8  and  perhaps  also  Job  7:5, 
VX'aiQ  =  T''nai3  Ezek.  28:24,  Lev.  13:51,  52,  ■]iCX':J  =  r|:ooij  Jer.  30:  16 
K'thibh.  Comp.  in  Syriac  v_c|?  part,  of  wc?  .  According  to  the  Rabbins 
:ixT3=:1tt5i  Isa.  18  :  2,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

:  iT  :  IT  ' 

§140.  1.  Examples  of  different  forms  of  the  Kal  future:  (1)  With 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  c^?,  Tiiii-,  rs:,  "ip":,  nii"'^,  cn^ ;  or 
vi^ith  a  as  the  second  vowel,  ^537  ,  ^a';',  :  wnr  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
personal  prefix,  on;;,  nn;:,  na;^,  r^^-^,  ^jf^n,  ^lah;:,  e  being  once  written 
by  means  of  the  vowel  letter  "^ .  crj-^x .  (3)  With  Kamets  under  the 
personal  prefix,  fn^,  nb^,  iV'^ ,  nii^ ,  pn;«,  rn;",  n6;;  this  occurs  once 
with  fut.  a,  ini    Prov.  27: 17.     With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 


§  140  REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  173 

back  to  the  simple  penult  syllable  in  this  form  of  the  future,  and  Hholem 
is  consequently  shortened,  §64.  1,  75^],  153  jl,  u'n] ,  C^t^  "t'^t^  There 
are  a  (cw  examples  of  u  in  the  future  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  ^^^'^^^  Prov. 
29:6,  yf^'-il  Isa.  42:4,  Eccles.  12:6,  Ctnn  Ezek.  24:11  and  perhaps  n:^ 
Gen.  4'J :  19,  Hab.  3 :  16,  lio;  Ps.  91  :  6.'though  Gescnius  assumes  the  ex- 
istence of  "Tia  and  'IVJ  as  distinct  roofs  from  I^J  and  Tia  . 

2.  The  Niphal  preterite  and  participle:  (l)  With  Hhirik  under  the 
prefixed  3,  ninj?  Job  20  :  2S,  bri: ,  ins,  nn:.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
prefix,  ■'njns  Jer.  22:23,  n^nsa  Mai.  3:9,-  C^onj  Isa.  57:5.  (3)  With 
Kamets  under  the  prefix,  -03,  ^I^J ,  "inj,  lis ;  sometimes  the  repetition 
of  like  vowels  in  successive  syllables  is  avoided  by  exchanging  a  of  the 
last  syllable  for  Tsere,  bf:;  and  bp3,  oij  and  0^3,  nsop  Ezek.  26:2, 
or  for  Hholem  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  si'hD,  "J^'lJ  Eccl.  12:6,  1723  Am. 
3:11,  Wis  Nah.  1 :  12,  ^^53  Isa.  34  :  4.  '         ' 

3.  The  Niphal  future  preserves  the  Tsere  of  perfect  verbs  in  one  ex- 
ample, bnn  Lev.  21:9,  but  mostly  compresses  it  to  Pattahh.  b^"^.  V>"[!7,  ns^, 
'^'Bl ,  7\B1 .  0537,  HTa-^,  ?(?!!<:;  like  the  preterite  it  sometimes  has  Hholem, 
tian  Isa.  24  :  3,  p'ian  ibid.  If  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  and  incapable 
of  receiving  Daghesh,  the  preceding  Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  "in;;, 
bnx ,  cn;^ ,  yi^.T} ,  iian-^ .  The  Kal  and  Niphal  futures,  it  will  be  perceived, 
coincide  in  some  of  their  forms  ;  and  as  the  signification  of  these  species 
is  not  always  clearly  distinguishable  in  intransitive  verbs,  it  is  often  a 
matter  of  doubt  or  of  indifference  to  which  a  given  form  should  be  referred. 
Thus,  b'H'^,  Tj53?,  rni'7  are  in  the  Niphal  according  to  Gesenius,  Avhile 
Ewald  makes  them  to  be  Kal,  and  Fiirst  the  first  two  Niphal  and  the 
third  Kal. 

4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  :  nsn  Isa.  24 :  .*?,  pi2n  ibid.,  or  with 
Tsere  in  the  last  syllable,  Dsn  2  Sam.  17:  10.  The  infinitive  construct: 
oin  Ps.  6S  :  3,  hhri  Ezek.  20  ;  9,  and  once  with  Pattahh  belbre  a  saffi.x, 
■i^nn  Lev.  21:4.     The  imperative:   ■^'^zr}  Isa.  52:11,  !l53nn  Num.   17:10. 

5.  In  the  Hiphil  preterite  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  is  compressed 
to  Tsere,  -On ,  "^Sfi  (in  pause  "isn ,  so  ;  ^iS'^n ,  !  ^larr.),  or  even  to  Pat- 
tahh, 'p'^ri ,  hpjn  ,  niri ,  -li^!  i  T\h^\  "nn  ,  nii-n ,  sisqn ,  iison  .  Both  infini- 
tives have  Tsere,  thus  the  absolute  :  pnn  ,  -.Tgn  ,  PEn  ,  nsn  ,  i;nn  ;  the 
construct:  "rgn,  TiOfi ,  ^tr\  ('T'sn  Zech.  11:10),  ^±r\ ,  bpn,  cpn.  in 
pause  i-'^f^,  Pl\i-  with  a  final  guttural,  S^fi,  ?"in.  The  imperative: 
2Gn  ,  -icn ,  bpn ,  bnn ,  l"rn ;  !iarn  Job  21 :  5  is  a  Hiphil  and  not  a  Hophal 
form  as  stated  by  Gesenius,  the  first  vowel  being  Kamets  and  not  Kamets 
Hhatuph.  Futures  with  a  short  vowel  before  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical:  ro'^,  Bn^ ,  nrn,  ^ins^;  with  a  long  vowel,  'i;;',  "i'^  ,  ^t"^,,  ^nij 
or  bn;:,  bn^,  2Jnn  and  ?n'i,  T(Ori ,  "j'Xi;  (e  expressed  by  the  vowel  letter 
K,  §11.  1.  a)  Eccles.  12:5.  When  in  this  latter  class  of  futures  the 
accent  is  removed  from  the  ultimate,  whether  by  Vav  Coriversive  or  any 
other  cause,  Tsere  is  shortened  to  Seghol,  ^5^1,  P"}.'' ,  "'2;!'-_  "'^;!J ,  '^\9.^i 
Vnpi,  and  in  one  instance  to  Hhirik,  ^IP]  Judg.  9:53(7"!?^  would  be 
from  y^in)  before  a  guttural  it  becomes  Pattahh,  vyj,  in'^,  "i:JV  Par- 
ticiples: roo,  ^h^,  briig,  bs^a  Ezek.  31:3,  Si's  Prov.  17:4.     In  a  very 


174  ETYMOLOGY.  §  141 

few  instances  the  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  retained  in  the  last 
syllable  of  this  species  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs.  Tpp'S  Jodg.  3  :  21,  C'^^  Jer. 
49 :  20,  n-^t;?]  Num.  21 :  30. 

6.  Hophal  preterites:  hmn.  frimn ,  liart ;  futures:  ^i^'' ,  "iw^^"*,  p^j^'>, 
■jH'',  -len,  'it'l"',  -fel"^,  r?;",  Ti^'?;  participles:  TE^B ,  ^:a  or"  in  some 
copies  "I2'2  2  Sam.  23  :  6  ;  infinitive  with  suffix,  n^irn  Lev.  26 :  34,  with 
prep.,  inH.;;n3  ver.  43. 

§141.  1.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  vowel  affix  and  the  consequent  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  last  radical,  the  preceding  vowel  and  the 
position  of  the  accent  continue  unchanged,  ^sj,  ^"h^,  Hai'j  (distinguished 
from  the  fern.  part,  nar:),  ^^n;" ;  if  the  last  radical  does  not  admit 
Daghesh-forte  a  preceding  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  short  before  n, 
but  it  is  lengthened  to  Kameis  before  other  gutturals,  frnis,  sirnl  (idO.  2), 
lian,  nniB  and  nniU.  When  tlie  first  radical  is  doubled,  Daghesh  is 
omitted  from  the  last  in  the  Kal  Cut.  o,  ^i'^'},  ^'^I?'?,  ^^F}?,  and  occasionally 
elsewhere  ^ns^  Hi.  fut.  I^an  Ho.  pret.  Other  cases  are  exceptional, 
whether  of  the  shifting  of  the  accent,  ^la'n  Ps.  3:2.  »2-i  Ps.  55:22,  flS;5 
Jer.  4  :  13,  and  consequent  shortening  of  the  vowel,  ">•"»  Jer.  7  :  29  lor  ■'■f'a, 
•^n,  !in  for  "i2'-i,  ^i'n,  ^^ya  Jer.  49:28  (with  the  letter  repeated  instead 
of  being  simply  doubled  by  Daghesh,  so  likewise  in  C'^'^d7  Jer.  5 : 6,  ''3::n 
Ps.  9:  14).  for  ^"nb;  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  njaj  1  Sam.  14:36,  njrn 
Prov.  7:  13,  idr;  Cant.  6:  11,7:  13.  !  ^ipn^  Job  19:23,  -nr;5  Num.  22:'il, 
17  (Kal  imper.  with  n^  parag.  for  "naps  shortened  by  Makkeph  from  "2p, 
so  "n-ns  ora  Num.  23:7),  or  in  addition,  the  rejection  of  the  vowel,  ^^]^ 
K.  futV'Gcn.  11:6  for  >iar,  nraj  Gen.  11  : 7  K.  fut.  for  nVaj.  n^:3  Isa^. 
19:3  Ni.  pret.  for  n^saj  or  niJa;,  naps  Ezek.  41:7  Ni.  fut.  for  napa ; 
lS;3  Judg.  5:5  according  to  Gesenius  ibr  ^ikt:  Ni.  pret.  of  ^b:  to  shake, 
according  to  others  K.  pret.  of  bt:  lo  Jlcnv;  ^i?,P]  Ezek.  36:3  for  ^^i't^"} 
(Ewald)  from  hbv  to  enter,  or  for  ^bvrr\  Ni.  fut.  of  n'is  to  go  up,  siiqs 
Ezek.  7  :  24  Ni.  pret.  for  >i^n: ,  "^ins  Cant.  1 :6  Ni.  pret.  for  "^"n?.  Once 
instead  of  doubling  the  last  radical  "^  is  inserted,  ^''"t'fi  Prov.  26  :  7  for  lii'n, 
comp.  O^!!  Ezr.  10  :  16  for  UJW  , 

2.  Upon  the  insertion  of  a  vowel  before  affixes  beginning  Avith  a  con- 
sonant, the  accent  is  shifted  and  the  previous  part  of  the  word  shortened 
if  possible;  thus,  with  0  in  the  preterite,  ri^p ,  "'^"'^^^  (Kameis  before  1 
which  cannot  be  doubled),  cniSi: ,  mta  ,''"'rip3 .  crp-q: ,  nip-in^ ,  "'nn^q 
(the  vowel  remaining  long  before  "i))  rrinn  (Paltahh  instead  of  compound 
Sh'va  on  account  of  the  following  guttural.  §60.  3.  c),  ■'P'Snn  ,  once  with 
u,  vA::^  Mic.  2:4;  with  e  in  the  Oiture,  npaon ,  nr|:in ,  nr|nn .  If  the 
first  radical  he  doubled,  Daghesh  is  omitted  from  the  last,  and  the  cus- 
tomary vowel  is  in  consequence  not  inserted,  nsp^an  ,  njbjjn  ;  other  cases 
are  rare  and  exceptional,  nnicn ,  Fi^na ,  Tiin:,  cpibrs,  ^ijrn  which  is 
first  plur.  pret.  for  ^iJian  not  third  plur.  for  ^sn  (Ewald),  §54.3;  "'ni'S^) 
Deut.  32:41,  "^nixin  Isa,  44:16,  "'ni^  Ps.  116:6,  have  the  accent  upon 
the  ultimate  instead  of  the  penult. 

3.  Before  suffixes  the  accent  is  always  shifted,  and  if  possible  the 
vowels  shortened,  "'sao':,  >inao-}  from  ao;;,  ^atb-j,  fj^!?"^^  from  ^Siy;,  si3:^in 


§141 


REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS. 


175 


from  Gnn,  tinEn  from  ^5n  ;  in  i^sn'i  Gen.  43:29,  Isa.  30  :  19,  from  in;;, 
cbisn  Lev.  2tj:  15  from  "isn,  the  original  vowels  have  been  not  only  ab- 
breviated but  rejected,  and  the  requisite  short  vowel  given  to  the  first  of  the 
concurring  consonants,  §61.  1.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  form  resembling 
that  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  is  assumed,  Daghesh  being  omitted  from  the  last 
radical  and  the  preceding  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  "ip^n  Prov. 
S:29  lor  ii^n  ver.  27,  ^^'■nn,  Isa.  33:  1  for  T^anri ,  sin-'riTodrt  Ezek.  14:8 
for  sin-'niB'i-n  ,  n^^i-tn  Laiii.  1 :  8  for  n^S-'n  Hi.  pret.  of  b^j,  ■nT)';  Hab. 
2 :  17  for  ■(nri";  Hi,  fut.  of  nnn  with  3  fern.  plur.  suf ,  cpns^  2  Sam.  22 :  43 
in  a  few  editions  for  cpJTX  .  Nun  is  once  inserted  before  the  suffix  in  place 
of  doubling  the  radical,  -133;^  Num.  23:  13  lor  "iai^ . 

§  141.  1.  Of  the  verbs  which  occur  in  Picl,  Pual,  or  Hithpael,  the  fol- 
lowing adopt  the  forms  of  perfect  verbs,  viz. : 


nns  to  curse. 
173  lo  plunder. 
"ina  lo  purifi/. 
T:;\a.J  to  grope. 
"JTT  to  Tf^ine. 
Drn  to  u-arm. 
■j'^n  to  divide. 
nnn  to  he  broken. 
"bh'Ji  to  cover. 


33^  to  cry.  *3|?  to  make  a  nest. 

pfis  to  smite,  break.  Y^Pr  '^  '^"^  "ff- 

33b  to  take  awaij  the  33^  to  be  many, 

heart.  Tft'\  to  be  tender. 

pi^b  to  lick.  "iT^  io  harroxo. 

"C'd-o  to  feel,  to  grope.  "Tib  to  ride. 

lis  to  leap.  *:b  to  sharpen. 

bbo  to  judge,  to  inter-  crn  to  he  perfect, 
cede. 


2.  The  following,  which  are  mostly  suggestive  of  a  short,  quick,  re- 
peated motion,  reduplicate  the  radical  syllable,  viz.  : 

yyd  to  sport,  delight. 


"nn  to  burn. 
"TnS  to  dance. 
ntib  to  be  mad. 


nnia  to  linger. 
TjwO  to  excite. 
C]sa  to  chirp. 


ppiy  to  run. 
i'rFi  lo  mock. 


3.  The  following  insert  Hholem  after  the  first  radical,  viz. : 


*i:x  to  complain. 
Vb3  to  mix. 
pp3  to  empty. 
Its  to  cut. 
•^"ii  to  sxoeep  away. 
ct-n  to  he  still. 
prn  to  break  loose 


in:  to  fly.  S.'y"i  to  break. 

003  lo  lift  up.  nh'j  to  sink. 

C]£0  lo  occupy  the  thres-   bbd  lo  spoil. 

hold.  nijt'  lo  be  desolate  or 

nnS  to  bind..  amazed. 

00^5  to  cut  off.  t]Stn  to  beat. 
^C|5  lo  gather. 


4.  The  following  employ  two  forms,  commonly  in  different  senses,  viz.: 

b:;b.^  and  h'iii,  to  roll.  )iri  to  make  gracious,   '|5in   lo  be 

bbn  to  praise,  bbin  to  make  mad.  gracious. 

biH  toprofarie,  b^in  to  wound.  h'§-q  to  speak,  bb'ia  to  mow. 


176  ETYMOLOGY.  §  142,  143 

230  to  change,  ^iiO  to  surround.  h'^p^  to  curse,  ^I^^P  to  whet, 

"{h  to  gather  clouds,  •jb'iJ'  to  prac-  ykl  and  I'i'ii  to  crush. 

Use  sorcery.  Tn'r  and    T^^    to    treat   with  vio- 
■I'niQ  to  burst, ''•^'^B  to shaketo pieces.  lence. 

5.  The  following  use  different  forms  in  different,  species,  viz. : 

ppn  Pi.  to  decree,  Pu.  ppn  .  "^  Pi.  to  shout,  Hith.  liinrti.* 

1^73  Pi.  io  measure,  Hith.  T^^rin  .  irB-i  Pi.  ^o  break,  Pa.  ^'i^n  . 

-inB  Pi. /ornate 6i«er, Hith. i7D-i72r>n.  '|2U:  Pi.  to  inculcate,  Hith.   "|iini:3n 

biibo  Pi.  /o  e.ra/;,  Hith.  i'^'inpn  .  to  pierce. 
iBi3>  Pi.  to  maltreat,   Hith.  ^.f:?nn 
and  ^^irnn . 

6.  Tlie  following  examples  exhibit  the  effect  of  gutturals  upon  redu- 
plicated forms:  Preterite,  Sl!u?.iiJ  Isa.  11:8;  Infinitive,  ""Hin^  Prov. 
26:21,  tnbn^rn  Ex.  12 :  39 ;  Future,  riy^nm  Ps.  119:47,  sii'iy^a";  Ps. 
94:19;  Imperative,  duirrnirn  Isa.  29:9;  jparticiple,  ?F]^!n'3  Gen.  27 ':  12, 
n^n^n?3  Prov.  26 :  18.    '    '    ' 

§  142.  1.  The  Pual  species  adheres  to  the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs 
with  the  exception  of  the  preterites,  'I'lia  Nah.  3: 17.  bbis  Lam.  1 :  12,  the 
future  !  ^"'2J2.;^t^  Isa.  66 :  12,  and  the  participles,  t^^^'if'3  Isa.  9 : 4,  hfnxi 
Isa.  53  :  5.  '    '  ' 

2.  :  !li^>":  Isa.  15  :  5  is  for  :  1^2'.^?'?  Pi.  fut.  of  "rys  ,  §  57. 1.  nsriFi  2  Sam. 
22  : 7  is  contracted  for  "i^ann  Ps.  18  :  27,  probably  with  the  view  of  as- 
similating it  in  form  to  the  preceding  inisr.tn;  in  regard  to  ;bQrin  in  the 
same  verse,  Nordheimer  adopts  the  explanation  of  Alting  that  it  is  a  simi- 
lar contraction  of  the  Hithpael  of  bSa  thoii  ttilt  show  thyself  a  judge, hut  as 
it  answers  to  l^nonn  Ps.  18:27,  the  best  authorities  are  almost  unanimous 
in  supposing  a  transposition  of  the  second  radical  with  the  first  and  its 
union  with  n  of  the  prefix. 

3.  brn  and  Vin.  The  prefixed  n  remains  in  the  Hiphil  future  of  Vbn, 
e.  g.  'rin"?  1  ^^bvj? ;  ^^C'rjfi  and  in  the  derivative  nouns  C^Ainni,  ni^nrr^a , 
whence  these  forms  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  the  secondary  root  bnH  . 


Pe  Yodh  Ci'd)  Verbs. 

§  143.  In  quiescent  verbs  one  of  the  original  radicals  is 
l!^ ,  1  or  "^ ,  wliicli  in  certain  forms  is  converted  into  or  ex- 
changed for  a  vowel.  As  N  preserves  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter when  occupying  the  second  place  in  the  root,  and  also 

*  13.'i"'?'3    Ps.   78:65  is  not  from  ')^"i  (Gesenius)  but  from  )11,  see 
Alexander  in  loc. 


§144  PE    YODH    VERBS.  177 

(with  the  exception  of  the  Pe  Aleph  future,  §110.  3,  and  a 
few  occasional  forms,  §111.  2)  when  it  stands  in  the  first 
place,  verbs  having  this  letter  as  a  first  or  second  radical  be- 
long to  the  guttural  class ;  those  only  in  which  it  is  the  third 
radical  (Lamedh  Aleph)  are  properly  reckoned  quiescent.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  first,  second,  or  third  radical  be  either 
Yodh  or  Vav,  the  verb  is  classed  as  quiescent.  All  verbs 
into  which  either  1  or  "^  enter  as  a  first  radical  are  promiscu- 
ously called  Pe  Yodh,  as  the  modes  of  inflection  arising  from 
these  two  letters  have  been  blended,  and  Yodh  in  either  case 
appears  in  the  Kal  preterite  from  which  roots  are  ordinarily 
named,  §  83.  «.  In  the  second  radical  the  Vav  forms  (Ayin 
Vav)  preponderate  greatly  over  those  with  Yodh  (Ayin 
Yodh).  In  the  third  radical  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost 
entirely  superseded  those  with  Vav,  though  the  current  de- 
nomination of  the  verbs  is  derived  from  neither  of  these 
letters  but  from  He  (Lamedh  He),  which  is  used  to  express 
the  final  vowel  of  the  root  in  the  Kal  preterite  after  the 
proper  radical  has  been  rejected. 

a.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  tlie  consonant  ri  belong  to  the  guttural 
class,  e.  g.  Piia,  P^Pi,  and  are  quite  dietinct  from  the  quiescent  verbs  ri^ 
in  which  ii  always  represents  a  vowel,  e.  g.  t^'^  ,  f^;?  • 

§  144.  1.  In  Pe  Yodh  verbs  the  first  radical  is  mostly 
Yodh  at  the  beginning,  §  5G.  2,  and  Vav  at  the  close  of  a 
syllable.  It  is  accordingly  Yodh  in  the  Kal,  Piel,  and  Pual 
species,  and  commonly  in  the  Hithpael,  iic^,  n"'?!',  i'l^, 
niTipnn .  It  is  Vav  in  the  Niphal  and  commonly  in  the 
Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  niris ,  i^isin ,  air^n . 

2.  In  the  Kal  future,  if  Yodh  be  retained,  it  will  quiesce 
in  and  prolong  the  previous  Hhirik,  and  the  second  radical 
will  take  Pattahh,  e.  g.  IDT^ ;  if  the  first  radical  be  rejected 
the  previous  Hhirik  is  commonly  lengthened  to  Tserc,  ^l?.'' , 
the  Pattahh  of  the  second  syllable  being  sometimes  changed 
to  Tsere  to  correspond  with  it,  §  63.  2.  c,  e.  g.  ac.'^ ;  in  a  few 
instances  Plhirik  is  preserved  by  giving  Daghesh-forte  to  the 
12 


178  ETYMOLOGY.  §  145, 146 

second  radical  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  the  following  vowel  being 
either  Pattahh  or  Hholem,  n^!' ,  p^!' . 

3.  Those  verbs  which  reject  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  re- 
ject it  likewise  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive  construct, 
where  it  would  be  accompanied  by  Sh'va  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  §  53.  2.  a,  the  infinitive  being  prolonged  as  in 
Pe  Nun  verbs  by  the  feminine  termination,  li? ,  ri^i^; . 

§145.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle  Vav 
quiesces  in  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hholem,  nirJis ,  niris ;  in 
the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative,  Avhere  it  is  doubled  by 
Daghesh-forte,  it  retains  its   consonantal  character,   si?;n, 

2.  In  the  Hiphil  Vav  quiesces  in  Hholem,  niiiiin,  i^ihy^ ; 
a  few  verbs  have  Yodh  quiescing  in  Tsere,  n-i-jin ,  ni'Ji."^ ; 
more  rarely  still,  the  first  radical  is  dropped  and  the  preced- 
ing short  vowel  is  preseiTed,  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  by  doubling 
the  second  radical,  TP^n ,  Tkr^ . 

3.  In  the  Hophal  Vav  quiesces  in  Shurek,  nis^n,  rij^^; 
occasionally  the  short  vowel  is  preserved  and  Daghesh-forte 
inserted  in  the  second  radical,  i^i^ . 

a.  The  Hholem  or  Tsere  of  the  Hiphil  arises  from  the  combination  of 
a,  the  primary  vowel  of  the  first  sylhible  in  this  species,  §82.  5.  6.  (3), 
^th  u  or  i,  into  which  the  letters  1  and  i  are  readily  softened,  §57.  2.  (5). 
The  Hholem  of  the  Niphal  is  to  be  similarly  explained  :  the  Hhirik  of 
this  species,  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  cannot  combine  Avith  Vav, 
is  exchanged  for  the  simplest  of  the  vowels  a  (comp.  sbj .  cip;),  and  the 
union  of  this  with  1  forms  o.  The  Hophal  retains  the  passive  vowel  u, 
which  is  occasionally  found  in  perfect  verbs,  §95.  a. 

§14G.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  those  of  ii?;"  fo  sit  or  dicelL  The  Piel,  Pual, 
and  Hithpael  are  omitted  from  the  paradigm,  as  they  do  not 
diff'er  from  perfect  verbs.  The  alternate  form  of  the  Eal 
future  is  shown  by  the  example  of  tb.'^  to  be  dry. 


Paradigm  of  Pe  Yodh 

Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPIIAL. 

HIPHIL. 

nOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet,  3  m. 

n-jj-' 

mriD 

n^tiin 

nir^in 

"T 

3/ 

r    :  IT 

T    :    1 

r       • 

T    :       1 

T   :  IT 

2  m. 

T   :   — r 

T   :   — 

nn-oJin 

riiiT^n  j 

T    :  — T 

2/. 

nn-b'" 

ni-^iD 

n2"a:in 

nnir^n  ; 

:     :   —  r 

1  c. 

^nniij^ 

"nz'iiD 

"Fiiiiijir; 

^rin-i;-in 

-ri'^n; 

Flur.  3  c. 

:  IT 

^n-uJiD 

^n^iDin 

:  IT 

2  7?2. 

dnn-oi': 

Dri^TiJi] 

Dpntjin 

nnnir^n 

Di^"^?' 

2/ 

I^T^: 

ira'^^i'? 

•,nnii;in 

)■••:-      1 

W^5: 

Ic. 

:    — r 

^:n-i;iD 

^cniiiin 

^•nir^n 

^-■^5^ 

InFIN.  J.&5CIZ. 

nvi;^ 

-irin 

T 

Constr. 

5^5^' 

•T      ' 

n^Ein 

n-ji^n  1 

•cn;^ 

FuT.  3  ??i. 

n-ij^ 

niij^^ 

n^iBv 

n'i:v 

iijn^^ 

3/. 

nu:n 

•T      • 

r-^in 

nu:^,n 

^n^n 

2  w. 

-^s^ 

n^-^iP 

mr^n 

irn^pi 

2/ 

^niiin 

^nuj-n 

^n-^i^in 

•    :       1 

Ic. 

^"i??!^ 

"T     • 

n^ici^^ 

nuj^i^ 

u:n\s; 

Plur.  3  wi. 

:  I" 

:iT  • 

"^T-uTP 

3/ 

nsizn 

T    ;     "T    • 

T   ;     ■• 

ri^n-ij^n 

nrirn^n 

2WZ. 

^n^iT'in 

■•  1 

^ujn-n 

2/ 

n^n-iijn 

nsn-jj-in 

T   :    •* 

n^nir^n 

nrirn-n 

Ic. 

n-i:3 

nizjj? 

n^-ijiD 

SlD'^D 

■i'n^? 

Imper.  2  m. 

^"45 

mr^n 

n^in 

^i' 

2/ 
PZwr.  2  TO. 

wanting 

2/. 

"r"^^: 

Paet.  ^ci. 

nizj"^ 

n^ibtj 

tn'"' 

PCMS. 

T 

r 

T 

r 

179 


180  ETYMOLOGY.  §  147 


Remarks  on  Pe  Yodh  Verbs. 

§147.  1.  The  following  verbs  retain  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  viz. : 

ci''  lo  he  dry.  Tjo);  to  he  poured.  N'n^  to  fear. 

"J"!  to  toil.  "iV^  to  appoint.  frj^  to  cast. 

ln^  to  delay.  C]^;^  to  he  weary.  CJn^  to  possess. 

nj*  to  oppress.  ys"^  to  counsel.  cb^  to  put. 

pl"^  to  suck.  riS^  to  he  beautiful.  ")113^  to  sleep. 

The  concurrence  of  Yodhs  in  the  third  person  of  tlie  future  is  some- 
times prevented  by  omitting  the  quiescent  br;^.  ^J<~i^,  ^3t:3|^,  the  long 
vowel  receiving  Methegh  before  vocal  Sli'va,  and  thus  distinguishing  the 
last  two  words  from  the  Lamedh  He  forms,  ^Xi';'  irom  ntn  and  lic^  from 
njia,  §45.2. 

2.  The  following  have  Tsere  under  the  preformative;  those  in  which 
the  second  vowel  is  liiiewise  Tsere  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk : 

ST"^  to  knoiD.  *  1^'^  to  hear.  yjb^  to  be  dislocated. 

1n^  to'be  joined.  *  xk";  to  go  out.  *  "^^^  to  go  down. 

Dn^  to  conceive.  "i:i;  to  be  straitened.     *  ib^  to  sit.  dwell. 

The  second  syllable  has  Pattahh  in  'inn  Jer.  13:  17,  Lam.  3:48,  and 
in  the  feminine  plurals,  nj'iBn,  riDnnri;  njsrsiri  has  Seghol  after  the 
analogy  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs;  nasiyTi  (with  the  vowel-letter  "•  for  e) 
occurs  only  in  the  K'thibh,  Ezek.  35 :  9,  and  of  course  has  not  its  proper 
vowels.  In  !  "^^'^  Ps.  138  ;6  the  radical  Yodh  remains  and  has  attracted 
to  itself  the  Tsere  of  the  preformative.     Comp.  §  60.  3.  c. 

3.  The  following  insert  Daghesh-forte  in  the  second  radical,  viz.:  "ife'^ 
to  chastise,  instruct^  rzJ^  to  burn.  In  iinnpi  Isa.  44 :  8  short  Hhirik  re- 
mains before  a  letter  with  Sh'va ;  '^3^'^7  Jot)  16  :  11  is  explained  by  some 
as  a  Kal  future,  by  others  as  a  Piel  preterite. 

4.  The  following  have  more  than  one  form  :  "Z'q"^  to  be  good  fut.  -13'^'^ , 
once  ''i'J'^n  Nah.  3:8;  pk;|  to  pour  pi";!,  once  p:i'"i  1  Kin.  22:35;  ^i; 
to  form,  -127  and  i:a''h ;  ip'i  to  burn,  lp7  Isa.  10 :  16,  and  ip^in  Deut. 
32:22;  V'Pr  ^^  awake,  "j^p"''?  once  "j'p^  1  Kin.  3:15;  "ip^  to  be  precious, 
ip'i^  ^"d  "p|] ,  or  with  a  vowel  letter  for  e,  "p'^i; ;  cd^  to  he  desolate,  cuin 
once  i^:^ly■'^  Ezek.  6:6;  nia';  to  be  righl.'^b'^l,  once  nnTT';  (3  fem.plur., 
§88)  1  Sani.  6  :  12.     Some  copies  have  ^"a"]  Isa.  40  :  30  for  iin^ , 


5.  In  futures  having  Tsere  under  the  preformative,  the  accent  is  shifted 
to  the  penult  after  Vav  Conversive  in  the  persons  liable  to  such  a  change, 
viz. :  3  sing.,  2  masc.  sing.,  and  1  plur.,  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  being  in  con- 
sequence shortened  to  Seghol,  i"]*^,  ^^nT,  I'lS^ .  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate 
becomes  Seghol  in  "'^^j,  "i^*'^'  (with  a  postpositive  accent)  Gen.  2:7,  19, 
n-w;-^]  Gen.  50:26;  but  -'o'^'::) ,  ^T'l ,  V-!'''??)   Y^'^^^i   *^"^y  °^^^  before  a 


§148-150  REMARKS    ON    PE    YODII    VERBS.  181 

monosyllable,  §35.  1,  Vi^-TH  Gen.  9:24.  Tlie  accent  remains  on  the  ulti- 
mate in  the  Lamedh  Aleph  form  n:j*]  ,  unless  the  following  word  beorins 
with  an  accented  syllable,  e.  g.  N^n  Gen.  4 :  16,  8  :  18.  The  pause  re- 
stores the  accent  in  all  these  cases  to  its  original  position.  ! -w']  Ruth 
4:  1,  :rnm  Ps.  139:  1,  i-'i  Ps.  IS:  10,  §35.  2. 

§148.  1.  Kal  construct  infinitives  with  Yodh  :  ir^"^  and  with  a  AMTiinine 
ending  n'::p';',  rbb^ ,  'ib'^  with  suf.  *'"iO^,  once  with  prep,  lio^'b  2  Chron. 
31 :  7,  Daghesh  conservative  after  «,  §14.  a;  >^^f1'?,  §87,  once  K"i']  Josh. 
22: 25  and  with  prep.  Klb  1  Sam.  18:29  from  itn^i;  rin^  once  i<i'i';'  2  Chron. 
26:  15  from  r\^1 ,  -jii::. 

2.  Infinitives  without  Yodh  :  n^'n  (with  suf.  "'m'n),  nr"n  Ex.  2  : 4,  and 
without  the  feminine  termination  i"n ,  n"iy  (withsul!  "^nnb)  andnnb,  once 
ry  ]  Sam.  4:19,  §54.  2,  nxk  (with  suf!  \^x'.i),  ni^k,  nnn  (with  suf. 
•'n't-))  once  rrnn  Gen.  46:3,  nqn  (with  suf.  riri':3-i),'na"i3'  (r.2d ,  with 
suf.  ''PI20  once  Tiau  Ps.  23:6).  Yodh  is  perhaps  dropped  from  the  ab- 
solute infinitive  -iib  Jer.  42: 10,  which  is  usually  explained  to  be  for  liL"''; 
it  may,  however,  be  derived  from  the  Ayin  Vav  verb  IVJ  . 

3.  Imperatives  with  Yodh:  sin"^,  Kn-; ,  nAv  Without  Yodh:  1"!  (with 
n  parag.  nsfn  Prov.  24:  14),  zri  (with  n  par'ag.  nrri;  for  ^lin  Hos.  4:18, 
see  §92.  a),  ki  (nxk,  fern.  plur.  nrx::  Cant.  3:Vl),  -b  (-r>^  ,  nid). 
With  both  forms:  pS  and  pis';  (^pS'^),  in  (nnn),  twice  1A7  Judg.  5:13,'an 
CJ-i  and  ncAi . 

AT  T  T  : 

§149,  1.  The  Niphal  of  ni'^  has  u  instead  of  0,  ^hi  Zeph.  3  :  IS,  ttmi 
Lam.  1:4;  ^lA^^ip  1  Chron.  3V5,  20  :  8  has  m  followed  by  Daghesh.  r:^, 
which  according  to  Gesenius  is  from  r::;?^  ,  has  i;  Ewald  assumes  the  root 
to  be  rins,  and  refers  to  it  likewise  the  Kal  future  and  the  Hiphil  ascribed 
to  Pik;;,  §147.3.  and  §150.4.  In  that  case  the  Daghesh  in  sina-;  Isa.  33:12, 
Jer.  51  :  58,  will  not  require  the  explanation  suggested  in  §24.  c,  but  the 
K'thibh  n^n-'ain  2  Sam.  14:30  will  be  unexplained,  irp-is  Ps.  9:17  is 
not  the  Niphal  preterite  or  participle  of  Uipl",  but  the  Kal  participle  of  Cp3. 

2.  Yodh  appears  in  the  Niphal  future  of  two  verbs  in.=tead  of  Vav, 
^n.tT3  Gen.  8  :  12,  1  Sam.  13:8  K'ri,  1-1^*7  Ex.  19  :  13.  In  the  first  person 
singular  X  always  has  Hhirik,  ynjs,  1^-ix,  "'C|iN,  ^h.^^,  ^.^.l^,  '^'T:'^^- 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Hiphil  the  following  verbs  have  Yodh  preceded  by 
Tsere,  viz. :  "i:;^  to  be  good,  Vb^  io  houl,  '|i^  to  go  to  the  right,  "'a'j  to 
change,  p:';  to  suck.  Yodh  is  likewise  found  in  "'ri'^'^n  Judg.  16:26 
K'thibh,  and  in  the  following  instances  in  which  the  prefix  has  Pattahh  as 
in  perfect  verbs,  n'n'^O":^*  Hos.  7 :  12,  'l-i'i:'::  Prov.  4  :  25,  iir-^n  Ps.  5:9 
K'ri  (K'thibh  ndin),  "Ni":"  Gen.  8:17  K'ri  (K'thibh  ^'l^r^),  n^r'?^^ 
1  Chron.  12  :  2.  ' 

2.  In  n-i-J!)?  Job  24 :  21  (elsewhere  n""!?-!;^)  and  h'^'^l'  (once  ^Y^^'^.  Mic 
1 : 8),  the  radical  Yodh  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel  of  the  preformative, 
comp.  §  147.  2.  He  remains  after  the  preformative  in  ^b''?'"'vl'?  Isa.  52  :  5, 
nnin-n  Neh.  11:17,  Ps.  28:7,  ?^cin^  1  Sam.  17:47,  Ps.  116:6.  Both 
Yodh  and  Vav.  quiescing  in  their  appropriate  vowels,  are  liable  to  omis- 
sion, "(•'^n,  'p"':fi,  "f^H,  vr-^rh,  and  once  the  vowel  Tsere  is  dropped 
before  a  suffix,  Wp-'in  Ex.  2  :  9  for  ^inp-^rn . 


183  ETYMOLOGY.  §150,151 

3.  Vav  conversive  draws  the  accent  back  to  the  penultimate  Tsere  or 
Hholem  of  the  Hiphil  future  in  the  persons  liable  to  be  affected  by  it, 
§147.5,  and  shortens  the  final  vowel,  -i^''.^;! ,  pr?)!!)  ^^'i*!! ,  2isn,  5SP11 ; 
but  with  a  pause  accent  !  "irhl  Ruth  2  :  14. 

4.  The  following  verbs  insert  Daghesh  in  the  second  radical  in  the 
Hiphil,  viz. :  S^^  to  set,  place,  ^"2."^  to  spread,  pk'j  to  four,  except  :  np:si3a 
2  Kin.  4 : 5  K'ri  (K'thibh  np^'^'^))  ^k"",  to  burn,  except  nin^Sin  2  Sara. 
14 :  30  K'thibh. 

5.  In  the  Hophal  a  few  examples  occur  of  u  followed  by  Daghesh,  ja;* 
Ex.  10:24,  yk^  Isa.  14:  11,  Esth.  4:3,  ib^i^  Isa.  28:16,  pk??  Job  11  :  15; 
and  a  few  of  Hholem,  Snin  Lev.  4  :23,  28,  N^.i"i  Prov.  11  :  25'  for  rrii"'  from 
n^V  The  construct  infinitive:  "vy^n  Ezr.  3:  11,  and  with  the  feminine 
termination  n-iy-in  Ezek.  16:4,  nn|n  Gen.  40:20,  Ezek.  16:5. 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  Yodh  is  once  dropped.  In  Judg.  19  :  11  for 
^n^ .  Hhirik  occurs  with  the  second  radical  of  l^'j  and  "oy^  in  the  first 
and  second  persons  singular  with  suffixes,  and  in  the  second  person  plural, 
which  is  perhaps  due  to  the  assimilating  power  of  the  antecedent  Yodh, 

e.  g.  ■'?nnb7,  nnir-i'i,  Dnirn';!. 

2.  In  the  Piel  future  the  prefix  Yodh  of  the  third  person  is  contracted 
with  the  radical  after  Vav  conversive,  Iniiis-'T  Nah.  1:4  for  ^naa;;'^^,  na^l 
Lam.   3:33,    ^^^i    Lam.   3:53,    cn^^l    2    Chron.   32:30   K'ri  "(K'thibh 

nniijiii). 

3.  Three  verbs  have  Vav  in  the  Hithpael,  H^'riH!  ^^'^.^riHi  '^2'^?^;  ^ 
is  assimilated  to  the  following  1  and  contracted  with  it  in  >i'i&!!3  Ezek. 
23 :  48  for  ^iS]n3  a  peculiar  Niphal  formed  on  the  basis  of  a  Hithpael, 
§83.  c.  (2).  In  'aknti  Ex.  2:4  for  rk^nn  Yodh  is  rejected  and  its  vowel 
given  to  the  preceding  letter,  §53.  3.  b. 

§151.  1.  Tir-^  and  ~bv  t)^r.  to  go  in  the  Hiphil  and  for  the  most  part  in 
the  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative  Kal  follows  the  analogy  of  Pe 
Yodh  verbs,  as  though  the  root  were  T(r^  .  Thus.  Kal  inf.  const.  T.d^  (nsb , 
with  suf.  "^bph^  rarely  Tj'^n. ;  fut.  T\^'^.  (once  with  the  vowel  letter  "^  fore, 
tnbb'^X  Mic.  1  :  8,  fem.  pi.  nssbn),  occasionally  in  poetry  Ti'bn;;  (3  fem.  sing. 
Mr^":^);  imper.  T|b  (with  ii  ^  parag.  i^bb ,  or  without  the  vowel  letter  ?|b , 
fem.  pi.  njsB  and  ^"B)  once  ^sbn  Jer.  51:50.  Hiphil:  'T\''^'^^  once  in 
the  imper.  '^^'^^''n  Ex.  2:9,  and  once  in  the  participle  oibbria  Zech.  3:7 
for  nii-']:n^,  §94.  e. 

2.  r]D5J  to  gather  and  ^,0^  to  add  are  liable  1o  be  confounded  in  certain 
forms.  In  the  Hiphil  future  of  Tib^,  0  is  twice  represented  by  the  vowel 
letter  N,  riOS'i  1  Sam.  18:29,  ■,!ispi<n  Ex.  5:7;  Tibs  drops  its  N  in  the 
Kal  future,  when  it  follows  the  Pe  Aleph  inflection,  §110.  3.  which  it  does 
only  in  the  following  instances,  tip^N  2  Sam.  6 :  1,  Clpn  Ps.l04:29,  T\hr:y!ii 
Mic.  4:  0,  ?^3DX  1  Sam.  15:6,  where  the  Hhirik,  being  abbreviated  from 
Tsere,  is  short,  notwithstanding  the  Methegh  in  the  intermediate  syllable, 
§45.  2,  a.  The  apoc.  Hiph.  fut.  of  rb^  when  joined  with  the  negative 
particle  iiN  is  accented  on  the  penult,  wip'in'bx  Deut.  3  :26,  and  in  one  in- 
stance the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  dropped  entirely,  Spipi'^x  Prov.  30:6. 


§152,153     AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODII    VERBS.  183 

3.  n"^r.i3':Jin  Zech.  10 : 6  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Gesenius  and 
Hengstcnberg,  for  n"'ri3din  from  zb"^  to  dwell,  tliough  Ewald  derives  it 
from  S^ilJ  to  return,  as  if  for  n'^ni^irn  ,  and  Kimchi  supposes  it  to  be  a 
combination  of  both  words  suggesting  the  sense  of  both,  in  which  he.  is 
followed  by  the  English  translators.  I  will  bring  them  again  to  place  them. 

d"'Nin  Isa.  30:  5  ''is  regarded  by  Gesenius  as  an  incorrect  orthography 
for  d'^iin-j  but  Maurer  and  Knohel  read  it  d"'Sarj  and  assume  a  root  dxa 
synonymous  with  i:J""'a  ".     Alexander  in  loo. 

rpnin  Ps.  16:5,  see  §90. 


Ayin  Vav  (iy)  AND  Ayin  Yodh  {""b)  Verbs. 

§152.  Yodli  and  Vav,  as  the  second  radical  of  verbs, 
have  the  following  peculiarities,  viz  : 

1.  They  may  be  converted  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  i  and  u. 

2.  They  may  be  rejected  when  accompanied  by  a  hetero- 
geneous vowel,  which  is  characteristic  of  the  form.  Yodh 
forms  arc  confined  to  the  Kal  of  a  few  verbs ;  in  the  other 
species  Vav  forms  are  universal. 

a.  Yodh  is  never  found  as  a  quiescent  middle  radical  in  any  species 
but  Kal:  it  enters  as  a  consonant  into  the  Piel  of  two  verbs,  and  the  Hith- 
pael  of  IwO;  §  101.  1,  the  Niphal  of  ii^rj  to  be,  and  the  Hiphil  of  n'jn  to  live. 

§153.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  and  active  participle  and 
in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  the  quiescent  is  rejected 
and  its  vowel  given  to  the  preceding  radical.     Thus, 

Kal  preterite :  D^  for  Qij5  where  a,  which  arises  from 
blending  a,  with  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §62.  1,  is  in  partial 
compensation  for  the  contraction,  th  for  t^yq ,  tia  for  11J"Q , 
I'n  for  '2.\'^  .     For  an  exceptional  formation,  see  §  158.  1. 

Active  participle  :  D]?  for  DJ|5  ,  r,?2  for  niti ,  t?3  for  ©^ , 
27  for  n^n ,  the  ordinary  participial  form  being  superseded 
by  that  of  another  verbal  derivative,  as  is  the  case  in  some 
perfect  verbs  of  a  neuter  signification,  §  90. 


184  ETYMOLOGY.  §154 

Hiphil  and  Hophal :  D^pn  for  D-'ij^n,  ny-;  for  n-'i]?::, 
DJ5^n  for  D^If!^,  the  short  vowel  of  the  prefix  being  pro- 
longed in  a  simple  syllable,  §  59. 

2.  In  the  Kal  construct  infinitive,  future,  imperative  and 
passive  participle,  the  quiescent  is  softened  into  its  homo- 
geneous vowel,  D'lp ,  l"'^ ;  in  the  future  the  preformative 
commonly  takes  the  simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a-,  ^^p'^  y 
yn'^,  comp.  nb"'. 

3.  In  the  Kal  absolute  infinitive  and  in  the  Niphal 
species  a 'similar  softening  of  1  occurs,  which,  with  the 
accompanying  or  preceding  a,  forms  o,  ^  57.  2.  (5),  Dip  (kom= 
kaum)  for  Di"ip  j  Dip3  for  aip? ,  the  prefix  usually  taking  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a ;  Dip?  for  D'lp? . 

4.  In  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Niphal  and 
Hiphil  preterites  o  (i)  is  insei-ted  before  the  afiixed  termina- 
tion in  order  to  preserve  the  long  vowel  of  the  root  from  the 
compression  incident  to  standing  before  two  consonants, 
§61.4;  in  the  feminine  plurals  of  the  Kal  future  c  (^..)  is 
sometimes  inserted  for  a  similar  reason,  this  prolongation  of 
the  word  being  attended  by  a  shifting  of  the  accent  and  a 
consequent  rejection  of  the  pretonic  vowel  of  the  first  sylla- 
ble, DninipD,  nro'^pn,  r.r^ipn.  In  the  Niphal  preterite, 
Avhen  the  inserted  i  receives  the  accent,  the  preceding  i  is  for 
euphony  changed  to  i ,  e.  g.  inii2^p3 . 

5.  In  the  Kal  and  Hiphil  species  the  apocopated  future 
takes  the  diphthongal  vowels  o  and  8  in  distinction  from  the 
ordinary  future,  which  has  the  pure  vowels  u  and  i,  §65.2.^, 
thus  nib? ,  niij? .  With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 
back  to  the  simple  penult,  and  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable 
is  shortened,  m»H  ,  mr?? . 

§154.  1.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and '  Hithpael,  the  form  of 
perfect  verbs  is  rarely  adopted,  the  second  radical  appearing 
as  1 ,  e.  g.  I!!?,  or  as  "i ,  e.  g.  D?p . 

2.  Commonly  the  third  radical  is  reduplicated  instead 


§155  AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODII    VERBS.  185 

of  the  second,  which  then  quiesces  in  Ilholem,  Pi.  C^V, 
Pu.  D^ip ,  Hith.  Di?vnn . 

a.  In  the  Pual  o  is  the  passive  vowel  here  adopted  in  preference  to  u: 
in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael  it  arises  from  the  combination  of  ?«,  to  which  1  is 
softened,  with  the  antecedent «,  C^ip  for  c?2ip.  §82.  5.  b  (3). 

3.  Sometimes  the  quiescent  letter  is  omitted  from  the 
root,  and  the  resulting  biliteral  is  reduplicated,  Pi.  ^?'?3, 
Pu.  b3b3 . 

a.  The  two  forms  of  the  intensive  species,  wliich  depart  from  the  regu 
lar  paradigm,  precisely  resemble  in  appearance  those  of  Ayin  doubled 
verbs,  though  constructed  upon  a  diflferent  principle,  as  already  explained. 

§155.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  are  shown  in 
those  of  D^P  to  stand  or  rise,  in  the  following  paradigm ;  the 
divergent  forms  of  Ayin  Yodli  verbs  in  the  Kal  species  are 
exhibited  by  y^^  to  contend. 

a.  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  are  named  not  from  the  Kal 
preterite,  in  which  the  quiescent  is  rejected,  but  from  the  construct  infini- 
tive, the  simplest  form  in  which  all  the  radicals  appear. 

h.  No  Hophal  forms  occur  in  those  persons  in  which  the  inflective  ter- 
minations begin  with  a  consonant.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Ayin  Yodh 
imperative. 


Paradigm  of 

Ayin  Vav 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

«=)? 

Dip; 

D7bip 

D7bip 

3/. 

^';p. 

^m 

f'2'2\) 

n7b7::ip 

2  wi. 

^"rP 

rii/bp: 

TO/bip 

n-fbip 

2/. 

n^fe 

ni:;:pD 

sp'fiip 

n-fiip 

Ic. 

^f^-rfe 

"ri:::pD 

'5?"?bip 

'ri'fbip 

Plur.  8  c. 

^-1? 

^■jipD 

ii7b7ji):j) 

,   •■^?F? 

2  TO. 

t^n'ri^ 

Dni'^ip5 

Dn-^'^ip 

Dri-^7^ij^ 

2/ 

)^*Tl2 

■,hi-:ipD 

i^'r^^'I? 

V??^ 

Ic. 

^■■:^ 

^:i:bp2 

^j-fbip 

^"fbip 

Infix.  -45so?. 

Dip 

Dipn 

Constr. 

Q^p 

Dipn 

D7bip 

FUT.    3  TO. 

dp: 

Dip^ 

Ci^jip^ 

D7bip^ 

3/ 

D^pn 

Dipn 

D-bipn 

D7bipn 

2  m 

D^pn 

Dipn 

D-jipn 

D7bipn 

2/ 

•      >        T 

^aipn 

rb53ipn 

^:b72ipn 

■    '»    '  1    • 

Ic. 

D^pJJ 

Dip^ 

D-bipyj 

D^bipJi? 

PZi/r.  3  m. 

^•-^p: 

^7;:ip^ 

^7b7ji|:5^ 

•i-J7jip^ 

:    '1  : 

of. 

r;:rbpn 

T     V    '     : 

nrjipn 

nr^^bipn 

T    :    ■•    >      : 

rir;!7bipn 

2  TO. 

^•r,pn 

^•rlpn 

^■b-^ipn 

^■jiaipn 

2/ 

nr:bpn 

M:#n 

n"-:7bipn 

M"fbipn 

Ic. 

D^p? 

Dip? 

ci'bipD 

D7bipD 

ImPER.  2  TO. 

Dp 

Dipn 

Dbip 

2/. 

'¥^P 

^j^ipn 

■     ^7b:aip 

wanting 

PZ?/r.  2  TO. 

il^i^ip 

si/jipri 

^'b'^ip 

2/ 

nr^p 

nr^^ipri 

•   "^T'^tV 

Part.  Act. 

^^ 

D7bip7^ 

Pass. 

Dp 

Dip; 

D7bipa 

186 


AND  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs. 


niPHiL. 

HOPHAL. 

IIITHPAEL. 

KAI.. 

t3"pn 

Dpin 

D-hipnn 

T 

^rpn 

n-bp^n 

ri/b^jlp^- 

T    T 

nrj-pn 

(n-9Pin) 

n-f^iprn 

m^ 

T                   • 

nrj^pri 

(^tP^") 

rrfbiprn 

nnn 

^riTj^pn 

(^mp^M) 

T-f^iprin  ■ 

^nn^ 

^1'^"? 

^"-'pri 

^•jp^ri 

Tjt:"ipnri 

T 

^U^S 

Dhrj^gri 

(Dn^p^n) 

nn-fjipnri 

t3Pinn 

in^-^T^q 

(#tP-v) 

■pip^iprn 

1^^- 

^2^\:ti 

(^:^p^n) 

^rfbipnr; 

^::;n 

sp- 

nin 

1 

nn 

D"PO 

Q^iipnn 

nn 

t^T; 

Qpr 

t2"^Tr>: 

•  r 

D-pn 

Dp^n 

D-biprn 

•     T 

D^pn 

Dp^n 

D'bipnn 

n^nn 

^/j^pn 

'■?P^^ 

rb'^iprn 

"n'^nn 

^^m 

Dp^>5 

I2"i?'ipr>? 

•     T 

^-p^ 

^•-P^: 

Tr^ipn- 

iG^n^ 

^^^p^ 

(ri:52p^n) 

nrrbiprin 

r;:nnn 

rrpn 

^:ap^n 

v^-^ipr^n 

^n^nn 

M^-;pn 

(nr^p^p.) 

M^wbiprn 

T    :    ••    '      :    • 

nrnnn 

T  :  ••  T 

Q-p? 

Dp^D 

D/bipn^ 

•  T 

i=pf7 

D"bipnri 

z.'°i 

^•^pn 

■vr  anting 

rb53ipr,n   • 

•    :    'l    :    • 

^n-i 

^'^'PO 

T:!"^ipsnri 

^n^n 

^"rPO 

nrj^ipriri 

(-P?"^) 

^v:^ 

np^/j 

ci/bipri^^ 

T 

187 


188  ETYMOLOGY.  §156,157 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs. 

§  156.  1.  Medial  Yodh  and  Vav  remain  without  quiescence  or  rejection 
in  a  few  verbs,  whose  root  contains  another  feeble  consonant  by  contrast 
with  which  these  letters  acquire  new  strength.  This  is  always  the  case 
in  Lamedh  He  verbs,  e.  g.  n^n,  ni3  ;  so  lilfcvvise  in  the  following  guttural 
verbs  and  forms,  ri;a  to  expire,  :>i~jn"]  Isa.  29:22,  :  >in;s">  Isa.  42:11, 
n'-^X  to  be  an  enemy,  'j^.is  1  Sam.  18:9  K'ri  (K'thibh  7.1'),  ns";;^'  Jer. 
4:  31,  which  are  confined  to  the  Kal  species,  and  in  Hin  to  he  airy  or  re- 
freshing, which  is  besides  Ibund  in  the  Pual  participle. 

2.  The  Kal  preterite  has  Pattahh  in  two  instances  as  in  Ayin  Vav 
verbs,  12  Zech.  4 :  10,  Itj  Isa.  44  :  18  but  n-j  Lev.  14 :  42.  It  has  Tsere 
in  na  to  die,  1.3  Isa.  17  :  11  but  ^n'j  .Jer.  50  :  3,  and  Hholem  in  "iix  to  shine, 
\ai3  to  he  ashamed ,  -itJ  to  he  good,  §82.  1.  a,  and  in  ^S2  Jer.  27:  18,  else- 
where >ix!n,  J|iT  Isa.  1:6,  Ps.  58:4,  elsewhere  11T.  Hhirik  once  occurs 
instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  second  person  plural,  crira  Mai.  3:20.  The 
following  participles  have  Tsere,  D-^ib  ,  ^b  ,  '{h ,  ni ,  nr  ;  the  following 
have  Hbolem,  c"^Di2,  n-^bia  ,  L-^-bip  2  Kin.  16:7  (comp.  cniTl'-.p  Ex.  32:25 
in  the  Samaritan  copy),  elsewhere  n"'rp  . 

3.  The  vowel  letter  X  is  written  for  a,  §  11.  1.  a,  once  in  the  preterite, 
CS^  Hos.  10 :  U,  and  occasionally  in  the  participle,  oxb  Judg.  4:21, 
ni'QX'i  Prov.  24:7,  uxn  2  Sam.  12:1,  4,  Prov.  10:4,  13:23,  n-'-JXd 
despising  Ezek.  16  :  57,  28  :  24,  26,  to  be  distinguished  from  n"^i:d  rowing 
Ezek.  27:8,  26.  The  consonant  N  is  onne  introduced  in  place  of  the 
omitted  1,  t^^^,^  Zech.  14:  10  for  f^^'^ ;  the  ancient  versions  favour  tlie 
assumption,  that  ■'"iNS  Ps.  22:17  is  in  like  manner  for  n-^^-^  piercing, 
though  the  most  recent  and  ablest  expositors  take  it  to  be  a  preposition 
and  noun  like  the  lion.     Alexander  in  loc. 

4.  The  accent  regularly  remains  upon  the  radical  syllable  before 
affixes  consisting  of  a  vowel  or  a  simple  syllable,  though  witii  occasional 
exceptions,  e.  g.  nx|^  Lev.  18  :  28,  Jiin  Gen.  26  :  22,  siiib  Gen.  40  :  15,  iinn 
Num.  13  :  32.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  shifted  by  Vav  conversive  preterite, 
§100.2.  tiibn  Obad.  ver.  16,  sisDi  Am.  3  :  15,  nnsi  Isa.  1 1  :  2,  !in:i  Isa.7:19 
but  >lX2f|  ibid.,  ns2>l  Zech.  5  :  4,  n:^']  ibid.,  where  the  feminine  ending  is 
fi..  instead  of  n  ^;  so  in  the  passive  participle,  irnlT  Isa.  59  :  5  for  nn^iT . 

§157.  1.  Hholem  is  in  a  few  instances  found  instead  of  Shurek  in  the 
construct  infinitive,  xii ,  Dii  Judg.3:25,  uiia,  ni:  and  rai,  y-ii  Isa.7:2, 
elsewhere  5^3,  Tis  Isa.  30:  2.  which  is  not  from  ih.  n'cj  Josh.  2:  16,  else- 
where svia,  and  with  suf.  crii  Ezek.  10:  17,  *iTiJ  Ps.  71 : 6,  which  is  not 
the  participle  from  nn  (Gesenius),  Tl^  my  breaking  forth,  i.  e.  tlie  cause 
of  it  Ps.  22:  10,  sec  Alexander  in  loc;  Gesenius  explains  this  form  as  a 
participle,  but  is  obliged  in  consequence  to  assume  a  transitive  sense 
which  nowhere  else  belongs  to  the  verb. 

2.  The  following  imperatives  have  Hholem,  "^nix  Isa.  60:  1,  X2 ,  iria, 


§15S  AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODH    VERBS.  189 

"ina   Mic.  4:10,    "^di^  Mic.  4:13.      Wilh  puragogic  M,    ni^tp    or    HB^p, 
naia  or  n^ilO.     Examples  of  the  feminine  plural,  ri^-cp  ^  "Jr^'- 

3.  The  following  futures  have  Hholem.  N'ii'^,  liT^  Gen.  6  :  3,  elsewhere 
1">'7^,  Sioj  Ps.  80:19,  Din;|  and  D^n;i ,  ^ii;^  where  the  Hhirik  of  the  per- 
fect paradigm  is  lengthened  to  Tsere  under  the  preformative.  Examples 
of  the  feminine  plural:  nrxhn  and  '"iJxHn ,  nrbiriPi,  nrkirn  and  Zech. 
1:17  n::i!isn  (in  some  editions  without  Daghesh),  na^'i^urn  and  ri:::cn, 
nj^xn,  nrrff^ri  Ezelc.  13: 19.  The  accent  is  shifted  and  Kamets  rejected 
from  the  preformative  upon  the  addition  of  a  sutBx  or  paragogic.  Nun,  the 
latter  of  which  is  particularly  frequent  in  this  class  of  verhs  both  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  future.  '^3?''-?'  ''(^Yx^-j  •"J"?.^''^)  c^ro"',  "^Tilp"^ ,  V^^^!\i, 
ni5"n  Ezek.  4:  12,  with  Daghesh  euphonic  in  the  a  which  is  omitted  in 
some  copies.  Apocopated  future:  r^V  S'^IJ^  and  "^^^ ,  I3n,  'fp^^  ^'r^j 
Dp'J  with  the  accent  thrown  back  to  the  penult  Ci?'^ .  Future  with  Vav 
conversive:  n^sfl  (in  pause  nt^i),  zt^i  (-i^^T),  ^'S*] .  ^P,J:1^  TP,b  ^  ^"^^'1! 
the  last  vowel  is  changed  to  Pattahh  before  a  final  guttural,  ^"3^1,  n:^T, 
and  sometimes  before  "i  or  after  an  initial  guttural  "i"^l  but  "i5^\  ^i^l'^l  he 
was  weary,  ri^'^1  hejiew,  onri] ;  the  vowel  of  the  preibrmative  is  likewise 
changed  to  Pattahh  in  uinri"  Job  31  :  5,  '^v■l^  I  Sam.  14:  32,  a>r)i  1  Sam. 
15  :  19  but  'C'Al  1  Sam.  25  :  14. 

§158.  1.  The  verbs  which  exhibit  peculiar  Ayin  Yodh  forms  in  Kal, 
with  unimportant  exceptions,  either  do  not  occur  in  the  Hiphil  or  retain 
the  same  signification  in  both  these  species.  This  has  led  some  gram- 
marians to  entertain  the  opinion  that  these  are  not  Kal  but  abbreviated 
Hiphil  forms,  while  others  suppose  that  the  Hiphil  in  these  verbs  is  a 
secondary  formation,  and  has  arisen  from  the  Kal  future  having  the  form 
of  the  Hiphil.  Only  three  examples  occur  of  quiescent  Yodh  in  the  Kal 
preterite,  rii-^n  Job  33 :  13  (n:-n  Lam.  3:58).  ^rrs  Dan.  9:2  (nn:3  Ps. 
139:2)  \i^y^^  Jer.  16  :  16.        '  ' 

2.  The  following  verbs  liave  "^  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  ""^a 
to  understand,  ty^i  (once  ''tii  Mic.  4:  10)  to  break  forth,  ^"5  (once  biji 
Prov.  23  :  24  K'thibh)  to  exidt,  "p^  (once  ll^-;  Gen.  6 :  3)  to  judge,  'p^  to 
lodge,  -""^  to  contend,  ri">a  to  muse,  CO  (once  c^il'^  Ex.  4:11)  to  put, 
b"<b  (once  C!i&b7  Isa.  35: 1)  to  rejoice,  "i-iiy  (once  lib^  Job  33  :  27)  to  sing, 
TT^'b  to  place ;  h'n  or  b'ln  to  txcist,  writhe,  has  both  Yodh  and  Vav.  To 
these  are  to  be  added  IT' 3  Jer.  4  :  3,  Hos.  10:  12,  nb^n  Ps.  71  :  12  K'thibh, 
K'ri  nc^n  as  always  elsewhere;  y^^"^  to  tirge,  y"^^  to  flourish,  T''^^  to 
wander,  are  in  the  Hiphil  according  to  Gesenius  :  but  as  the  corresponding 
preterites  are  not  Hiphil  but  Kal,  and  there  are  no  other  forms  of  the  Kal 
future,  they  might  with  equal  propriety  be  regarded  as  Kal  futures  of 
Ayin  Yodh  roots  ;  the  second  of  them  is  so  regarded  by  Ewald.  Apoco- 
pated futures:  '{21.  bi;^  and  h^,  2^_-^,  cc;; ,  nt;'.  l^n  and  :-|^n.  With 
Vav  conversive  :  h'yh  ,  "f^.^i ,  Cbjl ,  '=ri] ,  bnni ,  n;nn  ,  "iu;ni .  With  para- 
gogic Nun  and  suflixes  :  "p'i"^?"!,  "r^''"n.  ca-^'^??.    Feminine  plural:  n:?:ri. 

3.  The  infinitives  show  a  stronger  disposition  to  adopt  Vav  forms. 
Yodh  is  only  retained  in  the  following  absolute  infinitives:  ')"'3  Prov. 23:  1, 
n-i.A  and  na,  b-^\  Prov.  23:24  K'ri  (bia  K'thibh),  z.'^i  Jer.  50:34,  else- 


190  ETYMOLOGY.  §159,160 

where  sH.  Construct  infinitives:  'p-n.  'i"'j?  Gen.  24:23,  elsewhere  'ly, 
a-'S  once  mi  Judg.  21 :  22  K'thibh,  n-'ib  and  nra,  Q'^ib  Job  20:  4,  2  Sam. 
14:7  K'ri,  elsewhere  C^iy,  l-'O  1  Sam.  18:6  K'ri  (K'thibh  irji),  ni-ij, 
also  with  suf.  ii:"'"7  Deut.  25:4,  elsewhere  "Cn .  In  the  difficult  verse 
Hos.  7:4  '■'S^  has  been  variously  explained,  as  the  Kal  infinitive  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  '|^  or  as  the  Hiphil  participle.  Tlie  only  certain 
instance  of  a  Kal  passive  participle  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  is  r\hro  2  Sam. 
13:  32  K'ri  (K'thibh  n^-ib) ;  some  explain  Cilb  Num.24:  21,  Obad.  ver.4, 
as  a  passive  participle,  others  as  an  infinitive. 

4.  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  adopt  the  Vav  forms  in  all  the  derivative  species, 
e.g.  •'^1:23,  -jiij,  ^"P.^i:!^,  "i^iarn,  nt^i-' ;  T^n  cooked,  \.e.  pottage,  is  the 
only  instance  of  a  Niphal  participle  with  Yodh. 

§159.  1.  Examples  of  the  Niphal  preterite:  5i^: ,  ^i-ioj ,  yiDj ,  "i-ixi; 
the  accidental  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  preserved  in  bis?  by 
means  of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical ;  in  lir?  it  is  lengthened  to 
Tsere  before  the  guttural;  in  J  "ir:  Jer.  48:  11  the  radical  1  is  rejected, 
which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  an  Ayin  doubled  verb.  Inflected  forms  : 
n3i33  (part.  fem.  n;i32),  ^z'ii ,  lai; ,  ^loirj ,  ^Va3 ,  "^nisiDJ ,  ir^iSD ,  t:!gi:iiE3 , 

2.  Infinitive  absolute:  bisn .  Construct:  i>isn,  niijri ,  with  n  re- 
jected after  the  preposition  "nxb  Job  33:  30,  §91.  bj  once  it  has  Shurek, 
^r^-nn  Isa.  25:  10.     Imperative,  *,iin.  ^iban . 

3.  Future:  "lii:,  'Liia?.  hi^^ ,  'p^  Ps.  72 :  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  'pD^),  ^ii^": , 
?iS7,  "■iN;:,  wis!::,  -lis;;.  Participle:  ■p'zj ,  ti"^2  ,  o-^isi's? ,  c\^iD3 ,  n^Das , 
n"<yisi3 . 

§  160.  1.  The  short  vowel  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  in  a  few  instances 
preserved  in  the  Hiphil  by  doubling  the  first  radical,  thus  ti'iiH  and  fl'^irt, 
n'^en  and  n-'cn  ,  b-^-Ti-i ,  f^;; ,  'p^l ,  and  'f  !:■; ,  n-'n';  and  •nn?:;  2  Sam. 
22 :  33. 

2.  Hiphil  preterite  inflected:  nj^-'kn,  ^3i4r},  l:?"^-^"  and  iirin,  with 
syllabic  affixes :  nirsn  ,  rillli'^sri ,  ni^-'"iri  and  n^'f^  .  ^t^*'';}?!':  and 
tri'-in,  nnh"'!;;!!,  ini2"'£fi.l .  or  when  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural, 
inii"'3.'n,  n^-'rn  and  i^r}^?!!?  oi"  without  the  inserted  Hholem,  PSiti, 
''rin^n  'and  ■'nir."'3n  ,  ^rin  and  >i3ir=n ,  cinxrn^  and  cnx-'ip^ ,  "^nrn  and 
cn^n,  §61.4.  a.     With  suffixes,  "iran,  t^'^'^a^;  ^^''''^Cl)  "'-'r''''^^':)  "i^^i?.^.  • 

3.  Hiphil  future  inflected:  '^^'''=:1  ,  Vd^rn,  feminine  plural  i^jsfcn , 
nSTS'ipn  ,  ns^'^rin  .  With  Nun  paragogic  and  suffixes:  ■,!Hi:i5;'^ ,  cn"'?D'j . 
Apocopated  '  future  :  yi?.'; ,  ^b^  ,  JjS"; ,  nn'n  .  With  Vav  conversive  : 
n:Q'1,  n3'ni,  0)5^11,  irKi  and  ^'''"^^,  if  the  last  radical  be  a  guttural,  S'l^l , 
ns*],  r."i^T,  or  X,  ^ih^i;  once  ii'Z^l  and  once  i^'^k'^l;  upon  the  reception 
of  a  suffix  the  vowel  is  restored  to  its  original  length,  c^i'd"^] ,  1t^S"'3']] . 


iphil  infinitive  absolute:  iiiin,  P^in,  cf?n  once  C^li^ri  Jer.  44:25; 
t,  b^in  ,  n^in,  aii;n,Dipn,  with  suffix  ''^"''in.,  ^yoi^,  t2?'2'^'ir7, , 


4.  Hii 

construct, 

cis'isn  and  once  with  a  feminine  termination  nosrt  Isa.  30  :  28. 


§161,102  LAMEDH    ALEPH    VERBS.  19] 

5.  In  a  few  instances  ii  is  found  in  the  Hophal  before  Daghesh-forte  or 
Sh'va,  iin'^sn  Zccii.  5:11,  r\va  Ezek.  41:9,  11  but  r\\y\  Lam.  5:5,  and 
in  some  editions  Ci;?n  2  Sam.  23:1,  tba;^  Job  41:1,  ^hx.yy  2  Sam.  21:9 
thoufjli  others  read  cpn     ;  b^"^,  ir^n. 

§161.  1.  The  following  verbs,  which  are  only  found  in  one  or  more  of 
the  three  reduplicated  species,  double  the  middle  radical  either  as  Vav  or 
as  Yodh,  viz. :  3;;n  to  render  liable.  h'^V  to  do  wickedly.  ~in:>  to  blind,  n^i? 
topert-erl,  's'r::  to  cry  for  help,  ^zy/^^n  Josh.  9:12,  liJJ^S")  Josh.  9:4;  so 
also  C^p  fut.  C^p';i  and  crip^,  n^jy  fut.  ^yj^ ,  which  have  quiescent  Vav 
in  other  species,  and  n^in  ,  which  has  consonantal  Vav  likewise  in  the  Kal. 

2.  The  following  omit  the  quiescent  in  the  Piel  and  double  the  result- 
ing biliterai,  bsbs  (o  suslain,  n-'nxijN::  Isa.  14:23.  r\h-Jb--^-o  Isa.  22:17 
?]^4:H'^^  Hab.  2:7,  '^sisiJE'^  Job  IG:  12  but  y^S"^  Jer.  23':  29,'  -ip-ip  Num. 
24:"l7  and  ip"^p^  Isa.'22:'5,  "'Spscri  Isa.  ]7:l'l;  '.^'Vi":  Isa.  1.515  is  for 
5 '["'i;!"'?'? 5  §57.  i;  ^i'^'-ll  Job  39:  3  is  perhaps  for  ^^".br^  'from  brr,  comp. 
pax  Ps.  139:8  for  Pt9>5,  §SS,  though  Gesenius  conjectures  that  it  is  an 
erroneous  reading  for  ^'"^y^  from  I'^iii .  The  only  Hithpael  formed  by  a 
like  reduplication  is  ^nbnrn  Esth.  4:4,  elsewhere  bSinrn . 

3.  Other  verbs  double  the  third  radical  in  the  Piel  and  Hitlipael.  Ex- 
amples of  the  feminine  plural :  nnni::n,  nrbipn,  :n:;5-i"cpn,  n:i;i:irnpi, 
Hholem  is  changed  to  ii  before  the  doubled  letter  in  the  contracted  form. 
!lSSi3^n  Job  31 :  15  for^  ^'}V'=;1'} ,  §61.  3.  Fiirst  explains  !i:?-^n:.  Isa.  61 :  G  as 
in  like  manner  for  ^irr^T:!:}] ,  while  Gesenius  makes  it  a  Kal  future,  used  in 
this  single  instance  in  a  transitive  sense.  cbDiria  Am.  5  :  11  is  probably  a 
variant  orthography  for  DsCOia  ,  §  92.  b. 

4.  The  following  are  the  only  examples  of  the  Pual  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs, 
viz.:  With  1  doubled,  wrri  Eccles.  1:  15,  O'^njn^:  Jer.  22:  14.  Redupli- 
cated biliterai,  ^"'^bs  1  Kin.  20:27.  The  third  radical  redujilicated,  b^in 
to  be  born,  :>i::i3  Ezek.  28  :  13,  Ps.  37  :  23,  rijrbl^n  Ps.  75:  II  and  cbi',:? 
Neh.  9:5.  fA"}  Isa.  16:  10,  iSSii'?  Job  26:  ll',  nsiido  Ezek.  38  :  8.    ' 

5.  nsTiiliisn  Jer.  25  :  34  is  an  anomalous  preterite  from  "j^lQ  to  scatter, 
with  n  prefixed  and  inflected  after  the  analogy  of  Niphal  j  some  copies 
have  the  noun  cs^nmiEn  your  dispersions. 

In  ''nst^ri'i  Ezek.  36:  11  for  "103:13^11  from  Sit:,  Tsere  is  retained  under 
the  prefix  as  though  the  word  were  from  the  related  Pe  Yodh  verb  -i?^, 
e.  g.  "in^'J"'n'i .  On  the  other  hand,  in  'inp-'sni  Ex.  2:  9  from  pi;,  Tsere 
is  rejected  as  though  it  were  from  an  Ayin  Vav  verb. 


Lamedh  Aleph   (i?b)  Verbs. 

§162.  1.  Aleph,  as  the  third  radical  of  verbs,  retains  its 
consonantal  character  only  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  nx:^^ ,  q^-^i^n . 


192  ETYMOLOGY.  §  163 

2.  At  the  end  of  tlie  word  it  invariably  quiesces  in  the 
preceding  vowel,  §57.2.  (2),  i^'i-q ,  m^ ,  ^^irin .  If  this 
vowel  be  Pattahh,  as  in  the  Kal  and  Niphal  preterites  and 
in  the  Pual  and  Hophal  species,  it  is  in  the  simple  syllable 
lengthened  into  Kamets,  §  59,  i^ip  for  if^i'g ,  «:?^3  for  «i72p ; 
so  likewise  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  where  ^  as 
a  guttural  requires  a,  ^^^'^  for  i^TQ"} ,  i^k-q  for  «2^ .  A  like 
prolongation  of  Pattahh  to  Kamets  occurs  before  medial  t? 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  '^^'^'q , 

3.  With  the  single  exception  just  stated,  medial  «  quiesces 
in  the  diphthongal  vowel  e  before  syllabic  affixes ;  thus,  in  the 
first  and  second  persons  of  the  preterites  of  the  derivative 
species  in  Tsere,  ^^i^^ ,  ''riK:k')2n ,  in  the  feminine  plurals  of 
all  the  futures  and  imperatives  in  Seghol,  n:K2">2ri ,  n:j{:£ti . 

a.  This  e  may  arise  from  the  diphthongal  preferences  ofS,  §60.  l.a{5), 
or  it  may  be  borrowed  irom  the  corresponding  forms  of  nb  verbs,  between 
which  and  !sb  verbs  there  is  a  close  affinity  and  a  strong  tendency  to 
mutual  assimilation.  In  Chaldee  and  Syriac  no  distinction  is  made  be- 
tween them. 

§163.  This  class  of  verbs  is  represented  in  the  follow- 
ing paradigm  by  t?i^  io  find ;  the  Piel  and  Hithpael,  though 
wanting  in  this  verb,  are  supplied  from  analogy.  The  Pual 
and  Hophal  are  omitted  because  they  are  of  rare  occurrence, 
and  they  present  no  peculiarities  but  such  as  are  common  to 
the  other  species. 

a.  In  their  ordinary  inflection  Laraedh  Aleph  verbs  differ  from  the 
perfect  paradigm  in  the  vowels  only. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh  Alepii  Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

iiipniL. 

IIITnPAEL. 

Pket.  3  TO. 

T     T 

T    ;  • 

Nrj 

^■r^n 

kl-m. 

3/ 

T   :   IT 

r;.s:i^ 

T      •    :    • 

r-ikTcm 

2  TO. 

T        T    r 

T       ••   :  • 

T\^k2 

T             ••     • 

T        ••    :    • 

t\'^k-2tr[ 

2/ 

T    r 

r^d';3 

nj^kt: 

ni^kisn 

T\'^k:2m 

1  c. 

•             T     T 

^n^5r^2 

'r>^^"^ 

^nj^r^ri 

^mk'2t\n 

Plur.  3  c. 

:  IT 

^^'9? 

^i5!i53 

^5^^k53ri 

'\k%i2pr\ 

2  TO. 

arixr^ 

dnj^r^D 

nnj^ss'^ 

Qni^r^ri 

Xlt\;^T2t\T] 

2/ 

■jtiNr^ 

'inj5r^3 

1^^^^ 

■]ni^r;n 

")n:^s-^rr! 

1  c. 

r   T 

^DJ^r^3 

^'^5k-^ 

^:i^r^ri 

rA^i:2T\r\ 

iNFIIf.  ^&S0Z 

.    Jt^ii-^ 

i^':^:^? 

5^r^ 

j^-^^n 

Co?is^r 

^±2 

••     T     • 

t^rj 

u^i-r^n 

ksriTp 

FUT.  3  TO. 

T    ;  • 

^kT.. 

^'^'9' 

«^=r?? 

3/. 

T    :    • 

i^is^n 

m'2T\ 

j^^r^ri 

5^i£"^rri 

2  TO. 

T    :    • 

•■     T      • 

^r^n 

^■^i^n 

!^k-2np 

2/ 

^Kl'27\ 

"^^^^ 

■^b^^-^n 

\si*i^-^r[i 

\^^tT\ 

1  c. 

T    :    V 

•  •     T     V 

^^4'^^ 

t5"r^^ 

^%:2m 

PZ!/r.  8  TO. 

^^^r;!;^ 

^kriT 

^k^'T 

^^rr^: 

^^•S":ri: 

3/ 

nti^ik'an 

nrj^r^^n 

nii^^^n 

nr^d'^n 

ri5.^|:a^n 

2  TO. 

^i^:i°;n 

^i^::^n 

ii;>^!£-^s^ 

iL^"r;n 

^kr^nn 

2/ 

H2«r^n 

T           V     T     • 

n^i^sj-^n 

np^^r^n 

nrw^r^nn 

Ic. 

T    :  • 

••     T  • 

^4"^? 

^^r^D 

^k-;n5 

ImPER.  2  TO. 

Kr2 

t^:k^ri 

^'k)2 

t^r^n 

!^i|"^nri 

2/ 

^kr2 

\s;:^'/3r; 

^ki-2 

\^^istfj 

\s;r:nr7 

PZiir.  2  m. 

^ki'2 

;   IT  • 

^'k%'2 

^.s^r^jj 

!i>5:;";nri 

2/ 

mD^-J 

T           V     T      • 

^^^'2 

MjiJ^'^Jj 

T       ■.■—:• 

Part.  Act. 

^ip 

^%:?^ 

^^%'2'2 

^5^=r?"-? 

Pass. 

^ri'2 

^^i!p5 

19^ 


194  ETYMOLOGY.  §164,165 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs. 

§164.  1.  Verbs  having  Tsere  as  their  second  vowel,  §S2.  1.  a,  retain  it 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  rN^"!,  rsra  ,  ipxpb. 

2.  Quiescent  N  is  occasionally  omitted  from  the  body  of  ihe  word, 
e.g.  Kal  pret.  ^r}-kl  Job  1:21  for  T^ii  ^  iptio  Num.  11:11.  "^rrs  Judg. 
4:  19.  •'n?^  Job  32:  IS,  !i:2  1  Sam.  25:s'for  r.^'z:  fut.  nrosn  and  nsxTaFI  ; 
rk"!  Deut.  28:57  part.  fem.  sing,  for  nxii^  ;  *in»a73  Job  4i:17  for  "inx'^a 
const,  inf  with  prep,  and  suf.  from  S<\1"3 .  Niph.  pret.  cr^n:  Josh.  2:16, 
ci^ri:3  Lev.  11:43.  Oliant  K,  §16.  1,  may  in  like  manner  be  dropped 
from  the  end  of  the  word  after  quiescent  Vav  or  Yodh,  e.  g.  ""i^n  Gen. 
20:6  for  ^i'iw^^,  l::^l  l  Kin.  12:12  for  Nii*;;,  ^isnn  2  Kin.  13:  6,''''i2nri 
Jer.  32:35,  "'D^  Ps.'l41:5,  "ic":  Ps.  55:16,  -'isj  1  Kin.  21:29,  Mic.  1 :  15, 
''213  2  Sam.  5:2,  and  in  three  other  passages;  ''hn  Ruth  3:15  is  Hiph. 
Imper.  fem.  for  "'X'^rH)  §62.2. 

3.  The  vowel  following  t<  is  in  a  few  instances  given  to  a  preceding 
vowelless  consonant,  and  the  X  becomes  otiant  or  quiescent,  §57.  2  (3), 
K^iCJ  Ps.  139:20  for  >ixb3,  j^^rci";  Jer.  10:5  for  ^^ct": ,  ix^":  imp.  for  ^ti-j";, 
K^'i  Eccles.  10:5  Kal  part.  fem.  for  ^ki:^ ,  C^'^n  1  Sam.  14:33  for 
CX-jH,  cx'iiS  Neh.  6:8  Kal  part,  with  suf  for  CX^ia,  iiXQ"^?  Ezelc.  47:8 
for  ^5<3'73;  and,  on  the  contrary,  quiescent  K  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel 
of  the  preceding  consonant  in  "Nip  Ex.  2:20  Kal  imp.  for  f^jxip  and 
ns'^N-J   Cant.  3:11  for  n:xk    from'xiv 

4.  Final  tt  resumes  its  consonantal  character  upon  the  addition  of 
suffixes  ixbJ.  receiving  (_ )  before  T],  CD  and  *3.  in  consequence  of  which 
a  previous  Tsere  or  Sh'va  is  converted  into  Pattahh,  §60.  1,  "|X',Jj"3 .  ^x,rvD, 
VjXi2 ,  T|Xn2n,  ^^Xfjia  Pi.  inf.,  S=X,5?'J,  crx:ib  Kal  inf.  for  Crx/^-a,  §G1.  I.e. 

5.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  mostly  retained  before  suffixes  and  para- 
gogic  n,  VjX^ri,  nxsi  Ps.  41:5,  '"ixipxi  1  Sam.  28:  15,  but  nx2q3  Isa. 
56:12.  Tsere  is  rejected  f^N:iX  Neh.  2:13,  2  Chron.  1:10,  or  retained 
only  in  pause  t  nxs  Judg.  9:29. 

§165.  1.  He  is,  in  a  few  instances,  substituted  for  X,  rici  Ps.  60:4  for 
t^C-i,  nl-nri  Jer.  19:11  for  X2"Jii,  nos  Ps.  4 :  7  for  Nil"? ,  §3.  \.  a,  n:sr;3  Jer. 
49:'l0  for'N2ri3,  ninn  1  Kin.'  22:25,  2  Kin.  7:12  I'br  xinn  nri2;i  Job 
8:21  for  xf^av' 

2.  Sometimes  x  remains,  but  the  vowels  are  those  of  n'b  forms,  "''^xbs 
Ps.  119:101  for  Tx^3,  xih  Eccl.  8: 12,  9:  IS,  Isa.  03:20  for  X'jn,  xis 

1  Sam.  22:2,  Isa.  24:^2,  xii^a  Eccl.  7:26,  i<%i.  1  Kin.  9:11,  Am.  4:2  Pi. 
pret.  for  X'!a3,   KS-n  Ps.    143:3  for  XS-n  ,  X^o'  Jer.  51:34  for  xf^,  "'PXB'n 

2  Kin.  2:21  for  T'^QI ,  >i:x5";  Jer.  51:9  for  >13XQ1,  "XHS^  Job  39:21  for 
-XB?7,  xHsri  Deut.  28:59  Hiph.  pret.  for  X-'Vsn ,  xiit^'Ps.  135:7  Hiph. 
part,  const,  for  X"'i'i"3  from  xi^; ;  to  which  may  be  added  tiJ^ix'^Pi  Ezek. 
23  :49.  nrx^'/sn  Jer.  50  :  20,  with  *>  inserted  as  in  fib  verbs. 


^  166-168  LAMEDH    HE   VERBS.  195 

3.  Sometimes  the  rtb  form  is  adopted  both  in  consonants  and  vowels, 
!l"i^  Ezek.  28:16   for  ^x!3^,_^^3  1    Sam.   6:10,  ^p:    Ezek.  39:26,  •'Jnbs 

1  Sam.  25:  33  for  ■'in^sbs",  VriU  Ruth  2:9  for  nsi^ ,  r^^z^  Gen.  23:6  for 
N^37,  nrsnn  Job  5:  18  for  n:xcnn  comp.  Jer.  8:11,  51:9,2  Kin.  2:22, 
•iJir:  Ps.^32:*l  for  aW: ,  n-'aj'jer'.  26  :  9  for  rX23 ,  n-'brn  1  Sam.  10:6, 
nii::rn  l  Sam.  10:13,  rjV^Tsn  2  Sam.  3:8,  n/2:s'lsa.'29 :  7  for  f7\N:i:; 
nipTS  Ezek.  8  :  3  is  by  some  interpreters  thought  to  be  for  X"':.P^  prurolc- 
ing  to  jealousy,  and  by  others  exphiined  in  the  sense  of  the  n"'>  verb  selling 
(Israel  to  their  foes). 

§166.  1.  Tlie  3  fem.  preterite  has  the  old  ending  n^,  §86.  b,  in  nxin 
Ex.  5:  16  lor  n5<-jn,  nx-ir?  Deut.  31  :29.  Isa.  7:  14,  Jer.  44:23,  nxnn  Gen' 
33:11  Hoph.  from  xia'  nx"^S3  Ps.  118:23  (rx^S?  Deut.  30:  ll'  is  the 
feminine  participle),  to  whicli  the  customary  ending  ti^  is  further  added 
in  nr.sbsj  2  Sam.  1  :  26.  nnxann  Josh.  6  :  17  lor  nN-^iinn . 

2.  A  feminine  termination  '^,,  ri,  or  as  in  tip  verbs  m',  is  occasionally 
added  to  the  construct  infinitive,  e.  g.  Kal,  nxri-J ,  njj-i';!,  r^iirq ,  rs-ip  from 
xnp  /o 'mee^,  distinsriiisiied  from  Xip  and  mxip  Judg.  8:1  from  N'^p  to 
call,  T\^o-q  and  n^sp^  never  xia,  nxib  Prov.  8:13,  with  suf.  ihxijn 
Ezek.  33:12.  Niphal,  inNSSn  Zech.  13:4.  Piel,  niKis'a  and  ^«|^5  j 
Snjirp  2  Sam.  21  : 2;  nixUi^  Ezek.  17  :  9  is  a  Kal  inf.  const,  formed  as  in 
Chaldee  by  prefixing  a . 

3.  There   are  two  examples  of  the  Niphal  infinitive   absolute.  ii"ip3 

2  Sam.  1 :  6  and  5<i;53n  Ex.  22  :  3:  the  analogy  of  the  former  has  been  re- 
tained in  the  paradigm  for  the  sake  of  distinction  from  the  construct.  Piel 
infinitive  absolute:  Nsp,  iJtST  ,  K"}3.     Hiphil  inf.  abs. :  ^^.^sn  ,  ^s^r^5  • 

4.  The  Hiphil  future  with  Vav  conversive  commonly  has  Tsere  in  the 
ultimate,  though  Hhirik  also  occurs  N^pW ,  Np;^1 ,  Nianiil ,  ^<2^W ,  xki'l 
and  i<2?i*i,  NS^l,  once  S-idjI  Ezek.  40  :  3,  and  once  X^i^]  Neh.'S:2. 

5.  Kamets  sometimes  occurs  in  the  ultimate  of  the  Hithpael  future, 
il\aDrii  Num.  23:24  but  s'-iapn  Ezek.  29:  15,  so  5<'jnn7,  xii-07,  i<^9nn, 
;")iNbTan7;  more  rarely  in  the  preterite,  nxaan, 

§167.  1.  The  following  are  the  only  Pual   forms  which  occur.  Pret. : 

51X31 ,  >iX3n ,  xnp .  Fut. :  ssi"^ .  Part. :  S5S"i^ ,  •ixs^'a ,  D"'5<|?'3  ,  ckroia , 
nixsip'O  ,  \vith  suf.  '^xn'psTs  .     ' 

2.  The  following  are  the  only  Hophal  forms:  Pret.  sixanrj,  nxi^iin, 
N3in,  iixin,  nnsrn,  sisnin.    Fut.:  xn^i"',  ^xiii-".    Part.:   nhn-o,  nss^a . 

3.  For  the  anomalous  forms,  nnxiin  Deut.  33:  16,  ^nxi^n  Job  22: 21. 
rxin  1  Sam.  25  :  34  (K'thibh  Tisan),  see  §88  (sing.  3  fern.)  ' 


Lamedh  He  (nb)  Verbs. 

§  168.  In  these  verbs  the  third  radical,  which  is  Yodh  or 
Vav,  does  not  appear  at  the  end  of  the  word  except  in  the 


196  ETYMOLOGY.  ^169 

Kal  passive  participle,  e.  g.  "'iba ;  in  all  other  cases  it  is  re- 
jected or  softened,  the  resulting  vowel  termination  being 
usually  expressed  by  the  letter  n ,   §11.  1.  «. 

In  the  various  preterites  n  stands  for  the  vowel  a,  and 
is  hence  pointed  n^ . 

In  the  futures  and  participles  it  stands  for  c,  and  is 
pointed  !^.. . 

In  the  imperatives  it  stands  for  e,  and  is  pointed  n ..  . 

In  the  absolute  infinitives  it  stands  for  o  or  e ;  in  the 
Kal  it  is  pointed  ri ,  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  n .. ,  in  the 
Niphal  and  Piel  n'  or  Ji.. .  There  are  no  examples  in  Pual 
and  Hithpael. 

The  construct  infinitives  have  the  feminine  ending  ni . 

a.  In  this  class  of  verbs  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost  entirely  super- 
.seded  those  with  Vav,  The  latter  are  confined  to  the  construct  infinitive 
where  m',  occurring  in  all  the  species,  is  best  explained  by  assuming  1  to 
be  radical  (comp,  n  jxn  Ezek.  28  :  17  as  an  alternate  of  riix-i)  and  to  a  few 
other  sporadic  cases,  viz. :  a  single  Kal  preterite,  "'P'lbd  Job  3 :  25,  the 
reduplicated  forms  of  three  verbs,  tilNS ,  ^nnoii,  njnndn,  and  the  pecu- 
liar form,  ".'^"^S  Isa,  16:9. 

h.  In  the  Kal  preterite,  Yodh  is  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous 
vowel  Pattahh,  §57.  2.  (5),  which  is  then  prolonged  to  Kamets  in  the  sim- 
ple syllable,  ~ba  for  "1^5.  As  Pattahh  is  likewise  the  regular  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  in  the  preterites  of  Niphal  and  Hophal,  and  occasionally  appears 
in  Piel,  §  92.  c,  and  Hithpael,  §  96.  6,  the  final  Kamets  of  these  species  may 
be  similarly  explained.  The  ending,  thus  made  uniform  in  the  other 
species,  passed  over  likewise  into  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  it  did  the 
more  readily  since  a  belongs  at  least  to  some  of  its  persons  in  the  perfect 
verb.  Yodh  is  in  like  manner  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous  Hholem 
of  certain  infinitives,  while  it  leaves  the  homogeneous  Tsere  of  others  un- 
modified. 

c.  The  futures,  imperatives,  and  participles  of  certain  of  the  species 
have  e  as  the  normal  vowel  of  their  ultimate;  in  this  Yodh  can  quiesce, 
leaving  it  unchanged.  Those  of  the  other  species  (except  the  Hiphil, 
which  is  once  more  attracted  into  conformity  with  the  rest)  have  or  may 
have  a  in  the  ultimate  ;  this,  c-ombined  with  the  i  latent  in  "^ .  will  again 
form  e..  In  the  future  this  becomes  e  (..)  in  distinction  from  the  ending  e  (..) 
of  the  more  energetic  imperative;  and  the  absolute  is  distinguished  from 
the  construct  state  of  the  participle  in  the  same  way. 

§1G9.  1.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a 
vowel  the  last  radical  is  occasionally  retained  as  "^ ,  particu- 


§170  LAMEDH    HE   VERBS.  197 

larly  in  prolonged  or  pausal  forms,  n^^Dn ,  ^"^cn ,  ;  'ji'^Dn^ ;  it 
is,  however,  commonly  rejected  and  its  vowel  given  to  the 
antecedent  consonant,  "^^  for  ^''>^5 ,  ^^.^n  for  ''^^?n ;  in  like 
manner  the  preterite  3  fera.,  which  in  these  verbs  retains  the 
primary  characteristic  M ,  ,  §  86.  (5,  M^a  for  fTJ^^^ ,  to  which  is 
fnrther  appended  the  softened  ending  n  ^ ,  thus  nnb.n ,  in 
pause  ririba . 

a.  The  n^  of  the  3  fern.  pret.  is  frequently  explained  as  a  second  fem- 
inine ending  added  after  the  first  had  lost  its  significance  in  the  popular 
consciousness.  It  might,  perhaps  with  equal  propriety,  be  regarded  as 
paragogically  appended.  §G1.  G,  comp.  such  nouns  as  nri'Vr';',  Hnb'';? , 
nnr'^X,  in  order  to  produce  a  softer  termination  and  one  more  conformed 
to  that  which  obtains  in  the  generality  of  verbs.  Nordheimer's  explanation 
of  the  n  as  hardened  from  n .  f^Pba  for  t^f^r'-Ji  labours  under  the  double 
difficulty  that  there  is  neither  proof  nor  probability  for  the  assumption  that 
the  consonant  n  could  be  exchanged  for  n  ,  and  that  fi  in  the  preterite  of 
these  verbs  is  not  a  radical  nor  even  a  consonant,  but  simply  the  represen- 
tative of  the  vowel  a. 

2.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a  consonant 
the  third  radical  "^  remains  but  is  softened  to  a  vowel,  so 
that  in  the  Kal  preterite  it  quiesces  in  Hhirik,  in  the  Pual 
and  Hophal  preterites  in  Tsere,  in  the  Niphal,  Piel,  Iliphil, 
and  Hithpael  preterites  in  either  Hhirik  or  Tsere,  and  in  the 
futures  and  imperatives  of  all  the  species  in  Seghol,  t)"^?^ , 

3.  Forms  not  augmented  by  personal  endings  lose  their 
final  vowel  before  sufRxes,  e.  g.  ^?^a ,  ^b^^  from  n'ia ,  '^b^si, 
from  >i^i^\  ^b.w  from  np^n.  The  preterite  3  fern,  takes  its 
simple  form,  e.  g.  ^nnS^  or  'inba ,  and  in  pause  ^riba  . 

§170.  The  Lamedh  He  verbs  will  be  represented  by 
fi^5  to  u?icover,  reveal^  which  is  used  in  all  the  species. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh 

KAL. 

NIPnAL, 

PIEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

T    T 

r;b':o 

T  :  • 

T   • 

3/. 

•^^^5 

nribro 

T  :  :  • 

T  :  • 

2  m. 

^■^'i^ 

m^b'ro 

T     •■  ;  • 

T       •     • 

2/ 

•      T 

r^^b":*? 

n^b5 

\c. 

•        •      T 

^ri^b'jp 

^m-'ba 

Plur.  3  <5. 

T 

^b:? 

\ba 

2  TO. 

I3in"br, 

C!f}'b:o 

Di^'^3 

2/. 

•jin-bri 

■jh^bro 

■jh^ba 

Ic. 

•     T 

^3'!?^*? 

^rb'a 

Infix.  ^45soZ, 

n'Ba 

T 

Mb';o 

n'ba 

Constr. 

nib':» 

nibsn 

T      • 

niba 

FuT.  3  m. 

nb'r 

nb'-t'^ 

V     T   • 

"^: 

3/ 

nbrin 

•^.b^tH 

2  TO. 

nb:ri 

nb'sri 

V    T      • 

^^l^ 

2/ 

^br^ri 

^br.n 

•    T      • 

^b'an 

Ic. 

nbji^ 

nb'ri^ 

Mb3i5 

Plur.  3  TO. 

^ 

T  • 

^'br 

3/ 

nrb3n 

nrb'r^n 

T    V  r    • 

^r.r^^ 

2  TO. 

'^hn 

T      • 

^ban 

2/ 

TV:' 

j-;5^b':.n 

T      V   T     • 

|-;rb':.n 

TV-; 

Ic. 

nb:o 

^?l? 

^•fe? 

ImPEE.  2  TO. 

nba 

MJiitl 

nba 

2/ 

^?B 

•     T      • 

''b'a 

PZwr.  2  TO. 

^s 

sibr.r; 

^ba 

2/ 

nrba 

T    V  : 

•  ^r.)'^n 

r;rb'a 

Paet.  ^cf. 

nba 

m53"J 

Pass. 

^63 

•^.^f? 

198 


He  Verbs. 

PUAL. 

nipniL. 

nOPHAL. 

IIITIIPAEL. 

nV? 

^  :    T 

nhia 

nnbrn 

nhbr^n 

T  :  —   :    • 

^'%. 

T     ■   ;     • 

n^b:n 

r     ••  ;    r 

\^^'?'5^r! 

n-a 

n^b'^n 

n^b':n 

n^V:>r,n 

T'& 

^n^H:- 

^n^b':- 

^n^^r.rn 

,% 

^-;~ 

fe 

^br,w-; 

onia 

Dn^b:«M 

Dn^b.-n 

Dh^br»rn 

i»?'i? 

1^'^V" 

■jFi"b;^ri 

",n^b5riri 

^rVa 

^"b'rn 

...      ^ 

^rbr»rri 

(rfe) 

n^^r^n 

(m%m) 

niVii 

r'&ij 

(nib';,n) 

ni^^^rri 

nfe 

nb'rr 

nb> 

V  ;  T 

nVusn'^ 

rm 

r;b'."n 

nb':»n 

nb'r,rn 

"??i? 

J^S*^ 

rib^n 

V  ;    r 

nbr,nn 

"??!? 

^pjtn 

^b':*n 

^%T\r\ 

"!?'? 

nb'3^ 

nb'.-x 

r:b'r.r^ 

^% 

6:c 

^b.v 

^^5n^ 

ra% 

n:^b'3n 

nrb';>n 

nrb':>nn 

.Vaip 

tibr^n 

^i-n 

^Vr>r,n 

nrbn 

•^rS'^ 

nrb'jn 

T     V  :     T 

i-i:;"V-iSin 

n& 

"S*^ 

nbro 

?^.)'50? 

ri-'^ri 

nb'unn 

wanting 

-b':n 

wanting 

^?5t:,r: 

^B:n 

^'siiri 

^T^iTl 

!^r)'5r»7 

riS:c2 

nVsn^j 

nVj'j 

nb';*:9 

199 


200  ETYMOLOGY.  §171,172 

BHOETENED     FUTTJEE     AND     IMPERATIVE. 

§  171.  1.  The  final  vowel  n ..  is  rejected  from  tlie  futures 
when  apocopated  or  when  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  The 
concurrence  of  final  consonants  thence  resultmg  in  the  Kal 
and  Hiphil  is  commonly  relieved  by  inserting  an  miaccented 
Seghol  between  them,  §61.  2,  to  which  the  preceding  Pat- 
tahh  is  assimilated  in  the  Hiphil,  §  C3.  2.  a,  the  Hhirik  of 
the  Kal  either  remaining  unchanged  or  being  lengthened  to 
Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable. 


EAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

HIPHIL. 

HITHPAEL. 

Future. 

n?^? 

s^'^r 

r.i:\:' 

5"'^?!' 

^'^^n^i 

Apoc.  Fut. 

"■k^    or     hf,_ 

^? 

^ 

^^:! 

ban"! 

Vav.  Conv. 

b^^i  or  \>':M 

b^l 

"^yi-i 

"^^ 

bisn^i 

2.  The  final  vowel  n..  is  sometimes  rejected  from  the  im- 
perative in  the  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hithpael  species,  e.  g.  Pi.  ^33 
for  n.|a ,  Hiph.  b^n  for  nb.in ,  Hith.  b^nn  for  M.?5nn. 


Remarks  on  Lamedii  He  Veebs. 

§172.  1.  Kal  preterite  :  The  third  person  feminine  rarely  occurs  with 
the  simple  endinf?  n^ ,  ncs  Lev.  25  :  21,  rr'n  2  Kin.  9  :  37  K'thibh  ;  so  in 
the  Hiphil,  rjxbn  Ezek.'  24 :  12,  n^-in  Lev.  26 :  3i,  and  Hophal,  nyjrr 
Jer.  13:19.  Yodh  is  occasionally  retained  before  asyllabic  affixes,  tiion 
Ps.  57  :2,  the  only  instance  in  which  the  feminine  has  the  ending  usual  in 
other  verbs,  ^icn  Dent.  32  :  37,  ^"^i:  Ps.  73  :  2  K'ri ;  so  in  the  imperative, 
^''m,  t|''i"2  Isa.  21:12;  future,  I'l^S:'? ,  I'l'^^^':,  V'^'Jij,^,  "i'l'"'9n,!l ;  "^''^^"7, 
•,!i"^rn;;,  ji'^i'^n,  l^^*^';',  'i':^"',  ^"'^'^'?,  =i"^nx;^ ,  Niphal'preterite',' si-'-J: ,  P'iel 
future,  "|i^53']ri,  sia^ba^,  Hiphil  future,  *,Visn',  imperative,  ^T'nn  for  1"'t;xn  . 

2.  Infinitive:  Vav  is  sometimes  written  for  the  final  vowel  of  the  infini- 
tive absolute  instead  of  n,  "iia,  iyri,  iiin,  "inri,  in^,  iiu^,  i:)ri,  'ix'^,  ina, 
and  in  a  few  instances  the  feminine  termination  is  added,  nibx ,  riixn, 
nini^.  There  are  also  examples  of  the  omission  of  this  termination  from 
the  construct  infinitive,  n'j?_  and  fw?  ,  n3p,'nNn,  inui ;  once  it  has  the 
form  nis^n  Ezek.  28  :  17.        ' 

3.  Future  :  There  are  a  very  ^'i.w  examples  of  Tsere  as  the  last  vowel 
of  the  future,  nx-in  Dan.  1:13,  nii;?^n  Josh.  7:9,  nij'SI  Josh.  9:24, 
"THPi  Jer.  17:  17;  so  in  the  Piel,  n^.;ri  Lev.  IS :  7  tf. ;  and,  on  the  other 


§173  REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  201 

hand,  there  is  one  instance  of  an  imperative  ending  in  Seghol,  viz.,  the 
Piel,  n?n  Judg.  9:29.  The  radical  ^  remains  and  rests  in  Hhirilt  in 
•'iiTni  (s'fem.)  Jer.  3:6,  in  the  Hiphil,  ^ni2V\  (2  masc.)  Jer.  IS :  23,  and  in 
the  Kal  imperative,  "^sn  (2  masc.)  Isa.  26:20.  Yodh  appears  once  as  a 
consonant  before  a  sullix,  "'S^.i^i?!*^  Job  3:  25,  and  once  before  n  paragogic, 
n^'^rix  Ps.  77:4,  vvliirh  is  very  rare  in  tiiese  verbs,  but  perhaps  displaces 
the  final  vowel  in  ni'UX  Ps.  119  :  117,  and  the  Hitlipael,  ns'n'^-D  Isa.41 :23. 
In  a  few  instances  ">  is  restored  as  a  quiescent  before  suffixes.  '3'!^n'^  Hos. 
6:2,  •'i-'in  1  Kin.  20:35,  i^''??'?  Ps.  140:10K'ri,  cn\N;5N  Deut.  32  :  26. 
Examples  of  the  feminine  plurd:  nrisn ,  njl^TH ,  j"'t'-~  P!] ,  "r^  ?-?- > 
nr:yn  and  nsh'n , 

4.  The  future  of  a  few  verbs  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  con- 
versive  simply  drops  its  last  vowel,  either  retaining  Hhirik  under  the  per- 
sonal prefix  or  lensthening  it  to  Tsere,  tno'^i ,  2V^^^ ,  r;n'i.  'n-i'''i ,  ab'i , 
fld^T ;  so  in  the  Pe  Nun  forms,  t'l  and  T'^i ,  i:^  ,  and  Pe  Yodh  t^'^'],  with 
Pattahh-furtive  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Pe  guttural,  'nn'),  §  17.  ,  or 
the  vowel  of  the  personal  prefix  changed  to  Pattahh,  §60.  1,  T)ii^^,  xn'^1 
but  S*i^  ,  Ni.ib!!  ■  Most  commonly  Segiiol  is  inserted  between  the  concur- 
ring consonants,  n'fl,  "ja'"^,  h:\^_,  -ii'_n,  hz/\  and  Vrn,  yrfi,  "iS^i  and  'tv\'}, 
qav  "ip.^T,  -.;?^i ,  ibp?^T,  n-i'^  and  ^I'^P] ,'ri-i'^T,  y-n.'.,  Nn*],  xbni,  h^j\  or 
Pattahh  if  one  of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  §61.  2;  thus,  in  Ayin  gut- 
tural verbs,  y^^),  i^^hl'  '-""y?.  ,  "^^,  in  Pe' guttural  •,n'i  from  nin'i , 
§60.  1.  a.  (3),  "in*;!  from  JT^n^,  or  with  the  additional  change  of  tlie  vowel 
of  the  prefix  to  Pattahh,  "inni ,  tnn  from  nrrin ,  -j^n^:  il-om  n^n;] ,  'irw  , 
::iS'|i]  Isa.  59:  17  (in  1  Sam.  15:19,  14:32  K'n,  this  same  form'' is  fVom 
I3>lS  or  '^•'b,  §157.  3),  h'J^^ ,  'y^_-j,  to^'^V  The  rejection  of  the  final  vowel 
takes  place  frequently  even  in  the  first  person  singular,  which  in  other 
verbs  is  commonly  exempt  fi-om  shortening,  §99.  3.  a,  1£X7,  S';ni  and 
UNI.XV  Fi':3k\  m^4,  ^rxl,  "i-'xi .  '■avk^  and  nibyxi.     In   a   few  instances 

•••   :    •-■it  "        :     ;    •■  T  '  -^T  '  r'      ' T  ■  -   -r  vv:  ivr 

the  final  vowel  is  retained  in  other  persons  after  Vav  conversive,  e.  g. 
niy?^1  1  Kin.  16 :  25,  nb;^]  2  Kin.  1 :  10,  n:::']  Josh.  19  :  50.  r.tZV}';.  1  Sam. 
1:^  "^t;,!!)  1  Kin.  16:17,  nx'^'^i  1  Sam.  17:42.  rr^r'^l  2  Kin.  6: 23,  "icn 
Deut.  32  :  IS  is  fut.  apoc.  of  ri;u3  as  ■'ri,1  or  "^n-^  of  n^n  . 

5.  The  passive  participle  drops  the  final  "^  in  >1DS  Job  15:22  for  "^12^, 
^'■a^  Job  41:25  for  •'^lirr,  and  fern.  plur.  n-,TJ3  Isa.'  3:16  K'thibh  (K'ri 
ni^D?),  nnbs  l  Sam.  25':  IS  K'thibh. 

§173.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  Yodh  may  quiesce  in  either  T.^ere  or 
Hhirik,  though  the  former  is  more  frequent,   n^f^D  and  "^ri^fs: ,  ri">5J3  and 

sia""^;?,  cn::-j3  and  ^s-ibq;:,  "^n-^psj  and  li'^^??- 

2.  Examples  of  the  infinitive  absolute:  -i??? ,  f^Ja^J ,  !^f^:n  .  Construct: 
ni^jn  and  ni?:.5,  nibn,  nixnn  and  nj<nri;  with  suffixes,  irsrn,  ihirrn, 
once  as  though  it  were  a  plural  noun,  cb''rinjrt  Ezelc.  6 :  S,  so  the  Kal 
infin.,  Tpr-irla  Ezek.  16:  31,  once  with  a  preposition,  n:?'5  Ex.  10:3. 

3.  Future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive:  ii-yn,  "ssni,  nsx" , 
ynn,  crn,  X'i;'i,  "f?*?,  and  in  one  verb  with  Pattahli  before  n,  r,'a'>^ 
Gen.  7 :  23,  Ps.  109 :  13,  though  some  editions  omit  the  Daghesh-forte  in  the 
former  passage,  thus  making  it  a  Kal  future. 


202  ETYMOLOGY.  §174,175 

§174.  1.  Piel:  Two  verbs,  ns;  lo  he  hecoviing  and  tina  /o  draw  (the 
bow),  having  a  guttural  for  their  second  radical,  double  the  third  instead, 
which  in  the  reduplication  appears  as  Vav,  though  the  general  law  is  ad- 
hered to  requiring  its  rejection  from  the  end  of  the  word  and  tiie  substitu- 
tion of  the  vowel  lelter  n.  The  only  forms  which  occur  are,  of  the 
former,  the  preterite  njxs  Ps.  93:5,  si'.sj  Cant.  1:10,  Isa.  52:7,  and  of 
the  latter  the  participle  plur.  constr.  ''in^'a  Gen.  21  :  16.  There  are 
three  examples  of  Hholem  inserted  after  the  first  radical,  §92.  b,  "^roicj 
Isa.  10:  13  from  !^b':i ,  the  b  being  an  orthographic  equivalent  for  0, 
§3.  1.  a,  and  in  the  infinitive,  iriH,  inh  Isa.  59:  13. 

2.  In  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite  ^  sometimes  quiesces 
in  Tsere ;  in  all  the  other  persons,  however,  and  even  in  the  first  singu- 
lar, when   a  suffix   is   added,  it   invariably  quiesces   in  Hhirik,  •'ri''^a  and 

Ti'^^a,  •'riiiip,  once  ""^^'^p,  "'»"?"'^3  and  "'T.^s ,  rpn"'^? ,  n-'ni^D. 

3.  Infinitive  absolute:  ri^;^  and  mp_,  n^3 ,  njs? ,  nb,  i^h,  iVn .  The 
construct  always  ends  in  ni  with  the  exception  of  nlbg  also  rVss ,  and 
^bn  Hos.  6:9. 

4.  Future:  in  "'^Tl^?.  Isa.  16:9  from  ti""!,  the  second  radical  is  doubled 
as  "^^  §153.  1,  and  the  third  appears  as  1,  §56.  3.  a;  i^bax^  Ex.  33:  3  is 
for  ?)^3X.,  §63.1.6.  With  Vav  conversive :  bi-'i ,  bi:']l,  tjb'^l,  ik'^l, 
^p!?!!  •  "'kr'3 '  f^o  in  the  first  person  singular,  ^2N'J ,  li^.p  ;  once  Pattahh  is 
lengthened  to  Kamets,  in';']  1  Sam.  21:  14;  so  in  pause,  tbjn  Prov.  25:  9. 

5.  The  imperative  has  Seghol  in  a  single  instance,  nan  .ludg.  9:29 
and  sometimes  drops  its  final  vowel  bj ,  bn,  'j'a  ,  D3 ,  i::  and  nia . 

6.  Pual  infinitive  construct  with  suffix:  in'SS  Ps.  132:1. 

§175.  1.  Hiphil  preterite:  The  prefixed  n  has  occasionally  Seghol, 
n^sn  and  nb'^n,  ribn,  n^sn,  nx'^n,  Ti-iip.-N-iri.  Yodh  may  quiesce  in 
Hhirik  or  Tsere,  r^Sjin,  ■'n"'5;n ,  ri-iiin,  •'n"'i:n  .  Yodh  once  remains  as 
a  quiescent  in  the  3  masc.  sing.,  "'bnn  Isa.  53:  10,  and  once  in  the  3  masc. 
plur.,  T'O^n  Josh.  14:8  for  rDi3n,"'§'62.  2. 

2.  The  infinitive  absolute  has  Kamets  in  t^2i\3  by  way  of  distinction 
from  i^Sjiti  and  ns'in  Jer.  42:2,  which  are  always  used  adverbially. 
Construct:  The  prefixed  ti  has  Hhirik  in  one  instance,  rii:ipn  Lev. 
14:43;  nvrnb  2  Kin.  19:25  K'lhibh  is  for  nixt^nb  . 

3.  The  future,  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  some- 
times simply  rejects  its  final  vowel,  ^^\  ,  ^''!'!,  ^ii-,  p'-!!!!  "'"''!  f™"! 
•^■^75  '*!']  fi'oni  i^J?!  ^!5  fro^i  "^^Jj  ~\h  i'rom  ni:;  commonly,  however, 
Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concurring  consonants,  hip}  from  i^^N, 
§111,2.  a,  h^'-':':,  'p^,  Onni,  "irn],  -.£|:i,  an^i.  C]-ir:,  or  Pattahh  if  one 
of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  in^l ,  m:n,  ir»i ,  yn^i .  Occasionally  the 
final  vowel  remains,  nBr.^!  i  Kin.  16:17.  18:42,  n?"?^^]  Ezek.  23:19; 
once  the  radical  "^  appears  quiescing  in  Hhirik,  Tjrri  (2  masc.  apoc.  for 
nrn)  Jer.  18:23.  The  retention  or  rejection  of  the  vowel  is  optional  in 
the  first  person  singular,  ninx;!^ ,  J^i^^'NT  ,  ri?5<,;  and  r\h)  from  n=3,  hy.k'}, 
I3X  from  nbz. 


^176,177       REMARKS    ON    LAMEDII    HE   VERBS.  203 

4.  The  imperative  is  sometimes  abbreviated,  nain  and  "~n ,  nc"iri 
and  rjin,  iiyn  for  <^^?,\1,  ~k'^  and  'cr\,  nsn  and  ?(?] ;  rcn  (iiccent  on 
the  ultimate)  Ps.  39:14  is  for  n^;u.;n,  tlie  same  word  Isa.  (3 :  <J  is  from 
SJSia,  §  140.  5. 

5.  Hophal  infinitive  absolute:  trnsn  Lev.  19:20. 

§176.  1.  Hithpael:  One  verb  i^n'sU  reduplicates  its  third  radical,  which 
appears  as  1,  ninnujn  lo  ^corship.  I'ut.  nintn":;'^,  with  Vav  conv.  irpr'si 
for  ^innc^],  §61.  2,  plur.  vnn'ii;'^],  infin.  rV:r!i''^n)  find  once  with  suf. 
in^inntlin  2  Kin.  5:18,  the  accent  being  thrown  back  by  a  following 
monosyllable.  For  the  inflected  participle,  cniinnil''2  Ezelc.  8:1G,  see 
§90,  page  120. 

2.  In  the  preterite  "^  mostly  qniesccs  in  Tsere  in  the  first  per.con  singu- 
lar, and  in  Hhirik  in  the  other  persons,  ■'p^nxrn,  "^niTriniin,  ni-rinirn, 
cn-'inncn,  n^fynn,  n-^Qinn,  r-insm,  rr^rmrn. 

3.  The  future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  convcrsive:  'Jr'?  j  t?^'!  i 
^nnn,  ^S'ri'^,,  l"";]riri,  J'n^'n,  or  with  Kanicts  in  the  accented  syllable, 
''^P'^i  "ijr'P})  so  always  in  pause,  'H^*!;  JOS^f}^  Gen.  24:65. 

4.  The  shortened  imperative:  "ijrn,  ^^"H. 

§  177.  1.  n"n  to  be,  Cut.  ^Z'H'^.  i  Hhirik  being  retained  before  the  guttural 
under  the  influence  of  the  following  Yodh,  whence  the  Sh'va.  though 
vocal,  remains  simple;  so  in  the  inf  const,  with  prep,  ri'i-'ria.  ri-^rV  riTix;, 
though  without  a  prefix  it  is  m'Ti ,  once  n"r)  Ezek.  21:15.  The  apoco- 
pated future  "^n^  (in  pause  "^H"')  and  with  Vav  conversive  ■n?''i  is  lor 
■^ifT' ,  the  vowel  of  the  prefix  returning  to  the  Sh'va  from  which  it  arose, 
§85.  2.  a  (1).  page  116,  when  the  quiescence  of  the  middle  radical  gives  a 
vowel  to  the  first.  The  same  thing  occurs  in  the  jieculiar  form  of  the 
future  KW7  Eccl.  11:3,  where  the  second  rndical  appears  as  1,  which  it 
sometimes  does  in  the  imperative,  n;^n  and  nirt  Gen.  27 :  29  or  N"n  Job 
37:6,  and  in  the  participle  n'in  Neh.  6;6,  Eccl.  2:22,  fern,  rr^iri  Ex.' 9:  3. 

2.  ti'Ti  to  live.  The  root  "^in  is  usually  inflected  as  a  Lnmedh  He 
verb  pret.  !T;n ,  fut.  •liin'i ,  apoc.  "^n"^ ,  with  Vav  conversive  "'n'^^,  tliough 
in  the  preterite  3  masc.  it  occasionally  takes  an  Ayin  doubled  form,  "n, 
e.  g.  Gen.  3:  22,  5:5,  and  once  in  the  3  fem.  an  Ayin  Yodh  form  :  !~>';'n  Ex. 
1:  16,  or  it  may  be  explained  as  an  Ayin  doubled  form  with  Daghe.'^h-forte 
omitted,  §25. 

3.  In  a  few  instances  N  is  substituted  for  the  third  radical  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  ^rxin  Ezek.  43:27,  Nns  Isa.  21:12.  Nil-J  .Tcr.  23:39,  Nin^ 
2  Chron.  26:  is,  Nrn  Prov.  1 :  10  from'nrx  ,  NP'^t  Deut.  33:21  from  n'rii, 
i^l^UV  2  Chron.  16:12,  Nsp'i  Lam.  4:1,  afc  2  Kin.  25:29,  Nri";  Eccl. 
8:  1,'  c>lX5n  2  Sam.  21  :  12  K'ri  for  Clin,  n-xiVn  Hos.  11:7.  Deut.  28:  66 
for  Ci'inbnj  §56.  4,  n-'xnisn,  ^.^■^>]  2  Sam.  11:21  from  n^'^j  the  vowels 
are  those  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  in  !i:r5$  .Ter.  3 :  22  for  ^irrx ,  n^rn  1  Kin. 
17  :  14  for  n^szn,  r\npi  Dan.  10  :  14  for  n^p":  ;  and  the  full  Lamedh  Aleph 
form  is  adopted  in  6<"''^S^  Hos.  13:  15  for  ^'"[^l- 


204  ETYMOLOGY.  §  178,,  179 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs. 

§  178.  Verbs  which  have  two  weak  letters  in  the  root,  or 
which  are  so  constituted  as  to  belong  to  two  different  classes 
of  imperfect  verbs,  commonly  exhibit  the  pecidiarities  of 
both,  unless  they  interfere  with  or  limit  one  another.  Thus, 
a  verb  which  is  both  «'b  and  nb  wiU  follow  the  analogy  of 
both  paradigms,  the  former  in  its  initial  and  the  latter  in  its 
second  syllable.  But  in  verbs  which  are  both  lb  and  nb 
the  1  is  invariably  treated  as  a  perfect  consonant,  and  the  Jib 
peculiarities  alone  preserved.  All  such  cases  have  been  re- 
marked upon  individually  under  the  several  classes  of  verbs 
to  which  they  respectively  belong. 


Defective  Verbs. 

^179.  1.  It  has  been  seen  in  repeated  instances  in  the 
foregoing  pages  that  verbs  belonging  to  one  class  of  imper- 
fect verbs  may  occasionally  adopt  forms  from  another  and 
closely  related  class.  Thus  a  Nb  verb  may  appear  with  a 
H'b  form,  or  an  "('v  verb  with  an  5?S'  form  or  vice  versa.  The 
occurrence  of  an  individual  example,  or  of  a  few  examples 
of  such  divergent  forms,  may  be  explained  in  the  manner 
just  suggested  without  the  assumption  of  an  additional  verb 
as  their  source.  Sometimes,  however,  the  number  of  diver- 
gent forms  is  so  considerable,  or  the  divergence  itself  so  wide, 
that  it  is  simpler  to  assume  two  co-existent  roots  of  the  same 
signification,  and  differing  only  in  the  weak  letter  which  they 
contain,  than  to  refer  all  to  a  single  root. 

a.  Thus.  Nbs  means  io  sJud  vp  or  restrain,  and  fnHs  fo  be  finished: 
yet  a  few  'r\b  forms  occur  in  the  sense  not  of  the  latter  but  of  the  Ibrnier 
verb.  They  are  accordingly  held  to  be  from  ^<^^ ,  but  assimilated  in  inflec- 
tion to  the  lib  paradigm.  On  the  other  hand,  ^^J^  means  to  call,  and 
nn;?  to  meet;  but  so  many  iib  forms  are  found  with  this  latter  significa- 
tion that  it  seems  necessary  to  assume  a  second  root  N'lp  iiaving  that 


§180  QUADRILITEllAL    VERBS.  205 

meaning.  The  verb  to  run  is  ordinarily  yiin  ;  but  xSkn  Ezek.  1:  14  is  too 
remote  from  an  15  form  to  be  referred  to  that  root ;  hence  it  is  traced  to 
another  verb  N^T  of  the  same  sense.  No  clear  line  of  distinction  can  be 
drawn  between  the  cases  in  whicli  divergent  forms  are  to  be  traced  to  a 
single  root,  and  those  in  which  the  assumption  of  a  second  is  admissible  or 
necessary.  This  must  be  decided  in  detail,  and  the  best  authorities  not 
inli-cqiiently  dilfer  in  their  judgment  of  particular  examples. 

2.  Where  two  verbs  exist  wliicli  arc  thus  radically  con- 
nected and  identical  in  signification,  it  not  infrequently  hap- 
pens that  they  are  defective  or  mutually  supplementary,  that 
is  to  say,  that  one  of  them  is  in  usage  restricted  to  certain 
parts  or  species,  the  remainder  being  supplied  by  the  other. 

a.  The  following  are  examples  of  defective  verbs  :  -iu  to  be  good,  used 
in  the  Kal  species  only  in  the  preterite,  the  corresponding  future  is  from 
::b^  ;  "5^  Kal  pret.  to  fear,  the  fut.  and  imper.  from  "i1  J ;  p^l  Kal  pret. 
and  inf.  to  spit^  fut.  from  |rjr"i ;  ysj  Kal  pret.  and  inf.  to  break  or  disperse, 
fut.  and  imp.  from  y^Q;  yf:?3  Kal  pret.  to  be  alienated,  fut.  from  3.'^^ ;  JTnb 
K.  pret.  to  be  a  prince,  fut.  from  "^ib  ;  "in  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  be  many, 
fut.  from  T\'Z1  which  is  used  throughout  the  species  ;  cn^  Kal  fut.  to  be  hot, 
pret.  and  inf  Irom  can ,  which  is  also  used  in  the  future  ;  y'-i"^  ^o  counsel, 
borrows  its  Kal  imper.  from  "j'^r  ;  "j^sip  Kal  fut.  to  awake,  pret.  from  the 
Hiphil  of  "j^i^^,  which  is  also  used  in  inf  imper.  and  fut.;  S:o  to  place,  the 
reflexive  is  expressed  by  -^rr-l  from  ::::|';  ;  •'^n'>^'  to  drink,  the  causative 
is  •'^I^wil  froffi  ^I^^j  C'^::'in  from  'C'z^  is  used  as  the  causative  of  din  to 
be  ashamed;  as  well  as  'J'^Sin ;  "^n  to  go,  derives  many  of  its  forms  from 
Ti^"^ ;  l^l  to  give,  is  only  used  in  the  Kal  imperative,  it  is  eupplemented 
by  ")ri3  of  totally  distinct  radicals. 


QUADRILTTERAL    VeRBS. 

§180.  Quadriliteral  verbs  are  either  primitives  formed 
from  quadriliteral  roots,  whose  origin  is  explained,  §  68.  a, 
or  denominatives,  the  formative  letter  of  the  noun  or  adjective 
being  admitted  into  the  stem  along  v.'ith  the  three  original 
radicals.  The  former  class  adopt  the  vowels  and  inflections 
of  the  Piel  and  Pual  species,  while  the  latter  follow  the 
Hiphil 

a.  The  only  examples  of  quadriliteral  verbs  arc  the  following,  viz. :  Piel 
pret.  tBna  he  spread,  Job  26  :  9,  where  the  original  Pattahh  of  the  initial 
syllable  of  the  Piel,  §82.  5.  6  (3),  is  preserved;  fut.  with  suf  f^S^O'^?'?  he 


206  ETYMOLOGY.  §  181 

shall  waste  it,  Ps.  80  :  14.  Pual  pret.  «JDM'n  it  freshened,  Job  33  :  25,  the 
Methegh  and  the  Hhateph  Pattahh  being  used  to  indicate  that  the  Sh'va 
is  vocal,  and  that  the  form  is  equivalent  to  ^E^"i ;  part.  CBGn^  scaled  off 
or  resembling'  scales.  Ex.  16:  14,  ^2"^=^  clothed,  1  Chron.  15:27.  Hiphil 
pret.  JiniJTxn  thei/  stank.  Isa.  19:  6  lor  WDTsn  as  'inp^S  for  ^'irra,  de- 
rived from  n;"S  putrescent,  which  is  simpler  than  to  mal<e  it  with  Gesenius 
a  doubh;  or  anomalous  Hiphil  from  ni^  §  94.  a,  comp.  Alexander  in  loc. ; 
fut.  nb-'X^bN  /will  turn  to  the  left,  Gen.  13:9;  ^ib-'XTSirn  Isa.  30  :  21,  part. 
ti"'!;X'2^"5  1  Chron.  12:  2  from  Vx^b  the  left  hand,  elsewhere  reduced  to  a 
triliteral  by  the  rejection  ofx,  ^"'E'Cnb  2  Sam.  14:19,  •'Vrt'n  Ezek. 
21  :2l.  To  these  may  be  added  the  form,  which  occurs  several  times  in 
the  K'thibh  0"'->3:jn7a  1  Chron.  15:24,  etc.,  and  Di-.i^nxj  2  Chron.  5  :  12, 
for  which  the  K'ri  substitutes  D^n^nia  or  cinsn^a.  As  it  is  a  denomina- 
tive from  n^sbin  a  trumpet,  it  has  been  suspected  that  the  form  first  men- 
tioned should  be  pointed  □"'"iis^n^  ;  the  other,  if  a  genuine  reading,  is 
probably  to  be  read  D^nn^nia  . 

Nouns. 

THEIR     FOEMATION. 

§181.  Nouns,  embracing  adjectives  and  participles  as 
well  as  substantives,  may  be  primitive,  i.  e.  formed  directly 
from  their  ultimate  roots,  or  derivative,  i.  e.  formed  from  pre- 
existing words.  Those  which  are  derived  from  verbs  are 
called  verbals;  those  which  are  derived  from  nouns  are 
called  denominatives.  The  vast  multiplicity  of  objects  to 
which  names  were  to  be  applied  and  the  diversity  of  aspects 
under  which  they  are  capable  of  being  contemplated,  have  led 
to  a  variety  in  the  constitution  of  nouns  greatly  exceeding 
that  of  verbs,  and  also  to  considerable  laxity  in  the  significa- 
tions attached  to  individual  forms.  But  whatever  complexity 
may  beset  the  details  of  this  subject,  its  main  outlines  are 
sufficiently  plain.  All  nouns  are,  in  respect  to  their  forma- 
tion, reducible  to  certain  leading  types  or  classes  of  forms, 
each  having  a  primary  and  proper  import  of  its  own.  The 
derivation  of  nouns,  as  of  the  verbal  species,  from  their 
respective  roots  and  themes  calls  into  requisition  all  the  expe- 
dients, whether  of  internal  or  external  changes,  known  to  the 
language,  §  69.  Hence  arise  four  classes  of  nouns  according 
as  they  are  formed  by  internal  changes,  viz. : 


§182,183  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  207 

1.  The  introduction  of  one  or  more  vowels. 

2.  The  redupUcation  of  one  or  more  of  the  letters  of  the 
root.     Or  by  external  changes,  viz. : 

3.  The  prefixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  root. 

4.  The  affixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  end. 

a.  The  mass  of  nouns  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitives  and  not  as  de- 
rived from  their  cognate  verbs.  Many  roots  are  represented  by  nouns 
alone,  witliout  any  verbs  from  which  they  could  have  sprung,  e.  g.  3X 
falher.  "j'lX  earth.  And  where  verbs  of  kindred  meaning  do  exist,  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  not  the  source  or  theme  of  the  nouns,  but  that 
both  spring  alike  directly  from  their  common  root,  as  T\?'0  to  reign,  and 
T\?.'>r.  lo'jtg  from  the  root  ~ba .  Since,  however,  these  roots  or  elemental 
themes  are  destitute  of  vowels,  and  consequently  are  incapable  of  being 
pronounced  in  their  primitive  or  abstract  state,  it  is  customary  and  con- 
venient in  referring  to  them  to  name  the  verb  which  though  a  derivative 
form  has  the  advantage  of  simplicity  and  regularity  of  structure,  and  is 
often  the  best  representative  of  the  radical  significalioa.  Accordingly, 
"n^.^  /fn?g-  may  be  said  to  be  derived  from  the  root  ~^^  to  reign,  that  is,  it 
is  derived  from  the  root  "ba  of  which  that  verbal  form  is  the  conven- 
tional designation,  §G8. 

b.  Infinitives,  participles,  nouns  which  follow  the  forms  of  the  secondary 
or  derived  species,  §1S7.  2.  a,  and  some  others,  are  evidently  verbals. 
Most  nouns  of  the  fourth  class,  as  well  as  some  others,  are  denominatives. 

Class  I. — jVouns  formed  hy  the  insertion  ofvoicels. 

^182.  The  first  class  of  nouns,  or  those  which  are 
formed  by  means  of  vowels  given  to  the  root,  embraces  three 
distinct  forms,  viz. : 

1.  Monosyllables,  or  those  in  whicb  the  trOiteral  root 
receives  but  one  vowel. 

2.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  second  is  the  principal 
vowel  and  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

3.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  first  is  the  principal  vowel 
and  the  second  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

1.  Triliteral  Monosyllahles. 

§183.  The  formative  vowel  may  be  given  either  to  the 
second  radical  bi:]? ,  b^iD]p ,  bib;? ,  bib]? ,  or  to  the  first,  b'jp , 


208  ETYMOLOGY.  §184 

bi2p_ ,  bpp;  ill  the  latter  case  an  unaccented  Segliol  is  com- 
monly interposed  between  the  concurring  consonants,  §61.2, 
to  which  a  preceding  Pattahli  is  assimilated,  §63.  2.  a,  buj?, 
brip ,  bi:p .  Forms  thus  augmented  by  the  introduction  of 
an  auxiliary  vowel  are  termed  Segholates. 

a.  In  this  and  the  following  sections  ^^p  is  used  as  a  representative 
root  in  order  more  conveniently  to  indicate  to  the  eye  the  formation  of  the 
different  cU\sses  of  nouns.  No  root  couhl  be  selected  which  would  afford 
examples  in  actual  use  of  the  entire  series  of  derivative  forms ;  bap  has 
but  one  derivative  bc)p  slaughter,  and  this  only  occurs  in  Obad,  ver.  9. 

b.  As  i,  6.  and  u  rarely  or  never  occur  in  mixed  accented  syllables,  §  19, 
they  are  excluded  from  monosyllabic  nouns.  Every  other  vowel  is,  how- 
ever, found  with  the  second  radical,  thus  a,  'S'JjO  a  lillle  prop,  paucitij, 
TlJi'n  honey,  "^ij  man;  a,  b^X  strength,  -n3  xoriting,  IXIIJ  residue;  c,  DDiy 
shoulder,  n:D  hush;  e,  b^"!  howling,  :N3  grief,  zk]  a  wolf;  especially  2, 
6,  and  M,  which  occur  with  greater  frequency  than  any  others.  When  the 
first  radical  receives  the  vowel,  I  and  u  are  likewise  excluded,  inasmuch  as 
they  rarely  or  never  stand  before  concurrent  consonants,  §61.4.  Few  of 
these  nouns  remain  without  the  auxiliary  Seghol  K'^3  a  valley,  XV^ 
vanity,  N'jn  sin,  'n";iD  spikenard,  ocp  truth.  Karaets  is  only  found  before 
Vav,  §63.  2.  a,  niib,  and  in  pause,  §65,  'i^x,  0^3. 

c.  When  the  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  there  is  a  concurrence 
of  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  is  sometimes  relieved 
by  prefixing  X,  §53.  1.  a,  with  a  short  vowel,  mostly  c,  §60.  1.  a  (5),  but 
occasionally  rt,  ^%:s.^^  finger  for  yi:S ,  23'rN  lattice,  I233X  belt,  ?in]5<  and 
^int  arm,  bibnx  and  hVQT\  yesterday. 

§184.  These  nouns,  standing  at  the  first  remove  from 
the  root,  express  as  nearly  as  possible  its  simple  idea 
either  abstractly,  e.  g.  b^bs  emptiness,  bibt^  hereavement,  T^b 
strength,  y}%  righteousness,  *^fi  help,  ^"ji  greatness,  or  as  it 
is  realized  in  some  person  or  object  which  may  be  regarded 
as  its  embodiment  or  representative,  ^"'35  lord  from  *135  to  he 
mighty,  Wisy:,  man  from  ty^  to  he  sick,  b^ia  houndarg,  tfOD 
lihation  ^yo]).  pouring  out,  p^?  valleg  prop,  depth,  ^^n  vine- 
gar prop,  sourness. 

a.  That  the  position  of  the  formative  vowel  before  or  after  the  second 
radical  does  not  materially  affect  the  character  of  the  form,  appears  from 
the  following  considerations:  (1.)  The  sameness  of  signification  already 
exhibited,  and  which  may  be  verified  in  detail.  (2.)^  The  occasional  ap- 
pearance of  the  same  word  in  both  forms,  e.  g.  1=15  and  ".:?.^  wan,  'J'q\ 


^185  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  209 

and  rb?  plant,  K^.?.  fin^  ^'^r'^  prison,  'na  and  ."(ina  thumb,  nsa  and  nnSaa 
bn'ghina^s.  (3.)  Tlio  concurrence  of  both  forms  in  the  Kal  constrnct  infi- 
nitive ^tip  and  nt>uii?,  §S7,  "^^'^p^  anc]  cib-^p  •  (4.)  The  fact  that  Segho- 
lates  may  arise  alilie  from  bip  and  ^^p ,  §61.1.6.  (5.)  The  cognate 
languao'cs ;  nionosyUables  in  Arabic,  whose  vowel  precedes  the  .second  radi- 
cal, answer  to  tiioso  whose  vowel  succeeds  the  same  radical  in  Aramsan, 
and  botli  to  tlie  Hebrew  Segholates,  e.  g.  ^3S  servant,  Aram,  la?.,  Arab. 

0    0^ 

b.  The  presence  of  imperfect  letters  in  tlie  root  may  occasion  tlic  fol- 
lowing modifications: 

ti's  roots.  Alepli,  as  a  first  radical,  sometimes  receives  a  long  vowel  (_) 
instead  of  Sh'va  (J,  §60.  3.  c,  -(I^N  fidelily  for  'j^irx ,  niTX  girdle  lor  niTN  . 

"S  Guttural  and  ^  Guttural.  If  the  third  radical  be  a  guttural,  Pat- 
tahh  is  substituted  for  the  auxiliary  Seghol,  §61.  2,  n^a  confidence,  yruJ 
hearing,  naa  height ;  if  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural,  the  preceding 
vowel  if  Hliolem  remains  unchanged,  otherwise  it  also  commonly  becomes 
Pattahh  lyi  young  man,  "i?3  youth,  *inb  _/J,'ar  but  bnx  tent,  nnb  bread. 

''3  and  "i's  roots.  A  vowelless  "^  or  3  is  in  a  few  instances  rejected 
from  the  beginning  of  a  word,  §53.  2.  a,  ^ia  produce  for  i^^a"',  ^io  famil- 
iarity for  Tib'^,  ii'^b  elevation  for  N"'03,  "n  lamentation  ^ot  "^n: ,  particu- 
larly in  feminines  and  secondary  derivatives;  thus,  HTin  ,  tr^? ,  n:i5,  niiJn 
drop  an  initial  Yodh,  and  nap ,  "'^■'3  an  initial  Nun.  Nun  may  also  ex- 
perience assimilation  wiien  it  is  a  second  radical,  Tji?  anger  for  wirx,  Di3 
cup  for  p:a . 

IS  and  '^'J  roots.  In  Segholates  1  is  preceded  by  Kamets  h'.y!  (accord- 
ing to  Kimchi  bl^  in  Ezek.  28  :  18)  wickedness,  TdT}  midst,  unless  the  last 
radical  is  a  guttural,  nil  space;  "^  is  preceded  by  Pattahh  and  followed 
byHhirilc,  b^b  night,  '1^  eye.  These  letters  frequently  give  up  their  con- 
sonantal character  and  become  quiescent,  §57.  2.  Vav  is  rejected  in  a  few 
words  as  "^3  brand  for  ''"3,  ""N  island  for  •'^'S ,  i"i  watering  for  i)-} ,  §53.  3. 

n"b  roots.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  proper  final  radical  is  rejected, 
as  it  is  in  verbs,  and  the  final  vowel  written  n,  as  n:p  btish,  ri=a  weep- 
i'lg'y  "^Hn  thought.  When  "^  appears  as  the  radical,  it  prefers  the  form 
•^aa  weeping,  ''■^Q  fruit,  '^3  vessel;  T  retains  its  consonantal  character  in 
inp  winter,  ibb  quail,  or  it  may  be  changed  to  its  cognate  vowel  ft, 
which  combines  with  the  preceding  a  to  form  o,  §62.  1,  V"^  (for  dhjau) 
ink,  iXFi  antelope.  In  Segholates  1  quiesces  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (1),  Wb 
sicimniing  for  iniy,  wa  emptiness ;  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius  contains  the 
forms  lija  garment,  l^p  end,  iVd  security,  but  these  words  only  occur  in 
the  plural  or  v/ith  suffixes,  and  the  absolute  singular  is  quite  as  likely  to 
have  been  n^a,  r.ip  ,  ubii. 

2.   !77i(j  732c:/?i  voted  in  the  ultimate. 

§185.  1.  The  second  form  of  tins  class  is  a  dissyllabic 
with  one  of  the  long  vowels  in  the  second  which  is  its  prin- 
14 


210  ETYMOLOGY.  §185 

cipal  syllable,  and  in  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets,  for  wbicli 
Tsere  is  occasionally  substituted  when  the  second  vowel  is 
Kamets,  thus  ^bj?  or  bi:|?  ,  bbp ,  b^bjp ,  bibjp ,  brjjp . 

2.  These  are  properly  adjectives,  and  have  for  the  most 
part  an  intransitive  signification  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  a.,  t,  or  o,  and  a  passive  signification  when  it  is 
I  or  a,  i^"^  and  flip  small,  W^fat,  tJ^n:  made  of  brass,  l^na 
chosen.  Those  with  a  and  I  in  the  ultimate  are,  however, 
prevailingly  and  the  others  occasionally  used  as  substantives, 
and  designate  objects  distinguished  by  the  quality  Avhich 
they  primarily  denote,  P'^^'  herbs  prop,  green,  lii??  stronc/ 
drink  prop,  intoxicating,  "i^3  leopard  prop,  spotted,  5]''i^  and 
vl^3|  turban  prop,  loound  around,  "liis  glory,  that  ichich  is 
glorious. 

a.  The  intransitive  adjectives  supply  the  place  of  Kal  active  partici- 
ples to  neuter  verbs,  §90,  and  in  ":'  verbs  they  have  superseded  the  regu- 
lar formation,  §153.  1,  cj^  for  C"!i5.  Kal  passive  participles  are  verbals 
with  u.  This  formation  with  I  in  the  ultimate  is  adopted  in  several  names 
of  seasons.  3"':^^{  Abib,  the  time  of  ears  of  corn,  Cl'^px  ingathering  prop. 
the  beimr  gathered,  '\^'^'^  vintage,  "c'lzt  pruning-iime,  C^Sri  ploughing- 
iinie,  "i'^s;3  harvest. 

b.  Adjectives  with  o  commonly  express  permanent  qualities,  those 
with  e  variable  ones,  bil.^  great,  ina  growing  great ;  pjn  strong,  ptn  be- 
coming strong ;  2i"ij^  7«ear.  Z^p^  approaching ;  p'in'^  remote,  prn  receding. 
Hence  the  former  are  used  of  those  physical  and  moral  conditions  which 
are  fixed  and  constant,  suck  as  fiirure,  colour,  character,  etc.,  TpX  lojig, 
VliS  round,  pis  deep,  n'da  high;  cnx  ?■«/,  l""i3  spotted,  "^p^  speckled,  pin  J 
green,  "^pv  striped,  "inis  ichite,  p"^^  bay,  "in'JJ  black;  pin^  sweet,  liha 
pure,  lyinrj  hohj.  And  tiie  latter  are  employed  of  shifting  and  evanescent 
states  of  body  and  of  mind,  KC^  thirsty,  "in  hnvgry,  s;rb  sated,  tfb'^ 
weary,  brx  grieving,  yzT\  desiring,  ^'~^ti  fearing,  tbv  exidting. 

c.  The  active  signification  asserted  for  the  form  ^i^j^  in  a  few  instances 
cannot  be  certainly  established;  "i^'ip^  or  "C'p"^^  fowler,  is  intransitive  in 
Hebrew  conception  as  is  shown  by  the  construction  of  the  corresponding 
vcrl),  comp.  Lat.  aucupari,  aucupatus.  Other  alleged  cases  are  probably 
not  nouns  but  absolute  infinitives  of  Kal,  '|in3  Jer.  G  :  27  may  as  well  be 
rendered  /  have  set  thee  to  try  as  for  a  trier  (oi' metals) ;  I'lrn  Isa.  1  :  17  is 
not  oppressor  nor  oppressed  but  wrong-doing,  to  a^uitlv,  see  Alexander  in 
loc. ;  and  even  piCS  Jer.  22  :  3  may  in  like  manner  be  oppression  instead 
of  oppressor. 

(/.  n  b  roots  are  restricted  to  forms  with  v'.  in  wliich  the  radical  ^ 
quiesccs,  'yj  fresh, '^:^  afflicted,'^p':  or  5<"'p3  with  otiant  K,  §16.  l,;;ure, 


^186  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  211 

or  wilh  a  which  combines  with  it  to  form  e,  n.. ,  "^^'ilJ  and  tTib^e?r7,  n£i 
fair,  nxs  high;  in  u  few  nouns  tliis  final  vowel  is  dropped,  :,'^  Jish  for 
fiin,  1P1  mark  for  n'ln,  ys  tree  for  nkj>,  "2  .so?i  for  ri:3 ,  nb  nioulh  lor  n'-^Q, 
unless,  indeed,  these  and  the  like  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitive  hilit- 
erals.  Vav,  as  a  final  radical,  may  be  preceded  by  a.  i:^  meek,  or  e,  i^d 
secure. 

3.   77ie  main  vowel  in  tlie penult. 

^18G.  1.  The  tliircl  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
having  an  immutable  vowel,  mostly  Ilholem,  though  occa- 
sionally Shurek  or  Tsere  in  the  first,  which  is  its  principal 
syllable,  and  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  second,  thus 
b-jip,  bbip,  bb^p,  b'j^p,  bb-^p. 

2.  These  indicate  the  agent,  and  arc  either  active  par- 
ticiples, btjip  killing,  or  substantives,  Dnin  si(/net-riii(j  prop. 
sealer,  s'^lix  enemy,  one  practising  liostility,  ^b^iti  fox  prop. 
digger,  5ip''5  hammer  prop.  2^ou7ider,  b?"'n  morningsiar  prop. 
shining  one. 

a.  A  number  of  nouns,  indicative  of  occupation,  follow  the  participial 
form,  which  thus  serves  to  express  permanent  and  professional  activity, 
"i]?i3  herdsman.,  hzn  sailor  Tprop.  rope-handler,  d"]in  ploughman,  "sci"'  potter 
prop,  former.  0213  fuller,  'f\'2  priest,  C~\3  vine-dresser,  "inio  merchant, 
"isio  scribe,  bD"i"i  trafficker,  n^;"i  shepherd,  Xs'"i  physician,  nj?~i  dealer  in 
unguents,  cfy^  embroiderer,  ^r'iJ  icatchman,  ^^''t^  porter  j)rop.  gate-keeper, 
l3E'd  judge. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  ic  in  the  first  syllable  is  shortened  and  fol- 
lowed by  Daghesh-forte  conservative,  2^^:?  and  251'  pipe,  y'n^i  pit. 

c.  "V  roots.  The  contraction  of  yj  and  the  quiescence  of  li'  roots,  by 
reducing  them  to  biliteral  monosyllables,  obliterates  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent the  distinctions  which  have  been  described  and  which  are  possible 
only  in  triliterals.  The  contracted  forms  which  arise  from  S.'3J  roots  are 
2D,  20,  20,  20,  §  183.  &.  Ol  these  20  =  220  belongs  to  the  monosylla- 
bic formation,  and  is  chiefly  used  of  abstracts,  "i2  purity,  2'"i  nndtitude,  CPl 
integrity,  bi?  yoke  ;  and  20  =  220  to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  em- 
bracing adjectives  and  concrete  nouns.  Cn  perfect,  jT\  feast ;  wiiile  20 
and  2D  may  arise  indifferently  from  either,  p^  rottenness  is  an  abstract 
noun  for  pp^ ,  but  T)^  tender  is  an  adjective  for  "3"^,  Kamets  being  com- 
pressed to  Pattahh  before  the  doubled  letter,  comp.  §135.  3;  2b  heart  is 
for  the  dissyllable  22b,  but  ")n  yaro^tr  for  the  monosyllable  ."ri . 

lr  and  "^S  roots.  Nouns  from  quiescent  l":?  and  "*'?  roots  may  be 
divided  into  three  pairs  of  forms,  C^  ,  2'i  ;  cip  ,  2'''n  ;  t^p  ,  2^n  .  Of  these 
the  last  pair  (with  the  exception  of  Kal  passive  participles)  belong  to  the 
primitive  monosyllabic  formation,   2"''n   strife,  zrj  goodness,  the  first  pair 


212  ETYMOLOGY.  §  187 

to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  ^'S  poor,  11  proud,  hk  God  prop,  the 
mighty  one,  and  the  second  pair  may  belong  to  either,  Ui'^n  =  ffi"^"]  j^overty, 
p-in  =  pn  ei)7-ptij,  "jix  =.''0X  strength,  SVJ  =  ifj  g-oocZ. 


Class  II. — Nouns  with  reduplicated  radicals. 

§187.  1.  The  simple  form  proper  to  adjectives  is  ex- 
plained §185;  it  may  be  converted  into  an  intensive  by- 
doubling  the  middle  radical,  retaining  the  long  vowel  of  the 
second  syllable  and  giving  a  short  i  or  a  to  the  first.  This 
reduplicated  or  intensive  form  denotes  what  is  characteristic, 
habitual,  or  possessed  in  a  high  degree.  Adjectives  of  this 
nature  are  sometimes  used  as  descriptive  epithets  of  persons 
or  things  distinguished  by  the  quality,  which  they  denote^ 
t^Ti  veri/  loeali,  J^^3  seein<^  prop,  (having  eyes)  luide  ojpen, 
yh;!  rif/hteousy  "liia  mighty  man,  "J^an  full  of  grace,  a^^'^ 
merciful. 

a.  As  a  general  though  not  an  invariable  rule,  the  first  syllable  has 
Pattahh  when  a  pure  vowel  a.  I,  or  u  stands  in  the  ultimate,  but  Hhirik 
wlien  the  ultimate  lias  one  of  the  diphtliongal  vowels  e  or  0.  Several 
nouns  with  a  in  the  second  syllable  are  descriptive  of  occupations  or 
modes  of  life,  comp.  §186.  2.  a,  "13X  husbandman,  I'fl  fisherman,  'il"^  judge, 
V'-tn  (=:t,'Tin)  workman,  T\k'J  cook,  ri^ig  seaman  (from  vh-q  sail),  bzo 
bearer  of  burdens,  1^2  hunter,  ndp^  bowman.,  rirri  thief  not  a  mere  equiva- 
lent to  ::Dia  one  who  steals,  but  one  who  steals  habitually,  who  makes  steal- 
ing his  occupation. 

b.  Since  the  idea  of  intensity  easily  passes  into  that  of  excess,  the 
form  hbji  is  applied  to  deformities  and  defects,  physical  or  moral,  c^X 
dumb,  '|2a  hump-backed,  d'^.n  (=->:;4in)  deaf  n|iy  blind,  tjc^  lame,  nnp 
bald,  '.ap^  perverse. 

c.  In  a  few  instances  instead  of  doubling  the  second  radical,  the  pre- 
vious Hhirik  is  prolonged,  §59.  a,  Tiiap  and  T:3i72ip  nettle  prop,  badly 
pricking,  "i'ii3"'p  smoke,  -nn"''J  the  Nile  prop,  very  black.  P'ii"'^  prison. 
nin'^3  spark,  li'i">3  battle,  "fii:''?  spark. 

d.  The  following  double  the  third  radical  in  place  of  the  second,  '^'^'^a 
brood,  "iii'n  green,  "JN.a  quiet,  nvsj  comely  from  njt3,  the  last  radical 
appearing  as  T ,  §  169,  ^y^i<.  feeble,  where  the  long  vowel  Tsere  is  in- 
serted to  prevent  the  concurrence  of  consonants. 

e.  VS  and  more  rarely  lis  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  formed  by  their 
contraction,  bjbs  and  b^br.  wheel  prop,  roller,  rnnn  frighfid.  "i"^7"il  girt, 
ipTp  crown  of  the  head  prop,  dividing  (the  hair) ;  so  lem.  nbrjbn  .-severe  pain, 
T^'i'jh:^  casting  down,  ribkba  .tknll,  and  plur.  m'^obiD  baskets,  C'yi^  turning 


§  188  PORMATION  OF  NOUNS.  213 

upside  doicn  from  nis  =  1]^,  nixb^ib  (sing,  "'^'h)  loops  ami  cK^b  (sing, 
probably  nSib  =  \3'b)  winding  slairs  from  nib  =  lib  ;  a  root  b^b  is  need- 
lessly ussuinetl  by  Gesenius.  Sometimes  the  harsh  concurrence  of  con- 
sonants is  prevented  hy  tlie  insertion  oi"  a  long  vowel,  b^bs  (const,  biibs) 
cymbal  prop,  tinkling,  "i^"??  ^ii<i  "'?'i^?.  stark  naked,  totally  destitute,  bjrbp 
despicable,  or  llie  softening  of  the  former  ol'the  two  consonants  to  a  vowel, 
§57.1,  -='l3  star  for  -2::3,  nisijia  bands  worn  on  the  forehead  for 
pn'siJSa ,  '|ib|?"^p  (with  the  ending  '|i  added)  ignominy  for  '(ibirbp,  bra 
Babylon  for  biba,  or  its  assimilation  to  the  succeeding  consonant,  "i23 
something  circular,  a  circuit  for  "i2'^3.  Tlic  second  member  of  the  redu- 
plication suffers  contraction  or  change  in  ndna  chain  for  fTnan^  and 
^blp.jloor  for  11^115. 

2.  Abstracts  are  formed  witli  a  doubled  middle  radical 
by  giving  u  to  the  second  syllable  and  i  to  the  first,  psn 
folduifj  the  hands,  D^Sii:  reiribution,  fipin  abomination,  and 
in  the  plm^al  C^S?  atonement,  D''lip2  commandments,  D'^fii^to 
divorce. 

a.  These  may  be  regarded  as  verbals  formed  from  the  Piel.  A  like 
formation  is  in  a  few  instances  based  upon  other  species,  e.  g.  Hiphil  "Wn 
melting  i}om  Tir? ,  riiEH  cessation  from  the  "^3  root  5^2,  Niphal  cbiinss 
wrestlings:  C"'r^n3  when  derived  from  the  Niphal  mean.s  repentings,  when 
from  the  Piel  consolatio)is. 

c.  y'i"  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  to  which  they  are  contracted,  '^n'^n 
hiflammation^  C^y^yd  delight. 

c.  A  few  roots,  which  are  either  "t'  or  V  guttural,  or  have  a  liquid  for 
their  third  letter,  double  the  last  radical  with  ii  in  the  firuil  syllable, 
■j'^ir;:  thorn-hedge,  "i!l~iNQ  (  =  -,!1in3)  ruddy  glow,  C'l'S'nxin  upright  cobtmns 
designed  for  way-marlcs,  nnsn?d  horror,  n"'E!iEX3  adulteries,  C'rpra  ridges, 
also  with  0  or  i  in  the  last  syllable,  r;""'?  acquiescence,  bbrt3  pasture, 
"ii'nJO  shower,  "i'^'i'33  obscuration,  "i"'"is^  (K'thibh  -nisd)  tapestry,  b"'b'=ri 
whence  "^b'bzn  dark.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  is  relieved  in  b^li^aty 
(in  some  editions)  snail  by  Daghesh-forte  separative. 

§188.  A  few  words  reduplicate  the  two  last  radicals. 
These  may  express  intensity  in  general,  nip-nj^s  complete 
openinfj,  n^B-ns^  very  heautifid,  or  more  particularly  repeti- 
tion, ^spsri  ticisted  prop,  turning  arjain  and  again,  '\>^'^y^, 
slippery,  -p^p?  crooJced,  ^'rht^ti  perverse,  JjcsDi?  mixed  multi- 
tude prop,  gathered  here  and  there,  nins-i^n  spots  or  stripes, 
ninsntn  moles  prop,  incessant  diggers.  As  energy  is  con- 
sumed by  repeated  acts   or   exhibitions  and  so  gradually 


214  ETYMOLOGY.  ^189,190 

weakened,  this  form  becomes  a  diminutive  when  appUed  to 
adjectives  of  colom',  ni'a'^Sii!  reddish^  P'^I?'^!'  greenish,  "innnw 
hlacldsh. 

a.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  softened  to  a  vowel  in 
nn-Ji:n  trumpet  for  nnannin,   and  probably  ^IXT?.  Lev.  16:8  for  ^j^!?. . 

h.  •'"s  roots  drop  their  initial  radical,  Qihrj^ri  gifts  from  -H^,  Cii<SNS 
offspring,  issue  from  KS^ . 

Class  III. — Nouns  formed  ly  prefixes. 

^189.  The  third  class  of  nouns  is  formed  by  prefixing 
either  a  vowel  or  a  consonant  to  the  root.  In  the  following 
instances  the  vowel  a  is  prefixed  with  Ci  in  the  ultimate  to 
form  adjectives  of  an  intensive  signification,  STSN  utterly  de- 
ceitful., "17D5?  violent,  'jri'^i?  (^-jn^i?)  2^eremiial,  nJTS  (only 
represented  by  a  derivative,  §  94.  a)  very  foul,  fetid,  "J^tcx 
exceedingly  gross  or  thick  (applied  to  darkness,  Isa.  59  :  10), 
or  verbal  nouns  borrowing  their  meaning  from  the  Hiphil 
species,  rin3T5?  memorial,  5"''3'75?  declaration. 

a.  This  form  corresponds  with  JJcil  <h«  Arabic  comparative  or  super- 
lative. Its  adoption  for  Hiphil  derivatives  corroborates  the  suggestion, 
§82.  5.  b  (2).  respecting  the  formation  of  the  Hiphil  species  and  the  origin 
of  its  causal  idea. 

6.  The  letter  S  is  merely  the  bearer  of  the  initial  vowel  and  has  no 
significance  of  its  own  in  these  forms;  n  is  substituted  for  it  in  ^^"T^ 
(^=:bhlii)  palace,  temple  prop,  very  capacious  from  Vz"^^  in  the- sense  of  its 
cognate  b^is  to  contain.  So.  likewise,  in  a  few  verbals  with  feminine  ter- 
minations, rsii'TOdn  Ezek.  24  :  26  causing  to  hear  used  for  the  Hiph.  infin., 
§128,  nBan  ddicerance  from  b^J,  •^H;'"?,  grant  of  rest  (=nn^:n)  Jrom 
n^i .        ' 

c.  The  sliort  vowel  prefixed  with  X  to  monosyllables  of  the  first 
species,  as  explained  §  183.  c.  has  no  effect  upon  the  meaning,  and  does  not 
properly  enter  into  the  constitution  of  the  Ibrm. 

§190.  The  consonants  prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns 
are  "a ,  n ,  and  "^ .  They  are  sometimes  prefixed  without  a 
vowel,  the  stem  letters  constituting  a  dissyUable  of  them- 
selves, bDj?Ta ,  niic-a ,  bVnn ,  nTi?sn ;  more  commonly  they 
receive  a  or  t  followed  by  a  long  vowel  in  the  ultimate,  e.  g. 


§191  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  215 

a.  Patfahh  commonly  stands  before  e,  z,  aiitl  u,  and  Hhirik  before  d  and 
0,  unless  the  first  radiciil  is  a  guttural  or  an  assimilated  Nun.wiien  Pattahh 
is  again  preierred,  hzii'O  food,  "l^'O  jjlanliiig,  niiyo  sdio,  D^nn  a  species 
of  bird,  n'b'n;!  a  kind  of  gem.  Seghol  is  occasionally  employed  before  a 
guttural  or  liquid  followed  by  a.  §63.  1.  b,  ^J^n'O  deptk,  2S"i^  chariot, 
wrjph'o  pair  (f  tongs.  Tliese  rules  arc  not  invariable,  however,  as  will 
appear  from  such  forms  as  nsTia,  lio^  ,  "isp^ ,  'Oiph/q ,  ^ip^o^o .  A  few 
words  have  d  \n  tiie  ultimate,  rVn^  harp,  p:n^  slrangling.  The  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-lbrtc  separative  in  the  first  radical  is  exceptional;  '^'J'P'O 
Ex.  15:  17.  c^nHa^  Job  9:  IS,  ninaa^  Joel  1  :  17. 

b.  *^'s  roots.  The  first  radical  appears  as  "^  resting  in  Hhirik  or  Tsere, 
"li"!:;''^  and  "i"^^"'^  recti/nde,  UJiT'ri  new  wine,  'i'9"'']i  south,  or  as  l  resting 
in  Hholem  or  Shurek,  ^i-;Ta  appointed  time,  ^D1"3  correction,  Z'JJi'n  sojonrner, 
nsin  sorrow.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  rejected,  Viin  world,  or  assimilated 
to  the  following  radical,  V'2'q  bed,  yn-q  knowledge. 

•■!!?  and  ""b  roots.  The  root  is  reduced  to  a  monosyllabic  biliteral  by 
the  quiescence  or  rejection  of  the  second  radical,  the  prefi.K  receiving 
Sh'va.  ik"3  citadel,  crra  sound  place,  cinn  ocean,  C^p7  living  thing,  or 
more  commonly  a  prctonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  iiX'3  luminary,  'p"^ ,  "I'^l'? 
and  "|7^  strife,  Vi'TS  race,  -"i^^  adversary.  Tlie  feminine  form  is  almost 
always  adopted  after  n ,  n^vrn  salvation,  n^l-.n  oblation. 

y's  roots.  The  root  is  mostly  contracted  to  a  biliteral  and  the  vowel 
compressed  to  a.  <l,e  or  o,  §61.  4,  the  prefix  sometimes  receiving  Sh'va 
which  gives  rise  to  a  Segholate  form,  §61.  1.  b,  Ozb  tribute  for  03^,  ixiTa 
bitterness  lor  ~th^ ,  i^in  defilement  iur  ^:?r!,  ""l^a  /ear  for  T^^,  '("in  mast 
for  ")"iri ;  more  frequently  it  receives  a  pretoiiic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  "O^ 
covering,  '^^2  shield,  "[^"^  fortress,  "li^  anguish.  In  P^'0  running,  the 
short  vowel  of  the  perfect  root  is  preserved  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte  in 
the  first  radical,  n  is  almost  always  IbHowed  by  the  feminine  ending, 
nbnn  folly,  n^rn  beginning,  n^;-::!  prayer. 

n'b  roots.  The  ultimate  has  n  ,  n]"ii3  disease,  ri".'^'3  pasture,  which 
is  apocopated  in  a  few  words,  hv'o  lifting  up,  hyis  higher  part,  "la  and 
'\"1  o?j  «(.To?n/f  f)/!  and  always  disappears  before  the  feminine  ending  n^, 
§62.  2.  c,  !^"3".^  ascent,  Ml^*a  commandment,  ■^"Kn  /io;;*?,  "^NtT)  weariness. 
Before  the  feminine  termination  n  tlie  final  radical  appears  as  quiescent 
■^  or  1,  n''2"ir)  interest,  Mrfn  whoredom,  nsnn  encamping,  i)''::'^^  pasture. 
Yodh  is  retained  as  a  consonant  al'ter  >2,  c:">7pn^  diseases. 

§191.  The  letter  "a  is  a  fragment  of  the  pronoun  "^12 
who  or  nia  icUat.     Nouns,  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  denote 

1.  'i^hc  agent  icho  does  what  is  indicated  by  the  root,  as 
the  participles,  §84.  5,  formed  by  an  initial  •» ,  and  a  few 
substantives,  ^'^iwi  didactic  psalm  prop,  instructor,  bEl? 
(from  b?:)  c//»^prop.  ichat falls  off. 

2.  The  instrument  b?/  ichicU  it  is  done,  npB^  hey  from 


216  ETYMOLOGY.  §192 

nna  to  ojjen,  1^^^  (^oad  from  li?^  to  learn^  '\^'k*a  saw  from 
nib:  to  scav. 

3.  The  place  or  time  in  icJiich  it  is  done,  riir'a  altar 
from  TC-I  to  sacrifice,  fTp.  lair,  l?'?^  brick-kiln,  ^^'^'n  period 
of  resideiice. 

4.  The  action  or  the  quality  ichich  is  expressed  by  the 
root,  nit:T2  slaughter,  'ISC'd  qnourning,  rn'^T?  sichness,  ri^ictt 
error,  '^'li"'^  straigldness.  Verbals  of  this  natm^e  sometimes 
approximate  the  infinitive  in  signification  and  construction, 
as  rasri^  overtuminf/,  tr\m'/^  Ezek.  17:9,  §166.2.  In 
Chaldee  the  infinitive  regularly  takes  tbis  form,  e.  g.  >'E?IP''? 
to  kill. 

5.  The  object  upon  2uJiich  the  action  is  directed  or  the 
subject  in  lohich  the  quality  inheres,  bi5?'52  food  from  %^  to 
eat,  "^i^T^  psalm  from  "n^T  /o  5/;/y,  Jiipb^  /^oo/y  from  njbb  ^ 
^^y?:^,  Q^-OiD-Q/r^;/  tkinf/s  from  "j^®  /o  ^(?/^f,  'rj'm  that  lohich 
is  small,  P07''9  l^^(^l  lohich  is  remote. 

a.  These  different  significations  blend  into  one  another  in  such  a  man- 
ner that  it  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  the  precise  shade  of  meaning 
originally  attached  to  a  word:  and  not  infrequently  more  than  one  of  (iiese 
senses  co-exist  in  the  same  word.  Thus,  "ix^  luminary,  may  suggest  the 
idea  of  agency,  dispenser  of  light,  or  of  place,  reservoir  of  light ;  rssxia 
knife,  may  be  so  called  as  an  agpnt.  a  devourer,  or  as  an  instrument,  used  in 
eating;  'O'^'P.^  means  both  n  hohj  thing  and  a  hobj  place ;  ""2^^  sale  and 
something  sold  or  for  sale  ;  fioh^'O  i^oyal  aufhoriti/  and  kingdom;  s:£i:3  the 
act, place,  and  time  of  going  forth  -avA  that  ichich  goes  forth  ;  Z'ci'd  the  place 
and  time  of  sitting  or  dwelling  as  Avell  as  theij  who  sit  or  dwell. 

§192.  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  "^  or  ri  denote  persons 
or  things  to  which  the  idea  of  the  root  is  attached. 

1 .  "I  is  identical  in  origin  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  masc. 
future  in  verbs,  and  is  largely  used  in  the  formation  of  names 
of  persons,  pn^s^  Isaac,  npis;'  Jephiha,  but  rarely  in  forming 
appellatives,  "^yi  adversary  prop,  contender,  "i^D^  apostate 
prop,  departer,  ts^pb^  hag  ]n*op.  gatherer,  D-p^  living  thing 
prop,  that  {lohich)  stands,  '^^^'!  fresh  oil  prop,  that  iiohich) 
shines. 


§193  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  217 

2.  ti ,  probably  the  same  with  tlie  prefix  of  the  3  fem. 
future  of  verbs,  whicli  is  here  used  in  a  neuter  sense,  is  em- 
ployed in  the  formation  of  a  few  concrete  nouns,  "in'ip  oah 
prop,  ihat  {ichich)  endures,  V)^'^  cloak  prop,  ihat  {w/iic/t) 
wrajjs  vj),  "i^sn  furnace  prop.  iJuit  {luhicli)  burns,  n^sn  apple 
prop,  ihat  {which)  exliales  fragrance.  But  it  more  frequently 
appears  in  abstract  terms  like  the  feminine  ending  in  other 
forms,  l^in  tmderstandwfj,  "i^i'an  hiitcrness,  .^'2?P5  delight. 
It  is  very  rarely  found  in  designations  of  persons,  and  only 
when  they  occupy  a  relation  of  dependence  and  subordina- 
tion, and  may  consequently  be  viewed  as  things,  T^^a^i? 
learner,  nt3ir\  one  dwelling  on  another's  lands,  tenant,  vassal. 

a.  The  gri'eat  majority  of  nouns  Avilh  n  prefixed  have  likewise  a 
feminine  ending,  nb'n'in  deep  sleep,  nr>idn  salvation,  rrixsn  beauty, 
^^"^'"01^  fraud. 

Class  IV. — Xouns formed  hij  affixes. 

§198.  The  nouns  formed  by  means  of  an  affixed  letter 
or  vowel  are  chiefly  denominatives.  The  consonant  ']  ap- 
pended by  means  of  the  vowel  o,  or  less  frequently  a,  forms 

1.  Adjectives,  fm^^,  last  from  "inN  after,  Td^'-\frst  from 
it^^  head,  "jib^n  middle  from  tj^ri  midst,  ^nffin:  brazen  from 
mrfi:  brass.  A  very  few  are  formed  directly  from  the  root, 
■;i^:i5<  poor,  'ji''^^:?  most  high,  l^^s?  ividowed. 

2.  x\bstract  substantives,  the  most  common  form  of 
which  is  liHtpi? ,  e.  g.  "('^ra.  blindness,  's'Tim  confidence,  l^n^^ 
pain,  T'P'?,-  paleness,  though  various  other  forms  likewise 
occur,  e.  g.  I'i'^^s?  and  I'Hins?  destruction,  ^iins  dominion,  Ti"ii23 
success,  '\^')'\>  offering. 

a.  In  a  few  words  the  termination  li  has  been  thought  to  be  intensive, 
ri2d  sabbath,  Vnsd  a  ^reat  sabbath,  ^T  proud,  •,i"i-'.'!  e.Tceediuglij  froud, 
and  once  diminutive  ^■'X  man,  "iliys  little  man,  i.  c.  the  pupil  of  the  eye, 
eo  called  from  the  image  reflected  in  it.  Tlie  word  l^i^'cl^  Jeshurun  from 
lir^  upright,  is  by  some  explained  as  a  diminutive  or  term  of  endearment, 
while  others  think  that  the  termination  •,1  has  no  further  meaning  than 
to  make  of  the  word  a  proper  name,  comp.  "(V>:T .  See  Alexander  on 
Isaiah  44 :  2. 


218  ETYMOLOGY.  §194,195 

b.  )  is  occasionally  affixed  with  the  vowel  e,  'ji'^a  a.ve,  )~iQ'Ji  nail. 

c.  A  few  words  are  formed  by  appendinsr  n,  e.  g.  Cii""i3  and  ")"i"is  ran.' 
som,  D^p  ladder  from  b^O  to  lift  up,  ntbin  sacred  scribe  from  a-in  stylus, 
Dinn  soiUh  from  -inn  ?o  s/<we;  or  b,  e.g.  ^Tsn?  garden  from  cn^  vi^g- 
7/arrf,  bi?;:a  calyx  or  cup  of  a  flower  from  y'lis  <:??/>,  ^b-ifs  ankle  \\-om  D-i|? 
_/om/,  'a":n  /otvfs/!  ii'om  5"nn  indicative  of  tremulous  motion,  ^?"JV.  ^/a'c/c 
darkness  ti-om  r)"''n:^  f/o2(c/,  bna  ?/'o?i  probably  from  tna  /o  pierce. 

§194.  The  vowel  ■< .  forms  adjectives  indicating  relation 
or  derivation. 

1.  It  is  added  to  proper  names  to  denote  nationality  or 
family  descent,  ''^^S'  Hebrew,  "'C^n*'  Jebusite,  '^JHiT'bs  PJiiltstme, 
'lianji!  Aramean,  "^12^^  Egyptian,  ■'?>?"i^'?  Israelitish,  an  Israel- 
ite, ''i?'^  Banite,  '^nn^p  Kohathite,  ^itJ-ia  Gershonite. 

2.  It  is  also  added  to  other  substantives,  "'riS^  northerner, 
^•^2)  foreigner,  "^n^  villager,  "i?.)"]  footman,  ""PSi  timely,  ^"b'^33 
«V2w^r  from  the  plural  Q"^33 ;  to  a  few  adjectives,  '^'^TDN  and 
n'TDi?  violent,  "^5*5?  and  ^''^^^  foolish,  and  even  to  prepositions, 
^hnn  /oz^e^if  from  nnn  ,  '^bt}bfro?it  from  '^3sH^  »  §^2.  2. 

a.  The  feminine  ending  fi  ^  is  dropped  before  this  ending,  "'"i^"?  Jew 
from  nnini,  •'r"'"i2  IJeiiile  from  ni-ina,  or  the  old  ending  n^  takes  its 
place,  "T'Z'S^AIaachalhilei'i-Qm  n^r ?3  ,  or  5  is  inserted  between  the  vowels, 
"'ibd  Shelanile  li-om  nbd.  Final  ">  _  combines  with  the  appended  "i.  into 
2,  §62.  2,  "^^b  Levile  and  Ler/.  livj  Sliunite  and  Shuni. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  "i.  takes  the  place  of  "^ . ,  e.g.  "^"^"in  uVn'/e 
stuffs,  •'HJli  basket,  ^p"b  /oo/;,  and  perhaps  ■'ii^n ,  in  a  collective  sense 
windows,  "'STcn  uncovered,  "'^"'3  which  Gesenius  derives  from  ^33  and 
takes  to  mean  cunning ;  if  however,  it  is  derived  from  n^S ,  §187.  1.  c, 
and  means  spendthrift,  the  final  Yodh  will  be  a  radical. 


MULTILITERALS. 

§195.  1.  Quadriliteral  nomis  are  for  the  most  part 
evenly  divided  into  two  syllables,  S^jp?  scorjnon,  "iST.l  treas- 
urer, ti2'\T\  sickle,  Tx^}  barren.  Sometimes  the  second  rad- 
ical receives  a  vowel,  that  of  the  first  radical  being  either 
rejected,  pT?''?'^  damask,  bizin  frost,  'Vt^'^  vine  blossovi,  or  pre- 
served by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte,  TiJ"'bbn  fint,  t^'h'zv 


§19G  GENDER   AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  219 

spider,  ^^fs  and  ts'h'^'Q  concuhine.     Occasionally   the   third 
radical  has  Daghesh-forte,  ^llw^  bat,  '^'^hzDj/i. 

2.  Words  of  five  or  more  letters  are  of  rare  occurrence 
and  appear  to  be  chiefly  of  foreign  origin,  I's^nx  purjjie,  ?'^'?S2 
froj/,  TDu!?-^  clof/i,  p^ni^ni?  muie,  1S'}^T^n55  satrap. 

3.  Compound  words  are  few  and  of  doubtful  character, 
n;i'i3b:2  sUadoio  of  death,  nyb^sj'o  anytlunf/  prop,  tvliat  and  what, 
rraiba  noihivg  prop,  no  ivhat,  b?!r2  ivorthlcssness  prop,  no 
profit,  n'jbsN'a  darkness  of  Jehovah,  n'jnnnbTiJ  flame  of  Jeho- 
vah, except  in  proper  names,  p'ii"'^25T3  Melchizedch,  hivg  of 
righteousness,  ^"H?^  Obadiah,  serving  Jehovah,  B^p^'in"'  «^<^" 
hoialduiy  Jehovah  shall  establish. 


Gender  and  Number. 

§19G.  There  arc  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  other  Semitic 
languages,  but  two  genders,  the  masculine  ("i?y)  and  the 
feminine  (!^ip|i).  The  masculine,  as  the  primary  form,  has 
no  characteristic  termination ;  the  feminine  ends  in  n^  or  n , 
e.  g.  bijp  masc,  "^f^^  or  nbup  fevi. 

a.  The  only  trace  of  the  neuter  in  Hebrew  is  in  the  interrogative,  ~:a 
■what  being  used  of  lliinors  as  "'^  who  of  persons.  The  function  assijrned 
to  the  neater  in  other  languages  is  divided  between  the  masculine  and  the 
feminine,  being  principally  committed  to  the  latter. 

b.  The  original  feminine  ending  in  nouns  as  in  verbs,  §85.  1.  a  (1),  ap- 
pears to  have  been  r,  which  was  either  attached  directly  to  the  word, 
pb-;'p  which,  by  §61.  2.  becomes  ribij'p,  or  added  by  means  of  the  vowel  a. 
nb::'p  or  ri^::p,  which  by  the  rejection  of  the  consonant  from  the  end  of 
the  word,  §55.  2.  c,  becomes  n^::'p.  The  termination  n.  or  n^  is  still 
found  in  a  very  few  words,  rp-is  emerald,  rxp  pflicnn,  rrS'J  company 
2  Kin.  9:  17,  n-^rio  morrow,  ni^a  porlion,  rkp_  end.  n="^^  Jo.?h._i:>:  i::i,  and 
the  poetic  forms,  rn^l  song,  riSna.  inheritance,  nn;^  ^  help,  r-^b  fruitful, 
nic  sleep.  Two  other  words,  n^n  Ps.  74:  19  and  rs-'SJ  Ps.  61  :  1,  have 
been  cited  as  additional  examples,  but  these  are  in  the  construct  state, 
which  always  preserves  the  original  n  final;  it  is  likewise  always  re- 
tained before  suffixes   and  paragogic  letters,  §61.  6.  a,  T^ni'Vl'^,  iiryild^, 

c.  The  feminine  ending  n     receives  the  accent  and  is  thus  readily  dis- 


220  ETYMOLOGY.  §197 

tinguished  from  the  unaccented  paragogic  n^ .  In  a  few  instances  gram- 
marians liave  suspected  that  forms  may  perhaps  be  feminine,  though 
the  punctuators  have  decided  otherwise  by  placing  tlie  accent  on  the 
penult,  e.g.  iT^?2  burning  Hos.  7  : 4,  nbiBj,  Galilee  2  Kin.  15:20,  n'ibp 
destruction  Ezek.  7 :  25,  n^^nT  vulture  Deut.  14 :  17,  nbbli'  low  EzeU. 
21  :  31. 

d.  The  vowel  letter  N,  which  is  the  usual  sign  of  the  feminine  in 
Chaldee  and  Syriac.  takes  the  place  of  rt  in  SC'ti  threshing  Jer.  50  :  11, 
xjn  terror  Isa.  I'J:  17,  xrn  irraZ/t  Dan.  1 1  :  44,  ^'jqb  lioness  Ezek.  19:2, 
Nnao  mrtr/t"  Lam.  3:12,  X^53  Z;(7/er  Rutli  1 :  2o',  kn-.;^  boldness  Ezek. 
27:31,  N:d  s/eep  Ps.  127:2.  No  such  form  is  found  in  the  Pentateuch 
unless  it  be  N'^7  loathing  Num.  1 1 :  20,  where,  however,  as  Ewald  sug- 
gests, M  may  be  a  radical  since  it  is  easy  to  assume  a  root  xnj  cognate  to 
"i^T .  The  feminine  ending  in  pronouns  of  the  second  and  third  persons,  and 
in  verbal  futures  is  I  "^  •,  an  intermediate  form  in  e  appears  in  nn^n  Isa. 
59  :5  and  irib;]  the  numeral  ten^  or  rather  ?eeu,  as  it  ordy  occurs  in  num- 
bers compounded  with  the  units.  For  like  unusual  forms  in  verbs  see 
§86.  6.  and  §  156.4. 

e.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  in  the  Indo-European  languages  is  a  final 
vowel,  correisponding  to  the  vowel-ending  in  Hebrew;  the  Latin  has  a.  the 
Greek  a  or  r;,  the  Sanskrit  t.  And  inasmuch  as  the  feminine  in  Hebrew 
covers,  in  part  at  least,  the  territory  of  the  neuter,  its  consonantal  ending 
T\  may  be  compared  with  t,  the  sign  of  the  neuter  in  certain  Sanskrit  pro- 
nouns, represented  by  d  in  Latin,  id,  illnd,  istud,  quid;  in  English  it, 
what,  that.  This  distinctive  neuter  sign  has,  however,  been  largely  super- 
seded in  Indo-European  tongues  by  in  or  v,  which  is  properly  the  sign  of 
the  accusative,  6o?zM37i,  KaXov,  the  passivity  of  the  personal  object  being 
allied  to  the  lifeless  non-personality  of  the  neuter,  Bopp  Vergleich. 
Gramm.  §152.  In  curious  coincidence  wiili  this,  the  Hebrew  sign  of  the 
definite  object  is  nx  prefixed  to  nouns;  and  its  principal  consonant  is 
affixed  to  form  the  inferior  gender,  the  neuter  being  comprehended  in  the 
feminine. 

§197.  It  is  obvious  that  this  transfer  to  all  existing 
things,  and  even  to  abstract  ideas,  of  the  distinction  of  sex 
found  in  living  beings,  must  often  be  purely  arbitrary.  For 
although  some  things  have  marked  characteristics  or  associa- 
tions in  virtue  of  which  they  might  readily  be  classed  with 
a  particular  sex,  a  far  greater  number  hold  an  indeterminate 
position,  and  might  with  quite  as  much  or  quite  as  little 
reason  be  assigned  to  either.  It  hence  happens  that  there  is 
no  general  rule  other  than  usage  for  the  gender  of  Hebrew 
words,  and  that  there  is  a  great  want  of  uniformity  in  usage 
itself. 


^197 


GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS. 


221 


a.  The  following  names  of  females  are  without  the  proper  distinctive 
feminine  termination  : 

nx  mother.  '|irix  she-ass.        iJ;s^"'3  concubine.       ^o  queen.  . 

So  the  names  of  double  members  of  the  body,  whether  of  men  or  ani- 
mals, which  are  feminine  witli  rare  exceptions : 


•jis  ear. 
S'2SX  jinger. 
•jniii  thumb. 
T(";2  knee. 


yiiT  arm. 
^^  hand. 

r^y^  thigh. 

?|3  3  wing. 


CjS  ■palm. 
C]n3  shoulder. 
'l??  eye. 
t^-1  side. 


")?.h!  horn. 
^Sn  foot. 
")U  tooth. 
pi  a  leg. 


The  foIlowinjT  nouns  are  also  feminine  : 


nx  brazier. 
"Tw"N  footstep. 
ixa  xcell. 
',133  belly. 
S"in  sword. 


0i3  a^p.  ui-liiy   f?rea/!  Bear.  inia  //V/j^ 

-133  circuit.  bir  fozfc/;.  "'^"4  siV/e. 

iHjb  brightness,  rt;^  workmanship.  Ki3"i  myriad, 
"b'/i  shoe.                 riQ  morsel.  b^ri  world. 

"^'^'J  city. 

b.  The  following  nouns  are  of  doubtful  gender,  being  sometimes  con- 
strued as  masculine  and  sometimes  as  feminine.  Those  which  are  com- 
monly masculine  are  distinguished  thus  (*) ;  those  which  are  commonly 
feminine  are  distinguisiied  tlius  (j). 

T("!t  way.  *  ""-J?^  fortress. 

*l:D"'n  temple.        *  nSTTi  a?/or. 

*  'ji'iin  multitude,     f^in.'^  camp. 
"l^J  beard.  *  HL^^  rocZ. 

•jibn  window.      *  ^^p^  place. 
-ikn  court.  f^v!'"'?  brass, 

hzi"^  jubilee.         ^  "Cti  soid. 

"^b^  P^o-  t  T^rP  flour. 

*  ni33  glory.  35  cloud. 
13  pat"/.                 *  n?  people. 


f  •j3N  stole. 

*  nis  //V/iL 
rik  s/^-n. 

•,ins  arA'. 

t  y-X  eaW/i. 
t  uis  7?re. 

*  T^'z  garment. 

*  rr^s  house. 
"in  5  u'a//. 
X'^.5  valley. 

*|5  garden. 
t  "53  r/«e. 


*  U"}3  vineyard. 
*  3^  heart. 
cnb  bread. 


S":?  evening. 


t  ors  /j/n<?  {repe- 
tition). 

',is:i  iio/-//j. 

Top  Zjow. 
t  n^n  spirit. 
t  3n-i  s/ree^. 

*  Dn"n  womb. 

*  cri  juniper. 
biNd  Ae//. 

*  DjiiJ  sceptre. 
n2d  sabbath. 


t  nr  time  {dura-    cinn  ocean, 
tion).         *  "I'S'^n  south. 
'•  D'^ia  yace.  *  "i?S!)  razor. 


*  "("la  threshing-   f  "(ii:33  tongue. 

floor.         *  ^X;^  /ooJ. 
t  ri^j'i  cZoor. 

Gesenius  ascribes  only  one  gender  to  a  few  of  these  words,  but  33  is 
once  fern.  Prov.  12:25;  so  bbx.-n  fem.  Hub.  1:16,  ->S373  fem.  Hab.  1:10, 
n3Tia  fem.  Ezek.  43  :  13,  n:!J:3J 'masc.  Ezek.  24  :  10.     The  list  might  be  re- 


222  ETYMOLOGY.  §198 

duced  by  referring  the  vacillation  in  gender,  wherever  it  is  possible,  to  the 
eyntax  rather  than  the  noun.  Verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns,  which  be- 
long to  feminine  nouns  may  in  certain  cases,  as  will  be  sliown  hereafter,  be 
put  in  the  masculine  as  the  more  indefinitfi  and  primary  ibrm.  While,  on 
the  other  hand,  those  which  belong  to  masculine  names  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects are  sometimes  put  in  the  feminine  as  a  substitute  for  the  neuter. 

c.  Some  species  of  animals  exhibit  a  distinct  name  for  each  sex,  the 
feminine  being  ibrmed  from  the  masculine  by  the  appropriate  termination, 
1Q  bulluck,  nns  heifer,  ^:?  calf,  fcm.  n^^:^,  urs  Iamb,  lem.  t^ii^^s.  or 
being  represented  by  a  word  of  different  radicals,  "li'an  ass.  fcm.  "pPJ*. 
When  tills  is  not  the  case,  the  name  of  the  species  may  be  construed  in 
either  gender  according  to  the  sex  of  the  individual  spoken  of,  as  bra 
camel,  ^^33  caltle,  lis::  bird,  or  it  may  have  a  fixed  gender  of  its  own 
irrespective  of  the  sex  of  the  individual;  thus,  3P3  dog,  rXT  wolf,  "ii'i3  ox, 
are  masculine,  ri2;"iS  hare,  nji"'  dove,  bnn  sheep,  are  feminine. 

d.  The  names  of  nations,  rivers,  and  mountains  are  commonly  mascu- 
line, those  of  countries  and  cities  feminine.  Accordingly,  such  words  as 
ni-i:?.  Edom,  SXi^  Moab,  nntin-i  Judah,  Cin^^D  Egypt,  a-^ribs  Chaldees, 
are  construed  in  the  masculine  when  the  people  is  meant,  and  in  the  fem- 
inine when  the  country  is  meant. 

§198.  The  feminine  ending  is  frequently  employed  in 
the  formation  of  abstract  nomis,  and  is  sometimes  extended 
to  the  formation  of  official  designations  (comp.  /as  Honour, 
his  Excellency,  his  Reverence),  nns  governor,  riis  colleague, 
i^^bp  preacher,  and  of  collectives  (comp.  humanity  for  man- 
hind),  '^  afsh,  T'hj'^fish,  15^  a  cloud,  nbs?  clouds,  f?  a  tree, 
Tkv  timber,  lUi^  a  traveller,  nnni?  caravan,  ol^Vsi  Zeph.  3:19 
the  halting,  nt^ibs  the  escaped. 

a.  (1)  Tiie  feminine  ending  added  to  Segholates  gives  new  prominence 
to  the  originally  abstract  ciiaracter  ol"  this  formation,  "d'l  and  f^^■^y'^ 
wickedness,  distinguished  by  Ewald  as  to  uSlkov  and  aSuda,  ne~n  shame, 
fC^'JiV  slothfidness. 

[2)  So  to  monosyllables  whose  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  ^'\^'^^ 
righteousness,  wliich  is  more  abstract  and  at  the  same  time  used  more  ex- 
clusively in  a  moral  sense  than  the  Segholate,  P"]^  rightness,  ~^3N  dark- 
«ess,  equivalent  to  Ijsn,  nrhD  (^  ti^i)  brightness,  ~rT::7  (=:yxa2)  salva- 
tion. Or  nouns  of  this  description  might  be  supposed  to  have  sprung  from 
the  adjectives  belonging  to  the  second  form  of  Class  I.,  tlie  pretonic  vowel 
fallino:  away  upon  tlie  addition  of  the  feminine  endinsii  '2i*  dark,  nbsx 
the  dark,  to  crKOTe.ivov,  n>TO7  the  being  saved  from  ri^u;^,  ii?"'5Q  _;»s/?ce 
from  b^ba  judge.  The  following  nouns,  descriptive  of  the  station  or  func- 
tions of  a  particular  class,  ftllovv  this  form,  "b^  king,  M^nba  kingly  office 
or  sway,  N"'33  prophet,  nx>l33  prophecy.  ■|^^  priest,  nsns  priesthood  or 
priestly  duty,  bsi  merchant,  ^331  traffic. 


^198  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  223 

(3)  The  feminine  ending  occasionally  gives  an  abstract  signification  to 
reduplicated  ibrnis,  IW  blind,  n"lh>'  blindness,  nsa  hacivg  a  bald  fore- 
head, nnaa  baldness  in  front,  N::n  sinner,  rx::n  and  nNijn  sin,  f^n's? 
terror,  no^p  scoffing,  f^^^b^  anguish,  or  to  those  which  have  a  prefixed 
letter  a,  nisnig  overthrow,  nbrris  dominion,  nr^inr)  confusion,  or  particu- 
larly n,  nyrJn  salvation,  rrni-n  testimony,  Si^-n   hope,   ^''^\t\  ueariness. 

(1)  It  is  likewise  added  to  forms  in  "'.,  .Tjb'^^S  judgment,  •n-'Vbs'  work- 
ing, n°>bxn  beginning,  n"'"ins.  eiuZ,  ri'^'^.N'J  remnant,  the  termination  rsi 
being  often  found  in  place  ofni.,  niujsn  2  Chron.  26:21  K'ri,  nidsn 
K'thibh.  disease  prop,  freedom  from  duty,  "'l^'Sn  y/'ee.  Mbbzri  redness, 
'''^'^zn  red,  nn">n72  bitterness,  *'A"'"^^  6i7/e/',  rinrs  heaviness,  r^irbx 
uvWoio/tooc/,  and  occasionally  n^ ,  ni'^a^n  ivisdoin,  T^^:■\^T^  folly,  though  the 
latter  may  perhaps  be  a  plural  as  it  is  explained  by  Gescnius.  Ewald 
suggests  a  connection  between  the  final  i  of  the  relative  adjective,  which 
thus  passes  into  ^  and  even  to  i  in  this  abstract  formation,  and  the  old 
construct  ending  "*.  and  i.  The  further  suggestion  is  here  offered  that 
both  may  not  improbably  be  derived  from  the  pronoun  N^in,  which  was 
originally  of  common  gender,  §71.  «  (3).  Thus,  ")'";]S<"iri'^n  Gen.  1:24 
beast  of  earth  is  equivalent  to  y"}J<  K^in  r^^n  beast  viz.  that  of  earth,  and 
p1^-i~b?3  (which  maybe  lor  *l3b^  as  the  plural  ending  C-i.  for  C^i,  §  199.  e), 
is  equivalent  to  p'llJ  Xin  7y>p^.  king  viz.  that  of  righteousness.  The  ap- 
pended pronominal  vowel  thus  became  indicative  of  the  genitive  relation; 
and  its  employment  in  adjectives,  involving  this  relation,  is  but  an  exten- 
sion of  this  same  use,  ■'i'K'ib';'  of  or  belonging  to  Israel,  Israelitish.  The 
further  addition  of  the  feminine  ending  in  its  abstract  sense,  has  mostly 
preserved  the  vowel  from  that  attenuation  to  I  which  it  has  experienced  at 
the  end  of  tlie  word,  comj).  §101.  1.  a.  riD'sbs  widowhood  prop,  the  slate 
of  a  widoio  "i^bx  ,  m'"a3n  wisdom  prop,  the  quality  belonging  to  the  wis€ 
asn.  The  rare  instances  in  which  tlie  termination  HI  is  superimposed 
upon  "^^  viz.:  n^''"iT3X  ,  rni't:^ip,  may  belong  to  a  time  when  the  origin 
of  the  ending  was  no  longer  retained  in  the  popular  consciousness.  The 
termination  n"*,  or  M  in  abstracts  derived  from  T^b  roots  is  of  a  different 
origin  from  that  just  explained  and  must  not  be  confounded  with  it;  "'^  or  -1 
is  there  the  final  radical  softened  to  a  vowel,  §163,  as  rri'd  or  n^::0  cap- 
tivity from  nz'J  to  lead  captive. 

b.  In  Arabic,  nouns  of  unity,  or  those  which  designate  an  individual, 
are  often  formed  by  appending  the  feminine  termination  to  masculines 
which  have  a  generic  or  collective  signification.  This  has  been  thought 
to  be  the  case  in  a  {"ew  words  in  Hebrew,  "^^iifeet,  n^:x  ship,  "iSV  hair, 

Mnr"JJ  a  hair,      y^  swarm,  ir^i-'^  a  bee. 

c.  Some  names  of  inanimate  objects  are  formed  from  those  of  aru- 
mated  being.?  or  parts  of  living  bodies,  which  they  were  conceived  to 
resemble,  by  means  of  the  feminine  ending,  taken  in  a  neuter  sense,  ck 
mother,  Max  -metropolis,  Ti^'y^  thigh,  n3"i^  hinder  part,  extremity,  t'S  palm 
of  the  hand,  SiDS  palm-branch,  n^M  forehead,  nn::^  greave,  ~E  mouth, 
n"D  edge. 


224  ETYMOLOGY.  §  199 

§199.  There  are  three  numbers  in  Hebrew,  the  singular 

Ci^ri;^  liirb),  dual  (D^sis  pi-b),  and  plural  (D^an  I'^iijb).  The 
plural  of  masculine  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  Q"^.  ,  or  de- 
fectively written  D . ,  to  the  singular,  Di6  horse,  D'^p^.o  horses, 
p'l'^is  righteous  {jnaii),  ts'^pv:?  or  Dp"''n?  righteous  {men).  The 
plural  of  feminine  nouns  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  rii , 
also  written  n',  the  feminine  ending  of  the  singular,  if  it 
has  one,  being  dropped  as  superfluous,  since  the  plural  ter- 
mination of  itself  distinguishes  the  gender,  ois  cu/p,  riob 
ciq:is,  nb^r:2  virgin,  riiS^nsi  and  ti'b^na  virgins,  r.i?tbn  sin, 
nii«!2n  sins;  in  two  instances  the  vowTl-letter  «  takes  the 
place  of  1 ,  §11.  1.  a,  ni^nb  Ezek.  31 : 8,  nsjia  Ezek.  47  :  11. 

a.  The  masculine  plural  sometimes  has  'i"'.  instead  of  D">  ,  e.g.  'jib'^ 
oftener  than  ni^53  in  the  book  of  Job,  'r=^^  P^ov.  31 :  3,  ^{''sT)  2  Kin.  11 :  13, 
'p^y  Mic.  3:12,  "pi^i^  Lam.  1:4,  'pbn' Ezek.  4:9,  'p'??  l^a'i-  12:13. 
This  ending,  which  is  the  common  one  in  Chaldee,  is  chiefly  found  in 
poetry  or  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible. 

b.  Some  grammarians  have  contended  for  the  existence  of  a  few  plurals 
in  "^  without  the  final  D,  but  the  instances  alleged  are  capable  of  another 
and  more  satisfactory  explanation.  Thus,  "'■^3  2  Kin.  11:4,  ■'ri"i3 ,  ""nba 
2  Sam.  8:  18,  "^b-bd  2  Sam.  23:8,  and  ^::n  1  Sam.  20 :  38  K'lhibh  (K'ri 
n"iin),  are  singulars  used  collectively;  "'52?  2  Sam.  22:44,  Ps.  144:2, 
Lam.  3  ;  14.  and  "^3152^  Cant.  8  :  2,  are  in  the  singular  with  the  suffix  of  the 
first  person;  '^i'O  Ps.  45  :  9  is  not  for  fsa  stringed  insiruments,  hut  is  the 
poetic  form  of  the  preposition  '(ofrom;  ""'i^^  Ps.  22:  17  is  not  ibr  n"^"i3 
piercing,  but  is  the  noun  "^"71!:.  with  the  preposition  3  like  the  lion,  §156.  3. 

c.  There  are  also  a  few  words  which  have  been  regarded  as  plurals  in 
''  .  But  "^jH  Zech.  14  :  5  and  "''^b  Judg.  5:  15,  are  plurals  witii  tiie  suffix 
of  the  first  person.  In  :  "^lin  2  Chron.  33  :  19.  which  is  probably  a  proper 
name,  and  "^ia  Am.  7:  1,  Nah.  3:  17,  which  is  a  singular  used  collectively, 
final  1  is  a  radical  as  in  "^nr  =  r\i}:3 .  :''^'in  Isa.  19  :  9  is  a  singular  with 
the  formative  ending  \  ,  §194.6;  "^bi^n  j'cr.  22:  14  and  "'E'Cn  Isa.  20 :  4, 
might  be  explained  in  the  same  way,  though  Ewald  prefers  to  regard  the 
former  as  an  abbreviated  dual  lor  C^iibn  double  (i.  e.  large  and  shoxcy) 
ipindmos,  and  the  latter  as  a  construct  plural  for  "'STiTn  ,  the  diphthongal  e 
being  resolved  into  aij,  comp.  §57.  2  (5).  "'n';)  Ezek.  13:  18  is  probably  a 
dual  for  0'^'"',  though  it  might  be  for  the  unabridged  singular  ir^V  which, 
however,  never  occurs.  The  divine  name  '^'^^'d  il/mz^-Zi/?/ is  best  explained 
as  a  singular;  the  name  ""px.  Lord  is  a  plural  of  excellence,  §201.2, 
with  the  suffix  of  the  first  person,  the  original  signification  being  mij 
Lord. 

d.  In  a  {"ew  words  the  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  retained  before 
the  plural  termination,  as  thougii  it  were  one  of  the  radicals,  instead  of 


^200 


GENDER   AND    NUMBER   OP    NOUNS. 


225 


being  dropped  agreeably  to  the  ordinary  rule,  rb'n  door  pi.  ninb'n.  So, 
riDS  pillow,  riwfr  bow.  rjD'iJ  trough,  ir^sri  .-^pear,  rA2Tzbi<  widowhood,  n^in'^na 
divorce,  n^iin  whoredom,  ns'O  ///)  pi.  ninsb.  To  tliese  must  be  added 
rr^nd,  provided  it  be  derived  Iroin  i".n^  in  tlic  sense  oC pif. ;  it  may,  how- 
ever, sigiiiiy  (/e.?/Avcc/70»,  from  the  root  rinO,  vviien  the  final  n  will  be  a 
radical.     See  Alexander  on  Psalm  107  :  20. 

e.  The  original  ending  of  the  plural  in  nouns,  verbs,  and  pronouns, 
seems  to  have  been  ni,  §71.6.  (2).  In  verbs  the  vowel  has  been  pre- 
served, but  the  final  nasal  has  been  changed  or  lost,  "I'l^^P^  or  ^^lip'?, 
§85.  1.  a.  (1).  In  masculine  nouns  and  pronouns  the  final  nasal  has  been 
retained,  but  the  vowel  has  been  attenuated  to  2  ore,  D^p^O,  cn,  cnx : 
the  Arabic  has  una  for  the  nominative  and  zna  for  tlic  oblique  case.  If 
we  suppose  n,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  to  be  added  to  D1,  the  sign  of  the 
plural,  the  vowel  will  regularly  be  changed  to  i  before  the  two  con- 
sonants, §61.4;  then  if  the  nasal  be  rejected  before  the  final  consonant, 
agreeably  to  the  analogy  of  r2  for  Fi:3  and  Ciis  for  p2"i3.  the  resulting 
form  will  be  rii,  the  actual  ending  of  the  feminine  plural.  If  the  sign  of 
the  plural,  like  all  the  other  inflective  letters  and  syllables,  is  of  pronom- 
inal origin,  this  D,  which  is  joined  to  words  by  the  connecting  vowel  1, 
may  perhaps  be  related  to  Htd  taken  indefinitely  in  the  quantitative  or 
numerical  sense  of  qitot  or  aliquot,  comp.  Zech.  7:3;  and  the  adverbial  or 
adjective  ending  a^  or  n"  may  in  like  niarmer  be  referred  to  the  same  in 
its  qualitative  sense,  comp.  Ps.  8 :  5,  so  that  n}5">'n  vaciie,  would  strictly  be 
qud  vacuus.  The  pronoun  seems  in  fact  to  be  preserved  without  abbrevia- 
tion in  the  Syriac  {.iala.*)  =  D'ci"^  interdin. 

§  200.  The  gender  of  adjectives  and  participles  ia  care- 
fully discriminated,  both  in  the  singular  and  in  the  plural,  by 
means  of  the  appropriate  terminations.  But  the  same  want 
of  precision  or  uniformity  which  has  been  remarked  in  the 
singular,  §197,  characterizes  liliewise  the  use  of  the  plural 
terminations  of  substantives.  Some  masculine  substantives 
take  ni  in  the  plural,  some  feminines  take  D^.  ,  and  some 
of  each  gender  take  indifferently  D"' .   or  m" . 

a.  The  following  masculine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  m' : 
those  which  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  are  sometimes  construed  as. 
feminine. 


-«  father. 
•|55<  bowl. 
-"ik  familiar 
spirit. 
">six  treasure. 
*  nix  sign. 
15 


*  nnlx  path. 
"i:-"^X  palace. 
Vsrx  cluster. 
nii  pit. 
a  5  roof. 
bn-;a  lot. 


*  ')";i\  threshing- 
floor. 
'i^"i'n  goad. 

i:t  tail. 

I'"!!  street. 

r;7n  breast. 


'I'T'Tn  vision 
Ci?n  dreavi. 
•jiit'n  invention. 
n2l3  hand  breadth. 
NE3  throne. 
n^'i  tablet. 


226 


ETYMOLOGY. 


§200 


i-^y  night. 

*n2T^  allar. 

*ili^  rain, 

"liby??  lilhe. 

*  'is'O  summil. 

*  cipo  j^lace. 


1X3  hoUle. 
"13  /amp. 
"lis  67rm. 
"IDS  fZ;<s/. 
2bS  /ier6. 
i"]©  leader. 
*  Ki^j  /josi:. 


in:::  tube. 

"lins  bundle. 
bip  voice. 
*"'p  wa/Z. 
S"ip  tear. 
*jini  street. 


pin"!  chain. 
•jnbd  /aWe. 

C1U  name. 
"lEi'zJ  trumpet. 

niu  pillar. 
ninn  c/ee-/). 


6.  The  folIowinfT  feminine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  Ci  :  those 
marked  thus  (f)  are  sometimes  mascuh'ne : 

t  "i^S  s/ojze.  t  T^}/}.  way.  f '^^s  s/je/L 


n^X  terebinth.  r/n  /aif. 

pMiissN  widowhood.  !Tni?:l  branch. 


nt"X  woman. 

n^:^  Jig- cake. 
iTnizn  if/?. 


n^:T  whoredom.. 
t"it|n  wJieal. 
n^'wrn  darkness. 
n;ii  Joi-e. 
f  13  pitcher. 


nbb  6ru7t. 

n^a  u-orcZ. 
nST23  an^. 

nxp  measure. 
iy  she- goal. 

-\'^''j  city. 
U5%  concubine. 


TQ  morsel. 

Vni  sheep. 
n^.i-'b  barley. 
rbh'j  ear  of  corn. 

niili  acacia. 


Also  C">k"^3  fg'g'-?  wliich  is  not  found  in  the  singular. 

c.  The  following  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  either  t3''_  or  ni: 


MASCULINE     NOUNS. 


dH'^X  porch. 
•"■ix  //oyz. 
^i'n  generation. 
Vizh  sacrijice. 
'|i-i~T  memorial. 
Cii^  (/ay. 
■^^  -  fir  est. 
"ii'3  laver. 
^ii3  /iarp. 


-bb  heart. 
"lis^  //^/i/. 
b^50  ^oiiJer. 
iQio  foundation. 

"iDi^    /(0?2C/. 

riii^  sm^. 
p^T^a  fiottZ. 
-ix3T3  pain. 
nro^  «a?7. 


"i^rTa  delicacy. 
'C,'2.'0  fountain. 
'Z'^"j'q  bed. 
■j3':i?3  dwelling. 
"iti3  river. 
?ib  basin. 
I"!?  iniquity. 
^py  Aee/. 


'j'"^.S  breach. 
is^s  liec/c. 

^T-p  grave. 

n:i?  /eec/. 
n^"ip  a.re. 

nib  /eZa'. 
"!ii'j  7{,-ee/f. 
5MJ"n  deliffhl. 


FEMININE     NOUNS. 


ni'^X  terror.        rri'i'dx  grape- cake.  bs"3  s/ioe.              1 
nrbx  s/iea/.            '^t'^!^:  Astarle,        *^''^'}'<..  heap. 
nJax  people.           ri'^in  spear. 

NOUNS     CONSTKUED     IN  EITHER     GENDEE. 

cynx  ,  n'^nx  a/oes.    'lisn  window.  i~ii3"2  -rof/. 

1:2  garment.          lin  co/^r;.  Tiisi  soi/Z. 

a^  ?'/m,                    "(23  circle,  "i''D  thorn. 

bi"^n  temple.            lif^^  fortress.  "zi  cloud. 

siiT  arm.                "^.-iri^  ca?np.  ^-?.  cord 


'0";Q    ZiOO/^ 

n:d  ?/ear. 


rr  time. 
crb  /oo^ 


§  201        GENDER  AND  NUMBER,  OF    NOUNS.         227 

d.  The  two  forms  of  the  plural,  though  mostly  synonymous,  occnsion- 
allv  (lider  in  sense  as  in  Latin  loci,  and  loca.  Thus  0"'-i33  is  used  of 
round  masses  of  money,  talents,  Sni-xs  of  bread,  round  loaces ;  ciniq 
thorns,  nin"'D  hooks;  D'21^3  heels,  r\ii';:v  foot-prinls  ;  W'b'J^  footsteps  of 
men,  ni::rD/ee^  of  articles  of  furniture.  Comp.  §193.  c.  Sometimes  they 
dKFer  in  usajre  or  frequency  of  employment:  thus  nii^  (^(HJ'^';  ^"^^^  years, 
are  poetical  and  rare,  the  customary  forms  being  cr^ ,  n"i:d. 

e.  Nouns  mostly  preserve  their  proper  gender  in  the  plural  irrespective 
of  the  termination  which  they  adopt;  though  there  are  occasional  excep- 
tions, in  which  icminine  nouns  in  D"^.  are  construed  as  masculines,  e.  g. 
D-^iaj  ■women  Gen.  7:  13,  c^^^  wo7^ds  Job  4:4,  o-'B?:3  onts  Prov.  30:25, 
and  masculine  nouns  in  Hi  arc  construed  as  feminines,  c.  g.  m'D3r?3  dwell- 
ings Ps.  84  : 2. 

f.  In  explanation  of  the  apparently  promiscuous  or  capricious  use  of  the 
masculine  and  feminine  endings,  it  n)ay  be  remarked  that  the  termination 
D"^,  ia  strictness  simply  indicates  the  plural  number,  and  is  indeterminate 
as  to  gender,  §  199.  e,  though  the  existence  of  a  distinct  form  for  the  fem- 
inine left  it  to  be  appropriated  by  the  masculine.  The  occurrence  of  n"«  in 
feminine  nouns,  and  even  iu  the  names  of  females,  as  ni'CJ  women,  C'-T? 
s/<f-g-0(/L^,  may  therefore,  like  the  absence  of  the  distinctive  feminine  ending 
fi-om  the  singular,  be  esteemed  a  mere  neglect  to  distinguish  the  gender  by 
the  outward  form.  The  occurrence  of  the  Itiniinine  ending  in  a  masculine 
noun,  whether  singular  or  plural,  is  less  easily  accounted  for.  Such  words 
may  perhaps,  at  one  period  of  tlie  language,  have  been  regarded  as  fem- 
inine, the  subsequent  change  of  conception,  by  which  they  are  construed 
as  masculine,  tailing  to  obliterate  their  original  form.  Such  a  change  is 
readily  supposable  in  words,  which  there  is  no  natural  or  evident  reason 
for  assigning  to  one  sex  rather  than  the  other;  but  not  in  T\'^Zi<  fathers, 
which  can  never  have  been  a  feminine.  One  might  be  tempted  in  this 
case  to  suspect  that  T\i  was  not  the  sign  of  the  plural,  comp.  rinx  sister, 
niin  mol/ier-in-law,  but  that  ^  belonged  to  tlie  radical  portion  of  the 
word,  and  that  n  was  appended  to  fi)rm  a  collective,/a//ier/ioof/,  §193, 
which  has  in  usage  taken  the  place  of  the  proper  plural.  More  probably, 
however,  the  idea  of  olHcial  dignity,  which  was  so  prominently  attached 
to  the  paternal  relation  in  patriarchal  times,  is  the  secret  of  the  feminine 
form  which  -k  assumes  in  the  plural,  comp.  niS'^D  leaders,  rVn'p  preacher, 
while  iis  construction  as  a  masculine  springs  so  directly  out  ot  its  significa- 
tion as  to  remain  unaffected.  And  this  suggests  the  idea  that  the  like  may 
have  happened  to  names  of  inanimate  objects.  They  may  receive  the 
feminine  ending  in  its  neuter  sense  to  designate  them  as  things,  §  193.  c, 
while  at  the  same  time  they  are  so  conceived  that  the  masculine  construc- 
tion is  maintained. 

§201.  1.  Some  substantives  are,  by  their  signification  or 
by  usage,  limited  to  tlie  singular,  such  as  material  nouns 
taken  in  a  universal  or  indefinite  sense,  ^i<Jire,  2r\]  ^oid, 
rvb^ii^  (jround;  collectives,  PfJ  children,  ^^bfoiul,  '^y.  birds  of 


228  ETYMOLOGY.  §  202 

prey,  'ij^S  large  cattle  (noun  of  unity  "liiy  an  ox),  "jsi  s7naU 
cattle  (noun  of  unity  nib  a  sheej?  or  goaf)  ;  many  abstracts, 
2^1?!!  salvation,  tri-)?  blindness.  On  the  other  hand  some  are 
found  only  in  the  plural,  such  as  nouns,  whose  singular,  if  it 
ever  existed,  is  obsolete,  D^^'b  loater,  n'^ps  face  oy  faces,  Q^'bis 
heaven,  TT'b'a  boiuels,  Q'^n^  men,  ni•ij^n_^  adjacent  to  the  head, 
and  abstracts,  which  have  a  plural  form,  D'^'irj  life,  ^''^T^'^. 
love,  'CT'iiiry  mercy,  riS^^nri  government. 

a.  The  intimate  connection  between  a  collective  and  an  abstract  is 
shown  by  the  use  of  the  feminine  singular  to  express  both,  §198.  In  like 
manner  the  plural,  whose  office  it  is  to  gather  separate  units  into  one  ex- 
pression, is  used  to  denote  in  its  totality  or  abstract  form  that  common 
quality  which  pervades  them  all  and  renders  such  a  summation  possible, 
comp.  TO.  8tKata  rights  to.  aStKa  wrong.  Some  abstracts  adopt  indifferently 
the  feminine  or  the  plural  form,  fi:l^S  and  nir^i^x  fidelily,  ^^N?  and 
C^^iss  redemption,  n^n  and  Qi'n  life,  «^=^:n  and  U'^b'qn  darkness]  rik\'q 
and  tJiNiia  setting  of  gems. 

b.  The  form  D'^p!i:3]ri  is  adopted  by  certain  words  which  denote  periods 
of  human  life,  nin^irs  childhood,  cr^ibr  youth.  D"'*in3  adolescence,  D"'Bw3 
virginity,  nib^lbs  period  of  espousals,  C"';pf  old  age. 

c.  Abstracts,  which  are  properly  singular,  are  sometimes  used  in  the 
plural  to  denote  a  higli  degree  of  the  quality  which  they  represent,  or  re- 
peated exhibitions  and  embodiments  of  it,  n'^^^a  might,  ni~i!!:5  deeds  of 
might. 

2.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the  employment  of  the 
plural  form  when  a  single  individual  is  spoken  of,  to  suggest 
the  idea  of  exaltation  or  greatness.  It  is  thus  intimated  that 
the  individual  embraces  a  plurality,  or  contains  within  itself 
what  is  elsewhere  divided  amongst  many.  Such  plurals  of 
majesty  are  Cnba?  God  the  supreme  object  of  worship,  "^ns 
Supreme  Lord  prop,  my  Lord,  §  199.  c,  and  some  other  terms 
referring  to  the  divine  bsing,  T^T^  Eccles,  12  : 1,  cnina 
Eccles.  5  :  7,  vM^J  Isa.  54  :  5,  Q^ipin)?  Hos.  12  :  1;  also,  ni'is? 
(rarely  with  a  plural  sense)  lord,  D^^;^'3  (when  followed  by  a 
singular  suffix)  master,  !ni^n3  Behemoth,  great  beast,  and 
possibly  D'^s'nn  Teraphim,  which  seems  to  be  used  of  a  single 
image,  1  Sam.  19  :  13,  10. 

^202.  The  dual  is  formed  by  adding  D'?.  to  the  singular 


§203  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  229 

of  both  genders,  tn  as  the  sign  of  the  femmine  remaining 
unchanged,  and  r.^  reverting  to  its  original  form  in^,  ^VJG.d, 
^i  //and  du.  n:n'; ,  nb-H  door  dn.  u:hb'^  ,  rk^  lip  du.  wht^  . 

a.  The  dual  ending  in  Hebrew,  as  in  tlie  Indo-European  languages, 
Bopp  Vorgleich.  Gramin.  §206.  is  a  modified  and  strengthened  ibrm  of  the 
pUiruI  ending.  The  Arabic  goes  beyond  the  Hebrew  in  extending  the 
dual  to  verbs  and  pronouns.  The  Chaldee  and  Syriac  scarcely  retain  a 
trace  of  it  except  in  the  numeral  two  and  its  compounds. 

§203.  The  dual  in  Hebrew  expresses  not  merely  two,  but 
a  couple  or  a  pair.  Hence  it  is  not  employed  with  the  same 
latitude  as  in  Greek  of  any  two  objects  of  the  same  kind, 
but  only  of  two  Avhich  belong  together  and  complete  each 
other.     It  is  hence  restricted  to 

1.  Double  organs  of  men  or  animals,  D'?5TS  cars,  D'^EK 
nostrils,  D'??'^|?  /loms,  D????  'iJoings. 

2.  Objects  of  art  which  are  made  double  or  which  con- 
sist of  two  corresponding  parts,  '^'^^'^}.  pair  of  shoes^  D^STi^b 
pair  of  scales,  W^T\'^^'Q  pair  of  to77(/s,  ^y^'^foldiiif^  doors. 

3.  Objects  which  are  conceived  of  as  constituting  to- 
gether a  complete  whole,  particularly  measures  of  time  or 
quantity,  W^'n'y^  period  of  tico  days,  hidimm,  D"??3t23  two  loeelcs, 
foriirifjlit,  D'njiZJ  two  years,  hienniiim,  D^fis^D  two  measures, 
D'Sss  two  talents,  D:?^^  Prov.  28  :  G,  18  double  way  (comp. 
in  English  double  dealiny),  Q"''^".?  pair  of  rivers,  i.  e.  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates  viewed  in  combination. 

4.  The  numerals  Xi^^^^  two,  D^^ss  double,  D>Hn^  two  hun- 
dred, D':?'?^?  two  thousand,  D'^nisi'n  two  myriads,  D'i'ni^'nuJ  seven- 
fold, D^i?^?  of  two  sorts. 

5.  A  few  abstracts,  in  which  it  expresses  intensity,  D''i?^?y 
double-slothful ness,  ^"XTT^  double-rebellion,  0?^^^  double-lijj^dy 
i.  e.  noon,  D'hrtTn  double-wickedness. 

a.  Names  of  objects  occurring  in  pairs  take  the  dual  form  even  when  a 
hiphcr  number  than  two  is  spoken  of.  D-;?\rn  '::5i:3  1  Sam.  2:13  ihe  three 
teeth,  072:3  i-bns  Ezek.   l:6/o2tr  wings,  ^[Drs  UJn  Isa.  G :  2  six  wings, 


230  ETYMOLOGY.  §  204, 205 

D'^rS  nyn'j  Zech.  3:9  seven  eyes,  Ci''3"i3-b3i  D'''^''n-'!53  all  the  hands  and 
all  knees  Ezek.  7  :  17.  Several  names  of  double  organs  of  the  human  or 
animal  body  have  a  plural  form  likewise,  which  is  used  of  artificial  imita- 
tions or  of  inanimate  objects,  to  which  these  names  are  applied  by  a  figure 
of  speech,  §193.  c,  Cii^fD  horns,  niinp?  horns  of  the  altar,  D"'E33  wings, 
m'srs  exlremilies,  0"^En3  shoulders,  rilDPS  shoidder-pieces  of  a  garment, 
ci"':'  eyes,  riirs  fountains,  C'psn  feet,  c^J")  times  prop,  beats  of  the 
foot.  In  a  few  instances  this  distinction  is  neglected,  D'^rsiIJ  and  nir.STU 
tips,  D^n^  and  ni'i'^  sides,  n"'r3-i';i  extremities. 

b.  The  dual  ending  is  in  a  very  few  words  superadded  to  that  of 
the  plural,  niiin  walls  of  a  city,  n"'nian  double  walls,  niniib  boards, 
cnnb  double  boarding  of  a  ship,  DT^hna  name  of  a  town  in  Judah,  Josh. 
15:36. 

c.  The  words  n^ia  water  and  O^ad  heaven  have  the  appearance  of 
dual  forms,  and  might  possibly  be  so  explained  by  the  conception  of  the 
clement  of  water  a.^  existing  in  two  localities,  viz.  under  and  above  the 
firmament.  Gen.  1 : 7,  and  heaven  as  consisting  of  two  hemispheres.  They 
are.  however,  commonly  regarded  as  plurals,  and  compared  Avith  such 
plural  forms  in  Chaldee  as  T^'?^  Dan.  5:9  from  the  singular  i^}''^.  In 
n'l'^Tr^n^  Jerusalem,  or  as  it  is  commonly  written  without  the  Yodh  tibi^n'^, 
the  final  Mem  is  not  a  dual  ending  but  a  radical,  and  the  pronunciation  is 
simply  prolonged  from  cbrin"^,  comp.  Gen.  14:18,  Ps.  76  :  3,  though  in 
this  assimilation  to  a  dual  form  some  have  suspected  an  allusion  to  the 
current  division  into  the  upper  and  the  lower  city. 

§  204.  It  remains  to  consider  the  changes  in  tlie  nouns 
themselves,  which  result  from  attaching  to  them  the  various 
endings  for  gender  and  number  that  have  now  been  recited. 
These  depend  upon  the  structure  of  the  nouns,  that  is  to  say, 
upon  the  character  of  their  letters  and  syllables,  and  arc  gov- 
erned by  the  laws  of  Ilebrew  orthography  already  unfolded. 
These  endings  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  ri,  which,  consisting  of  a  single  con- 
sonant, causes  no  removal  of  the  accent  and  produces  changes 
in  the  ultimate  only. 

2.  The  feminine  n^ ,  the  plural  D"^.  and  ni,  and  the 
dual  D\ ,  which  remove  the  accent  to  their  own  initial 
vowel,  and  may  occasion  changes  in  both  the  ultimate  and 
the  penult. 

§205.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  vowel  undergo  no 
change   on   receiving;   the  feminine   characteristic  ri ,  "^nsiTa 


^  206  GENDER   AND    NUMBER   OF    NOUNS.  231 

Moahite,  tr^y^s^rq  3Ioabitess,  ^T^i^  fmdiv(j  feni.  nssb,.  NKn 
sinner,  vsbn  sin,  §198.  iNouiis  which  terminate  in  a  con- 
sonant cx[)crience  a,  compression  of  their  final  syllable,  which, 
upon  the  addition  of  ri ,  ends  in  two  consonants  instead  of 
one,  \Q)C).  2,  and  an  auxiliary  Seghol  is  introduced  to  relieve 
the  harshness  of  the  combination,  §01.  2.  In  consequence 
of  this  tlic  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  changed  from  ^7  or  a  to 
c,  §G3.  2.  a,  from  c  or  /  to  c,  or  in  a  few  words  to  B,  and 
from  u  or  u  to  o,  §G1.  4.  n3ir:  broken  fem.  trht} ,  nwx 
reddish  fern.  nic^72'j« ,  tj?n  (joivf/  fem.  f^s^h,  t53  master, 
trh'^  mistress,  tJt-O  f'^'"  ^m.  niT'bn ,  iD'^k  man,  r'^y  icoman, 
§214.  1.  (^,  fisp  scattered  fem.  nsisp ,  nlL^np  and  TOHS  ^^55. 
When  tlie  fmal  consonant  is  a  guttural,  there  is  the  usual 
substitution  of  Pattahli  for  Seghol,  ?^t:J  hearinrj  fem.  f^?^"^, 
TV^  touclihifj  fern.  r^55^  . 

a.  In  many  crises  th,p,  feminine  is  formed  indifferently  by  ri  or  by  n^ ; 
in  others  usiiixe  inclines  in  favor  of  one  or  of  the  other  ending,  though  no 
absolute  rule  can  be  given  upon  the  subject.  It  may  be  said,  however, 
that  adjectives  in  "'.  almost  always  receive  n;  active  participles,  except 
those  of  ^•""  ,  "'"  and  rib  verbs,  oftener  take  Sn  than  n^ ;  n  is  also  found, 
though  less  frequently,  with  the  passive  participles  except  that  of  Kal, 
from  which  it  is  excluded. 

6.  A  final  ") ,  T  or  n  is  sometimes  apsimilated  to  the  feminine  charac- 
teristic n  and  contracted  with  it.  §54,  n?  for  r:3  duugliter,  rn"?  for 
ri3inr  gift,  r.-izii  for  r:rs  tmlh.  nhx  for  r-ns  one,  nnr^D  ]  Kin.  1 :  15 
for  r;r~!-::^  minislering,  rthc-o  Mai.  1  :  14  for  rnnrri  convpl,  riq^  for 
nnsn^  -pan.  The  changes  of  the  ultimate  vowel  are  due  to  its  compres- 
sion belbre  concurring  consonants. 

c.  The  vowel  u  remains  in  n^^lbri  Lev.  5:  21  deposit,  and  the  proper 
name  nrn:n  Tanliiunelli.  From  nx  brother.,  CT^  father-in-law  are  formed 
ninx  sister,  rion  motker-in-Uno,  the  radical  1,  which  has  been  dropped 
from  the  masculine,  retaining  its  place  before  the  sign  of  the  feminine, 
comp.  §101.  1.  a;  rx^E3  difficult  Deut.  30:  11  is  for  nrt^E?  from  K^23. 

§206.  The  changes  which  result  from  appending  the 
feminine  termination  n^ ,  the  plural  terminations  Q'^.  and  tii, 
and  the  dual  teriuination  D^. ,  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
mixed  syllable. 


232   '  ETYMOLOGY.  ^207 

2.  Those  wliicli  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
simple  s;y  liable. 

3.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  penult.   ' 

§207.  When  the  ultimate  is  a  mixed  syllable  bearing 
the  accent,  it  is  affected  as  follows,  viz. : 

1 .  Tsere  remains  unchanged,  if  the  word  is  a  monosylla- 
ble or  the  preceding  vowel  is  Kamets,  otherwise  it  is  rejected; 
other  vov/els  suffer  no  change,  t'h  dead  fern.  T'h'Q,  pi.  D'^iTi^; 
if:!";  thifjh  da.  ^ITTl ,  D^"^  comjjiete  fem.  r.^sbiu,  pi.  n^iabi^, 
f.  pi.  ntbbiy ;  i\%  <jow(/  fem.  nsbh ,  pi.  Q-^ibh ,  f.  pi.  nisVn . 

a.  The  rejection  of  Tsere  is  due  to  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  words 
which  are  increased  by  additions  at  the  end,  §G6.  1.  It  is  only  retained 
as  a  pretonic  vowel,  §64.  2,  wlien  the  word  is  otherwise  sufficiently  abbre- 
viated, or  its  rejection  would  shorten  the  word  unduly.  Tsere  is  retained 
contrary  to  the  rule  by  cli'^i:),  E"'i;2n  children  of  (he  third  and  fourth 
generalions,  by  a  few  exceptional  forms,  e.g.  n^S3  Jer.  3 : 8,  11,  nb3da 
Ex.  23;  26,  r\^'^)  Cant.  1:6,  n^'^i^  Isa.  54:1.  and  frequently  with  the 
pause  accents,  '§65,  e.g.  ^nnbi^  Isa.  21:3,  friiio  Lam.  1 :  16,  :ni?3?3i;a 
Isa.  49:8,  or^'^S  Ex.  28:40,  ^•'n»;o  Gen.  19  :  11,  2  Kin.  6  :  IS  (once  with 
Tiphhha).  :  c'-'sfeo?^  Isa.  2  :  20,  C^'O^-^s  Eccles.  2  :  5.  rin^ciia  Isa.  2:4.  It 
also  appears  in  several  feminine  substantives,  both  singular  and  j)lural.  e.  g. 
nboriTa  overllirow,  nii:;"!^  counsels.  nbriFi  abomination,  f^:^;^"'?  staff.  f^ET??^ 
witch.  On  the  other  hand,  the  following  feminines  reject  it  though  pre- 
ceded by  Kamets,  hv^  wild-goat.  fem.  <"i^?."  ,  "i?!|'  ostrich,  fem.  tijr  ^  ,  T^^ 
thigh,  fem.  ■°1S"^V  It  is  also  dropped  from  the  plural  of  the  monosyllable 
"(2  507?.,  and  its  place  supplied  by  a  pretonic  Kamets,  D"i:3  sons,  ri;^  daugh- 
ters, the  singular  of  the  feminine  being  ra  lor  ri:i,  §205.6;  so  a^ja 
fork^\.  T^r^'vz. 

b.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  retained  as  a  pretonic.  vowel,  '^p  nhite, 
fem.  ni::?,  pi.  n-^^zb,  f.  pi.  nb';?;  '^^'^•q  fortress,  pi.  Q^-.:^r'o  and  ni-ix^ia, 
only  disappearing  in  a  few  e:;ceptional  cases,  "ir'O  hair.  j'um.  fr^r'tU.  ''ba 
quail,\i\.  ciVrb,  'C'^M  pasture,  \A.  L^'B'n.V^  once  nic-i5T3.  mn2~?3  and  rii"^2i'?5 
fords,  123  talent  du.  C^i23  but  in  pause  D":i23 ,  "nj  river  du.  ^yyr^,^_ .  The 
Kb  participles,  ^k':i'prophesTjingY>\-  D"'fJ23,  xrq3  polluted lA.  Cii^::: ,  xi'i? 
found  pi.  IS'^NI?^?  adopt  the  vowels  of  n"b  forms,  §  165.  2 ;  but  with  the 
pause  accents  Kamets  returns,  Ci''K23  Ezck.  13:2,  :  d-'N^t::  Ezr.  8:25. 
The  foreign  word  "i2~iS  suburbs  forms  its  plural  irregularly  C">"i1"iQ. 

c.  Hholem  and  Hhirik  commonly  suflTer  no. change;  but  in  a  few  words 
Shurek  takes  the  place  of  the  former,  and  in  one  Tsere  is  substituted  for 
the  latter,  §66.2(3),  "iiii'3  terror  pi.  ^"^y^yq,  T^vr:  habitation  pi.  f^i^is-a , 
pinis  siceeliem.  nj^wa  pi.  Cp^i.-i^^ ,  pii  distress  i'em.  njr^l^,  ',i>o  lodging 
fem.'nitib'O,  Xi'^^-qjlight  fem.  nbl3?3.  niliTS  res^  fem.  nm:'^ ,  '•\i'iq  fortifica- 
tion fem.  nn«T2,  pay    deep   fem.   ^{^"^3  Prov.   23:27   and  t-^y^''..'.  P'^^'') 


§207  GENDER   AND    NUMBER   OF   NOUNS.  233 

chain  pi.  nipWn   1   Kin.  6: 21   K'ri;  a-^^Q  escaped  pi.  t)ibi^3  or  Ci"'K^!3 
fem.  nb^bs  or  nibs. 

(Z.  Hholem  is  dropped  from  the  plural  of  "■lib^S  bird  pi.  n^iQ-.j .  as  well 
as  from  the  plural  of  nouns  having  the  feminine  characteristic  n  iti  the 
singular;  thus  ^ibibt^  skull,  by  the  substitution  of  the  i)lural  ending 
ni  lor  ri. ,  §199,  becomes  ri?j.ba ,  nj^'sn.^  course,  pi.  ripbn^  ,  or  with 
Hhateph-Kamets  under  a  doubled  letter,  §16.  3.6,  r:n3  cuat  pi,  rilns, 
n^2d  ear  of  corn,  pi.  C'>b3"J ;  in  two  instances  a  pre  tonic  Kamets  is  inserted, 
nnka  drought  t[>\.  niiaa,  nnri'iy  yl.y/ar/e-pl.  ni-'inc?. 

e.  Seghol  in  nouns  with  the  feminine  characteristic  n  aflixed  mostly  fill- 
lows  the  law  of  the  vowel  from  which  it  has  sprung,  §21)5;  if  it  has  been 
derived  from  Tsere  it  is  rejected,  if  from  any  other  vowel  it  is  still  in  some 
instances  rejected,  though  more  commonly  it  reverts  to  its  original  form 
and  is  retained,  J^p^i''  sucker  (from  pii^)  })I.  nipp'"',  nnjx  epistle  (from 
IJX)  pi.  niniix,  n^.i.N^^  knife  (from  bss;^)  pi.  ribr^'j,  n^'ririns  reddish 
(from  D-n-anxJ  pi.  m:s'n'3'i>?^,  np;-'^3  nurse  (from  p'^rtJ)  j)l.  mpr^,  nbp->Ui? 
scale  pi.  n^e^pbp  and  nirpbp  .  Pattahh,  which  has  arisen  from  a  Seghol 
so  situated  under  the  influence  of  a  guttural,  follows  the  same  rule.  n~2:3 
rin^-pl.  nira:: ,  n?.j3  (irom  y^:i)  touching  i)\.  ri";3. 

f.  A  few  nouns  with  quiescents  in  the  ultimate  present  apparent  ex- 
ceptions, which  are,  however,  readily  explained  by  the  contractions  which 
they  have  undergone.  Thus  nin  for  I"'^n,  §57.2(5).  thorn,  has  its 
plural  cnin  or  c-'n;n ;  ci-!  (n;i;)  dai/,  pi.  c^i;;  (n^^'',"!) ;  Ti"i^  ('O"?^)  s'rife, 
pi.  Ciiin-2;  -ircj  (irj)  o.r,  pi.  C-'^vJ;  1-Tn  for  V-r  or'n.'.'n,  §  186.  2.' c, /w/,  pi. 
cnw  or  n^^i'n,  §  20S.  3;  pnib  (p;,i^  or  p^ra)  slrtPt,  pl.'c-pid;  -i^i;  {yb  or 
"•?.?)  c//?/.  pi.  once  n-'V?'.  .Tudg.  10:4  usually  contracted  to  :2^yJ  ;  dtin 
(u:n'"i)  head,  pi.  Cilrxn  (c-^irN-i).  So  nxo  measure  becomes  in  the  dual 
D'I'nxo  lor  C'l'rNp  and  tiN'O  o»'3  hundred,  du.  C^PNO  for  C'l'TN':  ;  nbsba 
(naxb^a  ,  §57.  2  (3)  ),  work,  probably  had  in  the  absolute  plural  niDSbig  , 
whence  the  construct  is  iri^Nb^  . 

2.  The  final  consonant  sometimes  receives  Dadiesh-forte 
before  the  added  termination,  causing  the  preceding  Aowel 
to  be  sliortened  from  a  to  t7,  from  8  or  J,  to  /,  and  from  0  or 
u  to  u,  §G1.  5.  Tliis  takes  place  regularly  in  nouns  -which 
are  derived  from  contracted  TJ  roots,  Dn  peifect  fem.  nisn  , 
a';"  sea  pi.  n^^l;  l^ti  (from  135)  s/iieM,  pi.  W'h'g  and  m'srw^, 
fem.  m2 j^ ;  pn  statute  pi.  Q^pn ,  fem.  nj?n ,  pi.  rrpn  ,  or  in 
whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have  coalesced,  ?|J>  for  ^^1:15 
du.  D^£N  ?iose ;  ti?  for  n'J  she-goat  pi.  "CT'S'J ;  n?  for  n^i?  time 
pi.  W'T^'J  and  nin:? ;  tJiJ?  for  irini  maj/,  tii^"K  woman,  and  it 
not  infrequently  occurs  in  other  cases. 

a.  Nouns  with  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  Avith  few  exceptions  double  their 
final  letter,  being  either  contracted  forms,  \h  weak  pi.  C?-  fem.  n^n  pi. 


234  ETYMOLOGY.  §  207 

Pi^'n,  or  receiving  Daghesli-forte  conservative  in  order  to  preserve  the 
short  vowel.  CJX  pool  pi.  c'la^x  ;  so  'jEix  wheel.  D^n  myiile.  ::v^few,  ~nrn 
frighlful.  P"^P"!7  greenish.  "^IN^  desire.  Before  gutturnis  Fattahh  may 
be  retained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  rib  fresh  pi.  n"'nb,  or  lengthened 
to  Kamets,  §60.4.  "I'J  prince  pi.  □"'"Jib  I'em.  nnb ;  so  nirsiJN  fingers, 
ni-'S-iN  four,  cirms  helmets.  n-i^STa  slrails  and  D-^xn^in  baskets,  r^vbb  /oops, 
which  do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  but  are  commonly  referred  to  "'"^W, 
''^ib,  §194.  b,  •<  being  changed  to  S  as  in  §208.  3.  dj  also  li'  breast, 
which  omits  Daghesh  du.  ^'!^'^.  Pattahh  is  in  the  fnllowing  examples 
changed  to  Hliirik  before  the  doubled  letter,  §58.  2,  T2  prey  feiu.  n.js,  nn 
year  lem.  ~nn,  r^  u-ine-press  pi.  rinii ,  no  garment  pi.  C"Vo  and  C^-no , 
Da  tribute,  "b  basin,  T^h  vioisel.  ^"S.  side,  bjbj  v-Jieel,  ri'icbo  baskets, 
D"'iD:p  palm- branches,  ^"lio  threshing-sledge  pi.  n'^5")ia  or  by  the  resolu- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a.  C"';"'";ii^  .  It  is  rejected  from  'li";"4  cymbal 
pi.  D"'!::^^^;,  -,7  sor^  pi.  D'^rT ,  n"''na";.a  berries,  probably  from  "ii"i5  and  0"'5n^ 
men,  from  the  obsolete  singular,  ra .  The  plural  of  cs  people  is  nix:3 
and  in  a  very  few  instances  with  the  doubled  letter  repeated,  c'fcr?  ;  so 
"^h  mountain  pi.  C-inn  and  C^nnri  Deut.  8:9.  bk  shadow  pi.  ^^""4 ,  pPl 
statute  pi.  C'^p?" .  and  twice  in  the  construct,  ""^I^rrn  Judg.  5 :  15,  Isa.  10:  1, 
which  implies  the  absolute  form  CpJlJri . 

6.  The  final  letter  is  doubled  after  Kamets  in  the  following  words  he- 
eides  those  from  V3  root.'?,  cBlx  porch  pi.  C"^5sbN  ;  so  'ir^X  hire,  brs  camel, 
'{Q]  time,  ~t'n73  darkness,  pn"i^  distance,  "Wj?  small,  '\\t.'^  green,  "b?";^ 
quiet,  "|iui'j  lily,  "jEb  coney,  to  which  should  perhaps  be  added  -^p"  Deut. 
8:  15  scorpion,  though  as  it  has  a  pause  accent  in  this  place  which  is  the 
only  one  where  it  is  found  with  Kamets,  its  proper  form  may  perhaps  have 
been  -"^py ,  §05.  The  Nipiial  participle  "li^a  honored  has  in  the  plural 
both  C'^'iSDJ  and  C'nss] .  Several  other  words,  which  only  occur  in  the 
plural,  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  singulars  with  Kamets  in  the  ulti- 
mate ;  but  the  vowel  may,  with  equal  if  not  greater  probability,  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  Pattahh.  Kamets  is  shortened  to  Pattahh  bclbre  n, 
which  does  not  admit  Daghesh-forte,  in  the  plurals  ofnx  brother  pi.  cnx, 
rih  hook,  hd:;^  confulence,  §G0.  4.  a. 

c.  The  following  nouns  with  Hholcm  ia  the  ultimate  full  under  this 
rule,  in  addition  to  those  derived  from  'SV  roots,  '(b^Jpea/c  pi.  crp^a,  Cbnn 
sacred,  scribe,  -^"iH  band,  ci<b  nation,  c'T'>;  naked,  and  several  adjectives 
of  the  form  bb|5.  which  are  mostly  written  without  the  vowel-letter  1, 
§14. 3,  e.g.  C"7N  red  fern.  n^b^N  ,  tD-'^ans  ,  c^'x  terrible,  rp:^  long,  etc.  j 
nb':JN  dunghill  takes  the  form  mnccx  in  the  plural. 

d.  There  are  only  two  examples  of  doubling  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  Shurek,  C^TT?.  Prov.  24:31  nettles  or  brambles  from  '1"in, 
ni*.x-i  Esth.  2  :  9  from  "'ixn  Kal  pass,  part  of  njjn  . 

e.  'CJ"'X  (C3X)  mo7Z  is  not  contracted  in  the  plural  Q''b:x  men;  in  the 
feminine,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  the  initial  weak  letter  is  dropped,  Cd3 
women,  which  is  used  as  the  plural  of  MTi'X  woman;  D"'a"'X  men  and  ncst 
women  are  rare  and  poetic,  rix  j^loughshare  has  either  cipx  or  CriX  in 
the  plural. 


§208  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  235 

§208.  1.  Segholate  nouns,  or  those  which  have  an  unac- 
cented vowel  in  the  ultimate,  drop  it  when  any  addition  is 
made  to  them,  ^66.  2.  (1).  As  this  vowel  arose  from  tlio 
concurrence  of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  end  of  the  Avord, 
the  necessity  for  its  presence  ceases  v/hen  that  condition  no 
longer  exists.  Segholates  thus  revert  to  their  original  form 
of  a  monosyllable  ending  in  concurrent  consonants,  §183. 

2.  Monosyllables  of  this  description  receive  the  feminine 
ending  with  no  further  change  than  the  shortening  due  to  the 
removal  of  the  accent,  in  consequence  of  which  u  becomes  6 
or  more  rarely  ii,  e  becomes  ^  or  more  rarely  c ;  a  may  be 
restored  to  a  from  which  it  has  commonly  arisen,  §183,  or 
like  B  it  may  become  i  or  c,  QSb  (P''-P)  streiifjih  fern.  •"'''32S', 
tJ£n  ((Ssn)  fem.  r\vm freedom,  "rck  {"rck)  saijing  fern,  rho^ 
and  nntiN ,  ?fbb  ( ?jb^ )  linf/  nsb^a  ciacen,  nnb  slaufjUtcr  fem. 
nnn-j . 

a.  Nouns  having  either  of  the  forms  f^^^i?,  ""''^p.,  t^^^P;  ^?-rp) 
nbap,  are  consequently  to  be  regarded  as  sprung  Irom  monosyllables  with 
the  vowel  given  to  the  first  radical. 

3.  Before  the  plural  terminations  a  pretonic  Kamets  is 
inserted,  and  the  original  vowel  of  the  monosyllabic  falls 
away,  tf^'a  ( ^'p'i? )  ]dii(j  pi.  tD'^i'^'Ja ,  nirb^  queen  pi.  riSibtp ,  ^^s 
(n^k)  sayincj  pi.  13^1^^!! ,  nn^«  id.  pi.  riii7?« ,  b?3  (bs'S)  ivork, 
pi.  n^b'^3 ,  K-jn  sin  pi.  tD"kt:n . 

a.  Pretonic  Kamets  is  not  admitted  by  the  numerals  f'-iby  tici'vh) 
from  "b^!  'ejz,  C'^rno  seventy  from  'Jzti^  seven,  di'irn  vinpli/  from  rcn 
nine.  The  words  c''D::3  pislachio-nuls.  nijnn  ebonij.  D"b'.x^  Job  40:21,22, 
crnn  viercies,  a'^^pd  and  ni^pd  st/camores,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
singular,  have  been  regarded  as  examples  of  a  like  omission.  But  there 
need  be  no  assumption  of  irregularity  if  the  first  is  taken  with  Fiirst  fi-om 
nDi:3  ,  the  second  with  Gesenius  fi'om  ''r"'^  ,  r^nd  the  others  are  exflnined 
after  a  like  analogy.  Q,uadrilitcral  Segholates  also  receive  pretonic.  Ka- 
mets in  the  plural  '(IS'33  pi.  n^?r33  merchants,  unless  the  new  letter  creates 
an  additional  syllable,  in  which  case  the  introduction  of  Karnets  would 
prolong  the  word  too  much,  d^b'o  concubine  pi.  D"'v:."bs  ,  ""iQS  nail  c";~iQS  . 

6.  The  superior  tenacity  of  Hholem,  §60.  I.  a  (4).  is  shown  by  the  occa- 
sional retention  of  o,  not  only  as  a  compound  Sh'va  under  guttural.?,  nnx 
ifOT/ pi.  ninns ,  so  d'lri  month,  u;"in  thicket,  "iry  sheaf ,  ^^'J  f mm ;  but  as 


236  ETYMOLOGY.  §  209 

Kainets-Hhatuph  in  d'np  holiness  pi.  o-'On;?  and  ^'^^"1'^^,  ^"^p  mot  pi. 
a-i'b^ia,  §  19.2,  or  as  a  long  vowel  in  hrvk  tentpl  D-'V'Tj!)  "h'"*  ^^"11-  P'-  "^"J^; 
§60.  3.  c,  or  shifted  to  the  following  letter  so  as  to  taUe  the  place  of  the 
pretonio  Kamels  in  ''ril  thumb  pi.  r.iiin2 ,  n:3  brightness  pi.  ninis  , 
§18i.  a.  Comp.  bcQ  (b^^)  graven  image  ])\.  Cp^DQ.  In  otiiernouns  it  is 
rejected.  "i^S  morning  p\.  cnf^a ;  so  'y*  tkreshing-Jioor,  1S3  cypress,  y^p 
hand/ull,  n'c'i  spear,  cnH  juniper,   hl'b  hollow  of  the  hand. 

c.  Middle  Viiv  qiiiesces  in  the  plural  of  the  following  nouns:  r'^  death 
pi.  crrni  ,  nHi::?  iniquity  pi.  ribir.  Gesenius  regards  C^li.^  Prov.  11:7, 
Hos.  9  :  4,  as  tiie  plural  of  IJX,  while  others  derive  it  from  V*^)  translating 
it  riches  in  the  former  passage  and  sorrow  in  the  latter,  the  primary  idea 
out  of  which  both  senses  spring  being  that  of  toil.  Middle  Yodh  quiesces 
in  the  plural  of  b'^K  ram  pi.  c-'B-'X .  n-':  olice  pi.  n"'n-'1 .  b"i^  night  pi.  n'ii-'b  , 
but  not  in  b";in  strength  pi.  n-^b'^n ,  Y.k  fiuniain\)\.  nir^  ,  -i-iy  ass-colt  pi. 
QiVy,  r^n  g-oai  pi.  cb;;!?}.  The  plural  of  N^a  ra//e?/  is  ri^'Nii  by  trans- 
position from  the  regular  form  n"iX"':i  which  is  twice  found  in  the  K'thibh 
2  Kin. 2:  16,  Ezek.  6:3;  n^i  house  has  as  its  plural  c^ra,  whether  this 
be  explained  as  for  t3'^n;3  from  n:2  to  build  or  for  D'nna  from  r^ia  to 
lodge.  Middle  Yodh  always  quiesces  before  the  feminine  and  dual  endings, 
T^k  provision  Cem.  ri^"":?,  'i^i'  eye  da.  ^"^'v^,- 

d.  Monosyllables  in  '^.  from  hb  roots  belong  properly  to  this  forma- 
tion, §57.  2  (4)  and  §184.  '),  and  follow  the  rules  given  above  both  in  the 
feminine  "^Hn  ("['bn)  necklace  fern.  H^bn,  and  the  plural  ""nx  ("l''^^)  lion 
pi.  Di^'iX  and  nl^nx  ,  i-jsi  /c/c/ pi.  C^na,  or  with  the  change  of  "^  to  N, 
§56.  4,  which  also  occurs  in  verbs,  §177.3,  *'bn.  necklace  pi.  fsbn,  "^ra 
simple  pi.  Cii'^na,  D'^ra  and  D''X~Q,  ''b.'S.  gazelle  pi.  0*^^]=:? ,  Q-iKra  and 
nii<::s ;  in  like  manner  n"'i<S3  branches,  C^f^b  lions  arc  referred  to  "^2^ 
and  ""ib  though  these  singulars  do  not  occur;  ""bs  ('^bs)  utensil  does  not 
receive  Kamcts  in  the  plural  n"'b3. 

4.  The  dual  sometimes  takes  a  pretonic  Ivamets  like  the 
plural,  but  more  frequently  follows  the  feminine  in  not  re- 
quiring its  insertion,  t-bi  (nb^)  door  du.  D^nbn ,  tq^^  i^y^) 
loaij  du.  c^in^,  xk  (:i7P)  ^^orii  du.  a:'?'!]?  and  D^np,  ^nb 
cheeh  du.  D^^nb,  xk  {T^)  '^"^^^  ^u.  D^?n3,  so  Q^iriT^,  Q:'%, 

•   -  :  -  »  •   -  t:  'T 

§  209.  When  the  ultimate  is  a  simple  syllable,  the  follow- 
ing cases  occur,  viz : 

1.  Final  n..  is  rejected  before  the  feminine  and  plural 
endings,  rs^  beautiful  fern.  Tk')  f,  pi.  nis^" ,  nfcs^'a  work  pi. 
Dito'52;  so  nsTO  c^?;/;?  du.  ts''.:™ . 

a.  The  last  radical  in  Avords  of  this  description  is  properly  •< ,  which  is 
rejected   after  a  vowellcss  letter,   §62.  2.  c,  so  that  ns^  is  lor  n^S"'   and 


§  209  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OP    NOUNS.  237 

Cii;?/?  n)r  C^^yi'^.  In  a  very  few  instances  llie  radical  "^  rcmnins.  e.g. 
rt'"^:2i;' Cant.  1:7  Vrom  nis»  {'''qV)  n^n^is  Isa.  25:Grroni  nn-s-a  (-fiTSTa) 
and  is  even  strengtliencd  by  L)agiiesli-(brf.e,  §207.2,  f^;-'2  Lanv.  1  :  10 
from  nbia,  r,^-^b  and  rr^b,  §196.6.  lem.  of  ir^Q,  rri'nn  Ho.s.  14:  1,  else- 
where rnnn,  ns  moulh,  edge  pi.  D'^c ,  ni'^D  and  rii'D ,  or  changed  to  X, 
§56.4,  "ba  (^^h'j)  young  lamb  CSt^l?  (c'^bi:;),  so  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  assume  a  sinsrular  "h'^  wliich  no  where  occurs,  ndbn  Ps.  10:8  D^^NDbn 
ver.  10.     See  Alexander  in  loc. 

2.  Final  "'.  may  combine  with  the  feminine  and  pkiral 
endings,  so  as  to  form  n^ . ,  Q"'^ . ,  2n""i^ .  ,  or  it  may  in  the 
mascuhne  plural  be  contracted  to  D"^.  ,  §G2.  2,  ''in^  Ilehreio 
pi.  D'^nns'  and  D"'h^S'  fern,  n'^*?^:?  f.  pL  T\WTJ  ;  -k  shij)  pi. 
c^s  and  a^^:2,  ''rsn/re^  pi.  n->iiJ£n,  ''pa  j!?z^re  pi.  Q'^^ps.  So 
nouns  in  fi"'.  upon  the  exchange  of  the  feminine  singular  for 
the  plural  termination  tr^'^yi^^J  Ammonitcss  pi.  ni^'Si'Ey,  rr^rin 
Ilittitcss  n^'pn. 

a.  In  D"^X"'::'i>'  2  Chron.  17:  11  Arabians  from  '':?"i:;j  an  X  is  interposed, 
elsewhere  D"'-"'?  ;  rii'b'i  branches,  rii'M  corners  and  ri'iSStJ  bowls,  which 
do  not  occur  in  the  t^ingular,  are  assumed  to  be   from  rT'bi ,    T\''^t   and 

b.  A  few  monosyllables  in  ''.  form  their  feminines  in  this  manner, 
though  in  the  masculine  plural  they  follow  the  rule  before  given,  §20S.  3.  (/, 
"ina  kid  fern,  i^-'l"]'; ,  ""Z^  lion,  K^^b  lioness,  §  196.  d,  ''b.'S  gazelle  fcm.  n^ns 
(rr^ra  and  ti^^^  are  used  as  proper  names),  "^r'dl  drinking  fcm.  l^lJ'^'t3 . 

3.  There  are  few  examples  of  final  ^  or  i  with  added 
endings.     The  following  are  the  forms  wdiich  they  assume 
^pin   drink  pi.    D^ipTlJ ,    n^ib^   hingdom  pi.    ni^Db^ ,   ^S  02.  2 
n^n?  icsthnomj  pi.  5ni-i^,  nin«  ^/^Y^r  pi.  inins^  and  rii'-^ns*  for 
nihris? ,    isn  and  Niiin  myriad  pi.  trin") ,    t^^sn^  and  nikhn 
the  dual  D"nn"i  inserts  the  sisrn  of  the  feminine. 

o 

a.  ni'jn.  or  ni^pn  Jer.  37  :  16  cells  is  referred  to  the  assumed  singular 
win;  mrjj  Ifc-a.  3:16  K'thibh  and  mri-r  1  Sam.  25:18  K'thibh  are 
formed  from  1133 ,  Vc;^  abbreviated  Kal  passive  participles,  §  172.  5,  but  in 
the  absence  of  the  appropriate  vowel  points  their  precise  pronunciation 
cannot  be  determined. 

b.  Nouns  ending  in  a  quiescent  radical  ^4  may  be  regarded  as  termina- 
ting in  a  consonant,  since  this  letter  resumes  its  consonantal  power  upon 
an  addition  being  made  to  the  word.  Comp.  §162.  KiJ"??  found  fem. 
nxs^s ,  tf;iD  wild  ass  pi.  ts'^^J'^Q . 


238  ETYMOLOGY.  ^210 

§210.  The  changes,  which  occur  m  the  penult,  arise 
from  the  disposition  to  shorten  the  former  part  of  a  word, 
when  its  accent  has  been  carried  forward  by  accessions  at  the 
end,  §GG.  1.  Tliey  consist  in  the  rejection  of  Kamets  or 
Tsere,  b*n.n  (jreat  fem.  npil^  pi  Qi^i-.l  f.  pL  n^.Si'ra,  -iz^ 
word  pi.  Q^'in^ ,  fn^T  memorial  pi.  nii'iST ,  Ci'ss  wiiir/  du. 
D^sps,  "^i-^-dy^  restoring  pi.  B^n"'"£J^  fem.  ^i^t*^,  "i^'o  distress 
p].  u^'h'm ,  lib  Levite  pi.  □"'^''^.b  ,  except  from  nouns  in  n .  in 
which  the  place  of  the  accent  is  not  changed  by  the  addition 
of  the  terminations  for  gender  and  number,  §209.  1,  MB^ 
hcautifid  fem.  Tk")  pi.  tth'i ,  vrp^  field  pi.  lr,iiii5,  tri^  Ji,ard 
pi.  D^ii'ip,  ni:^  pi.  C'^i/'a  and  nii?^  ^o?6-c/5,  ni;  smitten  pi. 
D"^?,? .  Other  penultimate  vowels  are  mostly  exempt  from 
change. 

a.  Kamets,  wliich  has  arisen  from  Pattalih  in  consequence  of  the  suc- 
ceeding letter  not  being  able  to  receive  Dagliesh-lorte,  as  the  form  properly 
requires,  is  incapable  of  rejection.  Such  u  Kamets  is  accordingly  retained 
without  change  belbrc  "i,  e.  g.  '.^"^n  for  i^'^n,  §  187. 1,  workman  pi.  D"<d'nn, 
Eo  u3n3  Jiorseman,  T^''":'^  fogilii'a,  D''"iO  (const.  Xi'^'^p)  euniicli,  Y''^'^,  terri- 
ble, ■)'''';9  i-iulent,  y^">n  diligent,  or  BJiortened  to  Pattahh  belbre  n, 
§60.  1.  a  (4),  "i^ina  young  man  pi.  fi'^'^Jinja.  Kamets  is  also  retained  in 
certain  W  and  Jiis  derivatives  as  a  sort  of  compensation  for  the  reduction 
of  ihc  root  by  contraction  or  quiescence,  e.  g.  *5^  shield  pi.  C'^iS'O  and 
nib^a ,  vrJ-o  fortress  pi.  D"^-T"a ,  rr^b^  branch  pi.  r.i'n^sT  ,  ni^T  corner  pi.  ni'iT  , 
Other  instances  of  its  retention  are  rare  and  exceptional,  ^133  treacherous 
fem.  nni:3,  V^zd  (const.  V:yq)  week  ii\.  c-rrd  and  nii'-a  but  du.  c^rnd , 
lli'^bd  icarrior  pi.  C''b"'bp . 

Z>.  When  Kamets  following  a  doubled  letter  is  rejected,  and  Daghcsh- 
fbrtfi  is  omitted  in  consequence,  §25,  the  antepenultimate  vowel  is  in  a  lew 
instances  changed  f-om  Hhirilc  to  Seghol,  §61.  5.  '|'i"'-|n  rmou  pi.  ni3i"'Tn, 
'(i-ilB:?  a  tenth  yA.  niinbr;,  but  ",iA:?5'f  memorial  pi.  nii'-.-T . 

c.  T?cre  is  not  rejected  if  it  has  arisen  from  Hhirik  before  a  guttural 
in  a  f)rm  which  properly  requires  Daghesh-forte,  UJnn  for  ^1}n,  §  187. 1.  b, 
deaf  [A.  G'i:;"^n ,  or  if  it  is  commonly  represented  by  "',  §14..'^,  515"3  or 
C|b"'3,  §186, //ammer  pi.  ri'is^"'3.  or  a  radical  ">  quiesces  in  it,  'P'^S  or  "nx 
(from  "r^,  ^IS9)  perennial  pi.  C'>:ri"^x  or  oi;rx,  b^^'^  temple  pi.  c-^^3in 
and  nipr^n,  □■^nd-'^o  iwd  tr'^:'C'0  rectitude,  t:''?"i"'7.  (from 'i^l  or  i''))  proud. 
Other  cases  are  rare  and  exceptional,  e.  g.  C'^bbrx  Neh.  3  :  oi  feeble. 

d.  Hholcm  is  almost  invariably  retained  in  the  penult,  yet  it  yields  to 
the  strong  tendency  to  abbreviation  in  the  following  trisyllables  :  rr^niti^:;** 
Ashdoditess  pi.  nrn^dx  Neh.  13  :  23  K'ri  (K'thibh  m^'illBS).  r^iia?  Ain- 
monitess  pi.  ni'jss'id.  (K'thibh   nT'snay,    1  Kin.  11:   1  ni'3i533.'),  -n"^a 


§211  GENDER   AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  239 

Sidonian  C  pi.  ri*'?'7^  where  long  Hhirik  becomes  Tserc  before  concurrent 
consonants,  §61.  4. 

e.  When  the  penult  is  a  mixed  syllable  containing  a  short  vowel,  it  is 
ordinarily  not  subject  to  change,  §58.2.  The  tendency  to  the  greatest 
possible  abbreviation  is  betrayed,  however,  in  a  lew  examples  by  the  re- 
duction of  the  diphthongal  Seghol  to  Pattahh,  comp.  §00.3.6,  i>3'l'X 
duster  pi.  niib'Jx  Cant.  7  :  8.  rsitJ  chariot  fem.  riisip.  pi.  niizr-i^o  ,  T^i?. 
distance  pi.  □■'i?nn?3  and  D-'pn-na,  or  of. Pattahh  to  the  hriefept  of  the 
short  vowels  Hhirilc,  comp.  §207.  2.  a.  "s:;^!  fury  pi.  nisrby ,  5^it3/o77c 
pi.  niibt-a,  §190.  a,  nn^u  dish  pi.  riinb^.  by  the  resolution  of  Daghcsh- 
forte  for  riin^,  §59. a;  -ri.x  ibr  ^nx  ollter  has  in  the  pkiral  c'1n^:^!  ,  ninnj*. 
as  if  from  "inx ,  rbnj  coal  has  pi.  c^n^  by  §G3.  1. 

§211.  In  forming  the  plural  of  nouns,  ^vliicli  have  a 
feminine  endins;  in  the  sina;ular,  the  latter  must  first  be 
omitted  before  the  rules  already  given  are  applied.  Thus, 
nrib'G'ja  hlngdom  by  the  omission  of  the  feminine  ending  be- 
comes ^^^9^  ,  hence,  by  §  207.  l,its  plural  is  rfzhri-a ;  so  nib)? 
^Z(!^<?/?  becomes  ^bb,  and  by  §208.3.  its  plural  is  ^iib^; 
rin^x  epistle  becomes  "^iis,  and  by  §207.1.  its  plural  is 
rii^iis? .  As  precisely  the  same  changes  result  from  append- 
ing the  feminine  t\^  and  the  plural  endings,  except  in  the 
single  case  of  Segholate  nouns  or  monosyllables  terminating 
in  concurrent  consonants,  §208,  nouns  in  n^  become  plural 
with  no  further  change  than  that  of  their  termination ;  only 
in  the  exceptional  case  referred  to  a  pretonic  Kamets  must 
be  inserted.  Nouns  in  n,  after  omitting  the  feminine  end- 
ing, are  liable  to  the  rejection  or  modification  of  the  vowel 
of  the  ultimate  in  forming  the  plural,  as  explained  §  207. 1.  d. 
and  e.  On  the  other  hand,  as  the  dual  endino;  is  not  substi- 
tuted  for  that  of  the  feminine  singular,  but  added  to  it,  no 
such  omission  is  necessary  in  applying  the  rules  for  the 
formation  of  the  dual,  it  being  simply  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  old  ending  n^  takes  the  place  of  n^ ,  §202.  Thus 
niia  (n:^^)  qjear,  by  §210,  becomes  in  the  dual  □'[ririr,  tm 
door,  by  §  208. 4,  du.  D^nb"^ ,  nffihs  brass  du.  ai'nrn? . 

a.  In  the  following  examples  a  radical,  which  has  been  rejected  from 
the  singular,  is  restored  in  the  plural,  riTsx  (for  f^^^w5)  maid-servaiit  pi. 


240  ETYMOLOGY.  §  212-214 

Pinicx,  r:^  (for  ri';r^  from  ni^s)  pGrlion  pi.  T\i^2'0  and  nixjia ,  comp. 
§208.  3.  f/,  nkp  (for  ni:^^  from  nkf?)  pi.  ri'l'^p;  in  like  manner  nV;3  col- 
leagues is  renewed  to  the  assumed  singular  n33.  nns  (nipjs)  governor 
has  in  the  plural  both  niinp  (const.  niiriQ)  and  nins . 


The  Construct  State. 

§212.  When  one  noun  stands  in  a  relation  of  depend- 
ence on  another,  the  second  or  specifying  noun  is,  in  occi- 
dental languages,  put  in  the  genitive  case ;  in  Hebrew,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  second  noun  undergoes  no  change,  but  the 
first  is  put  into  what  is  commonly  called  the  construct  state 
(^TOD  or  1\^'o^  sii/jjjoried).  A  noun  which  is  not  so  related 
to  a  following  one  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state  (tn^D'i'a 
cut  off).  Thus,  "li'^  zuord  is  in  the  absolute  state ;  but  in  the 
expression  -l  j^n  ni'^  verhum  regis,  the  loord  of  the  Icwr/,  n^'i 
is  in  the  construct  state.  By  the  juxtaposition  of  the  two 
nouns  a  sort  of  compound  expression  is  formed,  and  the 
speaker  hastens  forward  from  the  first  noun  to  the  second, 
which  is  necessary  to  complete  the  idea.  Hence  results  the 
abbreviation,  which  characterizes  the  construct  state. 

a.  The  term  absolute  slate  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin;  he  called  the 
construct  the  slate  of  regimen. 

§213.  The  changes,  which  take  place  in  the  formation 
of  the  construct,  affect 

1.  The  endings  for  gender  and  number. 

2.  The  final  syllable  of  nouns,  which  are  without  these 
endings. 

3.  The  syllable  preceding  the  accent. 

§214.  The  following  changes  occur  in  the  endings  for 
gender  and  number,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  ending  n^  is  changed  to  sn_ ,  r.ns© 
handmaid  const.  finpT»;  the  ending  t\  remains  unchanged, 
n^ratJa  observance  const.  n"ii3t[Jl2 . 


§215  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF   NOUNS.  241 

a.  The  explanation  of  this  appears  to  be  that  the  construct  state  re- 
tains the  old  consonantal  ending  n_ ,  the  close  connection  with  the  follow- 
ing noun  preserving  it  as  if  in  the  centre  of  a  compound  word,  §55,  2.  c; 
whereas  in  the  isolation  of  the  absohite  state,  the  end  of  the  word  is  more 
liable  to  attrition  and  the  consonant  fails  away. 

b.  Some  nouns  in  n^  preceded  by  Kamets  adopt  a  Segholate  form  in 
the  construct,  tiDh'O^  kingdom  const.  nDbriTO  instead  of  nsbo^a,  §61.  1.  6, 
n^irra  dominion  const,  nbirrp,  nisbTO  u-o/7c  const,  nrxb^  ,  rins-ia  chariot 
const'.  ri23-i7a,  nn::5  croum  const.  Tn\^V^  ninb^a»/e  const,  nsnb,  ir^iu? 
ten  const.  m\by  ,  or  with  the  Sejrhols  changed  to  Pattahhs  under  the  influ- 
ence  of  a  guttural,  iinsrTaya/u?/// const,  nnscia,  f.'S'Z']^  four  const.  r^?3*!<; 
BO  X^hz^^  Jig-cake  const.  nb2^;  nax  woman,  though  it  occurs  in  the  abso- 
lute, Deut.  21 :  11,  1  Sam.  28  :  7,  Ps.  53:  9,  is  mostly  used  as  the  construct 
of  mrx  .  On  the  other  hand,  ran  bottle  has  in  the  construct  riTsn  Gen. 
21 ;  14  (the  accent  thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  as  if  from  i^^H. 

2.  The  ending  D"^.  of  tbe  masculine  plural  and  D^.  of  the 
dual  are  alike  changed  to  ''. ,  W^'k^  nations  const.  "M^. ,  D??'!!)? 
/ior?is  const.  ''3'i|? ;  rii  of  the  feminine  plural  suffers  no  change 
riilip  voices  const,  sni^p . 

a.  The  compression  of  2  to  e  regularly  takes  place  upon  its  being  fol- 
lowed by  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  This  is  here  suggested  as  the 
explanation  of  the  change  of  vowel  in  the  plural.  It  results  from  the 
close  connection  of  the  construct  state,  which  as  it  were,  unites  the  two 
words  into  one  compound  term;  thus,  DTia  houses  joined  to  niTJ  hewn 
stone  would  become  riT3n"Pi3,  and  by  the  dropping  of  the  nasal,  accord- 
ing to  §55.  2.6,  rr^TJ  "^na  houses  of  hewn  stone.  Comp.  §199.  e.  In  the 
dual  the  final  nasal  is  likewise  rejected,  and  ay  combines  to  form  the  diph- 
thongal e,  ^bl.  2  (5). 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  vowel  ending  of  the  masculine  plural 
construct  is  added  to  feminine  nouns  ''n'J3  (the  accent  invariably  thrown 
back  by  §35.  1),  commonly  in  the  K'thibh  Tiiaa  const,  of  riiiba  high- 
places,  •^niyx'nia  l  Sam.  26:12;  this  takes  place  regularly  before  suf- 
fi.xes,  §220.2." 

§215.  1.  In  a  mixed  final  syllable  Kamets  is  commonly 
shortened  to  Pattahh :  so  is  Tsere  when  preceded  by  Kamets ; 
other  vowels  remain  without  change,  1^'  /mncl  const.  TJl , 
n-Iritt  seai  const.  si?i)3,  ns^s  nec/c  const.  ^5?^?,  fpT  old  const 
IPl ,  2?  /leart  const,  n?  ,  niaa  mighty  man  const,  ^liaa . 

a.  Kamets  remains  in  the  construct  of  ob^is  porch,  3r3  writing,  'ri^ 
gift,  ~y  cloud  (once  const.  35  Ex.  19:9).  Cjns  decree  and  c^  sea,  e.  g. 
'^^^n"'=,T  •■'ea  of  salt,  except  in  the  phrase  Ti^O  c^  sea  of  weed,  i.  e.  Red 
Sea;  3^n  7/i(7/t  becomes  3^n,  and  '|3b  white  "sb  Gen.  49 :  12  in  the  con- 
struct. 

16 


242  ETYMOLOGY.  §  215 

6.  Tsere  remains  in  ^"cn  Jive  const,  t'irt ,  "ji^  mire  const,  'j|i'^,  HD^ 
breathing  const.  T]hp_  ,  tij^S  heel  const.  -^?. ,  in  the  ^"S  derivative  "(io 
shield  const,  "ii^  and  in  ^ix  found  in  several  proper  names.  It  is  occa- 
sionally shortened  to  Seghol  before  MaUkeph  in  ^2X  mourning  const. 
"b:x  ,  ri;  time  const.  T)V,  "ny  and  "ny,  ca  ?za??ie  const,  n'd.  "ca  and  "ctJ: 
■ja  so?i,  which  in  the  absolute  retains  Tsere  before  MakUeph,  Gen.  30:  19, 
Ezek.  18:  10,  has  in  the  construct  *)3 ,  "a  or  "2.  Tsere  is  shortened  to 
Pattahh  in  a  few  cases  not  embraced  in  the  rule,  viz.:  'j^_  nesl  const,  ""ifs, 
b;?^  T-od  const,  hjs^  and  hp_^ ,  nik  Deut.  32:28  perishing  const,  of  "jflX, 
the  Kal  participles  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  §126.  1,  and  the  following 
nouns  with  prefixed  ^  in  several  of  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  likewise 
chariged  to  Hhirik,  §190.  a,  "ib".^  tithe  const,  "li"'? ,  ^SC^  mourning  const. 
nsp^,  nri2^  keij  const.  tiFiS^g  and  nrsri,  yzi-o  lair  const.  ■73-73,  npa 
clamour  const,  nn'2 ,  "^ai^"^  matrix  const,  "lad^ ,  rindia  corruption  const, 
nnura,  na:ri  a//ar' const.  liaTa. 

c.  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Karaets-Hhatuph  before  Makkeph  in  the 
construct  of  monosyllables  from  V^  roots,  pn  statute  const,  pn  and  "pn , 
rarely  in  other  words  "b'la  Prov.  19 :  19,  Ps.  145 :  8,  Nah.  1  :  3  (in  the  last 
two  passages  the  K'thibh'has  bnj),  "nno  Job  17  :  10,  Prov.  22  :  11,  "l^Jp 
Ex.  30  :  23,  "Dbir  Ex.  21  :  11  ;  this  becomes  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 'in 
"i^aa  for  tnaa  construct  of  tnaa  high,  ba  Iwl  construct  of  b'a  all  occurs 
twice,  viz.  :  Ps.  35  :  10,  Prov.  19  :  7,  without  a  Makkeph  following,  §  19.  2,  a; 
it  must  not  be  confounded  with  ba  kal  Isa.  40 :  12  he  comprehended  pret. 
ofb!ia. 

(/.  The  termination  \  becomes  1.,  in  the  construct,  §57.2(5),  "^n 
enough  const.  *i^ ,  *n  ///e  const,  "^n  . 

e.  Three  monosyllabic  nouns  form  the  construct  by  adding  a  vowel,  ax 
father  const,  ax  Gen.  17 ;  4,  5,  elsewhere  "^ax,  nx  brother  const  "^hii,  2?^ 
friend  const,  nyn  2  Sam.  15  :  37,  1  Kin.  4  :  5.  or  nin  2  Sam.  IG  :  16.  Prov. 
27  :  ]0  K'thibh.  These  may  be  relics  of  the  archaic  form  of  the  construct, 
§218,  or  the  monosyllables  may  be  abridged  from  tib  roots,  §185.  2.  c. 

2.  In  a  simple  final  syllable  n..  is  changed  to  n.. ,  rih 
sheep  const,  nil) ,  rhn  shepherd  const,  ni^'i ,  t^'^^  field  const. 
J^T'E' ;  other  vowels  remain  unchanged. 

a.  This  is  an  exception  to  the  general  law  of  shortening,  which  obtains 
in  the  construct.  It  has,  perhaps,  arisen  from  the  increased  emphasis 
thrown  upon  the  end  of  the  word,  as  the  voice  hastens  forward  to  that 
which  is  to  follow.  In  like  manner  the  brief  and  energetic  imperative 
ends  in  Tsere  in  Kb  verbs,  while  the  future  has  Seghol,  §  168.  c.  An 
analoizous  fact  is  found  in  the  Sanskrit  vocative.  The  language  of  address 
calls  for  a  quick  and  emphatic  utterance ;  and  this  end  is  sometimes  at- 
tained by  shortening  the  final  vowel,  and  sometimes  by  the  directly  oppo- 
site method  of  lengthening  it.     Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramm.  §205. 

6.  MQ  mouth  has  ""Q  in  the  construct. 

c.  Nouns  ending  in  quiescent  X  preserve  their  final  vowel  unchanged 
in  the  construct,  X'n'j;  fearing  const.  i<'n7 ,  xas  host  const.  Nas . 


^216  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  243 

§21G.  1.  Kamets  and  Tsere  are  commonly  rejected  from 
the  syllable  preceding  the  accent,  Dip'a  jy/^ce  const,  dip^ , 
t\2t  ijear  const,  rsiu ,  D^bi^"  i/ears  const,  ''i©,  hinitii!;  ^r(?«5- 
«(jre5  const,  riiisix ,  W^^"^  hands  const,  "'l^,  '2'2)>  heart  const. 
aib ,  n'^n  z^-^f^/^  const,  riian . 

a.  Kamets  preceding  the  accented  syllable  is  retained  (1)  when  it  has 
arisen  from  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  in  consequence  of  the  omission  of 
Daghesh-forte,  ili^n  (for  l^'^n)  workman  const,  ^b^^,  'U'^Q  (^^?)  horse- 
man const.  T^^Q,  raiQ  (na'^E)  vail  const.  risiQ,  tri^  (f^"?^)  distress  const. 
rinii  ;  (2)  in  words  from  IS  and  "^'J  roots,  D'^ns  (from  "i"*:;')  cities  const,  ''t^, 
Cxa  (from  Nia)  coming  const.  ''N3;  (3)  under  a  prefixed  to  "S'J  roots, 
TjCO  (from  T)3D)  covering  const,  "p^,  *|i^  (from  'i??)  shield  const,  'i?^, 
Ti^'TO  (from  \yj)  fortress  const.  lii"53;  (4)  in  rib  derivatives  of  the  form 
n^Vr«  (irom  nb:>)  e.r//e  const,  ri^iba,  r^jn  meditation  const.  n^iSln.  (5)  in  the 
construct  dual  and  plural  of  triliteral  monosyllables  or  Segholates  from 
Nb  and  r!'b  roots,  ti^linb  (from  Tib)  cheeks  const. ''^nh ,  Di^na  (from  "^na) 
/fj'cZs  const,  ■'■^'i.^ ,  Cin:::!  (from  ^"^u)  sins  const.  ''Ni-n  ;  (6)  in  the  follow- 
ing nouns  in  most  of  which  it  stands  immediately  before  or  after  a  guttural, 
§60.  3,  c,  nbx  curse,  T^^V'O  cave,  i^^^^^i  conduit,  and  the  plurals,  "'X'll'n, 
•>ia-in,  i:3-.i3  Y,ev.  ViSSj'-'N^X^,  "lif^i^iiV,  ''ii;J'^i^,  ^b'^-q,  '^'nM  2  Kin.  12:8, 
•'nb'iD  Ezek.'27:9,  •'■]22g  Job'34:25^  ''>?";p?^  '■''i!=?/Eccles.  9:  1,  "'Si^lPi . 

b.  Tsere  is  retained  in  words  in  which  it  is  commonly  represented  by 
the  vowel-letter  "',  or  has  "^  quiescing  in  it.  bbTi  temple  const,  bs'^n,  and 
in  addition  in  the  following,  D^iix  crib  const.  D^3S  ,  so  "liis  girdle,  *|>li3X 
thread,  "^zi  foreign  land  const.  — ^^=3,  't^'^-'^,  loss  const,  nn^x  ,  so  t^-SX  Isa. 
58:10  darkness,  ninS  pool,  nn:a  Ex.  22:2  theft,  n£r>^  plague^  iiz^ri-q 
ooerthrow,ri'^q'^  Gen.  49 :  5  swore/,  nis'?  molten-image,  ■T^"]'?  Job  16:13 
gall,  n73-i?.  heap,  nxa  excrement,  t^z^T\  fig-tree,  ^i'^'^n  deep  sleep. /andi  the 
plurals  "'P^X  inonrning  from  D"''b3X  (b3S),  so  "'ssn  desiring,  "^id^  sleep- 
ing, "'H'^b  and  "■'ni3b  rejoicing,  "^nad  forgetlirg,  ""^XT  wolves  fi-om  t^issf 
(~NT) ;  L'^ra")  weary  becomes  "'i*'?'^   in  the  construct,  and  B"^Bbs  escaped 

f.  Hholem  is  rejected  from  the  syllable  before  the  accent  in  m3^*ix 
const,  pi.  of  "(io'^X  palace,  rib'sdx  and  ri'bsbx  const,  pi.  of  Vs'CX  cluster, 
•^rixn  Cant,  4:5  and  i%:Nn  Cant.  7:4  twins,  inra  from  ni?23  /i/g-A- 
places.  see  §214.  2.  6;  it  is  changed  to  u  in  "'i^^^  from  D'^sbwa  treasures, 
com  p.  §88. 

d.  Medial  Vav  and  Yodh.  though  they  may  retain  their  consonantal 
power  in  the  absolute,  quiesce  in  Hholem  and  Tsere  in  the  construct,  Ti!]n 
midst  const.  Tpn,  ^liibp  cups  const,  niap,  'n'^^  house  const,  n'^2.  t^is^s 
fountains  const.  nir3>,  X']'?  valley  const.  X"'i,  pi.  fn'^'xa  ,  §208.  3.  c,  const. 
nix'^a  Ezek.  35 : 8.  Exceptions  are  rare,  Vl^  (according  to  Kimchi  bir) 
Ezek.  28 :  18  iniquity,  •'3?T^  Prov.  19 :  13  contentions  "iX^S  neck  const. 
nxvj  and  •'nxis  .  ' 

e.  A  few  nouns  of  the  forms  bi:p,  hbp ,  i  :p  have  bap  or  ^'Sp  in  the 
construct  instead  of  ?Kp,  §61.  1.  6,  "i^a  wall  const.  "I'la,  bia  robbery  const. 


•    244  ETYMOLOGY.  §216 

''J?!  m'!It  ^^"'^^  const.  T|'^7.,  ^23  heavy  const,  lis  and  ^133,  tinS  shoulder 
const.  Cini),  ")^5  smoke  const.  "jC?.  and  "ji^^s;,  ^^^  si'cZe  const,  'sh^  and  S^S; 
Tp.X  long-  is  only  found  in  the  construct,  the  corresponding  absolute  was 
probably  Tjl^N ;  Sais  helmet  simply  shifts  its  accent  in  the  construct,  raiD . 
On  the  other  hand,  while  most  Segholate  nouns  sufier  no  change  in  the 
construct,  a  few  adopt  the  form  ^^i?,  "i^n  chamber  const,  "i^n,  V\1  seed 
const,  once  ~y~!}  Num.  11:7  elsewhere  S-'^T  ,  S"IJ3  plant  const.  V'4'^,  .  "i.5'iJ 
foetus  const.  151^  ,  yz'd  seven  const.  "2'j ,  yiin  nine  const.  i'Cri ;  in  like 
manner  bstn  vanity  const.  b::n. . 

2.  When  this  rejection  occasions  an  inadmissible  concur- 
rence of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable, 
§61. 1,  it  is  remedied  by  inserting  a  short  vowel  between 
them,  commonly  Hhirik,  unless  it  is  modified  by  the  presence 
of  gutturals,  bibs  tinUinfj  const,  bisb:?  for  biba ,  D'1■^n'^  loords 
const.  '''i)3'?  for  '''i^'i ,  n^^^  rif/hteousness  const,  fip'i^  ,  pi. 
nip'is  const,  nipns,  ri-bna  ^(?^^5^f  const,  f^'ar^s,  t3^^?Ll  ^oise 
const.  '^i?sn .  In  the  construct  plural  and  dual  of  Segholates, 
however,  the  vowel  is  frequently  regulated  by  the  character- 
istic vowel  of  the  singular  which  has  been  dropped,  comp. 
§208.2,  D^ibia  from  ffq  (^b-b)  kinf/s  const,  ''ib^a,  D-'pni^ 
(t:S'iJ)  tribes  const,  ""h^^^ ,  niina  (-jn^)  tlireslimg-jloors  const. 
nii'ia,  nie'in  (nsnn)  Q-eproaches  const,  riis^n,  o^nb^  (mb'i 
or  nb'q )  folding  doors  const,  ''^^b'^  ^  yet  not  invariably  0"'?^© 
(byirj)  ha7idfuls  comi.  ''b^Tp^  tip^  ^ro2/y/^  (pi.  trinj?^)  const. 
ninptj. 

a.  When  in  the  construct  plural  the  introduction  of  a  new  vowel  is 
demanded  by  the  concurrence  of  consonants,  the  syllable  so  formed  is  an 
intermediate  one,  so  that  the  following  Sh'va  is  vocal,  and  the  next  letter, 
if  an  aspirate,  does  not  receive  Daghesh-lene.  thus,  ^i^^"],  ''r^^,  f^l^^"!?, 
niann  not  ^"^ytl,  "'?^'?  ,  r'inb'n,  m'3"in,  §22.  a.  3.  Exceptions  are  infre- 
quent' as  n^il'N  Deut.  3:  17,  incn  Lam.  3 :  22  but  "i^on  Ps.  S9:  2,  niD-.n 
Ps.  69:10,  •'D-:^  Ezek.  17:9,  ''bp3  Gen.  42:25,  33',  "'303  Lev.  23:18, 
-'•nrs  Isa.  5  :  lb,  n'Piil'l?  Neh.  4  : 7,  •'e'C'i  Cant.'S  :  6  but  -''2-o:n  Ps.  76  :  4.  In 
a  few  instances  Daghesh-forte  separative  is  inserted  to  indicate  more  dis- 
tinctly the  vocal  nature  of  the  Sh'va,  §24.5,  "^p^^n  Isa.  57:6,  '''Zt'J  Lev. 
25:5,  •'iay  Isa.  58:3,  ''i;?^  Gen.  49:17,  np;?^ 'Ps.  89:  52,  nii'^isJ  Prov. 
27  :  25,  or  compound  Sh'va  is  taken  instead  of  simple  for  the  same  reason, 
nir.pd  Gen.  30:38.  The  presence  or  absence  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the 
dual  construct  depends  upon  the  form  of  the  absolute,  thus  ''nsb  from 
D"rsb  lips  but  "'513  from;,  Ci';3"i3  knees.  When  the  concurring  con- 
sonants belong  to  difierent  syllables  a  new  vowel  is  not  needed  between 


§>217  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  245 

them;  one  is  sometimes  inserted,  however,  after  a  guttural,  ''i'^?^, 
niiisia  but  nii'rno.  In  the  opinion  of  Ewald  ■'ttJIi?'?  Ezek.  7:24  is  for 
•'ili^ipii  from  D-'rVirri,  and  ni":ir?^  Ex.  26:23,  36:' 28  for  ni!'iip:a  ;  they 
may  be  better  explained,  however,  as  Piel  and  Pual  participles. 

b.  The  second  syllable  before  the  accent  rarely  undergoes  any  change. 
In  a  very  few  instances  Seghoi  becomes  Hhirik  or  Pattahh,  the  pure 
vowels  being  reckoned  shorter  than  the  diphthongal,  comp.  §210.  e. 
iiiiaiTa  chariot  const.  tnSS'ia.  The  changes  in  f^ilff^Jlanie  const,  rshb 
pi.  rii^nb  const,  ninnb ,  cib'ra  coals  const.  "'Ipna  are  due  to  the  influence 
of  the  proximate  vowels,  §63.  1;  those  in  *(i"'v"  vision  const,  'j'i"^!'!  ,  P'5P13 
coals  const.  n3»"i3  are  consequent  upon  the  dropping  of  Daghesh-forte, 
§61.  5;  that  in  nibnx  (from  ^DX)  ienls  const.  '']?^,^  arises  from  the  con- 
version of  a  simple  into  an  intermediate  syllable,  §59. 

^217.  The  following  table  of  the  declension  of  nouns 
will  sufficiently  exemplify  the  rules  which  have  been  given. 

a.  The  left-hand  page  is  occupied  by  masculine  nouns  and  the  right- 
hand  by  feminine,  the  latter  being,  with  few  exceptions,  derived  from  the 
former,  or  preserving,  as  in  yy  fis?  ,  "lin  nnin  an  outward  correspondence 
though  the  roots  are  different.  There  is  thus  shown  the  formation  of  the 
feminine  from  the  masculine,  as  well  as  that  of  the  plural  from  the  singu- 
lar and  the  construct  from  the  absolute  of  both  numbers  and  genders.  A 
few  examples  are  added  of  the  formation  of  the  dual  and  of  the  inflections 
of  adjectives  and  participles.  The  Piel  and  Hithpael  participles  follow 
the  analogy  of  the  Kal ;  the  Niphal  is  followed  by  the  Pual,  Hophal,  and 
Hiphil.  the  last  of  which  has  in  the  sing.  fera.  nb^apia  or  rhb'^'q  and  in 
the  plural  niBiapsa,  ni^-'ai^a. 


Declension 

SiNGULAE. 

Plueal. 

Absol. 

Constr. 

Absol. 

Constr. 

Garden. 

]^ 

15 

trii 

^ii 

Fish. 

T 

^i 

•  T 

'i? 

Guard. 

T    ;    ' 

^7bir5a  . 

D^'nCT72 

^•^7^1^53 

Vengeance. 

^fe 

Djbp 

«=^'^l?? 

^7bpp 

Cloud. 

)?? 

n? 

•T  ~: 

^Dpy 

Heart. 

nib 

T" 

^5^ 

D^nnb 

•  T  : 

^inb 

Flower. 

V?- 

f^ 

Q^SIP 

'^.3 

Tree. 

Y? 

r^ 

n^is:^ 

'2^?; 

"Wall 

lia 

"  T 

n^r. 

or  1*3 

Ci'^it!? 

'3 

Suckling. 

pbr 

PP.'i^ 

D^pDi^ 

'fep'i: 

luterpreter. 

T"?'^ 

•f^7J 

D^rb5: 

'i^'^'-? 

Statute. 

pn 

pH 

Q^pn 

^prt 

Turtle-dove 

.      ^in 

lin 

onh 

^np 

Memorial. 

linst 

"pnST 

d-^bhijT 

'?."'^?r 

King. 

^^^ 

•  T    ; 

'^^^5 

Hiding-place.      ^/HC 

'^inQ 

•   T  : 

":^P 

Strength. 

n±v 

t)?"i' 

•  T  t: 

Death. 

^2 

V    T 

ni^b 

D^lni7j 

^ni7a 

Hebrew. 

^nny 

^nn5'    C3'^tiS5  or  d^ni:? 

'^.??? 

Appearance 

•  ^^y^ 

»^^"?"i? 

rri^'rq 

'^7i? 

SiXGULAK. 

Dual. 

Plueal. 

Also  I.          ( 

Oonstr. 

yl&SO?. 

Constr. 

Absol. 

Constr. 

Palm. 

-k 

fi§ 

ni:55 

'S3 

ni£5 

nis3 

Hand. 

1' 

T 

1^ 

•    — T 

■  ^"Jir 

T 

r.ii;' 

Wing. 

h;? 

fii? 

D^Sp!) 

'?r5 

nis:3 

T  ; 

nisjS 

Tooth. 

1^ 

i^' 

D-^STIJ 

^275 

Foot. 

hS 

i;,-! 

D^brn 

^ 

n^b:n 

•  T  : 

Ear. 

IF 

T!^ 

^".i]^ 

^p.TJJ 

Eye. 

f- 

"?* 

^".T^. 

'r? 

T  -: 

nir? 

Lip. 

T     T 

rs'iiJ 

D^nsb 

^r)?'^ 

nifis'izj 

Mns\r 

24G 


OF  Nouns. 

SiNOULAE. 

Plueal.               1 

AJ)Sol. 

Constr. 

Aisol. 

Constr. 

Garden. 

n23 

T  — 

r.35 

nii'S 

nih 

Fish  (collective 

.)       tiji 

n^-i 

T 

ni:fl 

Observance. 

Trjr^'2       Trf,yz'2 

niT^Ti::^ 

Vengeance. 

r  It  : 

5^'=)f? 

i^.'^^ip? 

ni-!;:pp 

Cloud  (collective.)       »1j*Z^ 

nj::?' 

T  -: 

ni::^ 

Sin. 

T    — 

nj^ibn 

T    — 

mj^tsn 

Flower. 

nk? 

n^p 

nikp 

ni^p 

Counsel. 

T   " 

^^? 

nii:? 

tr^ii 

Wall. 

n^^a 

i^^^^' 

nintia 

nin" 

Sucker. 

^VtT^'' 

^P  P."^^ 

nipsi; 

nipp^ 

Poem. 

T    •    : 

n^^b'.: 

in'ii^b:^ 

niii^bg 

Statute. 

^l?^! 

rijjn 

riipii 

riipri 

Law. 

nnin 

nnin 

ninin 

mi^in 

Skull. 

ribsbs 

^baba 

nibsbs 

nibaba 

Queen. 

nib:^ 

T  :   — 

5^4^"^ 

T    : 

riiib/j 

Hiding-place. 

T   :   • 

nnnp 

T  : 

sninrp 

Strength. 

—   :  T 

T  t: 

:  r 

Kingdom. 

T^bh'2 

S^^ib"^ 

mi^sb'^ 

ni^^sb^j 

Hebrew-woman,       JTl'^nll^' 

n^nn:^ 

ni^nns' 

ni^^in:^ 

Vision. 

T  :  — 

r\k'r,2 

rii^"!'^ 

nij^n-^ 

Adjectives    and    Paetioiples. 

Singular. 

Plttral. 

Masc.            Fein. 

Ifasc. 

Fern. 

Many. 

'^      nrin 

D^nn 

niin 

Small. 

1^1?     ^^^^1? 

n^itip 

ni3t:p 

Heavy. 

^i3     nins 

••  T                   T  ••  ; 

ni"75? 

niin!) 

Great. 

biia     rib'iia 

T                T       : 

D^b'iiri 

nibi-ia 

Deep. 

m  -i?t? 

t3*p"r?; 

nip!a3> 

Kal  act.  part. 

bt:p      nb'ipi!) 

or   flbtjp 

D"bbp 

Dibtpj:? 

Kal  pass.  part. 

b^t:p    nb'itjp 

n-'b'rjp 

nib^t:p 

Niplial  part. 

bcbpD     nbi:p3 

or  r^bt:pp 

I3"bbpp 

^'i-^i?.^ 

247 


248  ETYMOLOGY.  §218,219 


Paragogic  Vowels. 

§218.  The  termination  ■>.  or  i  is  sometimes  added  to 
nouns  in  the  construct  singular,  §61,  C,  "'33  Gen.  49  :  11  for 
15,  •'nsbia  Isa.  1  :  21  for  rs?bti,  ^^^'^  Lam.  1  : 1  for  nan, 
iS'^BTC^  Ps.  113  :G  for  b-^STTia,  in^n  Gen.  1:24  for  n^n. 
This  occurs  chiefly  in  poetry  and  is  regarded  as  an  archaism. 
These  vowels  for  the  most  part  receive  the  accent,  and  com- 
monly occasion  the  rejection  of  Pattahh  or  Tsere  from  the 
ultimate. 

a.  Examples  of  this  antique  formation  of  the  construct  are  likewise 
preserved  in  proper  names,  as  p'lk—'Sb^  Melchizedek,  nVuisina  Methuselah. 
Respecting  the  origin  of  these  vowel  endings,  see  §  198.  a  (4). 

§219.  1.  The  unaccented  vowel  ti^  added  to  nouns  in- 
dicates motion  or  direction  towards  a  place,  njiss  northvard, 
ns;^?  soitthoard,  np'^is  heavenward,  <°in/an  to  the  house, 
olKovde,  rnnn  to  the  mountain,  whence  it  is  called  He  directive 
or  He  local.  The  subsidiary  vowel  of  Segholates  is  rejected 
before  this  ending,  §CG.  2  (1),  but  other  vowels  are  mostly 
unaffected,  nsnh'  from  l^K ,  ni^ns?  from  f  ns? ,  nninnp  from  nn^tj , 
nnsnia  1  Kin.  19  -.  15  from  the  construct  state  Wia. 

a.  He  directive  is  appended  to  the  adverb  lab  there,  f^BiiJ  thither,  and 
to  the  adjective  ^"'pn  profane  in  the  pecuh'ar  phrase  f^^"'r^  ad  profanum 
i.e.  be  it  far  from,  etc.  It  is  rarely  used  to  indicate  relations  of  time, 
na^ii  ni»^T3  1  Sam.  1  :  3  from  days  to  days  i.  e.  yearly,  nnoibd  Ez:el<. 
21  :  19  for  the  third  time,  nns  now  prop,  at  (this)  time.  For  the  sake  of 
greater  force  and  definiteness  a  preposition  denoting  direction  is  some- 
times prefixed  to  words,  which  receive  this  ending,  so  that  the  latter 
becomes  in  a  measure  superfluous,  ri^^'^ib  upwards,  ^'^'Cl)  downwards, 
nnniiab  2  Chron.  31  :  14  to  the  east,  nblKC^  Ps.  9 :  18  fo  Sheol,  comp.  aTro 
fiaKpo^ev. 

b.  The  ending  ii^  rarely  receives  the  accent  nn^lM  Deut.  4:41;  in 
n"ix  ns'ia  it  receives  in  some  editions  an  alternate  accent,  §42.  a,  in 
others  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  §33.  1.  a.  In  rrnr!  Gen.  14:  10  and 
riD^S  a  is  changed  toe  before  this  ending.  §63.  1,  in  njnn  Ezek.  25:  13, 
nnj  1  Sam.  21:2  the  vowel  of'  the  ending  is  itself  changed  to  e. 

c.  He  directive  is  probabjiy  to  be  traced  to  the  same  origin  with 
the  definite  article  Si,  whose  demonstrative  force  it  shares.     The  syl- 


§220  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  249 

lable  rt  is  prefixed  to  a  noun  to  single  out  a  particular  thing  from  all 
otliers  of  lilvc  land  as  the  object  of  attention.  Appended  to  a  word  ita 
weak  guttural  would  be  rejected  and  its  vowel  prolonged  to  ti^ ,  §53.3; 
and  in  this  form  it  is  added  to  nouns  to  point  out  the  object  or  direction  of 
motion,  and  to  verbs  to  indicate  tic  object  of  desire,  §97.  1.  In  Chaldee 
tliis  appended  vowel  forms  what  i?  called  the  emphatic  state,  and  has  the 
sense  of  the  definite  article,  T\^h  king,  nsbTO  or  Nsb^  the  king. 

2.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  nouns,  par- 
ticularly in  poetry,  for  tlie  purpose  of  softening  the  termina- 
tion without  affecting  the  sense,  §G1.  G. 


Nouns  with  Suffixes. 

§  220.  The  pronominal  suffixes,  whose  forms  are  given 
§72,  are  appended  to  nouns  in  the  sense  of  possessive  pro- 
nouns, ""i)  hand,  ""i^  my  hand,  etc.  They  suffer,  in  conse- 
quence, the  following  changes,  viz  : 

1 .  Of  the  suffixes,  which  begin  with  a  consonant,  '^ ,  D3 , 
p  of  the  second  person  are  connected  with  nouns  in  the  sin- 
gular by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  ^3  of  the  first  person  plural  and  ^ 
of  the  second  fern,  singular  by  Tsere,  and  ^n ,  n ,  D ,  "j  of 
the  third  person  by  Kamets ;  ^n^  is  invariably  contracted  to 
i,  rarely  written  n",  §62. 1,  and  r^,  to  r^, ,   §101.2. 

a.  There  is  one  example  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  before  the  full  form 
of  the  pronoun,  X"'h  '•'•c^^  her  days  Nah.  2:  9. 

b.  First  person:  ^3  is  in  a  few  instances  preceded  by  Kamets,  ^iriiHb 
Ruth  3:2,  !l3C-ip  Job  22:20. 

Second  person.  The  final  vowel  of  ?]  is  occasionally  expressed  by  the 
vowel  letter  n,  nan^  Ex.  13  :  16,  ^=^'^'3  Jer.  29:25.  In  pause  the  Sh'va 
before  :;  becomes  Seghol,  §65,  '<^'^hi  Gen.  33:5,  •.n=S3  Ps.  139:5,  or 
Kamets  may  be  inserted  as  a  connecting  vowel,  particularly  after  nouns 
in  n^ ,  whereupon  the  final  Kamets  is  dropped  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  like  sounds,  T(5n  Ps.  53:6.  In  the  feminine  the  connecting  vowel  e 
is  rarely  written""',  Tfr^'-!^  Ezek.  5:  12;  ■".,  which  belongs  to  the  full 
form  of  the  pronoun,  §71.  a  (2),  is  sometimes  added  lo  the  suffix,  "^^r^n 
Jer.  11:15,  "'DD'ina  Ps.  1 16 :  19,  "'S'^irs  2  Kin.  4 : 7  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri 
has  Tj";^:  .  Sometimes  the  distinction  of  gender  is  neglected  in  the  plural 
and  CD  is  used  in  place  of  the  feminine  ';  ,  B=."'"i<.  Gen.  31:9,  2D3TX, 
cbTli'pa  Jer.  9: 19;  n^  is  sometimes  added  to  the  feminine  suffix  as  to  the 
full  pronoun,  njira^  Ezek.  23:49. 


250  ETYMOLO'SY.  §  220 

i 

I 

Third  -person.  The  connecting  vowel  before  lln  and  Ji  is  occasionally 
e,  irib-^rb  Gen.  1:12,  Wirsb-^Q  Judg.  9:'B4,  sin'jb  Nah.  l':  13,  sinniLs  Job 
25:3,  so  ins")  from  ^n  and  ini?"]^  from  vjyq  and  frequently  with  nouns  in 
n. ,  ^Tik-y-q  and  i^i-iTi  from  nxn^,  sin-^it  from  nnb,  ininia,  Jink,?;  e  does 
not  occur  before  the  plural  D  unless  it  is  represented  by  the  vowel-letter 
•'  in  DTinsT^  2  Chron.  34 : 5  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri  has  cninaiia  ;  it  is 
once  found  in  the  fern,  plural  nja'np  Gen.  41:21.  The  form  n'  in  the 
masc.  sing,  is  commonly  reckoned  an  archaism,  i^'^f^J*  Gen.  12:8,  M'"iiTa 
Ps.  42:9,  nSs  Jer.  2:21,  so  several  times  in  the  K'thibh  nT'3?,  nmo  Gen. 
49:11,  nnxisn  Ex.  22:4,  nrxiOD  Ex.  22:26,  nsOJ  Lev.  23:13,  nirbuJ 
2  Kin.  9:25,  nnsizn  Ezek.  48: 18,  where  the  K'ri  in  each  instance  sub- 
stitutes i.  In  a  few  instances  the  consonant  is  rejected  from  the  femi- 
nine, n  being  retained  simply  as  a  vowel-letter;  v/here  this  occurs  it  is 
commonly  indicated  in  modern  editions  of  the  Bible  by  Raphe.  fi"i^""iy  Lev. 
13:4,  hJJwn  Num.  15:28,  or  by  a  Masoretic  note  in  the  margin,  fiiirx 
Isa.  23:17,  18  for  Pi::nN;  once  K  is  substituted  for  n,  n^s  Ezek.  3'6:'5'. 
The  longer  forms  of  the  plural  suffixes  en ,  "jti  are  rarely  affixed  to  nouns 
in  the  singular,  'sT\r\zh  Gen.  21:28,  'nabia  Ezek.  13:17,  '(nr^iruj  Ezek. 
16:53,  or  with  the  connecting  vowel  Kamets,  cribs  2  Sam.  23:6,  or  with 
n^  appended,  f^J^fs  1  Kin.  7:37,  njniin  Ezek.  16:53.  The  vowel  n^  is 
also  sometimes  added  to  the  briefer  form  of  the  fern,  plural,  '^J';'^^  Gen. 
21:29,  n:^3  Gen.  42:36.  The  distinction  of  gender  is  sometimes  ne- 
glected  in  the  plural,  n  or  Cin  being  used  for  the  feminine,  C33  Cant. 
4:2,  6:6  for  ',^'3,  ^hPT,  Jot*  1  :  14  for  'h^^Tr 

c.  The  nouns  ~x  father^  Hj<  brother,  HB  moulh  take  the  ending'',  be- 
fore suffixes,  as  they  do  likewise  in  the  construct  state,  ?|"^^S ,  C3"':s  ;  ''.  of 
the  first  person  coalesces  with  this  vowel,  ""SX,  TiX,  "'Q  and  in  of  the 
third  person,  commonly  becomes  1  §62.2,  I'^^SX,  1''n'J)  ^^h  more  frequent 
than  ^in-^isx,  ^n-^riN,  iin^s .  In  ^I'a  Zeph.  2:9  the  vowel-letter  "^  of  the 
first  person  suffix  is  dropped  after  the  final  "^  of  the  noun. 

2.  The  masculine  plural  termination  D"".  and  the  dual 
D?.  are  changed  to  ''..  before  suffixes  as  in  the  construct  state ; 
the  same  vowel  is  likewise  inserted  as  a  connective  between 
suffixes  and  feminine  plural  nouns,  §214.  2.  ^.  This  ''^  re- 
mains unchanged  before  the  plural  suffixes ;  but  before  Tj  the 
second  masc.  singular  and  H  third  fem.  singular  it  becomes 
''.. ,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  the  diphthongal  vowel 
is  resolved  into  '^. ,  which  combined  with  *».  the  first  singular 
forms  ''. ,  with  1\  the  second  feminine  ^?. ,  and  with  ^n  the 
third  masculine  T'^ ,  §62,  2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  suffixes  are  appended  to  feminine  plurals 
without  the  vowel  \  or  its  modifications,  "ipinn  2  Kin.  6:8  for  ""rJnp , 
"^rhv  Ps.  132: 12  for  "^nny,  T]n'3T9  Deuf.  28:59  for  'T'n'3'9 ,  T|b'i''r]'«  Ezek. 


^  321  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  251 

16 :  52  for  Tj'inrris ,  sninst  and  dn-ipiix^ ,  crrnx  Ps.  74 : 4,  dnxbn  ,  tinia'in , 
cnnaT^ ,  orhs^.  On  the  otlier  hand,  suffixes  proper  to  plural  nouns  are 
occasionally  appended  to  feminine  nouns  in  the  lingular,  perhaps  to  indi- 
cate that  they  are  used  in  a  plural  or  collective  sense,  ITiCTirt  Lev.  5:  24, 
T^in^nn  Ps.  9:15,  ^''nssb  Ezek.  35:11,  TC^^^'i  Isa.  47:13.' 

b.  The  vowel-letter  "^  is  not  infrequently  omitted  after  plural  and  dual 
nouns,  rpnn  Ex.  33:13  for  ?l"^=>"i"7 ,  oin^  Ps.  134:2  for  ni-'n^,  "ini^  Ex. 
32:19  K'Vhibh  (K'ri  I'^'i^'a),  "n^i'  1  Sam.  18:22  K'thibli  (K'ri  'i'^^'^^v), 
cn::ia  Gen.  10:5  for  nn"^']"'?,  iri^^r)  Gen.  4:4  for  ■|n"^3^n . 

c.  Second  person.  The  vowel  "^^  remains  unchanged  before  the  fern, 
sing,  "n  in  T\^y^.^  Eccl.  10;  17  and  with  n  appended  :  nnrx^^  Nah.  2:  14. 
Sometimes,  as  in  the  full  pronoun,  *'.  is  appended  to  the  fern.  sing.  sufRx 
and  n^  to  the  plural,  t'^i^s^ibnh  Ps.  103:3,  :"in':*n  ver.  4,  njiininDS 
Ezek.  ^3: 20. 

Third  person.  The  uncontracted  form  of  the  masc.  sing,  irr^  occurs 
in  !in"ini3j  Nah.  2:4  for  I'^'^'iaa ,  sin-^n^  Hab.  3:10,  in-'r?  Job  24:23; 
ehu  =  aihu  by  transposition  of  the  vowels  becomes  auhi  =  aki  "^ini  which 
is  found  once  "^nibTOjiO  Ps.  116: 12,  and  is  the  ordinary  form  of  this  suffix 
in  Chaldee.  The  final  a  of  the  fem.  sing,  is  once  represented  by  S, 
t<ri"f5"'riX  Ezek.  41:15.  In  a  few  instances  n^  is  appended  to  the  plural 
of  either  gender,  n^ani^X  Ezek.  40:16,  riJn'^n'fia  Ezek.  1:11,  and  i  to 
the  abbreviated  masc.  D,  i^-in^X  Deut.  32  :'37,  i^'^nat  ver.  38,  i^-'SS  Job 
27:23.  ia^SQ  Ps.  11:7. 

3.  The  suffixes  thus  modified  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


appended  to 

SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

Ic.    2  m.    2/   3  m.   8/ 

Ic. 

2v\     2/.       3  TO. 

3/. 

Sing.  Nonns 

'.   ^,   \.    i  K 

^3.. 

^5:        15:            ^r 

Dual  and 
Plur.  Nouns 

■  -.  T...  T- 1\  or,. 

^''\. 

D5\.  ")5\.  Sm\. 

|-'.. 

^221.  Certain  changes  likewise  take  place  in  nouns  re- 
ceiving suffixes,  which  arise  from  th  disposition  to  shorten 
words,  which  are  increased  at  thee  d,  §66.1.  These  are 
as  follows,  viz. : 

1.  The  grave  suffixes,  §72,  D?,  )^,  on,  )T}  shorten  the 
nouns,  to  which  they  are  attached,  to  the  greatest  possible 
extent.  Before  them,  therefore,  nouns  of  both  genders  and 
all  numbers  take  the  form  of  the  construct,  ai^  /leai-f,  oi^^^ 
^oiir  heart,  "jnanb  their  hearts;  ^s^  Up  du.  Dnirsto  pi. 
Dri'^ninBTp  their  lips. 

a.  Cn  6Zoo(i  becomes  Ds^'n  and  ^^  hand  Cia'i^. 


252  ETYMOLOGY.  §  221 

2.  feminine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  take  the 
construct  form  before  the  light  suffixes  likewise,  with  the  ex- 
ception that  in  the  singular  the  ending  ri.  becomes  ^^  in 
consequence  of  the  change  from  a  mixed  to  a  simple  syllable, 
§  59,  HETT  lijj,  ihsir  Ms  lijj,  Dnsb  t/teir  lij),  ^^Hnsu)  %  lips, 
1^nir£to  Ms  lijjs. 

a.  If  the  construct  has  a  Scgholate  form  it  will  experience  the  change 
indicated  in  5,  n!id73^.  const,  nbc:^'?  suf.  itnbcr73  .  If  two  consonants 
have  coalesced  in  tlie  final  letter,  it  will  receive  Daghesh-forte  agreeably 
to  6,  ina  from  n?,  "irrox  from  nrs,  *.  Tjnsa^  l  Sam.  1G:15  from  the  fern, 
of  nija^  ,  §  205.  6. 

b.  In  a  few  exceptional  instances  the  absolute  form  is  preserved  before 
suffixes,  •'nbsa  Isa.  26:19  from  nifns  but  ^n^^?,  ln^='';  "^r^^  Cant.  2:10 
from  ns";  const,  rs';' ;  so  ''nbx ,  I'^nnna ,  'i"'nnn-i ,  Dbinbnu  but  const. 
rinu,  comp.  dn"'!;^  const,  "^b-o. 

3.  Masculine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  on  receiv- 
ing light  suffixes  take  the  form  which  they  assume  before  the 
absolute  plural  termination,  si^  /learf,  ''i^b  wy  Mart,  ^^^^ 
thy  Mart,  ^2*'?^'p  our  Marts. 

a.  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  is  shortened  to  Hhirik  or  Seghol  before  ^, 
CD,  -,3,  e.  g.  T^:3,  D3C':|]?:3,  D:b|373 ,  or  with  a  guttural  to  Pattahh,  '^^nx, 
cbbxa,  though  wilii  occasional  exceptions,  'f^^,*3S  Isa.  22:21,  ^jn^ij 
1  Sam,  21:3,  i]X.53  from  XE3.  Before  other  suffixes  it  is  rejected  from 
some  monosyllables,  which  retain  it  in  the  plural,  "icUJ  from  D'^  plur. 
nia^,  133  from  ',2  plur.  D-'ia  but  ""^a ,  ?ii3,  "h"},^  ^?^'n. 

4.  Dual  nouns  retain  before  light  suffixes  the  form  which 
they  have  before  the  absolute  dual  termination,  'V\ysq  my  lips, 
OTsto  our  lijjs,  ""bTij  my  ears,  'i3''?TX  our  cars;  D^'in)?  and 
^i^.'^'^  Mr?2s,  T'b'ij?  and  '°\'^\'^'^  Ids  Mrns. 

5.  Segholate  nouns  in  the  dual  and  plural  follow  the 
preceding  rules,  but  in  the  singular  they  assume  before  all 
suffixes,  whether  light  or  grave,  their  original  monosyllabic 
form  as  before  the  feminine  ending  n^ ,  ^208,  ^^"a  Jciny, 
'^^b'n  my  Mny,  DS^'p'a  your  hivg ;  "jTS  ear,  "'itsj  my  car;  in 
like  manner  IH)??.'!'^  sucker,  isnif?"!^  Ms  sucher. 

a.  When  the  first  radical  has  Hholem  in  the  absolute,  Hhafeph-Kamets 
or  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  sometimes  given  to  the  second  radical  before  suf- 


§222  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  253 


xcs,  l^3.'Q  and  i'it^B  from  hvJD,  'fis::,;?  Hos.  13:14,  witli  Daghesh-forte 
^parativ'e!  ilssp  Ezek  26:9.  ^hp  'I'Kin.  12:10,  i'iao  Isa.  9:3,  iiao 
er.  4:7;  n52  g^ar»ienMias  ■''7?3,  "iiSS  instead  of  "''^53,  ^^^^. 


fixt 
sef 
Jer 

6.  Middle  Yodli  and  Vav  mostly  quiesce  in  e  and  0  before  suffixes,  '^i'^S 
from  'i^k  eye,  "^nia  Irom  nio  death;  but  nn"^^  Gen.  49:11  from  "i"^? 
young  ass,  in^a  Isa.  10: 17  from  nyiJ  ^/toni,  "ils^?  Ezek.  18:26,  33: 13  from 
bis  iniquity. 

c.  Triliteral  monosyllables  sometimes  shift  their  vowel  from  the  second 
radical  to  the  first,  tiius  assuming  the  same  form  with  Segholates,  comp. 
§1S4.  a.  "^bn^  from  u:i^ ,  "^h^-q  from  C=':J.  but  iilins  from  ^."^3 ;  T^^bs  from 
■'r'3  ;  ■'h''°  )  T''^  5  '=??"'?;  '^'i"'^  but  tni'nQ  from  '^'nD  ;  i'^ao ,  ^?^^  but 
oi/n'J  li-om  "^zii.  By  a  like  transposition  n=33S  Ezek.  36:8  is  for  ciS3S 
from  Jibs. 

d.  The  noun  "ili^X  blessedness,  which  only  occurs  in  the  plural  con- 
struct and  with  suffixes,  preserves  before  all  suffixes  the  construct  form, 
tiindx ,  ii^-rx  not  ni-i'rx ,  T'-'idx  . 

6.  Nouns  in  whose  final  letter  two  consonants  liave 
coalesced,  or  wliicli  double  their  final  letter  in  the  plural, 
§207.  2,  receive  Daghesh-forte  likewise  before  suffixes,  the 
vowel  of  the  ultimate  being  modified  accordingly,  ''•T^  and 
^h  from  T37  (root  Tb),  D^pa  from  nn  (P:a),  J^i:n«  from 
•jinx  (pi,  D"'33nN). 

a.  3!'^X  lattice,  b^"n3  garden,  -r^C^  refuge,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
plural,  take  Daghesh-forte  before  suffixes;  ri2i^  has  in  the  plural  tiinsttj 
but  before  suffixes  inaui ,  Dbnad;   ",3  (root    'is)  base  has  ''13,  i:3 . 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  final  liquid  is  repeated  instead  of  being 
doubled  by  Daghesh,  comp.  §207.  2.  a,  "^-nn  Jer.  17:3.  "^^-ri  Ps.  30:8, 
D-inn  Gen.  14:  6  from  nri;  ibbs  Job  40: 22 'and  "^^  from  hk';  Ti'i^llJ  Ezek. 
16:4  and  ""i"^^  Cant.  7:3.  Once  Dnghesh-forte  is  resolved  by  the  in- 
sertion of  3,  n"'.3Ty:a  Isa.  23:  11  for  f^'"^:!^"^,  §54.  3. 

7.  Nouns  ending  in  n..  drop  this  vowel  before  suffixes 
as  before  the  plural  terminations,  §209.1,  Trm  jield  ''ito, 
T^yi ,  fi^ia ;  nbjpp  cattle  ^^^^ . 

a.  The  vowel  e  commonly  remains  as  a  connecting  vowel  before  suP' 
fixes  of  the  third  person  singular,  §220.  1.  h ;  and  in  a  few  instances  the 
radical  "^  is  restored,  giving  to  singular  nouns  the  appearance  of  being 
plural,  n*>ii;:»  Isa.  22:11,  n^^nBi:  Hos.  2 :  16,  cri^^is  Isa.  42:5,  nib  sAee;j 
becomes  i'^b  or  'in^b. 

§222.  The  following  examples  of  nouns  with  suffixes 
wiU  sufficiently  illustrate  the  preceding  rules  : 


Paradigm  or 

N 

OUNS    WITH 

Suffixes. 

SiNGULAE. 

heart      Ishb 

r  •• 

kirij 

^    ^= 

queen     {iSb'^ 

hand     1^ 

T 

Gomt. 

nnb 

n^l 

nsb:a 

-J. 

Sing 

1  c.   my      ' 

u 

"S^"^ 

(1 

'^?r'^ 

a 

•  r 

2  m.  thy      ' 

'     ?|nnb 

u 

^?b^ 

11 

^r^2b^ 

u 

^: 

2/.   thy      ' 

'  ^ 

u 

^#5 

u 

^r)#^ 

a 

'a: 

3  m.  his       ' 

r  ; 

u 

iib^j 

u 

ihsb:j 

u 

It 

3/.   her      ' 

T  T  : 

u 

T  ;  — 

u 

r  T  :  — 

u 

Tr 

Plur 

.  1  c.   our      ' 

•'  T  ; 

a 

^:?^"5 

u 

r^nsb:^ 

(( 

^3^"^ 

2  m.  your    ' 

■    D3==b 

u 

eisb:^ 

u 

s^^5^'5 

u 

13?T 

2/.    your    ' 

•      l?==i 

a 

psb-:3 

a 

-|Srob:a 

u 

1?/: 

3  m.  their    ' 

'     Dn:2b 

T  T  ; 

u 

Dib::i 

T  :  — 

u 

Qhsb:^ 

T  T  :  — 

u 

TT 

3/.   their    ' 

'    li?^ 

P] 

LITE  A  L. 

(( 

"ihsbT^ 

1  r  T  :   - 

D 

Irr 
UAL. 

hea 

rts  u^h^b 

•  T  : 

kings  D^5b7J 

queens  m^b/J 

hands  W;"!^ 

CoTWf. 

^inb 

'?^^ 

nibb:^ 

'"^r 

Sing 

1  c.  my       ' 

'      "i?^ 

li 

—  r    ; 

a 

"^nisb/j 

a 

— T 

2  m.  thy       ' 

'    T^?^ 

u 

l1^^ 

u 

^^hisb^j 

u 

Tl: 

2/.   thy       ' 

'    T5^^ 

u 

Tj^bbx3 

a 

•q^nis^^ 

u 

TX^ 

3  m.  his       ' 

T  T  : 

u 

T  r    : 

u 

rnrb-:i 

T        :  — 

u 

TT 

3/.   her      ' 

'      O'^T? 

u 

M'5b:j 

T       V  T     : 

u 

n^niijb:^ 

u 

T      VT 

Plur 

.  1  c.   our      ' 

(C 

"  T    ; 

a 

^rnibb-^ 

u 

2  m.  your    ' 

'  tDb-nnb 

1( 

s5"3b^ ' 

u 

Db^nibb'^ 

a 

ss'j;' 

2/.    your     ' 

'     l^'^T^ 

u 

1^'5^"^ 

u 

"(S'^nisba 

u 

]T^^ 

3  m.  their    ' 

'  Q^^^^ 

u 

nn^^b/j  - 

u 

Dn^nisb/^ 

u 

^'^^T 

3/.   their    ' 

'  17^?^ 

u 

17^5^^ 

u 

-,ri^ni^b7j 

u 

WT 

254 


§223 


NUMERALS. 


255 


Numerals. 

§223.  1.  The  Hebrew  numerals  (^sDisn  ni^t»)  are  of 
two  kinds,  cardinals  and  ordinals.  The  cardinals  from  one 
to  ten  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Alsol. 

Constr 

AhsoL 

Constr. 

One 

T    V 

ih^ 

th^ 

Vim 

Two 

n^/yj: 

^?.^ 

D;ri'ij 

-n-^ 

Three 

T       ; 

nigH'^J 

r 

tb"^ 

Four 

T   r  ;  — 

n^i-^^ 

^t"^^? 

yi-^t^ 

Five 

T    •  -: 

Ti'^tn 

••    T 

^'i?'j 

Sis 

T      • 

Ti'O^ 

iriD 

dir 

Seven 

T    ;    • 

t\bz-6 

3''5'J 

•jtrji 

Eight 

r;ib\!j 

n:b"^ 

nib"^ 

rSm 

Nine 

T.b'uiPi 

Tain 

riijn 

Ten 

T  T  -: 

^7??? 

^'^? 

ibi? 

a.  ^nx  is  for  ':n.^.  §63.  I.  a ;  the  Seghol  returns  to  Pattahh  from 
which  it  has  arisen,  upon  the  shortening  of  the  following  Kamets  in  the 
construct  and  in  the  feminine,  rnx  for  nnnx,  (^54.  2,  hut  in  pause  nnx; 
nns  occurs  in  the  absolute  in  Gen.  48:  22.  2  Sam.  17:22,  Isa.  27:'"]2, 
Ezek.  33  :  30,  Zech.  11 :  7,  and  once  in  Ezelc.  33  :  30.  The  pkiral  Q'^'inx 
is  also  in  use  in  the  sense  of  one,  Gen.  11:1,  Ezek.  37  :  17,  or  some.  Gen. 
27  :  44,  29  :  20.     Comp.  Span.  unos. 

Cirn:;  is  for  d'^nia;  for  the  Daghesh  in  n  sec  §22.  Z>y  this  is  once 
omitted  after  Daghesli-forte,  "^rii-'^a  Judg.  16  :  28. 

A  dual  form  is  given  to  some  of  the  units  to  denote  repetition,  C'^ri"a"i5< 
fourfold,  C^nrSD  seveifold. 

nysir  occurs  once  witli  a  paragogic  syllable,  f^ij'^d  Job  42:  13,  and 
once  with  a  suffix  in  the  form  cmnd  2  Sam.  21 :  9  K'ri. 

2.  In  all  the  Semitic  languages  the  cardinals  from  three 
to  ten  are  in  form  of  the  singular  number,  and  have  a  femi- 
nine termination  when  joined  to  masculine  nouns,  but  omit 
it  when  joined  to  feminine  nouns.     The  explanation  of  this 


256  ETYMOLOGY.  §  224, 225 

curious  plienomenon  appears  to  be  that  they  are  properly  col- 
lective nouns  like  triad,  decad,  and  as  such  of  the  feminine 
gender.  With  masculine  nouns  they  appear  in  their  primary 
form,  with  feminine  nouns,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  they 
undergo  a  change  of  termination. 

a.  An  analogous  anomaly  meets  ns  in  this  same  class  of  words  in  Indo- 
European  tongues.  The  Sanskrit  cardinals  from^^re  to  to?,  though  they 
aoree  in  case  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  belong,  are  in  form  of  the 
neuter  o-ender  and  in  the  nominative,  accusative  and  vocative  tliey  are  of 
the  singular  number.     In  Greek  and  Latin  they  are  not  declined. 

§224.  ^h.Q  Q.^x(]ii\d[^  i]:cim  eleven  io  nineteen  are  formed 
by  combining  "ifc^  or  tHw  modifications  of  the  numeral 
ten  with  the  several  units,  those  which  end  in  n^  preserving 
the  absolute  form  and  the  remainder  the  construct.     Thus, 


Masculine. 

^ 

T  r 

nn« 

EIgvgii 

\ 

T   T 

^ra? 

m        1 

\ 

T   T 

Q-^bii: 

Twelve 

~ 

*-T^V 

^?.'^' 

Thirteen 

r  r 

T      : 

Fourteen 

T  r 

n^-nn^ 

Fifteen 

T  T 

T  •  -: 

Sixteen 

T  r 

T        • 

Seventeen 

T  r 

n^'rjj 

Eighteen 

T  T 

T        : 

Nineteen 

ni'trn 

F  E  BI I  N  I  N  E  . 

•^i^*^? 

TT^^ 

l-n^v 

''^^'? 

rnw 

a-n-i)' 

rnw 

^fe"^ 

Tnw 

t% 

nntr^ 

^'^"^^ 

fSw 

TTrn 

^H^^. 

■irii: 

r^^w 

:^yd 

J^^'"^? 

nbb^ 

rnw 

yirn 

a.  The  origin  of  "^P)'-^? ,  the  alternate  of  Inx  in  the  number  eleven^  is 
obscure.  R.  Jona  thinks  it  to  be  an  abbreviation  for  "iil'3  •'nui  li'  next  to 
twelve.  Comp.  Lat.  vndeviginti,  nineteen.  Kimchi  derives  it  from  T\t'$ 
to  think,  ten  being  reckoned  upon  the  fingers,  and  eleven  the  first  number 
which  is  mentally  conceived  beyond. 

-,bs  wrin  fifteen  occurs  Judg.  8 :  10,  2  Sam.  19 :  18,  and  -las  wa'a 
eighteen  Judg.  20  :  25. 

§225.  1.  The  tens  are  formed  by  adding  the  masculine 


§226,227  NUMERALS.  257 

plural  termination  to  the  units,  D'^nto?  twenty  being,  however, 
derived  not  from  two  but  from  ten  "ii»?  . 


Twenty- 

Q^Siriy 

Sixty 

D"^"©!!} 

Thirty 

D^'irb;p 

Seventy 

Q-yni^ 

Forty 

D^:bn'pN 

Eighty 

Q-' 5531:0 

Fifty 

Q'tJ^n 

Ninety 

D^i?-a:n 

a.  These  numbers  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  feminine,  and  are  used 
indifierently  with  nouns  of  either  gender,  nn'tos  Ex.  18  :  21,  25,  Deut.  1: 15 
means  not  twenty  but  tens. 

2.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  the  con- 
junction )  and ;  the  order  of  precedence  is  not  invariable, 
though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  earUest  writers  of  the 
Old  Testament  commonly  place  the  units  first,  e.  g.  D'^IBT^ 
n"'i2JizJn  two  and  sixty  Gen.  5  :  18,  while  the  latest  writers  as 
commonly  place  the  tens  first,  D!^?'i^^  D'^'ip  sixty  and  two 
Dan.  9:25. 

\  226.  Numerals  of  a  higher  grade  are  n&j^a  one  himdred, 
v]^^  one  thousand,  ninn ,  iiin  or  «iii'n  ten  thousand.  These 
are  duplicated  by  affixing  the  dual  termination  D^^J^i?''?  two 
hundred,  D^sbs  two  thousand,  D^'fiisn  or  ni3"i  ''Piy  twenty 
thousand.  Higher  multiples  are  formed  by  prefixing  the 
appropriate  units  trk)2  lij^d  three  hundred,  D'^sbib?  msb© 
three  thousand,  ms^zin  tjizj  sixty  thousand,  D'^s^^  v]^N  one 
million. 

§227.  1.  The  ordinals  are  formed  by  adding  ''.  to  the 
corresponding  cardinals,  the  same  vowel  being  likewise  in- 
serted in  several  instances  before  the  final  consonant ;  'jics'i 
first  is  derived  from  T^'2J5n  head. 


First 

■jtij^n 

Sixth 

•^"^IB 

Second 

^3  4? 

Seventh 

^Tr^ 

Third 

^iD^bip 

Eighth 

^T'?^ 

Fourth 

"r^*? 

Ninth 

^'Tt7\ 

Fifth 

^TT-^/jn 

or  ^^isn 

Tenth 

"^VUJ? 

17 


258  ETYMOLOGY.  §  228, 229 

The  feminine  commonly  ends  in  XT' . ,  occasionally  in  ti^ . . 

a.  There  are  two  examples  of  the  orthography  *)ia^xn  Josh.  21:10, 
Job  15  :  7,  and  one  of  ')iO''"i  Job  8  :  8,  in  all  of  which  the  K'ri  restores  the 
customary  form. 

2.  There  are  no  distinct  forms  for  ordinals  above  ten, 
the  cardinal  numbers  being  used  instead. 

3.  Fractional  numbers  are  expressed  by  the  feminine 
ordinals,  riiiD"'bia  09ie  third,  tT'2f"'^n  one  fourth,  etc.,  and  by 
the  following  additional  terms,  ysn  one  half,  yi^  and  ynn  one 
quarter^  "tdh  one  fifth,  'ji'if  3?  one  tenth. 

Prefixed  Particles. 

§228.  The  remaining  parts  of  speech  are  indeclinable, 
and  may  be  comprehended  under  the  general  name  of  par- 
ticles.    These  may  be  divided  into 

1.  Prefixed  particles,  which  are  only  found  in  combina- 
tion with  a  following  word,  viz.  the  article,  He  interrogative, 
the  inseparable  prepositions,  and  Vav  conjunctive. 

2.  Those  particles,  which  are  written  as  separate  words, 
and  which  comprise  the  great  majority  of  adverbs,  preposi- 
tions, conjunctions,  and  interjections. 

a.  No  word  in  Hebrew  has  less  than  two  letters;  all  particles  of  one 
letter  are  consequently  prefixes.  There  is  one  example  of  tv/o  prefixes 
combined  constituting  a  word  bn  Deut.  32:  6,  though  editions  vary. 

The  Article. 

P29.  1.  The  Definite  Article  (n^-'^^n  Nn)  consists  of 
n  with  Pattahh  followed  by  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  letter 
of  the  word  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  tj^^b  a  Icinr/,  ^^'i^n  the 
king. 

a.  As  the  Arabic  article  J(  is  in  certain  cases  ftillowed  by  a  like 
doubling  of  the  initial  letter',  some  have  imagined  that  the  original  form  of 


§229  THE    ARTICLE.  259 

the  Hebrew  article  was  in  and  that  the  Daghesh-forte  has  arisen  from 
the  assimilation  of  b  and  its  contraction  with  tlie  succeeding  letter.  Since, 
Iiovvever,  there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  ibrm,  it  seems  better  to  acquiesce  in 
the  old  opinion,  wliich  has  in  its  favour  the  analogy  of  other  languages, 
that  the  article  n  is  related  to  the  personal  pronoun  NW,  whose  principal 
consonant  it  retains,  and  that  the  following  Daghesh  is  conservative,  §24.3; 
comp.  the  demonstrative  particle  Nn  and  sn  behold!  In  ST'in  Jer.  29:23 
K'thibh  (if  read  y'l'^in)  the  article  may  perhaps  be  found  in  an  unabridged 
form  ;  the  K'ri  has  ?^"i'n .  The  Arabic  article  is  supposed  to  be  found  in 
the  proper  name  nninbx  Gen.  10:  26,  li'^ijix  hail,  the  equivalent  of  ti'^'Z'l, 
and  possibly  in  n^ipbs'Prov.  30:. '?1. 

b.  There  is,  properly  speaking,  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew,  al- 
though the  numeral  Tlix  one  is  so  employed  in  a  few  instances,  as  if^aj 
nnx  a  prophet  1  Kin.  2o':'l3. 

2.  If  the  first  letter  of  the  word  have  Sh'va,  Daghesh- 
forte  may  be  omitted  except  from  the  aspirates,  §25,  ">ii"n, 

^'yqr\  but  nbnan,  nDnsn. 

3.  Before  gutturals,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh-forte, 
§00.  4,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets ;  the  short  vowel 
Pattahh  is,  however,  commonly  retained  before  Ji  and  n ,  and 
sometimes  before  V ,  the  syllable  being  converted  into  an  inter- 
mediate, §20.  2.  a,  instead  of  a  simple  one,  ^T}^r} ,  "^-^O ,  t2!^?0 
Gen.  15:11,  v'-qy^  but  n^^nn,  i?^hn,  -j^yn  Jer.  12  : 9. 

o.  The  article  very  rarely  has  Kamets  before  n,  Tin  Gen.  6:19, 
C^jann  Isa.  17  :  8  ;  in  a  very  few  instances  initial  N  quiesces  in  the  vowel 

of  the  article,  TjOSOxn  Num.  11:4. 

4.  Before  n  with  Kamets  or  Hhateph-Kamets,  Pattahh 
is  changed  to  Seghol :  before  n  or  V  with  Kamets,  it  is 
likewise  changed  to  Seghol  if  it  stands  in  the  second  syllable 
before  the  accent,  and  consequently  receives  the  secondary 
accent  Methegh,  .w,  Dinn,  D^i:3nnn,  D-inrin,  D-inyn. 

a.  This  change  very  rarely  occurs  before  X,  ^^ixn  Mic.  2:7.  When 
n  is  followed  by  Kamets-Hhatuph.  Pattahh  remains  nirnn. 

6.  The  article  does  not  usually  affect  the  vowels  of  the  word  before 
which  it  stands;  in  "ifi  inounlntn  and  C$  people,  however,  Pattahh  is 
changed  to  Kamets  to  correspond  with  the  vowicl  of  the  article  ""nf^,  crn, 
63  I'-iJ;  earth  but  7"l!*n  .  The  plurals  of  bn'x  fe7it  and  cnp  holiness  with- 
out the  article  are  D-BrtX  Gen.  25:27,  D"'liJ'i|^  Ex.  29  :  37,  hut  with  the 
article  t:->Bnx2  (for  C■'^^^{^3)  Judg.  8:11,  n-'O-Jpn  Ex.  26  :  33,  §208.  3  6  : 


260  ETYMOLOGY.  §  230,  231 

nxi?  pe/tcan  Isa.  34:  11,  Zeph.  2  :  14.  is  pointed  nxjsn  Lev.ll:18,  Deut 
14  :  17  upon  receiving  tiie  article. 

5.  When  preceded  by  the  inseparable  prepositions  the 
letter  n  of  the  article  is  mostly  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given 
to  the  preposition,  §53.  3,  n'!hm  for  D^'Q'iSna,  see  §231.  5. 


He  Interrogative. 

^230.  1.  The  letter  n  (nb'ijii^n  ^5^)  may  also  be  pre- 
fixed to  words  to  indicate  an  interrogation ;  it  is  then  pointed 
with  Hhateph-Pattahh,  1\)?2r\  shall  we  (jo  ?  s?^rTi?bn  is  he  not  ? 

2.  Before  a  vowelless  letter  this  becomes  Pattahh,  §  Gl.  1, 
nbiTDH  Gen.  34  :  31,  ^^Td^rs  Job  18  :  4,  ^nsn  Jer.  8  :  22. 

a.  Tlie  new  syllable  thus  formed  is  an  intermediate  one,  §23,  and  the 
succeeding  Sh'va  remains  vocal,  as  is  c^hovvn  by  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  such  forms  as  cm'n^n  Gen.  29:5.  In  order  to  render  this  still 
more  evident  recourse  is  frequently  had  to  Daghesh-fbrte  separative, 
§24.5,  'ifen  Gen.  17:17,  nri^r;22n  IS  :21,  Methegh,  §45.2,  born  Judg. 
9  :  2,  nVdrn  Job  38:  35,  or  compound  Sh'va,  §  16.  3.  h,  nb-isn  Gen!  27:  38. 

h.  He  interrogative  has  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  one  instance 
before  a  letter  with  a  vowel  of  its  own,  3I5■l';'t^  Lev.  10: 19. 

3.  Before  gutturals  it  likewise  usually  becomes  Pattahh, 
?FVi5n  Ex.  2  :  7,  ni^^^n  2  Kin.  6  :  22,  "T^b-^nn  Jer.  2:11,  nyn 
Hag.  1:4. 

a.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  He  interrogative  with  Kamets  be- 
fore X,  orxn  Judg.  6:31,  "^n-naxn  Judg.  12:5.  ir-'sn  Neh.  6:11. 

4.  Before  gutturals  with  Kamets  it  is  changed  to  Seghol, 
-ia«n  Ezek.  28  :  9,  rhy\r\  Joel  1  :  2,  D=nn  Eccles.  2:19. 


Inseparable  Prepositions. 

§  231.  1.  The  prc(positions  3  in,  3  according  to,  ^  tOy  are 
regularly  prefixed  with  Sh'va,  tT'ti?S5'i3  in  the  beginning y  ^33 
according  to  all,  Drnnj^b  to  Abraham. 


§  232  INSEPARABLE    PREPOSITIONS.  261 

2.  Before  vowelless  letters  this  Sli'va  is  changed  to 
Hhirilc,  Tp."}^  for  ?^^?73  ,  biij^b  for  bc^b ,  nhns  for  nn^s . 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  compound  Sh'va  it  is  changed 
to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  '''iss ,  biiKb ,  "^nna . 

a.  Initial  X  qiiicsces  in  the  following  words  after  the  inseparable  pre- 
positions. §57.  2.  (2)  a,  "pTX  masler  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
''inx  Lord.  D'^ti'^x  God,  and  also  in  ihe  inf.  const.  "it>t  to  say  after  b. 
•'inxa,  I'pxs,  n^in.xb.  ^nxb,  n-'n'bxa  for  n-'ri'bsa  the  Segliol  lengthened 
to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable,  in'^xb  but  niPX^,  "irisb  but  "iBNfl,  "i^N3. 
Before  the  divine  name  m.T^  the  inseparable  prepositions  are  pointed  as 
they  would  be  before  "^shs.  or  C^n'bx,  whose  vowels  it  receives.  §47,  mJT'b 
Gen.  4  :  3,  n^ir^b  Ps.  6S  :  21.  '" 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirilc  give  up 
their  vov^^el  to  the  preposition  and  become  quiescent,  "^"'2X3  Isa.  10:  13  for 

ni2.s3,  ',inn'i3  Eccles.  2:  13  for  •|'i"^n":3. 

4.  Before  monosyllables  and  before  dissyllables,  accented 
upon  the  penult,  these  prepositions  frequently  receive  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §  04.  2,  n^«3 ,  r.s^b ,  mbb . 

a.  This  regularly  occurs  with  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  of  fs  ,  *'S  ,  "?» 
•T^  and  "^'s  verbs  when  preceded  by  b,  e.  g.  nirib,  nrb,  nnnb.  drh  ^  S'^'^i^ ; 
also  with  different  forms  of  the  demonstrative  HT  and  with  personal  suf- 
fixes; and  with  monosyllabic  or  Segholate  nouns  when  accompanied  by 
disjunctive  and  especially  pause  accents.  Beibre  the  pronoun  ni  what 
they  are  commonly  pointed  ^533,  nas,  msb'  or  followed  by  a  guttural, 
nab. 

5.  Before  the  article  its  Si  is  rejected  and  the  vowel 
given  to  the  preposition,  nins  for  "li^^is ,  f  "^^^  for  n^s^^  > 
D^iina  for  o'lnnna . 

a.  n  not  infrequently  remains  after  3,  Bi'liS  Gen.  39: 11.  more  rarely 
afler  the  other  prepositions,  cynb  2  Chron.  10 :  7.  The  initial  n  of  the 
Hiphil  and  Niphal  infinitives  is  occasionally  rejected  in  like  manner, 
TT^aii-b  Am.  8 :  4  for  n-^acnb,  "iBcsa  Prov.  24 :  17  ibr  i'icsna, 

§232.  The  preposition  yc^from,  though  used  in  its  sep- 
arate form,  may  also  be  abbreviated  to  a  prefix  by  the  assim- 
ilation and  contraction  of  its  final  Nun  with  the  initial  letter 
of  the  following  word,  which  accordingly  receives  Daghesh- 
forte,  ^■i'^^  for  l^'fi  yQ .     Before  n  Hhirik  is  commonly  re- 


262  ETYMOLOGY.  §  233, 234 

tained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  but  before  other  gutturals 
it  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  X^n-q  for  y^h  ya  ,  y'\i^'n ,  J^l^n^ ,  D?^ . 

a.  "{0  is  sometimes  poetically  lengthened  to  ''1^,  and  once  has  the 
form  oi'  a  construct  plural,  ''S^  Isa.  30  :  11. 

§  233.  These  prepositions  are  combined  with  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  in  the  following  manner : 

Singular. 

3/.    ni  nb'  ni'js  tisis/j 

"  T  T  T  r  TV* 

Pliteal. 

T  T  r  V    • 

2m.  Din  nib   n53,DDta  divj 

V    T  V  T  V  T    '  V  :  V     • 

s«i.   Di,n;in    i:bb,dhb  DTO.Dhto  Dns^j.Dti'j 

3/.   -jrin,  "jnn  "jnb  —  -^'q 

a.  The  syllable  irj  inserted  between  5  and  the  suffixes,  and  which  is 
in  poetry  sometimes  added  to  D,  3  and  b  without  suffixes  to  convert  them 
into  independent  words,  i^3 ,  ittS,  i^b ,  is  commonly  thought  to  be  re- 
lated in  its  origin  to  the  pronoun  irn  what,  so  that  "'li^S  would  in  strict- 
ness denote  like  what  I  mn,  i.  e.  like  me.  The  preposition  *,^,  with  the 
exception  of  some  poetical  forms,  reduplicates  itself  bed're  the  light  suF- 
fixes,  ""SSis  =  •'?'3?^ .  Comp.  a  similar  reduplication  of  a  short  word,  •>a"'a 
or  "^h  construct  of  D^a  water. 

Vav  Conjunctive. 

§  234.  The  conjunction  and  is  expressed  by  1  prefixed 
with  Sh  va,  tjcn"! ,  yy^^^} .  Before  one  of  the  labials  2 ,  tt , 
B,  §  57.  2  (1),  or  before  a  vowelless  letter  Vav  quiesces  in 


§235  SEPARATE    PARTICLES.  263 

Sliurek,  "j^i^,  ?Fr^^,  n^?^^,  ^'^t^r?'?^.  Before  a  vowelless 
Yodli  it  receives  Hliirik,  in  which  the  Yodh  quiesces,  cniprD , 
'^n'^'} .  Before  a  guttural  with  compound  Sh'va  it  receives  the 
corresponding  short  vowel,  ''bi^i ,  TiTi^n ,  ^^'n^ .  Before  mono- 
syllables and  dissyllables  accented  on  the  penult  it  frequently 
receives  a  pretonic  Kamets,  ^nhi ,  nb^bii ,  ^'^^ . 

a.  After  Vav  with  Shureic,  compound  Sli'va  is  sometimes  eubsti- 
tuted  for  simple  Sh'va  in  order  to  indicate  more  distinctly  its  vocal 
character,  snn  Gen.  2:12,  "''ir'pnr^?  Ezek.  26:21,  nnyoji  1  Kin.  13:7, 
•'pjSJ  Jer.  22:20. 

b.  Vav  receives  Hhirik  before  He  followed  by  Yodh  in  the  forms 
firiiTin,  l^riT,  cr"'';'ni,  I'^ni  2  plur.  preterite  and  imperative  of  the  verba 
H'n  to  be  and  rr^n  iu  live;  before  the  2  masc,  sing,  imperative  of  the 
Eame  verbs  it  has  Seghol,  f^!)^,!),  >^2^2-  ^°''  '""-O,.})  '^'-"«- 

c.  K  quiesces  after  Vav  conjunctive  as  after  the  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, §231.  3.  a.  in  "|T1X  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
•^inx  Lord  and  C^ri'^s  God,  ''inx] ,  ''Dnx] ,  ''h^xi ,  ""'Jl'^-^l  the  Seghol 
being  lengthened  to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable.  Hence  also  fijin^j 
when  mn"'  has  the  vowels  of  "^nN  .  A  very  few  instances  occur  in  which 
^t  with  Pattahh  and  "'  with  Hhirik  give  up  their  vowel  to  Vav  conjunctive 
and  become  quiescent,  "ilU^'Ni  Zech.  11:5  for  "layxi,  ny^-^T  Jer.  25 :  36 
for  nb?-''!. 


Separate  Particles. 

ADVERBS. 

§  235.  1.  A  few  adverbs  of  negation,  place  and  time,  are 
commonly  classed  as  primitive,  although  they  are  probably 
related  to  pronominal  roots,  as  b^?  and  ii'5  not,  DW  t/iere, 
TX  t/ie?i. 

a.  It  is  natural  to  suspect  that  the  pronominal  root  h,  which  gave  rise 
to  the  near  demonstrative  bx  ,  HiX  these  and  to  the  prepositions  indicative 
of  nearness  or  approach,  b  to,  bx  unto,  and  which  has  a  remote  demon- 
strative force  in  fii<^''7  ijonder.  beyond,  may  also  be  the  basis  of  X3  and  bx 
the  idea  of  remoteness  taken  absolutely  forming  a  negation.  The  same 
idea,  in  a  less  absolute  sense,  may  be  traced  in  .the  conditional  conjunction 
1^  if.  The  pronoun  HT,  of  which  probably^  J  is  originally  only  a  modi- 
fication (comp.  the  relative  use  of  siT,  §73.  1),  is  plainly  connected  with  TK 
at  that  time  and  CO  in  that  place. 


264  ETYMOLOGY.  §  236 

2.  Derivative  adverbs  are  formed 

(1.)  By  affixing  the  terminations  D,  or  D*,  D?''2Si  and 
D312K  tridij  from  "J^i?  i'/'«if//,  Dsn  gratuitously  from  ipt  grace ^ 
Oai""  ^y  ^«j/  from  Di'''  ^«:y,  DJ^'^'n  in  vain  from  P'''b  em^jti/,  Disna 
suddenly  from  yns  mome^it,  Dicbis  ^/^^  ^«y  before  yesterday 
from  tJSiO  ///re<?. 

(2.)  By  abbreviation,  as  tjs  surely,  only  from  ptj. 

(3.)  By  composition,  as  "sy^a  ivhy  ?  from  "Syr  sra  gf^^zW 
edoctuSy  t'6'J^'^'n  from  above  from  'J'a ,  >  and  fi'^S?^ . 

3.  Besides  those  adverbs,  Avhich  are  such  originally  and 
properly,  other  parts  of  speech  are  sometimes  used  as  ad- 
verbs.    Thus 

(1.)  Nouns,  '^'!^^  miylitily,  exceedinyly  prop.  miyJd,  H'^no 
around  prop,  circuit,  "T^V  again  prop,  repetition,  CSX  no  more 
prop,  cessation;  with  a  preposition,  1^5)23  exceedingly,  ^nb 
<x^«r/  prop.  ^0  separation,  or  a  suffix  l^n;^  together  prop,  2?«  2^5 
K^zzow.  Compare  the  adverbial  accusative  and  adverbial 
phrases  of  Greek  and  other  languages. 

(2.)  Absolute  infinitives,  which  are  really  verbal  nouns, 
nt2in  loell  prop,  rectefaciendo,  nann  much,  "iJj''Q  quickly. 

(3.)  Adjectives,  particularly  in  the  feminine,  which  is 
used  as  a  neuter,  3ii3  toell,  nitj&in  at  first,  tr^'^.V.  the  second 
time,  riin  and  nin  onuch,  n^i^n^^  in  Jewish  i.  e.  Hebrew,  tniy^, 
in  Aramceic,  ni^bsp  wonderfully. 

(4.)  Pronouns,  MT  /^<?r(?,  now  prop,  i'/^/s  2jlace,  this  time, 
nsn  //z7/^(?r  prop,  /o  these  places,  with  a  preposition  t\2  thus 
prop,  according  to  it,  15  50  perhaps  for  "jns  according  to  these 
things,  though  others  explain  it  as  an  adverbial  use  of  the 
participle  1?  right,  true,  Ms  here  probably  for  is  in  this 
(place). 

§236.  A  few  adveifps  are  capable  of  receiving  pronom- 
inal suffixes,  as  in  or  nir^  behold,  lis?  yet,  *'i?  luhere,  to  which 
mav  be  added  'J';?!?  there  is  not  prop,  non-existence  and  tj;;' 


§237  PREPOSITIONS.  265 

there  is  prop,  existence.  As  the  idea  of  action  or  of  exis- 
tence is  suggested  by  them,  they  take  the  verbal  suffixes, 
frequently  with  3  epenthetic.     Thus 

1.  niin.  First  person  *'b:n,  ''rin  and  ^3irt;  ^i:n,  ^ssri 
and  ^;jn ,  Second  person  masc.  Vjsn  once  HDsn ;  oirn ,  fern. 
'^X'^.     Third  person  iin  and  ^niri;  Dsn. 

2.  Ti:?.  jP/fA'if  person  ^if^V  and  ''ii^;  once  with  plitr. 
iriiS'  Lam.  4:17  K'ri.  Second  person  masc.  'n'liy  fem.  tfiis?. 
Third  person  masc.  ^s^iy ,  DT>  fem.  •^sV's!' . 

3.  ''i?.  Second  person  ns^x  .     Third  person  "r^)^ ,  C^i? . 

4.  1':'^' .  First  person  ''ib^x  .  Second  person  masc.  Tiri;? , 
Dips*,  fem.  ^rs*.  Third  p)erson  masc.  ^3pi? ,  Drx  and 
i^a-^b^:  fem.  rop&i . 

5.  TlJ."^ .  Second  person  ^i^;-}^ ,  DiT^.;i  and  "d-ytT) .  77«W 
person  i2i3^ . 

Prepositions. 

§237.  1.  The  simple  prepositions  in  most  common  use, 
besides  the  inseparable  prefixes,  §231,  are  chiefly  ^n^? 
behind,  after,  "^sj  to,  tmto,  birx  beside,  ris?  luith^  X'^  betioeen, 
"bh^.  without,  ^ya  through,  tbi^  except,  "sVl  on  account  of, 
bi^  or  ''^^  over  against,  l.^b  in  presence  of,  vd}  in  front  of, 
before,  ^?  tmto,  b?  upon,  Q^  ivith,  riJin  under.  Most  of  these 
appear  to  have  been  originally  nouns  ;  and  some  of  them  are 
still  used  both  as  nouns  and  as  prepositions. 

2.  Other  prepositions  are  compound,  and  consist  of 
(1.)  Two  prepositions,  as  '^Syi'^^y^  from  after,  t'kyi  and  ay's 

from  toith,  ^Tizfrom  upon,  tT^vp:^ from  under,  yd^fwn,  '^^5^ 

and  iDb'b  before^  b^"a-bN  toward. 

(2.)  A  preposition  and  a  noun     ib   and   lib-a  besides 

from  "73  separation,  "^isb  before  and  "'?s^,  ''?.sb^/;-o;«  ^^ore 

from  cis/^c^,  b^.)a  and  n^isia/or  the  sake  of,  "7^n  fy  prop. 


266  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  238, 239 

hy  the  hand  of ,  "i^r^i?  beyond,  b  '\:iV'n/rom  beyond,  ni2yb  in 
conjunction  loiih,  1?^b  and  ilp:?'^?  on  account  of,  ^23,  ""sb 
and  ''i?"^?  accordiny  to  prop.  6t^  //^^  mouth  of. 

(3.)  A  preposition  and  an  infinitive,  MNnpb  toward  prop. 

(4.)  A  preposition  and  an  adverb,  '''j?'?^  and  *'"?^^'a 
without  from  ^3  wo^  1?  2/72/0,  b  r.sbn^  beyond,  "^^"^  loithout. 

§238.  1.  The  prepositions  take  suffixes  in  the  same 
manner  as  singular  nouns,  e.  g.  ''bax  beside  me,  ''nbiT ,  "^^ro , 
''B^,  except  "iHi?  after,  "bx  to,  *!?  2(f;z^fo,  b?  ?/^07?  and  rnn 
under,  which  before  suffixes  assume  the  form  of  nouns  in  the 
mascuhne  plural,  c.  g.  ''"inN ,  ?]''^ns ,  T^nN ;  y%  between 
adopts  sometimes  a  singular,  sometimes  a  masculine  plural, 
and  sometimes  a  feminine  plural  form,  e.  g.  ''3"'3 ,  ira  and 
I'lpa,  ^rrg  and  ^rni>n. 

a.  The  plural  form  '''^n.x  occurs  without  sufiixes  more  frequently  than 
"^n^  >  '^'^  1  "''H?-  5  ''^^  'i-'so  occur  in  poetry. 

b.  rnn  in  a  very  few  instances  takes  a  verbal  suffix,  ''r^?'!'^  2  Sara. 
22:37,  40,48;  with  the  3  masc.  plur.  suffix  it  is  cr.na  oftener  than 
nn-'nnn . 

2.  The  preposition  tii?  tvith  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
nx  the  sign  of  the  definite  object,  which  is  prefixed  to  a  pro- 
noun or  definite  noun,  to  indicate  that  it  is  the  object  of  an 
active  verb.  With  pronominal  suffixes  the  ri  of  the  prepo- 
sition is  doubled  and  its  vowel  shortened  to  Hhirik,  thus 
•'PIS? ,  ifjps ,  oir^i? ;  the  sign  of  the  accusative  becomes  nis^ 
before  suffixes  or  before  grave  suffixes  commonly  fii^ ,  thus, 
^ni5 ,    'HPi? ,   D?ri5?    rarely    DSfpis? ,    nni^   rarely   nnnis?    and 

a.  Sometimes,  particularly  in  the  books  of  Kings,  Jeremiah,  and  Eze- 
kiel;  the  preposition  takes  the  form  ''nix ,  ?]nis< . 


-,  Conjunctions. 

§239.  1.  In  addition  to  the  prefixed  copulative  ) ,  §234, 
the  following  are  the  simple  conjunctions  in  most  common 


§240  INTERJECTIONS.  267 

use,  ii?  or,  5)^?  also,  Bi?  and  1^  if,  Ti^s?  and  ""S  that,  hecause» 
19  lest. 

2.  Compound  conjunctions  are  formed  by  combining 

(1.)  Two  conjunctions  DS  '^2  but,  "'3  S|i?  how  much  more 
prop,  also  that. 

(2.)  The  conjunction  ""S  or  *iTrN  with  a  preposition,  as 
iT?i«?  «5,  niri?  1?^^  2;2  order  that,  nri?  ■}:?:  and  ni>*  njpy  <5e- 
cause,  "^3  ^1?  2^;?/z7,  ''3  f^nn  because. 

(3.)  An  adverb  with  a  preposition  or  conjunction,  D'lt?^ 
iefore,  p)  or  'jS'b?  therefore,  ''r^^  z^^^/ess  from  ^b  z/'  sb  oiot. 


Interjections. 

§  240.  The  Hebrew  interjections,  like  those  of  other  lan- 
guages, are  of  two  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Natural  sounds  expressive  of  various  emotions,  as 
ns,  nn,  nnx  ah!  oh!  mr^aha!  ^'yr^ho!  woe!^i^,  ^T^^, 
liii?,  "li?  woe!  ^'i)^  alas!  en  hush! 

2.  Words  originally  belonging  to  other  parts  of  speech, 
which  by  frequent  use  were  converted  into  interjections, 
nsn  come!  prop,  ffive,  nib  come!  prop,  (/o,  fisn  behold! 
prop,  a  demonstrative  adverb,  nbiSn  far  be  it !  ""S  ^^rai/ ! 
from  ''ba  entreaty,  ^\  now !  I])ray  thee ! 


PAET  THIRD. 

SYNTAX. 

§241.  1.  Syntax  treats  of  sentences  or  of  the  manner 
in  which  words  are  employed  in  the  utterance  of  thought. 
Its  office,  therefore,  is  to  exhibit  the  several  functions  of  the 
different  parts  of  speech  in  the  mechanism  of  the  sentence, 
the  relations  which  they  sustain  to  each  other,  and  how  those 
relations  are  outwardly  expressed. 

2.  Every  sentence  must  embrace  first  a  subject  or  the 
thing  spoken  of,  and  secondly,  a  predicate  or  that  which  is 
said  about  it.  Upon  these  two  simple  elements  is  built  the 
entire  structm^e  of  human  speech. 

The  Subject. 

§  242.  The  subject  of  every  sentence  must  be  either  a 
noun,  as  D''6"^i5  ^')^  God  created  Gen.  1  : 1,  or  a  pronoun, 
as  ''i^  ©iij?  /(am)  holy  Lev.  11  :  44.  This  includes  infini- 
tives, which  are  verbal  nouns,  ni'j'sb  p'^'i^b  ©ib;^  to  punish 
the  just  is  not  (jood  Prov.  17  :  26,  and  adjectives  and  partici- 
ples when  used  substantively,  sisu  s?in^"«b  an  unclean  (per- 
son) shall  not  enter  2  Chron.  23  :  19,  S^i^bbn;'  n^n^n.iib  the 
dead  shall  not  praise  the  Lord  Ps.  115  :  17. 

a.  The  subject  ofa  sentenco  may  he  a  noun  preceded  by  the  preposition 
liQ  in  a  partitive  sense,  tDyrrg^  ?ix::;  there  we?it  out  (some)  of  the  people 
Ex.  16:27,  or  by  the  partic).,  of  comparison  3,  nx";?  r^is  (something) 
like  a  plague  has  appeared  Lev.  14  ;  35. 


§  243  THE   SUBJECT.  2C9 

b.  When  the  subject  is  an  infinitive,  it  is  mostly,  as  in  English,  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  b  to,  niiinb  sia  (it  is)  good  to  give  thanks  Ps, 
92:2,  unless  it  is  in  the  construct  before  a  following  noun  rii'^n  riii'sib 
i'ni^b  cnxn  viaii's  being  alone  (is)  not  good  Gen.  2: 18. 

c.  The  subject  is  very  rarely  an  adverb,  Bi'n"")^  ^£3  J^a^fi  many 
(prop,  much)  of  the  people  have  fallen  2  Sam.  1:4. 

§  243.  The  subject  may  be  omitted  in  the  following  cases, 
viz. : 

1.  Wlien  it  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection, 
^i22?  liyn  is  there  yet  loith  thee  (a  corpse)  ?  Am.  G  :  10,  or  is 
obvious  in  itself,  nib'j  in«  (his  mother)  hare  him  1  Kin.  1 :  G. 
The  personal  pronouns  are  for  this  reason  rarely  used  before 
verbal  forms,  which  of  themselves  indicate  the  person,  "^vrfasi. 
I  said,  J^'^'^S  thoic  saidsf,  unless  wdth  the  view  of  expressing 
emphasis  or  opposition,  Tjq\>  ^-HDNI  ^bspi  ^ii;n3  ntin  they  are 
brought  down  and  fallen,  hut  loe  are  risen  Ps.  20  :  9. 

2.  When  it  is  indefinite ;  thus,  if  an  action  is  spoken  of 
and  it  is  not  known  or  is  not  stated  by  whom  it  is  performed. 
The  third  person  plural  may  be  so  employed,  b^iii^b  'Hl'^^  and 
they  told  Saul  1  Sam.  18  :  20,  or  third  person  singular,  comp. 
the  French  on  and  German  man,  bis  ira'^_  ^h'^  one  called  its 
name  Bahel  i.  e.  its  name  was  called  Bahcl,  or  the  second 
person  singular,  particularly  in  laws  or  in  proverbs,  the  lan- 
guage of  direct  address  being  employed  while  every  one  who 
hears  is  intended,  bos  ?jb-n'i£i?n-i5b  thou  shalt  not  make  imto 
thee  a  graven  image  Ex.  20  :  4,  Ti|b  nD^iab  n^'>3n  apfjly  thine 
heart  unto  instruction  Prov.  23  :12. 

a.  Sometimes  the  word  Tli'X  man  is  used  as  an  indefinite  subject, 
*1i'i  "ins^a  '^"'xn  "itsx  nb  a  man  said  th2(s,  when  he  went,  etc.  1  Sam.  9:  9, 
and  sometimes  the  participle  of  the  following  verb,  ?^">2in  I'^'^T  and  the 
hearer  shall  hear  2  Sam.  17  : 9,  C''{i:";ih  !li;nn  ploughers  ploughed  Ps.  129:3. 

6.  The  third  person  plural  indefinite  seems  to  be  used  sometimes  with- 
out any  thought  of  the  real  agency  concerned  in  the  action  spoken  of,  and 
where  the  English  would  require  a  passive  construction,  "'j'"'!"^  ^'525  nii^b 
wearisome  nights  are  appointed  to  me  lit.  theij  have  appointed  Job  7  ;  3. 

*  151  is  an  abbreviation  for  *ihiy\  et  completio,  and  so  forth,  §9.  1. 


270  SYNTAX.  ^  244, 245 

3.  When  the  construction  is  impersonal;  in  this  case 
the  third  person  singular  mascuUne  is  the  form  commonly 
adopted,  'T"'?''3?3  5'"i!?''i?  let  it  not  he  f/rievous  in  thj  si(jlit  Gen. 
21:12,  bn^n  ts  then  it  loas  begun  i.e.  men  began,  though 
the  feminine  is  also  employed  on  account  of  its  special  affinity 
with  the  neuter,  ^^J'^to'^b  "ii^ni  aiid  Israel  was  distressed  lit.  it 
was  strait  to  Israel  Judg.  10:9. 

§244.  1.  The  subject  maybe  extended  by  connecting  two 
or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  and  thus  forming  what  is  called 
a  compound  subject,  n«32-bDi  ynsni  D:^^irn  ^h'!^  and  the 
heavens  and  the  earth  and  all  their  host  ic ere  finished  Gen. 
2:1,  nbba  nyini  ^z:^^  and  I  and  the  lad  will  go  Gen.  22:5. 

2.  Or  it  may  be  extended  by  adding  to  the  noun  an 
article,  adjective,  demonstrative  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix, 
or  another  noun  with  which  it  may  be  either  in  apposition 
or  in  construction.  When  thus  united  with  other  qualifying 
words  the  noun  alone  is  called  the  grammatical  subject,  the 
noun,  together  with  its  adjuncts,  is  called  the  logical  subject. 


The  Article. 

§  245.  The  definite  article  is  used  in  Hebrew  as  in  other 
languages  to  particularize  the  object  spoken  of,  and  distin- 
guish it  from  all  others.  It  is  accordingly  prefixed  in  the 
following  cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  thing  referred  to  is  one  which  has  been 
mentioned  before,  and  God  said.  Let  there  be  T^y\  a  firma- 
ment, etc.,  and  God  made  ?''j?'^0  the  firmament  Gen.  1  :  G,  7. 

2.  When  it  is  defined  by  accompanying  words,  as  a  rela- 
tive clause,  l^T  iT^n  ^  '^t»^5  wr\  inirs?  blessed  is  the  man 
who  has  not  icalked,  etc.,  Ps.  1:1,  an  adjective,  Hsn  "lisizn 
the  greater  light,  "i'lbj^n  nisian  the  lesser  light  Gen.  1  :  10,  or 
a  demonstrative  pronoun,  "^n  a  mountain,  n-Tn  nnn  this  moun.' 
tain,  ^'T\r\  *irin   that  mountain,   or  by   being   directly  ad- 


^245  THE    ARTICLE.  271 

dressed,  ^^^n   0  king  1   Sam.  17:55,  D':'a'iSn   0  heavens, 
l^nkn  0  earth  Deut.  32  : 1. 

3.  AVlien  it  is  obviously  suggested  by  the  circumstances, 
or  may  be  presumed  to  be  well  known :  she  emptied  her 
pitcher  into  rijpiijn  the  trough  Gen  24  :  20,  viz.,  tlic  one  which 
must  have  been  by  a  well  used  for  watering  cattle  ;  Ahime- 
lech  looked  through  "ji^^nn  the  loindoio  Gen.  26  :8,  i.  e.  of  the 
house  in  which  it  is  taken  for  granted  that  he  was ;  let  us  go 
to  nsin  the  (well-known)  seer  1  Sam.  9  :  9. 

a.  The  article  is  accordingly  used  as  in  Greeic  and  in  some  modern  lan- 
giiages  in  place  of  an  unemphatic  possessive  pronoun  :  she  took  '^C"''^'!^  fhe 
veil  Gen.  24:  Go,  i.e.  the  one  which  she  had,  or.  according  to  the  English 
idiom,  her  veil;  David  took  "lissn  the  harp  i.  e.  his  harp  1  Sam.  16  :  23,  so 
the  LXX.  eXa/ijSave  AavtS  t^v  KLvvpav. 

b.  With  words  denoting  time  it  expresses  the  present  as  that  wlilch 
would  most  readily  occur  to  the  mind,  ci'n  Ihe  day  i.  e.  that  which  is  now 
passing,  to-daij  Gen.  4:14,  i^bl^ri  ihe  night  i.  e.  to-nighl  Gen.  30: 15,  niirn 
the  year  i.  c.  this  year  Jer.  28 :  16,  crbn  the  time  i.  e.  this  time  Gen.  29 :  35, 
unless  another  idea  is  more  naturally  suggested  by  the  context,  Ci'n  "^ly^ 
and  it  came  to  pass  an  the  day  i.  e.  at  the  period  before  spoken  of  at  that 
time  1  Sam.  1 :4,  Job  1 :  6. 

4.  When  it  is  distina;uished  above  all  others  of  like  kind 
or  is  tlie  only  ono  of  its  class,  ri^sn  the  house  viz.  of  God,  the 
temple  Mic.  3  :  12,  "jinxn  the  Lord  Isa.  1  :  24,  D^n'bsn  the 
(true)  God,  ^'!^^r\  the  heavens,  V"^Nn  the  earth  Gen.  1  : 1, 
-td^  the  Sim  Gen.  15:12. 

5.  When  it  is  an  appellative  noun  used  in  a  generic  or 
universal  sense,  i"inn  the  sioord  devoureth  one  as  zcell  as 
another  2  Sam.  11:25;  theg  shall  mount  zip  loiih  icings 
Q^niTfS  as  the  eagles  Isa.  40  :  31,  and  sometimes  when  it  is  a 
material  or  abstract  noun,  in  which  case  the  English  idiom  does 
not  admit  the  article,  lohere  there  is  iTfu)  gold  Gen.  2:11 
LXX.  TO  'xpvaiov;  thg  luine  mixed  D''^3  ivith  loater  Isa.  1 :  22, 
where  shall  T^^ZiTSTs  luisdom  be  found?  Job  28  :  12  LXX.  ■?;  Se 
<ro<^la  kt\;  theg  smote  the  men  D'^'^D?®?  '^Hh  blindness  Gen. 
19:11. 


272  SYNTAX.  §  246 

a.  The  article  is  thus  used  with  adjectives  to  denote  the  class,  which 
they  describe,  God  shall  judge  yt'^t^'^'^^.  P"^^^^"^^.  the  ri gUeoiis  and  the 
wicked  Eccl.  3:17;  the  proverb  of  '^i'oipj^  the  ancients  1  Sam.  24:14; 
and  with  Gentile  nouns,  which  are  properly  adjectives,  §194.  1,  "'"J'^Nn  the 
Amorile,  ''i^ssn  the  Caiiaanite,  Gen.  15:21. 

b.  Tlic  Hebrew  infinitive  does  not  receive  the  article;  ri'J"^,  which  is 
the  only  exception,  see  Gen.  2:9  and  elsewhere,  may  be  regarded  as  a 
noun.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  article  is  prefixed  to  finite  tenses  of  the 
verb  with  the  force  of  a  relative  pronoun,  NHsblin  who  went  Josh.  10:24, 
tibii'sn  that  shall  be  born  Judg.  13:  8,  di^pnn  which  he  sanctified  1  Chron. 
26:28,  1i<i?^?n  ri^ho  are  present  1  Chron.  29:17,  '("'="3  into  (the  place) 
which  he  prepared  2  Chron.  1:4;  so  also  2  Chron.  29:36,  Ezr.  8:25, 
10 :  14,  1 7,  Isa.  56  :  3,  Jer.  5 :  13,  Dan.  8:1.  It  is  once  prefixed  to  a  prepo- 
sition, f7"'rVv!  ■'P^'"'  (was)  vpon  it  1  Sam.  9:24. 

c.  In  the  uses  of  the  article,  as  stated  above,  Nos.  4  and  5  are  really 
varieties  of  No.  3,  since  the  prominent  member  of  a  class  is  the  best  known 
and  most  readily  suggested,  and  when  a  word  is  used  generically  it 
designates  a  definite  and  well-known  class  of  objects  which  is  to  be  distin- 
guished from  every  other  class. 

d.  The  Hebrew  article  is  sometimes  found  where  the  English  requires 
the  indefinite  article  or  none  at  all ;  but  it  must  not  on  that  account  be  sup- 
posed that  it  ever  loses  its  proper  force  or  becomes  equivalent  to  an  in- 
definite article.  The  difference  of  idiom  is  due  to  a  difference  in  the  mode 
of  conception.  Thus,  in  comparisons  the  Hebrew  commonly  conceived  of 
the  whole  class  of  objects  of  which  he  spoke,  while  we  mostly  think  of 
one  or  more  individuals  belonging  to  the  class,  ",153  as  (the)  a  nest,  Isa. 
10:14,  -IE33  as  (the)  a  scroll  Isa.  34:4,  like  rending  "ix^n  (the)  a  kid 
Judg.  14:  6,  as  u''^h':\rt  (the)  bees  do  Deut.  1 :  44,  Qijirs  as  (the)  scarlet, 
aV.i?3  as  (the)  snow,  "^ins  as  (the)  crimson,  "15?4?  as  (the)  %cool  Isa.  1 :  18. 
Cases  also  not  infrequently  occur  in  which  the  article  may  either  be  in- 
serted or  omitted  with  equal  propriety  and  without  any  material  change 
of  sense,  according  as  the  noun  is  to  the  mind  of  the  speaker  definite  or 
indefinite.  In  speaking  of  the  invasion  of  his  father's  flocks,  David  says, 
insn  the  lion  and  Sinn  the  bear  came  1  Sam.  17  :  34,  because  he  thinks 
of  these  as  the  enemies  to  be  expected  under  the  circumstances ;  had  he 
thought  of  them  indefinitely  as  beasts  of  prey  he  would  have  said,  without 
the  article,  a  lion  and  a  bear.  It  is  said,  Gen.  13  :  2,  that  Abram  was  very 
rich  snjn!)  1^033  tiipaa  in  (the)  cattle,  in  (the)  silver,  and  in  (the)  gold, 
since  these  are  viewed  as  definite  and  well-known  species  of  property; 
hvii  in  G<in.2\:oo  he  halh  given  him  snjT  r|t?3l  nj^si  )^i  focks  and  herds 
and  silver  and  gold,  these  are  viewed  indefinitely  in  Hebrew  as  in  English. 

§  246.  Nouns  are  definite  without  the  article  in  the  fol- 
lowing cases,  viz. :      . 

1.  Proper  nouns,  which  are  definite  by  signification, 
on'ins  Abraham,  "j^bs  Canaan,  pSiDin;'  Jerusalem. 


^24G  THE    ARTICLE.  273 

a.  Proper  names,  originally  applied  in  an  appellative  sense,  sometimes 
retain  the  definite  article,  ^?2n  the  lord,  Baal,  'iV^'D  ^/'^  adcersari/,  Satan, 
"ihin  the  river,  the  Euphrates,  "'H'^^'n  l/>e  descending  (stream),  the  Jor- 
dan, 'pin^H  the  while  (mountain).  Lebanon,  bh^^'Ztj  the  garden,  Carmel, 
"lissn  the  circitit  of  the  Jordan,  •^Q^53!^  the  icatch-tower,  Mizpah,  0'|!5JvJ 
and  cnx  the  (first)  man,  Adam,  n-'r.'sxn  and  cn'lsx  the  (true)  God.  In 
niirSE-  'czxb^  •'•in  the  half  tribe  of  Manasseh  Dent.  3:  13  and  often  else- 
where, the  article  malvcs  more  prominent  the.definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression: it  also  occurs  without  the  article,  c.  g.  Num.  32:33. 

2.  Nouns  with  suffixes,  whicli  are  rendered  definite  by 
the  appended  pronoun,  iriij  our  father,  i^tD  Ms  name,  but 
in  Greek  6  'n-aryjp  i)ixu>v,  to  ovofxa  avTov. 

a.  There  are  a  few  instances  in  which,  for  special  reasons,  the  article 
is  prefixed  to  nouns  having  suffixes.  It  is  emphatic  in  "i^^nn  the  (other) 
half  of  them  Josh.  8:33,  opposed  to  a  preceding  i'^^n  one  lialf  of  them  ;  so 
in  nninss  Isa.  24:2.  In  ^3';i?n  nfe^^  the  worth  of  thy  estimation  Lev. 
27  :  23,  it  serves  to  indicate  more  clearly  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression ;  so  "'^nxi^  T|''r3  in  the  midst  of  my  tent  Josh.  7  :  21,  i^tj'^n  Tpna 
in  the  midst  of  its  fold  Mic.  2  :  12,  ii"'niinf7~b3  the  whole  of  the  women  with 
child  2  Kin.  15  :  16;  in  fin;?.^b  Prov.  1G:4  it  distinguishes  the  noun  i^.??.^ 
from  the  prepoi;ition  "j?^^. 

6.  A  suffix  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  participle  does  not  supersede 
the  necessity  of  the  article,  WBHri  the  (one)  smiling  him  Isa.  9  :  12, 
'n^??^  ilie  (one)  bringing  thee  up  Ps.  SI :  11,  •'S'^iay^n  the  (one)  crowning 
r/tee'Ps.  103:4. 

3.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  definite  noun, 
whether  this  has  the  article  Q'^aisn  "'isis  t/ie  stars  of  heaven 
Gen.  26  :  4,  n^bnipn  ^%^  the  feet  of  the  priests  Josh.  3  :  13, 
is  a  proper  name,  ^^nia'^  ^'q^t  the  tribes  of  Israel  Ex.  24 : 4, 
rnh^  ni"!  the  word  of  Jehovah  Gen.  15:1,  has  a  pronominal 
suffix,  'H"'^'?^  ''"il^^a  the  first  fruits  of  thy  labours,  ^"^i^"^"'??  the 
wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  or  is  itself  definite  by  construc- 
tion, nSsDTGn  rr^  th-rq  the  cave  of  the  field  of  Machpelah 
Gen.  23  :  19,  nih^i-nina  X^%  ^/^^  f^rh  of  the  covenant  of  Je- 
hovah Josh.  3:3. 

a.  Nonns  in  the  construct  are  occasionally  found  with  the  article, 
nVi)  nbrsn  to  the  tent  of  Sarah  Gen.  24  :  67,  bx-n-^a  ^NH  the  God  of^ 
Bethel  Gen.' 31 :  13,  J-ixn  nn-^n  the  pin  of  the  web  Judg.  16: 14.  ririnn  ^^3 
D^-isr;  all  the  abominations  of  the  nations  1  Kin.  14  :  24,  C"n^sn-d\x  i2]3rj 
the  grave  of  the  man  of  God  2  Kin.  23  :  17,  y-ixn  ni3t?:an-i:2  all  the  king- 
18 


274  SYNTAX.  §247  248 

doms  of  the  earth  Jer.  25 :  26.  •^jp^zn  *iSsrt  the  bill  of  the  purchase,  Jer. 
32:12,  nrnb  -(Ssn  Jer.  48:32;  see  JosJi.  3:11,  8:11,  1  Cliroii.  15:27, 
2  Chron.  8  :  16.  15  :  8,  Ezr.  8  :  29,  Isa:  36  :  8,  Ezek.  45  :  10,  47  :  15,  Zeph. 
3:19,  Zech.  4:7,  Ps.  123:4;  also  1  Sam.  26 :  22  K'thibh,  2  Kin.  7:13 
K'lliibli,  where  the  K'ri  omits  ihc  article. 

b.  Gentile  noon?,  derived  from  a  compound  proper  name,  frcqnently  re- 
ceive the  article  before  the  second  member  of  the  compound,  ''?''^')n~",3 
the  BH7jamile  JluIit.  3:15,  laT^irn-n-'B  the  Bellisheniile  1  Sam.  0:14, 
•>rri^n  n-a  the  Bethlehemile  1  Sam.  16:18,  ■'~.T"n  ^iN  ilie  Ahieznle 
Judij.  6:11,  though  this  last  word  also  appears  in  the  abbreviated  form 
*'1??'''^'7  Num.  26 :  30. 

§  247-  The  article  is  frequently  omitted  in  the  brief  and 
emphatic  language  of  poetry,  where  it  would  be  required  in 
prose,  f"iL'?-^Dbia  kint/s  of  (the)  earth  Ps.  2 :  2,  t-dib  ^isb  in 
the  presence  of  (the)  sun  Ps.  72:17,  ^j>3  ^ntj  I'air?  "ibij  (the) 
watchman  says,  (the)  morning  comes  Isa.  21:12;  to  (jive 
S3^n  •(j"p'i  both  sanctuary  and  host  to  be  trampledJ)diW.  8  :  13. 

a.  Occasional  instances  occur  of  its  beinfj  dropped  from  familiar  or  fre- 
quently repeated  expressions  in  prose,  ri:a  rii'^nx  *is  to  ijear^s  end  Dent. 
11:  12,  "irro  ^r!>53  in  (the)  tubemade  of  (the)  congregation  Ex.  27:21 
(comp.  English  in  cJiurch),  HZ^  ib  (the)  captain  of  (the)  hast  1  Kin. 
16:16,  ~^'b  ^X'^b  king  Lemuel  Prov.  31:1;  also  in  geographical  and 
architectural  details,  such  technical  terms  as  bl2:.il  and  (the)  border  iosh. 
13  :  23,  2nnn  and  (the)  breadth  2  Chron.  3  : 3. 

b.  When  two  definite  nouns  are  connected  hy  and  the  article  is  oom- 
monly  repeated  ;  it  tnay,  however,  particularly  in  poetry,  stand  only  belbre 
the  first  and  be  understood  witii  the  second,  icoe  imlo  Cjrirnn  ihe  (persons) 
decreeing  nnrightenus  decrees  C^rir'tii  and  writing,  etc.  Isa.  10:1,  b2:n 
^is:"  O  ])salteri/  and.  harp  Ps.  57  :  9.  Still  more  rarely  a  pronominal  sutfix 
may  be  attaclied  to  the  first  only  of  two  words  to  which  it  belongs.  ''•"3 
rrn^sn  my  strength  and  song  Ex.  15:2. 

§  248.  There  is  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew ;  indefinite 
nouns  are  sufficiently  characterized  as  such  by  the  absence 
of  the  article.  Thus,  "in?  a  river  Gen.  2:10,  Q-'icns-Da  aDn-oa 
both  chariots  and  h.orsemen  Gen.  50:9,  tb"l  abn  milk  and 
honey  Ex.  3  :  8,  D'^'i^^  b^27  an  infant  of  days  Isa.  G5  :  20. 

a.  The  numeral  nfix  one  is  occasionally  employed  in  tlic  sense  of  an 
indefinite  article,  "nx  to  a  basket  Ex.  29:3,  inx  C"X  a  man  .Tudg.  13:2. 
or  in  the  construct  before  a  plural  noun,  nibsrri  nnx  one  (f  the  foolish 
women  i.  c.  a  foolish  woman  Job  2  :  10. 


§249  ADJECTIVES    AND    DEMONSTRATIVES.  275 


Adjectives  and  Demonstratives. 

^249.  1.  Adjectives  and  participles,  qualifying  a  noun, 
are  commonly  placed  after  it  and  agree  with  it  not  only  in 
gender  and  number  but  in  definiteness,  that  is  to  say,  if  the 
noun  is  indefinite  they  remain  without  the  article,  but  if  the 
noun  is  made  definite,  whether  by  the  article  or  in  any  of  the 
ways  specified  in  §  240,  they  receive  the  article,  ubn  )i  a 
wise  son  Prov.  10:11,  N^"'  inii  a  hridefjroom  (joiiig  out  Ps. 
19  :  6,  nii^n  fnsn  the  good  land  T>Q\xt  1 :35,  D^iinn  ^■^'bni 
thj  manifold  mercies  Neh,  9:19.  If  more  than  one  adjec- 
tive accompany  a  definite  noun,  the  article  is  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  Knisni  'issan  Di'n  ike  (glorious  and  fearful 
name  Deut.  2S  :  58. 

a.  The  adjective  t;"'3'i  many  is  in  a  few  instances,  for  the  sake  of 
greater  emphasis,  prefixed  to  the  noun  which  it  qualifies,  C"':3  can  many 
sons  I  Ciiron.  2S :  5,  D''n3J  niiin  viany  times  Neh.  9  :  28.  so  Ps.  32 :  10,  S9 :  51, 
Jer.  IG:  IG.  Other  instances  are  rare.  I'lii-!?"?  "^I  ^*">*  strange  work,  M^'3^3 
•innhv.  his  strange  task  Isa.  28:21,  "'■13^  P"'T-?  '"2/  righteous  servant  Isa,. 
53:  11,  nninx  nni:3  her  treacherous  sister  Jer.  3  :  7,  10. 

/;.  Some  exceptional  cases  occur,  in  which  an  adjective  qualifying  a 
definite  noun  does  not  receive  the  article,  •"'lUT'^-  ^^J?*^  ^^''?  '^^^  cart 
2  Sam.  G:3,  n^-i=!  '(Sr-n  the  strange  vine  Jer.  2:21,  Ezek.  39:27,  Dan. 
8:13,  11:31,  or  when  tiic  noun  is  made  definite  by  a  suffix,  "inx  csTiJj 
your  other  brother  Gen.  43: 14,  ^nx  b~3n  the  one  lamb  Num.  28:4.  Ezelc. 
34  :  12,  Hag.  1  : 4.  In  nH  cra^  an  coil  report  respecting  them  Gen.  37  : 2, 
the  suffix  denotes  the  object  and  the  noun  is  really  indefinite.  Comp. 
§24G.  2.6. 

f.  0:i  the  other  hand,  the  article  is  sometimes  dropped  from  the  noun, 
but  retained  before  the  adjective,  nbiTj.n  i^n  tlip,  great  court  1  Kin.  7: 12, 
^"'b;-n  r-iwS  the  rich  man  2  Sani.  12:4,  bi^r-n  nii  the  great  well  1  Sam. 
19:  22,  Neil.  9:  35,  Ps.  104:  18,  Jer.  27:3,  32*:  14.  40:3  K'thibh,  EzeL  9:2, 
Zecli.  4:7;  so  with  the  ordinal  numbers,  "'^"^'rt  ci'^  the  sixth  day  Gen. 
1:31,  2:3,  Ex.  20:10,  Deut.  5  :  14,  Judg.  Q>:2b,  Jer.  38: 14. 

2.  Demonstrative  pronouns  follow  the  same  rule  of  posi- 
tion and  agreement,  only  the  nouns  Avhich  they  qualify  are 
invariably  definite,  §245.  2,  n-in  Di'^n  this  day  Gen.  7  :  13, 
n^>?n  D^-innn  ikese  tUnrjs  Gen.  15:1,  niann  o^ii^i^n  those 
men  Num.  9:7.     If  both  an  adjective  and  a  demonstrative 


276  SYNTAX.  §250 

qualify  the  same  noun,  tlie  demonstrative  is  placed  last,  ft'^D 
min  rqicon  Deut.  9  :  6,  m^.^h  rssn  niibn  u^kit'n  these  (^ood 
years  that  (are)  coming  Gen.  41  :  35. 

a.  The  demonstrative  n't  occasionally  stands  emphatically  before  its 
noun,  nco  i"iT  ;/i/s  Moses  Ex.  32:1,  where  it  is  probably  contemptuous 
like  the  Latin  iste,  *i;i:r,b  iiT  /Aj',9  oz/r  bread  Josh.  9:  12,  Judg.  5:5,  1  Sam. 
17:55,  50,  ci'n  nr  this'people  Isa.  23:  13,  Hab.  1 :  11.  The  demonstrative 
both  Ibllows  the  noun  and  is  repeated  after  the  adjective  in  nibsn  o'^iafl 
ri|xn  ni-.xiiiH  these  nations  these  that  remain  Josh.  23  :  7.  12. 

b.  The  article  is  sometimes  omitted  from  the  demonstrative,  ^t  "ni^nn 
this  generation  Ps.  12:8,  X^n  nb-^2  ?n  Mai  «?>/i/  Gen.  19:33,  30:16, 
32:23,  1  Sam.  19:10,  particularly  if  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  means 
of  a  suffix,  rXT  ■'ri^sd  this  my  oath  Gen.  24:8,  T\\k  "^rhN  these  my  signs 
Ex.  10:1,  11:8,  Dent.  11:18,  Josh.  2:14,  20,  Judg.  6:14,  1  Kin.  22:23, 
2Chron.  18:22,  24:18,  Jer.  31:21. 

c.  The  article  is  still  more  rarely  dropped  from  the  noun,  ti-rn  tir'n  tisa 
this  small  quantity  of  honey  1  Sam.  14:  29,  ri^n  •'rnsx  U'^x  that  Ephrathile 
17;  12,  HT  •'hn  this  sicJcness  2  Kin.  1  :  2,  8  :  8. 


Numerals. 

Cardinal  Numbers. 

§250.  1.  The  numeral  ins?  one  is  treated  like  other  ad- 
jectives, and  follows  the  rules  of  position  and  agreement 
already  given,  in«  Dip's  one  j^lcice  Gen.  1  :  9,  snnsn  nj'in^n 
the  one  curtain  Ex.  26  :  2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  noun  is  in  the  construct  before  the  nu- 
meral oHff,  "inx  'S^t-q  one  law  Lev.  24 :  22,  "inx  "linj?^  a  chest  2  Kin.  12: 10, 
^"Q^  ^h^  one  governor  Isa.  36  :  9,  comp.  §254.  6.  b. 

2.  The  other  cardinal  numbers  are  joined  to  nouns  as 
follows,  viz. : 

(1.)  They  commonly  stand  before  the  noun  to  which 
they  belong  and  in  the  absolute  state,  D"'P^''9  •^?^7^  four 
kings  Gen.  14  :  9,  ^^b  D-^i'iiJ  sixty  cities  Deut.  3  : 4,  rka 
D'^pl'sa  a  hundred  cakes  of  raisins  2  Sam.  16  : 1,  D'^sbx  msi? 
QiizJis  six  thousand  horsemen  1  Sam.  13  :  5. 

(2.)  Such  as  have  a  distinct  form  for  the  construct  (viz. 


§  251  NUMERALS.  277 

2-10,  ^ivTO  hundred,  '^B'pi?  thousands)  may  also  stand  before 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  Q'^in  "^bia  two  sons  prop,  two 
of  sons  Gen.  10  :  25,  Q^'b;'  rosns  yb«r  f/^y^  Judg.  11  :  40, 
D'^b'^Ss^  riv^  «  hundred  sockets  Ex.  38 :  27,  c'^TSii  ^fibs?  mrSiij 
/y^rec'  thousand  camels  Job  1  :  3. 

a.  The  liiimbers  ^ifo.  three,  four^  and  seren,  occur  with  the  .<?u(Tixes  of 
pronouns  wliich  are  in  aj)position  with  them.  ^iJr.ix  'r;q  ve.  bulk  of  us 
1  Sam.  20  :  42.  VT'?^  ^^^^i^  ^^^  "''  ^'^''''  ^f'heni  1  Sam.  25  :  43.  cindbu  ije 
three,  Dnrbd  ?/ie?/  Ihree  Num.  12:4,  cm;a'^X  they  four  Dan.  1 :  17.  *t:n'>30 
they  seven  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri.  The  following  numerals  occur  with  pro- 
nominal suffixes  having  a  possessive  sense,  rp'uaisn  iJnj  Jifly,  I'^uJisn  his 
ffitj2  Kin.  1:  10,  cfi-'irrn^  their fflies  ver.  14,  •'bbx  vnj  ihonsmid  Judg. 
6:15,  cb^sbx  Tjour  thousands  1  Sam.  10:19,  I'^nhsn  his  ten  thousands 
1  Sam.  IS:?" 

(3.)  Less  frequently  the  numerals  stand  after  the  noun 
in  the  absolute  state,  y^i^  tr\^V^_  seven  steps  Ezek.  40 :  22, 
tri^v  r^r\'&  tioenty  she-asses  Gen.  32:16,  ?i^^-nN)a  0-^23  a 
hundred  thousand  talents  1  Chron.  22  :  14. 

§251.  1.  The  units  (including  ten),  whether  they  stand 
singly  or  are  compounded  with  other  numbers,  agree  with 
their  nouns  in  gender,  n-inb^  ir'iia  three  leaves  Jer.  30 :  23, 
'inn  ^^3  nizjbiij  three  baskets  of  bread  Gen.  40 :  16,  wnns 
C'ibns  'ib'J  fourteen  lambs  Num.  29  :  15  ;  the  other  numerals 
observe  no  distinction  of  gender. 

a.  When  the  unils  qualify  nixtJ  hundreds  or  t;*'E^X  thousands,  their 
gender  is  determined  by  that  of  these  words  respectively.  In  T^jn""^!!':  niriid 
the  three  wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  the  masculine  adjective  is  probably 
to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  noun,  though  in  reality  feminine,  has 
a  masculine  termination. 

2.  Nouns  accompanied  by  the  units  (2-10)  are  almost 
invariably  plural,  while  those  wliich  are  preceded  by  the  tens 
(20-90)  or  numbers  compounded  with  them  (21,  etc.),  are 
commonly  put  in  the  singular,  nb^b  D'^yans';!  Di^  W'V^'))^  forty 
days  and  forty  niyhts  Gen.  7  : 4,  nbiD  D'^febc^  yanx/o^^r  and 
thirty  years  Gen.  11 :  16,  n^bis  yniiJn  nbia  D^nicy  twenty  years 
and  seven  years  Gen.  23:1. 


278  SYNTAX.  §  251 

a.  This  phenomenon  is  probably  to  be  accounted  for  upon  a  principle 
analogous  to  that  by  which  the  anomalous  terminations  for  gender  in  the 
numerals  has  been  explained,  §223.  2.  When  the  numeral  has  itself  a 
plural  form,  as  it  has  in  the  tens,  the  plurality  of  the  entire  expression  is 
sufficiently  indicated  without  giving  a  plural  ending  to  the  noun  likewise. 
But  with  the  units  which  have  a  singular  termination,  the  noun  must  take 
a  plural  form.  It  may  be  observed,  however,  that  this  peculiarity  chiefly 
affects  a  certain  class  of  nouns,  viz.  those  which  are  most  frequently 
numbered,  and  in  which,  consequently,  the  tendency  to  abbreviate  the 
expression  by  retrenching  the  plural  ending  is  most  strongly  manifested. 
These  are  such  as  li'^s  man,  and  various  measures  of  time,  space,  weight, 
etc.,  e.  g.  ni'^  year,  m"i  day,  nax  cubit,  bprb  shekel.  These  nouns  are 
also  found,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  singular  with  hundreds  and 
thousands,  ni'^  niKia  rcri  nine  hundred  years  Gen.  5:5.  niax  rjbx  a 
thousand  cubits  Num.  35:4,  and  with  the  numbers  from  11  to  19,  TO^n 
bj^b  "iib:y  fifteen  shekels  Lev.  27:  7.  Comp.  in  German  hundert  Fuss  lang, 
funfzig  Pfuud  schwer,  and  in  English  twenty  head  of  cattle,  a  ten  foot 
pole. 

b.  The  numbers  from  2  to  10  are  very  rarely  found  with  singular  nouns, 
tiivj  rtztv  eight  years  2  Kin.  22:  1,  niax  uibd  three  cubits  25:  17  K'thibh 
where  the  K'ri  has  niJSX .  The  tens  are  occasionally  followed  by  the 
plural  ci"")^.  ccb-j  thirty  companions  Judg.  14:11,  b^n-ra  ciiTDlIJ 
eighty  sons  of  valour  2  Chron.  26:17,  cnb^  -^'yd^  U'^i:2'\i<  forty-tivo  chil- 
dren 2  Kin.  2:24.  When  the  noun  precedes  the  numeral  it  is  always  put 
in  the  plural. 

c.  In  enumerations  of  familiar  objects  the  noun  is  sometimes  omitted, 
when  the  meaning  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection,  snj  n*i"ir?  ten 
(shekels)  ff  gold  Gen.  24:22,  qOS  nix^  dbcj  three  hundred  (shekels)  of 
silver  Gen.  45:22,  cnB-'n'a  iico  (loaves)  of  bread  1  Sara.  10:4,  Q-^-^riij-uitJ 
six  (epliahs)  of  barley  Ruth  3:  15.  In  measurements,  the  word  nas  cubit 
is  occasionally  preceded  by  the  preposition  2,  thus  n^N3  yz~}i<  four  by 
the  cubit  i.  e.  four  cubits. 

3.  Compound  numbers  may  either  proceed  from  the 
higher  to  the  lower  denomination,  n:?3ni5i  Dii^n  D"ris^  T\bk 
a  ihoitsand  tioo  hundred  fifty  and  four  Neh.  7  :  34,  or  the  re- 
verse, nbi^  nsiai  n"'isbiL"^  ynia  seven  and  thirti/  and  a  hundred 
years  Ex.  G  :  IG.  The  noun  sometimes  stands  at  the  begin- 
ning or  end  of  the  entire  series  as  in  preceding  examples, 
and  sometimes  it  is  repeated  after  each  numeral,  npi^  nk'o 
D12T0  s^niiji  T\y!2  u^y^T^  a  hundred  years  and  tiventy  years  a?id 
seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 

4.  Numeral  adjectives  may  receive  the  article  when  they 
represent  an  absolute  number,  or  the  noun  is  not  expressed ; 


§  252  ORDINAL    NUMBERS,    ETC.  279 

but  when  tliey  are  joined  to  a  definite  noun  the  latter  alone 
receives  the  article,  n'??Tfn  {the)  two  are  better  than  ^sn 
{the)  one  Eccles.  4 :  9,  Q^^ansn  the  fort  ij  Gen.  18  :  29,  D^tran 
Dp^^i^n  thefiftij  righteous  ver.  28,  T'l^i^  "^snTU  his  tivo  daugh- 
ters 19  :  30,  Di^n  D^i?n-is*  the  fort  ij  days  Deut.  9  :  25. 

a.  Wlicn  compound  numbers  11,  12,  ctn.,  receive  the  article,  it  maybe 
given  to  tlie  first  member  of  the  compound,  "riy  C^r'n  thelwdce  1  Chron. 
25:19.27:15,  1  Kin.  6:38,  or  to  the  second,  UJ-'S  "iil"'n  C-'iq  the  txcelve 
we??.  Josh.  4:4,  1  ICin.  19:  19.  In  tlie  example  just  cited  the  article  is  given 
to  the  numeral  instead  of  to  the  noun,  but  in  "iib^'~C':d  ■'f^an  ihe  twelve 
oxen  1  Kin.  7:44,  the  general  rule  is  observed.  In  cn"a"^X  n^xn  O'lnb'^in 
these  four  children  Dan.  1:  17,  the  numeral  following  a  definite  noun  re- 
ceives a  pronominal  suffix  relerring  to  it. 


Ordinal  Numbers^  etc. 

^252.  1.  The  ordinal  numbers  follow  the  general  law 
of  adjectives  in  position  and  agreement  with  the  substantive, 
to  which  they  belong,  "^ii?  ill  a  second  son  Gen.  30  :7,  nbiBa 
n^TT-ib'tin  in  the  third  year  1  Kin.  18  : 1. 

2.  The  lack  of  ordinals  above  ten  is  supplied  by  using 
the  cardinals  instead,  which  are  then  commonly  preceded  by 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  ^^iri  cn^?  nstD  the  twenty- 
seventh  year  1  Kin.  16:10,  although  this  order  is  not  always 
observed,  Tht  nnia^-tjbiy  thirteenth  year  Gen.  14  :  4. 

a.  A   fuller  firm   of  expression   is  sometimes   employed,   e.  g.    ^3133 

I.  I..  I.^.,  1.7  »-»-;. 

T'VC  n:'!2'::i  d"''::3J  in  the  thhiy-eighth  year  prop,  in  the  year  of  thirty-eight 
years  I  Kin.  16:29,  2  Kin.  15:  1. 

h.  In  dates  the  cardinals  are  used  for  the  day  of  the  month  and  some- 
times for  the  year,  even  though  the  number  is  below  ten;  the  words  day 
and  month  are  also  frequently  omitted,  rri  rr:3  the  seventh  year  2  Kin. 
12:1.  "'rrnn  bnn^  rirsnx  the  fourth  (day)  of  the  nintfimontkZech.  7: 1^ 
'^i'^'Z'^2  in  the  seventh  (month)  ver.  5. 

3.  AVhen  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts, 
§  227.  3,  they  stand  before  the  noun,  ynr\  n^icb©  the  third 
of  a  hin  Num.  15:6. 

4.  Distributive  numbers  are  formed  by  repeating  the  car- 
dinals, w^rd   d:^?!^  two  by  two  Gen.  7  : 9,  nyn©   n:biTD  by 


280  SYNTAX.  §  253 

sevens  ver.  2.  The  numeral  adverbs  once,  twice,  etc.,  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  feminine  of  the  cardinals,  fiHi?  once^  D^hiS 
twice  2  Kin.  G :  10,  Ps.  62  :12,  or  by  means  of  the  noun 
D?S  stroke  or  beat,  a^^?5  fioice  Gen.  27  :  3G,  D"*i2ys  "ite^ 
^e?2  times  Job  19:3  or  C^^'p  stej)s,  ^''%'}  T2J^'i?  i'//r<?(?  /me* 
Ex.  23 :  14. 

a.  This  use  of  tlieee  nouns  has  arisen  from  the  method  of  counting  by 
beats  or  taps  with  the  hand  or  foot. 


Apposition. 

^253.  When  one  noun  serves  to  define  or  to  describe 
another  it  may  be  put  in  apposition  with  it.  This  construc- 
tion, of  which  a  more  extended  use  is  made  in  Hebrew  than 
in  occidental  languages,  may  be  employed  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  both  nouns  denote  the  same  person  or  thing, 
ni7  tjb-isn  2  Sam.  6  :  16,  or  less  commonly,  tibisn  ii-^  13  :39 
hint/   David,    '^'j'jbs?    ni^i?    a   icomcm    (who   was)    a  widow 

1  Kin.  7  :  14. 

2.  When  the  second  specifies  the  first  by  stating  the 
material  of  which  it  consists,  its  quantity,  character  or  the 
like,  fiiynsn  '^ibsr.  the  oxen  the  brass  i.  e.  the  brazen  oxen 

2  Kin.  16:17,  ^J^  n'^5?9  ^^5©  three  measures  (consisting  of) 
meal  Gen.  18:6,  ^7~\  D''fii5"3!'nto  seven  years  (of)  famine 
2  Sam.  24  :  13,  D'''a;'  Q^'i^n-^  t^t^t  three  iceeks  (of)  dap  Dan. 
10:3,  "iSD^  Q'^'p;'  days  (which  are)  a  number,  i.  e.  such  as  can 
be  readily  numbered,  a  few  Num.  9  :  20,  nbx  n^'SrK  words 
(which  are)  truth  Prov.  22  :  21. 

a.  In  this  latter  case  the  closer  connection  of  the  construct  state 
might,  witli  equal  propriety,  be  employed,  §254.  4,  etc.  The  following 
examples  will  show  with  what  latitude  the  rule  of  apposition  is  occasion- 
ally applied,  yv]^  C^a  water  (which  is)  cffiiclron  i.  e.  identified  with  it  or 
characterized  by  it  1  Kin.  22:27,  nb'rnn  -(yi  wine  (which  is)  intoxication 
i.  6.  produces  it  Ps.  60:5,  "'S")  ^^^3  pasture-cattle  i.  e.  those  whose  charac- 
teristic it  is  that  they  have  been  in  the  pastures  1  Kin.  5; 3;  bearing 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT   STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  281 

n'^^ari  'i'nxtn  the  ark  viz.  the  covenant,  which  was  the  thing  of  chief  con- 
sequence about  the  aric  Josh.  3:  14,  a  hundred  thousand  i?:^  C'r''^?  2  Kin. 
3:4,  which  is  by  some  understood  to  mean  wool-bearing  rams  i.  e.  cjiarac- 
terized  by  tlie  production  of  wool ;  according  to  others,  the  first  word  de- 
notes the  quantity  and  the  second  the  material,  rams  (of)  wool  i.  e.  as 
much  as  rams  luive,/eeces. 

h.  Proper  nouns,  which  have  no  construct  state,  may  be  followed  by 
qualifying  nouns  in  a  loose  sort  of  apposition,  fining  onB  iT'a  Bethlehem 
(in)  Jiidah  1  Sam.  17:12,  compare  in  English,  Princeton.  New  Jersey; 
Ciinna  D"ix  "lirQ  Pelhor  {\n)  Mesopotamia  Deut.  23:5,  C-'rUibs-rr*  Gath 
(of)  the  Philistines  Am.  C:2;  the  destined  possessor  of  vnj  house  is  p^'52'l 
lTy"'bx  Damascus  (in  tlic  person  of  its  citizen)  Eliezer  Gen.  15:2,  CTiPJt 
niNnrj  God  (of)  Hosts  Ps.  80:5,  8,  15,  20;  when  c^niix  is  regarded  as  an 
appellative  noun  instead  of  a  proper  name,  this  divine  title  becomes 
nisns  \n'bx  Ps.  89 : 9. 


The  Construct  State  and  Suffixes. 

§254.  When  one  noun  is  limited  or  restricted  m  its 
meaning  by  another,  the  first  is  put  in  the  construct  state ; 
if  the  hmiting  word  be  a  personal  pronoun  it  is  suffixed  to 
the  noun.  The  relation  thus  expressed  corresponds,  for  the 
most  part,  to  the  occidental  genitive  or  to  that  denoted  in 
English  by  the  preposition  of.  The  primary  notion  of  the 
grammatical  form  is  simply  the  juxtaposition  of  two  nouns, 
or  the  union  of  a  noun  and  a  pronoun,  to  represent  the  sub- 
ordination of  one  to  the  other  in  the  expression  of  a  single 
idea,  §  212.  The  particular  relation,  which  it  suggests,  is 
consequently  dependent  on  the  meanings  of  the  words  them- 
selves, and  is  in  each  case  that  which  is  most  naturally  sug- 
gested by  their  combination.  Thus,  the  second  noun  or  the 
pronominal  suffix  may  denote 

1.  T\\G  ^jossessor  of  that  which  is  represented  by  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  nih^  b^in  f/w  temjjle  of  Jehovah  1  Sam.  1  :  9, 
'Qmzn  their  substance  Gen.  12:5.  This  embraces  the  various 
degrees  of  relationship,  Dn"i35?-)3  son  of  Abraham  Gen. 
25  ;  12,  'qniri?  thy  wife  Gen.  12  :  5. 

2.  The  xohole,  of  which  the  preceding  word  denotes  a  part, 


282  SYNTAX.  §254 

?li2y  •'b'-^ni?  ihe  poor  of  thj  people  Ex.  23 :  11,  ynx-i'nsM  (he 
honourable  of  the  earth  Isa.  23  : 9. 

o.  The  construct  relation,  when  thus  employed,  indicates  tliat  the  part 
singled  out  from  the  whole  possesses  the  quality  referred  to  in  an  eminent 
degree.  The  first  word  is  sometimes  an  abstract  noun.  I^f^s  riip  ihe 
height  of  his  cedars  i.e.  his  highest  cedars  2  Kin.  19:23.  Here  too  be- 
long the  superlative  expressions.  D"'li?'75  ll^ip  holy  of  holies.  D"''i"'t"n  T'la 
ihe  song  (if  songs,  D">n::?.  T^v  servant  of  servants,  one  that  is  a  servant  by 
way  of  eminence  when  compared  with  all  others. 

3.  An  individual  of  the  class  denoted  by  the  preceding 
noun,  thus  serving  the  purpose  of  a  more  exact  desl(j)iation^ 
"oiVt^.  V'ji*  the  land  of  Erjypt  Gen.  41 :  19,  nSs-ins  the  river 
(of)  Euphrates  Gen.  15:18,  D-'tn^*  ^i?  cedar  trees,  2  Chron. 
2 : 7,  nps;,-]  n?Sin  loorm  (of)  Jacob  Isa.  41 :  14,  D-^nnn  -^im 
men  (who  are)  merchants  1  Kin.  10:15. 

4.  The  material  of  which  the  preceding  noun  is  com- 
posed, SnT  on  a  ring  of  (jold  Gen.  24 :  22,  fr^bs  vessel  of 
wood  Lev.  11 :  32,  D^-TS^n  T^y  the  flock  of  floats  Cant.  4:1. 

5.  The  measure  of  its  extent,  value,  duration,  etc.,  ^^0"? 
01)2^  T£it  a  purney  of  three  days  Jon.  3  :  3,  "i??  bj^iTip  the 
loeiyht  of  a  talent  1  Chron.  20  :  2,  ^SO'?  ^^''3  W(?;2  o/*  number 
i.  e.  readily  numbered,  few.  Gen.  34  :  30,  tfo  n-inss^  <2  joo5- 
session  of  perpetuity  Gen.  17:8. 

G.  An  attribute,  by  which  it  is  characterized,  ^'?n  nias 
miyhty  man  of  valour  Judg.  11  :  1,  ""IS)  fi?  tree  of  fruit  Gen. 
1:11,  "ji^jn  i^'^i  valley  of  vision  i.  c.  distinguished  as  the  one 
where  visions  are  received  Isa.  22:1,  ^"iriv!  1^^^  the  flock  of 
slauyhter  i.  e.  which  is  to  be  slaughtered  Zech.  11  :  4. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  Hebrew  uses  nouns  to  express  many  of 
the  ideas  lor  which  adjectives  are  employed  in  other  languages;  thus,  in 
the  examples  under  Nos.4,  5,  and  Q^vesselofwood  for  wooden  vessel,  posses- 
sion of  perpetuity  for  perpetual  possession,  mighty  man  of  valour  for  valiant 
mighty  man,fock  of  slaughter  lor  grex  macta.nda.  This  both  arises  from 
and  explains  the  comparative  paucity  of  adjectives  in  Hebrew:  though 
even  where  corresponding  adjectives  exist  the  other  construction  is  fre- 
quently preferred,  ^'"Ip  "^^''a  garments  of  holiness  Ex.  2S :  2.  p^i'inat 
sacrifices  of  righteousness,  ^i"il?  holy  and  P"^"^?  righteous  being  used  with 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  283 

less  latitude  and  with  a  stricter  regard  to  the  ethical  idea  which  they  in- 
volve. Attributives  are  frequently  Ibrnicd  hy  prefixing  such  words  as 
UJ'^X  TOa»;  bra  lord^  '3  son,  r3  dmighler,  to  abstract  nouns  or  other  sub- 
etantives,  thus,  "txri  i:J"'X  a  man  of  form  i.e.  comply  I  Sam.  It3:l8,  C'X 
C'^^  wan  of  words  i.  e.  eloquent  Ex.  -I  :  10.  Pin'brri  bra  the  possessor  of 
dreams  i.  e.  dreamer  Gen.  37  :  19,  wh^  riia'J"",^  son  of  eight  days  i.e.  eight 
days  old  Gen.  17:12,  r^TS'^ia  son  of  death  \.  e.  deserving  to  die  1  Sam. 
20  :.'?1,  br^ba—'ja  sons  ofworlhlessness  i.  e.  wicked.  Deut.  13  :  14,  c^rrn-ra 
n:iu  daughter  of  ninety  years  i.  e.  ninety  years  old  Gen.  17  :  17. 

b.  Occasionally  in  poetry  an  adjective  instead  of  agreeing  with  its  sub- 
stantive is  treated  as  though  it  were  an  abstract  noun,  "(ij^sn  i'^3  vessels 
of  small  (capacity)  Isa.  22  :  24,  nBts  '''a  waters  of  fulness  Ps.  73  :  Id,  n^^a-ba 
biliip;  perhaps  e  eery  house  of  great  (size),  though  olhers  render  ecery  great 
(man's)  house  .Ter.  52:13.  So  sometimes  an  adverb,  ::5"a  "r'2  fno  men 
Deut.  26:5,  T'in  rSi?  continual  burnt- offering  Num.  28:  b,  c|n  -x.;i  blood 
(shed)  causelessly  1  Kin.  2:31,  cii^  """i^  enemies  in  the  day  time  Ezek. 
30:  16,  cini  "i^N  dumb  stone  Hab.  2:  19,  or  adverbial  phrnse.  -""^p^  ''•!!'^5^ 
a  Got/  «/o-/t  at  hand,  pn^'?:  "iribw:*  a  God  afar  ojf  ier.  23 :  23. 

7.  The  source  from  which  the  precedmg  noun  is  derived, 
nnn;'  nnin  //^£?  /«?y  of  Jehovah  Ex.  13  : 9,  niria  nsD  ihe  book 
of  Moses  2  Chron.  25 : 4,  r.inx  n^in  sick  from  love  Cant.  2 : 5. 

8.  The  subject  by  which  an  action  is  performed,  or  in 
which  an  attribute  inheres,  frj.rr;'  nins?  ihe  love  of  God  i.  e. 
exercised  by  him  1  Kin.  10:9,  nii'b©  m'CDn  the  loisdom  of 
Solovion  1  Kin.  5  :10. 

9.  The  object,  upon  which  an  action  is  directed,  ri?"!'' 
n-'n'bx  the  fear  of  God  Gen.  20  :  11,  Di^n  nbii-iaTa  the  rule  of 
the  day  Gen.  1  :  IG. 

a.  After  nouns,  which  express  or  imply  action,  the  following  noun  or 
suffix  denotes  the  subject  or  the  object  as  the  sense  or  tlie  connection  mny 
demand.  nyn7  rx;p  the  zeal  of  Jehomih,  wUich  he  feels  Isa.  37:32,  ci-rN:p 
zeal  of  the  people,  which  is  felt  for  tliem  Isa.  26 :  11 ;  nno  rjrrT  the  cry 
against  Sodom  Gen.  18:20,  b'n-npr.T,  the  cry  of  the  poor  Prov.  21:13; 
iO'cn  his  wrong  i.  c.  done  by  him  Ps.  7:  17,  ""pT^n  my  wrong  i.  e.  done  to 
me  Gen.  16;  5;  o'^'Ti^'n  the  way  of  the  sea  i.e.  leading  to  it  1  Kin.  18:43, 
CSa"!"^  Tj'^'n  the  way  of  Jeroboam  i.  c.  in  which  he  walked  1  Kin.  16:26. 

b.  Active  participles  are  frequently  put  in  the  construct  state  before 
their  object,  'i'sp^  ra'^a'a  restoring  the  soul  Ps.  19:8.  T^'CV  "ar^S  loving  thy 
«amePs.  5:12,  i<d  "'Sa  entering  the  gale  Gen.  23:10.  So  even  before 
an  infinitive  which  they  govern,  Dip  "'^"'aia'J  being  early  to  rise  Ps.  127:2. 
Passive  participles  may  be  in  the  construct  before  the  subject  of  the  ac- 
tion, cnbx   nat!  smitten  of  God  Isa.  53 : 4,  nti<  1ib^  bom  of  a  voman 


284  SYNTAX.  §255 

Job  14:1,  or  before  the  secondary  object,  if  the  verb  is  capable  in  the 
active  of  liaving  a  double  object,  piU-ITian.  girded  with  sackcloth  Joel  1 : 8, 
di^sn  tnzh  clothed  with  linen  Ezek.  9:11.  When  a  noun  follows  the  in- 
finitive it  may  be  in  construction  with  it  as  its  subject,  "T\^.^  ^"^P.^  on  the 
/fiHo-'s  reading  2  Kin.  5  :  7,  ■ib"'~'in  his  driving  out  Num.  32 :  21.  or  be  gov- 
erned by  it  as  its  object,  bx!i?2li;-|S"ip  to  call  Samuel  1  Sam.  3:8,  cib''-}in 
to  drice  them  out  Deut.  7  :  17. 

10.  The  respect  in  wliicli  a  preceding  attribute  holds,  so 
that  it  answers  the  purpose  of  specification,  D';n£il)-N'!2u3  un- 
clean as  to  lips  Isa.  G  :  5,  sl?"^ffi)5  liard  hearted  Ezek.  3  :  7, 
n'''^^2  i3?i)?  rent  as  to  (garments,  2  Sam.  13  :  31. 

a.  This  answers  to  what  is  known  as  the  Greek  accusative,  TroSas  ojkv's; 
the  English  has  in  certain  cases  adopted  the  Hebrew  idiom,  so  that  we 
can  say  swift  of  foot,  blind  of  an  eye,  etc. 

§255.  1.  When  the  relation  between  two  nouns  is  ex- 
pressed by  an  intervening  preposition,  the  first  commonly 
remains  in  the  absolute  state :  it  may,  however,  particularly 
in  poetry,  be  put  in  the  construct,  ?2f5^  "^T}  mountains  in 
Gilboa  2  Sam.  1  :  21,  D3b^  ''^''2^ prophets  out  of  their  oion 
heart  Ezek.  13:2,  ^4  ''"^?  according  to  the  ahilitij  in  tis 
Neh.  5  : 8. 

2.  A  noun  is  sometimes  put  in  the  construct  before  a 
succeeding  clause  with  which  it  is  closely  connected :  thus, 
before  a  relative  clause,  "li^iS!  nijba  the  jjlace  ivhere,  etc.,  Gen. 
39  :  20,  "^iiJi?  "^Y'^Vfor  the  reason  that  Deut.  22 :  24,  par- 
ticularly when  the  relative  is  itself  omitted,  rib',un-n;i3  b?/  the 
hand  of  (him  whom)  thou  2vilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  nih^-na'i  n'inn 
the  beginning  of  (what)  Jehovah  spake  Hos.  1  :  2,  or  before 
the  conjunction  "i  and,  '^T^)  f^'??'7  wisdom  and  knowledge  Isa. 
33  :  G,  V^^  »'3l  JT^?^  drimhen  and  not  loith  loine  Isa.  51 :  21. 

3.  Three,  four,  or  even  five  nouns  are  sometimes  joined 
together  in  the  relation  of  the  construct  state,  DnhN-n"'5  ^'ts^n 
the  heads  of  the  houses  of  their  fathers  Ex.  G  :  14,  '^rint?  nsop 
^^"?^'?"''r^  the  number  of  the  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel 
Josh.  4:5,  n^iiJs-^b^  snb  b'jri'is  the  fruit  of  the  greatness 
of  heart  of  the  Icing  of  Assyria  Isa.  10  :  12. 


^  256  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  285 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurritig  in  poetry,  two  words  of  like 
meaning  are  united  in  the  construct  belbre  the  same  noun,  db^  •'bn_3  ■>nn3 
ricers,  brooks  of  honeij  Job  20  :  17,  nrir  "irin  "'iraip  Vh.  78  :  9,  if  rendered 
as  it  is  by  some  armed  with,  shoolUig  the  bow,  though  ""P'A}}  ">'^y  ''e  in  con- 
structioii  not  with  nc;^^  but  with  "^ri-i  armed  ones  of  those  who  shoot  the 
bow,  armed  bowmen.     'See  Alexander  in  lac. 

^25G.  When  two  words  are  in  the  construct  relation 
they  must  stand  in  immediate  conjunction,  and  no  other 
word  can  be  suffered  to  come  between  them  as  it  would  ob- 
scure the  sense.  Hence  an  adjective,  participle  or  demon- 
strative, qualifying  a  noun  in  the  construct  state,  cannot 
stand  immediately  after  it,  but  nmst  be  placed  after  the  gov- 
erned noun,  ^'^'1^T\  nnh''  nibj/'a  f/ie  great  icork  of  Jehovah 
Judg.  2  : 7,  !".pi^3  nnt  nrj?  a  great  crown  of  gold  Esth. 
8:15.  So  an  article  or  suffix,  belonging  to  a  noun  in  the 
construct,  must  be  attached  not  to  it  but  to  the  governed 
noun,  b'l'nn  17135  the  mighty  men  of  valour  Josh.  1 :  14,  ''l?''^s 
inr.T  his  idols  of  gold  Isa.  2  :  20,  ''i?7ip  "dt  my  name  of  holi- 
ness i.  e.  my  holy  name  Lev.  20  :  3. 

a.  When  the  governing  and  the  governed  noun  are  of  the  same  gender 
and  number  it  may  be  doubtlul  to  which  of  them  the  following  adjective 
is  to  be  referred,  thus  \>r\'^.  rS7.  •'fix  Gen.  10:21  may  cither  mean  i/ie 
elder  brother  of  Japheth  or  the  brother  of  Japheih  the  elder. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  a  noun  with  a  suf- 
fix stands  in  the  construct  belbre  a  following  word,  nrrc^  ri-^rnhs-^.a  Ihy 
chariots  of  sali'ationUiih.  3:8,  liJ-ipq^  mi/  refuge  of  strength  Ps.  71 :  7, 
nST  -2-in  thi/  nay  cf  lewdness  Ezel<.  IG  :  27,  though  these  are  rather  to  be 
regarded  as  instances  of  apposition  in  the  wide  sense.  §253.  2,  Nouns  in 
the  construct  occasionally  receive  the  article,  §246.  3.  a. 

c.  In  the  following  passages  a  brief  word  intervenes  between  Vs, 
which,  though  properly  a  noun  signifying  totality,  is  in  usage  equivalent 
to  a  pronominal  adjective  all,  every,  and  the  noun  which  it  governs, 
•ps  t<'>bn-b3  take  away  all  iniquity  Hos.  14 :  3,  so  2  Sam.  1 :  9,  Job  27 :  3, 
and  perhaps  Isa.  38  :  16;  but  see  Alexander  in  loc.  Like  the  Greek  Tras, 
when  followed  by  a  definite  noun  bs  means  the  whole  or  all,  crn-bs  all 
the  people,  fnsin-bs  the  whole  earth,  when  followed  by  an  indefinite  noun 
every,  n'^i"':3  erery  house ;  though  here  as  elsewhere  the  poets  may  omit 
the  article,  which  would  be  necessary  in  prose,  t'X-rbs  the  whole  head 
Isa.  1:5.  Connected  with  a  negative  adverb  it  forms  a  universal  nega- 
tion no,  or  if  the  words  be  rendered  separately  our  idiom  requires  us  to 
translate  ^3  by  any,  nii:3."i-Kb  nbxba-bs  no  work  shall  be  done  Ex.  12:16, 


28G  SYNTAX.  §  257, 258 

tinn-'rs  'px  ihere  is  no  new  Ihwg  Eccl.  1  :  9.  ni'ix-^S  bbl'^  xb  neilhcr  can 
any  god  2  Chron.  32  :  15.     Conip.  ou  8u<ata)^r;crcTa6  irucra  adp^  Roiii.  3:  20. 
d.  He   para(ro<^ic   may  be  attached  to  u  noun  in  iho  rotistruct  state, 
tJTSiy  nrnt^  luw-ard  Ihe  risvig  cf  the.  sun  Deut.  4  :  '11,  Gen.  21 :  G7. 

§257.  The  preposition  b  /o,  hdoiifjiiifj  to,  with  or  with- 
out a  preceding  relative  pronoun,  may  be  substituted  for  the 
construct  relation  in  its  possessive  sense,  n'^ixb  iTr«  ^i5:i:n 
her  father  s  sheep  prop,  the  sheep  lohieh  belonged  to  her  father 
Gen.  29  :  9,  coinp.  nn^ns^  -jsii  Gen.  37  :  12,  3?^"^'?^^  n;'3n  the 
house  of  Elisha  2  Kin.  5  :  9,  comp.  Latin  pater  mihi.  This 
is  particularly  the  case 

1.  AVhen  the  first  noun  is  omitted  ^"^"h  (a  psalm)  of 
David  Ps.  11:1,  t]?b'^nNb  ii:)2N  Amnon  (son)  of  Ahlnoam 
2  Sara.  3  :  2. 

2.  When  the  first  noun  is  indefinite  and  the  second 
definite,  ^iy':^  li  a  son  of  Jesse  1  Sam.  10:18  C^Ta"]?  2  Sam. 
20 : 1  is  the  son  of  Jesse,  §  240. 3),  D-'HaDn  nib  n^:^  ^  servant 
of  the  captain  of  the  (juard  Gen.  41  :  12. 

a.  Hence  the  frequent  use  of  \  {Lamedh  aitctoris)  in  the  titlc.^  of  the 
Psalms  and  other  compositions  "iTib  "nrTia  a  psalm  of  Dauid  i.  e.  belong- 
ing to  him  as  its  author,  p^P^rb  n^En  aj'rayer  of  Habuklaik. 

3.  When  the  first  noun  is  accompanied  by  a  numeral 
adjective,  especially  in  dates,  ii^nnb  aii  ^W'TW-cn  thefftcenth 
day  of  the  month  1  Kin.  12  :  32,  n?^b  tr^ip^^nn  nbft^a  hi  the 
ffth  year  of  the  Icing  1  Kin.  14  :  25,  i^Dsb  t%  nica  in  the 
third  year  of  Asa  1  Kin.  15  :  33. 

4.  When  several  genitives  are  connected  together,  nso 
nT.n;»  "^sbrib  D'^'b^^n  inn'i  the  hook  of  the  Chronicles  of  ihe  kings 
of  Judah  I  Kin.  15:23. 

The  Predicate. 

§258.  1.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence,  if  a  substantive, 
adjective,  or  pronoun,  may  be  connected  with  its  subject 
without  an  intervening  copula,  their  mutual  relation  being 


§259  THE   PREDICATE.  287 

sufficiently  suggested  by  simply  placing  them  together, 
D""(Sn  n-rin"r:-:D  all  her  paths  (are)  jjeace  Prov.  3:17,  -'ib 
fyn  the  tree  (was)  good  Gen.  3  :  G,  Xf^  "I  ^/"-s-  (is)  ///<?  way 
Isa.  30:21. 

2.  Or  the  pronoun  J^-n  of  the  third  person  may  be  used 
as  a  copula,  rns  N-n  "T-^F^  ""Tf*^  t^'-'^  fourth  river  if  Eu- 
phrates prop,  it  (is)  Euphrates  Gen.  2:14,  r.'^J?  Tstzrrr^'q 
what  are  these  ?  Zech.  4  :  5,  "'Sbio  i?"ri-nrs  thou  art  viy  khig 
Ps.  44  :  5,  nn  c^-bbij  njN^n  D-^pxn  ^'Z^^?,?^  ^,^^72  are  peaceable 
Gen.  34:21. 

3.  Or  the  verb  rnn  to  he  may  be  employed  for  a  like 
purpose,  particularly  if  the  idea  of  past  or  future  time  is  in- 
volved, "nn  rir'n  f^SJn  the  earth  was  desolate  Gen.  1  :  2, 
T'h'f)  '^7  "'I?t'^  l^'-^  oxen  were ploughinrj  Job  1:14. 

a.  Verbs  which  denote  some  modification  of  being  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  tlie  Biime  w.iy;  thus,  his  eyts  rina  "bnn  hc^an  (to  be)  dint 
1  Sam.  3:2;  "'bnxn  tJ'X  rb'  bnv  arvL  Noah  be<Tun  (to  be)  a  husbandmnn 
Gen.  0:JiO;  ny-  Tjr'rns  uhen  Ihou  ceasest  spoiling-  W.i.  33:  1.  //<e  /mi'r 
■jib  ~2n  h'ls  turned  white  Lev.  13  :  3  ;  so  to  be  called,  to  be  esteemed,  etc, 

b.  Sim;)I(;  existence  or  non-exislence  is  predicated  by  means  of  the 
particles  'C"^  and  "X.  the  latter  of  which  retains  its  absolute  form  when 
Ibllowinir  the  noun,  but  Likes  the  con.struct  form  I'X  wivn  it  precedes  the 
noun  either  immediately  or  separated  from  it  by  intervening  words,  Vxa  c^ 
there  is  a  kinsman  Ruth  3 :  12,  *,"'X  c^x  there  was  not  a  man  Gen.  2 : 5, 
t|^i  '(••».  Iliere  was  no  king-  in  Israel  Judg.  21  :  2-5.  Thepc  particles  may 
also  be  u.sed  as  copuhis  with  the  personal  pronouns,  when  the  predicate  is 
a  participle,  n^r^  f;:"X  thou  art  not  letlins- go  Ex.  8  :  17.  r-ii'i-a  T^C"*  thou 
art  saving  Judg.  G :  3G. 

^259.  1.  A  noun  in  the  predicate  may  receive  the  same 
adjuncts  as  in  the  subject,  ^  244. 

2.  Adjectives  and  demonstrative  pronouns  in  the  predi- 
cate agree  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  relate  in  gender  and 
number,  but  differ  from  qualifying  adjectives  and  demonstra- 
tives, ^  249,  in  standing  before  the  noun  and  in  not  receiv- 
ing the  article,  though  the  noun  be  definite,  T^-n  Z'-j  the 
word  is  (jood  Deut.  1  :  14,  "'"'^nn  O'in  his  mercies  are  great 
1  Chron.  21  :  13,  nrcrn  n^^bin  ri2S  these  are  the  (jenerO' 
tions  of  the  heavens  Gen.  2  :  4. 


288  SYNTAX.  ^  260 

a.  A  predicate  adjective  may  also,  though  less  frequently,  stand  after 
the  noun,  rih"*  mr-n  the  damsel  was  fair  1  Kin.  1:4,  Kinn  rixn  shiii 
2la  and  the  gold  of  (hat  land  is  good  Gen.  2  ;  12. 

b.  If  the  sense  require  the  predicate  to  be  made  definite,  it  Avill  receive 
the  article,  "i^naii  is  mi/  mouth  is  the  (one)  speaking  Gen.  45: 12. 


Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

§  2G0.  1.  Adjectives  have  no  distinct  form  for  tlie  com- 
parative or  superlative.  Comparison  is  expressed  by  means 
of  the  preposition  )'nfrom  placed  after  the  adjective,  nnrj 
D'i:"'?s^  T^^^T}  tcisdom  is  better  than  rubies  prop,  is  good  from 
rubies,  differs  from  them  and  by  implication  is  superior  to 
them  in  point  of  goodness,  Prov.  8:11;  ''lis)?  nnj?  p'^'^2 
thou  art  more  ricjUteous  than  /,  1  Sam.  24  :  17. 

2.  The  superlative  degree  may  be  expressed 

(1.)  By  adding  >b  all  to  the  comparative  particle  "jia, 
D'^)?"'':a-b3^  bina  great  from  all  the  sons  of  the  cast  i.  e.  the 
greatest  of  all,  etc.,  Job  1:3. 

(2.)  By  an  emphatic  use  of  the  positive,  so  as  to  imply 
the  possession  of  the  attribute  in  an  eminent  degree,  T^ia  "jiijp 
the  least  of  his  sons  prop,  the  little  (one)  2  Chron.  21  :  17, 
Qifoa  r^h-^T]  0  fairest  amoiig  women  Cant.  1  : 8,  "jcij^n  the 
least,  bin -in  the  greatest  1  Chron.  12:14,  ahi-J  the  best  of 
them  Mic.  7:4. 

a.  When  the  predicate  is  a  verb  instead  of  an  adjective,  comparison 
may  be  expressed  in  the  same  manner,  ^TZ'O  b'naN  /  will  he  greater  than 
thou  Y>yop.  great  from  thee  Gen.  4  1 :  40,  nnxn-bs^j  DSn-;!  and  he  -was  the 
wisest  cf  all  men  1  Kin.  5:11.  In  a  few  passages,  chiefly  occurring  in  the 
book  of  Ecclesiastes,  comparison  is  made  by  means  of  the  adverb  "iHT^ 
more,  "ir"^  TX  ''SS  Ti'^sn  I  was  then  more  icise  Eccl.  2  :  15. 

b.  The  construction  with  '"O  may  also  be  used  to  denote  excess,  blii 
NiiL"i?3  •'jiy  mij  iniquity  is  too  great  to  be  forgiven  prop,  greater  than  (it  is 
possible)  to  forgive  Gen.  4:  13,  V(53a  'Sto  too  little  for  thee  Job  15:  11. 

c.  A  comparative  sense  is  commonly  ascribed  to  1^  in  the  following 
passages,  in  which  an  adjective,  suggested  by  the  context,  must  be  supplied, 
T^zA'0^•q  "id^  the  upright  (is  sharper)  than  a  thorn-hedge  Mic.  7 : 4,  DSXg 
less  than  nothing  Isa.  40  :  17,  41 :24,  Ps.  62:10,  Isa.  10:  10,  Job  11 :  17;  in 
some  of  these  cases,  however,  ')^  may  have  the  sense  o{  from  or  of  and 
denote  that  from  which  any  thing  is  derived  or  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 


§261,262  the  primary  tenses.  289 

Verbs. 

§261.  1.  The  doctrine  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  rests  upon 
a  conception  of  time  radically  different  from  that  which  pre- 
vails in  onr  own  and  in  other  Indo-European  languages. 
Time  is  conceived  of,  not  as  distributed  into  three  portions, 
viz. :  past,  present,  and  future,  but  as  consisting  of  the  past 
and  futm-e  only.  The  present  is,  in  this  view,  an  inappreciable 
moment,  without  extension  or  cognizable  existence,  the  mere 
point  of  contact  between  two  boundless  periods  of  duration, 
or  the  instant  of  transition  from  one  to  the  other,  and,  as 
such,  not  entitled  to  be  represented  by  a  distinct  verbal  form. 
Every  action  or  state  of  being  is  accordingly  viewed  as  be- 
longing to  the  past  or  to  the  future ;  and  such  as  do  not 
belong  exclusively  to  one,  may  be  referred  indifferently  to 
either. 

2.  Within  these  two  grand  divisions  of  time  no  account 
is  made  of  those  minuter  distinctions,  in  the  expression  of 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  employ  such  a  variety  of  tenses, 
nor  of  those  modal  diflPerences  which  are  with  us  indicated 
by  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  potential,  except  to  that 
limited  extent  to  which  these  may  be  regarded  as  covered  by 
the  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures,  §264.  Whatever  is, 
or  is  conceived  of  as  past,  must  be  put  in  the  preterite ;  the 
future  is  used  for  all  that  is,  or  is  conceived  of  as  future, 
while  all  subordinate  modifications  or  shades  of  meaning 
are  either  suggested  by  accompanying  particles,  or,  without 
being  precisely  indicated,  are  left  to  be  inferred  from  the 
connection. 

The  Primary  Tenses. 

§  262,  The  preterite  is  accordingly  used  of 
1.  The  past,  whether  our  idiom  would  require  the  abso- 
19 


290  SYNTAX.  §262 

lute  past  tense,  i.  e.  the  liistorical  imperfect,  in  the  beginning 
God  ^573  created,  etc.,  Gen,  1 : 1,  God  nfes  tempted  Abraham 
Gen.  22:1;  or  one  of  the  relative  tenses,  viz.  the  past  viewed 
in  relation  to  the  present,  i.  e.  the  perfect,  lahat  is  this  that 
tr^ti^  thou  hast  done  Gen.  3:13,  thee  '^T^^'k'}  have  I  seen  right' 
eons  Gen.  7:1;  the  past  in  relation  to  another  past,  i.  e.  the 
pluperfect,  God  ended  his  loorh  tohich  <nib:^  he  had  made  Gen. 
2:2;  a7id  they  did  so  as  the  Lord  Si -is  had  commanded  Ex. 
7:10;  or  the  past  in  relation  to  a  future,  i.  e.  the  future 
perfect,  ivhen  the  Lord  f  nn  shall  have  loashed  away,  etc.,  Isa. 
4  :  4,  until  the  time  that  she  tvhich  travaileih  "^"i}^,  shall  have 
brought  forth  Mic.  5:2;  or  a  conditional  mood,  except  the 
Lord  of  hosts  had  left  unto  us  a  very  small  remnant  ^2"''?^J  we 
should  have  been  as  Sodom  Isa.  1:9,/  icould  there  were  a 
siDord  in  mine  hand,  for  now  ^"'^i^tlO  L  tcould  have  Jailed  thee 
Num.  22 :  29  ;  or  an  optative,  denoting  something  which  was 
to  have  been  desired  but  which  nevertheless  did  not  occur, 
rs\i2-^b  0  that  we  had  died  Num.  14:2,  ^tJDH  ^b  0  that  they 
had  been  wise  that  they  (fut.)  would  consider  this  Deut. 
32 :  29,  or  a  subjunctive  (the  Jordan  was  dried  up),  that 
Dnsn^  ye  might  fear  the  Lord,  at  that  time  and  thencefor- 
^N^x^  forever  Josh.  4  :  24. 

a.  In  all  these  cases  the  verbal  form  merely  expresses  in  the  general 
that  the  action  belongs  to  the  past,  but  whether  this  is  to  be  taken  abso- 
lutely, relatively,  or  conditionally,  must  be  learned  from  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  or  from  accompanying  words.  The  proper  English  imperfect 
is  expressed  in  Hebrew  not  by  the  preterite  but  by  the  participle,  nc"'  K^ni 
and  he  (was)  silling  Gen.  18: 1,  §266.  3. 

b.  In  promises,  contracts,  etc.,  the  preterite  is  sometimes  employed, 
where  we  might  have  expected  the  future,  because  the  inward  act  or  pur- 
pose is  intended  rather  than  its  outward  execution,  2mlo  thy  seed  Tina  / 
have  given  Ihis  land  Gen.  15  :  18,  the  grant  was  made  though  they  were 
not  yet  put  in  possession;  accordingly,  when  the  latter  idea  is  prominent, 
the  ibture  is  used  of  the  same  transaction,  unlo  thy  seed  "jriJ*  /  %cill  give 
this  land  Gen.  12:  7,  26 :  3.     Comp.  Gen.  4 :  14,  23:  11,  13. 

2.  The  present,  regarded  as  the  continuation  or  natural 
sequence  of  a  pre-existing  action  or  condition.     Anything 


§262  THE   PRIMARY    TENSES.  291 

begun  in  the  past  and  continued  in  tlie  present  may  be  con- 
sidered to  belong  to  the  past  and  accordingly  spoken  of  in 
the  preterite,  ^ive  me  a  little  water  for  T'''??  /  «wi  thirsty 
Judg.  4:19  prop.  1  have  been  thirsty  and  (it  is  implied)  I 
am  so  still ;  tlie  earth  "^^^  is  fall  of  violence  prop,  has  been 
and  still  '\%fall  Gen.  G  :  13  ;  now  ^"PjSyi  I  know  that  Jehovah 
is  the  (jreatest  of  all  the  (jods  Ex.  18:11,  prop.  I  have  known, 
the  knowledge  being  in  fact  contemporaneous  with  the  in- 
formation upon  which  it  was  based.  Comp.  in  Latin  novi, 
meminiy  odi. 

a.  It  is  comparatively  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  preterite 
or  the  future  be  used  to  designate  the  present.  That  wliich  now  exists 
may  cither  be  regarded  as  continued  from  the  past  or  as  perpetuated  in  the 
future  ;  and  as  it  is  contemplated  under  one  or  the  other  of  these  aspects, 
wili  the  tense  be  determined  accordingly.  Thus,  the  question  whence  come 
ye  is  in  Gen.  42:7  Cpxa  )ii<'q  whence  have  ye  come,  but  in  Josh.  9:8 
!ixapi  '("'N^  7chence  are  ye  coming  or  will  ye  come ;  because,  in  the  former 
instance,  the  past  action  of  coming  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker, 
and  in  the  latter  this  action  is  regarded  as  having  not  yet  ceased. 

3.  Permanent  facts  or  general  truths ;  these,  though  true 
for  all  time,  are  gathered  from  experience  and  observation, 
and  hence  may  be  appropriately  referred  to  the  past,  an  ox 
'S'y^  knoweth  his  owner  Isa.  1  : 3,  oxen  always  have  done  so 
and  it  is  implied  that  they  always  will ;  the  Lord  Dn"?  pitieth 
them  that  fear  him  Ps.  103  :  13. 

a.  The  future  is  used  in  this  case  with  the  same  frequency  and  pro- 
priety as  the  preterite,  An  ox  will  know  his  owner  expresses  the  same 
general  truth  as  an  ox  has  known  his  owner ;  only  in  the  former  case  at- 
tention is  chiefly  drawn  to  its  future,  and  in  the  latter  to  its  past  realiza- 
tions, §263.  3. 

4.  The  future,  when  viewed  as  past;  the  prophets,  in 
their  inspired  descriptions  of  events  which  had  not  yet  come 
to  pass,  often  transport  themselves  to  the  time  when  they 
shall  have  been  accomplished :  and,  surveying  the  future  from 
this  ideal  point  of  view,  they  give  to  their  predictions  the 
form  of  a  recital  of  what  has  already  taken  place,  Babylon 


292  SYNTAX.  §  263 

tibss  has  fallen  Isa.  21 :  9,  he  N'ibp  hath  home  our  griefs  Isa. 
53  : 4, /or  /  ''riBt'O  '^^^^■<?  ^^^<5;^<?  iiV<;z^  ^c/r*?  Jer.  49  :  10. 

a.  The  counterpart  of  this  prophetic  preterite  is  the  use  of  the 
future  in  vivid  descriptions  of  the  past,  in  which  the  writer  appears,  in 
imagination,  to  live  over  again  what  has  already  taken  place,  §263.  5. 

§  263.  The  future  is  used  in  speaking  of 

1 .  The  future,  whether  absolutely,  ?it'^'^  /  ivill  make  of 
thee  a  great  nation  Gen.  12:2,  or  relatively  to  something  in 
the  past,  he  took  his  eldest  soil  icho  ^'^'^^.  ?cas  to  reign  2  Kin. 
3 :  27,  Elisha  loas  fallen  sick  of  his  sickness  lohereof  ti'^^  he 
teas  to  die  2  Kin.  13:14;  or  conditionally,  (would  that  I 
had  died)  for  I  tuould  have  lain  down  (pret.)  and  'tsipujj!? 
loould  he  at  rest  Job  3:13;  hut  (if  it  were  my  case)  /  t^y^. 
toould  seek  unto  God  Job  5:8;  or  optatively  in  the  various 
grades  of  desire,  determination,  permission,  or  command,  so 
^"l^si"^  may  all  thine  enemies  perish  Judg.  5  :  31 ;  0  that  my 
grief  ^p'lE'';'  anight  he  iceighcd  Job  6:2;  all  that  thou  com- 
mandest  us  nib?i  vce  will  do  Josh.  1  :  16;  deeds  that  "Iby''. 
ought  not  to  he  done  Gen.  20:9;  of  the  fruit  of  the  trees  of 
the  garden  b5s?3  loe  may  eat  Gen.  3  :  2,  ^^SNn  b^S  ye  shall  not 
eat  ver,  3,  mine  ordinances  "^^Tfdvs  ye  shall  keep  Lev.  18  :4  ; 
or  subjunctively,  especially  after  conjunctions  signifying  that, 
in  order  that,  lest,  etc.,  (bring  the  venison)  ^^'^^ri  1?'?^  in 
order  that  my  soul  may  bless  thee  Gen.  27  :  25,  against  thee 
have  I  sinned  that  pt^^  thou  mightest  he  justified  Y%.  51  :6. 

a.  When  employed  in  rcquesfs,  the  future  is  frequently  accompanied 
by  the  particle  N3 ,  thus,  N3  ■a']';'  lei  thy. servant  speak,  J  pray  thee  Gen. 
44:  18,  N3 — 153^'^  let  the  iinckedness  of  the  icicked  cease,  I  pray  Ps.  7: 10. 

h.  The  future  is  idiomatically  used  with  n"nM  and  CiliS  not  yet,  before, 
whether  the  period  referred  to  is  past  or  future,  the  time  denoted  hy  the 
particle  being  antecedent  to  the  action  of  the  verb.  Thus,  referring  to  the 
past,  /  ate  of  all  Ninn  Cl^a  before  thou  earnest  Gen.  27:  33,  the  lamp  of 
God  ^%Pi1  ciij  had  not  yet  gone  aid  1  Sam.  3:4;  to  the  future,  that  my 
sold  may  bless  thee  r^iis  cyjs  before  I  die  Gen.  27:4,  ^^'^p'?  tsvj  before 
they  call,  I  xi-ill  ansvpv  Isa.  65:  24.  There  are  three  examples  of  the  use 
of  the  preterite  with  these  particles,  the  reference  being  to  past  time, 
1  Sam.  3  : 7,  Ps.  90 : 2,  Prov.  8 :  25. 


§  2G3  THE    riUMARY    TENSES.  293 

2.  The  present,  when  it  is  conceived  of  as  extending 
into  the  future,  comfort  my  people  "li?^"!  saith  your  God  Isa. 
40  : 1,  the  divine  utterance  though  begun  is  not  yet  finished; 
ly'in  iiSn  do  ye  not  hiow?  ver.  21,  are  you  ignorant,  and 
is  this  ignorance  to  continue?  lohj  ''^sn  weepest  thou? 
1  Sam.  1 :  8. 

3.  General  truths  or  permanent  facts,  when  the  attention 
is  directed  to  their  vahdity  for  all  time  to  come,  riyJdeousness 
D'biin  exaltetU  a  nation  Prov.  14 :  34,  it  does  so  now  and 
always  will ;  a  son  12D^  hououreth  his  father  ]\Ial,  1  :  G. 

4.  Constant  or  habitual  acts  or  states  viewed  as  con- 
tinuing for  an  indefinite  period  from  the  time  spoken  of, 
even  though  they  may  have  ceased  at  the  time  of  speaking, 
and  so  belong  entirely  to  the  past,  a  mist  m^?^  used  to  yo  up 
from  the  earth  Gen.  2  :  G,  i.  e.  not  only  at  the  moment  of  time 
previously  referred  to  but  from  that  onward ;  thus  Job  nib?|i 
did  continually  Job  1:5;  the  dauyhters  of  Israel  nSDpri  ivere 
in  the  habit  of  yoiny  from  time  to  time  Judg.  11  :  40  ;  so  Gen. 
29  :  2,  Ex.  13  :  22,  Num.  11 :  5,  1  Sam.  2  :  19. 

5.  The  past,  when  the  speaker  or  writer  assumes  an  ideal 
point  of  vision  prior  to  its  occurrence,  and  so  regards  it  as 
future.  Thus,  a  historian  in  animated  description,  as  we 
might  use  the  present,  ni^^"n"ii2J^  li^  then  sinys  Moses  Ex. 
15:1,  BalaJc  "^^n:^  brinys  me  from  Aram  Num.  23  :  7  ;  or  a 
poet,  who  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  of  wdiich  he  sings,  "is?"' 
ii  ib^y;  Qi'^  let  the  day  perish  on  tchich  I  am  to  be  born  Job 
3  : 3,  where  the  speaker,  by  a  bold  figure,  places  himself  be- 
fore his  birth,  and  prays  that  the  day  which  was  to  give  him 
existence  might  be  annihilated,  so  that  he  might  be  saved 
from  the  misery  of  living ;  n'-bi?  Qn^'?2  5.*;3  n^b  ichy  may  I 
not  die  from  the  icomb  ?  vcr.  11,  where  his  position  is  shifted 
to  the  time  immediately  after  his  birth ;  i~iirt:b  vd"!-  T^'y^  he 
makes  knoicn  his  loays  unto  Moses  Ps.  103  :  7. 

a.  The  intermincrling  of  difTerent  tenses  in  relation  to  the  same  sub- 
ject, whirii  is  so  frequent  in  poetry,  foreign  as  it  may  be  to  our  modes  of 


294  SYNTAX.  §264,265 

thought,  does  not  justify  the  conclusion  that  they  are  used  promiscuously 
or  without  regard  to  their  distinctive  signification.  Tiius  the  preterite 
and  the  future  are  frequently  combined  in  order  to  give  greater  emphasis 
and  compass  to  the  statement  made,  by  asserting  it  at  once  of  both  the 
grand  divisions  of  time,  the  wicked  who  •^D^i'^ia  have  wasted  me,  7)iy  deadly 
enemies  1S"i;5^  will  surround  vie 'Ps.  17: 9,  Jire  "^^^J*  devoured  before  them, 
and  after  them  aflame  un^n  shall  consume  Joel  2:3.  Or  the  writer  may 
place  himself  in  the  midst  of  an  event,  and  regard  part  as  having  already 
taken  place  and  part  as  yet  to  be  performed;  thus,  in  Ex.  15:14,  15.  the 
nations  ^V'O'^  have  heard  "y^^VT!  ihey  will  be  afraid;  pangs  thn  have 
seized  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Philistia ;  then  the  dukes  of  Edom  ^^f^.s? 
were  troubled,  the  mighty  men  of  Moab  trembling  ii2Tn.xi'  shall  seize  them, 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Canaan  15^3  have  melted.  Or  a  verb  may  be  put  in 
the  future  to  show  that  the  action  which  it  denotes,  though  in  reality  past, 
is  subsequent  to,  or  a  consequence  of^  a  preceding  preterite,  they  were  both 
naked  fidban"^  n'^i  and  were  not  ashamed  Gen.  2: 25.  Deut.  2: 12. 

§  264.  The  apocopated  and  paragogic  forms  of  the  future 
are  mostly  used  in  their  respective  persons,  §  97,  to  express 
its  optative,  conditional,  or  subjunctive  senses,  §263. 1.  The 
negative  imperative  is  made  by  prefixing  ^£?  not  to  the  apoco- 
pated future,  'n:?^n-5«  harm  not  Ps.  105  :  15  ;  ^2?nn  )B  would 
mean  you  shall  not  harm. 

a.  These  modified  forms  of  the  future,  although  they  give  a  more  dis- 
tinct expression  to  the  modal  senses  just  indicated,  are  not  essential  to  that 
end,  since  the  same  shades  of  meaning  may  be  and  often  are  suggested 
by  the  simple  future.  Instances  are  more  rare,  and  only  found  in  poetry, 
in  which  the  apocopated  or  paragogic  forms  are  used,  when  simple  futurity 
is  intended,  Job  13 :  27,  24 :  25. 


The  Secondary  Tenses. 

§265.  The  secondary  tenses  agree  in  signification  with 
their  respective  primaries.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive, 
forming  a  secondary  preterite,  §  99. 1,  has  the  same  variety  of 
senses  with  the  primary  or  proper  preterite,  and  is  in  fact  a 
simple  substitute  for  it.  In  like  manner,  the  secondary 
future  or  the  preterite  with  Vav  conversive,  §100.  1,  is  a 
substitute  for  the  primary  future.  A  narrative  or  a  para- 
graph, which  begins  with  one  of  the  primary  tenses,  is 
mostly  continued  by  means  of  the  corresponding  secondary 


§265  THE  SECONDARY  TENSES.  295 

tense,  provided  the  verb  stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  clause, 
so  that  it  can  be  attached  to  the  conjunction,  which  is  an 
essential  part  of  the  secondary  formation.  If,  for  any  reason, 
this  order  of  the  words  is  interrupted  or  prevented,  the 
primary  tense  must  again  be  used.  Thus,  Gen.  22  : 1,  God 
nB3  tempted  Abraham  ^'aii^li  and  said . . .  '^^s^l  and  lie  said . . . 
ver.  3,  D?T^'!'l  ajid  he  rose  up  eaiiij  .'. .  tJinii^l  and  saddled . . . 
Mpt'l  a?id  tool- . . .  ^^^'^']  and  clave  . . .  Dj^^i  and  rose  up  ^>i;i 
and  went  unto  the  pilcice  iS'Ta&j'it'i^  of  lohich  God  had  told 
him.  Gen.  17:5,  thf/  name  i5'ij5'>"^b  shall  not  be  called  Abram 
r\|>n'i  ajid  it  shall  he  . . .  ver.  G,  ''innsn^  and  I  ivill  make  thee 
fruiifd . . .  'T^Pinp^  and  I  voill  make  nations  of  thee  D'^P^''?^ 
'isi'^  ?!'?''?  (i^id  kings  shall  come  out  of  thee. 

a.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  describes  an  act  subsequent  to  or 
contemporary  with  the  time  denoted  by  the  words  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected. It  can,  thereibre,  only  relate  to  the  past  when  it  is  preceded  by 
a  preterite  witli  a  past  signification,  or  by  some  other  word  or  phrase  which 
refers  to  past  time,  in  the  year  of  king  UzziaWs  death  ■^NiN'i  {and)  I  saw 
Isa.  6:1.  But  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  future  tense,  it  has  a  future  significa- 
tion, pnb^  he  shall  deride  every  stronghold  i3^*!i  and  shall  heap  iip  earth 
finsb*!^  and  take  ii  Hab.  1 :  10,  loho  nii;?^;i  shall  do  evil . . .  I'i?,*]  "^.L^  and 
shall  go  and  sen-e  other  gods  Deut.  17:2,  3;  unless  a  pause  intervenes  in 
which  a  preterite  is  to  be  supplied,  as  in  Hab.  2: 1,  2,  /  ivill  watch  to  see 
what  he  will  say  to  ine  . . .  n^jH^  ■^!i:y|!li  and  (after  I  had  thus  watched)  the 
Lord  answered  vie.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  occurs  in  a  preterite 
sense  at  the  beginning  of  certain  books,  because  they  were  regarded  by 
their  authors  as  supplements  or  continuations  of  preceding  histories,  '^ln'^1 
And  it  came  to  pass  Josh.  1:1,  Judg.  1 : 1,  1  Sam.  1 :  1.  etc.,  etc. 

6.  The  preterite  with  Vav  has  a  future  signification  only  after  a  future 
tense  or  an  expression  suggestive  of  futurity,  e.  g.  in  thy  distress  Tj^iNSasi 
when  there  shall  come  vpon  thee  all  these  things  Deut.  4:30;  or  as  the 
initial  word  of  a  prophecy,  which  is  regarded  as  linked  with  other  dis- 
closures of  the  future  previously  made,  n^ni  and  it  shall  come  to  pass 
Isa.  2:2.  After  an  imperative  it  commonly  has  an  imperative  sense,  this 
being  one  of  the  significations  of  the  future,  §263.  1,  go  unto  Pharaoh 
riirxT  and  say  to  him  prop,  and  thou  shall  say  Ex.  7:26.  When  a 
preterite  precedes,  the  Vav  is  not  conversive.  thy  servant  was  keeping  his 
father''s  sheep  Nil  and  there  came  . . .  Nibs'!  and  took . . .  T'N^"!'  ajid  I  went 
owf  ...rnsni  and  smote  him,  etc.,  1  Sam!  17:34,  35,  unless  it  involves  a 
reference  to  what  is  to  take  place  hereafter,  /  have  blessed  him  (the 
blessing  is  of  course  prospective),  ''n"''isnn  and  I  will  make  him  fruitful, 
•'n"'a'ir7l  and  I  will  viidtiply  him  Gen.  17:20. 


296  SYNTAX.  §266 

Participles. 

§  266.  The  participles  being  properly  verbal  nouns,  do 
not  in  strictness  involve  any  definite  notion  of  time,  and  the 
connection  must  decide  whether  they  are  to  be  referred  to 
the  past,  present,  or  future,  thus  bsb  means  falUng  Num. 
24  :  ^JaJlen  Judg.  4  :  22,  or  ahout  to  fall  Jer.  37  :  14.  Their 
principal  uses  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1 .  They  express  what  is  permanent  or  habitual,  §  1 86.  2 .  6t, 
(the  Lord)  sriii^  lovetli  rit/hteousness  and  justice  Ps.  33  :  5,  <2 
(generation  ^^n  (joetU,  and  a  (generation  i53  cometh,  cind  the 
earth  ^^pp  ahidethfor  ever  Eccles.  1 : 4.  Passive  participles 
so  used  suggest  not  only  a  constant  experience  of  what  is 
denoted  by  the  verb,  but  in  addition  a  permanent  quality  as 
the  ground  of  it,  N'iis  not  only  feared  but  worthy  to  he 
feared,  ^"i^  wortluj  to  he  praised,  'lian;  desirable . 

2.  When  a  particular  time  is  intended  the  active  partici- 
ples niost  commonly  relate  to  the  present  or  to  the  proximate 
future,  and  passive  participles  to  the  past,  ^ia<'°i  ririXTtTa  what 
seest  thou?  Jer.  1:11,  i5"'n'a  ^T.r\  behold,  I  am  about  to  bring 
the  flood  Gen.  6:17,  "j^lb  (jivivg  ')°rip  given,  3"'iD'a  restoring 
iimyz  restored. 

a.  The  active  participles  of  neuter  verbs,  which  have  no  passive  forms, 
are  used  in  both  a  past  and  a  present  sense,  Tcq  dying  and  dear/,  h'Z}  fall- 
ing and  fallen ;  this  is  less  frequently  tlie  case  with  active  verbs,  i<7jo  then 
is  he  "TiiS'iiin  that  hath  hunted  venison  Gen.  27:33;  these  are  the  gods 
ni353n  that  smote  Egypt  1  Sam.  4:8.  Participles  of  passive  form  but 
active  sense  are  ordinarily  used  of  the  present  or  proximate  future,  onbs 
fghting. 

3.  In  narrations  and  predictions  the  time  of  the  partici- 
ples is  reckoned  not  from  the  moment  of  speaking,  but  from 
the  period  spoken  of,  the  two  angels  came . . .  3©i  tDi'ii  and 
Lot  (was)  sitting  in  the  gate  of  Sodom  Gen.  19:1;  he  spake 
to  his  sons-in-law  'I'^i^si  injp'b  ivho  (were)  to  marrg  his  daugh- 
ters ver.  14  :  he  came  to  Shiloh  . . .  t3^i?"iP  l^t''?^  loith  his  clothes 


§267  INFINITIVE.  297 

rent!  Sam.  4:12;  thou  shalt  meet  a  comiKinij  of  prophets 
D'''7T  cominfj  doion  1  Sara.  10:5;  they  shall  declare  his 
rifjlLteoitsness  unto  a  ^^eople  "l^ia  (who  shall  then  be)  horii  Ps. 
22:32,  102:19,  Jiidg.  13:8. 

a.  The  period  to  ivliicli  ;i  participle  is  to  be  referred  is  sometimes  de- 
termined by  connecting^  witii  it  the  past  or  future  tense  of  tlie  substantive 
verb,  Muses  ilin  n''^ri  was  keeping  the  jiocJi  of  Jethro  Ex.  3:1,  Ids  throne 
',133  n?.-!?  shall  he  established  for  ever  1  Chron.  17:4. 


Infinitive. 

§  267.  The  infinitive  is  an  abstract  verbal  noun,  and,  like 
the  participles,  partakes  of  the  character  both  of  a  noun  and 
a  verb.  As  a  noun  it  may  be  the  subject  of  a  proposition, 
§  242,  or  it  may  be  governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition; 
it  may  also  be  put  in  the  construct  state  before  a  noun  de- 
noting either  its  subject  or  its  object. 

a.  The  Infinitive  as  a  subject:  :iX3i  rajl  irk'yi  ^n3i  n'xs  (there  is) 
cursing  and  lying  and  killing  and  stealing  and  conimilling  adtdierij  Hos. 
4:2,   I3ST^.^  niib?  to  do  justice  (is)  ajoij  to  the  righteous  Prov.  21  :  15. 

6.  The  construct  infinitive  is  used  after  verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions, 
and  when  governed  by  a  verb  or  noun  it  is  usually  tliough  not  invariably 
preceded  as  in  English  by  the  preposition  h  to,  i2  cniinb  bz'^a.  1  shall  be 
able  to  fight  icith  him  Num.  22:11,  wib  ni.;!  n^Hb  ri  a  time  to  be  born 
and  a  time  to  die  Eccl.  3:2;  h  is  seldom  omitted  in  prose  but  ollen  in 
poetry,  /  know  not  (how)  &i3T  rsi  to  go  aid  and  to  come  in  1  Kin.  3:7, 
c^sn  miro  thou  hast  refused  to  be  ashamed  Jer.  3:3,  Tip"i  ryn  li£0  rv  a 
time  to  mourn  and,  a  time  to  dance  Eccles.  3 : 4,  "I'^iS'  n''^rrv  readij  to  rouse 
leviathan  Job  3:8.  Various  prepositions  may  precede  the  infinitive,  as  h 
to,  2  ?■??,  3  like,  at,  '"0  from,  n?  until,  hv  upon,  Y^''^^^  '"'^  oider  to,  '{i1  be- 
cause of  "ipsb  before,  etc. 

c.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  rarely  governed  by  a  verb,  -w'^H  ^"i^^ 
learn  to  do  well,  ^'''^^n  ^iniirx  redress  wrong  Isa.  1  :  17,  until  he  knoics 
01X13  to  refuse  the  evil,  ^in^^i  and  to  choose  the  good,  7  :  15,  I'^^'^'l-?  ^2S"X:^'i 
TjlHin  and  they  woidd  not  walk  in  his  ways,  42:2i,  thou  wilt  make  7ts  off- 
scouring  Dix^l  and  refuse  Lam.  3:45. 

d.  The  infinitive  in  the  construct  before  its  subject,  cx-iaina  in  their 
being  created  '\.  e.  when  1  hey  were  created;  in  the  day  n^n'bx  n^h"^  rir?. 
of  the  Lord  God's  making  earth  and  heaven  Gen.  2:4;  there  was  no  water 
csn  r<T\th  for  the  drinking  <fthe  people  Ex.  17: 1  ;  '■TC.'-']  «""'  "'!/  dwelling 


298  SYNTAX.  §  268, 269 

(shall  be)  i.  e.  I  shall  dwell  Ps.  23:  G.  Before  its  object,  SJto-n-ijQ  nkb  the 
accepting  of  the  ■person  of  the  wicked  Prov.  18:5,  tntiiSTtn  to  yield  its 
strength  Gen.  4: 12. 

§  268.  The  absolute  infinitive,  expressing  as  it  does  the 
abstract  idea  of  the  verb  irrespective  of  tense,  number,  or 
person,  may  be  used  instead  of  any  of  the  finite  forms  of  the 
verb,  when  the  sense  is  duly  qualified  by  the  context.  Thus, 
it  may  take  the  place  of 

1 .  The  preterite  or  the  future,  when  one  of  those  tenses 
immediately  precedes,  ^3!'j5!n^i  and  iliey  hleiu  the  trumpets 
pSST  and  brake  the  pitchers  ^lo"^.  (there  was)  a  hrealdnf/  of 
the  pitchers  Judg.  7:19;  all  this  ''3^-n.\*  lih:i  ^xrk^  I  have 
seen  and  applied  my  heart  Eccl.  8 : 9  j  ^2jp;'  they  shall  buy 
fields  for  money  ^iriDl  and  torite  the  papers  Dirili'i  and  seal 
(them)  ^^yn  and  take  ivitnesses  Jer.  32  :  44. 

a.  This  rarely  occurs  when  no  verb  precedes  in  the  same  sentence, 
'lio'i  i^d-D3J  sHn  (shall)  the  faidl-finder  contend  vjilh  the  Almighty  Job 
40 :  2,  -iBt  tiiin  ni'nn  the  living  creatures  ran  and  returned  Ezek.  1 :  14, 
•lix.  nio  /prcEJsecZ  Eccl.  4:2. 

2.  The  imperative,  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning  of 
a  sentence,  ^ibj"  remember  the  sabbath-day  prop,  (let  there 
be)  a  remembering  Ex.  20 : 8,  jnns'i')  ^".Sn  yo  and  say 
2  Sam.  24:12. 

§269.  The  dependence  of  one  verb  upon  another  is 
most  distinctly  expressed  by  putting  the  second  verb  in  the 
infinitive.  The  second  verb  may,  however,  be  in  form  co- 
ordinated with  the  first  by  being  put  in  the  same  or  an 
equivalent  tense  with  or  without  a  copulative,  the  true  rela- 
tion between  the  verbs  being  left  to  be  inferred  from  their 
obvious  signification,  ^^n  b''«in  he  luas  loilling,  walked  i.  e. 
he  teas  williny  to  loalk  or  walked  loillinyly  Hos.  5:11, 
nnnj?  "rb  fi'^bis  i5b  /  will  no  more-  add  to  pity  i.  e.  will  not 
ayain  pity  Hos.  1  :  6,  ^l?n  a^3l^)a  beiny  early  to  go  or  going 
early  Hos.  6  : 4,  hoio  "Ti^^"^!?  ^^^^  shall  I  endure  and  see  i.  e. 
endure  to  see  Esth.  8  :  6. 


^  270  OBJECT  OF  VERBS.  299 

a.  This  co-ordination  most  frequently  occurs  wlien  the  second  verb  ex- 
presses tlie  principal  idea  and  the  first  simply  qualifies  it,  so  that  tlie  latter 
miwht  be  rendered  by  an  adverb.  Though  even  in  this  case  the  second 
verb  is  often  put  in  the  infinitive,  ti^d  rjO'^i  Gen.  8:  10  and  he  added  io 
send  or  nyd*]  rjO'^]  1  Sam.  19: 21  and  he  added  and  sent  for  he  sent  again. 

b.  In  the  following  instances  the  verbs  thus  co-ordinated  have  difi'erent 
subjects,  'i2'n33  bz^a  I  shall  be  able,  ice  shall  smile  him  i.  e.  I  shall  with 
your  aid  be  able  to  smite  him,  Num.  22  :C.  r(^-!1X"ip7  iS'^pin  N^i  ihou  shall 
not  add  they  shall  call  thee  i.  e.  thou  shalt  no  more  be  called  by  them,  Isa, 
47: 1,  5  ;  or  are  in  different  tenses,  n:3i<^  ''t)'^.!';  ^^  Umow  not  (how)  f  shall 
fatter  i.  e.  how  to  flatter,  Job  32:  22';  O  that  WXSTaxn  inrn;  /  knew  and 
might  Jind  him  i.  e.  how  to  find  him,  Job  23  : 3. 


Object  op  Verbs. 

§  270.  The  object  of  a  transitive  verb  ordinarily  stands 
after  both  the  verb  and  its  subject,  and  if  it  is  an  indefinite 
noun  is  distinguished  simply  by  its  position  or  by  its  rela- 
tion to  the  verb  as  determined  by  its  meaning ;  if  a  definite 
noun,  or  a  demonstrative,  relative,  or  interrogative  pronoun, 
it  may,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  writer,  be  further  distinguished 
by  prefixing  to  it  r.&?  the  sign  of  the  definite  object ;  if  a 
personal  pronoun,  it  is  suffixed  either  to  in^?  or  to  the  govern- 
ing verb. 

a.  Considerable  liberty  is  allowed  in  respect  to  the  position  of  words, 
particularly  in  poetry ;  although,  according  to  the  natural  order  in  Hebrew, 
the  verb  stands  first,  its  subject  next,  and  its  object  last,  nx  D'^n'bs  sna 
n'^i^an  God  created  the  heavens  Gen.  1 : 1,  this  is  liable  to  any  alteration 
tliat  emphasis  may  require:  the  subject  may  precede  the  verb,  and  the  ob- 
ject may  stand  between  them  or  before  them  both. 

b.  A  noun,  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  may  receive  PN, 
whether  it  is  definite  by  signification,  as  a  proper  noun,  God  templed 
cn"i3X"ni<  Abraham  Gen.  22:1,  or  is  made  so  by  the  article,  God  saw 
m'xn-nx  the  light  Gen.  1 :  4,  a  pronominal  suffix,  take,  noiv,  "^nsiaTX  my 
blessing  Gen.  33:11,  or  construction  with  a  definite  noun,  Jacob  called 
nipan  C\lJ~ni<  the  name  of  the  place  Gen.  35:15.  The  particle  PX  is  not 
essential  in  any  of  these  cases  and  is  often  omitted,  particularly  in  poetry. 
If  several  definite  nouns  are  connected  together  as  the  object  of  a  verb, 
or  if  a  verb  has  more  than  one  definite  object,  rs  may  be  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  /  have  given  nX-Tfl  -jr-ixn-rx.  this  ZawZ .. .  "li/pn-ps  the 
Kenile  ''■ispn-nxi  and  the  Kenizzite,  etc.,  etc.,  Gen.  15 :  18-21 ;  they  stripped 
qbi^-nx  Joseph  ihsFis-j-ii*  of  his  coat  C^Esn  n:ns"nx  the  full-length  coat 


300  SYNTAX.  §271 

Gen.  37 :  23;  or  it  may  stand  before  a  part  of  tliem  only.  Dout.  12 :  G,  or  it 
may  be  omitted  altogetlier,  Deut.  11:14.  In  a  very  lew  instances  the 
article  is  dropped  after  nx,  which  of  itself  Indicates  the  defiiiiteness  of  tlie 
noun,  he  reared  up  for  himself 'nzk'q'riiA  the  pillar  2  Sam.  IS:  IS;  and 
carver  sij^eiigihened  C^nbiTiX  gilder  Isa.  41:7,  where  the  omist^ioa  of  the 
article  is  poetic.  §247. 

c.  Pronouns  with  T.X ;  iliT^X  this  ye  shall  eat  Lev.  11:9;  put  t^JTi* 
this  (fellow)  in  the  prison  1  Kin.  22:27;  "i'i:J^.  ^^x  whom  they  have  cast 
into  the  prison  Jer.  38:9;  he  knexo  n'ib^~idN  nx  what  his  ijoungest  son 
had  done  to  him  Gen.  9:24;  t}^^r\  ''^"nx  whom  hast  thou  reproached! 
Isa.  37:23;  it  does  not  occur  before  the  neuter  na .  It  is  also  extended 
sometimes  to  the  following  words,  which  partake  to  a  certain  degree  of  the 
pronominal  character,  ^3  all,  every,  Gen.  1:29,  d^^X  any  one,  each  Ex. 
21:28,  'inx  one  1  Sam.  9:3.  With  personal  pronouns,  Ci^nx  Tj'^r'^?  Gen. 
32:1,  or   ni:in''1  Gen.  4S:  20  and  he  blessed  them. 

>  ••  -:  IT  :  - 

§271.  Many  verbs,  wliicli  are  not  properly  transitive,  arc 
nevertheless  capable  of  a  transitive  construction ;  thus 

1.  Verbs  signifying  plenty  or  want :  Q^it'r^n  nSi3  n^'^n  f/ie 
house  was  full  (of)  men  Judg.  16  :  27,  D^^-'i?  ni'ib  ^nirit)  I  am 
sated  (with)  humt-ojjcrhigs  of  rams  Isa.  1:11,  ^b  TJ-pr)  we 
lacked  evenj  tUng  Jer.  44  :  18.  Here  belongs  that  peculiar 
Hebrew  idiom,  which  expresses  abundance  by  such  phrases 
as  the  following :  ike  hills  i^n  n^sSn  shall  run  (with)  milk 
Joel  4: 18,  mine  eijc  n'^'i?  Trrr^  runneth  doion  (with)  tcater 
Lam.  1:16;  cijlTlJ/Sp  i'is  r.Sy  it  had  all  come  up  (with)  thorns 
i.  e.  was  overgrown  with  them,  Prov.  24  :  31. 

2.  Verbs  signifying  motion  may  have  for  their  object  the 
place  which  it  immediately  concerns,  whether  it  be  directed 
upon  it,  to  it,  or  from  it,  "^a^^n-bs  ri?  tjbsi  and  loe  icent 
(through)  all  the  icilderness  Deut.  1:19,  and  figuratively, 
Piip'i^  ?)bn  ivalhing  (in)  righteousness  Isa.  33:15,  "rbj)  "^i^^T^. 
and  they  came  into  the  citi/  Josh.  6:19,  n^bn-ns?  ^skl^;;  thcg 
went  out  (of)  the  citij  Gen.  44  : 4. 

3.  Intransitive  verbs  may,  as  in  other  languages,  govern 
their  connate  noun,  ni^n  ^T\'diT\  1  have  dreamed  a  dream 
Gen.  37:9;  '^sp'a  nia'^ISp^'i  and  they  lamented  there  a  lamen- 
tation Gen.  50  :  10  ;  ^^^nri  "'^^n  ye  loill  he  vain  a  vanity  i.  e. 
utterly  vain  Job  27  :  12  ;  or  even  one  from  a  difFercnt  root  if 


§273  OBJECT  or  verbs.  301 

it  bo  related  or  analogous  in  signification,  ^t^^^ip  in^-h.)  nw 
I  have  been  zealous  a  p-eat  fiiri/ Zedx.  8:2,  n;:i:n  "j-^^i?  / 
shall  sleep  death  i.  c.  the  sleep  of  death,  Ps.  13  :  4. 

4.  Any  verb  may  take  as  its  object  a  noun  which  defines 
the  extent  of  its  application,  vb'j,"i-rs  T^T}  he  ivas  diseased  in 
Us  feet  1  Kin.  15  :  23  ;  onlij  b"hr.x  t?C2n  in  Hie  ihronc  icill  I 
he  fjreater  ihaii  thou  Gen.  44  :  40 ;  Xf)  ^"^^i^n  i/e  jjerish  as  to 
the  icay  i.  e.  lose  the  loajj  Ps.  2:12. 

a.  By  an  impersonal  construction  of  passive  verbs  tlicir  snl)jcct  is  some- 
times converted  into  the  object,  wliicii  in  fact  it  logically  is,  y-iNtn-nx  'rn^ 
dandum  est  terram,  let  Ike  land  be  given  Num.  32:5,  '^"^S'n-nx  i^I^^nb  1^*1 
lil'y  and  it  was  told  to  liebekah  (i.  c.  some  one  told  her)  ilie  words  of  Esati 
Gen.  27:42,  so  Gen.  17:5,  Ex,  10  :S.  Lev.  10:  IS,  2  Sam.  21 :  11,  etc.  This 
construction  ic?  sometimes  extended  to  neuter  verbs  in  familiar  phrases, 
which  have  become  associated  with  an  active  idea,  "rnn-nx  tji^'ra  f\1  ^X 
let  not  be  evil  in  thine  eyes  (i.e.  do  not  regard  as  evil)  the  thing  2  Sam. 
11 :  25,  1  Sam.  20 :  13,  Josh.  22 :  17,  Neh.  9 :  32.  In  2  Kin.  18 :  30  n-'rn-rit  "(nsn 
the  cili/ shall  be  given,  the  verb  agrees  with  ^"'3?  notwithstanding  its  re- 
ception of  the  sign  of  the  object:  rx  is  omitted  in  the  parallel  passage. 
Isa.  36 :  15. 

b.  A  noun,  about  which  a  statement  is  to  be  made,  sometimes  stands 
absolutely  and  is  preceded  by  the  sign  of  the  object,  htz  ^T"i3r!"!^'$  as  for 
the  iron,  it  fell  2  Kin.  6:5;  b-^n  •^trx  n^x-PSTiX  as  for  all  these  (they 
were)  men  of  valour  Jadg.  20: 4i;  "'nipn-n«  as  for  my  statutes  they  did 
not  walk  in  them  Ezek.  20 :  16.  Some  regard  ns  as  the  sign  of  the  object 
in  such  passages  as  -i^n-PiO  i-^xn  tih  1  Sam.  17:31,  and  refer  to  the  fact 
that  the  Arabic  conjunction  is  followed  by  the  accusative  when  it  is  need 
in  the  sense  of  together  with;  more  probably,  however,  TN  is  the  preposi- 
tion icilh,  §238.2,  and  the  passage  is  to  be  rendered  the  lion  came  and  (that 
too)  with  the  bear,  so  Num.  3:26,  1  Sam.  26: 16.  1  Kin.  11:25.  etc. 

§272.  1.  When  a  noun  or  pronoun  is  regarded  as  the 
indirect  object  of  a  verb,  the  relation  is  indicated  by  means 
of  the  appropriate  preposition. 

2.  Many  verbs  vary  their  construction  'without  any  ma- 
terial difference  of  meaning  according  to  the  form  of  the  con- 
ception in  the  mind  of  the  speaker  or  writer,  being  foUowed 
by  one  preposition  or  by  another  or  by  none  at  all,  as  he  views 
the  relation  as  du'cct  or  indirect,  and  if  the  latter,  under  one 
aspect  or  another :  thus,  the?/  tcent  out  from  the  citij  may  be 
expressed  by  the  direct  relation,  "i^i^n-r^  'iNi";;  Gen.  44 : 4, 


302  SYNTAX.  §273 

or  by  the  indirect,  ^''^'rr)i2  ^Ni^,';  Josli.  8  :  22  ;  Qnbs  tof^ht  is 
followed  by  D2?  wit/t  Josh.  10:29,  by  a  in  (na  in  earn) 
ver.  31,  by  b?  against  ver.  38,  by  sn^  Judg.  12:4. 

a.  A  number  of  verbs  are  indifferently  construed  with  a  direct  object  or 
with  b  to.  in  reference  to,  thus.  sfjN  to  love  any  one  and  to  have  love  to 
any  one,  NDi  /o  cure  and  fo  ^perform  a  cure  for  any  one,  ^^''din  to  save  and 
fo  grani  salvation  to  any  one,  rind  to  destroy  and  Zo  6r«zg-  destruction  to 
any  one. 

6.  As  the  object  of  an  action  may,  in  certain  cases,  be  regarded  as  the 
instrument  with  which  it  is  performed,  some  transitive  verbs  also  admit  a 
construction  with  2  with,  thus  ISICJ  ^i'pri  blow  the  trumpet  Hos.  5 : 8, 
*iE)it"3  ypn'ii]  a.nd  he  blew  loilh  the  trumpet  Judg.  3 :  27 ;  G'^'^^f^  i!;^Q  to 
spread  forth  the  hands  Ps.  143:6,  but  followed  by  5  to  spread  forth  with 
the  hands  Lam.  1 :  17. 

3.  By  a  condensed  style  of  expression  {construdio praeg- 
nans)  prepositions  are  sometimes  connected  with  verbs,  to 
whose  meaning  they  are  not  strictly  conformed ;  thus,  motion 
may  be  suggested  by  the  preposition  though  the  verb  of  it- 
self implies  no  such  idea,  '^'y^  Pi'pin  tltou  hast  profaned  to 
the  (/round  i.  e.  profaned  by  casting  to  the  ground,  Ps.  89  :  40, 
i^.n^n-b^  ijji^  ^ins  iheij  trembled  one  unto  another  i.  e.  one 
turned  tremblingly  to  another,  Jer.  36 :  16,  ''Sn^??  S'^^i'^  i'?]?'? 
thou  hast  answered  (by  saving)  me  from  the  horns  of  the  uni' 
corns  Ps.  22  :  22. 

§  273.  Some  verbs  have  more  than  one  object,  viz. : 

1.  The  causatives  of  transitive  verbs:  tj^si^™  inbs^nn 
DntoSTiS  and  I  loill  make  thy  oppressors  eat  their  own  flesli 
Isa.  49:26;  n^&?~b5"ns«  "^^y)  ^  he  would  7iot  have  caused  us 
to  see  all  these  things  Judg.  13  :  23 ;  b&$nto:i-n^  n|Sn2^  he  shall 
cause  Israel  to  inherit  it  Deut.  1 :  38. 

2.  Verbs  whose  action  may  be  regarded  under  different 
aspects  as  terminating  upon  different  objects,  or  which,  under 
the  rules  already  given,  may  take  a  direct  object  of  more 
than  one  kind,  all  irib5  n-)^  nii^j??  zvhich  God  commanded  him 
Gen.  6  :  22  ;  D-'j^nn-bs  n^  bsnis":  ^s-nx  nninb  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  all  the  statutes  Lev.  10:11;  ''n^55-bs-nN  tr^ir\ 
'Tib  thou  hast  smitten  all  my  enemies  on  the  cheek  Ps.  3:8; 


§273  OBJECT   OF   VERBS.  303 

tJ'ip  oi'i'inxio  lift  up  your  hands  to  the  sanctuary  Ps.  134 :  2 ; 
Mtt^rra  oiarii  and  he  shall  discomjit  them  a  discomfiture 
Deut.  7  :  23. 

3.  The  instrument  of  an  action,  tlie  material  used  in  its 
performance,  its  design,  or  its  result,  is  often  regarded  as  its 
secondary  or  remote  object,  "Jls^  ini?  ^issn'^l  and  they  over- 
whelmed him  with  stones  Lev.  24  :  23 ;  t2Dn«  csnb?  rinr^ni  and 
thou  shall  yird  them  with  a  belt  Ex.  29:9;  thy  seed  T\]7\"MD)^^ 
iTa'i^rrnN  with  which  thou  shall  sow  the  ground  Isa,  30  :  23 ; 
ns:?  D^sjrrnsj  ^%^^^  and  he  formed  the  man  of  dust  Gen.  2:7; 
^vrbt  ifcx /or  which  I  have  sent  it  Isa.  55:11;  nin^^ 
nST^  Disniin-ni?  and  he  built  the  stones  into  an  altar  1  Kin. 
18:32. 

a.  The  person  affected  by  an  action,  ofv/hich  he  is  not  the  immediate 
object,  is  occasionally  regarded  as  its  remote  object,  though  not  so  fre- 
quently as  in  English,  "^SPin;  35?:^!  "j^"}^.  than  hast  given  me  the  land  of  the 
south  Judg.  1:15,  comp.  in  the  same  verse,  ''b  nnna'l;  Vjibrs  nrn  theij  did 
thee  evil.  Gen.  50:  17,  comp.  nyn  onb  !i>m  Isa.  o":  9 ;  nby-o'ribi-rN  ^i-isb'^l 
IIJ'^N  ri"5x  and  they  hired  of  the  king  of  Maacah  a  thousand  men  1  Sam.  10:6. 
The  same  thing  occurs  in  a  few  instances  after  intransitive  verbs,  ''ib'ia 
he  grew  up  to  me  as  to  a  father  Job  31 :  18;  "'SPT'S^  did  ye  fast  unto  me 
Zech.  7:5. 

4.  Some  verbs  may  govern  the  subject  and  predicate  of 
a  subordinate  clause,  bos  'st^  ti?ib  to  know  wickedness  (to 
h€)  folly  Eccl.  7  :  25,  the  latter,  if  it  be  an  adjective  or  par- 
ticiple, will  remain  without  the  article,  §  259.  2,  D^^nsj^  T^'?'? 
"'lisr.'a  I  have  heard  Ephraim  bemoaning  himself  i ox.  31 :  18, 
p^"^:^  iri^yi'-i  '^tiifs  thee  have  I  seen  righteous  Gen.  7:1. 

5.  If  an  active  verb  is  capable  of  governing  a  double 
object,  its  passive  may  govern  the  more  remote  of  them, 

DDnb-iS'  iTirn  nx  DPb'csi  and  ye  shall  be  circumcised  in  the  flesh 
of  your  foreskin  Gen.  17:11,  D.ni5  fnijn  i5l?'/SP^  and  the  land 
was  filled  icith  them  Ex.  1 :  7,  iripris  ?^np  rent  as  to  his  coat 
i.e.  with  his  coat  rent  2  Sam.  15:32,  r.fcp  rroiD  sent  (or 
charged)  with  a  painful  message  1  Kin.  14  : 6. 


304  SYNTAX.  §  274 


Adverbial  Expressions. 

§  274.  Tiie  predicate  of  a  proposition  may  be  further 
qualified 

1 .  By  adverbs,  which  commonly  stand  after  the  words  to 
which  they  refer,  la570  ni'j-nin'i  and  behold  (it  was)  very  good 
Gen.  1 :  31 ;  ninn  tb^^^  and  he  tvas  greatli/  jjrovoked  ^d\. 
3  :  33  ;  I  am  "ib^'/a  f^^y\  iinsis  thij  exceed wg  great  reiuard 
prop,  thg  reward  very  much  Gen.  15:1. 

a.  Adjectives  belonging  to  the  subject  may  of  course  be  qualified  in 
the  same  manner  as  though  they  were  found  in  the  predicate. 

2.  By  nouns  used  absolutely  to  express  the  relations  of 
time,  place,  measure,  number,  or  manner. 

a.  Thus,  time  when:  B'^'^nil'i  "if^'-J  "y  evening  mid  morning  and  noon 
will  I  pray  Ps.  55:18;  larri/  here  1^5"?^^  to-night  Num.  22:8;  Gideon 
came  rriTadNri  \j35<n  at  the  beginning  of  the  watch.  Time  how  long:  and, 
he  shall  shut  up  the  house  D'^i^  riyad  seve?i  days 'Lev.  14:38;  the  land 
rested  fiiti  U'^iiiyd  eighty  years  Judg.  3:30. 

b.  The  place  where:  the  absolute  use  of  nouns  in  this  sense  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  the  familiar  words,  nrs  at  the  door  of  Gun.  18: 1.  Judg. 
9:35,  rria  at  the  house  of  Gen.  38:11,  Num.  30:11,  and  a  ^aw  proper 
names,  cnb  rr^i  at  Bethlehem  2  Sam.  2:32.  ^KTi-^a  at  Bethel  Hos.  12:4. 

J  VAT  ••  ... 

c.  Measures  of  space:  in'ia  nis:<  t^i^n  three  cubits  high  Ezek.  41:22; 
he  went  oh^  Tp.'H  «  duifs  journey  1  Kin.  19:4. 

d.  Number:  Ci"''2S'Q  i'2D  siu  return  seven  times  1  Kin.  18:43;  he  of- 
fered sacrifices  ^i"^  "h'^.^.   according  to  the  number  of  them  all  Job  1 : 5. 

e.  Manner,  answering  to  the  Greek  adverbial  accusative :  ye  shall 
dwell  H:o3  in  security  Deut.  12  :  10 ;  ?/e  shall  not  go  nai"i  I'fUly  Mie.  2:3; 
the  tribes  xcent  up  ^■»rfc^_  ^'l'^?.  according  to  a  laiv  of  Israel  Ps.  122  :  4  ; 
thou  shall  not  go  there  ^'■'O'O  T\k'^'i  for  fear  of  briers  Isa.  7:25;  to  serve 
him  "inx  did  with  one  consent  prop,  shoidder  Zeph.  3 :  9. 

3.  By  nouns  preceded  by  a  preposition  forming  a  qualify- 
ing phrase. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  the  several  prepositions  see  the 
lexicon. 


§275  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  305 


Neglect  of  Agreement. 

§  275.  The  general  rule  that  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun  to  which 
they  respectively  relate,  is  subject  to  some  remarkable  excep- 
tions ;  the  principal  of  which  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  predicate  adjective  or  verb  precedes  the 
noun  it  often  prefers  a  primary  to  a  secondary  form,  that  is 
to  say,  the  masculine  may  be  used  instead  of  the  feminine 
and  the  singular  instead  of  the  plural.  The  reason  of  this  is 
that  the  attention  is  not  so  particularly  drawn  to  the  acci- 
dents of  gender  and  number  in  the  subject  until  it  is  uttered, 
and  consequently  the  predicate  is  not  required  to  conform  so 
precisely  to  it. 

a.  Thus,  the  mascuHne  for  the  feminine:  'J^'^N-'^  tP!!<  tt't"5"t<^  the  land 
could  7iot  bear  them  Gen.  13 :  6,  fii'lb"^  Dii'ia"!^  pin'n  salvation  is  far  from 
the  wicked  Ps.  119: 155,  nihxuj  sinin  tremble  ye  careless  women  Isa.  32: 11. 
The  singular  for  the  plural:  '^"'"l^T  i<3'J  let  thy  words  come  to  pass  Judg. 
13: 12,  rp-jstia  ^b'^  upright  are  thy  judgments  Ps.  119: 137,  nip.iso  nbiisx 
her  wounds  are  incurable, or  the  singular  maybe  understood  distributively, 
each  of  her  wounds  is  incurable  Mic.  1 :  9.  The  masculine  singular  for  the 
feminine  plural :  nisbs  ^is"^  t<b  reproaches  cease  not  Mic.  2 : 6,  "ihs^^'ns 
ninn  until  calamities  be  overpast  Ps.  57:2,  D^ba  'i^"'^n'!',l  <^'^^  there  were  to 
him  wives  1  Kin.  11:3. 

6.  When  the  predicate  consists  of  several  verbs  or  adjectives,  one  of 
which  precedes  and  the  rest  follow  the  noun,  the  latter  must  agree  with  it, 
while  the  first  may  be  put  in  its  primary  form,  n"ii<^  ''117  let  there  be 
lights  . . .  nnxb  nnn  and  let  them  -be  for  signs  Gen.  1 :  14,  "lox'  D'^iyjN  ''h^l 
B">N^a  !iiri  and  there  were  men  who  were  defied  Num.  9:6.  In  1  Kin. 
10  :  12  two  verbs  are  put  in  the  masc.  sing,  with  a  plural  subject. 

c.  The  predicate,  even  when  it  follows  the  subject,  occasionally  departs 
from  it  in  gender  or  number,  retaining  its  primary  form  ;  this  takes  place 
with  passive  or  neuter  verbs  of  familiar  occurrence,  and  which  are  proba- 
bly used  impersonally  as  the  same  verbs  are  elsewhere,  §271.4.  a,  the  sons 
of  Jacob  "i^'l^"?  I'iJX.  whom  (his  wives)  had  born  to  him  prop,  there  had 
been  born  to  him  Gen.  35:26,  comp.  Gen.  4:  18,  46:22,  27,  •''^  n\n  rri'S-'sa 
there  was  to  me  (i.  e.  I  had)  house-born  servants  Eccles.  2:7,  comp.  Gen. 
47:24,  Ex.  12:49,  2S: 7.  Num.  9:14,  15:29,  Deut.  18:2,  1  Chron.  24:2S, 
2  Chron.  17: 13,  n^n  nbb^  it  was  dark  prop,  darkness  Gen.  15: 17.  The 
disposition  to  recur  to  their  primary  form  discovers  itself  in  a  very  few 
instances  in  qualifying  adjectives  when  separated  from  the  noun  to  which 
20 


306  SYNTAX.  §275 

they  belong,^  pjni  ii^iia  n*in  a  great  mid  strong  wind  1  Kin,  19:11;  in 
Ps.  63:2,  qy^T  n^:!l-yn5<2  quoted  by  Nordheimer  as  an  additional  exam- 
ple tlie  second  adjective  may  agree  not  witli  y}JA  but  with  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  iniua  for  thee  longs  my  Jlesh,  in  a  dry  land,  a7id  weary, 
Alex,  in  loc. 

2.  Collective  nouns  may  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  ^^3?_^T  n^n  r\r}W 
and  the  people  hasted  and  passed  over  Josh.  4:10,  niinb?  "jiis 
lost  sheep  Jer.  50:6,  Q^fcljp  ab  njyn-bs  all  the  congregation, 
all  of  them  are  holy  Num.  16:3. 

a.  When  a  predicate  consists  of  more  than  one  verb  or  adjective,  the 
first  sometimes  agrees  with  it  formally  in  the  singular  and  the  rest 
logically  in  the  plural,  n^ip-n5<  sisn'l  n^rn^^S  Nian;;  and  all  the  congre- 
gation lifted  up  and  uttered  their  voice  Num.  14:1;  ^i'^'iJ*]  csn  "jis^l 
and  the  people  believed  and  they  heard  Ex.  4:31. 

b.  The  noun  y^^ii  land,  earth,  which  is  properly  a  feminine  singular, 
may,  when  it  is  put  for  its  inhabitants,  be  construed  with  the  masculine 
plural,  2  Sam.  15:23,  Ps.  66:4.  Names  of  nations  borrowed  from  those 
of  their  progenitors,  as  Israel,  Edom,  Amalelc.  may  be  strictly  construed  in 
the  masculine  singular,  Ex.  17  :  11.  Am.  1 :  11,  or  as  a  collective  in  the  mas- 
cuhne  plural,  Hos.  8:2,  Ob.  ver.  6,  2  Sam.  10: 17,  or  again  in  the  feminine 
singular,  wiiether  this  arises  from  a  prominent  reference  to  the  land  or 
from  the  frequent  personification  of  a  people  as  a  maiden,  2  Sam.  10: 11, 
Jer.  13:19,  49:17;  so  O?  people  in  the  following  examples,  T^izV  nxan 
thy  people  has  done  wrong  Ex.  5: 16,  rinui""  ci'n  the  people  dwelling  Judg. 
18:7.  Different  constructions  may  be  united  in  the  same  passage,  Jer. 
48:15,  Hos.  14:1. 

3.  Nouns,  which  are  plural  in  form  but  singular  in  sig- 
nification, commonly  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns 
agreeing  with  them  in  the  singular,  n^n'bK  s-ia  God  created 
Gen.  1:1,  n^^''  i^b'^a  its  oivner  shall  he  put  to  death  Ex. 
21:29,  mrj5  tr^'z'^^,  a  hard  master  1^2^.  19:4,  ^:^'jy\'S}  ©'nnrin 
thy  youth  is  renewed  Ps.  103  :  5. 

a.  When  the  word  Cjippx  refers  to  false  deities,  the  sense  is  plural 
and  it  is  construed  accordingly,  ?]"^n'i'??  '^'r'.h  these  are  thy  gods  Ex.  S2 : 4,  8, 
B''ni'>5  "JliU^I^'n's  so  VI ay  the  gods  do  1  Kin.  19:2;  but  where  it  refers  to 
the  true  God.  it  is  with  few  exceptions  construed  in  the  singular.  Yet 
see  Gen.  20:13,  35:7,  Ex.  22:8,  Josh.  24:19,  1  Sam.  17:'26,  2  Sam. 
7:23.  The  exceptional  construction  in  these  and  similar  passages  may 
have  arisen  from  the  attention  being  directed  to  the  Supreme  Being  in 
general,  and  to  the  fulness  or  variety  of  his  maniiestations  without  spe- 


§276  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  307 

cific  reference  to  the  divine  unity,  and  may,  besides,  involve  an  allusion  to 
the  personal  distinction  in  the  Godiiead.  See  Alexander  on  Ps.  11:7  and 
58 :  12. 

4.  Plural  names  of  inanimate  or  irrational  objects  of 
either  gender  are  occasionally  joined  with  the  feminine  singu- 
lar, Tj^bV:  ain?r\  rnw  niiana  tAe  beasts  of  the  field  pant  for 
thee  Joel  1 :  20,  n^niSD  TptT\  its  foods  wash  aicay  Job 
14:19,  nrimi?  '0^%^  pan(/s  have  tal-en  her  Jer.  49:24, 
rtsnn  n"'3n  toild  beasts,  their  lair  Isa.  35  :  7. 

a.  In  objects  devoid  of  personality  the  individual  is  of  small  account, 
and  may  be  easily  sunk  in  the  mass.  A  phtralis  inhumaims  may  conse- 
quently be  regarded  as  equivalent  to  a  collective,  the  proper  form  of  which 
is  the  feminine  singular,  §198,  and  words  belonging  to  it  may  be  dealt 
with  accordingly.  The  same  principle  prevails  in  the  construction  of  neu- 
ter plurals  in  Greek,  ra  tfia.  rpix^i. 

5.  Masculine  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  are  some- 
times used  when  females  are  spoken  of  from  a  neglect  to  note 
the  gender,  if  no  stress  is  laid  upon  it,  v^'^^'^n^;!  ajid  they  (queens 
and  concubines)  praised  her  Cant.  G  :  9  ;  the  Lord  deal  kindly 
D3^^  with  you  (Ruth  and  Orpah)  as  oh^iJ??^  ye  have  dealt 
Ruth  1:8;  T'?  my  dead  (Sarah)  Gen.  23  :4  ;  l^ni^  ''pk  thou 
art  destroyed  Jer.  4:30;  this  last  passage  may,  however,  be 
rendered  thou,  it  is  destroyed,  what  loilt  thou  do  ? 

6.  Singular  predicates  and  pronouns  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  a  distributive  sense  of  plural  subjects,  ^^Sn  'm''?")^''? 
they  that  bless  thee  shall  each  be  blessed  Num.  24  :  9  ;  ypf:n;a 
t\iT\'^  nib  they  loho  2^'rofane  it  shall  every  one  be  put  to  death 
Ex.  31  :  14 ;  13^3^  ^1^6:'  D-'P^a  njpn^  they  take  away  the  riyht- 
eousness  of  the  righteous  from,  each  of  them  Isa.  5  :  23. 

§276.  1.  When  the  subject  consists  of  two  or  more 
words  connected  by  the  conjunction  and,  the  predicate,  if  it 
precedes  its  subject,  may  be  put  in  the  masculine  singular  as 
its  primary  form,  bipi  niin  DTO  iJ^^^l  and  from  them  shall 
proceed  thanksyiviny  and  a  voice  Jer.  30  :  19,  or  it  may  be 
put  in  the  plural,  referring  to  them  all,  "jnnxi   nir^a  Ti?;::^ 


308  SYNTAX.  §  277-279 

and  Moses  and  Aaron  did  so  Ex.  7  :  20,  or  it  may  agree  with 
the  nearest  word,  'J^nx'i  tpya  iS'inT  and  Miriam  and  Aaron 
spahe  Num.  12 : 1  ;  T^!^^?.  ^^^^  ^^1r  ^  ^^^^^^  and  thj  fathers 
have  7iot  hioion  Deut.  13  :  7. 

2.  If  the  predicate  follows  a  compound  subject  it  is 
commonly  put  in  the  plural,  though  it  may  agree  with  the 
principal  word  to  which  the  others  are  subordinate,  ''ri"^.-.'!!  ''^^ 
OiiiJ  /  luith  my  maidens  will  fast  prop,  and  my  maidens  Est. 
4:16,  i53  sxiil  ll*!  'I'ln?  the  servants  of  David  and  Joab 
came  2  Sam.  3  :  22. 

3.  If  a  predicate  refers  equally  to  two  words  of  diiferent 
genders,  it  will  be  put  in  the  masculine  in  preference  to  the 
feminine,  cij^f  ^yTl  ^D"?-?^  Abraham  and  Sarah  loere  old 
Gen.  18  :11 ;  if  they  are  of  different  persons,  the  predicate 
will  be  put  in  the  second  in  preference  to  the  third,  and  in 
the  first  in  preference  to  either  of  the  others,  ""ba  li^ji'^l  ''3S 
njn?  I  a?id  Jonathan  my  son  will  he  1  Sam.  14:40,  nrii^ 
DFiia'il  Tjirii?  finiJi  thou  and  Aaron  thy  brother  and  ye  shall 
s^eak  Num.  20  :  8. 

§277.  If  two  or  more  nouns  are  united  in  the  construct 
state  the  predicate  ordinarily  agrees  with  the  first  as  the  lead- 
ing word  in  such  combinations  :  it  may,  however,  agree  with 
the  second,  if  that  is  the  more  important,  or  the  predicate 
might  with  propriety  be  referred  directly  to  it,  'J'lHnsn  n^^io 
bb'ris?  the  fields  of  Heshbon  languish  Isa.  16:8,  niirs?  D^  ^^^^? 
n*'ii"'3S  is  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  the  poor  Jer.  2 :  34. 

a.  The  predicate  agrees  generally  though  not  invariably  with  the 
second  noun  when  the  first  is  Vs,  or  an  abstract  expressing  a  quality  of 
that  which  follows,  na-iTQ^-bs  i'^r\^^_  and  all  the  days  of  Seth  were  Gen. 
5:8,  D-ifc^n-bD  ^iS^PlT  a7id  all  the  women  went  out  Ex.  lo :  20,  T'ii^^i^  "i"?'? 
sisai:  the  choice  of  his  captains  were  drowned  ver.  4. 

§  278.  Nouns  in  the  dual  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns,  agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  snis"]  fiij^  ''r? 
the  eyes  of  Leah  loere  tender  Gen.  29: 17. 

§  279.  The  abrupt  changes  of  the  person  from  the  third 


§280  REPETITION    OF    WORDS.  309 

to  the  first  or  second,  and  vice  versa,  which  arc  especially 
frequent  with  the  prophets  and  psalmists,  Isa.  1  -.  29,  Ps. 
81 :  17,  are  due  to  the  boldness  and  vividness  of  their  con- 
ceptions, in  virtue  of  which  they  often  pass  in  the  course  of 
the  same  sentence  from  speaking  of  God  to  speaking  in  his 
name,  and  from  describing  men  to  directly  addressing  them. 

a.  The  occasional  combination  of  the  pronoun  of  the  first  person  with 
a  verb  in  the  third  is  to  be  explained  by  an  ellipsis,  'irz']  ■'lin  behold  /(am 
he  who)  has  laid  Isa.  2S :  16,  qoi"'  ''bjn  behold  I  (am  he  who)  icill  add 
29:14,38:5. 

Repetition  of  Words. 

§  280.  The  repetition  of  nouns  may  denote 

1.  Distribution,  nbio  niia  year  hy  year  Deut.  14 :  22, 
"1^33  1)533  in  the  morniny,  in  the  morniny  i.  e.  every  morning 
2  Sam.  13:4,  t23'(|b  nnj^-iij^s  ini«-©^^?  one  man  for  each  tribe 
Josh.  3:12;  so  with  numeral  adjectives,  §  252. 4,  ny3ffi  nb3TJ? 
hy  sevens  Gen.  7 : 2,  and  adverbs,  "dsni  'cbyi  little  hy  little 
Ex.  23 :  30. 

2.  Plurality,  1^1"1T  generation  and  generation  i.  e.  many 
generations  Deut.  32 : 7,  ^j?>  i^  ij?^  ^i?  1?^  ^?  1?^  1?  pre- 
cejjt  upon  precejpt,  precept  upon  precept,  line  upon  line,  line 
upon  line  Isa.  28:10,  13,  f^'ii^^  ^"^^^^^  pits  on  pits  Gen. 
14:10;  or  with  the  implication  of  diversity,  "jsxi  lax  a 
tceight  and  a  loeight  i.  e.  toeights  of  two  sorts  Deut.  25  :  13, 
s!?)  3^  a  double  heart  Ps.  12  :  3. 

3.  Emphasis  or  intensity,  'p'''}^  P^i^  justice,  justice  i.  e. 
nothing  but  justice  Deut.  16:20,  pb!^  'pw  exceeding  deep 
Eccl.  7  :  24 ;  so  with  adverbs,  155^  'li^'a  mightily,  mightily 
Gen.  7:19,  and  even  a  conjunction,  l^tl^l  "J?"!!  because  even 
because, 

a.  Sometimes  the  second  word  is  put  in  a  different  gender  from  the 
first,  n!S\2;B!i  -(yBa  all  kinds  of  support  Isa.  3:1,  comp.  Jer.  48 :  19,  or  a 
different  number,  cn'^iipn  linn  a  heap,  two  heaps  Judg.  15:16.  n-hia 
ni-^iri  Eccl.  2:8.  Or  a  cognate  word  may  be  employed,  nHll"72!l  niaiU 
waste  and  desolate  Ezek.  6: 14,  ')in3^3  nid  Lev,  23:3. 


310  SYNTAX.  §281,282 

6.  Instances  occur  of  triple  repetition,  T^Jilj?  ttJI^j?  ttJin;?  holy,  holyjwly, 
Isa.  6 :  3,  y^H  y"]X  y^ii  O  earlh,  earth,  earth]  Jer.  22 :  29'  Jer.  7  :  4,  Ezelt! 
21 :  32,  Ex.  25  :  35.' 

§281.  A  separate  pronoun  may  be  added  to  a  pro- 
nominal suffix  for  the  sake  of  emphasis,  "^ax  ^n^'a  my  dying, 
mine  2  Sam.  19 : 1,  ^^"li""  nris?  theey  thee  shall  they  praise 
Gen.  49:8,  or  to  a  noun  to  which  it  refers,  ^{^n"na  ntjb  to 
Seth,  to  him  also  Gen.  4:26. 

§  282.  In  verbs  the  absolute  infinitive  is  joined  with  the 
finite  forms  to  add  emphasis  or  intensity  to  the  idea,  Ti'^^^sn 
•j'bTsn  shalt  thou  actually  reign  over  us?  Gen.  37  : 8,  fr^^n  tiiia 
thou  shalt  surely  die  Gen.  2:17.  This  combination  some- 
times expresses  continuance  or  repetition,  particularly  when 
two  infinitives  are  connected  together  and  both  follow  the 
finite  verb,  ^iii^i  xiis;'  i?i?T  and  it  went  out  going  out  and  re- 
turning i.  e.  it  kept  going  to  and  fro  Gen.  8  : 7,  '^^'^^  ^'^n  ^ibn 
they  ivent  on  lowing  as  they  went  1  Sam.  6:12,  D^'^bs?  '^ii'lif!l 
"fill  DST^n  and  I  spake  to  you  rising  up  early  and  speaking 
Jer.  7 :  13. 

a.  The  infinitive  is  mostly  of  the  same  species  with  the  finite  verb  to 
which  it  is  added,  although  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Thus,  the  Kal, 
on  account  of  its  greater  simplicity  of  form,  may  be  joined  with  a  deriva- 
tive species,  e.g.  Niphal  bjrB^  bipD  Ex.  19:13,  Piel  Tji^a  "r"^!  Josh. 
24:10,  Pual  qnb  qna  Gen. '37 :  33^,  Hiphil  cns:;  pns  1  'Sam.' '"23:  22, 
Hophal  Ti-ar^  nia  Ex.'lD:  12.  Hithpael  naairrn  aia  Isa.  24: 19;  or  one 
derivative  species  with  another  of  like  signification,  nn'^sa  t<3  '^'ilr'7  Lev. 
19 :  20.  ribrjn  xi  bnnri  Ezek.  16  : 4.  Occasionally  the  infinitive  is  bor- 
rowed Irom  a  cognate  verb,  t|qx  tjbx  Zeph.  1 : 2  (tlDX  and  PJIO),  Uiinx 
Wl^.^n;'  Isa.  28:28  (™  and  dsi-ri).'        ^         ■ 

b.  The  construct  infinitive  is  very  rarely  used  in  such  combinations  in- 
stead of  the  absolute,  13^in  h'iin  Neh.  1  : 7,  n-^nx-nrq  Ps.  50 :  21 ;  once 
it  is  added  in  a  varied  form  to  a  preceding  construct  infinitive,  n^riis 
rriBjS  2  Sam.  6:  20.  The  finite  verb  is  repeated,  "^ii^":  n*^!!:;  2  Sam.  15:8 
K'thibh.  A  verbal  noun  takes  the  place  of  the  infinitive,  lisn  M^"!? 
Hab.  3:9. 

c.  When  two  verbs  are  connected  together  to  express  continuous  ac- 
tion, a  participle  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  absolute  infinitive  in  the 
case  of  one  or  both.  rihiziH  n|i> . . .  nb'i?  li-n  2  Sam.  15 :  30,  nihl  r^^n  Tsph 
Jer.  41:6;  an  adjective  may  even  take  the  place  of  the  second,  "^i^n  ~^^? 
bn;')    Gen.  26:13,   tibp^^   -^^iri , . .  r^sm    Judg.  4:24;   the   finite  verb '  is 


^283,284      INTERROGATIVE  SENTENCES.  311 

omitted  in  ^"i'lS;  "pH  ''?'^1'3  Est.  9  :  4,  the  substantive  verb  takes  its  place, 
lion')  rpn  !i-n  Gen.  8:5,"  b-ir.i  ri^n  ^ebin':  ■'n':]  2  Chron.  17: 12.  The 
second  verb  may  also  be  put  in  one  ol'tlie  finite  tenses,  ^i'pril  7\'ii^  '^'^ibh 
Josh.  6:  1^.  ^^p."!"!  "ll'i'«7  ...  Ti^P  2  Sam.  16:  13,  and  in  fact  other  construc- 
tions, bejTun  witli  a  participle  or  infinitive,  are  not  infrequently  continued 
in  the  preterite  or  future,  Job  12  ;21. 


Interrogative  Sentences. 

§283.  1.  A  direct  question  is  indicated  by  the  interroga- 
tive particle  n ,  ''p'pf]n  «^«^^  ^^ioic  (jo  ?  Gen.  24 :  58,  rinnn 
12N  D'^n'bx  am  I  in  the  ])lace  of  God?  Gen.  50  -.  19  ;  an  in- 
direct question  by  •^  or  D«  if,  to  know  Q-QriJ?  °?^'"n  whether 
you  love  Deut.  \2> -A,  inquire  ri^n«-n«  ivhether  I  shall  re- 
cover prop,  if  I  shall  2  Kin.  1 :  2. 

o.  The  particle  rt  is  in  Job  4 :  2  separated  from  the  proper  interroga- 
tive clause. 

2.  In  a  disjunctive  question  the  first  member  is  commonly 
introduced  by  TS_  and  the  second  by  Di5  or  D&J'i ,  T;:a  nsnsn 
i^S-DK  sin  is  this  thy  soiUs  coat  or  not?  Gen.  37  :  32 ;  ^"^ryVs 
is  it  any  pleasure  to  the  Almiyhty  that  thou  art  righteous 
S^SS'DXI  or  is  it  gain  to  him,  etc..  Job  22  :3. 

a.  The  second  member  is  more  rarely  introduced  by  ix  or,  uho  Imow- 
elh  Vyo  ik  n-'ri';  cipnri  whether  he  shall  be  a  wise  man  or  afoul  Eccl.  2 :  19, 
or  by  n  repeated  nsnn  x^n  pjns^  whether  theij  be  strong  or  weak  Num. 
13:18,  i^^n  ^ijb  DnX'Jp  ^iJ^'n^bn  have  ye  called  us  to  impoverish  us  or  not? 
Judor.  14  :  15.  The  construction  of  the  second  clause  is  interrupted  and  re- 
sumed again  in  Gen.  17  :  17. 

b.  If  a  question  stand  in  a  disjunctive  relation  to  something  previously 
expressed  or  implied,  it  may  begin  with  CX,  "i^^n  "ir"n3"nx  cisEH  your 
perversion  !  or  is  the  potter  to  be  reckoned  as  the  clay?  Isa. 29  :  16,  rka  CK 
■>3li>.  or  is  this  thing  from  my  lord  ?  1  Kin.  1 :  27. 

§  284.  A  question  may  also  be  asked  by  means  of  the 
interrogative  pronouns  or  interrogative  adverbs.  Or  it  may, 
without  any  particle  of  interrogation,  be  indicated  simply  by 
the  tone  of  voice  in  which  it  is  uttered,  ^^i3  D"btj  thy  coming 
is  peaceful?  1  Sam.  16:4. 


312  SYNTAX.  §285 


E-ELATivE  Pronoun. 

§285.  1.  From  simple  we  pass  to  compound  sentences. 
These  are  made  up  of  distinct  clauses  united  for  the  most 
part  by  the  relative  pronoun  or  by  conjunctions.  As  the  rela- 
tive invariably  occupies  the  first  place  in  its  own  clause,  and 
as  the  Hebrew  admits  of  no  inflections  to  represent  case, 
some  special  device  was  necessary  to  indicate  its  relation  to 
the  following  words.  Accordingly,  when  the  relative  Ti^iJ^  is 
governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition,  this  is  shown  by 
appending  an  appropriate  pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing 
word,  inbtD  iibx  loliom  lie  has  sent  2  Kin.  19  :4  ;  the  ground 
n-i-ns  nffi«  ivhich  he  has  cursed  Gen.  5  :  29  ;  ii?^T  ^iys«  tohose 
seed  Gen.  1:11;  houses  of  clay  Diio;!  ^s^^a  ^^jx  whose  foun- 
dation is  in  the  dust  Job  4:19;  the  jplace  T"^'^  . . .  "ii?J!5  tipon 
which  Ex.  3:5;  tUou  ^''jnnns  nirx  whom  I  have  chosen  Isa. 
41:8. 

a.  When  the  relative  is  the  object  of  a  verb  the  suffix  is  frequently 
omitted,  the  sense  being  sufficiently  plain  without  it,  Tnx'ia'llitJN  whom 
J  have  created  Gen.  6  :  7. 

2.  When  the  relative  ncs*  is  preceded  by  n&?  the  sign 
of  the  definite  object,  or  by  a  preposition,  these  pertain  not 
to  the  relative  but  to  its  antecedent,  which  is  in  this  case 
embraced  with  it  as  in  the  English  compound  relative 
what  =  that  tohich,  "irii^'b:?  TiJi^Ti:^  Xi'j^  and  he  commanded 
him  who  loas  over  his  house  Gen.  44  : 1 ;  to  make  thee  under- 
stand nnjp:>-i©s^  m  what  shall  befall  Dan.  10  :  14. 

a.  The  only  exception  is  ^rx^  ty  with  whom  Gen.  31:32.  Gesenius 
finds  another  in  ^iuNS  Isa.  47 :  12,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

3.  The  relative  is  frequently  omitted,  not  only  as  in 
English,  when  it  is  the  object  of  its  clause,  'lis^  )nrii?s  i?ito 
the  pit  (which)  they  have  made  Ps.  9:16,  but  also  when  it  is 
the  subject,  and  he  forsook  God  ^niby  (who)  made  him  Deut. 
32:15,  and  even  when  it  vi^ould  stand  for  the  compound 


§286,287  CONJUNCTIONS.  313 

relative  and  include  its  antecedent,  nbTan-n;i:3  hy  the  hand  of 
(him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  (so  doth)  ^s^n  bi«TD 
the  grave  (those  who)  have  sinned  Job  24  :  19. 

§  286.  The  demonstrative  Jit  or  ^T  is  frequently  used  in 
poetry  with  the  force  of  a  relative,  and  it  then,  like  the 
English  that,  suffers  no  change  for  gender  or  number,  nipp 
P>7'?r  ^I  i^i'^  place  that  thou  hast  founded  Ps.  104  :  8,  Tx^Vti 
^Tsn  ^T  devices,  which  they  have  contrived  Ps.  10  :  2. 


Conjunctions. 

§  287.  The  Hebrew  sedulously  avoids  all  involution  of 
sentences.  Consequently,  instead  of  linking  its  clauses  to- 
gether into  a  complex  whole  by  conjunctions  of  various 
power  expressing  their  precise  relation  of  dependence  and 
subordination,  it  prefers,  where  this  is  possible,  to  connect 
them  by  means  of  the  simple  conjunction  "i  and,  leaving  the 
exact  nature  of  the  connection  intended  to  be  inferred  from 
the  meanings  of  the  clauses  themselves. 

1.  The  conjunction  i  may  accordingly  be  employed  not 
only  where  we  would  use  and,  but  before  an  adversative 
clause,  of  every  tree  thou  may  est  eat  f?''?^  l>ut  of  the  tree  of 
the  Imoioledye,  etc.,  Gen.  2:16,  17,  or  one  expressing  a  rea- 
son, yive  us  help  from  trouble  ^i^')  for  vain  is  the  help  of 
mail  Ps.  60  :  13,  an  inference,  I  have  no  pileasure  in  the  death 
of  him  that  dieth  ^^''izJn'i  loherefore  turn  Ezek.  18  :  32,  design, 
^'tii  ?i^?  nj^T  do  this  and  live  i.  e.  in  order  that  you  may  live. 
Gen.  42 :  18,  a  comparison,  Quan  is  bor7i  unto  trouble  V^!)  ^\y^ 
and  (i.  e.  as)  the  sparks  fy  upward  Job  5  :  7,  or  a  co-existing 
act  or  condition,  Noah  was  six  hundred  years  old  b^^iani  and 
(i.  e.  when)  the  flood  loas  upon  the  earth  Gen.  7  : 6. 

2.  It  serves  to  introduce  the  apodosis  or  second  member 


314  SYNTAX.  §287 

of  a  conditional  sentence,  if  God  toill  be  with  me  and  keep  me 
r\y!r^  n^ni  then  shall  Jehovah  be  my  God  Gen.  28 :  20,  21. 

3.  It  may  also  connect  a  statement  of  time  or  a  noun 
placed  absolutely,  with  the  clause  to  which  it  relates,  Di'^a 
l-ipj^-ns  nnnns?  sib^i  ''is'^^^n  on  the  third  day  Abraham  lifted 
up  his  eyes  Gen.  22  : 4  ;  '^''^T]  D'J^I  ^^'^^^  thy  hope,  (is  it  not) 
the  integrity  of  thy  ways  ?  Job  4:6.  Both  these  uses, 
which  are  wholly  foreign  from  our  idiom,  are  combined  in 
2  Sam.  15 :  34,  thy  father  s  servant  "^35^^.  I  have  been  so  hith- 
erto, but  noio  ^\^y  I  will  be  thy  servant. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  other  conjunctions  see  the  lexicon. 


GRAMMATICAL  ANALYSIS. 

GENESIS,  CHAPTER  L 


VERSE  1. 


ri'it'Sna  composed  of  the  inseparable  preposition  3, 
^231.1,  with  Daghesh-lene,  §21.1,  and  the  feminine  de- 
rivative noun  ™i?'i,  §198.  «.  (4),  without  the  article, 
§248,  comp.  kv  apxd  John  1:1,  Ger.  anfangs,  Eng.  at  first; 
position  of  the  accent,  §  32. 1. 

sn3,  i?b  verb,  §  162.  2,  the  preterite  denoting  past  time 
absolutely,  §262.  1,  lack  of  formal  agreement  with  its  sub- 
ject, §  275.  3,  order  of  words,  §  270.  «,  position  of  accent, 
§32.2. 

n''n"biJ:  a  monosyllabic  noun  of  class  L,  §183,  plural, 
§199,  of  majesty,  §201.  2,  without  the  article,  §246. 1. 

n^  sign  of  the  definite  object,  §  270. 

D':m"n  the  article,  §229.1,  §245.4,  and  noun  of  the 
second  form  of  class  I.,  §185.  2.  </,  only  used  in  the  plural, 
§201.1,  §203.  5.  c. 

ns?"}  the  conjunction  1 ,  §  234,  and  t^i? . 

:  V'^is^rj  the  article,  §  229.  3,  and  Segholate  noun  of  class  I., 
§  183  ;  Seghol  changed  to  Kamets  by,  §  229.  4.  h,  or  §  05  (1). 

This  verse  is  divided  by  the  accents  into  two  clauses, 
§  36. 1 ;  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha, 
§38.  2  ;  Silluk  by  Merka  and  Tiphhha,  and  Tiphhha  again 
by  Merka,  §38. 1. 


316  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

VERSE  2. 

nin;'n,  nb  verb  r.jn,  §1G9. 1,  with  Metliegli,  ^45.2, 
Kamets  distinguished  from  Kamets-Hhatuph,  ^19.  2. 

^nid,  ^nn  Segholate  nouns  of  class  I.  from  inb  roots, 
^184.3,  abstracts  used  instead  of  adjectives,  §254.  6. «, 
assonance  or  paronomasia.     Double  accent,  §30. 1. 

"i^s-b?  Makkeph,  §43,  nis  noun  of  class  L,  form  2, 
§185. 1.d,  only  used  in  the  plural,  §201. 1,  §209. 1 ;  here 
in  the  construct  state,  §214.  2,  §  216.  1,  with  its  possessive 
sense,  §254. 1. 

Dinri  noun  of  class  III  from  iy  root  §190.^,  article  omitted 
as  if  from  a  proper  noun,  §  246. 1,  or  by  a  kind  of  poetic 
brevity,  §247,  the  face  of  ocean. 

nsnntj  Piel  participle  of  the  Ayin  Guttural  verb  vinn , 
§116.4,  §121.  1,  feminine,  §205,  as  the  predicate  without 
the  article,  §  259.  2,  although  its  subject  is  definite,  §  246. 3; 
the  participle  expresses  continuous  action,  §266. 1,  belong- 
ing to  the  period  before  spoken  of,  §  266.  3. 

td'^'Dtj  noun  used  only  in  the  plural,  §201.1,  §203.  5.<?; 
vowel  changed  by  the  pause  accent,  §65. 1. 

This  verse  consists  of  two  clauses,  §  36. 1 ;  the  clause  of 
Athnahh  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon  and  R'bhia,  §  36. 2 ; 
Zakeph  Katon  is  preceded  by  Pashta,  and  Pashta  by  Merka, 
§38.4,  Athnahh  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha,  §38.2.  The 
clause  of  Silluk  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon ;  this  is 
preceded  by  Munahh,  §  38.  4,  and  Silluk  by  Merka  and 
Tiphhha,  §38.1. 

VERSE  3. 

^^p^;y  Kal  future  of  Pe  Aleph  verb  "i^X ,  §110.  3,  with 
Vav  Conversive,  §99. 1,  §265,  which  removes  the  accent  to 
the  penult  and  changes  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  §99.  3.  a, 
§111.2.^. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER    I.  317 

^n;^  apocopated  future  of  nb  verb  n'^n ,  §171.1,  §  177. 1, 
with  a  jussive  sense,  §204. 

""Ti^i  future  with  Vav  Conversive ;  Daghesh-forte  omitted, 
§99.  S^Methegh,  §45.2. 

VERSE  4.      • 

Si'^^':;}  Kal  futui'e  of  s^''  verb  nijn  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§17L1,  §172.4. 

si'J  the  predicate  adjective  without  the  article,  §259.  2. 

^^^i?"!  Hiphil  future  of  bia  with  Vav  Conversive,  §  99.  3. 

1*^51  Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234,  with  the  preposition  V?  > 
§237.1. 

VERSE  5. 

K^i^^l  from  the  ^b  verb  H'^^ ,  §162.2. 

.  D^O'^x  P'sik,  §38.  l.«. 

■liNb  preposition  b  with  the  vowel  of  the  article,  §  231.  5. 

Di''  noun,  whose  pliu-al  is  C^^,   §207. 1./. 

J^n]?  the  preterite,  used  rather  than  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  because  the  verb  does  not  begin  the  clause, 
§265,  the  accent  removed  to  the  penult,  §  35. 1. 

nb^'b  paragogic  n^ ,  §61.  0,  §219.  2,  with  the  noun  b^^b, 
a  Segholate  of  class  I.  from  an  "^'"J  root,  §184.  d,  having  a 
pause  accent,  §  65. 1. 

nnx  numeral,  §223.1,  agreement  and  position,  §250.1. 

VERSE  6. 

?^|5n  noun  of  class  I.  form  2,  §185.  1. 

?jina  preposition  1,  §231. 1,  with  the  construct  of  1\)T\, 
§216.  1.  c?,  in  a  partitive  sense,  §254.  2. 


318  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

bi^n*)?  Hiphil  participle  of  bia ,  §  84.  5,  denoting  con- 
tinuous action,  §266. 1,  and  referred  by  the  tense  of  the  ac- 
companying substantive  verb  to  the  future,  §  266.  3.  «. 

VERSE  7. 

to^^l'i  s  guttural  and  'rh  verb  tvb'S  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§109.3,  §171.  1,  §172.4. 

nnri'a  composed  of  the  prepositions  "j^  and  tT^, 
§237.2(1). 

^S"!?  composed  of  the  prepositions  1^  and  ^? . 

VERSE  8. 

D;ittT^  with  pause  accent,  §65  (1).  \ 

n]5h,  lyi  class  I.  Segholates,  §183. 

J  ■'ST?  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  agreement  with  noun  and 
position,  §252. 1. 

VERSE  9. 

^i;?:' Niphal  future  of  rb  verb  nijp,  §169.1,  with  an 
imperative  sense,  §263. 1. 

Dii?tt  noun  of  class  III.  from  an  "^3^  root,  §190.  b. 

^^^7^  Niphal  future  of  n^n ,  §  109.  4,  §  168. 

VERSE  10. 

n;])?'nbi  conjunction  1,  §234,  preposition  ^ ,  §231. 1,  and 
noun  of  class  III.  from  Jib  root,  §190.  b,  in  the  construct 
state,  §215.  2,  followed  by  the  material  of  which  it  consists, 
§254.4. 

D''^!'  plural,  §207.  2,  of  D^,  a  noun  of  class  I.  from  an 
i'y  root,  §186.  2.  c. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER   I.  319 

VERSE  11. 

Xffi'ir)  apocopated  Hiphil  future  of  mm,  §97.2,  §264, 
governing  its  cognate  noun  ^512"^,  §271.3.  Methegh  by 
§45.  2. 

?''^T'a  the  participle  expresses  what  is  constant  and  habit- 
ual, §266. 1. 

V^  collective  noun,  §201.1,  probably  abridged  from  a 
•lb  root,  class  I.  form  2,  §185.2.  d,  in  the  construct,  § 215. 1, 
with  the  following  word,  which  denotes  its  quahty,  §254.  6. 

■'HS  noun  from  ^^^  root  class  I.  form  1,  §  184.  6. 

Tvm  Kal  participle  of  in^  verb,  §168;  the  accent  is  not 
Y'thibh  but  Mahpakh,  as  is  shown  by  its  standing  before 
Pashta  in  the  subdivision  of  Zakeph  Katon,  §30.  2,  §38.  4, 
shifted  to  the  penult  by,  §35.  1,  followed  by  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive  in  the  first  letter  of  the  next  word,  §  24.  a. 

irpb  preposition  b ,  §231. 1,  noun  'j'^'a  from  an  *'':?  root 
class  I,  §186.  2.(5,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §220. 1. 

in-isJ^iT  niiJs  oblique  case  of  the  relative  pronoun,  §74, 
§285. 1 ;  the  preposition  i  with  a  pronominal  suffix,  §233. 

VERSE  12. 

N^iini  Hiphil  future  of  ^s  and  ^'b  verb,  §144. 1,  §162, 
with  Vav  Conversive,  the  accent  remaining  on  the  ultimate, 
§147.5,  §166.4. 

'inr'ab  suffix  of  third  person,  §220. 1.  d,  singular  in  dis- 
tributive sense  referring  to  the  preceding  collective,  §275.  6. 

VERSE  13. 

i^M  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  §252. 1. 


320  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS 

VERSE  14. 

^T}'^  lack  of  agreement  with  subject,  §275. 1. 

ni^'a  masculine  noun  in  the  plural,  §  200.  c,  class  III. 
from  an  lb  root,  §190.  ^. 

bi^nnb  the  construct  form  of  the  infinitive  used  with  pre- 
positions, §  267.  (5. 

^^n'l  preterite  with  Vav  Conversive,   §100.1,  §265,  in 
the  plural  because  following  the  noun,  §  275. 1.  ^. 

VERSE  15. 

n^srib  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  of  12?  verb,  §153. 1. 

VERSE  16. 

•'^ii^    cardinal    number,    §223.  1,    joined    with    noun, 
§  250.  2  (2),  without  the  article,  §  251.  4. 

D'lbnsn  qualifying  adjective  with   the   article   after  the 
noun,  §249.1. 

•jbi^n  . . .  S^sn  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1,  emphatic  use  of 
the  positive  degree,  §260.  2  (2). 

fi^^)'?^  noun  of  class  III.,  §190,  in  the  construct  state, 
§214. 1.  d,  the  following  noun  denoting  the  object,  §254.  9. 
:n''nDi2n  noun  of  class  11.  from  an  y'b  root,  §187. 1.^. 

VERSE  17. 

in^l  from  5d  verb  )bh  §129.1. 
nrifi5  sign  of  the  definite  object  with  a  pronominal  suffix, 
§238^2. 

VERSE  18. 

bi"73ribi . . .  Sie^bn  construct  infinitive  with  the  preposi- 
tion, §267.3;  Metheghwith  ^,  §45.  2.«. 


GENESIS    CHAPTER    I.  321 

VERSE  20. 

tjaiy;'  Piel  future  of  lV  verb,  §154.  2. 

VERSE  21. 

Di^snn  plural  of  lin,  §199;  the  Hhirik  of  the  ultimate 
is  long,  §19. 1. 

nto^in  Kal  feminine  participle,  §205,  with  the  article, 
§249.1. 

"ITW!!?  the  object  of  the  verb  ^sntj  though  without  the  ap- 
propriate pronominal  suffix,  §285.  l.*^. 

nnS'i'ab  plural  noun  with  plural  suffix,  §220.  2.  <5. 

VERSE  22. 

n'^5?5  Piel  future  of  ^  Guttural  verb,  §116.4,  §121.  1, 
with  Vav  conversive,  §99.  3. «,  no  Daghesh-lene  in  ^  since 
the  preceding  Sh'va  is  vocal,  §25. 

nbxb  the  preposition  with  Tsere,  ^2^1. 'S.  a,  so  as  to  say 
i.  e.  in  saying. 

!!nn,  ^nsp  Kal  imperatives  of  ran,  nns,  §169.1. 

S"!,"?  Kal  apocopated  future,  §171.1,  Hhirik  short  though 
accented,  §19. 1. 

VERSE  24. 

-in^ni  construct  of  n^n,  §214.1,  with  i  paragogic, 
§218.     Methegh,  §45.  2,  Daghesh-forte  omitted,  §25. 

VERSE  26, 

nw%  Kal  future  of  rita,  §109.1,  §168,  in  the  plural 
number,  §275.3.  a. 

^sttbaa  preposition,  §231.1,   Segholate  noun,   class  I., 
§183,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §221.5. 
21 


322  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

'in'i^l  from  m,  ^169.1. 

sn;^'in  preposition,  ^231.2,  construct  of  the  collective 
noun  nsT,  ^198,  §214.1,  §216.1;  no  Daghesh-lene  in  5, 
§22. «  (5). 

VERSE  27. 

nspp  nDT  predicates,  §273.4,  and  consequently  in- 
definite. 

:  anfi5  pronoun,  referring  to  both  genders  put  in  the  mas- 
culine, §  276.  3. 

VERSE  28. 

fiTOns'i  conjunction  i,  §234,  imperative  Kal  of  tjis, 
§84.4,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §101.  Kibbuts  is  long, 
§19.1. 

VERSE  29. 

•"Fitip  from  "jrip,  §130.1,  preterite  in  the  sense  of  the 
present,  §262. 1.  ^. 

n^n;;>  singular,  referring  formally  to  the  nearest  collective 
subject,  §276. 1,  or  taken  distributively,  §275. 6. 

VERSE  30. 

pn^bs-nx,  n2§  before  bs  without  the  article,  §270.c. 

VERSE  31. 

^^12  position  of  adverb,  §274. 1. 

:*^ffi'©n  Di)'  article  omitted  before  the  noun,  §249. 1.  c. 


II^DEX    I. 

SUBJECTS  TREATED  FULLY  OR  INCIDENTALLY. 


The  numbers  in  this  and  the  following  Indexes  refer  to  the  Sections  of  the  Grammar. 


Abbreviations  9.  1. 

Absolute  infinitive.     See  Infinitive  abso- 
lute. 
Abstract  nouns,  feminine  198,  plural  201. 

1.  «,  c. 

Accents  28,  use  in  cantillation  28.  6,  forms 
and  classes  29,  meaning  of  names  29.  b, 
like  forms  distinguished  30,  position  of 
32-35,  aid  in  distinguishing  words  34, 
change  of  position  35,  effect  of  Vav 
conversive  S3.  4,  99.  3,  100.  2,  in  place 
of  Methegh  39.  3.  6,  45.  5,  give  sta- 
bility to  vowels  60.  1.  a,  vowel  changes 
produced  by  64. 

Accents,  consecution  of  in  prose  36-39, 
poetic  31,  consecution  of  40-42. 

Accents  pause  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2. 

Accentuation  double  39.  4.  a,  42.  a. 

Addition  of  letters  50.  3. 

Adjectives  in  place  of  participles  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  185.  1.  a,  formation  of  185.  2, 
expressing  permanent  or  variable  quali- 
ties 185.  2.  a,  intensity  187.  1,  189, 
defects  187.  1.  6,  diminutives  of  color 
188,  declension  of  217,  qualifying  nouns 
249.  1,  qualifying  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct 256,  predicate  259.  2,  compari- 
son of  260,  emphatic  use  with  verbs 
282.  c. 

Adjectives  numeral  223-227,  250-252. 

Adverbial  idea  expressed  by  a  verb  269.  a. 

Adverbial  expressions  274. 

Adverbs  235,  with  suffixes  236,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  c,  numeral  252.  4,  position  of 
274. 

Affixes  33. 

Agreement  neglected  275-279. 

Aleph,  sound  of  3.  4,  used  as  a  vowel-letter 
11.  1,  in  a  few  verbal  forms  120.  2,  122. 

2,  156.  3,  once  in  3  f.  s.  suffix  220.  2. 
6,  otiant  16.  1,  with  Mappik  26,  with 
Daghesh  forte  (?)  121.  1,  substituted  for 


He  in  Chaldee  51.  3,  in  Niphal  infini- 
tive 91.  6,  in  Hiphil  94.  «,  b,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a,  in  feminine  ending  of  verbs 
86.  6,  and  nouns  196.  e?,  for  Vav  in  fem. 
plur.  of  nouns  199,  prosthesis  of  53.  1. 
a,  183.  c,  omitted  53.  2,  3,  57.  2  (2)  a, 
111.  2.  6,  c,  151.  2,  164.  2,  quiescent 
57.  2,  after  prefixed  prepositions  231.  3. 
o,  6,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c,  pre- 
fers diphthongal  vowels  60.  1.  a,  110.  3, 
111.  2,  previous  vowel  rarely  short  if 
Diighesh  forte  omitted  CO.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86  b, 
prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns  189. 

Alphabet  2,  order  of  6,  Lepsius'  theory 
6.  a. 

Animals,  names  of  197.  c. 

Apocopated  future  97.  2,  264,  not  in  pas- 
sive species  97.  2.  6,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh  Guttural  126.  1, 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3,  158.  2,  160.  3,  Lamedh  He  171.  1, 
172.  4,  173.  3,  174.  4,  175.  3,  176.  3. 

Apocopated  imperative  98.  2,  171.  1. 

Apposition  of  nouns  253. 

Arabic  letters  3.  1.  a,  currently  read  with- 
out vowels  10.  a,  syllables  IS.  2.  c, 
Teshdid  23.  3.  6,  accent  33.  4.  a,  Elif 
prosthetic  53.  1.  a,  conjugations  83.  c 
(1),  comparative  or  superlative  189.  a, 
nouns  of  unity  198.  b,  pJural  ending 
199.  c,  dual  202,  article  229.  1.  a,  con- 
junction with  the  accusative  271.  4.  b. 

Article  definite  229,  use  of  245,  with 
verbs,  etc.  245.  5.  6,  with  proper  nouns 
246.  1.  a,  before  nouns  with  suffixes 
246.  2.  a,  before  nouns  in  the  construct 
246.  3.  a,  when  omitted  247,  249.  1.  b, 
c,  249.  2.  6,  c. 

Article  indefinite  229.  1.  6,  248.  a. 

Aspirates  3.  1,  7.  2,  receive  Daghesh  lene 
21,  their  original  sound  21.  6,  aff^^cted 


324 


INDEX   I. 


by  concurrence  of  consonants  or  doub- 
ling 54.  1. 

Athnahh  divides  verse  36. 1,  train  of  38.  2. 

Augment,  Greek  and  Sanslvrit  99.  1.  a. 

Ayin,  sound  of  3.  4,  Chaldee  substitutes 
'for  Tsadlie  51.  3,  elided  53.  3.  a,  128, 
previous  vowel  sometimes  short  when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a. 

Ayin  doubled  verbs,  origin  of  term  Y6.  3, 
their  peculiarities  133-1 37,  paradigm 
138,  remarks  139-142. 

Ayin  Guttural  verbs  116,  paradigm  117, 
remarks  118-122. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of 
term  76.  3,  their  peculiarities  152-154, 
paradigm  155,  remarks  156-161. 

Biliteral  roots  68.  b. 

Bohemian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Cardinal  numbers  223-266,  with  dual  end- 
ing 223.  1.  rt,  position  and  agreement 

250,  251,   with  suffixes  250.    2  (2)  a, 

251.  4.  a,  with  the  article  251.  4. 
Chaldee  syllables  18.  2.  c,  words  modified 

from  Hebrew  51.  3,  dual  202. 

Changes  of  person  279. 

Cities  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Collectives  with  feminine  ending  198,  con- 
strued with  the  plural  275.  2. 

Commutation  of  letters  50.  1,  Aleph  for 
He  86.  b,  91.  b,  94.  o,  96.  «,  196.  d,  He 
for  Aleph  189.  6,  Aleph  for  Yodh  56. 
4,  or  Vav  56.  4.  a,  199,  Vav  for  Aleph 
57.  2  (2)  a.  111.  2.  6,  d,  Yodh  for  Vav 
56.  2,  Teth  for  Tav  54.  4,  82.  5. 

Comparison,  how  expressed  260. 

Compound  numbers  224,  225.  2,  with 
nouns  251.  3,  with  the  article  251.  4.  a. 

Compound  predicate  275.  1.  6,  275.  2.  a. 

Compound  sentences  285.  1. 

Compound  species  83.  c  (2). 

Compound  subject  244.  1,  276. 

Conjugations  76.  1. 

Conjunctions  239,  287. 

Consecution  of  accents  in  prose  36-39,  in 
poetry,  40-42. 

Consonant  changes,  53-56. 

Consonants  changed  to  vowels  57,  vowel 
changes  occasioned  by  contiguous  con- 
sonants 60,  by  concurrent  consonants, 
61. 

Construct  infinitive.  Sec  Infinitive  con- 
struct. 

Construct  state  of  nouns  212-216,  rela- 
tions denoted  by  254,  resolved  by  pre- 
position Lamedh  257. 

Constructio  praegnans  272.  3. 

Contraction  of  two  similar  letters  61.  8, 
134.  1. 

Contracted  verbs  107. 

Copula  258.  2,  3. 

Countries  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Daghesh  meaning  of  word  21.  2.  a. 


Daghesh-forte  23,  distinguished  from  Da- 
ghesh-lene  23.  2,  from  Shurek  23.  3, 
different  kinds  of  24,  conjunctive,  in- 
stances of  24.  a,  75.  1,  separative  24.  6, 
190.  a,  216.  2.  «,  221.  5.  a,  230.  2.  a, 
emphatic  24.  c,  86.  a,  149.  1,  omission 
of  25,  resolved  by  the  insertion  of  a 
liquid  54.  3,  221.  6.  b,  or  Yodh  141.  1, 
or  by  prolonging  the  previous  vowel, 
59.  «,  never  in  gutturals  CO.  4,  108, 
rarely  in  Eesh  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  omitted 
from  Hithpael  96.  a,  in  suffixes  of  verbs 
104.  a,  105.  b. 

Daghesh  lene  21,  22,  omitted  from  Kal 
imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  from 
guttural  forms  109.  3.  a,  from  construct 
plural  of  nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  prefixes 
101.  2.  b. 

Daleth  assimilated  to  the  feminine  ending 
Tav  54.  2,  148.  2,  205.  b. 

Day  of  the  month  252.  2.  b. 

Declension  of  nouns,  adjectives  and  parti- 
ciples 217. 

Demonstrative  pronouns  73,  qualifying 
nouns  249.  2,  qualifying  nouns  in  the 
construct  256,  predicate  259.  2,  used  for 
relative  286. 

Dental  letters  7.  1. 

Dialects,  cfiect  upon  words  61.  3. 

Diphthongal  vowels  15. 

Distributive  numbers  252.  4. 

Distributive  sense  expressed  by  repetition 
252.  4,  280.  1. 

Division  erroneous,  of  words  43.  b. 

Divisions  of  Grammar  1. 

Dual,  ending  of  202,  signification  of  203, 
superadded  to  the  plural  203.  5.  6, 
nouns  with  suffixes  221.  4,  joined  with 
the  plural  278. 

Emphasis  expressed  by  repetition  280-282. 

English  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Excess,  how  denoted  2G0.  2  (2)  b. 

Feminine  endings  196,  how  related  55.  2. 
c,  196.  6,  compared  with  Indo-European 
endings  196.  e,  used  to  form  abstracts, 
collectives,  official  designations  198,  and 
nouns  of  unity  198.  6,  appended  to  in- 
finitive.    See  Infinitive  construct. 

Feminine  nouns  without  fcm.  ending  in 
the  singular  197.  «,  with  masc.  ending 
in  plural  200.  6,  with  two  plural  forms 
20b.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  2. 

Feminine  sign  of,  duplicated  88  (3  f.),  167. 
3,  169.  1.  a  (?),  neglected  88  (2  f.  s, 
8  f.  pi.),  197.  a. 

Final  forms  of  letters  4,  in  middle  of 
words  4.  a. 

Flexibility  various,  of  different  languages 
69.  b. 

Formative  syllables  differ  from  prefixes 
and  suffixes  33,  69.  c,  101.  2.  6,  123.  4. 

Fractional  numbers  227.  3,  262.  8. 


INDEX    I. 


325 


Future,  formation  of  84.  3,  its  personal 
endings  and  prefixes  85.  1.  a  (2)  with 
suffixes  105,  uses  of  263,  sliortcned 
form.     See  Apocopated  future. 

Galilean  pronunciation  51.  4.  a. 

Grammar,  function  and  divisions  of  1. 

Grammatical  subject  244.  2. 

Grave  suffi-xes  72,  221.  1. 

Greek  alphabet  5.  «,  0.  6,  V.  2.  a,  accent 
33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  feminine 
and  neuter  196.  c,  numerals  223.  2.  «, 
construction  of  neuter  plurals  275.  4.  a. 

Guttural  letters  7.  1,  their  peculiarities  60, 
108,  attract  or  preserve  vowels  60.  3.  c. 

Guttural  verbs  107. 

He  and  Ilheth  3.  3. 

He  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  57.  2(2)6, 
with  Mappik  26,  prosthesis  of  53.  1.  a, 
rejection  of  53.  2,  3,  85.  2.  a  (1),  95.  6, 
211.  a,  229.  5,  231.  5,  preceding  vowel 
often  short  when  Daghesh  omitted  60. 

4.  rt,  121.  1,  229.  3,  added  to  2  m.  s. 
and  2  f  pi.  preterite  86.  6,  to  2  m.  s. 
suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix 
220.  2.  c,  to  2  and  3  f  pi.  suffix  104.  q, 
220.  1.  6,  220.  2.  c,  for  3.  m.  s.  suffix 
104.  d,  220.  1.  6,  omitted  from  f  pi. 
future  88  and  imperative  89,  omitted 
after  prefixes  85.  2.  a  (1),  91.  6,  94.  6, 
95.  6,  113.  2,  229.  5,  retained  in  excep- 
tional cases  95.  e,  142.   3,  150.  2,  231. 

5.  a,  for  Alcph  165.  1,  prefixed  in  the 
formation  of  nouns  189.  b. 

He  directive  219.  1. 

He  interrogative  230. 

He  paragogic,  effect  on  accent  33.  1,  with 
Methegh  33.  1.  a,  examples  of  61.  6.  a, 
219.  2,  distinguished  from  feminine 
ending  196.  c,  added  to  preterite  93.  c, 
to  future.     See  Paragogic  future. 

Hhateph  Seghol  in  1  Sing,  future  Piel  92.  e. 

Uheth,  preceding  vowel  mostly  short,  when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3. 

Hhirik,  quantity  of  14,  19.  1,  between 
concurring  consonants  61.  1,  85.  2.  a, 
216.  2,  231.  2,  234,  in  Segholates  61.  2, 
184.  6,  never  in  the  ultimate  of  Kal  ac- 
tive participles  90,  in  1  sing.  Niphal  fu- 
ture 91.  c,  149.  2,  in  Piel  before  suffixes 
104.  /t,  in  penult  of  Piel  infinitive  92.  d, 
in  Hiphil  infinitive  94.  6,  rejected  from 
Hiphil  future  94.  c,  and  participle  94.  e, 
in  the  inflected  preterite  of  Kal,  Hiphil 
119.  2,  and  Hithpael  96.  6,  retained  in 
Hiphil  before  suffixes  104.  h,  in  the  ul- 
timate of  nouns  207.  1.  c,  209.  2. 

Hholem,  stability  of  60.  1.  a  (4),  in  in- 
flected verbs  Ayin  doubled  61.  3,  136. 
2,  141.  2,  and  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin 
Yodh  153.  4,  159.  i,  160.  2,  shortened 
to  Kamets   Hbatuph   in  Kal  infinitive 


construct  87,  future  88,  and  imperative 
89,  once  retained  in  Kal  future  before 
Makkeph  88,  in  intensive  species  92.  6, 
rejected  from  Kal  future  before  suffixes 
105.  d,  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  2(»7.  1. 
f,  d,  207.  2.  c,  215.  1.  c,  2U9.  2,  in  the 
penult  210.  f/,  216.  1.  c. 

Hiphil,  signification  of  79,  relation  to  Piel 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  4,  origin 
of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  b  (2),  nouns  de- 
rived from  187.  2.  a,  189. 

Hithpael,  signification  of  80,  relation  to  Ni- 
phal 80.  2.  a  (2),  formation  of  82.  5, 
origin  of  prefixed  syllable  82.  5.  6(1), 
verbs  having  two  forms  of  122.  2.  141. 

Hophal,  signification  of  79.  3,  formation 
of  82.  4,  origin  of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  b 
(2),  no  imperative  84,  except  in  two  in- 
stances 95.  (Z,  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs 
140.  6,  in  Pe  Yodh  verbs  150.  5,  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  160.  5,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  167.  2,  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  175.  5. 

Imperative,  formation  of  84.  4,  its  per- 
sonal endings  85.  1.  a  (3),  Kal  with  suf- 
fixes 101,  3.  106.  6,  paragogic  98.  1, 
111.  3.  a,  125.  1,  132.  1,  148.  3,  157.  2, 
apocopated  98.  2,  171.  2,  twice  in  Ho- 
phal 95.  d. 

Imperfect  verbs  classified  107. 

Impersonal  subject  243.  3,  construction  of 
passive  and  neuter  verbs  271.  4.  a,  275. 
1.  c. 

Inanimate  objects,  names  of  198.  c,  in  plu- 
ral 203.  5.  a,  plural  with  feminine  sin- 
gular 275.  4. 

Indefinite  subject  243.  2,  article  229.  1.  6, 
248.  a 

Indo-European  roots  69,  a,  pronouns  71. 
6,  feminine  and  neuter  196.  <;,  dual  202. 
a,  numerals  223.  2.  a,  conception  of 
time  261. 

Infinitive,  a  verbal  noun  267,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  6,  267.  «,  does  not  admit  the 
article  245.  5.  6,  with  prepositions  242. 
6,  267.  6,  governed  by  verbs  or  nouns 

267.  6,  c,  construction  changed  to  pret- 
erite or  future  282.  c. 

Infinitive  absolute,  formation  of  84.  1, 
with  feminine  ending  160.  4,  for  pret- 
erite or  future  268.   1,    for  imperative 

268.  2,  emphatic  use  of  282. 
Infinitive  construct,  formation  of  84.  2,  in 

Kal  usually  without  Vav  87,  with  femi- 
nine ending  in  perfect  verbs  87,  in  Pe 
Guttural  111.  3.  a,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
119.  3,  in  Lamedh  Guttural  125.  2,  in 
Pe  Nun  131.  4,  in  Avin  doubled  139.  2, 
in  Pe  Yodh  148,  in  "Piel  92.  (/,  in  Ho- 
phal 150.  5,  in  Hiphil  128,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  166.  2,  in  Lamedh  He  168, 
v;ith  suffixes  101.   3,  106.  a,  following 


326 


INDEX    I. 


noun  or  sufBx  denote  subject  or  object 
102.  3,  254.  9.  b,  emphatic  use  of  282.  b. 

Inseparable  prepositions  231-233. 

Intensity  expressed  by  repetition  280.  3, 
282. 

Interjections  240. 

Interrogative  and  indefinite  pronouns  75, 
trace  of  neuter  in  196.  a. 

Interrogative  sentences  283,  284. 

Intransitive  verbs  construed  transitively 
271. 

Irrational  objects,  plural,  with  feminine 
singular  275.  4. 

Jews  modern,  use  Rabbinical  letter  2, 
their  pronunciation  of  Ayin  3.  4,  use 
abbreviations  9.  1. 

Kal,  meaning  of  term  76.  2,  formation  in 
perfect  verbs  82.  1,  remarks  upon  86-90. 

Kamets  and  Kamets-IIhatuph  distinguished 
19.  2. 

Kamets  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1.  b, 
207.  2.  6,  215.  1,  in  the  penult  210, 
216.  1. 

Kamets-Hhatuph  in  Kal  infin.  constr.  be- 
fore Makkeph  87,  before  suffixes  106, 
in  future  88,  in  imperative  89,  106,  in 
passive  species  82.  6.  b  (3),  93.  a,  95.  a. 

Kaph  and  Koph  3.  2. 

Kaph  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  assimilation 
of  54.  2.  a. 

Karne  Phara  38.  10. 

Kibbuts,  quantity  of  19.  1,  in  passive  spe- 
cies 82.  5.  b  (3),  93.  o,  95.  a,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a. 

K'ri  and  K'thibh  46-48,  number  of  46.  a. 

Kushoi  21.  2.  a. 

Labial  letters  7.  1. 

Lamedh  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  132.  2, 
medial  rejected  53.  3.  6,  88  (1  c),  assim- 
ilated to  following  consonant  54.  2,  132. 
2,  appended  in  formation  of  nouns  193. 
2.  c. 

Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  162,  paradigm  163, 

remarks  164-167. 
Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  123,  paradigm  124, 

remarks  125-128. 
Lamedh  He  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  168,  169,   paradigm 

170,  shortened  future   and  imperative 

171,  remarks  172-177. 

Latin  alphabet  6.  b,  7.  2.  a,  accent  33.  4.  n, 
feminine  and  neuter  196.  2,  numerals 
223.  2.  a. 

Lazian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Letters,  sounds  of  3,  double  forms  of  4, 
of  unusual  size  or  position  4.  a,  names 
of  5,  order  of  6,  classification  of  7,  nu- 
merical use  of  9.  2,  commutation  of  50. 
1,  transposition  of  50.  2,  addition  of 
50.  3. 

Lettish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Light  suffixes  72,  221.  2-4. 


Linguals  7.  1,  substituted  for  sibilants  in 

Chaldee  51.  3. 
Liquids  7.  2. 
Logical  subject,  244.  2. 
Makkeph  43. 
Manner  274.  2.  e. 
Mappik  26,  omitted  from  3  f.  s.  suffix  104. 

e,  220.  1.  6. 
Masculine   for   feminine,  suffixes    104  g, 
220.   1.  b,  future  88  (3  f.  pi.),   105.  e, 
predicate  and  pronouns  275.  1.  a,  275.  5. 
Masculine  nouns  with  suffixes  221.  3,  with 
fem.  ending  in  plural  200.  a,  with  two 
endings  in  plural  200.  c. 
Matres  lectionis  11.  1. 
Measure  274.  2.  e. 
Medial  letters  for  finals  4.  a. 
Medium  strength,  letters  of  7.  2. 
Mem  dropped  from  Pual  participle  53.  2.  a, 
93.  e,  final  rejected  55.  2,  214.  2,  ap- 
pended to  3  m.  pi.  future  (?)  88,  pre- 
fixed in  formation  of  nouns  193.  2.  c, 
omitted  from  plural  ending  (?)  199.  6. 
Methegh    44,   45,    aid    in    distinguishing 
doubtful  vowels  19,  45.  2.  a,  with  He 
paragogic  33.  1.  a,  in  place  of  an  accent 
shifted  in  position  35.  1,  or  removed  by 
Makkeph  43,  44.  a,  64.  1.  a,  after  He 
interrogative  230.   2.  a,  its  place  sup- 
plied by  an  accent  39.  3.  b,  45.  5. 
Modern  Hebrew  read  without  vowel  points 

10.  a. 
Monosyllabic  nouns  183. 
Mountains,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 
Multiliteral  nouns  195. 
Mutes  7.  2,  a  p-mute  missing  (?)  7.  2.  a. 
Names  of  letters  5,  their  antiquity  5.  a, 

their  origin  and  signification  5.  b. 
Nations,  names  of  197.  d,  275.  2.  6. 
Neuter  gender,  trace  of  196.  a. 
Neuter  verbs  rarely  have  participles  90, 

with  suffixes  102."  2. 
Niphal,  signification  of  77,  relation  to 
Hithpael  80.  2.  a  (2),  its  formation  82. 
2,  origin  of  the  prefixed  Nun  82.  5.  b 
(1),  participle  from  a  noun  91.  c,  from 
an  adverb  80.  2.  b,  nouns  derived  from 
187.  2.  a. 
Nouns,  formation  of  181,  Class  1 182-186, 
Class  11  187,  188,  Class  IH  189-192, 
Class  IV  193,  194,  multiliterals  195, 
frorh  imperfect  roots  184.  b,  185.  2.  d, 
186.  2.  c,  187.  1.  d,  e,  187.  2.  b,  c,  190. 
b,  plural  from  quiescent  roots  207.  l-f, 
208.  3.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  5.  a. 
Nouns,  gender  and  number  of  196-211, 
construct  state  of  212-216,  declension 
of  217,  with  suffixes  220,  221,  para- 
digm 222. 
Nouns,  feminine,  without  fem.  ending  197. 
a,  with  masc.  ending  in  plural  200.  b, 
masculine  with  fem.  ending  in   plural 


INDEX    I. 


327 


200.  a,  with  either  ending  200.  c,  of 
doubtful  gender  197.  b,  200.  c,  having 
but  one  number  201.  1,  definite  without 
the  article  246,  used  for  adjectives  254. 
6.  a,  in  construct  before  adjectives  250. 
1.  a,  254.  6.  6,  in  construct  before  pre- 
positions 255.  1,  in  construct  before  a 
clause  255.  2,  placed  absolutely  271.  4. 
6,  274.  2,  repetition  of  280. 

Nouns,  primitive  181.  a,  derivative  181.  b, 
of  unity  198  6. 

Number,  relations  of  274.  2.  d. 

Numeral  adjectives  223-227,  250-252,  ad- 
verbs 252.  4. 

Numerical  use  of  letters  9.  2. 

Nun,  rejected  53.  2.  a,  b,  55.  2,  from 
verbs  129.  2,  131.  3,  4,  from  nouns  184. 
6,  194.  2.  b,  assimilated  to  a  following 
consonant  54.  2,  in  verbs  129.  1,  131.  2, 
132.  1,  in  nouns  184.  6,  190.  a,  205.  6, 
to  initial  Mem  (?)  55.  1,  88  (m.  pi.), 
inserted  in  lieu  of  reduplication  54.  3, 
221.  6.  b,  epenthetic  56.  1,  101.  2,  105. 
6,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86.  6,  to  fu- 
ture 88  (2  f.  s.,  m.  pi.),  before  suffixes 
105.  c,  in  Niphal  absolute  infinitive  91.  6, 
131.  5,  166.  3,  173,  2,  in  Niphal  impera- 
tive (?)  91.  f/,  appended  in  formation  of 
nouns  193,  in  masc.  plur.  ending  199.  a. 

Object,  definite,  sign  of  238.  2,  270,  of 
transitive  verbs  270,  of  intransitive  verbs 
271,  indirect  272,  multiple  273. 

Occupations  186.  2.  «,   187.  1.  a. 

Office,  names  of  198.  a  (2). 

Official  designations  198. 

Ordinal  numbers  227,  252. 

Orthographic  symbols  1-49,  changes  50- 
66. 

Orthography,  various  11.  1.  6,  51.  4.  a. 

Palatal  letters  7.  1. 

Paradigm,  see  Verbs  paradigms  of,  and 
Nouns. 

Paragogic,  future  97.  1,  264,  not  in  passive 
species  97.  2.  6,  in  Lamedh  He  verbs 
172.  3,  imperative  98,  1. 

Paragogic  letters,  effect  on  accent  33.  1, 
instances  of  61.  6.  a,  218,  219. 

Participles,  formation  of  84.  5,  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  with  personal  inflections  90, 
declined  217,  qualif3'ing  nouns  249.  1, 
qualifying  nouns  in  the  construct  256, 
in  the  construct  before  nouns  and  in- 
finitives 254.  9.  6,  signification  of  266, 
emphatic  use  of  282.  c,  construction 
changed  to  preterite  or  future  282.  c. 

Particles  prefixed  228-234,  separate  235- 
240. 

Parts  of  speech  70. 

Passive  species  with  suffixes  102.  2,  of 

doubly  transitive  verbs  273.  5. 
Pattahh  preferred  by  gutturals  60,  1,  108, 
changed  to  Seghol  63.  1 ,  assimilated  to 


Seghol  61.  1.  6,  63.  2,  to  Kameta  or 
Tsere  63.  2,  in  Segholatcs  61.  2,  with 
pause  accents  65,  in  Kal  constr.  infin. 
87,  inf.  pi.  future  Niphal  91.  c,  and  Piel 
92.  e,  in  preterite  and  imperative  Piel 
92.  c,  in  liithpael  96.  b,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  207.  2.  a. 

Pattahh  furtive  17,  60.  2,  109.  2,  114  (?), 
123. 

Pausal  forms  with  inferior  accents  65.  b. 

Pause  accents  37.  2.  «r,  position  of  35.  2, 
occasion  vowel  changes  65,  with  the 
preterite  86.  a,  with  the  future  88,  with 
the  imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  with 
2  m.  s.  suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  with  Pe 
Guttural  verbs  112.  4,  with  Ayin  Guttu- 
ral 119.  1,  121.  3,  with  Lamedh  Guttu- 
ral 126.  1. 

Pazer,  clause  divided  by  3G.  2,  train  of 
38.  7. 

Pe  Aleph  verbs  110.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  verbs,  origin  of  term,  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  108,  109,  paradigm 
110,  remarks  111-115. 

Pe  Nun  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  their 
peculiarities  129,  paradigm  130,  re- 
marks 131,  132. 

Perfect  verbs  81-85,  paradigm  of  85.  2, 
remarks  86-96,  with  suffixes  101,  102, 
paradigm  103,  remarks  104-106. 

Periods  of  human  life  201.  1.  b. 

Persian  construct  state  61.  6.  «. 

Personal  endings  and  prefixes  of  verbs  85. 

1.  «,  before  suffixes  101.  1,  more  closely 
attached  than  suffixes  or  prefixed  prepo- 
sitions 101.  2.  b. 

Personal  pronouns  71,  not  expi-essed  in 
the  subject  243.  1. 

Pe  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  pe- 
culiarities 143-145,  paradigm  146,  re- 
marks 147-151. 

Piel,  signification  of  78,  relation  to  Hiphil 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  3,  with  the 
active  vowels  82.  5.  b  (3),  unusual  forms 
of  92.  a,  6,  verbs  with  two  forms  of  122. 

2,  141.  4,  nouns  derived  from  187.  2.  a. 
Pilel,  Pilpel,  Poel  not  distinct  species  from 

Piel  83.  c(l). 

Place  where  274.  2.  b. 

Plural  endings  199. 

Plural  for  singular  in  verbs  (?)  88  (3  f.  pi.), 
of  majesty  201.  2,  275.  3. 

Pluralis  inhumanus  275.  4.  a. 

Plurality  expressed  by  repetition  280.  2. 

Points  extraordinary  4.  a. 

Points  Masoretic  10,  accuracy  of  49. 

Polish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Predicate  258,  compound  275.  1.  6,  275. 
2.  a,  agreement  with  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct relation  277. 

Prefixed  particles  228-234,  two  constitut- 
ing a  word  228.  2.  a. 


328 


INDEX   I. 


Prepositions  inseparable  231-233,  separate 
237,  with  suffixes  238. 

Preterite,  personal  endings  of  85.  1.  a  (1), 
with  suffixes  101.  1,  104,  Kal  before 
suffixes  101.  3,  uses  of  262. 

Pretonic  vowels  64.  2,  iu  Kal  preterite 
82.  1,  not  rejected  from  Niphal  91.  b, 
106.  a. 

Primary  preferred  to  a  secondary  form 
275.  1. 

Pronominal  roots  68,  the  basis  of  adverbs, 
prepositions  and  conjunctions  235.  1.  a. 

Pronominal  suffixes  72.     See  Suffixes. 

Pronouns,  personal  71,  243.  1,  repetition 
of  281,  demonstrative  73,  249.  2,  256, 
259.  2,  relative  74,  285,  interrogative 
and  indefinite  75,  196.  a,  284. 

Proper  nouns  with  the  article  246.  1.  a,  in 
loose  apposition  253.  2.  b. 

Pual,  signification  of  78.  3,  formation  of 
82.  3,  with  the  passive  vowels  82.  5. 
b  (3),  no  imperative  84,  in  perfect  verbs 
93,  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  121.  1,  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  142.  1,  Ayin  Vav  verbs 
161.  4,  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  167.  1, 
Lamedh  He  verbs  174.  6. 

Pure  vowels  15. 

Quadriliteral  roots  68.  a,  verbs  180,  nouns 
195.  1,  Segholates  plural  of  208.  3.  a. 

Question,  direct  and  indirect  283.  1,  dis- 
junctive 283.  2. 

Quiescent  letters  11.  1,  their  two  uses  dis- 
tinguished 13,  softened  to  vowels  57.  2. 

Quiescent  verbs  107,  143. 

Quinqueliteral  roots  68.  a,  nouns  195.  2. 

Radical  letters  7.  3. 

Raphe  27. 

R'bhi*,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  6. 

Reduplication  of  second  radical  in  verbs 
82.  3,  in  nouns  187,  of  third  radical  in 
verbs  92.  a,  115,  122.  1,  154.  2,  161.  3, 
174.  1,  176.  1,  in  nouns  187.  1.  d,  187. 
2.  c,  of  two  radicals  in  verbs  92.  a,  115, 
122.  1,  137,  141.  2,  154.  3,  161.  2,  in 
nouns  187.  1.  e,  187.  2.  b,  188,  of  a 
short  word  132.  1,   233.  a. 

Relative  pronoun  74,  285. 

Repetition  of  nouns  280,  pronouns  281, 
verbs  282. 

Resh,  sound  of  3.  3,  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing consonant  54.  2,  inserted  in  lieu 
of  reduplication  54.  3,  preference  for 
Pattahh  60.  1.  a,  with  Pattahh  furtive  (?) 
60.  2.  rt,  114,  with  simple  or  compound 
Sh'va  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with  Daghesh- 
forte  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  previous  vowel 
lengthened  on  the  omission  of  Daghcsh, 
60.  4.  a,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs  114, 
as  the  second  radical  118.  1,  120.  3,  as 
the  third  radical  125.  3,   126.  2,  127.  2. 

Rivers,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 


Roots  of  words  67,  68. 

Rukhokh  21.  2.  a. 

Samaritan  Pentateuch,  its  negligent  or- 
thography, 51.  4.  «,  99.  1.  a,  and  va- 
riant forms  156.  2. 

Samekh,  Shin  and  Sin  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Sanskrit  laws  of  euphony  21.  2.  b,  55.  1.  a, 
accent  33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  femi- 
nine and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223. 
2.  a. 

Scriptio  plena,  defectiva  14. 

Seasons,  names  of  185.  2.  a. 

Seghol  inserted  between  concurring  con- 
sonants 61.  2,  171.  1,  in  Avin  doubled 
verbs  61.  3,  136.  2,  141.  "2,  in  Ayin 
Vav  verbs  153.  4,  157.  3,  160.  3,  final 
rejected  66.  1  (1),  171.  1,  with  pause 
accents  65,  in  Kal  active  participle  90, 
in  Niphal  91.  a,  b,  in  Piel  92.  <•,  d,  126. 

2,  before  suffixes  104.  h,  in  Hiphil  94. 
a,  b,  in  Hithpael  96.  6,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  208,  209.  1,  215.  2,  in  the 
penult  of  feminine  nouns  207.  1.  e. 

Segholate  forms  from  triliteral  monosylla- 
bles or  final  syllables  61.  1.  b,  183,  184. 
«,  in  feminine  205,  construct  214.  1.  b. 

Segholate  nouns  183,  signification  of  184, 
their  feminine  208.  2,  plural  208.  3, 
dual  208.  4,  construct  216.  2,  with  He 
paragogic  219.  1,  with  suffixes  221.  5. 

Segholta,  verse  divided  by  36.  1,  train  of 
38.  3. 

Sentence,  elements  of  241.  2,  subject  of 
242,  predicate  of  258.  1. 

Separate  particles  235-240. 

Septuagint,  equivalents  for  Ayin  3.  4, 
mode  of  writing  Hebrew  words  49.  2,  8. 

Servile  letters  7.  3,  anagrams  of  7.  3.  a. 

Shalsheleth,  when  used  38.  9. 

Shin,  Sin,  and  Samekh  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Shurek,  quantity  of  14.  19.  1,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  Segholates  61.  2,  in  the  penult 
of  Segholates  61.  4.  a,  205.  c,  in  Kal 
future  of  perfect  verbs  88,  before  suffix- 
es 105.  <■/,  in  Kal  active  participle  90,  in 
the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  2.  d,  209.  3. 

Sh'va  16,  silent  and  vocal  16.  2,  20.  1, 
simple  and  compound  16.  3. 

Sh'va  compound,  with  gutturals  16.  3,  60. 

3,  108,  with  Resh  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with 
strong  letters  16.  3.  b,  before  gutturals 
120.'  2,  127.  3,  in  construct  plural  of 
nouns  216.  2.  a,  after  He  interrogative 
230.  2.  a,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  a, 
which  is  selected  60.  3.  b,  109.  3,  112, 
changed  to  a  short  vowel  60.  3.  c,  with 
pause  accent  to  a  long  vowel  65. 

Sh'va  simple  with  gutturals  60.  3.  a,  in 
Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  2,  5,  in  Lamedh 
►  Guttural  verbs  123.  4,  127.  1,  changed 
to  Seghol  by  pause  accent  65. 

Sibilants  7.  2. 


INDEX   I. 


329 


Silluk,  position  of  36.  1,  train  of  38.  1. 
Singular  predicate  or  pronoun  with  plural 

subject  275.  1.  a,  275.  6. 
Sounds  of  the  letters  3. 
Species  of  verbs  76-80,  mutually  supple- 
mentary 80.  2.  a  (3),  what  number  in 
use  in  different  verbs  80.  2.  a  (4),  forma- 
tion of  82,  with  double  forms  in  distinct 
SL'uses  83.  c  (1),  122.  2,   141.  4,  com- 
pound 83.  c  (2). 
Strong  letters  7.  2. 

Subject  242,  omitted  243,  indefinite  243. 
2,  impersonal  243.  3,  compound  244.  1, 
276,  grammatical  and  logical  244.  2. 
Suffixes,  pronominal  72,  of  verbs  101.  2, 
of  nouns  220.  3,  relation  denoted  by 
254,  more  loosely  attached  than  affixes 
101.  2.  6,  with  neuter  verbs  and  passive 
species  102.  2,  with  infinitives  and  parti- 
ciples 102.  3,  with  cardinal  numbers  223. 
1.  a,  250.  2  (2)  a,  omitted  247.  b,  with 
nouns  in  the  construct  256. 
Superlative  degree  260. 
Syllables  18,  intermediate  20.  2,  mutations 

in,  a  source  of  vowel  changes  59. 
Syriac  currently  read  without  vowels  10. 
a,  aspirates  21.  a,  doubling  of  letters 
23.  3.  b,  words  modified  from  Hebrew 
51.  3,  dual  20.  2. 
Systema  morarum  IS.  b. 
Tav  and  Teth  3.  2. 

Tav   unites  v;ith  Tav  of  personal  affixes 
86.  6  (2  m.),  or  feminine  ending  54.  1, 
205.   6,   prefixed  in  anomalous  verbal 
forms  94.  a,  115,  161.  5,  in  the  forma- 
tion of  nouns  190,  192.  2,  in  Hithpael 
assimilated  54.  2,  54.  4.  a,  82.  5,  131.  6, 
transposed  54.  4,   82.  5. 
Tav  of  feminine  ending  rejected  55.  2.  o, 
196.  b,  origin  of  196.  e,  added  to  verbs 
86.  b,  166.   1,  169.  1,  172.  1,  in  nouns 
196.  6,  205. 
Tenses,  primary  84,  262-264,  secondary 
99,  265,  past  and  future  not  promiscu- 
ously used  263.  5.  a. 
Time,  conception  of  261. 
Time,  when  and  how  long  274.  2.  a. 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 

train  of  38.  8. 
Transitive     construction    of    intransitive 

verbs  271. 
Transposition  of  letters  50.  2,  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tsere  rejected  from  the  ultimate  of  verbs 
66.  1  (1),  171.  2,  in  Kal  preterite  86.  a, 
164.  1,  in  fem.  plur.  future  Niphal  91.  c, 
and  Piel  92.  e,  in  Piel  inf.  abs.  92.  d,  in 
Hiphil  94.  6,  c,  in  Hophal  inf.  abs.  95.  c, 
with  Aleph  in  place  of  Sh'va  60.  3.  c, 
92.  e,  112.  1,  184.  b,  as  union  vowel 
with  the  preterite  104.  «,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  verbs  before  suffixes  104.  A, 
of  Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  126.   1,  of 


Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  164.  C,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  nouns  207,  215.  1,  in  the  penult 
of  nouns  210,  216.  1. 
Vav  rejected  after  vowelless  consonants 
53.  3.  a,  184.  b,  initial  clianged  to  Yodh 
56.  2,  144.  1,  rarely  reduplicated  56.  3, 
in  verbs  154.  1,   161.  1,  or  nouns  187. 

2.  c,  softened  or  rejected  57.  2,  152, 
184.  b,  186.  2.  c,  190.6,  207.  1./,  208. 

3.  c,  211.  fl,  216.  1.  d,  prccedinga  vow- 
elless consonant  61.  I.  a,  234,  paragogic 
61.  6.  a,  218,  omitted  from  3.  pi.  pre- 
terite 86.  6,  iu  Kal  iufiuitive  87,  in  Kal 
future  88,  in  Kal  imperative  89,  in  Kal 
passive  participle  90,  in  Pual  93.  6, 
added  to  3.  m.  pi.  suffix  104.  /. 

Vav  in  K'thibh,  where  K'ri  has  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  13.  «,  8S,  105.  d,  215.  1.  c, 
Pattahh  125.  1,  or  Hhateph-Kamets  13. 
a,  214.  2.  6,  89  (f.  s.). 

Vav  Conjunctive  234,  287. 

Vav  Conversivo  of  the  future  S3.  4,  99, 
with  Ay  in  Guttural  verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh 
Guttural  126.  1,  Ayin  doubled  140.  1.  5, 
Pe  Yodh  147.  5,  150.  3,  150.  2  (p.  182), 
Ayin  Vav  and  Avin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 

3,  158.  2,  160.  3,"Lamedh  Aleph  166.4, 
Lamedh  He  171.  1,  172.  4,  173.  ,3,  174. 

4,  175.  3,  176.  3,  time  denoted  by  265.  a. 
Vav  Conversive  of  the  preterite  33.  4,  99, 

with  Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  3,  time  de- 
noted by  265.  b. 

Verbs,  their  species  76-80,  occurring  in 
all  the  species  80.  2.  a  (4),  denomina- 
tives 80.  2.  b,  perfect  81-100,  with  suffix- 
es 101-106,  imperfect  107-177,  doubly 
imperfect  178,  defective  179,  quadrihte- 
ral  180,  syntax  of  261-269,  coordinated 
269,  object  of  270-272,  with  more  than 
one  object  273,  passive,  object  of  273.  5, 
repetition  of  282. 

Verbs,  paradigms  of,  perfect  85.  2,  with 
suffixes  103,  Pe  Guttural  110,  Ayin  Gut- 
tural 117,  Lamedh  Guttural  124,  Pe 
Nun  130,  Ayin  doubled  138,  Pe  Yodh 
146,  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  155, 
Lamedh  Aleph  163,  Lamedh  He  170. 

Verbs,  personal  endings  and  prefixes  of 

85.  1.  a,  85.  2.  «,  suffixes  of  101-106. 
Verbs,  middle  e  and  o  82.  1.  a,  have  Pat- 
tahh in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a  (I),  inflected 

86.  rt,  before  suffixes  104.  //.. 

Verbs  with  Pattahh  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a, 
111.  1,  116.  1,  123.  1,  140.  1,  144.  2, 
with  Tsere  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  b,  130, 
144.  2,   147,   172.  3. 

Vowel  changes  58-66,  significant  58.  1, 
euphonic  58.  2,  causes  of  59,  due  to 
mutations  of  syllables  59,  to  contiguous 
gutturals  60,  to  concurrent  consonants 
61,  to  concurring  vowels  63,  to  the  ac- 
cent 64,  to  pause  accents   65,  to  the 


330 


INDEX   I. 


shortening  or  lengthening  of  words  66, 
of  short  vowels  in  mixed  penult  58.  2, 
210.  e,   216.  2.  b. 

Vowel  letters  7.  2,  use  of  11.  1,  distin- 
guished from  their  consonantal  use  13. 

Vowels  10-17,  Masoretic  signs  for  12, 
different  modes  of  dividing  them  12.  a, 
meanings  of  their  names  12.  6,  mutual 
relations  of  their  notation  by  letters  and 
by  points  13,  14,  mutable  and  immuta- 
ble 14,  58.  2,  pure  and  diphthongal  15, 
ambiguity  of  certain  signs  19,  20,  o  and 
M  more  stable  than  i  and  e  60.  1.  a,  in- 
serted between  concurrent  consonants 
61.  1,  2,  e  and  o  preferred  before  con- 
current consonants  61.  4,  ?  and  it  before 
doubled  letters  61.  5,  paragogic  61.  6, 
218,  219,  concurring  62,  proximity  of, 
a  source  of  changes  63,  pretonic  64.  2, 
rejected  or  shortened  66.  1,  2,  of  union 
before  suffixes  101.  2,  twice  e  with  pre- 
terite 104.  a,  sometimes  a  with  future 
105.  a,  final  of  verbs  before  suffixes 
104.  k,  I,  vowel  a  retained  in  ultimate 
before  suffixes  105.  d,  118.  3,  164.  5. 

Weak  letters  7.  2,  elTect  of  upon  syllables 
18,  2.  c. 


Words  not  divided  in  writing  8,  ambiguity 
when  unpointed  10.  a,  sources  of  cliange 
in  51,  three  stages  in  the  formation  of  67, 
changes  in  formation  and  inflection  69. 

Written  symbols  of  two  sorts  2. 

Yodh  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  in  Kal  active 
participle  90,  in  Niphal  future  113.  1, 
before  suffix  105.  a,  220.  1.  6,  initial  re- 
jected 53.  2.  «,  b,  144.  3,  148,  150.  1, 
184.  b,  188.  b,  medial  rejected  53.  3. 
a,  b,  150.  3,  168,  169,  softened  or  re- 
jected 57.  2,  152,  184.  b,  186.  2.  c, 
190.  b,  207.  1./,  208.  3.  c,  211.  a, 
216.  1.  d,  changed  to  Aleph  56.  4,  para- 
gogic 61.  6.  «,  218,  added  to  2  f.  s.  pre- 
terite 86.  b,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix  104.  c,  220. 
1.  b,  220.  2.  c,  omitted  fiom  1  sing. 
preterite  86.  6,  from  Hiphil  94,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  169,  172.  1,  prefixed 
in  formation  of  nouns  190,  192.  1,  ap- 
pended in  formation  of  nouns  194, 
quiescent  after  prefixed  prepositions 
231.  3.  b,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c. 

Zakeph  Gadhol,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
when  used  38.  5. 

Zakeph  Katon,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
train  of  38.  4. 


IFDEX    II. 


TEXTS  OF  SCRIPTUPtE  EXPLAINED  OR  REFERRED  TO. 


GENESIS. 

4  :  17  ...  §  35.  1 

12:  12. ..§243.3 

19  :  33  ...  §  249.  2.  6 

18  . .  .  275.  1.  c 

20 ...  43 

33,  35 .  .  .  106.  a 

1:  l...§2t.  1,  36.  1, 

23.  ..88(f.  pi.),  89 

13  :  2 . . .  245.  5.  d 

35 . . .  38.  1.  a 

242,  245.  4,  262. 

(f.  pi.),  93.  2, 

4 ...  4.  a 

20  :  5 ...  71.  a  (3) 

1,  270.  o,  275.  3 

127.  1 

6...  275.  \.a 

C . . .  164.  2 

2...21.  1,  258.  3 

26 . . .  281 

9 . .  .  119.  1,  180.  a 

9...  22.  b,  lb.   1, 

4...  270.  6 

5:  5...  177.  2,  251. 

14  :  2  ...  71.  a  (3) 

263.1 

6 ...  31.  1 

2.  o 

4 . . .  252.  2 

11 ...  254.  9 

6,  7  . .  .  245.  1 

8 .  .  .  277.  a 

6  . . .  221.  6.  b 

13 .  .  .  275.  3.  a 

7...  36. 1,203.  5.  c 

11...  38.  1.  a 

8  . .  .  203.  5.  c 

18  . . .  127.  1 

9 . . .  250.  1 

18 . . .  225.  2 

9  .  .  .  250.  2  (1) 

21:  6...60.2.a,120.2 

11 . . .  45.  2,  254.  6, 

29 . . .  39. 4.  a,  2S5. 1 

10  .  . .  63.  1.  a,   219. 

8 ...  65.  a 

285.  1 

6  :  3 ...  74.  n,  139.  2, 

1.  6,  280.  2 

14...  214.  1.  b 

12 .  .  .  220.  1.  b 

157.  3,  158.  2 

19 ...  10.  a 

16...  119.  1,  174.1 

14 . . .  275.  1.  b 

7  . .  .  285.  1.  a 

15  :  1 .  .  .  246.  3,  249.  2, 

17  .  .  .  39.  3.  b 

16 .  .  .  245.  2,  254.  9 

9 ...  96.  6 

274.  1 

28,  29 . . .  220,  1.  6 

18  . .  .  45.  2.  a 

13  .  . .  262.  2 

2 ...  47,  253.  2.  6 

22  :  1 .  . .  262.  1,  265, 

22  .  .  .  3S.  1.  a 

17  . . .  266.  2 

8 . . .  262.  1.  b 

270.  b 

24...19S.  a(4),  218 

18...  100.  2.  ail) 

11 .  .  .  229.  3 

3 ...  265 

24,  23 .  . .  38.  1.  a 

19  .  .  .  45.  2.  a,  229. 

12  . . .  245.  4 

4  .  . .  2S7.  3 

29 .  .  .  270.  c 

3.  a 

17  . . .  275.  1.  c 

5  ...  244.  1 

31...249.1.c,274. 1 

22 . . .  273.  2 

18 .  .  .  254.  3 

8 ...  44 

2 :  1 ...  244.  1 

7  :  1 . . .  262.  1,  273.  4 

18-21 .  .  .  270.  b 

14  .  .  .  126.  2 

2 .  . .  262.  1 

2  .  .  .  252.  4,  280.  1 

22 . .  .  245.  5.  a 

23  :  1 .  . .  251.  2,  3 

3  .  .  .  249.  1.  c 

4 . .  .  251.  2 

16  :  5  ...  4.  a,  254.  9.  a 

4 . . .  275.  5 

4...  4.  «,  259.  2. 

6  . . .  287.  1 

11...  90  (2  f.  s.) 

6 .  .  .  165.  3 

267.  d 

9  .  .  .  252.  4 

13,  15  ...  43.  a 

10 . . .  254.  9.  b 

5 . . .  258.  3.  6 

13 .  .  .  200.  e,  246.  3, 

30 . .  .  60.  3.  6  (2) 

11 .  .  .  125.  1 

6 . . .  263.  4 

249.  2,  251.  1.  a 

17  :  4  ...  65.  n 

11,  13...  262.  1.6 

7  .  .  .  147.  5,  273.  3 

19  . .  .  280.  3 

4,  5  . .  .  215.  1.  e 

16  .  . .  36.  1 

9...  245.  5.  6 

23  . .  .  173.  3 

5  ...  271 .  4.  a 

19  .  .  .  246.  3 

10  .  .  .  248 

8  :  5 . . .  282.  c 

5,  6 ...  265 

24:  1...119.  1 

11 . . .  245.  5 

7 ...  282 

8  ...  30.  2,  254.  5 

8  . . .  249.  2.  6 

12 . . .  16.  3.  6,  234. 

10 .  .  .  269.  a 

11 .  .  .  273.  5 

14 ...  39.  4 

a,  259.  2.  a 

12  .  .  .  149.  2 

12 .  .  .  254.  6.  a 

15...  39.  3.  a 

14 .  .  .  258.  2 

17  .  . .  150.  1 

17  .  . .  24.  6,  230.  2. 

20 . .  .  245.  3 

16, 17  . . .  287.  1 

18  . .  .  147.  5 

n,  254.  6.  c,  283. 

22...  251.  2.C,  254. 

17  . . .  103.  a,  282 

9  :  14 . .  .  139.  1 

2.  a 

4 

18 .  . .  242.  b 

20 .  . .  258.  3.  a 

19.  ..90(f.  s.) 

23...  158.  3 

19 . .  .  147.  5 

24  . . .  147.  5,  270.  c 

20 .  . .  265.  6 

SO ...  36.  1 

23 .  .  .  16.  3.  6,  24. 

10  :  5  .  . .  220.  2.  b 

18  :  1 . . .  262. 1.  a,  274. 

33  .  . .  111.  2.  b 

a,  127.  3 

19  .  . .  56.  4,  126.  2 

2.  b 

35 .  .  .  245.  5.  d 

25  .  . .  263.  5.  a 

21 . .  .  256.  a 

6...  25.3.  2 

42  .  .  .  21.  1 

3 :  2, 3 . . .  263.  1 

25  . . .  250.  2  (2) 

11 .  .  .  276.  3 

42,  48,  65 ...  39.  4 

6 . . .  106.  a 

26...  229.  1.  a 

20 . .  .  254.  9.  a 

48  .  .  .  131.  1 

6 . . .  258.  1 

11 :  1 . .  .  223.  1.  a 

21 ...  24.  6, 39.  3.  b, 

58  . .  .  283.  1 

IS . . .  262.  1 

6,  7  .  .  .  141.  1 

230.  2.  a 

65 . .  .  73.  2.  a,  176. 

15 ...  30.  2 

7  ...  86.  a 

28,  29 . . .  251.  4 

3,  245.  3.  a 

16 . . .  53.  3.  a 

9 ...  57.  1 

19  :  1,  4  . .  .  266.  3 

67  .  .  .  246. 3.  a,  25a 

22...21.  1, 177.  2 

16 .  .  .  251.  2 

9 . . .  131.  3 

d 

4:  3...231.  3.  a 

30 ...  56.  2 

11...  207.1.  a,  245. 

25:  5...  43 

4...  220.  2.  b 

31 . .  .  22.  b 

5 

8 ...  38.  1.  a 

12 . . .  267.  d 

12  :  2  .  . .  263.  1 

12 .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

12 . . .  254.  1 

13  .  .  .  280.  2  (2)  b 

4 ...  10.  a 

14 ...  24.  a 

27 . .  .  229.  4.  b 

14 . .  .  245. 3.  b,  262. 

5  . . .  254.  1  bis 

19 ...  86.  b   (2ra.), 

31 .  . .  98. 1.  a,  125. 1 

1.  6 

7  .  .  .  262.  1.  b 

105.  n,  105.  d 

34 ...  65.  a 

16 . .  .  147.  5 

8  ...  19. 1, 220. 1.  6 

SO  . . .  251.  4 

26:  3...262.  1.  6 

332 


26 

4....5  30.  2,  246.  3 

6 36.  1 

8.... 245.  3 

13.... 282.  c 

15,  18.... 104.  g- 

22 156.  4 

28.... 36.  1 

29.... 60.  3.  a 

27 

1 88  (f.  pi.) 

4.... 263.  1.6 

9.... 119.  1 

12....  141.  6 

16.... 36.  2 

19.... 105.  b 

23.... 270.  6 

25.... 203.  1 

26.... 131.  3 

27.... 120.  3 

29.... 177.  1 

S3 263.1.  6,266. 

2.  a 

36.... 252.  4 

38.... 16.  3.  6,230. 

2.  a 

42.... 271.  4.  a 

44.... 223.  1.  a 

28 

2, 5, 6, 7.... 33.1.  a 

9.... 39.  4 

12.... 55.  1 

20,  21.... 287.  2 

29 

2.... 263. 4 

3....139.  1 

6.... 22.  a, 230. 2. a 

6.... 34 

8.... 139.  1 

9.... 34,  257 

10.... 10.  a 

17.... 278 

20.... 223.  1.  a 

23.... 10.  a 

32....  105.  a,  118.3 

36.... 245.  3.  6 

80 

1....34 

5.... 127.  1 

6 104.  a 

7. ...252.  1 

15.... 245.  3.  6 

16.... 249.  2.  b 

19.... 215.  1.  b 

27.... 131.  3 

31.... 43 

32.... 44.  a 

S3.... 24.  a 

SS....45.   2,   88  (f. 

pl.)bi?,  216.  2.  a 

39.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

31 

4.... 45.  2.  a 

6.. ..71.  a  (2) 

9.... 220.  1.  6 

13....  19.  2.  a,  246. 

3.  a 

27.... 126.  1 

SO.... 86.  6  (2in.), 

91.  6 

32....  104.    i,    2S5. 

2.  a 

S6....75. 1 

39.... 61.  6.  a 

82 

1....270.  c 

5.... 111.  2.  6 

16.... 250.  2(3) 

20.... 61.   1.    c,  88 

(pi.),  55.  2.  a 

22.... 45.  3 

23.... 249.  2.  6 

33 

.    6....220.  1.  6 

6....88(f.  pi.) 

11.... 43,     166.     1, 

270.  6 

Si 

:  17....100.  2.  a(l) 

21.... 258.  2 

INDEX   II. 

34 

SO. 

...§254.5 

49 

19... 

.§  140.  1 

15: 

2....§  56.  1,  105. 

31. 

...230.  2 

23... 

.139.  1 

6, 131.  1,  247.  6 

35 

7. 

...275.  3.  a 

50 

9... 

.248 

4.... 277.  a 

15. 

...270.  6 

10... 

.271.  3 

5.... 61.  6,104./ 

IS. 

...34 

17... 

.273.  3.  a 

6.... 60.  3.  a,  61. 

22. 

...39.  4.  a 

19... 

.283.  1 

a.  a 

26. 

...275.  1.  c 

23... 

.22.  a 

9.... 104./ 

29. 

...22.  b 

26... 

.147.  5 

10....11. 1.6,61.6, 

37 

2. 
8. 

. .  .249.  1.  6 
...282 

139.1 
11,  13.... 22.  6 

9. 

...271.3 

EXODUS. 

14,  16....2G3.  5.  a 

12. 

. . .257 

16.... 22.  6,61.  6.  a 

14. 

...10.  a 

1 

1.. 

.§21.1 

17.... 24.  6,190.  a 

19. 

...73.  2.  a,  254. 

7. . 

.273.  5 

20 277.  a 

6.  u 

10.. 

.88  (3f.  pi.) 

21.... 22.  6 

20. 

...104.  I 

16... 

.177.  2 

26.... 112.  3 

22. 

. .  .60.  3.  6  (2) 

2 

3.. 

.24.  6, 104.  e 

16 

5.... 38.  1.  a 

32. 

...24.  6,283.  2 

4... 

.53.  3.  b,  148. 

7,  8.... 71.  a(l) 

S3. 

...105.  a,  282.  a 

2) 

150.  3  (p.  182) 

14.... 180.  a 

SS 

9. 

...131.4 

7... 

.230.  3 

15.... 39.  3.  6 

11. 

...274.  2.  6 

9.. 

.150.2,151.1; 

23.... 38. 1.0,112.1 

25. 

...71.  «(3) 

161.  5 

27.... 242.  a 

39 

4. 

...119.  1 

10... 

.104.  k 

17 

1....237.  rf 

7, 

12.... 98,  1 

17.. 

.104.  g,  105.  a 

8,  10.... 119.  1 

11. 

...231.  5.  a 

20.. 

.00.  3.  c,  98.  2, 

11....275.  2.  6 

12. 

...22.  6 

164.  3 

18 

8.... 104.  i 

14. 

...119.  1 

23... 

.51.2 

10.... 215.  1.  b 

14, 

17....92.  d 

3 

1.. 

.266.  3.  a 

11.... 262.  2 

20. 

...255.  2 

2.. 

.53.  2.  a 

21,  25.... 225.  1.  a 

40 

15. 

...93.  d,  166.  4 

4.. 

.39.  1.  a 

26.... 88 

10. 

...251.  1 

5.. 

.131.  3,  285.  1 

19 

5.... 44. a 

20. 

...150.5 

8.. 

.248 

9.... 215.  1.  a 

41 

8. 

...119.  1 

13.. 

.75.1 

12.... 282.  a 

11. 

...99.3 

4 

2.. 

.24.  a,  75.  1 

13....  149.  2,  282.  o 

12. 

...257.  2 

10.. 

.254.  6.  a 

21,  24.... 111.  1 

19. 

...254.3 

11.. 

.158.  2 

20 

2-17.... 39.  4.  a 

21. 

...220.1.  6 

13.. 

.255.  2,  285.  3 

4.... 27,  243.  2 

33. 

...35.2 

23.. 

.120.  1 

5. ...111.  3.  a 

35. 

...249.  2 

29.. 

.112.  3 

8.... 268.  2 

40. 

. . .260.  2  (2)  a 

31.. 

.275.  2.  a 

10 249.  1.  c 

43. 

. . .94.  6 

5 

5.. 

.86.  6  (2m.) 

11.. ..43 

51. 

...92.  c 

7.. 

.151.  2 

13.... 27 

42 

7. 

...262.  2.  a 

8.. 

.39.  1.  a 

21 

7....98.  1.  a 

11. 

...71.  a (1) 

16.. 

.166.    1,    273. 

9.... 275.  3 

13. 

...38.  1.  a 

2. 

6 

11.... 215.  1.  c 

18. 

...287.  1 

G 

14.. 

.255.  3 

19.... 92.  d 

21. 

...39.  4 

16.. 

.251. 3 

22....  19.  2.  a,  39. 

25, 

35.... 216.  2.  a 

29.. 

.10.  a 

3.  b 

36. 

...220.  1.  6 

7 

10.. 

.262.  1 

28.... 270.  c 

43 

7. 

...45.1 

11.. 

.53.  2.  a 

30.... 55.  1 

8. 

...125.  1 

20.. 

.276.  1 

35.... 19.  2.  a,  39. 

14. 

...65.  a,  82.  1.  a 

22.. 

.53.  2.  a 

3.  6 

(3),  249.  1.  6 

26!! 

.265.  6 

30. ...92.  d 

26. 

...26 

8 

1.. 

.131.  3 

22 

2....216.  1.  6 

29. 

...141.3 

17.. 

.258.  3.  6 

3.... 166.  3 

44 

1. 

...285.  2 

23.. 

.100.  2.  a  (1) 

4.... 220.  1.  b 

4. 

...114,    271.    2, 

9 

3.. 

.10.  o,  177.  1 

8....43,  275.  3.  a 

272.2 

15.. 

.119.  1 

26.... 220.  1.  6 

17. 

. .  .30.  2 

18.. 

.27,  104.  e 

23 

11.... 254.  2 

18. 

...263.  1.  a 

25.. 

.120.  2 

14.... 252.  4 

40. 

...271.4 

29.. 

.88  (pi.) 

20.... 207.  1.  a 

45 

22. 

...251.2.  c 

10 

1.. 

.249.  2.  6 

SO.... 280.  1 

25. 

...45.  3 

3.. 

.173.  2 

31.... 104./ 

28. 

. .  .45.  5.  a 

8.. 

.271.  4.  a 

24 

4. ...240.  3 

40 

2. 

...38.  l.a 

24.. 

.150.  5 

25 

31.... 11. 1.6, 113.1 

3. 

...148.  2 

11 

8.. 

.249.  2.  6 

C5....2S0.  3.  6 

22 

27.... 275.  1.  c 

12 

7.. 

.45.  2 

20 

2.... 250.  I 

28'. 

...22.  b 

16.. 

.256.  c 

23....216.  2.  a 

47 

24. 

...275.  1.  c 

21.. 

.69    (f.    6.   & 

24. ...53.  3.  a 

48 

20 

...270.  c 

n 

.  Pl.) 

S3.... 100.  2.  rt(l), 

22. 

...223.  1.  a 

S9.. 

.141.  6 

ICO.    2.    a   (2), 

49 

3. 

. .  .65.  a 

49.. 

.275.  1.  c 

229.  4.  6 

5. 

. .  .216.  1.  6 

13 

1.. 

.24.  a 

27 

21.... 247.  a 

8 

...281 

2.. 

.92.  c 

28 

1....119.  1 

10. 

...24.6 

9.. 

.2.54.  7 

2.... 254.  6.  a 

11. 

...53.  2.  fl, 61.  6. 

16.. 

.220.  1.  6 

7....275.  1.  c 

o,  218,  220.  1.  6, 

22.. 

.263.  4 

40 207.  1.  a 

221.  5.  6 

14 

4.. 

.22.  6,  91.  c 

29 

3.... 248.  o 

12. 

. .  .215. 1.  a,  259. 

14.. 

.119.  1 

9.... 273.  3 

2.  6 

17.. 

.22.  6,  91.  c 

20.... 38.  4.  a 

17 

...216.2.  a 

15 

1.. 

.22.  6,  263.  5 

SO 105.  a 

*> 

INDEX    II. 

333 

29:  35.... §65.  o 

23:  17. ...§26 

22:  33.... §105.  a 

7:    2... 

.§  119.  1 

37.... 229.  4.  b 

18....216.  2.  a 

37. ...141.  1 

5... 

.120.  1 

30:  18. ...109.  3 

22.... 106.  n 

23:    7. ...19.  2,  119.3, 

10... 

.92.  c 

23.... 215.  1.  c 

SO.... 112.  3 

141.  1,  263.  5 

13... 

.104.  h 

34.... 38.  1.  a 

39.... 22.  a 

13. ...141. 3 

15... 

.105.  a 

31:  13.... 104.  k 

24:    5 100.  2.  a  (1) 

18.... 61.  6.  o 

17... 

.254.  9.  b 

14.... 275.  0 

22.... 250.  1.  a 

19.. ..121.  3 

23... 

.273.  2 

S2:    1....76.  1,  119.  1, 

23.... 273.  3 

24.... 100.  5 

24... 

.94.  h,  112.  3 

249.  2.  a 

25:    5....210.  2.  a 

25.... 139.  1,2 

8:    3... 

.86.  b  (3  pi.) 

4,  8.... 275.  3.  a 

21.... 172.  1 

27.... 104. 7 

9... 

.207.  2.  a 

19.... 220.  2.  h 

40 39.  3.  b 

24:    3....61.  6.  a 

10... 

.55.   2.   a.  86. 

25 104.  (/,  156.  2 

26:    9.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

4 206 

b  (3  pi.) 

33:    3....U3. 1.6,174.4 

bis. 

7.... 19.2.4,131.6 

9:    3... 

.112.  3 

13.... 220.  2.  b 

15.... 141.  3 

9.... 275.  6 

0... 

.38.4.0,249.2 

20 105.  a 

18.... 92.  d 

11.... 127.  2 

14... 

.98.  2 

24.... 111.  3.  a 

25.... 132.  1 

15.... 61.  6.  a 

25.. 

.251.  4 

36:    3 38.  1.  a 

33.... 92.  e 

17....1G1.  2 

26... 

.119.  1 

28.... 210.  2.  a 

34.... 172.  1 

21. ...158.  3 

10:  15... 

.119.  3 

38:  27.... 250.  2(2) 

34,  35 05.  a 

22.... 35.  1 

17... 

.30.  2 

S9:  30.... 105.  d 

34,  43.... 140.  6 

25:  13.... 24.  a 

11:  12... 

.247.  a 

40:    3.... 106.  4 

27:    7....251.  2.  a 

26:  30.... 246.  3.  b 

14... 

.270.  b 

8. ...112.  3 

62 96.  a 

18... 

.249.  2.  b 

23.... 246.  2.  a 

28:    4....249.  1.  6 

22... 

.87.  88  (pi.) 

LEVITICUS. 

,  6.... 254.  6.  b 

12:    6... 

.270.  b 

8....104.  (/ 

10... 

.274.  2.  e 

2:  15. ...§71.  a  (3) 

NUMBERS. 

26.... 39.  3.  b 

31... 

.45.  5 

4:  13. ...60.  3.  a 

29:  15.... 251.  1 

13:    S... 

.111.  3.  a 

23,  28....  150.  5 

1:  \O...AlZ.b 

30:  11. ...274.  2.  b 

4... 

.283.  1 

5:  21.... 61.  4.  a, 

47. ...96.  a 

31:    2.... 131.  3 

5... 

.65.  b 

205.  f 

2:  33 96.  a 

12.... 45.  b.a 

7.. . 

.276.  1 

22.... 119.  1 

3:  26.... 271.  4.  b 

32:    5....271.  4.  a 

14... 

.254.  6.  a 

24.... 220.  2.  a 

49.... 55.  1 

7.. ..113.1 

14:    6.. 

.bl.  2  (3)  o 

6:  14.... 114 

4:  23.... 22.  a 

21.... 254.  9.  b 

7... 

.196.  c 

15.... 95. a 

5:  13, 14.... 71.  a  (3) 

33 71.  a  (1),  246. 

17... 

.229.  4.  6 

7:  38.... 216.  1.  a 

22.... 131.  2 

\.a 

22... 

.280.  1 

8:    3....119.  1 

6:  23 120.  3 

42.... 27 

15:  16.. 

.119.  1 

9:    7....98.  1.  a 

8:    7.... 121.  3 

33:  SO.... 111.  2.  d 

18... 

.126.  1 

10:    4....39.  4.  a 

24.... 22.  a 

34;    5.... 61.  6.  a 

16:    1.. 

.22.  b 

11.... 273.  2 

9:    6....275.  1.  6 

6,  7,  9.... 24.  a 

3... 

.30.  2 

12.... 39.  3.  6 

7.... 249.  2 

18. ...131.  1 

20... 

.280.  3 

18.... 271.  4.  a 

14.... 275.  1.  c 

28.... 57.  2(2)6 

17:    2,3 

....205.  a 

19.... 230.  2.  b 

20.... 253.  2 

35:    4....251.  2.  a 

18:    2,. 

.275.  1.  c 

11:    7....126.  1 

10:  23 45.  6 

19. ...125.  2 

19:    C. 

.114 

9.... 270.  c 

29.... 21.  1 

20....105.  rf 

15.. 

.43 

18.... 229.  4.  6 

35.... 4.  a 

20:    2.. 

.19.  2,  119.  3 

32.... 38.1.0,254.4 

11:    4.... 57.    2  (2)  a, 

7.. 

.119.  1 

39.... 71.  a  (3) 

229.  3.  a 

DEUTERONOMY. 

21:    7.. 

.13.   6,   86.   5 

42.... 4.  a 

P....2G3.  4 

(3 

pi.) 

43.... 164.  2 

11.... 164.  2 

1:    2....§38.1.a 

8.. 

.83.  c.  (2) 

44.... 96.  h,  242 

15.... 71.  c(2) 

14.... 259.  2 

11.. 

.214.  1.  b 

13:    3....258.  3.  a 

16. ...111.  3.  a 

15.... 225.  1.  a 

22:    7.. 

.126.  1 

4.... 27,  57.  2  (2) 

20.... 196.  d 

19. ...271.  2 

24.. 

.255.  2 

6,  220.  1.  b 

25.... 111.  2.  c 

22.... 99.  3.  a 

23:    5.. 

.253.  2.  6 

10, 21.... 71.  «(3) 

12:    1....270.  1 

28.... 38.  1.  a 

11... 

.24.  Z> 

51,  52.... 139.  3 

4....250.  2(2)a 

£5.... 38. 1.0,249.1 

24:    3.. 

.104.  h 

55,  56.... 96.  a 

13:  18.... 283.  2.  a 

38.... 273.  1 

4.. 

.96.  a 

14:    8....126.  1 

32.... 156. 4 

44.... 245.  5.  d 

25:    4... 

.158.  3 

13.... 175.  2 

14:    1 275.  2.  a 

45.... 112.  3 

7... 

.60.  3.  a 

35.... 242.  a 

2.... 202.  1 

2:    9....60.  4.  a 

13... 

.2S0.  2 

38. . .  .274.  2.  a 

15:    6.... 2.52.  3 

12.... 203.  5.  a 

26:    2... 

.39.4 

42.... 156.  2 

21.... .39.  3.  b 

24.... 131.  3 

5... 

.254.  6,  6 

43.... 92.  d,  94.  b 

28....27,  21i0.  1.  b 

35.... 139.  1 

12... 

.94.  b,  113.  2 

15:  24.... 87 

29.... 275.  1.  c 

3:    4.... 250.  2(1) 

27:    4... 

.106.  a 

29 100.  2.  ail) 

16:    3.... 275.  2 

13.... 246.  1.  a 

7... 

.24.  a 

32.... 87 

17:    3,4....104.  g- 

17.... 216.  2.  a 

28:  24... 

.104.  b 

16:    4....104. /i 

10.... 140.  4 

26.... 21.  1,151.  2 

45... 

.104.  b 

8....11.1.  a,188.a 

28.... 125.  2 

4:  10.... 119.  1 

48... 

.94.  b 

31.... 71.  a  (3; 

20:    3.... 125.  2 

11.  ...99.  3.  a 

52... 

.126.  1 

18:    4....263.  1 

5.... 104.  I 

26.... 44.  &,  91.  6 

57... 

.164.  2 

7  ft-.... 172.  3 

8.... 276.  3 

30.... 26.5.  b 

58... 

.249.  1 

28 156.  4 

14.... 104.  i 

33 35.  1 

59... 

.165.    2,    220. 

19:  20.... 175.  5,  2S2.  a 

21.... 131.  4 

41.... 219.      1.      &, 

2. 

a 

20:    3.... 256 

21:    5....104.  Z 

256.  d 

66... 

.177.  3 

7.... 96.  ft 

30.... 105.  n,140.  5 

5:    6-21....39.  4.  a 

29:  11... 

.106.  a 

21:    1....96.  o 

33,  35.... 44.  a 

8. ...27 

30:    3... 

.92.  c 

4.... 140.  4 

22:    6.... 269.  6 

9. ...111.  3.  a 

3,4 

. .  .104.  h 

5.... 97.  1.  a 

8....274.  2.  a 

14.... 249.  1.  c 

11... 

.106.1,205.0 

9.... 71.  a  (3), 

11.... 19.  2,  141.1, 

17. ...27 

20... 

.39.  4,  87 

140.  3 

267.  b 

24.... 71.  a  (2) 

31:  28... 

.22.  b 

23:    3....280.  3.  a 

25.... 119.  1 

6:    4... .4.  a 

29... 

.166.  1 

13....220. 1.  6 

29.... 262.1 

25.... 45.  1 

32:    1... 

.245.2 

bl34 

INDEX    II. 

32:    6....§228.  2.  a 

12:  21. ...§55.  2.  a 

9:  11....5  53.     2.     6, 

2:    8....§88,88(2f.), 

7.... 104.  /(,  280.  2 

13:  13.... 196.  b 

95.  b 

127.1 

8....11.  1.  6,94.6 

23.... 247.  a 

12.... 89    (f.   s.    & 

9.... 88  (pi),  165. 

10 G3.  c,  105.  & 

14:    8.... 62.  2,  175.  1 

rn.  pi.) 

3 

13.... 13.  a 

15;  36.... 203.  5.  b 

13.... 95.  6 

14.... 150.  3 

15.... 285.  3 

38.... 22.  a 

14.... 89 

16.... 139.  2 

18.... 172.  4 

66.... 22.  a 

24.... 220.  1.  b 

3:    3.... 86.  6(2f.) 

21.... 111.  2.  b 

17:    1....30.  2 

25.... 174.  5 

4....16. 1,55.  2.  a, 

22....U7.  4 

18:  12,  14.... 80.   b    (3 

29.... 164.  5,172.3 

88  (2  f.),  106.  a 

26.... 104.  /•,  172.  3 

pi.) 

35.... 274.  2.  b 

12.... 258.  3.  6 

28....215.i.  & 

20 88 

38.... 91.  6 

13.... 119.  3 

29.... 252. 1 

19:  43.... 61.  6.  a 

48....75.  1 

15.... 60.  3.   h  (2), 

32.... 24.   b,    57.   2 

50.... 172.  4 

53.... 140.  5 

120.    I,   164.    2, 

(2)  a 

51.... 39.  1.  a 

10  :    2. . .  .60.  3.  6  (1) 

251.  2.  c 

34 90  (pass.) 

21:  10....227.  1.  a 

4.... 207.  1./ 

20.... 220.  1.  b 

36 35.  1,  86.  6 

22:     6.... 87 

9.... 243.  3 

4:    1....147.  5 

37.... 172.  1 

12.... 45.  5 

14.... 119.  4 

15.... 104.  c,  t 

37,38 220.  2.  c 

16.... 119.  3 

11:    1....254.  6 

41.... 141.  2 

17....271.4.  a 

18 99.  3.  a 

33:  16.... 61.    6.    a,   88 

25.... 148.  1 

25.... 91.  6,119.  1 

1  SAMUEL. 

(3  f),  167.  3 

21.. ..U.  b 

37.... 98.  2 

21.... 177.  3 

23:    7,  12.... 249.  2.  a 

40.... 250.     2    (2), 

1:    1....5  265.  a 

24:  10.... 92.  (/,  282.  a 

233.  4 

3.... 219.  1.  a 

15.  ...88  (pi.) 

12:    4.... 272.  2 

4.... 245.  3.  6 

JOSHUA. 

19.... 275.  3.  a 

5.... 230.  3.  a 

6.... 24.  6,104.  i 

0....3.  1.  a 

S....2G3.  2 

1:    !....§  265.  a 

13:    2.... 248.  a 

9....  104.  d,  172.  4, 

8.... 36.  2 

JUDGES. 

3.... 16.  1 

254.  1 

14.... 256 

5,  7.... 90  (2f.  8.) 

14.... 88  (2  f.) 

16.... 203.  1 

1:    1....5  265.  rt 

C....119.  2 

17.... 53.  2.  a 

2:    8.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 273.  3.  a 

8.... 93.  6,  245.  5. 

20.... 119.  2 

14 249.  2.  b 

2;    7. ...256 

6,  266.  3 

24.... 104.  i 

16.... 157.  1,  164.2 

3:  15.... 246.  3.  b 

12.... 275.  1.  a 

28.... 119.  2 

17,  18,  20.... 104.  k 

24.... 140.  5 

23.... 273.  1 

2:    5....24.  c 

18.... 112.  3 

25.... 157.  1 

14:    1....61.  6.  a 

10.... 119.  1 

20.... 249.  2.  b 

27.... 272.  2.  6 

6.... 245  5.  d 

13.... 203.  5.  a 

3:    3. ...246.  3 

30 274.  2.  a 

11.... 251.  2.  6 

22.... 88  (pi.) 

9.... 131.  3 

4:  19.... 164.  2,  262.  2 

15.... 283.  2.  a 

27.... 91.  6 

11.... 246.  3.  a 

20.... 104.  a,  127.  2 

18.... 61.  6.  a 

3:    2....258.  3.  a 

12.... 280.  1 

21.... 11.1.  a,  156. 3 

15:  16.... 280.  3.  a 

4.... 263.  1.  6  . 

13.... 246.  3 

22.... 266 

16:    5....130.  1.  6 

7....2G3.  1.  6 

14.... 25:5.  2.  0 

23.... 120.  1 

13.... 112.  3 

8.... 254.  9.  b 

4:    4....251.  4.  a 

24.... 282.  c 

14.... 240.  3.  a 

19.... 203  4 

5.... 255.  3 

5:    5.... 86.  a,  141.  1, 

16.... 27 

4:    8....266.  2.  a 

6.... 88  (pi.) 

249.  2.  0 

25... .51.  2 

12....26G.  3 

8....104.  ^ 

7....24.  f,74,74.  a 

26.... 150.  1 

14.... 75.  1 

10.... 275.  2 

8....92.  rf,  121.  1 

27.... 271.1 

19.... 148.  2 

13 45.  5.  a 

12.... 45.  2.  a 

28....22.  6,27,  223. 

6:  10....104.  ^,  165.  3 

23.... 127.  2 

13.... 148.  3 

1.  a 

12.... 88  (3f.  pi.), 

24.... 262.  1 

15....  199.    c,    207. 

17:    2....71.  a.  2 

147.  4,  282 

6:    5.... 125.  2 

2.  a 

IS:     7.... 94.     a,    275. 

14....24n.  3.  6 

7.... 46 

2G....88  (3  f.  p].). 

2.  6 

15.... 119.  1 

13 282.  c 

105.  b 

29.... 93.  6 

7:    8. ...119.1 

17.... 166.  1 

28.... 60.  3.  b  (2), 

SO.... 4.  a 

8:  19.... 24.  a 

7:    7.... 60.   3.  6  (2), 

121.  2 

19:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  89 

9:    3....270.  c 

94.  b,  112.  2 

31.... 263.  1 

11....  150.  1(2) 

9....243.2.  a, 

9.... 172.  3 

6:    9.... 99.  3.  b 

22.... 82.  5.  a 

245.  3 

21.... 246.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  6 

20:  13.... 46 

24.... 245.  5.  b 

8:  11.... 246.  3.  a 

14.... 249.  2.  b 

15,  17.... 96.  a 

10:    1-8.... 100.  1 

19.... 271.  2 

15.... 250.  2 (2)  a 

25.... 224.  a 

4.... 251.  2.  c 

22.... 272.  2 

17.... 74,  74.  a 

31.... 131.  2 

5....2G6.  3 

24.... 22.  b 

20.... 73.  2.  a 

32.... 24.  6 

6....  165.    3,    273. 

33 246.  2.  a 

25.... 249.  1.  c 

S9....131.  5 

3.  « 

9:    4....101.  1 

31 230.  3.  a 

43.... 24. 6 

13....1G5. 3 

6. ...119.  4 

34.... 119.  1 

44.... 271.  4.  b 

19.... 250.  2(2)o 

8.... 262.  2.  a 

SO.... 258.  3.  b 

21:    9....f6.  a 

24 24.  6 

12.... 161.    1,    249. 

7:    6.... 22.  a 

21.... 39.  3.  6 

12:    S....3S.  1.  0 

2.0 

12.... 74.  a 

22.... 158.  3 

7.... 91.  c 

13.... 126.  1 

19.... 268.  1 

25. ...258.  3.  6 

13.... 119.  2 

24.... 95.  c,  172.3 

8:    1....166.  2 

24.... 94.  a 

10:  11.... 38.  4.  a,  39. 

2.... 25 

13:    5.... 250.  2(1) 

1.  0 

10 224.  a 

RUTH. 

8.... 149.  2 

20.... 22.  6 

11.... 229.  4.  b 

19.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

24.... 86.  6(3  pL), 

19.... 111.  3.  b 

1:    8.... §275.  5 

21.... 19.  2.  6,  65.  0 

245.  5.  6 

26.... 74.  a 

9....89(f.  pi.) 

14:    1....73.  2.  a 

26.... 56.  4 

9:    2....230.  2.  a 

11.... 45.  4 

22.... 94.  c 

29 272.  2 

8.... 98.  1.  a 

13.... 25,  71.  a  (3), 

24.... 111.  2.  d 

30.... 21.  1 

9....53.  2.6,63.1. 

88  (f.  pi.),  91.  c 

29 249.  2.  c 

31,38.... 272.  2 

a,  95.  6 

19.... 104.  ^ 

32....  157.  3,172.4 

11:    8....21.  1 

10.... 89    (f.    B.   & 

20 60.  3.  c,  196. 

S3.... 57.   2  (3)  0, 

14.... 94.  6 

m.  pi.) 

d 

164.3 

INDEX    II. 


335 


14:  36....5141.  1 

1  28.  24.... §111.  2.6 

21:11.. 

.§271.  4.  a 

I  1G:26....§254.  9.  o 

40.... 270.  3 

30:    1....14.  a 

12.. 

.177.  3 

29 252.  2.  o 

16:    1....125.  2 

31:    2....94.  c 

22:    7.. 

.142.  2 

17:    3....100.  1 

5. ...111.  2.  c 

24.. 

.45.  1 

14. ...177.  3 

6.... 151.  2 

33.. 

.160.  1 

21. ...43 

9.... 91.  K 

2  SAMUEL. 

87,40....238.  1.  6 

18:    1....252.  1 

19.... 107.  3,   172.4 

40.. 

.53.  3.  re.  111. 

12 100.  2.  red) 

30 100.2.  a(l) 

1:    4.... §242.  c 

2 

c 

13.... 104.  t: 

16  :    4.... 284 

6.... 91.  6,166.3 

41.." 

.53.  2.  6,  132. 

SO.... 131.  3 

12 214.  2.  b 

9 256.  c 

1 

32.... 273.  3 

15.... 221.  2.  a 

10....  99.  3.  6, 106.  a 

43.. 

.118.  3,  141.  3 

42.... 175.  3 

18....246.  3.^,254. 

15.... 131.  3 

44.. 

.199.  6 

43.... 254.  9.  re, 

G.  a,  257,  2 

21.... 255.  1 

48.. 

.238.  1.  6 

274.  2  d 

23.... 245.  3.  a 

26.... 166.  1 

23:    1.. 

.160.  5 

44.... 104.  6 

17  :  12....  249.  2.  c,  253. 

2:  19.... 13.  6 

C.. 

.33.  3,  140.  C, 

19:    2....275.  3.  a 

2.  b 

27.... 65.  a 

2' 

1.6 

4.... 274.  2.  c 

25 24.  b,  104,  h 

32.... 274.  2.  b 

s.r 

.199.  6 

7....S8.  1.  a 

20 73.  2.  a,  275, 

3:    2. ...257.  1 

27. . 

.24.  6 

10.... 92.  d 

Z.a 

8.... 165.  3 

24:12.. 

.268.  2 

11.... 275.  1.  c 

34....245.  5.  rf,2G5. 

22.... 276.  2 

13.. 

.253.  2 

15.... 66.  2(2)6, 

b,  271.  4.  b 

4  ;    6 71.  re  (3) 

219.  1 

35....  14.  a,  112.3, 

5:    2.... 164.  2 

19.... 251.  4.  a 

265.  b 

G:    1....151.2 

1  KINGS. 

20.... 98.  1.  a 

42....  172.  4 

3.... 249.  1.  b 

20:    9.... 39.  4 

47.... 150.  2 

5.... 16.  3.  6 

1:    6.. 

.§243.1 

13....229.  1.  6 

65 245.    2,    249. 

13.... 282.  c 

14.. 

.259.  2.  a 

27.... 96.  re.  161.4 

2.  a 

16.... 253.  1 

15.. 

.54.  1,  205.  6 

35.... 172.  3 

56....249.  2.  o 

20.... 282.  6 

21.. 

.87 

S9....91.  6 

IS:    1 105.  a 

23.... 56.  2 

27.. 

.283.  2.  6 

21  :    1....45.  1 

6. ...158.  3 

7:  10.... 114 

2:24.. 

.105.  a 

8. ...46 

7. ...250.  2 (2)  a 

8:  18.... 199.  6 

31.. 

.254.  6.  6 

29.... 164.  2 

9.... 156.  1 

10:    3.... 253.  2 

3:    3.. 

.126.  1 

22  :  12.... 126.  1 

17.... 119.  1 

11, 17.... 275.  2.  6 

7.. 

.267.  6 

23.... 249.  2.6 

20.... 243.  2 

11:    1....11.  1.  6 

15.. 

.147.  4 

25.... 165.  1 

22.... 220.  2.6 

24.... 177.  3 

4:    5.. 

.150.    4,    215. 

27....253.  2.  a, 

28. ...104.  i 

25.... 245.   5,    271. 

1. 

e 

270.  c 

29....  148. 1,  151.2 

4.  a 

5:    3... 

.253.  2.  a 

35.... 147.  4 

19:  10.... 249.  2.  b 

12:    1,4.... 156.  3 

10.. 

.264.  8 

54.... 119.  1 

13, 10.... 201.  2 

4....249.  1.  c 

11.. 

.260.  2  (2)  a 

17.. ..104.  k 

14.... 92.  (/ 

20.. 

.119.  1 

21 2fi9.  a 

13:    4.... 280.  1 

£5.. 

.53.  2.  a 

2  KINGS. 

22.... 249.  1.  c 

31.... 254.  10 

C:  16.. 

.10.  a 

20:    « 119.  1 

32.... 158. 3 

19.. 

.132.  1 

1:    2....§249.  2.  c, 

13.... 271.  4.  a 

39.... 253.  1 

21.. 

.207.  1.  c 

2S3.  1 

21.... .39.  4 

14:    2,  3. ...16.  1 

38... 

.251.  4.  a 

6.... 36.  2,39.4 

28. ...119.  1 

7....38.4.a,158.G 

7:12.. 

.249.  1.  c 

7.... 75.  1 

31.... 254.  G.  o 

10.... 104.  k 

14.. 

.132.  1,  253.  1 

10.... 172.  4 

38.... 199.  6 

19.... 57.  2(1), 

37.. 

.220.  1.  6 

10,  14.... 250.  2 

42.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

180.  a 

44.. 

.251.  4.  a 

(2)  a 

21:    2.... 219.  1./) 

CO.... 149.  1,  150.  4 

8:    1... 

.119.  1 

16.... £9.  4 

3....92.  6,221.3.a 

15:    8.... 282.  6 

48.. 

.86.  6  (1  c.) 

2:    1....16.  3.  6 

7.. ..44 

12.... 125.  2 

9:11... 

.165.  2 

10.... 93.  c 

12.... 44.  n 

23.... 275.  2.  6 

10:   3... 

.112.  3 

11.... 16.  3.  6 

14.... G6.  1(1),  105. 

30.... 282.  c 

9.. 

.254.  8 

16.... 208.  3.  c 

a,  174.  4 

32.... 273.  6 

12... 

.275.  1.  6 

21.... 165.  2 

15.... 126.  1 

34.... 287.  3 

15.. 

.254.  3 

22.... 165.  3 

22:    2.... 165.  2 

37.... 215.  1.  c 

11:    1... 

.210.  d 

24.... 261.  2.  b 

23: 11.... 94.  d 

10:    1.... 250.  2(1) 

3. . 

.275.  1.  a 

3:    4.... 253.  2.  a 

22.... 282.  a 

16.... 215.  1.  6 

13... 

.16.  1 

23.... 119.  1 

24:  14.... 245.  5.  a 

17:    9.... 243.  2.  a 

22.. 

.24.  re 

25....65.  6,111.  1 

17....2G0.  1 

10.... 140.  4 

25... 

.271.  4.  6 

27.... 263.  1 

19.... 71.  a  (2) 

12.... 71.  red) 

39.. 

.57.  2  (2)  a 

4:    7....220.  1.  6 

25:    7.... 94.  a 

22.... 223.  1.  a 

12:10... 

.221.  5.  a 

16,  23.... 71.  a.  2 

8....IG4.  2 

23....  113.   1,    275. 

12... 

.164.  2 

24.... 131.  1 

14.... 157.  3 

3.  re 

32... 

.257.  3 

25.... 73.  2.  o 

18....  172.   5,    209. 

18:    3. ...113.  2 

13:    7... 

.234.  a 

32.... 95.  a 

3.  re 

18.... 270.  6 

12... 

.75.  2 

5:    1....S9.  1.  o 

S3.... 165.  3 

10:    1....281 

20... 

.60.  3.  b  (2) 

3.... 112.  3 

34....88(3f.),  167. 

14.... 111.  2.  6 

14:    2... 

.71.  re  (2) 

fi....l04.^" 

3 

18.... 224.  re 

3... 

.60.  2.  re,  127.1 

7.... 254.  9.  6 

43.... 2.50.  2 (2)  a 

19.... 113.  2 

6... 

.273.  5 

9.... 257 

26:16....271.  4.  6 

20:    1....257.  2 

24... 

.246.  3.  a 

18....46,  176.  1 

22....24G.  3.  a 

4.... 119.  1 

25... 

.257.  3 

C:    5. ...271. 4.6 

27:  12.... 119.  1 

5. ...111.  2.  d 

15:  16... 

.60.  3.  a 

8.  ...220.  2.  a 

28:    7.... 214.  1.  b 

9.... 111.  2.6 

23... 

.271.  4 

10.... 252.  4 

8 89  (f.  B.  &m. 

21.... 95.  re 

29... 

.94.  6 

11.... 74.  a 

pi.) 

21:    2.... 166.  2. 

33... 

.257.  3,  4 

18.... 98.  2,207. 

10.... 24  b 

C....60.  3.  re,  127. 

16:10... 

.2,52.  2 

1.  re 

14.... 60.  3.  i(2) 

2 

16... 

.247.  a 

19.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 63.  1.  r,  97. 

9....160.  5,  223.1. 

17... 

.172.  4,  175.  3 

22....2C0.  3 

1.  h,  164.  5 

a,  250.  2  (2)  a 

25... 

.172.  4 

23.... 172.  4 

336 


INDEX    II. 


6:32... 

.§24.  h 

3:    3. ...§247.  a 

6:11....§233.  a 

9:18... 

.§24.6,105.0, 

7:12.. 

.165.  1 

5  :    2.... 119.  1 

7  :  34.... 251.  3 

190.  a. 

13.. 

.246.  3.  a 

12.... 180.  a 

8:    2 106.4 

SO... 

.121.  1 

8:   1... 

.71.  a  (2) 

6  :  42. . .  .98.  1 

5 106.  a,  125.  2 

34... 

.105.  6 

8.. 

.249.  2.  c 

7  :    6.... 94.  e 

9:    5.... 161.  4 

10:12... 

.19.  2 

12.. 

.126.  1 

8:16....246.  3.  a 

6 71.  a  (2) 

22 . . . 

.61.  6.0 

13.. 

.75.  1 

18.... 13.  a 

IS 63.  1.  a 

11:  "3.".'.' 

.94.  a 

21.. 

.11.  1.  6,90 

10:    7....231.  5.  a 

19.... 249.  1 

12... 

.139.  3 

9:17.. 

.190.  b 

10.... 19.  2 

26 03.  1.  a 

15... 

.150.  5 

25.. 

.220.  1.  b 

15  :    8.... 246.  3.  a 

28 249.  1.  a 

17... 

.97.  1.  a,  250. 

37.. 

.172.  1 

10:    7.  8.... 119.  1 

32.... 271.  4.  re 

2 

(2)c 

10:14.. 

.118.  3 

12.... 177.  3 

35.... 249.  1.  c 

12:14... 

.111.  1 

30.. 

.39.4 

17  :  11.... 62.  2.  b,  209. 

10:  39.... 94.  b,  113.  2 

21... 

.282.  c 

11:   4.. 

.199.  b 

2.d 

11:  17.... 150.  2 

13:    9... 

.24.  c 

13.. 

.199.  a 

12.... 282.  c 

12:  44.... 39.  3.  6 

15... 

.83.6 

12:    1.. 

.252.  2.  6 

13.... 275.  1.  c 

13:  13.... 111.  2.  d 

21... 

.119.  1 

8.. 

.216.  1.  a 

18:  22.... 249.  2.  b 

16....11.  1.  a 

27... 

.264.  a 

9.. 

.63.  3.  c,  132.  2 

23.... 38.  4.  a 

23.... 210.  d 

14:    1... 

.254.  9.  6 

10.. 

.250.  1.  a 

19:    2.... 112.  5.  c 

19... 

.112.  3,  275.  4 

13:    6.. 

.164.  2 

20:    7....105.  « 

15:    7... 

.227.  1.  a 

14.. 

.203.  1 

35 96.  a 

ESTHER. 

11... 

.260.  2  (2)  6 

15:    1.. 

.252.  2.  a 

21  :  17.... 125.    1,   2G0. 

18... 

.121.  2 

10.. 
16.. 

.19.  2 
.246.  2.  a 

2(2) 
22:    5.... 53.  2.  re 

2:    8. ...§126.1 

9.... 207.  2.d 
4:    3.... 150.  5 
4.... 101.  2 

14.... 127.  1 

10.... 276.  2 
7  :    5.... 82.  1.  a(l) 
S:    6 269 

15.... 256 
9:    4.... 282.  c 

27....  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

22. 
16:    5.'.'.' 

.172.  5 
.104.  h 

15:    7.. 

.156.  2 

11.... 39.  1.  re 

11.. 

.147.  3 

17.. 

.253.  2 

23:  19.... 242 

12.. 

.161.  2 

17:13.. 

.39.  4.  a 

24  :  18.... 249.  2.  b 

13.. 

.126.   1,  216. 

36.. 

.39.  4 

25  :    4.... 254.  7 

1. 

6 

18:23.. 

.119.  1 

25:  15.... 148.  1,  177.0 

16.. 

.60.  3.  6  (2) 

30.. 

.126.   1,   271. 

17.... 251.  2.6 

19.. 

.19.  2 

4. 

a 

19.... 119.  3 

17:    2.. 

.24.6 

19:   4.. 

.285.  1 

21.... 198.  a.  4 

3.. 

.126.  1 

23.. 
25.. 

.254.  2.  a 
.175.  2 

28  :  23.... 94.  c 
29:  31. ...65.  b 

10.. 
16.. 

.215.  1.  c 
.88  (3  f.  pi.) 

29.. 

.1.31.  3 

36.... 24.5.  5.  6 

18:    2.. 

.54.  3 

22:19.. 

.106.  a 

31:    7.... 148.  1 

4.. 

.91.  6,  230.  2 

23:   1.. 

.251.  2.  6 

14.... 219.  1.  a 

JOB. 

19:    2.. 

.105.  c 

17.. 

.73.  2.  o,  245. 

32:  15.... 256.  c 

3.. 

.94.  c,  252.  4 

3. 

a 

30.... 150.  2  (p. 

1:    3.... §250.   2  (2), 

7.. 

.113.  1 

25:17.. 

.251.  2.  6 

1S2) 

260.  2.  (1) 

15.. 

.105.  e 

29.. 

.177.  3 

33:  19.... 199.  c 

5.... 203.  4,  274. 

16.. 

.45.4 

34:    4.... 126.  1 

2.  d 

17.. 

.139.  2 

5.... 220.  1.6 

6.... 245.  3.  6 

23.. 

.88  (pi.),  141. 

1  CHRONICLES. 

C....43.  b 

7.... 45.  1 

1 

35  :  13.... 57.  1 

10.... 71.  re (2) 

29.. 

.74,  74.  a 

2  :13.. 

.§57.2(1) 

11.... 45.  4,131.3 

20:   4.. 

.158.  3 

16.. 
3:    5.. 

.1.3.  b 
.149.  1 

EZRA. 

14.... 220. 1.6,258. 
3 

8.. 
17.. 

.139.  3 
.255.  3.  a. 

4:10.. 
5:20.. 

.100.  2.  a  (1) 
.74.  a 

3:  11.... §95.  c,  150.  5 
7  :  25.... 39.  4 
8:  18.... 26 

23.... 99.  3 

25.... 98.  1.  a,  207. 
1.  b,  245.  5.  6 

26.... 98.  1.  a 

29.... 246.  3.  a 

31.  ...99.  3 
10: 14.... 245.  .5.  h 

16.... 122.  2,  141.  1 

17.... 245.  5.6 

21.... 104.  2 
2:   3.... 30.  1.  a 

24.. 
26.. 

.112.  5.  c 
.60.  3.  f,  93.  a. 

12:    1.. 

.14.  a 

5.... 45.  4 

111.  2.  e    ■ 

2.. 

.150.  1,  180.  a 

7.... 46 

28.. 

.140.  2 

14.. 

20.. 

.260.  2  (2) 
.14.  a 

10.... 248.  a 
3:    3 263.  5 

21:    5.. 
13.. 

.140.  5 
.24.  c 

13:   3.. 

.104.  ^ 

8.... 267.  b 

18.. 

. .104.  I 

12.. 
15  :  24. . 

.51.  2 

.94.  e,  180.  re 

11.... 263.  5 
13.... 263.  1 

24.. 
22:    3.. 

..88  (pi.) 

.283.  2 

27.. 

.180.    a,  246. 

25.... 108.  re,  172.  3 

20.. 

.220.  1.  6 

3 

a 

4:    2.... 28:3.  1.  a 

21.. 

.88(3.f.),  94 

17:   4.. 

.266.  3.  a 

4 200.  c 

d 

,  167.  3 

20:    2.. 

.254.  5 

6.... 287.  3 

23:    3.. 

.269.  6 

8.. 

.73.  a,  149.  1 

19.... 285.  1 

9.. 

..34 

21:13.. 

.259.  2 

KEHEMIAH. 

5:    7.... 93.  6,  287.  1 

11.. 

..79.  3.  a 

22:14.. 

.250.  2  (3) 

8.... 263.  1 

17.. 

..86  6  (2  m.) 

23:    6.. 

.59.  a 

1:    4.... §125.  2 

16....61.  6.  a 

24:14.. 

..83.  6 

24:    3.. 

.59.  n,  113.  1 

7.... 282.  b 

18.... 165.  3 

19.. 

.  .285.  3 

28.. 

.275.  1.  c 

2:    4. ...111. 2.  e 

6:    2.... 263.  1 

21.. 

.150.  2 

25:19.. 

.251.  4.  a 

7. ...111.  2.  6 

16.. ..96.  b 

24.. 

.139.  1 

26:28.. 

.245.  5.  b 

12.... 39.  4 

22.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

25.. 

..264.  a 

27:15.. 

.251.  4.  a 

13.... 4.  re,  164.  5 

119.  4 

33.. 

.  .220.  2.  c 

28:    1.. 

.36.1 

3:  13.... 53.  2.  6,62.1 

26.... 126.  1 

25:    3.. 

..220.  1.  b 

5.. 

.249.  1.  a 

20.... 94.  a 

7:    3.... 243.  2.  h 

26:    9.. 

..180.  a 

29:17.. 

.245.  5.  b 

33.... 274.  1 

5....119.  1,  139.  3 

11.. 

..161.  4 

18.. 

.125.  1 

34.... 210.  r 

14....104. /,  105.  6 

27:    3.. 

..256.  c 

4:    7. ...216.  2.  a 

18.... 105.  6 

4.. 

..92.  e 

5:    8. ...255.1 

8:    8. ...57.  2  (2)  a, 

12.. 

..271.8 

2  CHRONICLES. 

14.... 65.  re 

227.  1.  re 

33.. 

.  .220.  2.  c 

16. ...112.  3 

21. ...165.  1 

28:12.. 

.245.  5 

1:   4.. 

.§245.  5.  6 

6:    6.... 177.  1 

9:    2.... 22.  h 

29:    3.. 

.139.  2 

10.. 

.164.  A 

8.... 57.   2  (3)   a, 

6.... 88  (pi.) 

6.. 

.  .53.  3.  6 

2:    7.. 

.14.  a,  254.  3 

164.  3. 

1         15.... 92.  6 

14.. 

.  .105.  d 

INDEX 

II. 

29 

21... 

.524.  c      1 

9: 

17... 

.§149.1 

45: 

3... 

.592.  a 

80 

8... 

.24.  b 

18... 

.219.  1.  a 

9... 

.199.  b 

26.. 

.99.  3.  b 

19... 

.126.  1 

10... 

.14.  a,  24.  6 

31 

5.. 

.157.  3 

10: 

2... 

.31.  a,  286 

47: 

6... 

.43.  a 

15.. 

.01.  3,  105.  b. 

5... 

.31.  b 

10... 

.112.  5.  c 

161.  3.  ■       1 

8,  10.... 209.  1.  a    1 

49: 

9... 

.55.  1 

18.. 

.273.  3.  a 

12... 

.131.  3 

50: 

21... 

.112.  3,  282.  6 

22.. 

.27 

13,  14.... 31. &    1 

23... 

.105.  6 

24.. 

.GO.  1.  a 

11: 

1... 

.257.  1 

51: 

6... 

.263.  1 

82 

2... 

.269.  6 

7... 

.220.  2.  c,  275. 

7... 

.121.  2 

10.. 

.125.  1 

3. 

a 

53 

6... 

.220.  1.  6 

11.. 

.53.  2.  a,  111. 

12: 

3... 

.280.  2 

55 

10... 

.92.  c 

2. 

c 

4... 

.119.  1 

16.. 

.164. 2 

IS.. 

.104.  2 

8... 

.73. 1,249. 2.  & 

18.. 

.274.  2.  a 

S3 

5... 

.111.  3.  a 

13: 

4... 

.271.  3 

19,  22... -.19.  2.  a 

9.. 

.71.  a  (1) 

5... 

.104.  h 

22.. 

.141.  1 

13.. 

.158.  1 

16- 

5... 

.19.  2.  a,  90, 

67 

2.. 

.172.  1,  275. 

21.. 

.26,  121.  1 

151.  3 

1. 

a 

25.. 

.180.  a 

17 

3... 

.139.  2 

9.. 

.247.  6 

27.. 

.158.  2 

9... 

.263.  5.  a 

58 

2.. 

.88  (pi.) 

30.. 

.159.  2 

18 

6... 

.104.  I 

4.'. 

.156.  2 

34 

5... 

.65.  a 

10.. 

.147.  5 

7.. 

.131.  3 

13.. 

.61.  6.  a 

15.. 

.82.  1.  a  (3) 

8.. 

.139.  3 

18.. 

.112.  1 

21... 

.21.  1 

9.. 

.24.  6,  214. 

22.. 

.91.  b 

27.. 

.142.  2 

1 

6 

25.. 

.216.  1.  a 

41.. 

.132.  1 

12.. 

.275.  3.  a 

35 

11.. 

.53.  3.  a,  111. 

19 

6... 

.249.  1 

GO 

2.. 

.43.  a 

2 

c 

8.. 

.254.  9.  b 

I'.'. 

.165.  1 

37 

6.. 

.177.  1 

14.. 

.11.  1.  b 

5.. 

.253.  2.  a 

12.. 

.61.  6.  a 

20 

4... 

.63.  1.  c,  97. 

13.. 

.287.  1 

24.. 

.104.  U 

1. 

a,b 

CI 

1.. 

.196.  6 

38 

1.. 

.4.  a 

9.. 

.243.  1 

C2 

4.. 

.93.  a.  bis 

12.. 

.86.  &(2m.) 

22 

2... 

.104.  j 

10.. 

.260.  2  (2)  c 

24.. 

.60.4.0,113.1 

9.. 

.42 

12.. 

.252.  4 

35.. 

.230.  2.  a 

10.. 

.157.  1 

63 

2.. 

.275.  1.  c 

39 

2.. 

.104.^ 

17.. 

.156.  3.  199.  b 

4.. 

.105.  c 

3.. 

.161.  2 

22.. 

.272.  3 

8.. 

.61.  6.  a 

4.. 

.112.  5.  c 

32.. 

.266.  3 

64 

7.. 

.54.3 

24.. 

.165.  2 

23 

6.. 

.148.  2,  267.  d 

65 

7.. 

.112.  5.  c 

40 

2.. 

.268.  1.  a 

24 

14.. 

.131.  3 

10.. 

.104.  A,  105.  6 

21,  22.... 208.  3.  a 

25 

.6,  7.  2.  a 

6C 

4.. 

.275.  2.  6 

22.. 

.221.  6.  b 

27.! 

.71.  a.  2 

12.. 

.114 

41 

1.. 

.160.  5 

26 

2.. 

.98.  1.  a 

63 

3.. 

.91.  6,  131.  2, 

2.. 

.105.  b 

4.. 

.112.  3 

5 

140.  4 

17.. 

.131.  4,  164.  2 

27 

10.. 

.112.  3 

5.. 

.111.  3.  a 

25.. 

.172.  5 

13.. 

.4.  a 

8.. 

.119.  3 

26.. 

.43,  43.  a 

28 

7.. 

.150.  2 

18.. 

.21.1 

42 

2.. 

.86.  &  (1  c.) 

29 

9.. 

.111.  1 

21.. 

.  .231.  3.  a 

13.. 

.223.  1.  a 

30 

4.. 

.13.  a 

69 

10.. 

.22.  a,   104.  J, 

8.. 

.221.  C.  b 

216.  2.  a 

13.. 

.105.  b 

19.. 

.98.  1.  a 

PSALMS. 

31 

10.. 

.31.  a 

24.. 

..119.  1 

14.. 

.31.  6 

70 

C.. 

.71.  a.  2 

1 

•  1.. 

.§245.2 

24.. 

.119.  4 

71 

C.. 

.157.  1 

2 

:  2.. 

.247 

32 

1.. 

.165.  3 

7.. 

.256.  6 

3.. 

..45.  4,97.1 

10.. 

.249.  1.  a 

12.. 

..158.  2 

7.. 

..71.  a  (2) 

33 

5.. 

.266.  1 

23.. 

..88.  (f.  pi.) 

12.. 

..35.  1,271.4 

34 

.6,  7.  2.  a 

72 

15.. 

.105.  6 

3 

:  2.. 

..141.1 

35 

s!! 

.105.  a 

17.. 

.  .159.  3,  247 

3.. 

..61.  6.  a 

10.. 

..19.  2.  «,  22. 

20.. 

..93.  a 

8.. 

..273.  2 

b 

215.  1.  c 

73 

2.. 

..172.1 

4 

.  3.. 

..111.  2.  e 

19.. 

..102.  3 

10.. 

..254.  6.  6 

7.. 

..3.1.  a,  131. 3, 

25.. 

..127.  2 

16.. 

..99.  3.  6 

165.  1 

36 

.13.. 

..121.1 

27.. 

..86.  6  (2  m.) 

6 

:  9.. 

.  .31.  b,  150.  1 

37 

..6 

74 

■  4.. 

.220.  2.  « 

11.. 

..42 

9.. 

..91.  b 

5.. 

.  .19.  2.  a 

12.. 

.  .112.  5.  c,  254. 

15.. 

. .24.  b 

8.. 

..105.  a 

9 

b 

23.. 

.  .161.  4 

10.. 

..119.  1 

13.. 

..31.  5 

38 

■  3.. 

. .131.  1 

17.. 

..11.  1.  6 

6 

:  3.. 

..42 

11.. 

. .92.  a 

19.. 

..196.  6 

4.. 

..71.  a.  2 

21.. 

..19.2.  a 

75 

:11.. 

..161.4 

7 

:  6.. 

.  .31.6,60.2.0, 

39 

:  2.. 

. .97.  1 

76 

:  3.. 

..203.  5.  c 

114 

5!'. 

..75.1 

4.. 

.  .22.  (7,  126.  2, 

10.. 

..263.  1.  a 

14.. 

..35.  2,175.  4 

216.  2.  a 

17.. 

.  .254.  9.  a 

40 

:18.. 

..71.  a  (2) 

6.. 

..98.  a 

8 

:  2.. 

.  .132. 1 

41 

:  5.. 

..119.  3,  164.  5 

77 

:  2. . 

.  .112.  3 

3.. 

. .94.  6 

42 

;  9.. 

.  .220.  1.  b 

4'.'. 

..172.3 

5.. 

..199.  e 

10.. 

..111.2.6 

10.. 

..139.  2 

9 

:14.. 

..141.1 

44 

:  5.. 

..258.2 

18.. 

.  .92.  b 

15.. 

..220.  2.  a 

18,  21.... 127.  2 

20.. 

..24.  6 

16.. 

.  .285.  3 

22 

27.. 

.  .61.  6.  0 

I78 

;  9.. 

..265.  3.  a 

337 


78: 

63... 

.§93.  6 

65... 

.141.  5* 

80 

3... 

.61.  6.  a 

5,  8 

...253.  2.  b 

6... 

.112.  3 

11... 

.93.  a 

14... 

.4.  0,  180.  a 

15... 

.253.  2.  6 

10... 

.4.  a,  129.  2 

19... 

.157.  3 

20... 

.253.  2.  6 

81 

3... 

.45.  5.  a 

11... 

.119.  1,  246. 

2 

6 

17..'. 

.279 

84- 

2... 

.200.  c 

86 

2.. . 

.19.  2,  126.  1 

88 

17... 

.24.  6,  92.  a 

89 

2... 

.216.  2.  a 

8... 

.111.  3.  b 

9... 

.253.  2.  6 

10... 

.131.  4 

40... 

.272.  3 

44... 

•104.  j! 

45... 

.24.  6,  86.  6 

(2 

m.) 

51... 

.249.  1.  a 

52... 

.24.  6,  210. 

*2. 

a 

90 

2.. 

.263.  1.  6 

10... 

.22.  a 

91 

6... 

.140.  1 

12... 

.105.  c 

92 

2.. 

.242.  6 

10.. 

.61.  6.  a 

93 

1... 

.126.  2 

5.. 

.174.  1 

94 

1.. 

.94.  d 

9.. 

.126.  1 

17.. 

.61.  6.  a 

19.. 

.141.  6 

20.. 

.93.  a,    111. 

2. 

e 

101 

5.. 

.92.  6,  93.  a 

102 

5... 

.14.  a 

14.. 

.129.  2 

19.. 

.266.  3 

103 

3,4 

....220.  2.  c 

4.. 

.104.  c,  246. 

2 

6 

5.. 

.275.  3 

7.. 

.263.  5 

13.. 

.119.1,262.3 

104 

:  8.. 

.286 

18.. 

.219.  1.  c 

26.. 

.119.  1 

28.. 

.88  (pi.) 

29.. 

.111.  2.  6, 

151.  2 

105 

.15.. 

.204 

28.. 

.99.3 

106 

25.. 

.114 

47.. 

.126.  1 

107 

20.. 

.199.  d 

27.. 

.126.  1 

109 

13.. 

.173.  3 

23.. 

.112.  5.  c 

110 

:  4.. 

.61.  6.  0 

111 

.6 

112 

.6 

113 

5-9 

. .  .61.  6.  a 

6.. 

.218 

114 

8.. 

.61.  6.  a 

115 

17.. 

.242 

116 

6.. 

.141.2,150.8 

12.. 

.220.  2.  c 

15.. 

.61.  6.  a 

19.. 

.2C0.  1.  b 

118 

10.. 

.105.  a 

11.. 

.1.39.  1 

18.. 

.92.  d,  104.  a 

338 


INDEX   II. 


118:  23.... §166.1 

6:11.. 

.§11.1.  a 

30:25....§200.  e 

6:  3....§105.d 

119:      ....6 

21.. 

.104.  g 

31.... 229. 1.  a 

9.... 104.  A 

18.... 98.  2 

27.. 

.118. 4 

31:    3....199.  0 

12.... 57.  2  (3) a 

22.... 139.  2 

7:13.. 

.141.  1 

10-31.... 6 

6:    5....45.  6.  a 

43.... 60.  4.  a 

14.. 

.53.  2.  a 

12.... 104.  ; 

6.... 220.  1.  6 

47.... 141.  6 

8:   3.. 

.31.  a,  97. 1.  a 

31.... 247.  a 

9....105.  e,  275.8 

71.... 126.  1 

11.. 

.260.  1 

11.... 141.  1 

101 .. . .165.  2 

13.. 

.166.  2 

7:    3.... 221.  6.  6 

117.... 172.  3 

15.. 

.88 

ECCLESIASTES. 

4.... 216.  1.  c 

129.... 104.  i 

17.. 

.53.  2.  a,  111. 

8.... 210.  e 

133.... 97.  2 

2. 

b 

1:    4.. ..5266.  1 

13.... 141.  1 

137.... 275.  1.  a 

25.. 

.263.  1.  b 

9.... 256.  c 

8:    2.... 199.  6 

139.... 24.  b 

27,  29.... 141.  3 

15.... 161.  4 

5.... 104.  i 

155.... 275.  1.  a 

10:   3.. 

.111.  1 

17.... 3.  1.  a 

6.... 22.  a,  216. 2.  a 

122-124:     ....74.  a 

4.. 

.11.1.0,156.3 

18.... 90 

122:     4....274.  2.  6 

11.. 

.249.  1 

2:    6....207.  1.  a 

123:     1....61.  6.  a 

11:    7.. 

.208.  3.  c 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

ISAIAH. 

4.... 246.  3.  a 

25.. 

.150.  5 

8.... 280.  3.  a 

124:    4....61.  6.  a 

12:25.. 

.197.  6 

13.... 57.   2  (3)  a, 

1:    3.... §262.  3 

125:     3 61.  6.  a 

13:23.. 

.156.  3 

231.  3.  6 

5.... 256.  c 

5.... 79.  3.  a 

14:    3.. 

.105.  d 

15.... 260.  2  (2)  a 

6 60.2.0,156.2 

127:     2....  196.  d,  254. 

10.. 

.60.4.0,119.1 

19.... 230.  4,  283. 

9.... 262.  1 

9.  b 

34.. 

.263.  3 

2.  a 

11.... 271.1 

129:       ....74.  a 

15:    1.. 

.24.  a,  60.  4.  a 

22....74, 177.  1 

16....104.  A,  119. 1 

3.... 243.  2.  a 

9.. 

.112.  5.  c 

3:    2,  4.... 267.  6 

16.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

86.... 114 

16:    4.. 

.246.  2.  a 

17....245.  5.  a 

6.  a 

132:     1....174.  6 

17:    4.. 

.111.  2.  c,  140. 

IS.... 74,  139.  2 

17.... 185.    2.    c, 

6.... 127.  2 

6 

4:    2. ...268.  1.  a 

267.  c 

12.... 65.  a,  220. 

10.. 

.131.  1 

9.... 251.  4 

18.... 245.  5.  d 

2.  a 

14.. 

.126.1,131.3 

12.... 105.  0 

21.... 33. 1,61. 6.0, 

133:    1....24.  a 

26.. 

.242 

14....53.  2.  a.  111. 

218 

134-137.... 74.  a 

18:    5... 

.267  d 

2.  c 

22.... 245.  5 

134:    2.... 220.   2.    &, 

19:    7... 

.19.  2.  o,  215. 

5:   5.... 113.  2 

24.... 245.  4 

273.  2 

1. 

c 

7.... 38. 1.0,201.2 

29.... 279 

135:     7.... 94.  6,165.2 

13... 

.216.  1.  d 

8.... 112.  5.  c 

S1....60.  3.  6(2) 

137:     6....104.  c 

19... 

.215.  1.  c 

7: 16.... 82.  5.  0 

2:    2.... 265.  6 

138:     6.... 147.  2 

24.. 

.51.  1 

22.... 71.  a (2) 

4.... 207.  1.  a 

139:    1.... 104. j,  147.  5 

25.. 

.94.  d 

24.... 280.  3 

20.... 43.  6,  207.  L 

2.... 158.  1 

20:16... 

.111.  3.  a 

25.... 273.  4 

a,  256 

6....220.  1.  b 

21:    8... 

.56.  2 

26.... 91.  6,165.2 

3:    1....280.  3.  rt 

8.... 53.  3.  b,  88 

13... 

.254.  9.  a 

8:    1....177.  3 

9.... 273.  3.  a 

(1.  c),  161.  2 

15.. 

.267.  u 

9.... 268.  1 

15.... 24.  a,  75.  1 

19.... 83.  b 

22... 

.63.  1.  a 

12.... 165.  2 

16.... 172.5,209.3.0 

20.... 57.  2  (3)  a, 

22:  11... 

.215.  1.  c 

9:    1....139.  2,  216. 

24.... 53.  3.  a 

83.   b  (3  pi.), 

21... 

.253.  2 

1.  a 

4:    4.... 262.  1 

164.3 

24... 

.60.  4.  a 

12.... 59.  o,  93.  e 

5:  10.... 22.  a,  216. 2.0 

140:  10.... 172.  3 

23:    1... 

.158.  3 

18.... 165.  2 

19....97.  1.97.1.0 

13.... 86.  6(1  c.) 

12... 

.243.  2 

10:    5. ...164.  3 

20.... 10.  a 

141:     3....24.ft,9S.  l.a 

24.. 

.158.  2,  3 

10.... 121.  2 

23.... 275.  6 

5. ...111.1,164.2 

27... 

.207.  1.  c 

17....220.  2.  c 

28.... 24.  6 

8. ...60.  4.  a 

24:   2... 

.92.  e 

11:    3....177.  1 

6:    1....265.  a 

143:     3.... 165.  2 

7... 

.156.  3 

6.... 75.  2 

2.... 203.  5.0 

6.... 272.  2.  6 

14... 

.97.1.6,148.3 

12:    1....201.  2 

5.... 254.  10 

144:       ....74  a 

17... 

.91 6,  231.  5.  a 

4. ...87 

9....56.3.a,175.4 

2.... 199.  b 

23... 

.94.  b 

5.... 11.  1.  a,  122. 

12. ...119.  1 

145:       ....6 

31... 

.9:3.  a,  207.  2. 

2,  140.  5 

13....92.  d 

8....215.  1.  c 

d 

271.  1 

6.... 140.  1,2 

7:   2. ...157.  1 

10.... 104.  b 

25:    6... 

.126.  2 

11.... 19.  2.  6,  65.  a 

4.... 91.  6 

147:     1....92.  rf 

7... 

.60.  3.  6  (1) 

11.... 119.  3,  126.1 

149:    5....112.  5.  c 

9... 

.174.4 

14.... 166.  1 

11... 

.10.  a 

SONG  OF  SOLOMON. 

15... 267.  c 

17... 

.127.  2 

19..  ..156.  4 

PROVERBS. 

19... 

.90 

1:    6.... §105.  e,  141. 

25.... 274.  2.6 

26:    7... 

.141.  1 

1,  207.  1.  0 

8:    2.... 22.  6 

1:  10.... §111.  2.  b, 

18.. 

.141.  6 

7.... 45.  5.  a,  74, 

11.... 104.  a 

177.3 

21... 

.141.  6 

209.  1.  a 

17.... 100.  2.  a(l) 

20.... 97.  1.  a 

27:10... 

.215.  1.  c 

8.... 24.  6, 260. 2(2) 

23.... 61.  6.  a 

22.... 31.  &,  60.3. 

15.. 

.83.  c  (2) 

10.... 174.  1 

9:    3.... 24.  6, 221. 5.0 

f.  111.  2.  e 

17.. 

.140.  1 

2:    5.... 254.  7 

4.... 142.  1 

28.... 105.  c 

25.. 

.24.6,216.2.0 

10.... 221.  2.  6 

6.... 4.  n 

2:  11. ...104.  6 

28:    6.  18.... 203.  3. 

15.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

12.... 246.  2.  6 

3:    3....125.  1 

21... 

.94.6 

119.4 

IT.... 45.  2 

12.... 43.  a 

29:    6... 

.140.  1 

3:    1....45.  5.  a 

10:    1....207.  2.  a, 

17.... 258.  1 

30:    4.. 

.65.  6 

11....  148.  3,  164.3 

247.  6 

4:    6. ...118.  3 

6.. 

.22.6,66.1(2) 

4:    1....254.  4 

9.... 22.  6 

13.... 24.  6,106.6 

a 

151.  2 

2.... 220.  1.  6 

10.... 260.  2(2)c 

16.... 88 

8.. 

.11.  1.  a 

5.... 216.  1.  c 

]2....?.'i5.  3 

25.... 150.  1 

9.. 

.65.  a 

9.... 104.  k 

13.... 11.  1.  6,57.2 

6:  22.... 105.  c 

17.. 

.14.  fl,  24.  6, 

5:    2.... 57.  2  (3)  a, 

(31  n,  92.  6, 174. 

6:    3.... 49 

67.  2  (3)  a 

60.  4.  a 

1,  231.  3.  b 

INDEX    II. 


339 


10:14 

16 
17 
27 
34 
11:    2 


15 
13:  8 
16 
18 
20 

14:  C 
11 
19 

23 

31 

15:    5. 

16:    8, 

9. 

10, 

17:    8 


18 


19 


17 
21 
20:  4 
21:  3 
9 
12 


22 


23: 


24 


3 

19 

20 

25:   1 


26 


27 


....5245.  5.  d 
....147.4 
....221.  5.5 
....C4  6 
....19.  1,45.  2 
...100.  2.  a  (2), 
156.4 
. . .  .141.  6 
....60.  3.  a 
....65.  6 
....91.  c 
....92.  e 
....53.  3.  a.  111. 
2.  c 

....114 
....150.6 
. . .  .95.  a 
....57.   2  (2)  a, 
94.  b,  161.  2 
,...119.4 
...142.  2,  161.  2 
...277 

....168.  a,  174.4 
...86.  b  (2m.), 
161.4 

...229.  3.  a 
....156.  2,  161.2 
....139.  2 
...1G9.  3 
....98.  1.  a 
....65.0 
...141.  1 
...275.3 
...24.  c,  94.  a, 
ISO.  a 
, . .  .199.  c 
....11.1.  a,  106.  d 
....92.  c 
. .  .199.  c 
...207.  1.  a 
...262.  4 
...112.1,172.1, 
177.  3,  247 
...111.  2.  c 
...254.  6 
...161.2 
...25 

. .  .221.  7.  a 
...161.2 
...45.3,111.  1 
...221.3.  a 
. .  .254.  6.  6 
. .  .254.  2 
...54.  3,  94.  5, 
221.  6.  b 
. .  .249.  2.  (I 
18.... 220.  1.  h 
...113.  1 
...165.    2,    246. 
2.  a 

. .  .140.  3,  4 
...1S9.  2,282.  a 
...82.  1.  a(l) 
...104.  h 
...209.  1.  a 
...159.  2 
...119.  1 
...105.  «,  6 
...254.  9.  a 
...86.  /<(Opl.) 
...221.2.  6 
. .  .172.  3 
...105.  d 
...127.3 
...24.  a 
...88  (3  f.  pi.) 
...223.  1.  a 
...88  (3  f.  pi.), 
91.  r 
...60.3.  o 


28 


41: 


42: 


44: 


10.. 

..§280.2 

12.. 

..86.  A  (3  pi.) 

13.. 

. .280.  2 

16.. 

..150,  5,279.  a 

21.. 

.  .249.  1.  a 

27.. 

..113.  1 

28.. 

.  .282.  a 

1.. 

..131.2 

7.. 

..165.  3 

9.. 

..141.6 

14.. 

.  .90,  279.  a 

16.. 

.  .283.  2.  b 

21.. 

..86.  6  (3  pi.) 

22.. 

.156.  1 

2.. 

.157.  1 

5.. 

.157.  3 

11.. 

.79.  3.  a,  232  a 

12.. 

.19.  2,  119.  3 

18.. 

.106.0,119.1, 

139.  2 

19.. 

.104. 6, 106.  o. 

141.  3 

21.. 

.180.  a,  258.  1 

23.. 

.273.  3 

28.. 

.160.  4 

29.. 

.96.  b 

4.. 

.22.  a,  43 

1.. 

.88 

11.. 

.275.  1.  a 

1.. 

.24.  b,  87, 131. 

2 

141.  3, 258. 3.  a 

C. 

.255.  2 

7.. 

.24.  o 

9.. 

.82.  1.  a(l) 

10.. 

.S2.  .5.  a 

12.. 

.24.  r,  140.  1 

15.. 

.271.  2 

21.. 

..56.  1 

4.. 

.140.   2,   245. 

5 

d 

6.. 

.96.  a 

11.. 

.21.1,229.4.^. 

17.. 

.104.  i 

1... 

.55.  1,88  (pi.), 

158.  2 

7.. 

.275.  4 

8.. 

.35.1,240.3.0 

9.. 

.250.  1.  a 

15.. 

.271.  4.  o 

23... 

.270.  c 

32.. 

.254.  9.  a 

5.. 

.90,  279.  a 

14.. 

.19.  2 

16.. 

.250.  c 

1.. 

.263.  2 

7.. 

.22.  A,  35.  1 

12.. 

.215.  1.  0 

17.. 

.260.  2  (2)  c 

21.. 

.263.  2 

24.. 

.92.  6 

30.. 

.147.  4 

31.. 

.245.5 

7... 

.90,  270.  b 

8.. 

.285.  1 

14.. 

.254.  3 

23.. 

.97.2.0,172.3 

24.. 

.260.  2  (2)  c 

4... 

.140.  1 

5.. 

.126.   1,  221. 

7. 

b 

6.. 

.97.  2.  a 

11.. 

.156.  1 

22.. 

.65.  a 

24.. 

.261.  0 

5... 

.105.  6 

8... 

.94.  d 

9.. 

.91.  d 

23.. 

.112.  3 

2... 

.105.   b,  193. 

2. 

& 

>44 


47 


48 


51 


57: 


58: 


59 


60 


63: 


64 


;    8....§14T,  3 
13.... 19.  2,60.3.6 

(2),  120.  1 
16.... 141.  2 
17.... 13.  a 
18.... 156.  2 
21.... 102.  2 
27. ...111.  3.  a 

1....139.  2 
11.... 118.  3 

1....209.  b 

2....88(f.  8.  &m. 
pi.).  111.  3.  a 

5. ...269.  b 
10.... 102.  3,  104.  c 
12.... 285.  2.  a 
13.... 220.  2.  a 
14.... 104.  i 

7....104. ^ 

8. ...87 
11.... 39.  1.  a 

8. ...207.  1.  a 
18. ...65.  6 
26.... 112.  3,  273.  1 
14.... 126.  1 
15. ...126.  1 
20.... 57.  2  (3)  a 
21.... 255.  2 

5 96.  a,  b,  122. 

2, 131.  6,  150.  2 

7....174.  1 
11.... 140.  4 
14.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

2.. ..111.1 

3.... 94.  e 

4.... 254. 9. 6,262.4 

5.  ...60.2.  o,  142.1 
10.... 175.  1 
11....249.  1.  a 

1....207.  1.  a 

5.... 201.  2 

6.... 104.  c 

9. ...125.  2 
12.... 22.  6 

5.... 104.  b 
11.... 273.  3 

3 105.  a,  245. 

5.6 
12.... 164.  5 

5.... 140.  2 

6.... 24.  6 

8....88(2f.) 
13.... 119.  3 

3.... 24.  6,  131.  2 
216.  2.  o 

9.... 125.  2 
10.... 216.  1.  6 

3.... 83.  c.  (2), 
122.  2 

5....  112. 3, 156.4, 
196.  d 
10....1S9 
12. ...127.  2' 
13.... 92.  6,</,  174.1 
16.... 104.  i 
17.... 172.  4 

1....157.  2 

4....88(f.  pi.) 

7.... 105.  c 

9.... 104.  c 
10.... 105.  c 

1....43.  6 

2.... 105.  d 

3.... 16.  1 

3.. . .  .94.  o,  119.  1 

16 105.  a 

19 86.  a 

2 86.  a 

6.... 132.  3 

0....161.  3 


w 

:    8... .§94.  d 

10.... 139.  1 

65 

:  20.... 165.  2,  248 

24 263.  1,  6 

66 

:12....142.  1 

13.... 45.  5 

20.... 39.  1.  a 

JEREMIAH. 

1 

:    5....5105.  d 

11.... 266.  2 

2 

:ll....ll.  1.6,230.3 

12....111.  3.  a 

19.... 105.  e 

21....220. 1.6,249. 

1.6 

24.... 105.  c 

27....104.  >t 

34.... 277 

36. ...111.  2.  6 

3 

:    3.... 267.  6 

5.... 86.  6  (2  f.), 

131.  2 

6.... 172.  3 

7.... 249.  1.  a 

8.... 60.  3.   6  (2), 

207.  1.  o 

10.... 249.  1.  a 

11....207.  1.  a 

22.... 177.  3 

4 

•    3. ...158.  2 

7.... 24.  6, 221. 5. a 

13. ...141.  1 

19.... 86.  6(2f.) 

30... 71.  a  (2), 

275.  5 

31.... 156.  1 

5 

6.... 141.  1 

7.... 75.  2,125.1 

13.... 245.  5.  6 

22....56.  l,105.5,c 

26.... 139.  2 

6 

27. ...185.  2.  c 

7 

4.... 280.  3.6 

10.... 65.  a 

13.... 282 

27.... 104.  6 

29. ...141.  1 

8 

11.... 105.  3 

22.... 230.  2 

9 

2.... 94.  c 

17.... lis.  4 

19.... 220.  1.  6 

10 

5.... 57.2(3)0,86. 

6(3pl.),  164.  3 

12.... 88 

17 89(f.  8.  &.in. 

pl.) 

11 

15.... 220.  1.6 

12 

5.... 94.  a 

9....2C9.  3 

10.... 121.  2 

17. ...92.  d 

13 

5.... 127.  1 

7. ...147.  2 

13.... 36.  1 

19.... 172.    1,    275. 

2.  6 

21.... 60.  3.  b  (1>, 

86.  6  (2  f.) 

25.... 60.  2.  a 

15 

3.... 119.  1 

10....93(pl.),  104. 

15. t..  106.  6 

17.... 112.  5.  c 

16; 

16.... 158.  ],24!>. 

1.  o 

340 

INDEX    II. 

17:   3. 

..§221.  6.  b 

44  :  18.... §271.  1 

4  :  14.... §  S3,  c.  2, 122. 

17: 15.. ..§65.  6 

4. 

..86.  b  (2  m.), 

19.... 104.  e 

2 

23....88(f.  pi.) 

112.  3 

23.... 166.  1 

17.... 236.  2 

18:  26.... 221.  5.6 

17. 

..172.  3 

25 160.  4 

5:    5. ...160.  5 

32.... 287.  1 

18. 

..94.  d 

46:    7,  8.... 122.  2 

19:    2....196.  d 

18 :  23. 

..46.  172.  3, 

8....96.o,111.2.d 

20:    9.... 140.  4 

175.  3 

11.... 86.  6(2.  f.) 

EZEKIEL. 

16....271.  4.  6 

19:11. 

..165.  1 

20.... 43.  6 

21.... 65.  6 

20  :    9. 

..22.  b 

48:  11.... 159.  1 

1:   4.... §53.  2.  a 

27.... 119. 3 

21:   3. 

..88  (pi.) 

19.... 280.  3.  a 

6.... 203.  5.  a 

£6.... 91.  c 

4. 

.  .39.  4 

32.... 246.  3.  a 

11.... 220.  2.  c 

37.... 63.  2.  a 

13. 

..131.  1 

49:    3.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

14....179. 1.  a,268. 

21:15....24cs  177.  1 

22:    3. 

.  .185.  2.  c 

5.  a 

1.  a 

15,  16.... 93.  e 

6. 

..13.  b 

8.... 95.  d 

2:10 53.2.0,53.3.(2 

18.... 121.  1 

14. 

..161.  4,  193.  c 

10.... 165.  1,  262.  4 

3:    7.... 254.  10 

19.... 219.  1.  a 

15. 

..94.  a 

11.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

15. ...139.  3 

21.... 180.  a 

20. 

.  .234.  a 

98.  1 

20....S8(f.  pi.) 

26,  28.... 87 

23. 

..61.  6.  a,  85. 

15,  17.... 275.  2.  6 

4:    3. ...54.1 

29.... 91.  6,  106.  a 

&  (2  f.)  90  (2  I. 

18.... 45.  4 

9.... 199.  a 

31.... 94.  6,  196.  c 

i.),  140.  2 

20 140.  5 

12.... 157.  3 

S2....280.  3.  6 

24. 

..105.  b 

24....  104.  !,  275.  4 

5  :  12.... 220.  1.  b 

33.... 111.  2.  c 

26. 

..104.  t" 

28.... 141.  1 

13.... 121.  3,  131.  6 

34.. ..87 

29. 

..280.  3.  & 

37.... 86.  6(2  in.), 

16.... 119.  1 

22:  20.... 131.  2 

23  :13. 

..131.  6 

112.  3,  5.  c,  139.  3 

6:    3 208.  3.  c 

23:    5.... 111.  1 

23. 

.  .254.  6.  b 

50:    3.... 158.  2 

6. ...147.  4 

16.  20.... 97.  1.  a 

29. 

..161.  2 

5.... 71.    a   (3), 

8.... 173.  2 

19.... 175.  3 

37. 

..104.  b 

91.  d 

9.... 24.  c 

42....21.  1 

39. 

..177.3 

6 275.  2 

11.... 93.  2 

48....S3.  c(2),16a 

24:    2. 

..91.  c 

11.... 196.  d 

14.... 280.  3.  a 

3  (p.  182) 

25:    3. 

.  .94.  b 

20.... 165.  2 

16....  118.  4 

49.... 165.  2,  220. 

16. 

..96.  a 

23.... 91.  a 

7  :  17.... 203.  5.  a 

1.  6 

26. 

..246.3.  a 

27...  .111.  3.  a 

24.... 141.   1,   216. 

24:  10.... 197.  b 

34. 

..161.5 

34.... 94.  6,  114, 

2.  a 

11.... 140.  1 

36. 

..57.   2  (3)  a, 

158.3 

25.... 196.  c 

12.... 172.  1 

234.  c 

44.... 105.  b 

27.... 118.  4 

26.... 128,  189.  6 

26:   9. 

..165.3 

51:    3.... 46 

8:    2.... 66.  2  (2)  a 

25:    6.... 57.   2  (3)  a. 

21. 

..44.  b 

9.... 165.  2,3 

3.... 165.  3 

106.  o,  125.  2 

27:    3. 

..249.  1.  c 

13....90(2f.  6.) 

6.... 75.  1,119.  3 

13.... 219.  1.  6 

18. 

..156.  2 

30.... 24.  c 

16.... 90,  (2  m.  pi.). 

15.... 57.  2  (3)  a 

20. 

.  .13.  a 

33 94.  6 

176.  1 

26:    2.... 140.  2 

28  :  16. 

..245.3.  b 

34.... 165.  2 

9:    2.... 249.  1.  c 

9.... 19.  2.  c,  22L 

29:    8. 

.  .94.  e,  112.  5.  c 

50.... 151.  1 

8.... 120.  2 

5.  a 

23. 

.  .229.  1.  a 

58.... 24.  c,  149.  1 

10.... 254.  9.  b 

15.... 113.  1,2 

25. 

..220.  1.  & 

52: 13.... 254.  6.  6 

10:  17.... 157.  1 

18. ...112.  5.  c 

27. 

.  .24.  b 

13:    2....207. 1.  6,  255. 

21.... 234.  a 

SO :  16. 

..139.3 

1 

27:   3.... 90  (2.  f.  B.) 

19. 

.  .276.  1 

LAMENTATIONS. 

8.... 199.  c 

8.... 150.  3 

31 :  12. 

..87,119.3 

11.... 71.  a  (2) 

9....24.c,216.1.o 

18. 

..273.4 

1:      ....56 

17.... 220.  1.  6 

12.... 22.  a 

21. 

.  .249.  2.  b 

1:    1.... 33. 1,61.  6.  a. 

19.... 157.  3 

15.... 13.  o 

32. 

. .  .112.  3 

218 

20.... 24.   6,   71.  a 

19.... 93.  6 

33. 

..16.3.&,105.d 

4.... 149.  1,199.  a 

(2),  220.  2.  c 

23.... 54.  2 

38. 

..46 

8.... 141. 3 

14:    3.... 53.  1.   a,  91. 

26.... 156.  3 

32:    4. 

.  .91.  h,  131.  5 

12.... 142.  1 

6,  c,  119.  1 

SO.... 96.  6 

9. 

. .  .98. 1.  a 

16....207. 1.0,209. 

8.... 141.  3 

31....11.  l.a,196.d 

12. 

.  .246.  3.  a 

1.  a,  271.  1 

15:    5.... 104.  i 

28:    8.... 80.  6  (2  m.) 

14. 

. .  .249.  1.  c 

17. ...272.  2.  6 

16:   4.... 60.  4.  o,  93. 

9.... 230.  4 

33. 

...92.  d 

20.... 60.  3.  h  (2), 

a,  95.  c,  121.  1, 
1^6.    1,    127.   1, 

13.... 19.  2. 6. 161.4 

35. 

...164.  2 

92.  a 

14. ...71.  ft  (2) 

37. 

...10.  a 

2:      ....6 

150.  5,  221.  6.  6, 

15.... 61.  6.  0,104. 6 

44. 

...268.1 

2:    8.... 126.  1 

282.  a 

16.... 53.  2.  o,  111. 

33:    8. 

...13.  a 

11.... 92.  a,  113.  1, 

5....87,95.  a,lll. 

2.  c,  165.  3 

24. 

...45.  1 

2,115 

S.  o,  150.  5 

17. ...168   0,172.2 

•      26. 

...11.1.6 

15,  16.... 74.  a 

8,  10.... 99.  3.  6 

18....104./,  184.6, 

34:    1. 

. . .44.  a 

3:      ....6 

22.... 86.  6(2f.) 

216.  1.  d 

36  :  16. 

.  .272.  3    , 

3:  12.... 196.  d 

27.... 256.  b 

23.... 92.  a 

23. 

...251.1 

14.... 199.  6 

28.... 127.  1 

24.... 139.  3 

37  :  12. 

...113.2 

22.... 54.    3,   216. 

Si.... 173.  2 

24,  26.... 156.  3 

14. 

...266 

2.  a 

33.... 60.   3.  6  (2), 

29:    3 102.  1.  a 

16. 

...209.3.  a 

33....1.'J0.2(p.l82) 

120.  1 

15.... 166.  5 

38:    9. 

...270.  c 

42.... 71.  a (1) 

34.... 14.  o,  19.  6 

IS.... 95.  a 

12. 

...56.  4 

45.... 267.  c 

36. ...91.  6 

SO:  16.... 254.  6.  6 

14. 

. .  .249.  1.  c 

48.... 147.  2 

50.... 128 

25.... 112.  3 

39  :  18. 

. .  .92.  d 

53.... 53.  3.  a,  150. 

52 92.  rf,220.2.a 

31:    3.... 140.  5 

40:    1. 

...57.  2 (2)  a 

2 (p.  182) 

53.... 220.  1.  6 

5.... 11.  1.  Q,  86.  6 

3. 

...249.  1.  c 

58.... 158.  1 

57.... 156. 3 

8....11.  1.  a,  199 

41:    6. 

...282.  c 

4:      ....6 

59.... 86.  6(lc.) 

15.... 915.  c 

42:    2. 

...175.  2 

4:    1.... 96.  6,  177.  3 

17:    5.... 132.  2 

32  :16....88(f.  pi.) 

6. 

. .  .46,  71.  a  (1) 

3.... 43.  6 

9....166.  2, 191.4, 

18..  ..11.  1.  6 

10. 

...53.2.6,148.2 

9.... 39.3.6,45.5.0 

216.  2.  a 

19.... 95.  a,  d 

INDE 

X    II. 

341 

32;  20.. ..§89  (f.  8.  & 

10:14....§177.  3,285.  2 

AMOS. 

2:    9....§89(f.  F.  & 

in.  pi.) 

17...  .51.  2 

in.  pi.)  220. 1.  a 

32 95.  a 

11:    6. ...11.  1.  6 

l:ll....§104.e,275. 

14 220.  2.  c 

33:12....1G6.  2 

12.... 19.  2.  a 

2.  b 

3:    6 114 

13.... 221.  5.  & 

14.... 131.  0 

13 ... .  125.  2 

7 93.  a 

30.... 03.  2.  6,  223. 

30.  ...11.  1.  b 

2  :    4 119.  3 

8 147.4 

1.  a  1)18 

31.... 249.  1.  b 

3  :  11 86.  a,  140.  2 

11  ...  .  112.  3 

S4:12....249.  1.  6 

34.... 91.  6 

15 156.  4 

17 24.  b,  142. 

17.... 71.  a (2) 

35.... 94.  b 

4  :    2  .  . .  .  165.  2 

1,  199.  c 

31. ...71.  a(2) 

36.... 82.  5.  a 

3 86.  t(2pl.) 

S5:    6 105.  rf 

40.... 126.  1 

6  :  n  ....  92.  6,  161.  3 

8.... 216.  l.d 

44.... 196.  d 

15 139.3 

9.... 147.  2 

12:  13....  199.  a 

21,  25  ... .  24.  h 

IIABAKKUK. 

11.... 220.  2.  a 

6  :    2 64.  2,  £53. 

12.... 63.  1.  a 

2.6 

1  :   8 §  100.  2.  a 

36:    3.... 139.  2,  141.1 

HOSEA. 

10 243.  1 

(2)  Ills 

6.... 220.  1.  /) 

7  :    1 199.  c 

10 197.6,265.0 

8 221.  5.  c 

1:    2.... §255.  2 

8  :    4 ....  94.   b,  231. 

11 73.  1,   249. 

11.... 161.  5 

6 269 

6.  a 

2.  a 

13.... 71.  a (2) 

2:  14.... 104.  ^ 

8  ....  53.  2.  a,  63. 

12....]04.i 

28... .71.  a(l) 

16.... 221.  7.  a 

3.  a,  128 

13 126.  1 

35.... 73.  2.  a 

3:    2.... 24.  b 

9  :    1 . . . .  125.  1 

15 112.  2 

37:    7....88  (2f.pl.) 

4:    2.... 267.  a 

8 ....  94.  6 

16....  197.  6 

9.... 131.  3 

6.... 11.  1.  a,  104. 

2:    1,2 265.  o 

10.... 131.  6 

b 

7  . .  . .  161.  2 

17.... 119.  1,  223. 

13.... 118.  4 

OBADIAH. 

17 104.fi-,  141. 3 

1.  a 

18.... 43.  h,  92.  a, 

19 ... .  254.  6.  b 

88:   8.... 161.  4 

122.  1,  148.  3 

vcr.  4 §158.3 

G  :    6 ....  99.  3.  a 

23.... 96.  6 

5:    2.... 119.  3 

9 183.  o 

8 256.  b 

39:  26.... 165.  3 

8.... 272.  2.  6 

11 45.  2,  106.  a 

13 105.  b 

9 282.  b 

27.... 249.  1.  b 

11.... 269 

10 220.  2.  e 

40:    4.... 65.  b 

6:    2.... 172.  3 

16 156.  4 

16 ...  .  140.  1 

16.... 220.  2.  c 

4....2G9 

19 ....  47 

22.... 250.  2(3) 

9.... 174.  3 

43.... 19.  2.  6 

7:    4....106.  o,  lll.C. 

JONAH. 

41:    7....141.  1 

a,  158.  3 

9,  11.... 160.  5 

6.... 22.  a 

1;    5....  §114 

ZEPHANIAH. 

15.... 220.  2.  c 

12.... 150.  1 

2  :    1 . . . .  125.  2 

22....274.  2.  c 

8:    2.... 60.  3.  a,  275. 

10 61.  6.  o 

1  :    2  ....  §  282.  a 

25.... 19.  2.  a 

2.  b 

3  :    3 254.  5 

17  ...  .  100.  2.  a  (1) 

42:    5.... 45.  1,  57.2 

3.... 105.  a 

4  :  11 ....  22.  ft 

2:    4 126.2 

(2)  a.  111.  2.  6 

6.... 275.  2.  b 

9 220.  1.  0 

43: 13.... 197.  6 

12.... 88 

14 229.  4.  6 

18. ...113.  1 

9:    2....119.  1 

MICAH. 

15 39.  4.  o 

20.... 104.^ 

4 208.  3.  <5 

3  :    9 274.  2.  e 

24.... 100.  2.  a  (2) 

10.... 119.  3 

1:    7....§92.  <3 

11 ... .  125.  2 

27.... 177.  3 

10:  10.... 105.  d 

9 275.  1.  a 

14....  89  (f.  B.  & 

45: 16.... 246.  3.  a 

11.... 61.  6.  a 

10 53.3.  a,96.& 

m.  pi.),  111.  3.  a 

46: 17.... 86.  b 

12.... 158.  2 

15....  164.  2 

18  ... .  149.  1 

22.... 95.  e 

13.... 61.  6.  a 

16 89  (f.  B.  & 

19....198,246.3.a 

47:   7.... 102.  3.  a 

14.... 11.  1.  a,  156. 

m.  pi.) 

8.... 164.  3 

3 

2  :    3 274.  2.  6 

11....11.  1.  (7,199 

11:   3.... 94.  a,  115, 

4  . . . .  141.  2 

15.... 246.  3.  a 

132.  2 

6 275.  1.  a 

HAGGAL 

48:  10.... 39.  4.  a 

4.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

7  .  . . .  229.  4.  a 

16.... 46 

111.  2.  d 

8 88  (pi.) 

1:   4....  §230.3,249. 

18.... 220.  1.  6 

7.... 177.  3 

12....  92.  d,   246. 

1.  b 

7,  8.  ...56.  4 

2.  a 

12:    1....104.  /,  201.  2 

3  :  12 199.  a,  245.4 

4.... 274.  2.  b 

4:    6 151.  2 

ZECIIARIAH. 

DANIEL. 

5.... 105.  b 

8 111.  2.  & 

13:    3.... 92.  b 

10 158.  2 

1:   9....  §75.  1 

1:   8. ...§119.1 

14.... 19  2,  221.  5. 

10,  13 ...  .  157.  2 

17  ... .  157.  3 

13.... 172.  3 

a,  275.  2.  b 

5  :    2  .  . . .  262.  1 

2  :    8 73.  2.  a 

17.... 250.  2  (2)  a, 

15.  ...177.  3 

6  :  10 57.  2  (1) 

3  :    1 106.  a 

251.  4.  a 

14:    1....88(3.  f.  pi.). 

13 139.  3 

7 94.  e,  151.  1 

2:    1.... 99.  3.0,119.1 

209.  1.  a 

7  :    4 260.  2  (2), 

9  .  . ..  203.  5.  a 

3:    3.... 22.  b 

3.... 256  c 

260.  2 (2)  c 

4  :    5 258.  2 

25.... 94.  e 

10 ....  35.  2 

7  . .  . .  246.  3.  o, 

5:   9. ...203.  5.  c 

249.  1.  c 

11.... 22.  6 

JOEL. 

10 156.  2 

8:   1....245.  0.  b 

NAHUM. 

12 24.  6 

11.  ...95.  a 

1:   2.  ...§230.  4 

5:    4 1.56.4 

13.... 98.  1.  a,  247, 

8 254.  9.  b 

1 :   3 ....  §  13.  a,  215. 

11 160.  5 

249.  1.  b 

17 24.  b,  190.  a 

1.  c 

6  :    7 96.  6 

16....73.  2.  a 

20. . .  .275.  4 

4 150.   2  (p. 

7  :    1 . . . .  252.  2.  b 

22....88(3.  f.  pi.) 

2  :    5 60.  3.  b  (1) 

182) 

3 199.  e 

9:    2.... 1.18.  1 

3  :    3 263.  5.  a 

12 140.  2 

5 .  . . .  102.  2,  104. 

19.... 119.  3,  125.1 

4  :  11 91.  d,  131.  1 

13 220.  1.  6 

i,  252.  2.  6,  273. 

25....97.  2,225.  2 

18. . .  .271.  1 

2:   4 220.2.  c 

a.a 

342 


INDEX   II. 


7 

9....§89(f.  8. 

m.  pi.) 

14..,.  45.   5,  60 

3.  c,  92.  e 

8 

2 271.  3 

14, 15 ...  .  139.  1 

17 111.  2.  e 

9 

6 35.  2 

10 

6 151.  3 

11 

4 254.  6 

11:    5 §57.  2  (3)  a, 

111.  2.  c,  234.  c 

1 223.  1.  a 

8  . . . .  119.  1 
10....  140.  5 
17 61.  6.  a 

12  :  11 55.  2.  a 

13  :    4 166.  2 

14  :    2 45.  2,  91.  c 

5 199.  o 

10 ... .  156.  3 


MALACHI. 

1  :    6 §  263.  3 

7 106.  a,  127. 

2 

11 95.  a 

13 24.  o,  75.  1 

14 54.  1,  205. 

b 

2  :  14 86.  5  (2  m.) 

3:    9,...  140.  2 


3: 19....  5119.1 
20 156.2 


MATTHEW. 
26  :  73 ....  §  51.  4.  a 

ROMANS. 
3  :  20 ....  §  256.  o 


II^DEX    III 

HEBREW  WORDS  ADDUCED  OR  REMARKED  UPON. 


"Words  preceded  by  Yav  Conjunctive  or  Vav  Conversive  will  be  found  in 
their  proper  place  irrespective  of  these  prefixes.  A  few  abbreviations  are 
employed,  which  are  mostly  of  such  a  nature  as  to  explain  themselves  as  v. 
verb,  n.  noun,  pron.  pronoun,  adj.  adjective,  adv.  adverb,  int.  interjection, 
inf.  infinitive,  imp.  imperative,  pret.  preterite.  The  numbers  refer  to  the 
sections  of  the  Grammar. 


DSSILSX  104.  k 

nS  68.  5,  200.  a,   215. 

1.  e,  220.  1.  c 
nni?  78.  2,  110.  3 

nai*  215. 1.  b 

laS  92.  d 

nai5  92.  c 
n'ini?  216. 1.  b 
•ji^aijl  193.  2 

T]'iaK;i  53.   2.  a,  111. 

2.  c 

•JinS?  22.  a,  193.  2 

on^nsj  112. 1 
nax  110. 3 

XinS  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

•^inx  240. 1 

O^ns  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.6 
D-'DiaS  112.  1 


Dn'^nias  220.  2.  a 
oninx  220.  2.  a 
D'^nroni?  53. 1.  a 

•laX  (Ki3)  164.  2 
•^ns  61.  6.  a 
a"inij  185.  2.  a 

n^^nk  111.  2.  (f 
•inT^n  in^  246. 3.  b 

•jiiaX  193.  1 
D3''ni?  220.  1.  b 
baS  84.  3.  a  (2) 
bai?  185.  2.  6,  215.  1.  6 
bni5  (pr.  n.)  215.  1.  6 

''bax  216.  1.  6 

•jax  197.  b,  200.  6 

•ja^  183. 6 

t:?ax  183.  c 

D">t25aS  207.  1.  a 


^iPiaX  221.  3.  a 

tjnax  94. 6 

:  ■'nbs.ns  94.  a,  119.  1 

^5X1  99.  3 

TaS^  99.  3 

dji?  207.  2.  a 

•jaS  200.  a 

D''S?i5  53.  l.a 

tJnji!:^  99.  3.  b 

ITI^S  207.  1.  e,  211 

na'isi  99.  3 
rna'liJsi  99.  s 

Di'TS60.3.6(l),197,i 
fm  231.  3.  a 
D^T^X  11.  1.  0 
D'lX  112.  5.  a 
OnSJ  185.  2.  J,  207.  2.  « 
D'lttiN  188 


344 


INDEX  III. 


ntol3'l«  207.  1.  e 

r>^'^'a'J:^  205 
nians  201. 1 
''12'l«  60.  3.  b  (1) 
\3nN    199.    c,    201.    2, 

231.  3.  a 
rhi^^  234.  c 
"'ihiil  234.  c 

na  •'5'is  21. 1 
D-^aii?  201. 2 

DplS  ,  DJ?'755  141.  3 
TIN  112.  5.  a 
D'^abn'IS  53.  1.  a 

Dn^i5 11. 1.  ^ 
©n-ii?  91.  c 

®n'nS53.1.a,91.J,119.1 
nnS  82.  1.  a  (2),   110. 
3,  112.  5.  c 

:  anx  119. 1 
ans  53. 2.  a,  111.  2.5 
nanx  87, 119.  3 
nanx  iis.  3 

T   V     T    v: 

^an;^  119.  4 

'lan  ^ar|i5  43.  b,  92.  «, 

122. 1 
aiariij!  201. 1 
?]arii?  101. 3.  a,  104.  /i, 

119.  1 

Daarii^  221. 3.  o 
nariij  119.  3 
vinans^  104.  i 
''nanii  61. 6.  a 
•fnansj!  104.  c 
nns  240. 1 


''ns)  99. 3.  a 

bn^  61.  2.  a,   184.  b, 
208.  3.  6 

n'bns  220. 1.  b 

t:    t 

nibriij!  200.  c 
■^bnij  216.  2. 6 
D"ibrii5  60.  3.  c 
nibrii?  200,  c 
nwij  172.  3 

iX  239.  1,  283.  2.  a 

aii5  200.  a 

5^iX  105.  & 
^J'l^^S?  149.  2 
"li^  240.  1 

a.':is5 186. 2 

!5"<1S  194.  2 
^bi^lX  194.  2 

b^aix  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 

2.  d 
i^^.Hi  149.  2 
0^165   207.    2.    5,   215. 

1.  a 

n-ais?  111.  2.  & 

•JIX  63.  2.  a 
■jiS  186.  2.  c 
ni'iSIN  13.  a 

n'i:is  208. 3.  c 
no-^.i!:  149.  2 

ly^^iJ  56.  3 
fSiK  207.  2.  a 
■^aij)}  200.  a,  216.  1 

rm's  111.  2.  c?  ■ 

■lis  (v.)  82.    1.  c.   (3), 
156.  2 


ni«  (n.)  197.  5 

^nnis  220. 1. 6 
ini^  157.  2 

©n^^Sl  149.  2 
?TS^^i5  149.  2 
nisi  197.  b,  200.  o 

nnj'.y!  140.  2 

Dnhi55  220.  2.  a 

TiJ  235.  1 

niTi?  60.  3.  c,  184.  6, 

216.  1.  b 
•J'^TN  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  ? 
nnSTi?  189 
''Dn3Ti<  104.  c 

nbtsj  86.  6 
^•^  nbTS  35. 1 

T  -  :  jT 

■JTS  197.  a,  217,221.5 
npTi?  189 
''ITS  221.  4 
D^5T«  203.  1 
^riTiJ  221.  4 
DaiT«  220.  1.  6 
n''|5TJ^,  53.  1.  a 
"ITS  112.  5.  c 
nnTN  60.     3.     b    (1), 

92.  e 
?inTX  53.  1.  a,  183.  c 
ns  (n.)  68.  b,    197.  a, 

207.  2.  b,  215.  1.  e, 

220.  1.  r 
nsj  (int.)  240.  1 
^m    223.    1,  248.   a, 

250.  1. 
D'l^ns  223.  1.  a 


INDEX  III. 


345 


T\)m  189 
T^nX  90  pass. 
ninX  205.  c,  209.  3 

rnx  34,  no.  3,  iis.  2 
m^  34, 172.  4 
mx,  ms5  112. 1 

^'m  60.  3.  i(2),  119.  4 
imi?  60.  3.  b  (2).  120.  1 
pTTIS  97.  2.  a 

nnrns*  104. « 

T  -    T    ■: 

•»riii:  61.  6.  a 

jyniini?  220.  2.  a 

D'^rii?  60.  1.  a 

bni?  140.  3 

nnj?  237.  1,  238.  1 

-ins?  210.  e 

-ins?  60.  4,  111.  2. 6 

^nmeo.  3.  i(2),  121. 2 
•ji-inx  193. 1 

•'nnS?  238.  1.  a 

ninnx  i98.  a  (4) 
nniansi  99. 3.  b 
•jB^i^irns?  195.  2 
•jnnpni?  195.  2 

nns  54.  2,  205.  &,  223. 

1.  a 
nnx  223.  1.  a 

AT    ■•• 

13K  175.  3 
■J^t35?  216.  1.  6 
Dt3X  112.  5.  a 

-    T 

n^S  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 
■"K  61.  6,  236 
*»X  (n.)  184.  6 
•'K  (int.)  240.  1 


S^i5  156.  1 

-     T 

n^S?  61.  6 

f^^^|-^^  99.  3.  b 
r.|  ■'J;?  75.  2 
tfi?  51.  2 
b^^i?  208.  3.  c 
b^iS  183..  6 
mb;"!^  CO.  3.  b  (1) 
nXTb  1J»5   75.  2 

nbib"«s?  150.  2 
robi&}  151.  1 

t3bi&5  200.  c 
Q'-^iJ  207.  2.  c 

n^^i?  200.  c 

nWi?  61.  6.  a 
'J^'i?  236,  258.  3.  b 
DTp^&i   150.   1 
IIJ"'^  207.  2,  243.  2.  a 
■jiTlJ^i?  193.  2.  a 
iffi^i?  57.  2  (1) 

nnis5  11. 1.6 
nnis  140. 1 
■j™  189, 210.  c 

■J!!?   (adv.)  235.  2  (2) 
5ji«n  (v.)  175.  3 

n^nsx  91.  c 

nssi  175.  3 
Sr^i?  189 
nTDi?  189 
"^npN  194.  2 
n^'^nTDi?   198.  a  (4) 

nnsNi  119. 1 

bDS  110.  3 

bbx,  bbs  112. 1 


b?«;i  (nb)  174.  4 

bDJi  111.  2.  6 
bDi51   99.  3.  a 

?Tbpi{  104.  J 

?]b3ti:  (rib)  C3.  1.  b, 

174.  4 
^bD55  106.  a 
CDbos^  106.  a 

^nnbsi?  104.  i 
^nnbDN  104.  i 

^nbDJ?  65.  a 
?inbDS?  104.  i 
DI^bD5<  112.  1 
''SnbDSJ  104.  e 
nSDNI  99.  3.  b 
•I5?5<:i  99.  3.  Z) 
tl?^  140.  3 
nSX  187.  1.  a 

nn25?  24.  & 
nsN  140. 1 
nsnpa^  16.  3.  b,  105.  d 

-niP3X  88 

bS5  235.  1,  264 

bi?  (pron.)  58.  1,  73.  1 

bii  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

"b:«  237.  1,  238.  1 

t-^^^bif:  229.  1.  a 

D'^'S^abi?  14.  a,  51.  4 

nbx  216.  1.  ffl 

nb«  200.  6 

nbb5  58.  1,  61.  6,  73.  1 

in'bs;)  234.  c 
d^nbs?  11.  1.  b 

Qin'bs?  201.  2,  231.  3.  a 


346 


INDEX   III. 


ia''n'bs  220.  2.  c 

^S-irfbiJI  234.  c 

nibs?  11.  1.  6 
nibs  (v.)  172.  2 

''bS  238.  1.  a 

niari'ibs  220.  2.  c 

b">bl5  184 
?jb5?)  99.  3 

nDbs  nobss  45.  6.  « 

•ibbi?  20.  2,  240.  1 

nbs|i  187. 1. 6 
D'laiabs  51.  4 
nBbi5  200.  c 

n^iiabi?  229.   1.  a 

b^ia-bi5  237.  2  (1) 

■J^bj?  193.  1 
mSiabs     198.    a  (4), 
199.  c?,  200.  h 

na?-bs  237.  2  (2) 

SlbS  84.  3,  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

5lb»  226 

•'Sb^  250.  2  (2)  a 
DD'^sbiJ  250.  2.  (2)  a 
D^iSbi?  203.  4,  226 
n^pbS  229.  1.  a 
iribs  221.  2.  6 
Di?  68.  h,  197.  a 
DS?  239.  1,  283 
^SD5?^aJ«  11.  \.a 
?;i<DXpS?  104.  b 
r\m  53.  3.  6,  211.  a 
nri55  198.  c 
Tm».  200.  c 


•j^'ai^  184.  6 

np^'as?  60.  3.  b  (1), 

201.  1.  a 
Q^pTQS  201.  1.  a 
Db'i'ayf  105.  a 

nt:b^N;\  99.  3 
bb^^?  187. 1.  d 

bbiaX  92.  a,  115 
•^pS  bbl3«  42 
D^bb^i5  210.  c 

n:^s  235. 2  (1) 

DSttX  235.  2  (1) 
fttS  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
V^Oi?  112.  1 
n^J$  110.  3,  125.  3 

ya^  65 

n)3i?  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
ni3«  208.  3 
"lbi!!60.  3.6(1),  112.  1 
-n^i?  60  3.  6  (1) 

nn^x  208.  3 

Tj-l^aJS;  60.  3.  b  (1) 
DD'niSi?  106.  a,  127.  2 

T!rm^  127.  2 
rin^ijn  33.  4 

^tJTOi?  157.  3 
n)9^  60  3.  5  (1),  205.  b 
toi?  60.  3.  6  (1),  221. 
2.  a 

^nnnbi?!  99. 3.  b 

'?i.)TOS  101.  3.  a 

npsi  npN  63. 1.  c 

^5S  71.  a  (1) 
^3X  46 


^niis  131. 1 

TSiSN  184 
i:N  197.  b 

^;i5  71 

13s  65,  71.  a  (1) 
•^iX  65.  b 

•    JT 

n^2«  198.  b 

■«d:«  71 

15^  141.  3  (p.  175) 

51?  S5  84.  3.  a  (2) 
pbi?  112.  1 
p2i5  50.  1 
D'lTrpi?  207.  2.  e 
?1^DN  185.  2.  a 
-mbOl^  125.  1 
tan^DNI  60.  3.  c,  92.  e 
t\t^  110.  3,    112.  5.  c, 

115,  151.  2 
qbS  112.  1 
nSCS  111.  3.  a,  112.  1 

nspb?  151.  2 

ISDN  89  (f.  s.) 
T;BPS  151.  2 
5lDBpS  188 

ippciii  104.  y 

p&K  53.  3.  b,  88  (1  c.) 
np«  112.  5.  6 
^DX  60.  3.  c 
'l&S  60.  3.  c 
inC«  61.  6.  a 
D"15S5  105.  c? 

*^?^^  "i^?^)  160. 3 

bySI  172.  4,  175.  3 
•J^i?)  172.  4 


INDEX   III. 


347 


na^^  113. 1 

nsyST  57.  2  (2)  a 
TD?i?n  172.  4 

ntoyxi  172.  4 

^WyC\  57.  2  (3)  cf, 
111.  2.  f,   234.  c 
qS5  (n.)  184.  6,   207.  2 
CIS  (conj.)  239.  1 
OniSSS  104.  f.,  172.3 
nSS  112.  5.  a 
n25J  110.  3 
13DS?  112.  1 
D^DJ?  203.  1 

ri'issn  100.  2.  a  (1) 

"O  qX  239.  2  (1) 
nbSX   198.  a  (2),  216. 

1.6 
•jSS^n  172.  4 
DSS  235.  3  (1) 
WtoS  127.  3 
DBSn  173.  3 
nS2«  164.  5 
yaSi?  183.  c,  197.  a 
ni:>32S  207.  2.  a 
12S5)  174.  4 
?i"n^!!5  105.  d 

bars  237. 1 

-12S  50.  3 
Tjn^S  101.  3.  a 

nnss  105.  J 

^SapSt  105.  6 
O^pS)  99.  3.  a 
D)aip55  56.  3 

n^ps)  99.  3.  a 


D?pi«  56.  3 
Dj5Sn  99.  3.  a 
nsnpNI  63. 1.  r,  97.  1. 

h,  164.  5 
SnSI  99.  3.  a,  172.  4 

nsis;)  172.  4 

D>SnS  24.  a 

nansi  175.  3 

Dans  22.  a 

wans  207.  2.  a,  214. 

1.  6,  223.  1 
D'^yanS  225.  1 

d'-p^ans  223. 1 

Dn^anS  250.  2  (2)  a 

•j^ans  51.  4 

"JWS  51.  4,  195,  2 

-nns  141. 1     . 
''b-nns  19.  2 

n;("lS  208.  3.  6 
Drains  82.  5.  a 
Tl^a'aiis  104.  h 

■ji-IS  197.  6 

nils  139.  2 
•'tiins'i  141.  2 

nnS  197.  J,  200.  a, 
208,  3.  h 

nns  198 
nnns  193 
iinhn's  60.  3.  c 

■^ns  200,  c.  208.  3,  d 
T'^'y^..  56.  3.  a,  168,  o, 
174.  4 

tjns  79.  2,  118. 1 

^nS  185.  2.6,207.  2.  c 


^nS  216.  1.  e 

•jiians  200,  a 

■iBnS  194,  1 

rriians  235,  3  (3) 

?in31373hS  56,  1,  105.  6 

Jniarins  216.  1.  c 
naans  197.  c 

yns  51.   3,     63.  2.  a, 

197.  6 
)^ns  65 
nSnS  61.  6,  «,   219.  1 

fTca  nsns  22.  h 
■jyaa  n^ns  22.  6 
nns  141.  1  (p,  175) 

T»nS  119,  1 
nbiSlstoS  180.  a 
tJS  197,  h,  201.  1 
T»S  57,  2  (1) 
llbSTSS  101.  3.  a 
airST  99.  3.  a 
JT^nin^S  210.  </ 

rrm^s  21 6,  2,  « 

ntDS  200.  6,  <-,  207.  2 
niTiJS  197.  a 
DpriTDS  118,  3 

mcittJs  200  c 
D^am  94.  5 

baiBS  200.  a,  210.  e 

nibacs  216. 1.  c 

nib3T»S  216,  1,  c 
nbl?S  60.  2,  a 
5  n^T?^  60,  2,  a 

?inbrs  126. 1 
•iibirs*\  99.  3 

'     •    :    -  T 


348 


INDEX  III. 


nD'^btsa?;!  99.  3 

DtiJ  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

TOlBNI  99.  3 

]'nm  189 

WlQffiSJI  98.  1.  a 

Tvyam  97.  1 

a:t^  183.  c,  221. 6.  a 

nypN  172.  3 

tSSffiS  91.  c 
nJST»fi{  207.  2.  c 
njpm  98.  1.  a 
nj?T»J?)  175.  3 
ntaipllJN  98.  1.  a 
nblp©xn  98.  1.  a 

nbpica?n  98. 1.  a 

ITDiiS  74,  285 
ITCX  (conj.)  239.  1 
nniD^  200.  c 
'T'TiJJS  221.  5.  (^ 
•J'^nffiK  220.  2.  c 
!?]''nTaX  221.  5.  d 
t^m  205,  214.  1.  b 

niys?)  172.  4 
^bbirnax  96. « 
yT»?r\irj$  i4i.  6 

nx  (n.)  207.  2.  e 
tli?,  ni?  58.  2.  a,  238. 

2,  270 
-nX  43.  a 
nX  43.  a 
n«    (prep.)    237.    1, 

238.  2 

-ni«  61.  5 


rii?,  ris?  71,  a  (2) 

Pi?  71.  a  (2) 
SnX  177.  3 

nni?  11. 1.  a 

nni?  71 

nn^,  nn^  71.  a  (2) 

•jinN  197.  a,  c 
13nn^  96,  a 
■"Pi?  71.  a  (2) 

"•ni?!  61.  5 

^^nx  112. 1, 172. 1 

j^n^pinx  220.  2.  c 

•jnk  65.  a 
nsnk  65,  a 

T    AT 

bWJS  53.  1.  a,  183.  c 

•jrii?  210.  c 

W,  1^2!?  71,  a  (2) 

npriK,  nipi?  71.  a  (2) 

^2riX  177,  3 
■jpini?  207.  2.  6 
nsinx  220, 1,  ^>,  221. 6 

JSJ^nX  105,  6 

a  231,  1,  233,  267,  b, 

272.  2,  J 
«S1  157.  2 
n^3  34 
nx^  34 

nxn^  156,  4 

D^bn^fa  229,  4.  b 
1X3  156.  2 
1X3  (pret.)  156.  2 
1i«il  156.  4 
Dij?TX3  57.  2  (2)  a 


''X3  216.  1.  a. 
DDSC^S  22.  a 
"li?2  121.  1 
n«3  60.  3,  f,  197,  a 
m'2  60.  3,  c 

ri«ai,  nxni  i6.  i 
irii^ai,  ns3i  loo.  2. 
«(i)  ^  ' 

baa  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 

"^b^a  237.  2  (4) 

1?a  84,  3,  a  (3) 

•i^a  90 

l^a  22,  «,  197.  b,  200.  c, 
221.  5.  a 

'iba  87 
rr^^a  207, 1,  a 

npl'7?a  86.  b  (2  m,) 

'li^a  87, 210.  a 

bbSa  237.  2  (2) 

nana  61. 1 
bna  80,  2.  a  (3) 
nxnana  4. « 

ma  57,  2  (4),  184,  b 

ni-^na  177, 1 
•{•^pria  245. 5, 6 

DblBSna  91.  b 

T     :  IT    •    : 

bna  121, 1 
n^ria  21 6, 2 
nwa  201, 2 

•jna  61,  2,   a,   184,   a, 

197.  o,  208.  3.  b 
Snna  113.  1,  2 

nistr.a  140.  e 
xia  79.  1, 157. 1 


INDEX   III. 

54.y 

nssia  104.  g 

n!3a  184.  b 

ib^Sa  91.  6,  231.  5.  a 

*m  90 

npa  126. 1 

ainpa  22.  a,  101. 2.  6 

DST'a  57.   2   (3)  a, 

■}inDa  193.  2 

ba  53.  3.  a 

164.  3 

'Ji:a  197.  a 

nn^a  19  8.  a  (3) 

n^pia  209. 1.  a 

B^p'Ja  208.  3.  a 

i2>5i!:a  56.  4 

bl3  53.  2.  a,  184.  b 

D'lt:a  239.  2  (3),  263. 

n^XTBtpba  18.  2.  c 

n-ipia  156.  2 

1.6 

rro'^ba  195.  3 

-l]?i3  186.  2.  a 

•la  (for  "i^ja)  53.  3.  a, 

b^i'ba  195.  3 

n^  139.  2 

240.  2 

bba  141.  3  (p.  175) 

nia  200. « 

Ta  237.  2.(2) 

yba,  ?ba  126. 1 

Tl'i^nia  201.  2 

VS  16.  2.  a 

•i^^ba  237.  2  (4) 

tJia  82.  1.  a  (3),  156. 

JTlin'^a  57.  2  (2) 

^n^D3?ia  127. 2 

2,  157.  1,  2. 

•J^a  158.  2,  3 

ipba  61.  6.  a,  237.  1 

n">TDia  156.  2 

^•14  237.  1,  238.  1 

^«^a  235.  3  (1) 

DDQiria  92.  5,  161.  3 

Tl'^S-'ai  4.  a 

msa  231.  4.  a 

Ta  (n.)  207.  2.  a 

'irib-'a  158. 1 

itja  233.  a 

s 

73  (from  T^)  156.  2 

ap?^a  16. 2.  a 

in^'aa  13.  a,  214.  2. 6 

n  139.  2 

D^^^a  200.  b 

^?i3a  45.  4 

tlSra  139.  3 

!    IT 

T^ininj^'^a  14.  a,  24.  6 

ns?^a  45.  3 

Wa  141.  2 

n;ia  ei.  2,  63.  2.  «, 

nibnp)2a  16. 2.  a 

Tta  141.  1  (p.  175) 

197.  5,  208.  3.  c 

^nm  19. 2, 216. 1.  c 

'ISTTSI  139.  1 

rr^a  57.  2  (5),  62.  1, 

"ja  51.  3,  185.  2.  cZ,  215. 

•jina  185.  2.  c 

216.  1.  d 

1.  h 

-iina  210.  a 

T 

I'anjri-nia  246. 3.  b 

''S^lDt'n-'ja  246.  3.  b 

a^n^na  6o.  3.  c 

■"TSia'i'n-n^a  246. 3.  b 

n^i^  n:a  35. 1 

mtsna  27 

T    :    V   : 

?]n^a  65 

!lDa  (from  Xia)  164.  2 

nTO  185.  2 

na  65.  a 

?,3a  34 

T 

•jna  50. 1 

noa  184. 6 

^53  34 

•jna  121. 1 

iba  172.  2 

is  a  (suf.)  221.  3.  a 

nna  5o.  i 

iDa  (for  isra?)  53. 

isa  (parag.)  61.  6.  a 

nn">na  nna  43. 6 

'3.  a 

ni:a  207. 1.  a. 

•^nna  19.  2 

nisa  50. 1 

^:'niDa  (v.)  173.  2 

D^inna  201. 1.  b 

n^sa  50. 1 

DD''ni:a  220. 1.  6 

nrja  ^o.pass. 

^Da  184.  b 

"'Sa  61.  6.  a,  218 

350 


INDEX   III. 


t3'^?a  207.  1.  a 
ri^5:a  86.  6  (1  c.) 
TjSa  221.  3.  a 
?b;a  4.  a 
bbD3  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 

nri:a  132. 1, 15s.  1 

nSSJCOa  24.  a 

fT^^S3,  nnyoa  le.  3. 6 

"l^nSS  237.  2  (2) 
nya  237.  1 

tlpya,  ^t:^3  113. 1.  2 

W3  172.  1 

d;'^3  go.  3.  a 
D'-bi^a  201.  2 

^?3  121.  1 
nn^'-l  196.  c 

*-mi^  113. 2 

i«TBya  60,  3.  a 

n?a  121. 1 
mk2  199 
ins2n  11. 1.  a 

TSa  185.  2.  a 
ySh  42.  a 
D?23  125.  1 
paa  82.  1,  a  (2) 

nnka  207. 1.  a 

ypa  80.  2.  a  (4) 
D^P^  125.  2 
pp3  141.  3  (p.  175) 
npa  197.  c,  201.  1 
npn  50.  1,  208.  3.  6 
"13186.  2.  c 

S'la  78. 1 
i?na  166.  3 


'T^'yi  164.  4 

"ina  185.  2.  h 
^ina  92.  c^ 
tJina  51. 1 
riins  51. 1 
bn.a  193.  2.  c 
rrns  50. 1 
n^ns  210.  a 

'':?"ina  194.  2.  a 
^■^3  80.  2.  a   (1),   80, 
2.  a  (2),  120.  3 

?fn3,  ^nn  119.  1 

SlDna  16.  2.  a 

rjDna  216. 1.  6 
istia  60.  3.  a,  120.  3 

•^5^3  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 
Dn^D'13  22.  a 
n^'S'nS  208.  4 
D'la  139.  2 

ripnn  19.  2. 6,  i96. 6 
nna  i4i.  1  (p.  175) 
Dam  74.  «,  139. 2 
ipnnijs  102. 3.  a 

bffiS  80.  2.  a  (1) 

riDiam  220. 1.  h 
ninpm  45.  2 
na  205.  6 

iPS  221.  2.  a 

"'pDins  220.  1.  h 
D^b^ns  201.  1.  h 
"^m  58.  2 

0''P3  208.  3.  c 
DDnS  221.  6 


nsa  nka  22.  6 
nsa  185. 2.  (? 
D'^b^iiii  201.  1.  a 
ni-i^a  208. 3.  c 
bs?a  117 
bxa  116.  4 
n^sa  201. 1.  a 
ijbsa  119. 3 

DDbi«a  221.  3.  a 
35  200.  c 
M3a  143.  a 
-r^35  215.  1.  c 

r^ha  185. 2. 6 

^33  184.  h 
Sn3a  11.  La 

iinsa  86.  h 
nnsa  125.  2 
nnpa  60. 3.  a 
D''ni3a  201.  2 

b?l3a  184 

ni-\i3a  201. 1.  c 
nnsa  i98.  a  (3) 

T^l  50.  1 

ni3a  187. 1, 215. 1 
^n"ini3a  220.  2.  c 

•'Sa  199.  c 
T3a  184 

b3a  50. 1 

-   T 

nb3a  11. 1.  6 

•jSa  187.  1.  h 

psa  207. 2.  c 

D'i333a  187.  2.  c 

bbsa  193. 2.  c 

nsa  82.  1.  a  (2) 


INDEX   III. 


351 


naa  iso.  h,  i84.  a 
nna  i84.  « 
bii'^nna  oi.  g.  a 
nn^ii  205 

aa  200.  a 

nna  141.  3  (p.  1V5) 

bina  58.  1,  185.  2.  6, 

210,  217 
-bTia  215.  1.  c 

nb-bi^Di^  10.  a 

ina  208.  3.  d 

n^'ia  200. 2.  b 
i^iina  210. 1.  rt 

b^a  82.  \.a  (2) 

b-ia  (v.)  58.  1 

b'^a  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 

bna  58. 1, 184 

-bna  215. 1.  c 

b'^a,  b-a  92.  c 

y^a  12G.  1 
-  «•  • 

-I'la  197.  h,  216.  1.  c, 
217 

n'l'^a  217 
rnn'ja  221.  2. 6 
D'^rih'ia  203.  5.  6 

T^a  50.  3,  68.  b 
iTia  157.  1 
ina  221.  3.  a 
•lia  220.  1.  c 
DH^ia  220.  2  6 

npnw'^a  220.  2.  c 
t^na  221. 3.  a 
bna  158. 3 
bbia  141.  4 


■jT^ia  186.  2. 6 

yna  125. 2, 156. 1 

n^a  (v.)  179.  2.  a 

bnia  200.  a 
ta  139. 2 
nap  195. 1 
nta  68. 6 

m  50.  3,  68.  b 

tra  139. 2 
''h  141. 1 
triTa  50.  3 

bra  50.  3,  68.  b 

bra  216. 1.  e 


nba  57. 2  (5),  80. 2.  a 

(4),  143.  a,  170 
n^ba  216.  \.a 

nba  126. 1 
nb^'ba  196.  c 
D'^b'iba  16.  2.  a 
''n-'ba,  ^n-«bii  174.  2 
'ibba  139. 1 
iittba  195. 1 
nnba  61.  6 

bwa  197.  c,  207.  2.  6 

TjbTaa  101. 3.  a 
!innb)2a  104.  i 


nta  50. 1, 3, 68.  b,  84.  ^nbp^  104.  i 

3.  a  (3),  125.  3  ia  197.  h,  217 

na  158. 3  asa  77.  i 

•]ina  4.  a  asa  i87.  i.  a 

^na  157. 1  asa  93.  d 

•^na  157. 2, 158. 2  na:a  216. 1.  6 

n^bna  216. 2. 6  ^n^^a  104.  i 

rbm  200.  &,  210.  e  ''pasa  65.  « 

Nt'a  183.   &,  197.  5,  "inasa  61.  6. « 

208.  3.  c  onapa  104.  i 

i^'^a  216. 1.  cf  nsa  217 

n^a  158. 2,  3  pa  139.  2 

b^a  158. 2, 3  D'^Tpa  50. 1 

ba  (nb)  98. 2, 174.  5  3?a  131. 3 

ba,  ba  (y'b)  139. 2  i3>a  172. 2 

baba  187.  1.  e,  207.  2.  a  "ll^a  125.  2 

baba  187. 1.  c  n?a  131.  4 

baba  141.  4  isa  i97. 6. 200.  b 

nbaba  i87.  1.  c,  207.  -la-ia  207. 2. « 

1.  rf,  217  ra  50.  3,  68.  6 

nba  11. 1.  a  ina  193. 2. 6 


352 


INDEX  III. 


pa  197.  &,  200.  a,  208. 

3.  b 
TOnh  219.  1 

nisna  21 6. 2 

*Yl.n  141.  3  (p.  175) 
*'3Tpna  194.  1 

toffina  104./. 
ca,  -m  131.  3 
!iiEJa,  rnca  131.  3 
?n»a  65.  b 

torn  141.  1  (p.  175) 

m»fi  131.  4 
iCTsa  131.  4 

na  207.  2.  a 

nnx'^  87, 119.  3 

T    -:  -  ' 

SX'l  11.  1.  a 
SX'l  51.  4 

n-iim  198.  b,  200.  6 
rhy^  200.  i,  214. 1. 6 

pn^l  82.  1.  a  (2) 
Hj^n^  87 

na^i  10.  a 
-in^  210 

W  80.  2.  a  (2) 

-■ la'l  92.  c? 

W,  W  92.  c,  126.2 

^nS^  65 

i"!!^  61.  1,  216.  2 

n'lai  65.  a 

rinilll  100.  2.  a  (1) 

in-lS^  86.  6  (2  f.) 

''ri'in'7  61.  6.  a 

tJn'n  183.  b 


'^WTl  221.  5.  c 
W  185.  2.  c/,  198, 
nS'^  198,  217 
nS*!^  219.  1.  6 
"^^  207.  1./. 
^ifi'^n  216.  1.  a 

rr^in  56. 4, 207. 

'I'l^'l  194.  2.  6 
S":!^  51.  4 
Tl^l  11.  1.  6 
Din  139.  2 
"li-^  200.  c 

?i3*'inini^  44.  b 
t3^'n  158.  3 
^tri  157.  2 
^n=^  121. 1 

■'^  215.  1.  c? 

^^'^  187.  1.  a 
D^:\i'^  158.  1 

< 

i'^'^  184.  6 
X^^  158.  2,  3 
•^^  187.  1.  a 

im  158.  3 

i55'l  165.  2 
^i{2'^  167.  1 
biT  207.  2.  a 
nb^  50.  1 

''Snib'^  141.  2 
^"^b^  141.  1 

l^b'^  19.  2.  6 
ni^b-t  209.  2.  a 
t^'h'^  210.  a 
nb'^  197.  i,  199.  c/, 

ninbi  21 6.  2.  a 


1r^b'^  216.  2 

217   D;0b'7  203.  2,  208.  4 

Un   139.  2 

'1^^  57.  2  (4) 

CS^'^  58.  2,  221.  1.  a 

cm  141.  3  (p.  175) 
2.  a  pte'/Q'l  51.  2 

pT^m  195.  1 

^^"=1  194.  1 

''^5'^  104.  a 

yi  148.  3 

?'^  148.  2 

ny'^  53.  2.  a,  148.  2 

n?^,n3?^97.  1.6, 148.3 

12?'7  16.  2.  a 

iBi?n^"^  45.  4 

^?^  50.  1 

n?'^  148.  2 

''P^'n  148.  2 

^nn'n  19.2.6,  65. a,  200.  o 

niShni  19.  2.  6,  65.  a 

:  IT  ' 

Ui'Tl  193.  2.  c 
ffii^n'^  122.  2,  141.  1 
^'I'l  197.  6,  200.  b 

^'?3'  ^"^^  65.  a 
D^D*T^  203.  3,  208.  4 
TjSn^  220.  2.  6 
pTC^'l'l  51.  2,  54.  3 
'inSffi'l'^  104.  I 
mm  196.  c? 
XID'I  18.  2.  c 
)t'^  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2) 
211  )m  (adj.)  185.  2 
m  200.  6 


INDEX   III. 


353 


.n,  n,  n  229, 245 
n,  n,  n  230, 283 
n'lasn  112.  3 
n^njsnT  112.  3 
innnsn  eo.  3. 6  (1) 
in'^nNni  go.  3.  b  (1) 

D^Sn  246.  1.  a 
•ibnxn  246.  2.  a 
rT^.n  80.  2.  6,  112.  3 

■jiTsnn  112.  3 
nsTsn  88  (pi.  f.) 

in-iDTSn  94.  a,  180.  a 
WtSn-l  112.  3 

nsn  240. 1 
Q3^ni?r»  60.  3.  c 

•'WXn  246.  3.  6 
©'isn  230.  3.  a 

•'nbDxni  112.  3 

DJ?^3i?'D  112.  3 

nir;"b»n  246.  1.  a 
?jbsn  60.  3.  c 

"ITOXn  229.  4.  a 

nb«n  112. 1 
ri?sn  126.  1 

ClDSDSn  57.    2  (2)  o, 
229.  3.  a 

innssn  230.  3.  a 

yni?!!  63.  2.  6,  229.  4.  6 
Dnxn  230.  3.  a 

an  148. 3 
©''Kan  151.  3 
ttj^an  119. 1 
nsan  i66.  i,  ig7.  2 

T\'&'iry\  100.  2.  a  (1) 
23 


nribjan  i67. 2 
inN*an  104.  k 
Dni?an  leo.  2 
nb^-^ani  100.  2.  «  (2) 
b^an  94.  b 
nan  i48. 3, 240.  2 
D'^anan  188. 6 
nan  148.  3 
Tian  140.  4 
pian  140.  4 
-toan  94.  d 

■lan  (from  Sia)  164.  2 

ti'^an  (imp.)  94.  d 
nii/ani  100.  2.  a  (2) 
oni^'ian  160.  2 
ffi*ian  179.  2.  a 
itj^ah  150.  2 
niia-^an  leo.  2 
nn*>an  219. 1 
ban  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

ban  216. 1.  e 
nnban  111.  3. « 
ntan  173.  2 

b?an  246.  1.  a 

nan  i4o.  5 
?fsnan  104.  b 
'r^iisnan  i64.  4 
nnan  i4o.  4,  i4i.  1 
na-nan  le.  3.6, 230.2. « 
cpan  45. 2 
n'^asn  126. 1 
-^5n  94.  d 
iyr\  95.  c 


b'v^n  94.  a 
n.;n  112. 5.  a 

n^n  18.  2,  c,  184.  6 

iin  172.  2 
i:\h  92. 6, 174. 1,  3 
nnr^n  216. 1.  a 
nbsn,  nb.^n  175. 1 
niban  173.  2 
n^b;in  175. 1. 
^Tpbyr\  175.  1 
nbsn  172. 1 
Tp_yr)  127. 1 
pa'^n  82.  5 
ina'jn  240. 2.  a 
©^"nn  159.  2 
nDia'in  141.  3 

D'ln  207.  2.  a 

ty$y\r\  245.  5. 6 
vl^n  112. 5.  a 
p'ln  140.  5 

p'ln  (pret.)  140.  5 
pnn  (inf.)  140.  5 

rripin  141.  2 

Tin  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

na"in7n  (inf.)  94. 6 

npffi'in  96.  a- 
Wn  240.  1 

s^abnn  245.  5.  6 

^■''^pr^n  245.  5.  b 

nnn  63.  2.  ft,  229.  4.  b 

T      T  ' 

nnnn  219. 1 
n'lninnn  246.  2. « 
D^nnn  63.  1.  «.  229. 4 
xin  177. 1 


354 


INDEX   III. 


Sin  47,  71.  a  (3) 
«^n  58.  1,  71,    73.    3, 

258.  2 
Sin  30.  2 

snin  167.  2 
isnin  167.  2 

t3">nin  179.  2.  a 
D''31'in  13.  a,  208,  3.  a 

y^in  150.  5 

nin  57.2  (5)  a,  177.  1 

nin  177.  1 
mmn  140.  6 
bn^n  140.  G 
■»in  240.  1 

y^^in  229.  1.  a 
T\fT\  177.  1 
HDin  (inf.)  126.  1 
nipin  (imp.)  94.  d 

n'i>in  150.  5 
tfbin  151.  1 
bbin  141.  4 
ib?in  93.  6 

nibbin  198.  a  (4) 

Dbin  90 
nsm  160.  5 

IDin  95.  c,  150.  5 
niDin  27,  104.  e 
!?iSin  (imp.)  94.  d 
S2in  150.  1 

ni52in  16'/.  2 
nxsin  16.  1 

S-'^in  (imp.  ?)  94.  c^ 

n-'n'i^nn  149.  i,  150. 4 
p2in  57.  2.  (5) 


Dj^in  153.  1 
DlD?j?in60.  3.a,  127.  2 

^^in  57.  2.  (2) 
iDmnin  104.  A; 

STWin  66.  1  (2)  6 

a^nimpin  151.  3 
n^tjin  57.  2  (5) 

^2'^t'ir\  61.  6.  a 

SJtSin  126. 1 
m»in  150. 1 
Qinn-Tn  24.  i 
bvn  160.  1 
nibi-n  141.  3 

13-Tn  54.  2,  4.  a,  82.  5.  a 
DDnD^n  91.  6,  106.  a 

n^stn  175. 1 
-p:?Tn  119. 1 
D^^niiMn  173.  2 
lijsnn  167.  2 
nns^ann  166. 1 
nnnn  les.  1 
r^rin  63. 1.  «,  229.  4 
''J?^"?'^0  53-  2.  ^  63. 

1.  a,  95.  6 

ciij'innes.  1.05,229.4 

''P^nO  (inf.)  112.  3 

ippTnn  112.  3 
iripfnni  112.  3 
'^r=)pT5^J^^  112.  3 
''pnn  164.  2 
''pnn  164.  2 

'^riT}  229.  3.  a 

nn'^nn  111. 3. 6 

DDnn  63.  1.  a,    229.  4 


nisDrin  229.  4.  a 
bnn  140.  5 
bnn  140.  4 
ibnn  i4o.  4 
ibnn  175.  1 
■^hbnn  141.  2 
D'^prinn  229.  3.  a 
iir^nn  246.  2.  a 
nnnn  119. 1 
Dnnn  119. 1 
^r^^")^^'  60.  3.  i  (1) 
'^j^'o'^nr?'}  60,  3. 6  (1) 
iinennn';',  112.  3 
bpnn  95.  c 
nhnn  i4i.  2 
innnni  86.  b  (2  m.), 

112.  3,  139.  3 

tjn  175.  4 
inhpni  161.  5 
nm  175.  4 
nnisn  82.  5 
iTOn  63. 1.  a,  121. 3 
njDn  159. 2 
*iwbii:n  160.  2 
in-^rpn  175. 1 
nxia^n  96.  «,  166.  5 

■^n  53.  2.  a,  184.  b 

N^n  71.  rt  (3) 

DP\3?'rn  230.  2.  a 

n-in  11.  I.  a 

n^^n5o.  1, 77.  3, 112.  5. 

a,  152.  2.  a,   156.  1, 
177.  1,  258.  2 
n^n  86.  b  (3  pi.) 


INDEX   III. 


355 


n-^n  (imp.)  112.1,177.1 

n":n  (iaf.)  iV7.  1 

n:?nT  61.  1.  a,  234.  b 
^''rn  61.  1.  a,  234.  b 
Vn^)  46 
\i^VT\  245.  5.  6 
UVn  245.  3.  b 

ni-in  112.  1, 177.  1 

aU^n  235.   3  (2) 

ai'j^n  145.  2 

aai^n  230.   2.  6 

n'''?ni,  ni;ini  ic.  i 

Dvl"':'^    60,    3.    6   (1), 

112.  1 
ISrp'^T})  112.  2,  234.  6 

•j-^n  51.  2 

bD-in  189.  5,  107.  b, 
200.  c,  210.  c,  216. 
1.  6 

''3''b"'n  151.  1 
b^b^n  57.  2  (5) 
bb-in  186.  2 
ni^a^n  ii.  i.  6 

'»312JQ-^n  150.  1 

S2;'n  150. 1 
nV^Tn  65.  6 

l^n^n  246.  1.  a 

■nr^'n  150.  1 
n-in  172. 1 

nn^Tl  246.  3.  a 
Ijn  98.  2,  175.  4 
n3Dn  94.  b 
Oasn  96.  a 

nsn  175.  4 


■jisn  159.  2 
b-^pn  ("(y)  160.  4 
b^Dn  (rDs:n)  in.  2.  c 

iD^DH  160.  2 

^rpn  160.  2 

^DiS'^pn  160.  2 

nis^pn  160.  2 

nSpn  246.  1.  a 
^^bpn  95.  a 
D^:^bpn  94.  a 
^3pn  160.  2 
nn)53)i?3n   24.  5,   230. 

2.  a 
npn  112.  5.  a 

-n2n  94. 6 

banpn  246.  1.  a 

nshpn  24.  b 
nijbr.  172.  1,  175.  1 

inbn  24,  6,  230.  2.  a 

■jiznbn  246.  i. « 
©abn  94. 6 
n'l^n  150.  5 

'\^r\  139.  2 

nrxibn  44.  a 

Tbn  58,  1,  73.  2 

nrbn  58.  i,  73.  2 
nrbn  58. 1,  73.  2 
onbn  119. 1 
onbn  91.  6 
^pbn  150.  2 
nb-i^bn  245.  3.  6 
•ibn  84.  3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.C,  115,  151.  1,179. 
2.  a 


tj'bn  151. 1 
'iDbn  151. 1 

S5^Dbn  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

'r.±r})  100. 2.  a  (1) 

riDbnn  100.  2.  «  (1) 

nsbh  205 

bbn  137,  141.  4 

bbn  137 

^bbn  20.  2,  45.  2 

mbbn  139. 1 

nbn  111.  1 

ten  4.  a 

Dn,  riTsn  61.  6 

•jta  197.  b 
bilSn  159.  2.  bis 

•^hrnT]  159. 2 
n'li^niifln  177.  3 
'j'^'cn  150,  2 
rr^Tan  leo.  4 
n'^n'^rni  14.  a 
Tiri-'^n  160.  2 
^rorn  246.  2.  6 

^D^n  140.  6,  141.  1 

nbrn  126. 1 
nb-an  so.  2.  6 
nnb^n  127. 1 
•jb^n  95.  a 

niDb^STSn  246.  3.  a 
™i£n  246.  1.  a 
O^n  140.  4 

nsisn  140.  5 
rprn  62. 2, 175. 1 

\l^_f2T\  119.  1 
ip-ltD?)::!  104,  c,  246.2.5 


356 


INDEX  III. 


?|b:?12n  246.  2.  b 
i?2TQn  16G.  8 
?ini213n  165.  3 
nSSTSn  246.  1.  a 

n^an  uo.  5 

"!^n  140.  5 

Dnin^n  24.  b 
biiiSan  45.  2,  230.  2 
bia^n  94.  6 
n^an  leo.  4 
iinttn,  inisn  leo.  5 
•'nrn  leo.  2 
nn"an  leo.  2 

■jn  (pron.)  11.  a  (3) 
*}n  (adv.)  236 
1S3sn  54.  2 

ini^asn  i66. 2 
''ri«33n  131. 6 

q^Sn  91.  5,  131.  5 
nsn  236,  240.  2 
nsn  (pron.)  71.  a  (3) 

nan  (adv.)  235.  3  (4) 

'^^r\'2T\  131.  1 
"insn  246.  1.  a 

nnsn  i89.  b 

T  T  -: 

bn^n  94. 6 

intinsn  63.  1.  a,  121. 

3,  131.  6 

nnsn  131. 1 

•innsn  160. 2 

n-^in,  n^sn  83.  c  (1), 

160.  1 

nnisn  160.  5 
inin^rn  leo.  2 


DDS^pn  160.  4 

^p'^an  150.  2 

^SS^sn  245.  5.  b 

nssn  160.  4 
r\S2n  160.  2 
^:2in  141. 1 
npsn  173.  2 
jj-'nin  131.  2 
■jhsn  91. 6, 131.  5 
iptj^sn  131.  2 

on  240.  1 

npn  140.  5 

nDn61.4,  135.3, 140.5 
13Dn  61.  4.  a,  140.  5 

■laDn  61.  4 
nhpn  61.  5, 136.  2 
ninion  (ain^o^n)  53. 

2.  a,  111.  2.  c 

nn^pn  160.  2 
^n''pn  160.  4 
nipn,  n^pn  160. 1 
•jpn  140.  5 
•json  94.  b 
"ISDn  94.  cZ 
baripn  32.  5 
bbinpn  i4i.  5 
nn&n  91.  6 
nnn^n  63.  3. 6  (2) 
Tl'in'inrn  11 2. '3 
TP>'7??f:i)  112. 3 

T3?n  (inf.  abs.)  94.  b 

r\na?n  112.  2 
nn^yn  160.  2 

T  ••     - 

nT3)n  141. 1 


riT^n  160.2 
•imiyn  60. 3.  c 
'inni^yn  44. 6 
w!'?^,  'C2W  229. 3 
tnwn  160.  2 
byn  (v.)  175.  4 
^)^.^,  '^f?ri  112.  2 

nb2>h  60.3.  b{2),  112.2 
nbl^n  63.  1.  a 

n'^byn  245.  5.  6 
^:n^byn  104.  z 
in'byn  173.  2 
B:?n  63. 2.  ft,  229.  4.  b 
'T''!23>n  60. 3.  b  (2) 
T'a?n  94.  6 
iT'ai^'nn  112.  3 
nns^n  104.  e 
ij'i'iynT  112.  3 
m^sn  229.  4 

!r]3'7?n  246.  2.  a 

in  ton  173.  2  ■ 
inton  113. 1 
nyn  18.  2.  c 
nir^sn  i87. 2.  a 
n'lsn  175. 1 
n'nsn  175.  4 
nan  i4o.  5 
nsn  80.  2.  b 
^niiz^pni  160.  2 

TSn  140.  5 

•jsn  112.  5.  6 

''pBh  61.  6 
?jBDBn  188 
Sb£n  166.  3 


INDEX    III. 


357 


Kbsn  1G5.  2 

'iSSn  95.  d 
D?Br;  245.  .3.  h 
'7]?5n  (inf.  abs.)  91.  h 
TpSn  93.  a,  95.  a 

nen  229.  4.  h 
nsn  140.  5 

n&n  65.  a,  140.  5 
•iBn  140.  5 

nnsn  119.  1 
iri'^nsrin  100.  2.  a  (1) 

DDnsn  141.  3 
D'lSn  141.  3 

nnnsn  hi.  2 
nnsn  126.  1 

'^'^y^%T\  82.  5 
^^I2Sn  80.  2.  6 

iia'il^mn  161. 1 
'in^'jsn  161.  1 
a^sn  145.  2 
n^'^^n  160.  2 
nb^n  189. 6 
n3:rn  126.  1 

nn^Sn  86.  h  (2  m.) 

irsirn  24.  6 

nsn  140.  5 

"isn  140.  5 

••ri'-iirni  100.  2.  a  (1), 

141.  2 
Dijljjn  229.  4.  6 

•in'Kpn  160.  2 
©inpn  94.  h 
t3"ipn  94.  5 

D^C^pn  229.  4.  6 


^nipn  119. 1 
-bnpn  119. 1 
"iiupn  94.  6 

D^pn  160.  4 

n^pn  160.  4 

D^pn  57.  2  (5),  59, 

153.  1 

nii3''pn  66.  2  (2)  c 
bpn  140.  5 
bpn  140.  5 

Dpn  160.  4 

Dpn,  Dpn  160.  5 

'^Vi:i^T\_  66.  2  (2)  c 

inbpn  104.  y 
nispn  94. 6, 175.  2 
anpn  119. 1 
na-'Cpn  98. 1 
nn  207. 2.  a 
ns-in,  nsi'in  114, 

175.  1 

niinn  173.  2 
nisnn  173.  2 
Ti''^?'?!:!^  114 
^■^n'^Nin  175. 

Dn^Xnn  24.  h 

ann,  nann  175.  4 
nann  175.  2 
nann,  nann  175.  2, 

235.  3  (2) 

ri^anni  100.  2.  «  (i) 
ifi^ann"!  100. 2.  «  (1) 

rS"^?!  (inf.)  94.  5,  114 
TTT".   (inf)  114 

nnsi^-nn  24.  6 


nnn  63.  1.  a,  219.  1.  h 

inn  172.  2 
inn  92. 6,  174. 1,  3 
^jiin  53.  3.  a 
-annn  119.  1 

V^n^^  PD'^^'  119. 1 
•inn  199.  c 
ni'^nn  209.  1.  a 
D'^nn  59 

•       T 

nixj^nn  leo.  2 
''tt'^nn  160.  4 

DD^"'nn  160.  4 

^SJ'inn  160.  2 
nni^^nn  leo.  2 
ri-^nni  le.  1 
?fnn  140.  5 
nasnn  lu 
^nnn  i4o.  4 
D^rinn  (D-'Tsnsn)  53 

2.  a 

nbnn  160. 2 
cnn  ill.  1 
SJ^O,  ?;;)f7  140.  5 
ynn  140.  5 
^3?nn  160.  2 
n^y-nn  24. 6 
Dni>nn  160. 2 

^l^n  66.  1  (1),   98.  2, 
175.  4 

nsnn  175.  4 
ncnn  165. 1 
mnn  172. 1 
•innn  221.  6.  6 
•'"inn  221.  6.  6 


358 


INDEX   III. 


ninnn  207.  2.  a 
D"nnn  221.  6.  b 

^tpTSn  246.  1.  a 

b2ian,  ^''ston  94.  b 
•>b'')aipn  180.  a 
annipn  82.  5 

ST^n  166.  3 

^ininbxcn  119.  2 
:mrn  65.  a 
n»n  160.  4 
nanyai^n  104.  k 

•'PflTOn  86.  b  (2.  m.) 

•»rihipnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
ninntjm  10.  a 
men  140.  5 
n'lTjjr;  160.  4 
"is^Tsn  60.  3.  i  (2) 

il'^TCn  60.  3.  6  (2) 
inin"<TDni  33.  4 
^y^tri^  101. 3.  a 
Dnhiffin  160.  2 
nsTjJn  94.  6 
asTiJn  95.  a 
nnsirn  95.  «,  (? 
D3T»n,  a"'3T»n  94,  b 

a-ibW  80.  2.  6 

^•»bffin  94. 6 

^3''b©nT  100.  2.  a  (2) 
•ybcn  (inf.)  94.  b 
^fbicn  (imp.)  94.  d 
?jbT»n  95.  a 
PpbCJn  95.  a 

npPDbcn  86.  6  (2  pi.) 
rttabcn  95.  a 


^"Citt]  94.  b 
TQttT)  (inf.  abs.)  91.  b 
^y2tn  (inf.)  94.  b 
•T-^ffin  104.  6 

'at    :    n    • 

nairn  i4o.  6 

T      -     T 

^l^ffin  140.  5 

niaffin  i4o.  5 
^n-ini^ien  i4i.  3 

Ul2ttr\  139.  3 
27^T|n  126.  1 
n^3>^Tj3n  128,  189.  6 

By  yiatjri  35. 1 
n^ffin  64.  1,  91.  6 

npT^n  245.  3.  b 

*-\m  D'lStSn  251.  4.  a 

rirn  (y'b)  ho.  5 
5?ffin  (rfe)  35.  2, 175. 4 
nisT^n  (nisTS5?n)  53. 

2.  6,  62.  1 

b-iSian  (inf.  abs.)  94.  b 

ijsirn  91.  fi 

njpTSn  50.  1,  1V9.  2.  a 
ttptin  94.  (^ 

nanirn  126. 1 
■jsintn  141.  5 
nnnntjn  168.  a 
n^^rintfn  i76.  2 
•^n^innnTrn  i76. 1 

T^'^l^tii^i^^n  1V6.-2 
T'^ll'^nT^ni  100. 2.  a  (1) 
D^TiririTsn  176.  2 
ninriTcn  i76. 1 
tr^irnrn  i76.  2 
^ttjynrn  141.  6 


•jBintJn  82.  5 
"'n-'.'nsnn  i76.  2 
n-rsnn  126.  2 
■jDiarn  15  8.  4 
^2?l5snn  126. 1 

I/.T  -    :    • 

irib'^sm  96.  6 
n>5rin  126. 1 
^Ti;3?ann  96.  a 
"lann  17  6.  4 
rj'i'isnn  i76.  2 
tfbnrin  96. 6 
''?I^r?^r'  96.  b 
iriDbnnn"^  100.  2.0(1) 
bbrifin  137 

minn  iso.  3  (p,  I82) 
2?'n:i,nn  150.  3  (p,  182) 

^inn  187.  2.  a 

TOinn  150.  3  (p,  182) 
nh?inn  246.  3.  a 
:Tnr;  65.  a 
bbinnn  161.  2 
pmnn  96.  & 
bnnn  17  6.  4 
"in^nn  so.  2.  6 
Wn  111.  2.  c,  172.  1 

^ton^nn  eo.  3.  a 
^wn  141.  3 

iSI^r.n  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 
*'\2'2T\r\  96.  6 

bnn  115 
D'^brin  142.  3 
nnn  140. 5 
^'ibnn  141.  5 
nT3r«ann  141.  6 


INDEX   III. 


359 


si^flinn  140.  5 
rnann  82.  5 
"ii2nT2nn  ui.  5 
ni32nn  ig5.  3. 
n''s:nn  igs.  3 
bbiynn  i4l  5 
b^^nn  141.  5 
nisynn  i7g.  2 
snynn  no.  i 
ptj^snn  9G.  6 
'^njpsnn  59.  a,  oe. « 
'^njjsnn  96.  a 
tjnpnn  90.  6 
-cj^pnn  9G.  b 
^TO^pnn  9G.  6 
■"nrnprini  90.  h 
nnmpnn  ei.  4.  a, 

96.  6 

bi?^)?^r»  137 

n^l^nn  96.  6 

•jsi-inn  141.  5 
■'n^nnnn  121. 1 
ri^snnn  no.  2 
n:i:'ji©nn  54.  4.  «, 
82.  5.  a 

nViTnn  45.  2, 230.  2. 
nnn  ui.  3  (p.  175) 

•}  100.  1,  234,  287 

•n  99. 1 

in  56.  2 

"in  56.  2 
n^;!  56. 2 

1^1  56.  2 


nXT  183.  b,  197.  c 
''aST  216.  1.  6 
nST  11.  1.  a 
mT   39.  4.  a 

nnt  50. 1 
nnr  200.  c 
innr  125.  2 
iiQinnT  220.  2.  c 
^;nnn  100.  2.  «  (1) 

l^bnt  193.  2.  a 

"IT  18G.  2.  c 

HT  73.   1,  235.   3   (4), 

249.  2.  a 
r»f  39.  4.  a 
r.T,  IT  11,  1.  b 

nr,  '\i  73. 1 

nnr  so.  i,  51.  3, 201. 1 

n'nn  16.  3. 6,  ei.  i.a, 

234.  a 

^T  73.  1 
IT  53.  3.  a 

rib^^  ^T  22.  b 

rri'i'lT  209.  2.  a 
rii^T  210.  a 
nb^T  237.  1 
a  ^th^l  01.  6.  a 
ns^T  14.  a,  93.  & 
nn^.T  156.  4,  196.  c? 
•jiTT  193.  2.  a 
D^:iTT  210.  c 
n^^T  208.  3.  c 
^3T  141.  1 
niDT  90.  pass. 
mDT  98.  1 


•jinDT  25 

"jinST  200.  c,  210,  210. 
b,  217 

^:npT  lOG.  6 

innDT  86.  6  (2  f.) 
5l?bT  €8.  a 
nS^bT  210.  e 

rrfnii  200.  6 

'T^rT   185.  2.  a 
iniS'^T  139.  I 
•JIST  207.  2.  6 
rn'ET  92.  c? 
tTTil  196.  6 

•^riiaT  139.  2 
riDDn^T  220. 1.  6 

•JT  207.  2.  a 

a:T  200.  a 

ni3T  200.  6 

tJ?T  51.  1 

D^T  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.2 

nW  119.  3 

iS^T  119.  3 

p?T  51.  1 

pis^T  119.  1 

?lp?T  60.  1.  a,  119.  4 

^pl^T  119.  4 

•Jp2>T  119.  3 

•jpT  197.  b 

•jpT  (v.)  79.  2,  82.  1.  a 

0) 
•jpT  (adj.)  90,  215.  1 

QippT  201.  1.  i 

ppT  141.  1  (p.  175) 

S"IT  19G.  d 


360 


INDEX   III. 


rfi,  ^nr  i56.  2 

jilT  183.   c,   197.   a, 
200.  c 

ninr  i87. 1.  e 

l^n'T  92.  b 

T\7  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  e 

yiT  216.  1.  e 

pnr  80.  2.  a  (3) 

Snn  112.  5.  a 

^ixan  167.  1 

m^an,  n'lin  60.  2.  a 

mn  112. 5.  a 

•'nn  172. 3 

ban  50. 1, 112. 5.  b 

bnh  186.  2.  a 

•'bnn  61. 1 
?inbaT7  104.  i 
pan  187.  2 
nan  112.  5.  a 
ninanan  iss 
©an  84. 3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.  b 
yn  186. 2.  c 
sr^n  11. 1.  a 
msn  196.  <; 
"i^n  112.  5.  a 

nn  53.  2.  6,  223.  1.  a 
!IW;\  100.  2.  a  (2) 
bnn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
^yr\  24.  c 
"Vin  216.  1.  e 
tlh  208.  3.  6 


D^TSnn  60.  3.  b  (2) 

nrin  199.  c 
nin  207.  1./ 
ns^n  14.  a 
b^n  158.  2 
bbin  161.  4 
bbin  141.  4 
|3in  141.  4 
7^n  200.  a 

ipin  59.  a,  141.  3 
"ip^n  14,  a 
nnn  125.  3 

■inin  194.  2.  b 
:°'nin  199.  c 

T2J"}in  186.  2.  a 

main  i58. 2 
onin  186.  2 
nrn  200.  a 
•jrjn  200.  a,  210.  b, 

216.  2.  6 
pTn  84.  3.  a  (2),  110. 

2,  112.  5.  6 
pm  185.  2.  6 
ptn  185.  2.  6 
p?n  92.  c 

^pm  61. 1 

^S^l^PT",  f^rPT"  57.  2 
(2)5 

nn  207. 2. 5 

Nt:n  183.  b,  208.  3 
i^m  165.  2 
TOpn  220.  1.  6 
nX^n  198.  a  (3) 
i^ttn  60.  3.C,  216.  1. 


D'^Xpn   57.   2    (3)  cf, 
164.  3 

nsm  166. 1 

m^n  198.  a  (3),  205, 

217 
nxton  57.  2  (3)  a 

ini^bn  166.  2 
Dr.xbn  220. 2.  ff 

apn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a 

n^n  200.  b 
im  164. 2 

•j^isn  199.  a 
^n  (v.)  177.  2 
^n  (n.)  215.  1.  d 

a.'^n  161. 1 

n^n  50.  1,  112.  5.  a, 
152.  2.  a,  177.  2  . 

tn^in  177. 2 
n'^m  234.  & 
n;^n  201. 1. « 

W^l  234.  b 
J^D'i^n  220.  2.  c 
C^^n  201.  1,  201.  1.  a 
Dn'i^'m  234.  b 

bin  158.  2 

b^n  208.  3.  c 

nis^n  158. 2 
n^n  196.  b 
in^n  61.  6,  218 

""Sn  174.  3 
?l3'>?n  172.  3 

in-isni  100.  2.  a  (1) 
ibibpn  187.  2.  c 
a  n^bban  i98.  a  (4) 


INDEX  III. 


361 


tan  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2), 

112.  5.  a 
nil2pn  198.  a.  4 
•'ttDn  216.  2 

bn  174.  5 
abn  215. 1.  a 
•jnnbn  220.  2.  6 
nbrt  80.  2.  a  (4),  112. 

5.  6 

n5n  80. 1 
Dibn  200.  a 
"jibn  197. 5, 200.  c 

ibl^n  194,  2.  6,  199.  c 

nbnbn  i87. 1.  e,  i98. 

a  (3) 

ttbn  112.  5.  a 

•"bn  208.  3.  d 

ibh  65 

nb^bn  219.  1.  a,  240.  2 
D'^SDbn  209.  1.  a 
riDbn  209.  1.  a 

bbn  141.  4 

Dbn  112.  5.  c 

©■"ttbri  195.  1 

5lbn  80.  2.  a  (1),  112. 

5.  c 
T^n  92.  d 
pbn  112.  5. 6 
njjbn  51.  3 

"'pbri  24.  h,  216.  2.  a 

p^i?bn  188 
nni5bn  io4.  i 

tjbn  84.  3.  a  (3) 

tjbn  187. 1 


Kttn  196.  d 

T    " 

^■an  111.  1,  112.  5.  a 

nisn  (nx^n)  53.  3.  6 

n^n  184.  b,  216.  1 

yiun  185.  2.  c 
niarj  197.  c 

nW  205.  c 

iniian  i4i.  2 

iTC">)2n  59.  a,  227.  1 
b)2n  112.  5.  a 
nb^n  87,  111.  3.  a 
Um  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175),  179.  2.  a 
tiian  112.  5.  a 
7^n  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

•j^m  184 

imipn  106.  ff,  111.  3,  a 

I'an  112.  5.  a 

r\)2^m,  ^"Tanian  eo. 

3.  b  (2) 

!n^"l12n  92.  a,  115 
T2)2n  46 

t!12T\  205,  215.  1.  b 
t'Qh  227.  3 

nis^n  223. 1 

^Wizn  59.  a,  227.  1 

nn^'tt^'an  250.  2  (2)  a 

lilB^n  250.  2  (2)  0, 
^'^i>12n  250.  2  (2)  a 
D^^ian  225.  1 

vriTB'an  220.  2.  a 
nioy  mij^n  224.  a 
nan  214. 1.  b 


D^'lnbh  203.  5.  b 
)ri  186.  2.  c 

■jtn  139.  2 

"j^sn  187.  1 

nisn  139. 2 

ni^s^,  nvin  209. 3.  a 

n^pn  199.  rf,  200.  c 

i\:n  112. 5.  a 

?ijn  220.  1. 6 

'at 

Oin  235.  2  (1) 

biasn  195.  1 

]:n  80.  1,  84.  8.  a  (3) 
•Jin  141.  4 

j^;:ri  139. 2 
'ipin  61.  5 

t]D::n  106.  «,  139.  2 
^i52n  141. 1 
!:i.:n  82.  1.  «  (2) 
p?n  50.  1 

"''jCn,  ^ncn  216.  2.  a 

ncn  112. 5.  b 
rrtn,  vtrj  i69.  1, 

172.  1 

ben  112.  5.  a 
ncn  112.  5.  a 

ncn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  a 

nsn  112.  5.  a 

TSn  112.  5.  a 

fSn  (v.)82.  l.a(l),  84. 

3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
fSn  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 

m^en  86.  « 

iSSn  216.  1.  6 


362 


INDEX   III. 


nsn  82. 1  a  (2),  112.  rori  112. 5.  a  btttjn  53. 2.  a 

5.  a  bhnn  193.  2.  c  •"•^^i^n  66.  2  (2)  6 

nsn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112.  -^n  112.  5.  c,  118.  1      nn  139.  2,  207.  2.  a 

K      ^  ^'K'n     IOC      r.       r  bi_>_ . 


5.  a 

ninsiBn  iss 
tosn  112.  5.  a 
iasti  80. 1 

niTSSn  198.  a  (4) 
•iffiSn  209.  2 

niirsn  198. « (4) 


nrin  112. 5. « 
nnrini87.  i.e,  207.2.0 
n^nn  209.  2 
?jnri  112.  5.  a 


"inn  185. 2.  6 
b^"in  207.  2.  <? 
•j'-^in  210.  a 
-in-in  187.  2.  6 

Dbnn  193. 2.  c,  207.  2.  c  bm  112.  5.  a 

TiJ''nn  185.  2.  a  Dnn  112.  5.  a 

iij^^.n  195. 1  rinn  112. 5.  « 

nsn  50.  1,  82. 1.  a  (1),  nonn  ei.  6.  a  im  50. 1, 112. 5.  « 

84.  3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a  q^tl  118.  1  rm  112.  5.  c,    141.  1 

"i^rn  199.  h                 nisnn  22. «,  216. 2, 2.  a     (p.  175) 

''isn  65, 227.  3            ^nn  118. 1  ''snnn  io4.y 
7?ri  141. 1  (p.  175)      'yiy\  207.  2.  c 

nnaan  iss.  a            nnn  i4i.  2  (p.  175)  niris?t:«p  57 

"l?n  50.  3,  197.  5,  200.  c  TZJnn  187.   1.  a,  210.  a,       161.  2 

pn  207.  2,  207.  2.  a,  215.       216.  1.  a  n3p  50.  1 


a  (2), 


irnn  50.  1,  80.  2.  a  (2),  nst:  187.  1.  a 
84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1      n:?3t:  207.  1.  c 
tJnn  187.  1.  i,  210.  c      "lint!  185.  2.  h 

''ffinn  216. 1.  a  -nnp  215. 1.  c 

^^"^^  ^0.  1  ^rit3  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (l) 

■i&^ten  194.  2.  6,  199.  c  n^t:  1S6.  2.  e 

^icri  112. 5. 6  nit2  (v.)  82.  1.  «  (3), 

•ippn  20.  2,  207.  2.  a      ^jton  112.  5.  6  156.  2,  179.  2.  a 

-Ipn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a        ''^iBn89(f.  s.),111.3.anit!    (adj.)    186.    2.    c, 
3T?n  112.  5.  6  235.  3  (3) 

•jiaf  n  200.  a    ,         nistpiu  57. 1,  i87.  i.  e 
man  112.  5.  c  np,  hd  i56.  2 


1.  c,  217 

■pn  61.  5 
npn  217 
ipn  59.  a 
"•pn  61.  5 
'p^r\  141.  5 
ppn  141.  5 


••snnpn  104.  y 

1*117  118.  1 
n'ln  197.  a 


^n-in,  ^nnn  m.  3.  a   i\im  84.  3.  a  (2),  112.  n-'sbp  209. 1.  « 


nin'in  216. 2.  « 
Dninnn  220.  2.  a 

•'CT  111.  3.  a 


S-  ^  !"'r^^P  187.  1.  g 

nsiijn  200.  h,  201.  1.  a  bbp  i4i.  1  (p.  175) 
n-'pejn  201. 1.  «         «^u  82. 1.  a  (1) 


INDEX    III. 


363 


nS^*J  87,  106.  2 
DSSB'J  104.  4 
nXTSa  164.  I 
"Jtt-J  50.  1,  77.  2 
n?D  131.  4 

qp  201. 1 
:]ist:  139.  2 

nStD  200.  a 
1"\D  185.  2.  d 
DTJ  263.  1.  6 


'iBpN^  112.  3 
''DSCS^  112.  3 

"ibx^  QinpN;)  60.  1.  a 

mnpXlJT  104.  rj 
b2«^1   111.  2.  6 

nsjj:;!  ii3.  i 
nb?'^  159.  3 
^Vnij;!  112.  3 

n^-lTSi?^  105.  e 
nx^n  61.  2.  «,  172.  4 


qnD  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1  ^PS;?  159.  3 

iSnU  216.  2.  a  n'^nj!5;:  172.  1 

"'3.':n«;:i  172.  3 

nnbi\  nns?""  111.  2.  a  ik^"^  60. 1.  a 

laj?;"  16.  2.  a  i^n*^!  10.  a 

WS')'!  105.  a  Sn^il   160.  3,  166.  4 

•>3nns;)  105.  a,  iis.  3  sn;*  i4i.  1  (p.  175) 

tn^^,  ms'^i  111.  2.  a  •'sb^'^nt'  105. « 

^imrnsi  60.  3.  6  (1)  b^in^n  66.  1  (2)  b 

?J1TnS">  60.  3  b  (1)  in;>T  164.  2 

pi?;'  158.  2  S?in7  157.  3 

bDiii  57. 2  (2)  fl,  60. 1.  a  ^nipin^  i58.  4 

bDi5^n  99.  3.  a  ip^,n^  194.  1 

blS^T  111.  2.  fZ,  175.  3  m2^  157.  3 

y^s;)  111.  2.  a 


TbS^  "1)255:^   126.  2 
"1)3X^5   111.  2.  a 

nnias'^T  46 

S5  "nSS'^l  24.  a 

q?s;^  111.  2.  a 
p:s^  111.  2.  a 


Tnt*]  172.  4 

i-h;>  141. 1 
nm;'  126. 1 
K-'a'^i,  K'^n^'i  160.  3, 

166.  4 

liiia^'n  26 

^n;:n  61.  4, 172.  4 


qbS^  111.  2.  a,  112.  3    psa^  172.  1 
SIPJJI^T,  qoXI^T  99.  3.  a  'jn;'  158.  2 

qoi^'^n  151.  2  "ja:"  172.  4 


nsn^n  172.  4 
n^ypn^  125. 1 
nttjjpn^n  20.  2 
^nh;'  60.  4 
•jnn^T  99.  3.  a 
^nana:^^  60.  3.  a 
na^ana^'  104.  b 
^roana;"  105.  & 

m";  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 
146,  147.  1 

tJa")  147. 1 
m:"  148. 1 

^niE2^1   150.  2  (p.  182) 

mca;>  148. 1 
na^1  00. 1 
-biar^:"  88 
n^aro  60. 2 

1.)^  140.  1 

"n^a^  104.  /i 

Ti^t"^.  150.  2  (p.  182) 
bis-'  158.  2 
W  140.  1 

'jib\^;'  158.  2 

^V^j.'J  216.  1.  6 

bs"",  bri""  158.  2 

bS^il  CS?)  158.  2 
bS^n   (y'b)  140.  5 

bro  172.  4 

bS^I  99.  3.  a 

broi  99.  3.  a 

bS^I   175.  3 

ba**  140.  3 
nbs;i  57.  2  (5) 

S12S''  165.  2 


364 


INDEX    III. 


btta^l  65.  a 
1??  140.  5 

:sy^  147. 1 

^3?.'\'',  Vai  147.  4 

JIT  •    '  AT  • 

P???  60.  2 

ni;*  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (3), 

179.  2.  a 
-la;"  (adj.)  90 
n.)^1  157.  3 

^y}  140. 1 

ffin.VT  99.  3.  a 
DITSn^;'!   104.  5^ 
pnii'i  86.  a 

T  ;      T 

T197.a,215.1, 217,222 

«n?^  172.  4 

p?7^  97.  2 

^pa^DI  94.  c 

"I2l'7;'1  99.  3 

"1^^  139.  3 

Tin  148.  3 

*»"lDn  53.  3.  a,  150.  2 

(p.  182) 
nin:"  139.  3 
7iT  157.  3,  158.  2 
nil^  203.  5.  a 
"'11'  216.  1 
IT  199.  c 
^ni'i;»  220.  2.  c 

anit?;'  220.  1. 5 

n^'n;'  203.  5.  a 
l^T.   157.  3 
K3"i;'  167.  7 
ISS'n:'  54.  2 
rOTi  220.  1.  a 


BD^;?  58.  2,  63.  2.  a, 

22.1.  1.  a 
Up^l"}  220.  2.  h 

bn";!  140.  3 

D^;!  140.  1 

•^W  141.  1 

VT,   80.  2.  a  (4),  147. 

3?1^T   147.  5 

'}^:?7;;  55.  2.  a,  86.  6 

(3  pi.) 
'W-V^  60.  3.  a 
?]13?'i;'  60.  3.  a 
Ur.V^^  I'll.  2 

n:?'!^  86.  b  (1  c.) 
nn:?'i;i  86. 6  (2  m.) 

T^^"}  104.  i7 

ony'i;'  60. 3.  a 

p*1^1   140.  5 
X^l"^  46 
13^7^1  94.  c 
nsffi'j^'es.l.  c,  97.1.a, 
Sn;>  179.  2.  a 

nan;^  60.  3.  a 

5]W  111.  1 

^ss^n;?  105.  (^ 
i?nn^  177. 1 
rn^Tn  \Qi.d 
nnin^  150.  2 
'''7in;i  194.  2.  a   • 

Tr^'^^T^  235.  3  (3) 

nini  47 
nirrii  234.  c 
D^p^in''  195.  3 
n-ip^in/  44.  b 


?''©in;»  150.  2 
^n;'  57. 2  (4),  177. 1 
^r\2  177. 1 
'^r\^^  45.  2,  61.  1.  a, 

•  :  I-  '  ' 

177.  1 

rr^n"!  11. 1.  a 
2  n;:n;'  19.  1,  60.  3.  a, 

112.  2,  177.  1 

ni>D3  •<n:ii  22.  b 
nb-^bin^  150.  2 
hrr^  140.  5 
bn^  (bnfi?^)  53.  3.  a, 

111.  2.  c 

?j'bn^  151. 1 
mbbri;>  105.  e 

tfbn^  (n.)  190.  a 

'ip^bn;:  m.  1 
on^'i  140.  1 
nn."?  140.  3 

Dm^T  80.  2.  & 
6  OiW  111.  1 

^D-in^  ^cnn;:  111. 1 
TiC^n;^  111.  1 
bnn^  142.  3 
^bfin^  142.  3 

"ISn''  140.  6 

xni"'  167.  2 
^jia^"'  167.  2 
bnii  197. 6 
iny'iii  92. 6 

p'7^''  140.  6 

nni^i  111.  2.  ^ 

^bsii  57.  2.  (2)  a,  111, 

2.6 


INDEX   III. 


365 


'isV  93.  b 

7ir:)>V  207.  1.  a 

UV  200.  c,  d,  207.  1./ 

n'^'nV  203.  3 

D^i""  235.  2  (1) 

•jl^  215.  1.  b 

n:ii  197.  c,  200.  6 

p5i-'  217 

npDii  207.  1.  e,  217, 

221.  5 
aS^'i  140.  6 

AT 

rioii  90 
^a'^yii  105.  6 

Dy^"^  140.  6 
xsiin,  K^li'^'l  166.  4 
n2?i->  186.  2.  a 
n^©|p^^  (D-'TD)?-!^)  59.  a, 

93.  e 
■li^5  175.  3 
S"}i'»  150.  5 
ytOV"]  99.  3.  a,  150.  3 
1©^^  140.  6 
i5iniTaii  105.  a 
P^tV  105.  a 
I2S©i"'  53.  3.  a 

r\tr>  158.  4 
r^  175. 3 
ri,  ri  172.  4 

m"?  140.  3 
TOP  141.  1 

•jr-i  175.  3 
p3?ri  119. 1 
nrn  157. 3 

"IT^I  172.  4 


to'lp  57.  2  (8)  a 

unn."'  113. 1 
ri-inn;i  93.  a 
tjnn;?  eo.  3.  a,  65.  a 
ttjan"^  65.  a 

AT     :   V 

ITlJSn^  60.  3.  a 
1^2  (y'i?)  140.  1 

-in;<  C^s)  147.  2 
in;!  (3>y)  140.  5 
'nn;'  109.  2, 172.  4 

IW^  235.  3  (1) 

b'nn;)  63. 1. 6 
'ib'in^  ibnn^  63.  1.  6 

'J^b'in:^  64.  2,  88  (ra.  pi.) 

D^n;>,  Din;!  157.  3 
nnim  156.  1 
^T^m;-:  172.  1 
iprn^  61. 1 
«t:n^  03. 1.  b 

i^m^ll   166.  4 

''ri?^  v^^  i-"!"-  2 

■^n!?  05 
r\^n-}  177.  2 
^ri^n^  172.  3 
ms'^n;'  97. 1 
•jn^Ti;^  104.  ff,  141.  3 
bn^  bn;!  140.  5 
sbmi  177.  3 
ibn;'  141. 1 
^bn^i  (ibn;ii)  24.  c 
pbn;i  60.  4.  a,  113.  1 
Dpbn;i  59.  a 
Qpbn^i  113.  1 

■'Pibfr'  60.  4.  a 


Dn;'  147.  2,  179.  2.  a 

nn.'?  140. 1 
TCn:^  00.  3.  b  (2) 
^"an;!  i40. 1 
•j^irn;:  172. 1 
nprn;:  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
•ipn^ar!;^  121.  2 
in^,  "jn^i  140. 1 
in^  61.  2 

"in^l  60.  1.  a,  172.  4 

"jn^  140.  0 
n;n:;  172.  4 
i:r!^  60.  1.  a 
*ji:n^i  99. 3.  a 
T]?n;>  61. 1,  141.  3 
1?n^  139.  3 
'pyn^^  113. 1 

•jTCri':  169.  1,  172.  1 

■jDn;!  113. 1 
?in^i  25 

ysn^ ,  f  en;!  65.  a  ' ' 
nnsn^  ^ncn;?  111. 1 
HOT':,  fn:^i  172.  4 
npn^i  141.  1 
nn^  147. 1 
nn^^  175.  3 
in:^  140.  3 
nn;i  172.  4 
nn^n  00. 1.  a 
rnr},'-]  i72.  4 
cinni  119.  1 
rinri;'i  99. 3.  a 
iqiDn;:  111.  1 
tjTcnijT  99.  3 


366 


INDEX   III. 


nn.'?  (|£)  131. 1 
nn.":  (y':?)  uo.  i 
nnn.':',  nnn;?  24.  c 

B^T  11  o.  3 
13;:  172.  4 

at:;'  iso.  i,  i79.  2.  a 
ib^"*,  :bi:T  16O.  5 

i{72D;^54.  2,96. «,  166.5 

j]ht::> ,  qnipT  65.  a 
©ni;*  144.  2 
jy>n"i;i  147.  2 
bn^^i  149. 1 

ni2'«:'  147.  4 
nt3"'^1  147.  5 

at:"i):i  150.  3 

S^U^n  145,  2,  150.  2 

nip;:^  150.  2 
b^V^  150.  2 

51''!''!  172.  4 
121^^  147.  4,  5 
•j^P;!  63.  2.  r,  147.  4 
fpi^^,  7"j5^'^n   147.  5 
">]?*''?  >  T''!?  147.  4 
Cn''«5  147.  5 
Dian^T  147.  5 

^ITTK'':'  150.  1 

•jiai^l   147.  5 

nffi->:'  147.  4 

D^IE^?^  150.  2  (p.  182) 

^Dl  175.  3 

''2:733;'  105.  6 

•jis;'  159.  3 

n;»513:'  13.  a 

'^S31D^61.3,105.&,161.3 


©no;'  119. 1 

^^D;"  160.  3 
n^i^l'l   105.  a 

r.y^^  105.  a 

bb;"  80.  2.  «  (3),  82.  1 

«(3) 

^3?  172.  4 
bs^il  174.  4 
Tup"!  165.  3 
^bb;i  86.  a 
l^'^bD;'  172.  I 

ribbi  148. 1 

nbrn  86,  a,  100.  2 

"inba;!  86.  « 

I'lnbD;!  86.  rt,  104.  h 
ySD^T  126.  1 

C3;in  174,  4 

^tt^DD;'61.  6,   104./, 

172.  1 
WDD-i  172.  3 
DI^DI'I   119.  1 

nnD^i  172.  4 

nrap^D''  180.  a 

rr^D^  119.  1 
]^nn3;'  91.  6 
ibnirr  88 

ns^'  140.  6 

nnD"*,  nins;'  88,  101, 

2.  6 

nns'in  99. 3.  a 

■J^nns;"  88  (m.  pi.) 
'inS^  140.  5,  141.  1 

aab^  139. 3 

DTTSbi  105.  a 


^^m)'^  105.  (^ 

"lb;"  56.  2,  80.  2.  a  (4), 

147.  2 
•j^'lb::!  64.  2 

trnb^  22.  a    ■ 

^'l)'}  216.  2.  a 
n'lV"'  90  (2  f.) 
^Pl'lb"!  104.  ^ 

'irmb;'  104.  k 
'^an^b;'  104.  ^,  iso.  1 

(p.  182) 

isib^"  159.  3 
cnb;'  119. 1 

Onb^l  99.  3.  a,  119.  1 

fb;?  160. 1 
?^?»  r^::  160. 1 

^b'!'  151.  1 

•jb^'l  65.  rt 

'iDb;'  91.  ft 

'isbi'l  99.  3.  a 
tnsb;!  105.  c 

bb;  139.  3,  150.  1 

bb;'  183.  b 

rabbin  57.2(3)  a,  234.  e 
fb^T  158.  2 
t2npb^  192.  1 
irL2pb;»  88.  (m.  pi.) 
D;"  207.  2,  215.  1.  a 
CX'Ei'1  119.  1 
^S^'B'^  139.  3 

lia^'T  140.  1 

^^:>  140.  3 
ITittil  99.  3.  a 


INDEX   III. 


367 


t:il2'?  159.  3 
bi-B'^  159.  3 
Ti'B'^  60.  1.  a 

n^t'1  173.  3 

fc5^n  '^12'}  220.  1.  a 
D'^'a^  53.  3.  a 
TVn'^'Q'}  219.  1.  a 
•j^'a;'  197.  b,  199.  a 
IW'^ri'^  160.  3 

on^'p;'  160.  3 

tJ'S;'  140.  3 
bl2^1   157.  3 

bi?:'  140. 1 

n?)?;'  165. 1 

?J■b^^  -?jb-/c:>  88 

^jbTS^I  99.  3.  a 
^D*bT3;i  83 

yn";  150.  1 

D'D:'  140.  3 
bV-Q"}  60.  1.  a 
y^'^l   172.  4 

tinsi^To;'  GO.  3.  c 
nsm^"'  105.  c 

T^ii^TC:'  164.  5 
13^2)2;'   105.  6 
•>:25S2T2':  105.  c 
-112;'  150.  1 
n^::   105.  2,  140.  1 
C^^   140.  5 

rb^  157. 3 
riia^T  65, 157.  3 
r'a^i  157.  3 
ntt^n  160.  3 

7«3->  11.  1.  a 


fij;^  57. 2  (3)  a  (  ?  ), 

122.  2,  140.  5 
5)53^1   99.  3.  a 
HDi  147.  1 

■XT 

n^a;"  eo.  2 
p^i  159.  3 
^13^  159.  3 
n:^T  157.  3 
nri  160.  3 
nit:3^  131.  2 

''2;'  164.  2 
•jiji  159.  3 

iins^rn  160,.  3 

yD^T   157.  3 

!:i:^'i  160.  3 

p?;!  147.  1,  150.  1 
-3^3;'  131.  2 
S^SP?"^  131.  2 

m'23;'  131.  2 

S^to3;<  57.  2  (3)  a,  86 
(3  pi.),  164.  3 

nb;!  61.  3,  64.  2,  135. 
140.  1 

nO^I  64.  1,  99.  3.  a 

SS^l  140.  5 

nb;'  135. 2, 140. 1 
^sb;*  136.  1 

^aS^'  61.  3 

inao;'  141. 3 

"^DaD^  61.  5,  141.  3 
ib-mao:'  13.  a 
^b^  148.  1 
*»^D^  148.  1 
n^D^  (n.)  192.  1 


tjo;!  147.  1 
^^r  140.  5 
?JD:>  140.  6 
D^DD^   157.  3 

ns/b:*  92.  i  t 

?10;>  80.  2.  a  (3),  151.  2 
•     ClC'iT   151.  2 
ISD^in  99.  3 
-1D;>  147.  3 
n©::  92.  (^ 
"ID^I  GO.  1.  a 

nno:'  92.  d 
•'sn©;!  104.  a 

■'SnS':  104.  a 

^nnn?^  50.  1, 105.  6 
irenn?:  105.  c 

^3'^n?:  56.  1 
'IS'^  56.  2,  147.  1 
W^i  161.  1 

b  ni:?::  159.  3 
i3n-y;>  105.  6 

2,  Ti?^  140.  1 

-nr?^  64.  1 

^■)T3>^  105.  b 

W'^'}  c'y)  157.  3 
t3?^^  (ri'b)  172.  4 

t:3?^1   157.  3 

b?^!!,  "bs/;;'^  (k.)  172.4 
^?!'l,J^^?!'j(Hi.)l75.3 
Th:?2  207.  1.  a 
^b:p^^  45.  3 
iyby;i  161.  2 

"lb?:    60.  3.  b  (1) 
nwr  60.  3.  b  (2) 


368 


INDEX  III. 


^^^?^  109.  3.  a 

'^'qT.  112.  4 

np^b?^  88  (2  f.  pi.) 
•J?^     190.    h,  237.    1, 

267.  h 
">T?ii!  v.':  239.  2.  (2) 
1??3,  ™??!^   1^2.  4 
n3?^  207.  1.  a 

Tq^'^T.  104.  6 
XT^p'^  142.  2,  161.  2 
q?;«  (v.)  82.  1.   a  (2), 

147.  1 
V\T,  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
ri?^1  157.  3 
qy^l  157.  3 
f?;'  77.  2,  147.  1,  179. 

2.  a 
riDnS?:?  104.  6 

nips?''  11. 1. 6 
n?^  200.  c 
to?:^!!,  nic^^i  172.  4 
^3"nTsy^  104.  A 

ns^  147.  1 
nBM85.2.c?,  209. 1,210 

n^^s-nB;)  43.  6,  i88 
nB;i  (v.)  160.  3 

nB;>  (adj.)  215.  1.  h 

ri'iS^B^'  92.  a 
bs^  101.  2.  J 

nbs;'  126. 1 

'JS^'I  172.  4 
T?>r  160.  3 
''52S2S:'  IGl.  2 
7Sb^  161.  2 


n&;;»,  ns^n  i40.  5 
nB;;5  i75.  3 

^'^IB;'  177.  3 
t:T»B':  65.  a 
^t2teB^  65.  a 
PB;:  175.  3 
r\B^1  172.  4 

nns^i  192. 1 

''riB^  221.  2.  6 

iis;!  147.  2 

XS^n  147.  5 
Xl^'"!  164.  3 
riMS'i  164.  2 
riS^  150.  4 
S^;'  145.  3,  150.  5 

nns;!  192. 1 

W  66.  1  (1),  174.  4 

nni2;>  i56.  i 

D'iS^T  157.  3 

pna^i  192. 1 

pn?^  120.  2 
?^2J^  145.  2 
y"'S;>  158.  2 

2?:?;;'  iso.  4 
s^a;*  150. 5 

:iS^  172.  4 
n^^^l  25 
p^;i  150.  4 

pa;'  148. 3 

pk;:>  144.  2,  147.  4 
pS:^5  147.  4 

tipa;)  148. 3 

12^  50.  3,  84.  3.  a  (3), 
147.  2 


-12^  (S^'b)  140.  5 

n2;>  140. 1 

nSj^l   147.  5 
^'^'^  147.  4 
^nnSS'^  105.  6 
m"!  147.  3,  150.  4 
Ti'l^  144.  2 
W2i;'  24.  c,  149.  1 
im;"  164.  2 
iip^'l   166.  4 
'isnp"^   105.  d 
'pap:'^  99.  3 

?i2ap;i  104.  A 

nnjJ^T  99.  3.  a 
^P."?  144.  2,  147.  4 
^p:"  140.  1 
11p^  141.  1 
Dl^'lp:'  22.  a 

b5^p^  b^np!"  119. 1 
bnp^i  119. 1 
rinp;'  24. 6 

D^p;!  190.  b,  192.  1 
Q^p;"  153.  2 

■j^iaip;'  157.  3 
D)2ip;i  161.  1 

tJlp^^   ,  HJIp^i  185.  2.  c 
np^  54.  2,  132.  2 
np^  132.  2 
bbp;«  51.  3 

n^p^i  153. 1 
D.^p;'  161. 1 

bp!?  64.  2 

Dp;",  Dp5»   157.3 

Dp^n  99.  3.  a,  157.  3 


INDEX   III. 


369 


Dj^^l  99.  3.  a,  160.  3 
•)]5t'T  172.  4 
3?)5^   147.  2,  179.  2.  a 
Y'P^  179.  2.  a 

V)?;*^  157. 3 

7;??  147.  4 
IISSI?:*  88  (m.  pi.) 
•jmp?  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 
"II?."?  147.  4 

njj^n  172.  4 
■i;?^^  173.  3 
•'MKn]?')  105.  c 
nn^?-'  177. 3 
nnnp">  97.  1.  a 

?Tnp7  24.  6 

top';  82.  1.  «  (3) 

TIJJ?^^  172.  4 
ST?]??!?  99.  3 
•\Wp'}  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

bsrip^  22.  a 

Kn;"  148.  3 
K"-^.:'  148.  1 

Sn^(v.)82.1.a(l),147.1 
«n;>  (adj.)  215.  2.  c 
Sn::"]   (k.)  60.  1.  a,  61. 

2.  a,  114,  172.  4 
SVn  (Hi.)  175.  3 
i?n:?  61.  2.  a,   172.  4 
«n:^n  173.  3 
nsn:"  87,  148.  1,  166.  2 

n«n;i  114 
nsn^5  172.  4 
i>-ns-\i  19. 1 
^xn-"  164.  3 


^Kn^  10.  1,  147.  1 

isin-i  19,  1,  147. 1 
^sn^i  177.  3 

^msn^  104.  h 

'»:i?n;'  105.  a 

nX"!''  164.  1 

T        "  r 

mi  158.  2 

•*   T 

y}^^.  (=i"^i^?^)  111.  2. 

y^'J  61.  2,  172.  4 
nn^  63.  2.  a 

y^']^  175.  3 
'j^'an:'  172. 1 

'i:;in::n  114 
nn;'  i48.  3 
'n'^:)  175.  3 
'in^  79. 1,  147.  2 
^n^i  140.  5 
'^t'^:^n  172.  4 
nn^i  147.  5 
D^n^i  114 

?1=1V  114 

s:]^n:'  60.  2.  a,  114 

is^n;i  105.  a 

^B'ln^  105.  </ 
^rn^')  86.  5  (2  f.) 
tT}'^  147.  1 

nn;"  i48.  3 

Si-i;»  148.  1,  177.  3 
)'^^^'!  172.  1 

U'^•^'}  19.  2.  a 
1in;<  140. 1 

^BBi-l*-  161.  4 
V^'i;'  (3?>)  140.  1 


pi"i;i  185.  2.  6 

n''btt3^n\  Dbtnni  47, 

203.  5.  c 

rrn^  i48.  1 

"■^r'  ^"D?^  160. 3 

'i?!?'!^'  147.  3 
rnCD-i;*  88.  (3.  f.  pi.) 
c  S'^'1^  (n.)  190.  6,  192.  1 
n'^n^  (v.)  153.  2 
T"T'  158.  2 

•   T 

?fn;i  197.  a,  216.  1.  c 

tfi;:  140. 1 

ro^i  198.  c,  207.  1.  a 
D^nD^^  22.  o,  203.  6.  a 
^'BX  140.  3 
?'-l^  140.  1 
?"!??  140.  5 
yn^l   (yy)  140.  5 

y-n^i  (^'i?)  160.  3 

rV  (y'b)  34 

yn^  (nb)  34,  172.  4 

D?"!:   119.  1 

yy'-i;"  161.  4 

tl'l!'^  172.  4 

ptl^  179.  2.  a 

P'n;'  185.  2 

p""l^  140.  1 

•jipni^  193.  2 

p'lpn^  188,  207.  2.  a 

©n;"  82.  1.  a  (2),  147.  1 

mrn""  i48.  3 
nnisn^  150. 1  (p.  182) 

Drnan^  61.  4.  a,  150.  1 
(p.  182) 


370 


INDEX    III. 


?J3^STB:'   105.  c 
"jTiyaiZJi  83  (m.  pi.) 

?;yaiijT  127.  2 

'^D?3'©:  105.  a 

UW";  158.  2 

tap:   172.  4 

O^'^to:'   105.  a,  158.  2 

DiC;i  147.  1 

Di»;  158.  2 

Dtopi  G4.  1,  158.  2 

•'bsn'is"'  194.  1 

D^iClIJ;' 55.  1,88  (ra.pl.), 

158.  2 
-IDTO'^T  47 
-l^n'T:  54.  4 
©:  236,  258.  3.  b 
^^bsiin  83  (m.  pi.) 
nir^   146,  147.  2 
nizj;^  66.  1  (2)  b,  153.  5, 

157.  3 
-mS;"  157.  3 
2tD^']   153.  5,  157.  3 
a©^T   157.  3 

3'ir;',m2;'i  153.5,160.3 

m?:  63.  2.  c,  84.  3.  b, 
144.  2 

:mc?i  147.  5 
at?:]  09.  3.  a 

3U3^:,   172.  4 

?|r,n2^2J7  105.  c 

••nip''  61.  6.  a 

riTr^T  33.  4 

•'PTC-'  01.  6.  a(?),  90 
(2  f.) 


''tia©'!  90  (2  f.) 
C-iniD^  141.  1 
^^T2J;  140.  1 

niaiffi?  82.  5.  a 

•ji©:  148.  1 

nny^uj;'  ei.  6.  a 
''psnr;'  157.  3 
riiD;»  140.  1 
n©:  140.  3 
nr^nffi;'  11 8.  3 
ipnnir;'  105.  c 

■il^:  164.  2 

on'^Tr::  160.  3 
n-'ts:  140.  5 

'jnSt":'  88.  (m.  pi.) 
HDT^:  126.  1 
bffi.:  172.  4 
Tj^bir^  141.  3 
V)\D'J   172.  1 
-Dbir:  92.  c 
D©:'  140.  1 
2>^ir;'  00.  La 
bi{?)3ffi:'  57.  2  (8)  a 
•jir:  147.  1 
N\3"iJ:  177.  3 
i?:T^1   177.  3 
^Sffi:"  19.  1,  147.  1 
^3123:  19.  1,  147.  1 

iaie^;}  105.  a 

*^3i2J7  216.  1.  b 

^P^,  2?©:  65.  a,-  201. 

yiSi^n  172.  4 

wyi?;'  141.  6 

r.STlJ''  19.  2. 6 


rjnsTS':'  88 

nb^S®:  105.  a 
nsb-'STJ?:  105.  6 
?fSl^:i  99.  3.  a 
pTC^I  10.  a 
j5Tji:i   175.  3 
^npT^^I  4.  a 
nte^  158.  2 
'J'lnr^  193.  2.  a 
n:'!!^':'  88   (3    f.    pi.), 
147.  4 

nnt;^^  99. 3.  «,  119.  1 
•jiin'!©:  105.  c 

tTiJJ;'  66.  1  (2)  b,  158.  2 
nr::,   66.  1  (1),  172.  4 
B^ir.lC:  82.  5.  a. 
"nPTr::j57.  2(4),  176. 1 
n^rtPiTfl  176.  1 

•jTiiptJ;'  172.  1 
n^nr"'  54.  4 
tin:  111.  2.  6 

«n::  177. 3 

i^n'^:  176.  3 
^nnsjEn''  CO.  3.  6  (2) 
^'i"0¥.C^  19.  2,  60.  3.  6 

(2),  120.  1 
'i?5n:',  :bs2n:  119.  1 

b"^5n:  90.  b 

bsn^n  176.  3 
2i|n;<  96.  6 
1  '^lOSn:  96.  fl,  122.  2 

^Oiin">  96.  a,  122.  2 
nn^  197.  6 

n'^nnn''  221. 2.  6 


INDEX   III. 


371 


in^'T  66.  1  (1),  Hi.  4 

sisnn;^  i66.  5 
bnn'^1  176.  3 
n^n;*  i6o.  i 

DSn^l  176.  3 

msbn':  96.  b 

on:  140.  5 

riir\'}  140.  1 
top;'  141.  1 
man;^  i40.  i 
j'j^sb^n;'  166.  5 
1123  cn^  96.  6 
fn^  54.  2,  84.  3.  6 

msn;'  126. 1 
DTOni  121.  3 
stern;'  I66.  5 
yn^n  175.  3 
by 7^"^  176.  3 
-Qb:7n;'  96.  6 
nn^n;'  119.  1 

5"jn2^3ni88.(m.pl.),96.6 

:i2Jb3n;'  96.  b 

npsn"!  96.  a 

i®3j;?n;'  96.  6 
D3;5n-»  96.  6 
j^ipn":  126.  1 
is;5n;'  105.  a 
"^i!*!"^  (I'i')  160.  1 

D^inni  82.  5.  a 

3  231.  1,  242.  a,  267.  b 
a>?3  183.  6 

T3S3  57.  2  (3)  a,  231. 
3.  6 


ns53  0«;'?)  53.  2.  a 
inXS  156.  3,  199.  b 
ITIJSS  239.  2  (2) 
TO  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 

85.  2 
TO(acij.)216. 1.  e,  217 
nTO  198.  a  (4) 
nins  185.  2,  197.  b 

Bins  87 

C23  82.  5.  a 
C33,  C'SIS  92.  c 
ton3,n'il3n3  51.2,  197.  c 

©ns  87 

nn"\253  246.  2.  a 
^3  197.  b,  200.  6 
nb  235.  3  (4) 

nns  121. 1 

Di^^TO  231.  5.  a 
•jnb  186.  2.  o 
•jnD  80.  2.  6 
nsTO  198.  a  (2) 
Cni3  186.  2.  a 
S^nis  50.  1,  216.  1.  c 
O'lynis  207.  2.  a 

niD  11. 1. 6 

DDiS  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 
1^3  82.  5.  a 

•jais  59 
n:5i3  161.  4 

OiS  184.  b,  197.  a 
nSTS  22.  a 

*:n3  116.  4 

1*n3  121.  2 

••rns  119. 1 


13  (n.)  53.  3.  o,  184.  6 
3  (conj.)  239.  1 
DS5  •'S  239.  2  (l) 
^^3  187.  1.  c 
-lT3  187.  1.  c 
Di"^3  16.  2.  a 
"li'^S  200.  c 
''b^S  184.  J,  194.  2.6 
?|bi3  186.  2,  210.  c 
trZV  ^'3    43.  6 
linrps   57.    2  (3)  a, 

231.  3.  b 
n33  187.    1.  f,   197.  a, 

200.  r,  ^/,   207.  1.  6 
Dl't't^  203.  3 
bS  /u:;Z  215.  1.  c 
bs  Ml9.  2.  a,  215.  l.e 
bs  277.  a 
i?b3  179.  1.  a 
«b3  184.  a 
iJbS  220.  1.  b 
D^sbS  203.  4 
•^nsbs  105.  2 
Sbs   197.  c 
nbs  179.  1.  a 
nbS  174.  3  bis. 
Dribs  33.  3,  220.  1.  b 

npnbs  220.  i.  6 

^b3   165.  3 
lbs  93.  a 
ibS  220.  1.  b 

nib^bs  201.  1. 6 
nib?  174. 3 

•'bs  61.  2,  184.  6 


372 


INDEX  III. 


K'^bs  184.  a 
?i;ib3  221.  5.  c 
D'^b?  208.  3.  d 

iri-ibs,  ^n">>3  174.  2 

J^iri'ibs  174.  2 

D'^rii??  174.  2 

bsbs  154.  3,  161.  2 

^bsbs  161.  4 

D>2  220.  1.  h 

ri3>3  220.  1.  6 

•'Srib?  165.  3 

n^3  231.  4.  a 

nD2TO3  45.  4 

i)a3  233.  a 

CaS  90  (pass.) 

n^"!^3  187.  2.  <J 

•}5  (n.)  221.  6.  a 

^3  (adv.)  43.  a,  235. 3  (4) 

n33  139.  2 

n|5i  4.  a 

nsS  54.  2 
ni23   200.  c 
nips  211.  a 
^ini'bsS  24.  6,  13]..  2 
053  50.  1,  2 
■{ySS  208.  3.  a 
q23  197.  o,  210,  217 
niBpS  203.  5.  a 

n:'s:3  203. 1 

bb53  22.  a 

nins3  45.  2 

n53  198 

«S3  51.  3,  200.  a 

?i5?D3  221.  3.  a 


1D3  93.  a 

T 

nnjilDD  220.  1.  b 
bD3  51.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ittD3  61.  0 
n^©3  200.  6 
vlD3  80.  2.  a  (3) 
*'2p3  216.  2.  a 
DOS  199.  (? 

n3D"'ninp3  24.  h,  220. 

2.  c 
oys  121.  1 

nnp2?3  104.  i 
tl?  197.  a,  217 
nS5  198.  c 
•'SS  237.  2  (2) 

i^-iss  220.  2.  c 

:nD93  220.  1.  b 

nt-bSS  203.  4 

"IBS  82.  5.  a 

"iBb  208.  3.  6 

"1S3  80.  2,  92.  c,  126.  2 

D^nSS  187.  2 

nnri"i33  io4.> 

•ins  199.  6 

mni"i3  199.  (/ 

0^3  50.  3,  197.  b 
D"13  183.  b 
'Crb  186.  2.  a 

bians  50.  3,  193.'  2.  r, 

221.  6.  a 
Dp"l3  68.  a 
nnS  141.  2  (p.  175) 

iicns  221.  5.  c 
-nn3  119.  1 


rrns  60.  4.  0.,  61.  5 

93.  a,    121.  1 

^n"i3  119.  4 

^t^n^   ]99.  b 

sto3,  nsirs  51.  2 

D'l'viiJS  197.  (^ 
"n»3  82.  1.  a  (1) 

•jimcs  193.  2 

anS  183.  6,  215.  1.  a 

ans  77. 1, 78. 1 
riin3  139.  2 

T 

nbns  216. 2. 6 
r:ri3  207. 1.  d 

vins  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 
rir}3  61.  1.  b 

nisns  203.  5.  a 
ins  60.  1 

nn3  141.  1  (p.  175) 

b  231.  1,    233,   242.    6, 

267.  ft,  272.  2.  a 
«b  11.  \.  a,b  T: 
iib  51.  4.  a,  235.  1 

V^^%  ^lh^^.,  ^S'lS'isb 

57.  2  (2)  a 

\nKb,  ^Diiib,  I'li'rsb 

57.  2  (2)  a 

Q'lia^Sb  14.  a 
lixb  159.  2 
t2Sb  11.  1.  a 
CJSb  156.  3 
n^&{b?l  39.  4.  a 

in'bijb,  D^n'biib  57.  2 

(2)  a 


INDEX   III. 


373 


nnnb,  nnnb  63.  i.  a, 

214.  1.  6,  216.  2.  b 

rnnb  141.  2  (p.  175) 

torb  119. 1 

ni^nb  112.  2,  i77. 1 

D^nb  231.  5.  a 

ipsnb  91.  6 
bi'atonb  iso.  a 


nibsib  57.  2.  (2)  a 

DKb  207.  2.  c 

nbsb  57.  2  (2)  a,  111 

2.  r,  231.  3.  a 

nsnn  iib  27 

ab  61.    3,    186.   2.  c, 

197.  i,  215.  1 
Oifinb  208.  3.  c? 
33b  141.  1  (p.  175) 

sab  61.  3,   200.  c,  216.  ST^aTanb  94.  b 

1,  217,  221.  1,  3,  222  TpTCnb  94.  b 

anbl  61.  1.  a  lb  11.  1.  6 

•^rnnab  104.  ^  nb  51.  4.  « 

"lab  235.   3  (1),   237.  '^b  239.  1 

2  (2)  n^b  200.  a 

^rriab  220.  1.  6  ''ib  194.  2.  «,  210 

np'^nb  220.  1.  b  ijb'ib  4.  a 

C'inb  90  (pass.)  nisbib,  see  r.kbb 

S'^nb  196.  (Z,  209.  2.  6  •'b^b  194.  2.  6 

5'bnb  125.  2  ib^b  239.  2  (3) 

pb  80.  2.  5  n^b^b  187.  1.  e 
•jnb  207.  1.  b,  215.  1.  a  l^b  158.  3 

n:ib  200.  b  nb  207. 2.  a 

y^2,  n!>nb  35.  1  i5''pnb  113.  2 

cab,  Tijnb  82.  1.  a  (1)  n;*::nb  208.  4 

tJn'b  90  (pass.)  "ii^nb  21 6.  1.  a 

D'iSnb  104.  /i  ""brib  61.  1 
nab  (ranb)  53.  2.  a     pibnb  113.  2 


y'^ab  125. 2 

miJ^b  231.  4.  a 

V  V  T 

rVlb  148.  2 

rrib  148.  2 
•^nnb  148. 2 
n3r\';jb  104.  <? 


anb  77.  2 

Onb  92.  d,  121.  1 
Onb  60.  1.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

184.  b,  197.  6 
Dttflb  139.  2 
nSDnb  63.  1.  b 


nsnb  61. 1 
niiD  nbnb  43.  b 
-nn'inb  ui.  6 
nirnb  175.  2 

D'^rhb  203.  5.  b 

cn'^t:b  53.  2.  a 
nin"^b,  r.ir^b  231.  3.  a 

b;>b  184.  b,  200.0,  208. 
3.  c 

nb;*b  61.  6 

'J'lb  158.  2,  3 

nbib  148. 1 

-nri|5^b  14.  a,   24.  6 

57.  2  (.3)  a 
?lb  65.  a 

tfb,  ?]b  151.  1 
nab  151.  1,  240.  2 
-biab  13.  a 

•jDb  239.  2  (3) 

nsDb,  ^iDb  151.  1 
nab  61.  2, 151.  1 
nab  151. 1 
ninab  22.  a 
ippb  151.  1 

nfi5bbl87.  l.e,  207.  2.  a 

•jabb  94.  b 

1«b  78.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
"l^b  92.  ^ 

-^lab  92.  c 
"^nnisb  80.  b  (2  f.) 
mab,  n^b  231.  4.  a 

ittb  233.  rt 
nn^TTSb  219.  1.  a 

nrsiab  219.  1.  a 


374 


INDEX   III. 


TlS'^ttb  220.  1.  b 
ynb  237.  2  (1) 

na:^^  45.  2 

nby^b  219.  1.  a 
l^rb  237.  2  (2),  267.  6 
mrX  "JW  239.  2  (2) 
^r!:?^b  246.  2.  a 

rQnpb  4.  a 

nSSb  237.  2  (1) 

nsb)  156.  4 

D^?b  156.  2 
HDbb  237.  2  (1) 

bD;b  131.  2 
bbpb  22.  a 
T3yb  11.3.  2 

n:?bn  156,  4 
obiyb  16.  2.  a 
nispb  237.  2  (2) 
rii;yb  173.  2 
nto^b  94.  ft,  113.  2 
nhsb  22.  rt 

•»£b  237.  2  (2) 

•>:sb  194.  2 

•'SSb  237.  2  (2),   267.  b 
fb  156.  2 

snrib,  iihsb  22.  a 
pnsb  119.  1 

n^^,  ''r'l?*?  132.  2 
npb  132.  2 

n;5b  (n]5b^)  53.  2.  «, 

93.  e 

nnpb  16.  3.  b,  127.  3 

l^np^l  100.  2.  a  (1) 
nnpb  60.  2.  a,  127.  1 


nnpb  64.2,127.1,132.2 
ppb  141.  1  (p.  175) 
n«npb  57.  2  (3)  a,  237. 
2(3) 

s'nb  148.  1 
nnb  231.  4.  a 
n^-lb  231.  4.  o 

DDiannb  119.  1 
n^nb  231.  4.  a 
rxTsb  131.  4 
pnirb  119.  1 

nbiSTDb  219.  1.  a 
n-'atb  94.  6,  231.  5.  a 
^icb  197.  6 

nsirb  51.  4 
J^^TDb,  nbffib  60.  2.  a 
"i^cb  94.  6 
nb  54.  2,  148.  2 
nnb  231.  4.  o 
Tib  nnb  35. 1 

^,  '52  see  ya 

^S^  235.  3  (1) 

Dv^J^  93.  a 

nxjia  207.  1./,  226 

brxia  93.  6 

"i^ST?  207.  2.  a 
n^^Xa  195.  3 
"to  190.  6,  191.  5.  a, 

200.  c 
DI'rTSb  203.  2 

''nns'a  237.  2  (1) 
bss^a  190.  c,  191.  5, 

197.  6 


nbDS;i3  191.  5.  o,  207. 

1.  c 
■jN'/a  60.  4 

DDCSID  19.  2,  119.  3 
DCST2  119.  3 
TirCStt  33.  2 

crcsi^a  33.  2 
n^bss^  195.  3 

nStt  237.  2  (1) 
D^'nSia  203.  4,  226 
n-Jlp  207.  2.  i 

rinu;a^  63. 1.  a 

^n'J3T3  60.  1.  a 
•in^  164.  2 

"ij^baip  237.  2  (4) 
:Tinyma  119.  1,  221. 

2.  a 

T^an^  25 

ISntt  197.  i,  200.  f, 

207.  1.  b 
T'^31^  61.  6 
'JI'^ITttt,  "i"?''?  55.  2.  a 
b"5tt  200.  c 

nbbiritt  142.  1 

Ti:^  207.  1.  c 
•jJlp  190.  b,  £07.  2,  210. 
a,  215.  1.  6,  216.  1.0 

nys^  205 
nsa)a  216.  1.  6 
irn;;ti  £07. 1.  6 
r3)3  61.  5 

1^  207.  2.  o 

pS'T"'?  9-5.  o 
nn3^  219.  1 


INDEX    III. 


375 


rnan^a  g6.  2  (2)  h, 

219.  1 
T^^  141.  5 

^yq  184.  b 

nilT?  190.  6,  191.  4 
•jin^  190.  6,  207.  1./ 
'Smi^  235.  2  (3) 

■j^np  190.  & 

•^ri^  216.  1.  <? 
KSnia  167.  1 

■jnia  190.  h 

'Sya  190.  6 

i:n^nb  220.  1.  6 

TO,    TO,    TO    75.   1, 

196.  a 
nTO  141.  2  (p.  175) 
n^^n^  198.  a  (3) 

ni-»TO  177.  1 

b  nxbTO  237.  2  (4) 
D^pbTO  94.  f,  151.  1 
DTO  75.  1 

rpw  nia  63.  1.  a 

nDSTO  191.  4,  198.  a 
(3),  207.  1.  a,  216. 
1.  b 

nmpTO  95.  c 

ITO  60.  4.  cr,  235.  3  (2) 
ni^HTO  1 12.  3 
atjiB  197.  cf 

n'^axiia  205 
«n^iU  167.  2 
nya  157. 1 

bTO,  bitt  237.  1 

bbiia  141.  4 


iffra  200.  c 

nO^'Q  150.  5 
nD"TD  190.  6 

noiia  200.  c 

^yi^  190.  6 

trvrti  90 
niayiia  207.  1.  a 

TS^'D  140.  6 

Nr;T3  191.  5.  a 

N2ia  C'D)  94.  f,  165.  2 

vs.'ira  (sb)  165.  2 

•^NSiia  GO.  3.  f,  216.  1.  a 
nSSn^  167.  2 
:n]5SiT2   150.  4 
STitt  207.  2.  a 

D^ani^,  n\'\^"i*i'a  59.  a 

^ty\12  216.  1.  a 

maia  191. 3, 5.  o,  200. 

c,  215.  1 
iniffiilD  61.  6.  a 
t\rtZ  61.  2,  183.  h,  208. 

3.  c,  217 

ni73  57. 2  (5) 

nni^  61.  6.  a 

initt  221. 5.  a 

naVp  60.  2.  a,  190.  o, 
191.  3,197.  6,  200.  a, 
215.  1.  b 

rxivq  126. 1 
D^ninaria  220. 1.  6 
DrinaTia  220.  2.  a 
njTa  24.  a,  75. 1 

'j'^Ttt  53.  2.  «,  111.  2.  c 
ibra  207.  1.  a,  210.  e 


niiapa  i9i.  5 

niTOT^  207.  1.  a 

T5y^*"^  161. 2 

nri"iTi2  219.  1.5 
P'nT'a  200.  c 

?;NTO  164.  4 

nsn^  54.  1, 205.  b 
bbinp  142. 1 
bn)2  140.  5 
n'<^bn)a  loo.  b 

D'l'abTO  94.  e 
^'P-n^  207.  1.  </ 
nbn'/2  190.  a 
njTO   197.  6,   200.  c, 
209.  1 

^n:TO  220.  1.  6 
p:n^  190.  rt 

CSDTO  ISO.  a 

tT'^yi'ma  iso.  a 
D'^n^n'o  94.  e 
n^nnsTO  iso.  a 

"IpTO  190.  o 

ri^TO  19.  2.  ft,  196.  6 

riimrriTo,  nirnrn^  eo. 

3.  a,  216.  2.  a 
ptCTO  207.  2.  b 

nat:)2  191.  4 
r.D^  197.  ft,  200.  c 
int:b  220.  1.  ft 
*inni2^,  iincjia  24.  6 
•"liriT?^  108.  a,  174. 1 
nisb'J^  167.  1 

Tjbub'JI^  161.  2 

nsTSU^a  167.  1 


370  INDEX   III. 

la^Ip-O  210.  1.  c  «V^  82.  1.  a  (1)  ^b^  C3.  2.  a,  217.  22L 

ytna  190.  a  i^bia  (v.)  V7.  a,  82.  i.      5,  222 

•i^Ta  CO.  3.  c,  21G.  1.  a        a  (1)  T^^  Co.  a 

11313  200.  a  i<V/3  (arij.)  90  ^  ^??"f?'?  44.  a 

«n^'/a  100.  r7,  K^ia  icc.  2  rdva  11.  1.  « 

""T?  7.5.  ],  10c.  a  «^a  165.  2  niVo  211,  217,  222 

n'l^tt  220. 2. 4  nxbia  201. 1.  «  "jcsn-^jV^  44,  a 

"^•71-, "O  ]:;.  a  mxb'/a  ICG.  2  ",2513  11.  1.  a 

nn;«3->ia,  roip  57.  2  ns^^  icc.  2  isbia  cc.  2  (2)  o 

(2)  6  Ci^V/a  201.  1.  a  'bbp  61.  1 

D^n  201.  1, 203.  5.  c  rcniya  .07.  2  (3)g,  214,  r^-f'?  22.  </,  209.  3,  217 

'iia'rq  r,7.  2  (2)  1.  b  f'"'-f^  64.  2 

tr3''r--g  ].:o.  1  d^^j^Vo  11.  1.  i  "ob^  11.  1.  a 

mp^r'/C  J 1.  ].  a  irczi^ya  220.  2.  c  "V/a  ci.  1,  216.  2,  2.  a 

n^ra  ci.  4, 207. 1.  e  ri<5ia  icc.  2  ''D'pi?  S9  (f.  s.) 

n^^Tp   4.  a  T'i'^'?  33.  1,  01.  C.  a,    f'i'"3f'2  C2.  2 

np2"/2  1.00.  4  218  C'^Dblfl  G4.  2 

"lio^xj  190.  h  nnbT2  237. 2  (2)  V?^^  i-J9-  « 

•»301>^  57.  2  (2)  ina^  220.  1.  b  py2-^2)lQ  61.  6.  a,  195. 

ntf^T?  190.  fj,101.  4  I'^b'Q  191.  3  3,  218.  a 

D'HTT^^  210.  c  nV<3  200.  6,  e  DD>T3  75.  1 

nisrO  200.  c  ^ip  1C.5.  3  ->^  141.  4 

biSB  2C0.  2  (1)  roiblQ  198.  a  (2)  "*^r^   191.  2 

wh^ri,  u^ya  94. «  ^31^)3  98. 1.  a  ^^^)'^  235.  2  (3) 

nbba  53.  2.  a  -jiro  207.  1.  c  ":s373  53.  3.  </,  111.  2.  e 

0373  190.  h  •':'D^bl2  92.  b  ''s^^  237.  2  (2) 

1373  77.  2,  80.  2  n>73  187.  1.  a  Hipbtt  191.  5 

baiDia  54.  .3,  180.  a  injTQ  21C.  1.  a  ^"'p^^  190.  a 

rPlDTS  21C.  1.  />  13^73  92.  ri  n":rip':^  190.  a,  203.  2 

rn373  98.  1.  a,  125.  1  -J^73,  :t:373  80.  1,  92.C  "'ICfT?  9-3.  a 

"^•^yn  210.  1.  a  D-»V/p,  "J^jp  199.  a  T'bp  164.  ^ 

cboDTo  9.x  a  yibis  217  n-i^pbtt  51.  4 

r®©3)3  207.  1.  a  nS-ib'/S  217  1"S5T2^  139.  3 

?in3a  220.  2.  a  -!ybu  89  Tii-wTST?  24.  b,  190.  a 


INDEX   III.  377 

tfHTU^  200.  1.  a  ^"TO  140.  5  ra?U  196.  6 

TSDW  191.  o.  'i  W^  1^-  *'  21^-  1-  *  T??'?  194-  ^  a 

ITXVgO  167.  1  ""ir^T?  ^1^-  1-  *  '?'?  l^*^-  '^ 

rcrCB  191.  5.  a,  211,    i;C-2  190.  a  572  84.  3.  a  (.'j),  118.  2 

214.  1.  4  Tt^  '^•>-  «  ^79  ^37.  2  (1) 

Tzrirc  01, 1.  6  ntara  so.  2  ^513  igo.  h 

^\WU,ip.  Ao.  3  Sr«5Cp  167.  1  '*^7Q  190.  6 

•TO2  190.  h  .  'nam  200.  c  c^  119.  .3 

U'/'^JJ  24.  *,  190.  a     CCT3  1-39.  2  ZT?  237.  2  (1) 

'Sivna  93, «  "Tiv^a  i90.  a,  191.  4,  ■;;r  lOO.  // 

rteSO  198.  a  (.3),  214.      21-5.  1.  6  HT!''f<0  CO.  4.  « 

1.  6,  221.  2.  a  rnCD  .53.  2.  a  rHTO  216.  1.  a 

yn  174.  .5  "ircT?  94.  e  r-':":?^  216.  2.  a 

70  232,  233,  242.  a,  260.  "iPPCQ  .54.  4  "^-JJ'i  216.  2.  o 

1,  267.  b  T537?  216.  1.  «  TTTU  60.  .3.  c 

a?  4- «  trnsTs,  frrsTa  207.  r.«:?o  209. 1 

f»3p  96.  a,  J,  122.  2,         1.  ^^  ife??  200.  «r,   21.5.  1 

131. 6  5  irr?  2ri7.  2  (2)  -f«  191.  1 

TO,  -ra  140.  6  T7<?  ^''>^'  «  "^f?  237.  2  (2) 

rrro  207. 1.  e  nyc  210  orn^CB  9.5.  a 

era  207.  1.  c  r'TD  190.  ft,  210.  a,  216.  ■«»  140.  5 

^T^TJO  24.  6  1.  <x  HTET?  191.  2,  215.  1.  b 

rtm  160.  .5  77a  207.  1.  e  V^?^  221.  7.  a 

•»SP  61.  6.  a,   199.   6,    r^  161.  4  70  156.  2 

2.32-  a  THTT'^  -54.  3,  221.  6.  t  K2T3  11,  1.  i 

■TO  232.  a  CrpT?  94.  «  K20  .57.  2  f2),  163 

?pT!2  127.  2  I3T3  60.  3.  <•,  183.   t,     "S2'a  61.  1.  r,  164.  4 

IT'^ra  209.  2.  a  207.  2.  a  ."jStTU  89  (f.  pL) 

nftB  4.  a  -JTQ  78.  1,  121.  1  rWT3  .57.  2  (2),  205 

rra  i96. «,  211.  a       ctpsb  221.  2.  t  ~J?Ts  iw. » 

TTO  19.  2.  a  ZTTa  201.  1  :'X«SC  104.  i 

Ce  .54.  2.  a,  207.  2.  a    yT^  200.  <r  ^-2a  220.  2.  a 

SC3  140.  5  "irTa  6i.  o.  r;!  tts  i&o.  ft,  200.  a 

rca  .54.  2.  a  T7P  158.  3  rrsa  190.  ft 


378 


INDEX   III. 


lis'a  207. 1.  c 
rrim  los.  c 

b2T3  140.  5 
Tri2  190.  b 
'^VTil  191.  5 
p^T3  150.  5 

•yrq  i90. 6,  210 

■^"12^  194.  1 
W^^TO  197.  cZ 
D'^nsp  207.  2.  a 
"•n^  164.  2 
p)2  186.  2.  c 
©•ip)?  191.  5.  a 
tJnplS  24.  ft,  190.  a 
''©•IP^  216.  2.  a 
DDmp^  104.  /i,   221. 

3.  a 
Dip^  197.   ft,    200.  a, 

216.  1 
bippia  217.  a 
-lippp  95.  a 
'')3''P>3  61.  Q.  a 
bpT2  200.  o,  215.  1.  h 
DDbp^  221.  3.  a 
•<:ibbpi9  90  (3  pi.) 
nSp^  165.  3 

n:p^  221.  7 

iMlpT?  90  (2  f.) 
nySplS  216.  2.  a 

ia5np^  167. 1 

''S'ipp  216.  1.  a 

nnpi2  24.  6 
n^p'a  95.  a 
np-ipT2  161.  2 


i«n^  196.  d 
nx-|72  217 

ns-i^  217 
nsni?  220.  1.  6 
^ns-i)?  220. 1.  6 
niiSS'n^  201.  1 
•inizjj^ni?  214.  2. 6 

ysn^  80.  2.  b 
72^12  191.  3,  215.  1. 

T\Tiyq  22.  a 

DD^";!^  119.  3 

^rr^ii  114 
nn-b  34, 141. 1 
rhz  34 
rn^  61.  5 

iT/G  172.  2 

n-'mn^  161. 4 
DTsiTa  161.  4 

'^r\*l2  190.  6 

nn'a  215. 1.  b 
'prnrq  191.  5,  207.  2. 

210.  c 
n'jnb  24.  f,  93.  e 
T>r\''yq  198.  a  (4) 
1\'fi2  190.  & 

nsn^  190.  a 
nasn-a  58.  2.  o,  210. 

214.  1.  b,  216.  2.  6 

nns"i)3  114 

J^n-a  140.  5 

nyn^  190.  6 
^.n:?*!^  220. 1. 6 
tr^vy^  190.  b 
nnia  141.  5 


r.™  216.  1.  h 

nn^a  60.  4.  a 
D^^nnia  203.  5 
nisiST?  16G.  2, 191.  4 
n5ir^  221. 6.  a 

niT2J)2  190.  a,  191.  2 
b-i^tp'O  191.  1 
D'^b^ii^ir^  180.  a 

b  irmti  164.  2 
rns^r^  3.  i, « 

nSt'T?  215.  1.  6 

nfiT^  191.  4 
nnniif^  161.  4 

TiniTTa  (inf.)  125.  2 
riHir^  215.  1.  h 
rriTE'a  54.  1,  205.  b 
niffi73  210 

^,n^n^T£i2  104.  ^' 

2|C73  200.  c 

3311"^  95.  a 
b,  ^31?^,  ^DID^  89  (in.  pi.) 

nb2t^  207.  1.  a 

Jirp^^  27. 

IITTia  200.  f,  e 

^32Tr^  66.  2  (2)  c 

■jbt?^  95.  a 
e,  n'''53TS^  139.  3 

n^SlSffi'O  191,  5 

DPy'air'a  60.  3.  a  ■ 

n^TT-Q  217 

tinT2pTa  214.  1,  217 

niyii^  207. 1.  a 

nnBB^  214.  1.  b 

nnsTC^  61. 1.  b 


INDEX    III. 


379 


"ipnstTs  60. 3.  a  D:«:n^  208.  4 

''I2STIJ13   92.  6  55^r''<?   141.  6 

•>b^DTDTa  61.  6.  a,  218  'pTTQ  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

pffi^  190.  b  T?'i^nT3  141.  5* 

"IjJTZJT?  80.  2.  6,  93.  c  Mn^  54.  2,  205./ 

qipiTT?   190.  a 

CITDT?  210.  c  SD  40 

mtCT3  54.  1,  205.  b  i«3  240.  2,  263.  1.  a 

tJC^  141.  1  (p.  175)  ni53  200.  a 

?ant^  126. 1  "ii^ii:  eo.  3.  a,  61.  e.  a 

Dn"*innC)2  90  (2  m.),  ni853   I68.  a,  174.  1 

170.  1  nisa  57.  2  (2)  a,  187. 
•<rnB73  22.  b,  223.  1.  a  1.  d 

O'lrnrp  22. 6  iisp  i74. 1 

n)2  57.  2  (5),  82.  1.  a  -n"S3   159.  1 
(1),  153.  1,  156.  2  bis  niX3  50.  4 


n'n  54.  1 

D^ps^rna  82.  5.  a 
nn-b  34  ^ 
nriTs  34 

nriT?  86.  6  (2  m.) 


^Tri5!3  111.  2.  c^ 
CX3  90  (pass.) 
?iS3  121.  1 
r.S5i;3  00.  3.  b  (2) 
D"'S'1S5«3  187.  2.  c 


pima  185.  2.  6,  207.  1.  c  "J^Xp  82.  5.  o,  121.  1 

np^n^a  66. 2  (2)  c  yi?3  60.  4.  a,  92.  d 

r\bmn2  21 8.  a  1^12^3  63.  1.  a 

rnnnia  94.  a  T^i^sj  63.  1.  a 

nnrp  237.  2  (1)  n6?3  121.  1 

^^•7^  201.  1,  207.  2.  a   D"'"1N3   140.  2 
132r73   96.  b  "li?T5fii3  120.  2 

nsbn^  24.  cr,  75.  1  tins  50.  1,  82.  5.  a 


^^li'i^'^   141.  6 

:?bntt  80.  2. 6 
niy^np  51.  4 

Dnp  190.  6 
iriT?  215.  1.  a 


saa  207. 1.  b 
nnb  219. 1. 6 

^bn33"l  65.  6 
nS^nS   198.  a  (2) 
-l2rS3'^D^n3  51.  4 


njixn^D^ns  51.  4 

■jisp  158.  4 

nns  141. 1 

?,-h3  140.  2 
res?   165.  3 
^3h3  159.  1 
D-'Ma  159.  3 
b33  82.  1.  a  (1),  84.  3. 
«(1) 

basn  132.  3 

'23   90 

nba;  (y'b)  ui.  i 

y-^i  !:23   35.  1 

inbnp  221.  2.  6 

"^ntSS  221.  2.  6 
y\rh2^  221.  2.  6 

\-ii:D:  158.  4 
:?n3  50. 1 

np33   141.  1 

ntpnsn  99.  3 
nn3  140.  2 

^bsiS  83.  c  (2),  122.  2 

n3!i3  219.  1 

^53  237.  1 

"l^Z^  99.  3 

:?"??  91.  a 

W3   184.  a,  197.  a,  208. 

3.  b 
rm^   184.  a,  198.  a.  2 
r-TliS   140.  2 

qias  131.  5 

n3-«5:   196.  b 
n'-:-3  91.  6,  173.  2 
^>i3  140.  2 


380  INDEX     III. 

nirro  173.  2  5^3,  ?i3  i57.  i  ^:n2  53.  2.  a,  71.  a  (1) 

nrbJD  173.  1  cpiD  149. 1  irfrns  i40.  2, 141.  2 

n^bsD  173. 1  nnois  13.  6  nnp  140.  2 

yhp  131.  4  ^^T3  158.  4  *in:  135.  2,  140.  2 

?;^;?ro  eo.  3.  a  V73  82. 1.  a  (3),  84.  3.  inn?  141. 1 

nyab  207.  1.  e  a  (1)  ntn3  197.  6,  205,  211 

nina?  140.  2  ibrs  86.  o,  141.  1  IJ?'^'^?  i93. 1 

tbS3  80.  2.  a  (3),  84.       iVT3  86.  a  nnp  131.  1 

3.  a  (2),  130.  1  nb  60.  2  rn?  (y?)  140.  2 

*13  (v.)  156.  2  sans  63.  1.  6  ?-n3  (fs)  131.  1 

*Tj3  84.  3.  a  (3),  141.  3  T)^2m  63.  1.  &  Hipj  79.  3.  a 

(p.  175)  rcnz  165.  1  r.i:3  131.  3 

'i'i3  156.  2  cnan?  i64.  2  riv.i33  172.  5,  209.  3.  a 

©i"I3  57.  2  (5)  nmi  100.  2.a(2),156.4  ffiit}3   131.  3 

nbns  173.  2  ins"!  ise.  4  ?rj3  172. 1 

'TIS  84.  3.  a  (3),  125.  3  D^TS^.n?  187.  2.  a  '1''123  172.  1 

an?  131. 1  TT'^np  i85.  2  i?):::?  207. 1.  b 

n^^ns  112.  2  rnr^.ns  205  is-itti:?  173. 1 

bns  121. 1  ^n3  80. 1  utya'c:  i64.  2, 173. 1 

nsbro  80.  2.  6  -n?  60.  3.  «  y[:3  eo.  3.  c,  i84.  a 

bV.3  187.  2.  c  bnS  131.  1  TJii  131.  4 

oris  118.  2  bn3  140.  2  ri3.3  184.  a,  216.  1.  e 

?JSn3  60.  3.  a  nbn3  60.  3.  a,  61.  0.  a   rJ3  126.  1 

ins  200.  c,  207.  1.  6       r.bri3  60.  3.  a  irJS  131.  3 

D^nn?  203.  3,  'ibri?  141. 1  nt:3  si.  i 

ni:ii3  149. 1  ri^rni^'  99.  3  nn-jb  207. 1.  a 

•^^  149.  1  V^n?   113.  1  13  53.  3.  a 

^^13  142. 1  nbn3  196.  b  rn^^  59. « 

ni3  156.  1  ribn;  ui.  2  nn^:  i87.  2.  c 

ni3,  ni3  157. 1  ons  77. 2  or?  105.  a 

DTOiS  221.  7.  a  Dn?  60.  4.  a,  131.  1  pS'^S  187.  1.  c 

'i^bis  149. 1  ^nnians  iii,  i  its  15 8.  2 

lis:;?  83.  c  (2),  150.  3  O^'Cn?  140.  2  DT3   105.  a 

(p.  182)  "jn?  135.  2  1S33  24.  b 


INDEX   III. 


381 


*13D3  207.  2.  6 
nD3  210 
•jiD3  159.  3 
n3iD3  159.  1 
niiDD  159.  1 

T 

nsb  237. 1 
jnnDb  127. 1 

DD3  50,  2 
5|bp3  91.  6 
nPBDD?  86.  h  (2  m.) 
-IB33  83.  c  (2) 
nS5  216.  1.  b 
•'•IDS  194.  2 
aab?  80.  2.  6 
^lb3  91.  d 
Tibs  159.  3 
DhbS  91.  i,  119.  1 
npbs  132.  2 
nTntl3  91.  e 

"^lyi  159, 1 

M  159.  1 
^t)i^3  159.  1 
bTO3  159.  1 
D^bilQ3   159,  3 
nb^3  200.  6,  c 

^Vias  159,  1 

Dnb^3  141,  2 
0^3,  D^3  140.  2 
S2123  207.  1.  6,  209. 
3.  h 

•inssii?  60.  1.  a 

Drip)23  141.  2 

:-i)33  (n'i?)  159.  1 

1133  185.  2 


n]5P33  45.  4,  97.  1 
03  174.  5 
nW  135.  2,  140.  2 
nsaCS  164.  5 

nnc3  141. 1 
nacs  140. 2 

nD3  3.    1.  «,    131.  3, 

165.  1 
.^iD3  (K.  fut.)  157.  3 
:^i03  (Ni.)  159.  1 
DW3  159.  3 
"inr^lDS  11.  \.  a 
1^^103     66.    2    (2)    c, 

159.  1 
?yD5  50.  1 
^03  184 
ro03  220.  1.  6 
1303  216.  2.  a 
003  141.  3  (p.  175) 

rmv]  99.  3 

nSDSl  99.  3 
DW3  111,  3.  a 

ni:?3  159. 1 
Xn'W':  62.  2 
Din^y?  201. 1.  b 

b2?3  197.  a,  200.  c 
Cbsys  203.  2,  208.  4 
Db^5  60.  3.  a,  112.  3 

n)3b?3.  Diiab3)3  112. 

D3?3  82.  1.  a  (2) 
n")2?3  32.  3.  a 
7^253   187.  2.  c 
"1?3  121,  1 
"l?3  58.  1,  184.  6 


n?3  184.  b 
nny3  58.  1 
yn?3  111.  3.  b 
ntol  172.  3 

inb-s3  159. 1 

7i£3  159.  1 

anis:iD3  159.  1 
n^:2is3  159.  3 

nixbSS  235.  3  (3) 
nS?bS3   166.  1 
nsbB3  106.  1,  205.  c 

nnsb£3  160. 1 

ibE3  106.  a 

^3"^bD3  173.  1 

in-<bB3  173.  1 

bbB3  92.  a 

1S35  61.  4 

fSp  179.  2.  a 

T2JS3  50.  2,  102. 1,  197.  ft, 

200.  c 
D^b^nSS  187.  2.  a 
v.?  217 
123  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

n23  217 
rranssi  99.  3 
nss  61. 2 

p'nm?  54.  4,  96.  b 
i:b23  65.  a 
3   ir\tt£5  86.  J  (2  m.) 
"123  50.  3,  51.  1 
^23  131.  3 
nn23  24.  ft,  98.  1.  a 
nn23  24.  ft,  106.  ft 
Dnn23  104.  i 


382 


INDEX  III. 


mS  149.  1 

rinjpp  131.  3 

1SS3j53  91.  d 
"ipD  185.  2.  b 
n;?2  174.  3 
^lOipS  24.  c 

b-Jipa  217 
oribp:  159. 1 

"ipD,  m'^p}  185.   2.  c?, 

209.  2 
n^p3   173.  1 
iri^|?3   173.  1 
bp3,  bp2  140.  2 
•irTppp  141.  2 
Dps  217 
Dpp    131.  3 
n^p3  217 
5?p3  179.  2.  a 
fcShpD  91.  6,  166.  3 
n?  43.  o,  200.  a 
iJID  97.  2.  a 
■773  183.  b 
nnsi  99.  3,  147.  5 

^ssn:  164.  3 

pS  140.  2 
M©3  82.  5.  a 
Sto3   131.  3 
i«iB3  131.  4 
i5i|3  (Pi.)  165.  2 
iStoS  164.  4 
?ISto3  164.  4 
^iC3  165.  3 

Kim  57.  2  (3)  ff,  86. 

(3  pi.),  164.  3 


••iteS  165.  3 
NtJp  177.  3 
S5ttJ3  165.  2 
bfi^TSS  119.  1 
S©31   150.  3 

nnsTUp  205 

WT2J3   141.  2 
iD^^TTS  220.  1.  6 
D'^TlJp  207.  2.  c 
D'''IB31   140.  5 
•fT?3  84.  3.  a  (3) 
r.|Tr2  51.  4 
birS  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ri"bTj33   124.  a 

rg-'bt^  97.  1 
nmb  141. 1 

ni3'£3  141.  1 
131103    92.  c 
vlTTp  50.  2 
r.pli;3  53.  3.  a,  128 

nn©3  24.  c 

niniSp  83.  c  (2) 
TOr\T»3  172.  3 

1in3  11.  1.  6 

D3in3  11.  1.  6 
•fDS  50.  1,  80.  2.  a 

84.  3.  a  (2) 
"jnp   130.  1,  132.  1 

fns,  "ins  131.  4  • 

""jriS  130.  1.  6 

^:ri3  24.  c 
Di:n3  11. 1.  6 

6   ?i3n3  101.  3.  a 
f  n3  50.  1 


7r,3  131.  3 
'imijjns  24.  6 

nns  125.  3 
©r3  50.  1 

DI^P3   132.  1 

riijp  200.  b,  207.  1./ 

n;'ns?D  203. 3 

ab,  2hD  134.  1,  139.2 

329  138 

330  141.  4    . 
"'3^330,   ''ISrO  104.  ?, 

139.  1 
•>3^30  139.   1 
ini3D  61.  3 
3'>3D  11.  1.  & 
3">3D  235.  3  (1) 
3''3b  90 
-^30  19.  2.  a 
i33D  24.  b,  221.  5.  a 
•1339  19.  1,  45.  2 
^30   187.  1.  a 
i53C  24.  b,  221.  5.  a 
ribSD   3.  1.  a 
nSD  51.  1 
(3),  TnriD  187.  2.  c 
33'iO  137,  141.  4 
TO  184.  6 
•nnio  186.  2.  a 
0^,0  58.  1 
nOlO  58.  1 
*'CTO  62.  2 
•'9^0  66.  1  (2)  b 
TD^O  62.  2 


INDEX    III. 


383 


n&i0186.  2.  a 

n^O  3.  1,  a 

nhiD  53.  2.  a,  220.  1.  6 

nhp  119. 1 
nnnnp  92.  a,  122. 1 

n-^p  197.  b,  200.  c,  (^ 
?JpD51.  1,1-11.  2  (p.  175) 
bpD  3.  1.  a,   51.  1,  80. 

2.  a  (1) 
?fPDP  138 
"Ipp  3.  1.  a,  51.  1 
nnbp  125.  1 

bobo  141.  5 

nibpbpi87.  l.c,207.2.a 
pbD  84.  3.  a  (2) 
0^9  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 

nbb  197.  b 
yi'gp  195. 1 
nnnsTap  104.  i 

r>:0  183.  ^>,  184,  b 
D"'ni:p  207.  1.  a 
D^spsp  207.  2.  a 
T2;0  195.  1 
1'JD  19.  2.  a,  89 
n^ypn  234.  a 
lyo  131.  3 
"lyp,  nj?b  122.  2 

nnyp  51.  1 

qp  200.  f,  207.  2.  a 

TiSp  3.  1.  a 

^EDT    15G.  4 

•jSD  50.  1 

qSD   141.  3  (p.  175) 

ISO  61.  4 


Di'nO  210.  a 

ipino,  ip'^np  GO.  3.  c 
riBi^np  68.  a 
nno  184.  & 

D^'aP.p  104.  ff 

nnp  217 
rvinp  217 

i-inp  66.  2  (2)  a 

n:?  197.  &,  200.  c,  215. 

1.  a 
n:^  {obh?)  10.  2.  a 
W  112.  5.  c 

in5?  65 

rnn:>  111. 3.  a 

T  :   T 

1^32^  220.  2.  b 
^12V  65 
iWn  61.  1.  a 
1  jn?  216.  1.  a 
'■^'12'J  61.  1 
V.^^W  195.  3 
:T]W  220.  1.  6 
T^IV  22.  a 

nn:^  112. 5.  b 

*'W194.  1,209.2,217 

n^nn^  62.  2 
ni^-135'  62.  2 
n^^nsy,  n-'in^  02.  2 
ninns^  217 

^'^TJ  106.  a 

DDTO  106.  a,  127.  2 

ra?  200.  c 

3?:^  112.  5.  a 

nay  186. 2. 6 


bj:?  185. 2. 6 

'??  197.  c 

nbs^  197.  c 

'1?237.  1,238.  1,267.6 
*iy  65.  a 

^2?  43.  « 

nn:^  112. 5.  a 

TTiV  184.  6 
T\My!  209.  3 
'''1?  238.  1.  a 
^2  ^?  239.  2  (2) 

q"i:?  112. 5.  a 

W  112.  5.  a 
T''^?  220.  2.  a 
n.1^2?  186.  2.  b 
"li:?  235.  3  (1),  236 

'irj  161.  1 

liy  (v.)  157.  1 

'j::'!:?  156. 1 

bny,  b:i?  184.  6,  216. 

l.d 

b'^V  161.  1 

nb^J?  51.  1,  208.  3.  c 

•ib-i?  221.  5.  b 
bb"':?  142.  1 
bb'^:?  141.  5 
'i^n  Dbi2?  63.  1.  c 
nnb^,?  61.  6.  a 

pS'   156.  1 
p:^   200.  c 

■jsiy  141.  4 

a^r^iy  187.  1.  e 
P,iy  201.  1 


384 


INDEX     III. 


p:?  179.  2.  a 

niy  200. « 

W  (v.)  57.  2  (5)  a, 

161.  1 
-l?2?  (adj.)  187.  1.  b 
•jinks'  193.  2 
nn^y  198.  a  (3),  201.  1 

tv\y  161. 1 

ry,  Ti3^  65.  a 
T?  200.  b,  207.  2 
bTST?  11.  1.  a,  168.  a 
nST!^  98.  1 
1J':2i2T:?  22.  a 
""QTi^  61.  6,  a 
^ayy  111.  3.  a 
■«3r\lT?  104.  ;■ 
nty  60.  3.  b  (1),  184 
■"•T^,  ^-y  221.  6 
^^'^  61.  5 

"iry  112.  5.  i 

"IT?  184 

mr?  196.  6 

nnnr?  6i.  e.a 

T\'jy  112.  5.  6 
nvji;  209.  1.  a 
qbl35  195.  1 

n->b>t:?[  207. 1.  a 

Tl23?  50.  1,  112.  5.  b 

-    T  ' 

nTJ3>  214.  1.  6 
1?  53.  3.  a 

ts":?  201. 1 

T"!^  199.  a 

i:'?  184.  6,  197.  a,  208 
3.  c  bis,  217 


niD^?  203.  5.  a 

niS'i?  216.  1.  d 

i?^?  221.  5.  b 

in^Siy  220.  2.  c 

nBi^  156.  1 

n**?  208.  3.  c 

T?  197.  o,  200.  b,  207. 

1./ 

ni^2?220.  1.  b,  221.  5.6 
n'T'2?  207.  2.  c 
C":?  197.  a 
tj^ai?  195.  1 

p:^,  nD!?  51.  4 

W  112.  5.  a 

b?237. 1,  238.  1,  267.6 

bi?  186.  2.  c 

n;',b?  51.  1 

a"ipib?  201.  1,-  b 

Tby  112.  5.  c 

ri?  185.  2.  6 

^Tby  111.  3.  a 

^l)^  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.  fl 

■"b?  238.  1.  a 

lb?  3.  4 

limbs'  193.  1 

n^'b^b?  198.  a  (4) 

"irb?  239.  2  (3) 

Db:?  112.  5.  b 

n;?rb?  237. 2  (2) 
nsb^  93.  c 

''S-b:?  237.  2  (2)  . 

fb:?  112.  5.  c 
nnbb  61.  6.  a 

D?  197.  &,  207.  2.  a 


D3?  237.  1 
"712^  110.  1 
^b?  60.  3.  b  (1) 
^^b?  65,  89  (m.  pi.) 
^"i^?  60.  1.  a 
'^^'nV  111.  3.  a 
rr}12V.  45.  2,  106.  a 

n-ipiT:?  209. 2, 210.  <; 

■^^^   199.  b 

^12V_  214.  2 

?J^?  65.  a 

P^'t?  3.  4 

D^'52^?  207.  2.  a. 

pr:?  185.  2.6,  207.  1.  c, 

217 
ptt?  184 
n"!?:?  208.  3.  b 

nnb?  3.  4 

^2iV  24.  6,  216.  2.  o 
r.2?  174.  3 
r.V  185.  2.  (Z 
rir.V  60.  3.  6  (1) 

ini::?  i74.  6 
*'::?  185.  2.  (Z 

11\}V  104.  6 
"j;?  198,  217 
II?  141.  4 

n;:5[  19 8,  21 7 
•'::?  139. 1 

DDS:?  221.  6.  c 

piy  50. 1 

•'nha?  24.  6 
Dnio?  141.  2 

D'^iiS:?  208.  3.  c? 


INDEX   III. 


385 


bS^  112.  5.  a 

ns:^  200.  a 

"iB'y  208.  3.  b 
O'lnSS^  60.  3.  h  (2) 
ninB3^  61.  6.  a 


nian:?,  nian^  45.  s.  a  nntos^  214. 1.  h,  223. 1 
•inn:?  22.  a  nnto?  i96.  rf,  224 

D^ii!''n'1?  62.  2.  6,  209.    'jinteS'  210.  6,  227.  3 


li.  a 
D'^an?  208.  4 
T^y  43.  a,  185.  2  c?,  198,  ty^"l5[  60.  3.  6  (1) 

2lY  'l^i"!?  187.  1.  e 

■jia^:?  193.  2  •''n?  216.  1.  a 

DD^aS?  24.  6,  216.  2.  a  p"\:?  210.  a 

n^y  184.  h  c's),  217     na-\?  iii.  s.  « 

nsy  198 

D^'lBbS?  203.  5 

02^  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1.  51^^  80.  2.  6 

a  (2)  bsnSj  193.  2.  c 

D2?  197.  6,  200.  c  to"!?  197.  a 

DS3>  217 
Ts^'l'S  217 
nS^  50.  3,  112.  5.  b 
DD'^n'"lJl?  24.  b 
^y^'na?   220.  2.  a 

ap:?  112. 5. 6 

apy  200.  c,  (f,  215.  1.  b  ^m  (part.)  172.  5 

n©i?,  a^3?  239.  2  (2)  itoy  172.  2 
nia|?y  24. 6,  216. 2.  a  ito?  172.  2 
Tj^niaj^s?  24.  6  itoy  62.  2.  c 

la;^?  24.  &,  216.  2.  a      niTC:?  172.  5,  209.  3.  a 

npy  185. 2.  b  rr^'ty  221.  7.  « 

bjPbp?  188  tf^ir:?  201.  2 

an]??  195.  1,  207.  2.  6    1^1??  227.  1 
tJ]::?  112.  5.  a  t}^m  86.  6  (1  c.) 

t'^^P  187.  1.  6  ^^^^W  102.  1.  a 

13?  156.  2  'nC?  62.  2.  c 

any  118.  1  nto3?  224 


D^'nto?  208.  3.  a,  225.  1 
nhto?  225.  1.  a 

nto:^  172. 1 

pic:?  185.  2.  c 

)m  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  6 
l^y  216.  1.  e 


y\9  197.  6 


TOn?  200.  c,  216.  1.  b    '^y'n'i^W^^  17.  2  ] 
W?  187.  1.  e  rncy  79.  2,  112.  5.  b, 

125.  3 
m»?  197.  a 
^rwy  224.  a 

ato3?  200.  a  t-rpw^_  207. 1.  d 

niatej?  24. 6,  21 6.  2.  a  n?  43. «,  197.  b,  200.  c, 

nte?  172.  2  207.  2,  215.  1.  6 

nicy  62. 2.  c  nnj?  so.  2 

bxnto?,  b^5-nto5:  i3. 6  nr\?  219.  1.  a 

itoy  (pret.)  62.  2.  c         ''PS?  194.  2 

nny  112.  5,  a 

pny  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
"iny  112.  5,  a,  125.  3 

«B  11.  1.  b 

*1^'lSa  189.  2.  c 

T 

•jnijia  104.  c 

q^^i^^  104.  6 
iy^B  125.  2 

bsnna  57.  2  (2)  b 
nisn^B  13.  ^i 

ni?y  80.  2.  6,  112.  5.  a  UT^^t  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 


386 


INDEX   III. 


fins  193.  2.  c 
D'lX  nns  33.  1.  a,  219. 
1.  h 

ns  11. 1.  b 

ns  185.  2.  (/,  209.  1.  a, 

215.  2.  6,  220.  1.  c 
nb  235.  3  (4) 
IS  11.  1.  h 
pS  179.  2.  a 
"lis  139.  1 

nnis  141.  4 

tTS  141.  1  (p.  175) 

ins  78.  1 

^nS  184.  h 

nna  i98,  211.  a 
inss  131.  3 
nns  131.  4 

"1123  125.  3 
"'B  61.  6.  a 
n^S   198.  c 
in*'? ,  V3  62.  2 
T2Jib^3   59.  «,   195.  1, 
197.  a,  200.  h 

imr^bis  220. 1. 6 
iibs  18.  2.  c 

;\^2  92.  c 

r^bs  92.  c 

T2.)bS  59.  a,  195.  1, 
197.  a,  200.  h,  208. 
3.  a 

D^pba  66.  2  (2)  c 
tS-ibs   207.  1.  c 
ntpibs  198 

"i^-'ba  216.  1.  6 


rib'ibS   198.  a  (2) 
n^^bibs  198.  a  (4) 

bbs  141.  1  (p.  175) 

"ipisbS  68.  a,  75.  3 

^:bbx  'ip'bs  75.  3 
iniDbs  194. 1 

''nbs  199.  6 

•jS  239.  1 

n23  143.  a 

:^33  39.  4.  a 

n^33  197.  &,  201.  1 

i^^DD  220.  2.  c 

''tt*'23  194.  2 

''n^SS^  100.  2.  a  (1) 

n©3  187.  1.  & 

bD3  208.  3.  b 

b?3  76.  2,  83.  &,  84.  3. 

a  (3),  118.  2 
b:?3  60.  1.  a,  61.  2,  4, 

208.  3 
ib?3  60.  3.  b  (2),  221. 

5.  a 
ibys  221.  5.  a 
•ibyB   60.  3.  b  (2) 
^by3  61.  1 
DDbysi  19.  2 
a:?3   60.   1,   63.   2.  o, 

197.  5,  200.  c,  d 
"123  50.  2,  125.'  3 
^p3  80.  2.  a  (4) 
"Ip3    89 
^"i;:3  86.  a 
''S'ljpS)  106.  6 
D''"I^p3  187.  2 


nj?3  187.  1 

nip-njjsp  43. 6, 188 

-13  197.  c 

i?n3  18.  2.  c,  61.  2.  a, 
209.  3.  b 

nxnsii.  1.  a 

ni?13   199 

nans  207. 1.  b 

D^OnnS  207.  1.  a 
nn3  197.  c 
D'^nnnS  207.  1.  b 

■jins  193.  2 

"inS)  194.  2 
nns  50.  1,  79.  2 
nri"lB  187.  1.  d 
1"I3  57.  2  (4),  184.  b, 

221.  5.  c 
Sl^nb  62.  2.  r,  209.  1.  a 
^^^'B  62.  2.  6 
pn3  210.  a 
riDIB  216.  1.  a 
SlOnS  200.  c 
ynS  200.  a 
nyns  11.  1.  a 
niJ'lB  104.  d 
"13^3  141.  4 
l^nS  50.  2 
f  nS  200.  c 
pnS  50.  1 

©■13  210.  a,  216.  1.  a 
©nS  50.  3 
tJn3  119.  1 

TTBn3  50.  3,  68.  «,  180.  a 
DDtplB  104.  h,  119.  1 


INDEX   III. 


387 


tT\b  196.  b,  209.  1.  a 
WD1  100.  2.  a  (2) 
t2irs  80.  2.  a  (1),  84. 
3.  «  (3) 

nniija  200.  b 

DH'rs  156.  1 

nS  197.  a,  200.  &,  207. 

2.  a 
D«n9  235.  2  (1) 
CanS)   215.  1.  a 

tiins  139.  2 

np3  80.  1 

inns)  106.  «,  125.  2 
^"ls  208.  3.  (? 
Vnbna  188 

NS  148.  3 

nxa  (n.)  216.  1.  b 

:ns3r  (v.)  i48. 3,  i64.  5 

nrX2  148.  3,  164.  3 
Q^'SX^  208.  3.  a 
■jSbJ   201.  1 
1N2S:2  216.  1.  a 
D-^SSSa  188.  a 

nsa  148.  2 

insa  148.  2 

?;n552r  30.  2 

Sn2  200.  a,  215.  2.  d 

D'^sair  56.  4 
D'^siaa  56.  4 

•ins  208.  3.  c? 
n^32  209.  2.  6 

n^na  165.  3 

^S  207.  2.  a 


p'''^?  187.  1 
p'lS   84.  3.  a  (2) 
p'lS  184,  198.  a  (2) 
p'lS  65.  a 

p-na  80.  1 

np'ia  198.  a  (2),  216. 
''P^P!^?   65.  a 

tynp-ia  92.  c? 
nha  50.  1 

ins  197.  a 

n:>'ina:  19.  2,  203.  5, 

208.  4 
12  174.  5 
"li{12  11.  1.  a 
"IK^a  200.  c,   215.  1, 

216.  1.  d 
ma  174.  5 

nia  57.  2  (2) 
Ti^ia  11. 1.  a 
D-'n-iia,  orriia  11. 1. 
pia  207. 1.  c 
nia  (v.)  50.  3 

"lia  (n.)  51.  3 

pna  51.  2 
pna  92.  d 
nna  50. 1 
nna  iss.  2.  6 

■la  209.  2 
Ta  208.  3.  c 
Ta  187.  1.  a 
''3h'<2  210.  d 

pra  187. 1.  c 
^bp"^a  14.  a 

ba  207.  2.  a 


nba  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ninba  57. 1 
nnba  57. 1, 210.  e 
ibba  139. 1 
ibba  20.  2,  221.  6.  b 
2  d^bba  209.  2.  a 
ni-Dba  195.  3 

yba  197.  a,  200.  c,  216. 
1.  e 

TOba  198 

baba  i87. 1.  e,  207.  2. 

ff,  216.  2 

D'^baba  16.  3.  5 

am  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1) 
iilsa  (adj.)  185.  2.  & 
"^^tta  22.  ff,  216.  2.  a 

n^a  80.  2.  a  (1) 
npa  165.  3 
in^aa  i64.  2 
a  ipri^a  102. 2, 104. ; 

*i2Wl2a  24.  b,  92.  a 

"'snnTQa  24.  b 
!q^;a,  q^pa  i85.  2 
"Ipsa  200.  a 

^'^^'^^   119.  3 

p?a  51.  2, 121. 1 

ISa  (part.)  172.  5 
•jisa  197.  6 

npisa  219. 1 
''aisa  194.  2 

nisa  197.   c,  200.  a, 
207.  1.  d 

■jsa  50. 1 
nasa  132. 1 


388 


INDEX  III. 


qS2  141.  2  (p.  175) 

^TOS  68.  a,  195.  2 

■jnbS  193.  2.  6,  208.  3.  a 

p2?  148.  3 

l^p^  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

n]52  148.  2 

nnS  216.  1.  a 

T    T 

nsins  98.  1.  a 
ni-12   200.  a 
TO  50.    3,    141.    3 
(p.  175) 

n^j?  156.  4 
Di«p  11.  1.  a 
nSp  156.  3 
nxp  196.  6 
ap  139.  2 

nnp  184.  i 
"nnp  19. 2, 141. 1 
nip  104.  <? 
bap  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
i>ap,  i>np  19.  2.  c, 

221.  6.  a 
D^bap  19.  2 

i:ap  141.  3 
yap  92.  d 
nsip  92.  c 

?]2ap  92.  c,  101.  3.  a, 
104.  h 

nap  78.  1 
nap  200.  c 
inap  104.  j 
tJinp  185.  2.  6 
o'ltiiip  201.  2 


Onp.  65.  ft 

npnp  187. 1.  e 

tJnp  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1 

a  (2) 
TJJnj?  208.  3.  6 
-©"Ip  92.  c 
TC-np    92.  c 
D''1pnp  19.  2 

nnp  121. 1 
nbnp  191.  d 
innp  194. 1 
yaip  50. 1 
©nnp  11. 1.  J 
f^'^p,  !n?P  1^4.  3 
tni^ip,  ini.'ip  174.  2 
bip  200.  a 

nip  153.  2,  155 

na^p,  n^ip  157. 2 
i^^p  34 
''^^p  34 
ni^ip  156.  2 

D^ip  83.  c  (1) 
nn^t)tlip  198.  a  (4) 
pp  179.  2.  a 
nisilp  57.  2  (3)  a 

^nhnp  21. 1 
np  132.  2 

np  53.  2,  a,  132.  2 

Tip   132.  2 

Onp  132.  2 

-nnp  60.  3.  c,  132.  2 

nnp  132. 2 

■iprip  132.  2 

Tjatap  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 


bwp  217 

bl3p  51.   3,   83,    83.   &, 

85.  2,  103 
bt2p  183.  a 
bpp   217 
•jtJp  185.  2,  207.  2.  b, 

217 
■jbp  (adj.)  185.  2 
•Jbp  (v.)    82.   1.   a  (3), 

84.  3.  a  (1) 
"^Stpp  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 
nup  80.  2.  a  (1) 
niD'«p  187.  1.  c 
n^P   83.  c  (1),   154.  1, 

161.  1 
tJiiaip  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 
^12^^P  220.  1.  6 
■jibp-'p  187.  1.  e 
Tp  200.  a 
"^P  141.  1 

^!?p;i  100. 2.  a  (2) 
nibp  214.  2 
nibp  141.  2 

bbp  84.  3.  a  (2) 
bbp  141.  4 

nbbp  20.  2 

ncbp  198.  a  (3) 

bpbp  141.  4 
bp'bp  187.  1.  g 

Dp  57.   2  (5),    153.  1, 

185.  2.  a 
tJinp  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 
n^'^p  156.  2 
b^p,  b^p  82.  1.  a  (1) 


INDEX   III. 


389 


24.  c 
r\vqp  61.  4,  66.  2  (2), 

157.  2 
'^'Op  208.  3.  6 

n^i?  59 

•Jl?  215.  1.  b 

^53]?  92.  d,  166.  3 

inSSp  166.  2 

ns^  200.  c 

nsj?  172.  2 
i3)3   172.  2 
-J^3p  215.  1.  c 
•jSj^  141.  1  (p.  175) 
|3p  80.  2.  6 
••Spp?  54.  3 
•"laiDIp  89  (f.  s.) 
DDj?  84.  3.  a  (3) 

"°9)?  87 

DD)?  141.  3  (p.  175) 

n'lSjp  196.  c 

nsjp  50.  1 

nSp  18.  2.  c 

'^m'^  220.  1.  6 

12)5  184.  b 

T2p  185.  2.  a 

ni?  141.  1  (p.  175) 

nSj?   50.  1,  2,    84.  3.    a 

(3),  125.  3 
D3n2j5   106.  a 
nS]?  196.  6,  211.  a 
Xnj?  179.  1.  a 
S^'njp  166.  2 
^t^p  167.  1 
niiinp  166.  2 


•yx'ip  104.  c 
nb;'b  x"i)P  35.  1 

•jXnp   60.    3.  c,   98.  2, 
164.  3 

n^?n)5  166. 1 
nsni?  166.  2 

nnp   77.  3,  78.  2,  82. 

1.  a  (2),  118.  1 
S"!)?  (imp.)  119.  1 
Snp   185.  2.  b 

nnp  200.  a 

-nn]?  19.  2.  a 

nnnp  98.  i.  a 

liinp  39.  4.  a 
DDinjp  19.  2,  119.  3 
■ja-|]2  19.  2.  5,  193.  2 
^32n]?  216.  1.  a 
D^nj?  200.  c 
TTnp  179.  1.  a 
lil]5  185.  2.  b 

nnp  187. 1. 6 
xnnp  11. 1.  a 
Nnnp  196.  d 

Tinp  89  (f.  s.) 

onp  118. 1 

I'^P  197.  a 

niS'np  203.  5.  a 

"i.^np  214.  2 

•1\2'?)?,   1''5'?)5  221.  4 

D??"?)?,   O^D-ljp  203.  1, 

.208.  4 
bbnp  193.  2.  c 

ynp  50.  2 

2?j?np  187.  1.  e 


^T}V-  161.  2 
ntoptep  207.  1.  e 
mCp   79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

n©p  210 

riiCp  216.  1.  d 
tJtp  61.  4,  183.  6 
"ITTp  80.  2.  a  (2) 

niEp  80.  1 
onirp  125. 1 

tJ©p  141.  3  (p.  175) 
ni5p  197.  5,  199.  c? 
m^P  187.  1.  a 

cnimrp  24.  b 
nincp  216.  2.  a 

nxn  77. 2, 79. 1,  80. 1, 

114 

nsn  172. 2 

is"!   172.  2 
l&n  26,  121.  1 
•^la^K-l  57.  2  (3)  a 

n^Kn  172.  2 
riisn  172.  2 

T 

''sn  60.  3.  b  (2) 
mi'^sn  207.  2.  d 

i;\lt^Vtr\  227.  1.  a 
TOSn  156.  3 

nittsn  11. 1.  o 
nittsn  156.  3 
''ssn  102.  3 

t)S51  11.  1.  a  bis 

trxn  156.  3 

OKI  61.  2.  a,  207.  1./ 
pUJSI  11.  I.  b 


390 


INDEX     III. 


p'CXn  193.  1,  227.  1 
n?iT»«'1  235.  3  (3) 

rr'm'^  57. 2  (3)  a 

tT'lCKn  198.  a  (4) 

nn  c^y)  153. 1 

nn,  11(3?'^)  82.  1.  a(3) 
Sn  217 

nn  C^y)  i58.  3 

ni  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nnn  i4i.  1  (p.  175), 

179.  2.  a 

whnn  250.  2  (2)  a 
nnn  179. 2.  a 
nan  235.  3  (3) 
ran  172. 3, 174.  5 
nnn  C^'b)  ise.  4 
^in  141. 1 

'Q'l  139.  1 

ian,  «i3n  197.  a,  209. 

3,  226 
minn   60.  3.  a 
D^inian  203.  4,  226 
D'^an  249.  1.  a 
lyinn  227.  1 

rr^yinn  227. 3 
yan,  yah  227.  3 
D^yan  207. 1.  a 
yan  84.  3.  a  (2) 
r\an  158. 1 
nan  235.  3  (3) 
"•rianss.  1, 61.  e.a,  218 

Wn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

b^n  50. 1 

b^n  197.  a,  217 


''b;\n  194. 2 

d'^b.^n  203.  6.  a 

y^n  126. 1 

^!!  (T^;')  53.  2.  &,  150. 
1  (p.  182) 

"in  (yy)  139.  2 
•in,  nnn  i48. 3 
nnn  (inf.)  us.  2 
qnn  78. 1 
Sinn  114 
ip^snn  114 

''&'jn  19.  2.  a 

nnn  i48.  2 
"in^iin  148. 2 
cann  22.  a 
ann  iss.  3 

nin  67.  2  (5)  a,  156.  1 

mn  184. 6 
mn  197.  b 
m  161. 1 
bain  186. 2.  a 
D^n  80.  2.  a  (4) 
D^in  157.  1 

•J^in  179.  1.  a 

y2?in  141.  4 

ffiin  57.  2  (2)  a 

ann,  ainn  197.  b,  2oo.a 

n^nn  i87. 1 

pinn  185.  2.  J 

bnn  197.  c,  200.  6 

onn  118.  2 

onn  119. 1 

nnn  61.  2.  a,  197.  b 

n-ann  i96.  c 


D'lttnn  201.  1,  208.  3.  a 

yri'^  80.  2.  a  (3) 
nsnn  119.  3 
pnn  185. 2.  b 
pnn  119. 1 
npnn  119.  3 
at:n  84.  3.  a  (2) 

tJSrjn  68.  a,  180.  a 

'in  184.  b 

ain  (v.)  153.  2,  155, 

158.  2,  3 
a^^n  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nia^n  i58. 1 

T  " 

p'^^  186.  2.  c 

Dp^n  235.  2  (1) 

©in  186.  2.  c 

•jiTS^n  57.2  (2)  a,  227. 

1.  a 
^n  50.  1,  186.  2.  c 

aan  84.  3.  a  (2) 
^an  141. 1 
tjan  141. 1  (p.  175) 
ban  50. 1 
nban  198.  a  (2) 

^^h  139.  1 

^;^iT\  199.  b 

n^h  208.  3.  b 

•ipniian  104.  k 
^sn,  ^h  141.  1 

■jSn  139.  3 
Til  141.  6 
yn  60.  2,  215.  1.  e 

ayn  (v.)  82. 1.  a  (2) 
ayn  (adj.)  i85.  2. 6 


INDEX   III. 


391 


TO'-I  139.  2 

n^l   186.  2.  cr,  215.  c 

Tl5?n  220.  1.  h 

Vni   141.  1 

'':?n  221.  3.  a 

^?'n  221.  3.  a 

b?n  lu 

^S^n  122.  1 

■jS^n  187.  \.d,  207.  2.5 

y?n  141. 3  (p.  175) 
•'pn^n  220. 1.  b 

SST  186.  2.  a 
Vi'Sr\  92.  rf,  166.  3 

nssn  164.  5 

!l3«Sn  165.  2 

*'ins3n  165.  2 

1B"1  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nan  165. 1 
•'tiiisn  177.  3 

Sisn  179.  I.  a 
•jian  199.  a 
fSn  141.  4 
pn  50.  1 
np^  84.  3.  a  (2) 
npl  186.  2.  a 
Opn   186.  2.  a 

ypn  126.  1 

?;5]5'n  106.  a,  125.  2 
ppn  179.  2.  a 
«n  (f'S)  186.  2.  c 
©n,  tjn  Ci'd)  148.  3 
yon  198.  a 
won  198.  a  (1)  * 

o'^nyon  203.  5 


^&T»n,  *iBffln  22.  a,  216. 

2.  « 
©ten  141.  5 
tJTSn  141.  5 

men  (v.)  148.  2 

men  (n.)  184.  h 

nnon  i48.  2 

pinn  200.  a,  207. 1.  c 

Orih  197.  6,  208.  3.  b 

Nto  131.  3 

INto,  ^Xto   16.  2.  o,  45. 
5.  a 

ni^is  3. 1.  a 

nj!5to  16.  2.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

131.  4 
nSO  61.  2.  a 
ynte  82.  1.  a  (2) 

ynto  185. 2.  i 
:rnynb  127.  1 
nno  3.  1.  a 
nnto  141. 1  (p.  175) 
nnto  185. 2.  f?,  200.  c, 

210,  215.  2,  221.  7 

^nnto  220. 1.  b 
'^nto  185. 2.  (^ 

no  201.  1,  215.  2 

•^nno  19.  2 

XiO  131.  4 

n^O  158.  3 

Ur^  158.  3 

rtl2^0  158.  3 

n^iU  3.  1.  a,  179.  2.  a 

into  184.  6 


pnO  51.  2 

DUO,  fJO  51.  4 

i:t20  106.  a 

X^O  184.  b 

in-^O  221.  7.  a 

i-^O  221.  7.  a 

n'^P  158.  2,  3 

D^p  158.  2,  3  bis 

ni2^0  158.  3 

0^0  158.  2 

•JDp  51.  1 

bpp  3.  1.  o,  79.  2 

nibDp  3.  1.  «,   51.  4.  a 

nDO  3.  1.  a 

ibO  184.  i,  207.  1.  b 

ViytD  156.  4 

n^p  82.  1.  a  (2) 

''n^p,  "^rmi^  21 6. 1. 6 

tep  104.;" 
i?.?p  82.  1.  a  (1) 
nXSp  87,  166.  2 

nxsp  104.  h 

''XSO  102.  3 
?iX;0  60.  1,  164.  4 

nsbp  166.  2 

•inSSp  164.  1 

^■'nsip  220.  2.  a 
n?p  3.  1.  c,  121. 1 
n:?p  207. 1.  b 
nnyp  51. 1 
nn?p  198.  6 
nnirp  200.  b 
nnippi  27,  57.  2  (2)  h, 

220.  1.  b 


392 


INDEX   III. 


nSto  3.   1.  a,   199.   d, 

217,  221.  2.  4 
•jsr  50.  1 
inSto  216.  2.  a 

nn^ninsto  221. 1 
Dninsto  221. 1 

"IT?  207.  2.  a 
nnto  179.  2.  a 
•into  199.  c 
D"'S?nto  68.  a 

nns-^.to  104.  i 
pnio  185. 2. 5 
nnio  141.  1  (p.  175) 

•^rinto  61.  6.  a 

nto  131.  4 

Dhto  90  (^ass.) 
©  53.  2.  «,  74 

nnsissTij  45. 5.  a 
bisia  197. 6 

I2S0  57.  2  (3)  a 
^Vmi  156.  3 
T]t:ST»  57.  2  (3)  a 
5XTD  78.  1,  121.  1 
5S©,  ^bij©  119.  2 

nbs»  119.  3 

WbXTS  119.  2 
"'p'lbxiD  118.  3 
?ibSO  119.  2 
•ybx©   104.  a 
IT^bi?©  119.  2 

Dnb«'^  119.  2 

ISSC  122.  1 

1?i«»  187.  l.c?,  207.2. 


TDiiC  139.  3 
"lijttj  183.  6 
ri^n«©    198.  a  (4) 
m»  53.  2.  a,   144.    3, 

148.  3 
-m»,  HD©  148.  3 

niiJ  157. 1 

laiO  11.  1.  a 

^n©  34 
'in©  34 

in^    39.  4.  a 
?^m»  200.  r,  210.  a 
nilB  198.  G  (4) 

•jrin^n©  220. 1.  h 

mffi  51.  2,  197.  6 
lUnia  216.  2 
•^n©  221.  5.  c 

•':?"'a©  227. 1 

tr^niD  198.  a  (4) 

b^bnt?  24.  h 
''bac  24.  6 


15©,  naiB  126.  2 

nn©  84.  3.  a  (3),  86.  6 

nm»  148. 2 

mil:  144.  3,  148.  2 
na©  197.  6,  221.  6.  a 
"jinai?  193.  2.  a 

•"paiD,  'irino  us.  2 

bSTIJ  197.  a 
nSiO  216.  1.  e 
mo  207.  2.  a 
'I'ltJ  139.  2 
•Tl©  141.  4 
rn'l©  93.  a 

'^^yt  141. 1 

"lil©  139.  2 
'''11?  199.  c. 

oniD  45.  5.  a 

S«1T»  61.  2.  a 

a^TiJ  157. 1 

Diir  (ni©;'?)  63.  2.  6, 

148.  2 

c 


nbai?  3. 1.  a,  200.  &,    '^inani©  104. 

207. 1.  d  ni^TS,  nn^T2Ji57.  2 

nsaiij  157.  2  mi©  11. 1.  a 

yn©  216.  1.  e  ^'jiO  141.  4 

nyiT?  223.  1  n^^itJ  207.  1.  a 

n''3?3T»  208.  3.  a,  225.  1  T'^'aiTC  199.  a 
D'^yn©  203.  3  ''21©  194.  2.  a 

nS^n©  223.  1.  a  y?©  161.  1 

DS'^maT?  221.  2. 6      b:^',©  ise.  2 

D''Wnt!J203.4,223.1.a  ^Vyt  186.  2.  a 

anyni?  223. 1.  a,  250.  ttsitj^ise.  2.  a 

2  (2)  a  nSitJ  200.  « 

6  "la©  3.  1.  a  pitj  207.  1.  / 


INDEX  III. 


393 


pitij  197.  a 

n^ttj  3.  1.  a 

"liO  (v.)  158.  3 

ni«  (n.)  197.  0,  201.  1, 

207.  1./. 
itlilJiTO  92.  h,  174.  1 
"JffiiTO  207.  2.  h 
r\r\t  CO.  3.  i  (2),  119.  4 

r\X)t  141. 1 

im»  GO.  4.  a,  141.  1 

rmt  119. 3 
ninffi  199.  d 

nnT»  185.  2.  h 

nn-iniij  i88 
nmij  78.  2 
inno  121.  2 
Dsnn©  119. 1 

naip  200.  h 
D'^'PID  156.  3 

nhi©  187.  1.  c 

^T^t ,  "^D'bi©  55.  2.  a 
Tt?  158.  2,  3 
n'T©  220.  l.b 
tr^O  158.  2,  3 

ini©  221.  5.  6 

n©   139.  2 

a?T»  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nbtD  87 

aDO  87 

nnDo  98. 1 

Pins©  106.  a 
i3D«  106.  a 
biDO   184 
■jlStD  90  (j9a5S.) 


■jiDIC  87 

n?»   80.  2,  82.  1.  a  (2) 

•^HD©  216.  1.  b 

^DriDO  127.  2 

?;^3nDTlJ  127.  2 

nriD©  GO.  2.  a,  127.  1 

bD»  3.  1.  a 

bb©  82.  1.  a  (3),   84.  3. 

a  (1),  85.  2 
:inbDffiG5.a,  82.  l.a(3) 
^rhbtO  65.  a 
DD©  183.  b 
DD©  65 
^^D©  221.  5.  c 
•}?»  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 

«(1) 
)bXO  87 
|Dt3  90  (iJas5.) 
•ipDilJ  61.  6.  a 
P3D©  132.  1 

ip:Dii)  90  (2  f.) 

"ID©   3.  1.  a,  125.  3 
1DT»   185.  2 
"btD  131.  3 
Via  139.  2 
•Jpsb©  68.  a 

n-^nnnb©  195.  3 

ibis  185.  2.  d 
"hw  184.  6 
M3  nbl^  21.  1 

n^mbp  187. 2 

Blb^j  187.  2 

"iplb©  168.  a 

nbO  80.  2.  a  (1),  124 


nb«  60. 1 
nb«  125.  2 
nb©  126. 1 
nbis  126. 1 
nnbizj  125. 1 

221.  3.  a 
126.  1 
•jnb©  200.  a 

srnbiij  45.  4 

nnblD  123.  5.  a 
tDblO  84.  3.  a  (2) 
"•b©  54.  2 
©''bia  210.  a 
iffiib©   199.  i 
itjibo  227.  1 

rr^TBib©  227.  3 
nnc^bp  219. 1.  o 

PDb©  92.  d 

bbffi  141.  3  (p.  175) 

DblS  84.  3.  a  (2) 

Dbtj  92.  d 

DblD  92.  c 

U\t  93.  a 

llDbiT  92.  c 

^r)V.   194.  2.  a 

-ICb©  215.  l.c 

ffib©  51.  3 

rnobTU  220.  1.  6 

nirb©  223. 1 

DiirblD  225.  1 
D-'Cbtp  207.  1.  a 
Dtob©  235.  2  (1) 

^inirbTS  220.  i.  b 

UDrXC)XD  250.  2  (2)  a 


394 


INDEX     III. 


B»  235.  1  127.  1 

DT?  43.  a,  200.  a,  215.    ri^;?'J3T»  127.  2 


UrWbt  250.  2  (2)  a       d3:?13T»  125.  2  ^K^t"^.,  '  W©  60.  3.  a 

53.  2.  a  "j?!?©  89  (f.  pi.),   98.  2,  ^^n?T2?  3.  1.  a 

nn^nj^o  i87.  2.  c 

T  -:     - 

yi»?l»60.  3.  6(2),  141.  6 

n^2?iryjj  187. 2. 6 
.  ^ ..  _ 

^iBffi  89 

nriBO  214. 1 

^USTD  89  (m.  pi.) 

^BT»   80.  2.  a  (2) 

tfSffl   89 

nDStil3.  6,  86.  6  (3  pi.) 

riDSTS  22.  a 

bST»  82.  1.  a  (1) 

bs©  87 

nbsTD  196.  c 
•jBTO  207.  2.  b 
n3?B©   196.  & 


1.  6 

'IttTD  80.  2.  «  (3) 
myO  219.  1.  a 
il3T»  221.  3.  a 

ni^ais  64.  2 

m'TG©  139.  2 

nni:^T)3  86.  6  (2  m.) 

113D?  66.  2  (2)  c 


^23?^T»  125.  1 

pyisTa  127. 1 

n^ttio  205 
in:?)2ffi  106.  a 

112©  77.  2 
"TaiO  186.  2.  a 

-nntt©  125. 1 
nn^TD  19.  2 

TVrQ'Sd  104.  e 


D'lttW  10.  a 

D^'aiS  201.  1,  203.  5.  c    ©"aiS  197.  S 

n^a'i'aTB  219.  1  )V.  19'^.  «,  217 

iS'i'aTp  227.  1  Si?©  196.  d 

ffiSTO  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3.  iiS^  177.  3 

a  (1),  141.  3  (p.  175)  n:;^  200.c,d,  211,216.1  "i^ns®  187.  2.  c 

Qiaijj  90  inisTD  i4i.  2  ninsTp  203. 5.  a 

XQV  79.  2,   84.  3.  a  (2)  ""pffi  227.  1  Dl^lnBTJ?  203.  5.  a 

nibia  223.  1  D^2TS  203.  4,  223.  1  npC^  131.  3 

D'^ibtp  225.  1  "iWn  D"^.?©  251.  4.  «  ?ipTB  209.  3 

nisy  nibHJ  224.  a  ^rSlS  250.  2  (2)  a  -jriipp   187.  2 

5>)2t0  80.  2.  a  (1),  82. 1.  n^D©  235.  3  (3) 


a  (2) 
yiSTS  60.  1.  a 
ShW  65.  6 
2?13TiJ  184,  6 
?^T1J  60.  1.  a 
yiSia  60.  1 

n:?)3TS  125. 1 

TOUO  98.  1,  125.  1 
''5'laW   125.  2 
t]3>TaTS  106.  a 


•J?©  141.  1  (p.  175) 
I?©  141.  5 
n3©  196.  5 

D^^nStD  203.  3 
yOTlJ  126.  1 
TDp?tD  195.  2 
byiO  208.  3.  b 
''bS^TB  216.  2 


D'^^pti,  nittpTC  208.  3.  a 
ppir  141.  2  (p.  175) 
npiO  199.  c? 
ninptj  216.  2,  216.  2.  a 

"i^S'-nTD  60.  4.  a 

t:'inno  22.  o,  51. 2, 68.  a 

tl-n©  60.  4.  «,  221.  6.  6 

?jn"n»  221.  6.  6 

ffilTIJ  208.  3.  b 


5??©  141.  2  (p.  175)        ffintJ,  ©i.TlJ  83.  c  (l), 
n?tD  197.  b  92.  6,  122.  2 


INDEX   III. 


395 


nie-i©  187. 1.  € 

QlTJJn©  19.  2 

ISO  43.  a 

niS©  223.  1 

iffiO  227.  1 

aiffi©  225.  1 

m»  200.  a 

nm»  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

T     r  ' 

in;»  172.  2 
intj,  nine  i72.  2 

T    '  T 

™  209.  2.  6 
IVtytt   209.  2.  6 

'}n''rn»  250.  2  (2)  a 

D':nO  22.  6,  223.  1.  a 

axn  51. 1 
baxn  111.  2.  a 
Xf\  ^inxn)  35. 1 
•j^nasjh  G4.  2 
ni^sn  111,  2.  a 
innxneo.  3.C,  111. 2.  c 

■iSn  57.  2  (3)  a,  184.  i 

i^ixn  216. 1,  c 
Tn«r\  111.  2.  a 
inbDsn  60.  3.  c  (?), 

93.  a,  111.  2.  e 

rebDsn  91.  c 
ribsn  111.  2.  a 

•'T2Sn  216.  1.  c 

:n2^.sn  88  (f.  pi.) 

•jn^sh  88  (m.  pi.) 

npxn  200. 6, 216. 1.  h 

'j'lSCXh  151.  2 
iSDXn  112.  3 


^'>yi.T\  112.  3 

iniitp,  insn  60. 3. 6  (2) 
npns^n  157. 3 
n^mn  190 
nr.sri  111.  2.  J 
snn  111.  2.  6, 177.  3 
nrxhn  157.  3 
;;s5nr>  88  (f.  pi.) 
n:i?2n  157. 3 
"iniinri  88  (3  f.),  i67.  3 
riDbnan  11 8.  4 
nxinn  97.  1. « 
nnxinn  220. 1.  h 
nna5i3n88(3f.),  167. 3 
^n5?iar\88(3f.),  167. 3 
Tian  140.  3 
■}^nr\  192.  2 
pinn  140.  3 
^2.:rinn  105.  b 
TOnn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
^S'lnn  26 
iTa-inn  160.  3 
nsnnn  172.  4 
nrsnri  172.  3 

bnPl  190.  h,  197.  a 

bnri  190.  b 
b^nn  190 
■jan;]  i58.  2 
•jTi^nn  172. 1 
npyan  126. 1 
•'sn^an  105.  6 
:yj?ai;\  126. 1 

•J^IDjjan  88  (m.  pi.) 
•»TlJpani  234.  a 


^D'lari  120. 3 

^^T^^T\  105.  & 

n3^na:,n^  128 
b'^.^m  99.  3 
•jiy^^n  126. 1 
mni  158.  2 

I^Y^  172.  1 

'.bn  174.  4 

b5n  66.  1  (1),  173.  3 

nb^iyi  172.  3 
nbani  173.  3 
nsb^n  158. 2 
•'riib^.nn  220.  2.  c 

^jt'Sni   88  (f.  pi.) 

•j^pann  88  (2  f.) 
ippa'in  105. «,  d 
na'ini  99.  3 
■jiwn  55.  2.  ff,  88 

(m.  pi.) 
■jr.a'in  88  (m.  pi.) 

nsna'jn  92.  e 
"T^n  139.  3 
wn  192.  2 

•'13^X3']?^  105.  c 

n;b"in  172.  3 
p'B'in  172. 1 
jynnn  147.  5 
i^ffi'in  45.  2 
inn  61.  2 
^nin  30.  1 
Dinr;i  190.  b,  197.  6, 

200.  a 
n'^nn  172.  3 
p^nn  88  (f.  pi.) 


396  I5DEX   III. 


11.1.  a  "lyPl  53.  ?-«,  111.  2,  c  TfCT^.  113.  1 

rnsnp  94. «  r-V-rr  201.  1  r*T 

bnr  140.  5  ^^r??  ^■^-'-  '^-  <»  z'T  s'.:.  ■..  c 

T777y^   IdO.  ft  TJjP  172-4  rilZTr   147.  2 

spnri  19. 1, 60.  .^  6 (2),  Tip?  111.  2.  6  fp?^  14'-  * 

112.  2,  151.  1  nrnr  172.  4  ^H??*?  i^'Ji-  3- « 

;pr>n?  220.  2.  a  Tap  ic.  2. «  s?Pt  172.  4 

•«TFP  172.  4  TTV^  1-5^.  2  TVr^  ^*  (^  F^) 

rcsTsn  118.  4  '5T7m  i.5e.  2  Tnsn  119. 1 

ji'Uig}  172.  3  ^  140.  3  fen  172.  4 

53mn  24.  <,  142.  3  ri?r:p  190-  b  rtep  177.  a 

-»s  r-;  «s- 

•351  185.  2.  <f  t'^'^y'^TTP  220.  2.  «  TSP  .50.  1 

ITT!  .57.  2  (.^.j  a  ^'V^  1*1-  2  HCSP  .54.  2 

rem  190.  ft  crnr  190.  a  ^T^^  i^-  2 

fJPl  63.  2.  «,  184.  ft  1'>VV/^  1*^*-  *  i-^^-P  88  (2  £) 

^  216.  1.  </  r-'>!P  190.  ft  i6p:  172.  4 

rcnrin  220. 1.  ft  T^  2^0.  2.  o  rw^p  190.  ft,  i98.  a  (3) 

SpT3TB  105.  e  tTTTi  60.  1.  «,  157.  3  C'»*^p  177.  3 

^pWn  90,  151.  3  717P  173.  3  "I^  147.  5 

^mn  22.  ft,  15L  2  CTSP^  157.  .?  T?^  1*'-  2 

tjDip.  151.  2  "iir-r  ;0v. «  r'^r  .50.  1 

rCTTi  207.  L  a  rrr  2.;7,  1,  23%.  1  mTTP  .56.  4,  177.  3 

TT»  217  rnp  r^)  131. 1  7T?'|ri  119. 1 

rr^'P  217  "Tc^^  194.  2  "n^l?  10-5.  a 

•hrr-^-'p  104./  Eiirprt^  238. 1.  ft  's^  6.5.  ft 

ir-r  :  ?o.  ft,  192.  2  "^  rnp  239.  2  (2)  '"=2^  6L  4.  a,  15L  1 

'ITT  ::'   :  -3  iiirriP  2.^*  1.  ft  -•  iid^iA  ss 

r-'.-  . :     ;  "^J^nr  23%.  1.  ft  TCT  192.  2 

JTWn  88  (£  pL)  •»2S^  147.  4  -|5P,  ^^  158.  2 

rCTOT  6L  4-  a  'pyw  193.  1  CH  166.  2.  «r,  207.  2 

•^  IIL  2.  b  7?rP  190.  ft,  197.  ft  3?  (r.)  1.39.  2 

VPSm  190.  ft,  199.  <i?  p:*r^  150.  3  OR  (n,)  186.  2.  « 

•?mi  (3  £)  172.  3  r-TTTJ  IL  1.  ft  SfflR  143.  a 


INDEX    III. 


397 


nj"inrn  lis.  4 
isa^ttPi  IGl.  3 
nr'j^ttn  i57.  a 

bil2n  183.  c 
■jVlTOn  157.  3 

nsn-cn  i.^v.  3 
rron  i75.  3 

■'nHP  (2  iil)  172.3,17.5.3 
D'^TSn  53.  3.  a 

insbrn  io4./ 
?0'^bT:ni  09.  3 

Dttn  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175) 
^ycr\  54.  .3,  141.  2 

nr:rn  ci.  6.  a 

Cttm   175.  3 

bi?rn  60.  1.  a 
nrstSYsn  ig5.  2 
3«rcn  CO.  1.  a 
n:;5rn  i4i.  2 

•ron    175.  3 

nisn  140.  5 
man  in.  2.  6 
Tn-an  192.  2 
D^?."n:ri  i87.  2.  c 
tjrn  157.  3 

•JP  53.  2.  a 

:n:c»:r^  lis.  4 
twain  131.  2 

Tin  157.  3 

qi:n  i3i.  2 

rCI^  132.  1 
TSn  192.  2 

rnnT  00. 1.  o 
ncn:n  205.  c 


rn;n  131.  1  "i:?n  197.  6 

^np'':pn  150.  2,  loi.  5  nrn  00.  4.  o 


nrnn  174.  4 

TDPn  173.  3 

ntc7n  172.  3 
•n^'ntcyn  27 

■pTC?n  55.  2.  «,  88.  2.  / 

nrcrn  105. 6 


nsnzrn  lOi.  b 
K©:n  131.  G 
•^icsn  102.  2 
n:^2Dr;)  ci.  3,  i36.  2, 

141.  2 

?ypn  140.  5 

qcp  111.  2.  4, 151.  2    rnxcn  102.  2.  a 
n?p  51. 1,  121.  1         "Hcpn  111,  2, 6 
n?P  CO.  4.  a 

•Jl^hrP  88  (m.  pL) 

DWP  19.  2,  111.  3.  a  ^[I'^^'Zr  ]rj'J.  3 

•"iiD^p  88  n:2^.Ern,  ni2^£Pi57. 3 

2a^P1   ill.  1  rtCP  190.  6 

rqyjr.^  97.  i.  «  "jspt  172.  4 

n:57P  25,  88  (f.  pi.),  91. c  rCPn    1 50.  3 

n:J?p,  ri2a:?p  i57.  3    cycpi  99.  3.  «,  119.  l 


mEP    192.  2 

csv.'-'rlEP  IGl.  5 


n?PT  172.  4 
nyp  51.  3 

"^JP  108.  a  (3; 
Trri   HO.  1 

irrp  91.  /> 
it:7p  CO.  4 

i:7P1  (*'r)  157.  3 
nbyp  21c.  La 

^5?P1    140.  5 

nrbypT  172.  3 
rb:?p  60,  3,  c 
l^^rcTr^  09.  3.  a 
:"7P  192.  2, 200,  c 
rz':7T>,  nsrrp  172. 

rjr   141.  2  rp.  175) 

nc7P  97,  1,  a 
:"9rp  12c.  2 


rcP  141.  3  (p.  175) 

rsnj^sn  105.  b 
ncp  J  40.  5 
'}-t:rEP  88  (ifL  pi) 
-:X2P  147.  2 
n:":-:-2p  ici.  3 
n"^2P  14 J.  2 
n:bi2P  141.  2 

■22;jP   ]39.  J 
rr-pr.  190.  6,  198.  «  (3; 
r::7P88(f.pl.),  161.3 
r.rr^n  1  co.  3 

^P   140.  J 
•J^P  50.  1 
•J^P  46 
7PP  157.  f  j/ 

sr;:r]  i  co.  4 


398 


INDEX  III. 


njsnj^n  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
!Qnpn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
•jinnpnT  99.  3.  a 

tJj5ni   174.  4 

•■iRpn  95.  a 
snn  35.  2 
i^nnn  172.  4 
ni?nn  172.  3 

''3i5nr\  105.  e 

anni  172.  4 
nsnn'i  175.  3 
niann  190.  6 
■'n'pa-in  94.  a,  115 
"inn  147.  2 

n^^nn  1 92. 2.a,  216.1.6 
np™  88  (3f.pl.),  147. 2 
'in-in  147.  3 

inn  156.  4 
n^Tin  190.  b 
ns^iaiin  lei.  4 
p-in  140.  3 
nsTSDnn  92.  e 

n">^-in  192.  2.  a 

n:D^nri88(3f.pi.),9i.c 
■jnh  190.  6 
nnr>  97. 1.  a 
npinn  88  (f.  pi.) 
y'^n  (v.)  140.  5 
5i"!ir)  175.  3 
D'^snn  201.  2 
n:isnn  i65.  3 

T^nPT  140.  5 

}^npii  172.  4 
^nann,  ^nann  93.  a 
n2^si2?n  165.  2 


npxten  164. 2 
•^s.^te.Aton  161.  2 
n^a^irn  61.  4.  a,  205.  c 
bsian  97.  2 

^ib^SJ^ton  180.  a 

npten  164.  2 
npnirn  157.  3 
nDmiJn  ei.  4, 160.  3 

n3-\3TSn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 

nnrari,  nacn  65. « 
npniffin  157.  3 
D^iffiri  54.  2 

W^TlJn  190.6,192.  2.  a, 

198.  a  (3) 
•'^ncri60.3.6(2),120.1 

nncn  119. 1 
iT»n  172.  4 

•     AS 

*i:?^Tsn  227. 1 
nDnD'i^r,  91.  c 
npTcn  88.  (f.  pi.) 
n:nb©n  88  (3  f.  pi.), 

105.  b 

-ubtJn  97.  2 
'ipbpn  95.  a 
nton  147.  4 
Dn^)2TJ?n  105.  <? 

T\)2tr\  Go.  b 
'\^'\'Q^r\  88  (m.  pi.) 
2?i?n  216.  1.  e 
yen  60.  3.  c 

nyon  223. 1 

U'^StDPi  208.  3.  a,  225. 1 

:  ^yiry^n  142. 1 

ncni  158.  2 

n:Bni2Jn  11 8.  4 


psncn  88  (2  f.) 
ynon  i76.  3 
nsDSpiirn,    njpspicn 

96.  b 

nn  131.  4 
-nn  61.  5 
:2?b3nri  126. 1 
nnnn  142.  2 

nsnn  60.  4.  a,  176.  3 

nnn  (nnn:)  53.  2.  6, 

132.  1 

n-;nnri  126.  2 
nrpbrinn  96.  6 
bnbnrp  16I.  2 
int-in  176.  3 
•T^nnn  94.  a 
^nn  61.  5,  131.  4 
tcsnnT  176.  3 
Dnn  140. 1 
n:wi)2nn  16I.  3 
:D^pn  142.  2 
■jnn  132. 1 
n:r\r\i  105.  a 
sisrnn  166.  5 
2?nn  172.  4 
tbsnn  142.  2 
iibsnn  166.  5 

a^-EnPT  99.  3.  a,  119.  1 

jbnsnn  96.  b 

asnn  53. 3.  b,  150.  3 

(p.  182) 

isnn  25 
nnini  iso.  3 
i^nnn  60.  4.  a,  iie.  3 
nstjQiffinn  161. 3 


i:n"dex  it. 

HEBREW  GRAMMATICAL   TERMS. 


ni^nis  2 

abDi  TW12  "jn^x  7.  3 

rva^  31 

amD  rvnbiD  iix  7.  3.  a 

ns3  n?a  21. 1 

i:ir3  85.  1.  a 

Q-^s^ia  76. 1 

VS^S^  45.  4.  a 

prn  ©:»'!  23.  i 
bp  ;c5»n  21. 1 
ny-'n'n  xn  229. 1 
nbscn  Sin  230. 1 
"TinrTssn  7.  3 

niaiai  9.  1,  243.  2.  a* 

^'sn  IT  99. 1 

-IDT  196 
VfuU  16.  3.  a 

'pr\^n  45.  4.  a 

Dya  28 
XnTJ  29.  6 

n-^ias  76.  2 

D'''^133  71.  c 


•ji^n  as?  b^niiJD  7. 3. 
a-^riD  46 

^nj?  bibn  a-ins  46 
rnansb  29.  6 

'lim  pTtJb  199 

D''an  liTZJb  199 

D:"?©  liUJb  199 

^ins^  45.  4.  a 
na^i^  71.  c 
rriDT^  212 
D-ib^  70.  a 

D-'Db^  28 

bi?b^  32 
ynbp  32 
nnic^  10.  46 

p-^ST?  26 
"lip^  85.  1.  a 

vlpia  43 

irbs5  ana  msia  7. 

3.  a 

snia  44 
nir;*?  28.  6 
ns  16.  2 


a  S«S^p  71.  c 
•J)2C3  212 
'nPCD   71.  c 
yp  16,  2 

nap;  196 
Q'^'7-p3  2 

pXS  qiO  36.  1 
tj^ittD  212 
n^TO  28 
W  85.  1  a 
Tn:?  85.  1.  a 
D^b:?S  70.  a 
im  85.  1.  a 
i"ip  46 

a-ina  s«bi  '^'^p  46 
nsn  27 

^anD^a  i^n  bmta  7.  3.  a 
siair,  S51TD  16. 1 
n:an  is;  ^'aib©  7. 3.  a 

nil20  70.  a 

nscian  niy©  223. 1 
nra  irasibtto  7.  3.  a 
ni37^:n  12 


Names  of  the  letters  §  2,  their  signification  §  5.  5 
Names  of  the  vowels  ^  12,  their  signification  8  12.  6 
Names  of  the  accents  §  29,  their  signification  §  29.  6 
Names  of  the  verbal  species  §76.  1,  2. 
Designations  of  imperfect  verbs  §  76.  3. 


POSTSCEIPT 


The  folded  leaf  which  follows  contains  a  general  view  of 
the  inflections  of  the  various  kinds  of  verbs,  perfect  and  im- 
perfect, the  rules  for  the  changes  to  which  nouns  are  liable, 
the  personal  pronouns  in  their  separate  and  suffixed  forms, 
and  the  different  vowels  assumed  by  the  inseparable  prefixes 
and  the  interrogative  nia .  It  is  designed  to  be  taken  out 
of  the  book  and  mounted  upon  pasteboard.  The  student 
will  thus  have  the  most  material  parts  of  the  grammar  brought 
together  and  exhibited  to  his  eye  upon  a  single  page. 

Two  sections  of  the  grammar  have  been  inadvertently 
numbered  141  and  two  150.  To  prevent  embarrassment 
from  this  cause  in  the  use  of  the  indexes,  the  page  is  almost 
always  added  when  the  second  of  the  duplicate  sections  is 
intended. 


DATE  DUE 

^mmmmmm 

1 

1 

ff^^'  "  '.  '(iiir 

mm^ 

mt^ 

^,^-i-***^ 

t 

GAYLORD 

PRINTED  IN  U.S.A. 

